Management Assist

profilemenoname
Chapter7to16readings.docx

Page 266

7

Individual and Group Decision Making

How Managers Make Things Happen

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 7-1 Compare rational and nonrational decision making.

2. LO 7-2 Explain how managers can make decisions that are both legal and ethical.

3. LO 7-3 Describe how evidence-based management and data analytics contribute to decision making.

4. LO 7-4 Describe how artificial intelligence is used in decision making.

5. LO 7-5 Compare the four decision-making styles.

6. LO 7-6 Identify barriers to rational decision making and ways to overcome them.

7. LO 7-7 Outline the basics of group decision making.

8. LO 7-8 Describe how to develop the career readiness competencies of critical thinking/problem solving and decision making.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

We begin by distinguishing between rational and nonrational decision making and describe two nonrational models. We next discuss ethical decision making. The focus then turns to evidence-based decision making and the use of analytics and big data, which is followed by a related discussion of artificial intelligence and its impact on decision making. We then explore four general decision-making styles, describe 10 common decision-making biases, and review important aspects of group decision making and group problem-solving techniques. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on how you can develop the career readiness competencies of critical thinking/problem solving and decision making.

Page 267

How to Make Good Decisions

“Every time you take on a challenge or make a decision, there’s a chance you may come up short, and that’s alright,” says Aaron Meyers, President & COO of Hammer and Nails. 1  Making mistakes is always a possibility, but that can’t stop you from making decisions. And you can learn from the result, which will help you hone your career readiness competencies of critical thinking/problem solving and decision making. 2  So how do you make good decisions? This chapter will discuss several kinds of decisions and different models for decision making. But here are a few general guidelines that apply to any formal or informal decision process.

Keep Your Mind Open

If you make prejudgments about a situation rather than keeping an open mind, you risk acting on your biases rather than on the facts. “Over the course of my career I’ve become increasingly open-minded, rather than becoming more set in my ways,” says Cindy Hook, chief executive officer of Deloitte Asia Pacific. 3  To make good decisions you need to be ready to take in all valid information, even if it contradicts or questions your own beliefs and experience. (Just because you don’t agree with something, that doesn’t make it wrong.)

Use your communication skills to become a good and patient listener and, with your proactive learning orientation, load up on new facts and information. Don’t decide the outcome ahead of time, either. It’s sometimes easy to assume a decision will not turn out well, or a problem will remain unsolved. Taking a positive approach instead can only improve your decision making. 4  In summary, communication, proactive learning orientation, and a positive approach are career readiness competencies that contribute to your open-mindedness and can assist you in making better decisions.

Prioritize Your Decisions

Sometimes you may have to make multiple decisions, and all within a limited time. Some may be large and some small. How do you effectively manage this task? Here are four steps to help you prioritize decisions and get to the important ones first. 5

1. List the decisions you need to make over the relevant time period. Perhaps over the next six months you need to decide where and how to begin your job search, whether to buy a new car, and what to do with the belongings you left at home when you moved to your dorm or apartment. Make sure your list is complete and that you’ve identified the information you need to make each decision, such as the size of your budget for buying a car and the average price for the model you want.

2. Characterize each decision according to its complexity and magnitude. Who or what is affected by each, and how much do you need in terms of tools and information to make your choice? The more ramifications and the more information needed, the larger and more complex the decision.

3. Organize your decisions into three categories: Strategic decisions, like deciding how to frame your job search, will require the most time and attention, can affect the largest number of people, and probably also require you to gather the most information. Significant decisions demand less energy and information but are still important. Whether to buy a new car might fit into this category. Finally, quick decisions are the least complex you face, require the least input, and can often be resolved if you apply a simple rule. Deciding what old belongings to keep, throw out, or give away falls into this category.

4. Note the timing for each decision. If you’ve done the first three steps, this one should be easy. For instance, you may need to complete (not just start) your job search before you can buy a car or even know whether you need one.

Move On from Your Mistakes

If a decision doesn’t turn out as well as you’d hoped, start by forgiving yourself. Solving problems and making decisions are skills everyone can practice and get better at. Next, review the steps you took to arrive at your decision, and if it’s not already clear what went wrong, try to identify the weak spot in your process. 6  Did you get too little information or fail to consider opposing viewpoints? Did you spend too much time on quick decisions and not enough on strategic or significant ones? If the problem is one you can remedy, congratulations. You’ve just learned something, and you’ve improved your career readiness skills too. Now move on!

Practice Mindfulness

We described mindfulness in  Chapter 1  as awareness that comes from paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to the unfolding of experience in each moment. 7  Mindfulness improves your decision making because it reduces the amount of activation in your amygdala: The amygdala is like an alarm bell that engages your “fight-or-flight neural and hormonal systems.” 8  Bottom line, a less active amygdala reduces emotionality and aggression while increasing self-control and thoughtfulness. 9  You can become more mindful by practicing meditation that focuses on your breath. Jon Kabat-Zinn, the father of mindful mediation, recommends that you stop, sit down, and “become aware of your breathing once in a while throughout the day.” You can do this for seconds or minutes. The key is to “let go into full acceptance of the present moment, including how you are feeling and what you perceive to be happening. . . . just breathe and let go. Breathe and let be.” 10  Research uncovered that mindfulness promotes innovativeness, self-determination, intrinsic motivation, positive interpersonal relationships, and the reduction of conflict. 11  Mindfulness also assists you in making more ethical decisions. This is evidenced by multiple studies finding a positive link between mindfulness and ethical decision making. 12  Angelo, one of your authors, started his classes with a 10-minute meditation to prepare his students for staying focused during classroom lectures and activities.

Page 268

For Discussion Which of the above suggestions seem most practical? How might you implement them?

7.1 Two Kinds of Decision Making: Rational and Nonrational

THE BIG PICTURE

Decision making, the process of identifying and choosing alternative courses of action, may be rational, but it is often nonrational. Four steps in making a rational decision are (1) identify the problem or opportunity, (2) think up alternative solutions, (3) evaluate alternatives and select a solution, and (4) implement and evaluate the solution chosen. Two examples of nonrational models of decision making are (1) satisficing and (2) intuition.

LO 7-1

Compare rational and nonrational decision making.

Making good decisions is something you need to master now. Marcia Daszko, a writer for Silicon Valley Business Journal, believes that companies should not expect senior leaders to make all the decisions. She concluded that companies will be more effective if they involve employees in the decision-making process. 13  Will you be ready to make decisions when senior management comes to you with a problem?

This section will help you develop the career readiness competency of decision making. We’ll first introduce the steps to making a rational decision. The focus then turns to nonrational decision making, which includes satisficing and intuition. Finally, we’ll provide tips for improving your intuition.

decision  is a choice made from among available alternatives.  Decision making  is the process of identifying and choosing alternative courses of action.

If your company’s product is in first place in its market and making a lot of money, is that a sign of great decision making? Consider the decisions that frame success at Starbucks.

EXAMPLE
Starbucks Uses Decision Making to Reclaim Its Soul

Starbucks’ chairman emeritus, Howard Schultz, provides a good illustration of how effective strategic decision making can help a large organization find its way again.

Schultz joined the Seattle-based company as marketing director in 1982, when it was a small chain selling coffee equipment. Over nearly two decades, he gained control of the firm and, inspired by the coffee houses of Europe, transformed it into a comfortable “third place” between home and work, a place with a neighborhood feel selling fresh-brewed by-the-cup lattes and cappuccinos. Starbucks, named for the first mate of the whaling ship in Herman Melville’s Moby Dick, had become the world’s largest specialty coffee retailer by 2000. Today, the company continues to dominate the market with more than $26 billion in revenue and 31,256 stores in 2019. 14

A Crisis Brews

Schultz stepped down as CEO in 2000 after serving 14 years as the coffee company’s leader. For a while the business continued to thrive, but then two things happened that provoked a crisis. First, the company “lost a certain soul,” says Schultz, as management became more concerned with profits than with store atmosphere and company values and extended existing product lines rather than creating new ones. Second, during the recession that began in 2007, tight-fisted consumers abandoned specialty coffees, causing the stock price to nosedive. Schultz returned as CEO in January 2008, after an eight-year absence.

A latte growth. A Starbucks storefront in Bangkok, Thailand. Asia accounted for almost half of the company’s growth in 2019.

i viewfinder/Shutterstock

The Reinvention Begins

“I didn’t come back to save the company—I hate that description,” Schultz told an interviewer. “I came back to rekindle the emotion that built it.” 15  Among the risks he took to restore the company’s luster was closing 800 U.S. stores, laying off 4,000 employees, and letting go most top executives. As a morale booster, he flew 10,000 store managers to New Orleans, recently destroyed by hurricane Katrina. Along with attending strategy sessions, they bonded in community-service activities, contributing thousands of volunteer hours to help restore parts of the city. “We wanted to give back to that community post-Katrina,” says Schultz, “and remind and rekindle the organization with the values and guiding principles of our company before we did a stitch of business.”

Page 269

The Payoff

After a couple of years, the company turned around, the result of better operations, modernized technology, a reinvigorated staff, and several innovations: It offered new coffee products, switched to a cold-brew process for iced coffee instead of simply brewing hot coffee and then chilling it, acquired (and then later closed) the La Boulange bakery chain, opened (and then closed) Teavana “tea bars,” enabled customers to pay for coffee via a mobile-payment app, and even launched alcohol sales. 16  By early 2016, its revenues had risen 146% over the last decade, while earnings grew more than fivefold. 17

Today’s Challenges

Schultz stepped down in April 2017 and was replaced by Kevin Johnson, the company’s president and COO. Johnson is facing some challenges of his own. For example, the company decided in 2020 to temporarily close over half of its 4,300 China-based locations as the country battled the COVID-19 pandemic. This came at the same time that Chinese rival Luckin Coffee overtook Starbucks as the largest coffee chain in the country, mounting the greatest challenge Starbucks has faced in China. Johnson defended his decision to close stores saying it was done to protect the health and well-being of Starbucks employees. 18  The company also decided to phase out plastic straws from all of its locations by 2020. Though many supported the environmentally conscious decision, the company faced backlash from disability advocates who said disabled individuals would not be able to comfortably consume their beverages without the use of straws. 19

YOUR CALL

As Starbucks faces new challenges, what can CEO Johnson learn from the company’s past decisions in order to guide his decision-making process?

Rational Decision Making: Managers Should Make Logical and Optimal Decisions

The  rational model of decision making , also called the classical model, explains how managers should make decisions. It assumes managers will make logical decisions that are the optimal means of furthering the organization’s best interests.

Typically there are four stages associated with rational decision making. (See  Figure 7.1 .) These also are the steps in the standard model of problem solving. As stage 1 in the figure shows, for example, a decision is often an opportunity to solve a problem, which is a gap between an actual and a desired state.

FIGURE 7.1  The four stages in rational decision making

Page 270

Stage 1: Identify the Problem or Opportunity—Determining the Actual versus the Desirable

As a manager, you’ll probably find no shortage of  problems , or difficulties that inhibit the achievement of goals: customer complaints, supplier breakdowns, staff turnover, sales shortfalls, competitor innovations, low employee motivation, and poor quality.

However, you also will often find  opportunities —situations that present possibilities for exceeding existing goals. It’s the farsighted manager, however, who can look past the steady stream of daily problems and seize the moment to actually do better than the goals he or she is expected to achieve. When a competitor’s top salesperson unexpectedly quits, that creates an opportunity for your company to hire that person away to promote your product more vigorously in that sales territory.

Whether you’re confronted with a problem or an opportunity, the decision you’re called on to make is how to make improvements—how to change conditions from the present to the desirable. This is a matter of  diagnosis —analyzing the underlying causes.

Stage 2: Think Up Alternative Solutions—Both the Obvious and the Creative

Employees burning with bright ideas are an employer’s greatest competitive resource. “Creative thinking is a way of looking at problems from a fresh perspective with nontraditional solutions, according to Forbes writer Amanda Cotler. It’s “the most important business strategy.” 20

After you’ve identified the problem or opportunity and diagnosed its causes, you need to come up with alternative solutions.

Stage 3: Evaluate Alternatives and Select a Solution—Ethics, Feasibility, and Effectiveness

In this stage, you need to evaluate each alternative not only according to cost and quality, but also according to the following questions: (1) Is it ethical? (If it isn’t, don’t give it a second look.) (2) Is it feasible? (If time is short, costs are high, technology unavailable, or customers resistant, for example, it is not.) (3) Is it ultimately effective? (If the decision is merely “good enough” but not optimal in the long run, you might reconsider.)

Today, the task of evaluating alternatives is facilitated by the use of big data (discussed in  Section 7.3 ) and artificial intelligence (discussed in  Section 7.4 ). In fact, recent research confirms that firms can make better decisions if they utilize these tools in the decision-making process. 21

Stage 4: Implement and Evaluate the Solution Chosen

With some decisions, implementation is usually straightforward (though not necessarily easy—firing employees who steal may be an obvious decision, but it can still be emotionally draining). With other decisions, implementation can be quite difficult; when one company acquires another, for instance, it may take months to consolidate the departments, accounting systems, inventories, and so on.

Successful Implementation

For implementation to be successful, you need to do two things:

· Plan carefully. Especially if reversing an action will be difficult, you need to make careful plans for implementation. Some decisions may require written plans.

Page 271

· Be sensitive to those affected. You need to consider how the people affected may feel about the change—inconvenienced, insecure, even fearful, all of which can trigger resistance. This is why it helps to give employees and customers latitude during a changeover in business practices or working arrangements.

Now that you understand the four stages of the rational model, to what extent do you think you use them when making decisions? Research shows that being responsible, diligent, humble, and open to new experiences increases your chances of rational decision making. 22  Would you like to improve the career readiness competency of decision making? If yes, then you will find the following self-assessment valuable as it assesses your problem-solving skills.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 7.1
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Problem-Solving Potential

This survey is designed to assess your approach to problem solving. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 7.1 in Connect.

1. What is the status of your problem-solving skills? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Based on identifying the four lowest scored items on the assessment, what can you do to improve your problem-solving skills? Explain.

3. What things would you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess this career readiness competency?

Evaluation

One “law” in economics is the Law of Unintended Consequences—things happen that weren’t foreseen. For this reason, you need to follow up and evaluate the results of any decision.

What should you do if the action is not working? Some possibilities:

· Give it more time. You need to make sure employees, customers, and so on have had enough time to get used to the new action.

· Change it slightly. Maybe the action was correct, but it just needs “tweaking”—a small change of some sort.

· Try another alternative. If Plan A doesn’t seem to be working, maybe you want to scrap it for another alternative.

· Start over. If no alternative seems workable, you need to go back to the drawing board—to stage 1 of the decision-making process.

What’s Wrong with the Rational Model?

The rational model is prescriptive, describing how managers ought to make decisions. It doesn’t describe how managers actually make decisions. Indeed, the rational model makes some highly desirable assumptions—that managers have complete information, are able to make an unemotional analysis, and are able to make the best decision for the organization. (See  Table 7.1 .) We all know that these assumptions are unrealistic.

· Complete information, no uncertainty: You should obtain complete, error-free information about all alternative courses of action and the consequences that would follow from each choice.

· Logical, unemotional analysis: Having no prejudices or emotional blind spots, you are able to logically evaluate the alternatives, ranking them from best to worst according to your personal preferences.

· Best decision for the organization: Confident of the best future course of action, you coolly choose the alternative that you believe will most benefit the organization.

TABLE 7.1  Assumptions of the Rational Model

Table Summary: Table with three sections summarizes the assumptions of the rational model.

Page 272

Nonrational Decision Making: Managers Find It Difficult to Make Optimal Decisions

Nonrational models of decision making  explain how managers make decisions; they assume that decision making is nearly always uncertain and risky, making it difficult for managers to make optimal decisions. The nonrational models are descriptive rather than prescriptive: They describe how managers actually make decisions rather than how they should. Two nonrational models are (1) satisficing and (2) intuition.

1. Bounded Rationality, Hubris, and the Satisficing Model: “Satisfactory Is Good Enough”

During the 1950s, economist Herbert Simon—who later received the Nobel Prize—began to study how managers actually make decisions. From his research he proposed that managers could not act truly logically because their rationality was bounded by so many restrictions. 23  Called  bounded rationality , the concept suggests that the ability of decision makers to be rational is limited by numerous constraints, such as complexity, time, money, and other resources, and their cognitive capacity, values, skills, habits, and unconscious reflexes. (See  Figure 7.2 .)

FIGURE 7.2  Some hindrances to perfectly rational decision making

· Complexity:

The problems that need solving are often exceedingly complex, beyond understanding. 24

· Time and money constraints:

There is not enough time or money to gather all relevant information. 25

· Different cognitive capacity, values, skills, habits, and unconscious reflexes:

Managers aren’t all built the same way, of course, and all have personal limitations and biases that affect their judgment. 26

· Imperfect information:

Managers have imperfect, fragmentary information about the alternatives and their consequences.

· Information overload:

There is too much information for one person to process. 27

· Different priorities:

Some data are considered more important, so certain facts are ignored.

· Conflicting goals:

Other managers, including colleagues, have conflicting goals.

Researchers also have uncovered another characteristic that can influence bounded rationality. This impediment to rational decision making is  hubris , which we define as an extreme and inflated sense of pride, certainty, and confidence. 28  Carlos Ghosn, the former CEO of Renault-Nissan, is a good example of a leader who exhibited hubris. Ghosn took over Japanese automaker Nissan in 1999 and corporate performance exceeded everyone’s expectations. The company’s turnaround made him a celebrity and resulted in his feeling an extraordinary sense of self-importance, according to The New York Times. Ghosn demanded more pay than other Japanese chief executives, mandated that the company support him and his family with a private plane and other lavish perks, and enjoyed uncritical media attention to his decisions. Japanese authorities took notice of the French-Lebanese-Brazilian’s flamboyant lifestyle in a country that frowns upon showing off. When prosecutors dug deeper into Ghosn’s finances, they concluded he illegally lined his own pockets instead of working in the company’s best interests.

Ghosn was arrested in 2018 but decided to flee Japan to Lebanon a year later instead of standing trial. His justification for illegally escaping prosecution was that he’s a victim of bias and jealousy (he also compared his surprise arrest to the unexpected bombing of Pearl Harbor). 29  Studies show that Ghosn isn’t the only hubris-prone leader with legal woes. Research demonstrates a positive relationship link between CEO hubris and unethical behavior, particularly in financial decision making. 30

Page 273

Because of impediments such as bounded rationality and hubris, managers don’t always make an exhaustive search for the best alternative. Instead, they follow what Simon calls the  satisficing model —that is, managers seek alternatives until they find one that is satisfactory, not optimal. 31  Research shows that those who are more open to new experiences, responsible, and generally agreeable are less likely to satisfice. 32  Although “satisficing” might seem to be a weakness, it may well outweigh any advantages gained from delaying making a decision until all information is in and all alternatives weighed. As Hallmark found, however, making snap decisions that satisfice can backfire.

Hubris on the run. Carlos Ghosn arrives at a Tokyo court before fleeing the country. Do you believe Ghosn is a criminal or victim?

JiJi Press/Shutterstock

Hallmark Example: The Hallmark Channel aired a series of six ads for Zola, a wedding planning website, in December 2019. One of the ads featured a same-sex couple kissing, resulting in a complaint from an anti-LGBTQ hate group, which petitioned Hallmark to drop the ads. Hallmark executives swiftly removed the ads citing their content as “controversial.” The move caused backlash from the LGBTQ community and its advocates. “The Hallmark Channel’s decision to remove LGBTQ families in such a blatant way is discriminatory and especially hypocritical coming from a network that claims to present family programming,” said The Gay & Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation. Hallmark reversed its decision a day after the ads were dropped but was forced to go into damage control mode. Mike Perry, the CEO of Hallmark Cards (which owns the Hallmark Channel), called the choice “wrong” and apologized for the “hurt and disappointment” it caused. Perry also fired Bill Abbott, who was in charge of the TV channel. 33

2. The Intuition Model: “It Just Feels Right”

Small entrepreneurs often can’t afford in-depth marketing research and so they make decisions based on hunches—their subconscious, visceral feelings. For instance, Sharan Pasricha decided in 2012 to found Ennismore, a hospitality group. Pasricha had no hospitality experience when he decided to launch his business, instead going with his gut instinct. His empire now stretches from Paris to Portland and includes hotels, restaurants, and co-working spaces, among other ventures. Pasricha credits his success to intuition, saying you “have to feel things in the pit of your stomach—no spreadsheet can change that.” 34

“Going with your gut,” or  intuition , is making a choice without the use of conscious thought or logical inference. 35  Intuition that stems from expertise—a person’s explicit and tacit knowledge about a person, a situation, an object, or a decision opportunity—is known as a holistic hunch. Intuition based on feelings—the involuntary emotional response to those same matters—is known as automated experience.

Who is more likely to use intuition? Research finds that those who are high in self-esteem and risk propensity are more prone to use intuition. 36  Whether or not you have these personality traits, it is important to try to develop your intuitive skills because they are as important as, and sometimes superior to, rational analysis. 37  The  Example box  illustrates how Virgin CEO Richard Branson and others use intuition.

Page 274

EXAMPLE
Harnessing the Power of Intuition

You might be wishing that you could make all difficult decisions not after a long consideration of data and consequences, but in an “aha!” moment in which you spontaneously recognize the answer to the problem. This recognition is called an epiphany—that instant when something clicks in the brain, a mental light bulb goes on, and the road ahead becomes crystal clear. Unfortunately, epiphanies are rare, but the intuition that often leads to them can be carefully honed.

Sir Richard Branson, the entrepreneurial founder of the Virgin Group, employs nearly 70,000 people across a variety of business lines, including a cruise line, airline, luxury game preserve, mobile phone company, and space-tourism group. 38  Branson relies on his instincts when calculating risks, putting trust in others, and making important business decisions. He appreciates advancements in technology and artificial intelligence but notes that “as we rely more and more on analytics to make our decisions, we’re losing touch of our human instinct and we’re taking human reasoning out of the equation.” He believes this in turn makes people more risk-averse and conservative. 39  Recent research supports Branson’s position, finding that although data is important, intuition is still a necessary part of decision making. 40

Though he is a strong proponent of intuition, Branson understands that his gut isn’t always right. For example, Virgin tried selling automobiles through the Internet in 2000. People didn’t respond to that idea, and the company shut down the website in 2005. “Nobody gets everything right first time . . . [it’s] how we learn from our mistakes that defines us,” he says. 41  In the end, the innovative CEO believes you should “trust your intuition, stay curious and always put your people first if you want to thrive in the long-term.” 42

Branson is not alone in harnessing the power of intuitive ideas. A well-known story about the origins of Amazon credits founder Jeff Bezos’s intuitive recognition that if, as he’d just read, the Internet was growing at 2,300% a year, it was worth quitting his job on Wall Street and starting an online bookstore to take advantage of that opportunity. 43  Steve Jobs, the late co-founder of Apple, believed “intuition is a very powerful thing, more powerful than intellect.” 44  He also said, in a speech he made at Stanford University, “You have to trust in something, your gut, destiny, life, karma, whatever. This approach has never let me down, and it has made all the difference in my life.” 45  And yet another genius, physicist Albert Einstein, once said, “All great achievements of science must start from intuitive knowledge. At times I feel certain I am right while not knowing the reason.” 46

YOUR CALL

Have you ever relied on your intuition to make an important decision or solve a big problem? How did your solution come to you, and how pleased were you with the result?

As a model for making decisions, intuition has at least two benefits. It can speed up decision making, which is useful when deadlines are tight. 47  It also helps managers when resources are limited. A drawback, however, is that it can be difficult to convince others that your hunch makes sense. In addition, intuition is subject to the same biases as those that affect rational decision making, as we discuss in  Section 7.6 . 48  Finally, research demonstrates that intuition is less effective when people face structured problems—those that can be broken down and approached sequentially. 49  Still, we believe that intuition and rationality are complementary and that managers should develop the courage to use intuition when making decisions. 50  Some suggestions for improving your intuitive skills are presented in the following  Practical Action  box. ●

PRACTICAL ACTION
How to Improve Your Intuition

How can you improve your intuition as Richard Branson recommends? (See the preceding Example box.) Here are some tips. 51

1. Don’t rush to absorb information. Many leaders rush to bad judgments because they don’t fully absorb the information they receive. They filter out what they don’t expect or want to hear, typically because of overconfidence in their own abilities (we discuss the overconfidence bias in  Section 7.6 ). To improve on this, you need to be aware of your own filters, defensiveness, or aggression that may discourage alternative arguments.

2. Experience is relevant, but not absolute. Experience provides context and allows us to identify potential solutions and anticipate challenges. Leaders can overcome challenges that are similar to what they’ve seen in the past because they can make better decisions on where to focus their energy and resources. Familiarity with situations, however, is only beneficial if the experience isn’t narrowly based. For example, if you are planning to enter the Vietnam market, would you utilize your own experience in launching a product in the United States, or would you rely on the experience of someone who has expanded into Asia? (The answer is relying on someone who has specific product experience in Asia.) You can improve in this area by relying on the right experience. This means you’ll need to rely on others when appropriate.

Page 275

3. Temper your emotions. Being passionate is a wonderful leadership quality and it can help inspire others. That said, unbridled passion may appear extreme and offensive. This is why you need some level of intellectual and emotional detachment when making decisions. Detachment includes limiting cognitive biases that can negatively influence the decisions we make: We discuss cognitive biases in  Section 7.6 . For example, it is because of their ability to resist cognitive biases that we often see CFOs and lawyers become CEOs during periods of crisis. This does not suggest that you should avoid your emotions when making decisions, as studies show this can lead to its own problems. 52  You should, however, temper your emotions. Having processes in place to keep you aware of biases will help you detach. 53  One such process is having a devil’s advocate, which we discuss in  Section 7.7 .

YOUR CALL

How can you use these three tips to improve your performance at school? Do you see any drawbacks to being more intuitive? Discuss.

Would you like to increase your level of intuition? It can be done, but first you need to know where you stand with respect to using intuition. Find out by taking  Self-Assessment 7.2 . ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 7.2
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Level of Intuition

This survey is designed to assess the extent you use intuition in your current job. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 7.2 in Connect.

1. Are you intuitive at work? Did the results surprise you?

2. What can you do to increase the amount of intuition you use at work? Describe.

3. What things might you say during a job interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of critical thinking/problem solving?

7.2 Making Ethical Decisions

THE BIG PICTURE

A graph known as a decision tree can help one make ethical decisions.

LO 7-2

Explain how managers can make decisions that are both legal and ethical.

The ethical behavior of businesspeople, as we discussed at length in  Chapter 3 , has become of increasing concern in recent years, brought about by a number of events.

The Dismal Record of Business Ethics

According to a recent study from PwC (PricewaterhouseCoopers), the top reason for CEO departures among America’s largest companies isn’t poor financial performance, it’s unethical behavior (see  Figure 7.3 ).  Figure 7.3  reveals that the number of CEOs fired for ethical lapses quadrupled between 2008 and 2018. For example, the leaders of CBS, Barnes & Noble, Lululemon, and Intel were either fired or forced to resign in 2018 due to ethical lapses. 54

Page 276

FIGURE 7.3  Reasons for CEO departures

Source: Data based on J. Green, “CEOs Fired for Ethical Lapses Hit New High as Complaints Soared,” Bloomberg, May 15, 2019, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2019-05-15/ceos-fired-for-ethical-lapses-hit-new-high-as-complaints-soared.

The recent data on CEO departures is disturbing. Let’s consider why this is happening before discussing a road map to ethical decision making.

What Is Causing the Growth in Ethical Lapses?

Harvard Business Review suggests five reasons for the increase in CEO firings due to ethical lapses: (1) the public is “less forgiving” of poor behavior by executives, (2) regulations are more stringent, (3) companies are expanding operations into developing countries where ethical risks may be higher and laws less protective, (4) digital communications increase exposure to risk from both hackers and whistle-blowers, and (5) “the 24/7 news cycle and the proliferation of media in the 21st century publicizes and amplifies negative information in real time.” 55

Recent research sheds additional light on why unethical behavior occurs. One study demonstrated that unethical behavior is more apt to be tolerated when it comes from a high rather than a low performer. 56  Sadly, it seems that some organizations prefer performance over ethics. Other studies show that individual differences play a role in unethical behavior. 57  For example, compassionate people were found to engage in prosocial lying, such as to prevent others from feeling hurt or embarrassed or to help others financially. Prosocial lying helps others rather than yourself. 58  Moreover, those with excessive self-esteem were found to be more prone than others to engage in unethical decision making. 59

Ethical decision making can be related to a host of issues, including how a company prices its products or how its employees behave in the workplace. Let’s take a look at some examples.

Pricing Example: Pharmaceutical companies in particular have been singled out for the impact of their decisions. Take for example Alembic, the maker of blood pressure drugs. When Alembic’s competitors were forced to recall their blood pressure–lowering medication due to contamination, the company saw an opportunity to increase its price by more than 320%. And Alembic wasn’t alone. Pharmaceutical companies raised the prices of thousands of drugs in 2019, surpassing 2018 price increases by 17%. This includes around 40 drugs that saw triple-digit price increases, such as Alembic’s blood pressure medication. “I don’t believe any company that makes any drug, whether it is an innovative biotech cancer drug or a generic drug that’s been around for 50 years, should take advantage of the marketplace to a degree that causes significant financial pain for patients,” says Peter Pitts, president of the Center for Medicine in the Public Interest. 60

Page 277

Behavioral Examples: The #MeToo movement brought down prominent men in a wide range of industries over allegations of sexual misconduct, beginning with Harvey Weinstein, founder of a successful Hollywood film studio that bore his name, and going on to envelop dozens of politicians, business executives, sports figures, and popular and classical artists. Though Weinstein was later convicted of rape, other powerful CEOs were ousted for consensual relationships. This was the case for McDonald’s CEO Steve Easterbrook. He was fired in 2019 for engaging in a relationship with a subordinate. Although the relationship was consensual, it violated McDonald’s standards of conduct, which “prohibit employees with ‘a direct or indirect reporting relationship’ from ‘dating or having a sexual relationship’” with superiors. 61  Publicly lying is another example of unethical behavior. A legislative aide to one of Florida’s state representatives was quickly fired for falsely claiming that students who protested lax gun laws after 17 of their peers and teachers were killed in a high school shooting were paid actors. 62

Positive Example: On the other side of the ledger, about 170 of the world’s billionaires have pledged—along with Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates, his wife Melinda, and mega-investor Warren Buffet—to give away more than half their money. The funds will go to charitable causes like “poverty alleviation, refugee aid, disaster relief, global health, education, women and girls’ empowerment, medical research, arts and culture, criminal justice reform and environmental sustainability.” 63  The Giving Pledge has been signed by billionaires from 23 countries in every age cohort from 30 to 90. 64

Some unethical behaviors like sexual harassment have morphed into their own logo.

Ing. Andrej Kaprinay/Shutterstock

How Are Companies Responding to Ethical Lapses?

Ethical concerns have forced the subject of right-minded decision making to the top of the agenda in many organizations. Indeed, many companies now have an  ethics officer , someone trained about matters of ethics in the workplace, particularly about resolving ethical dilemmas. More and more companies also are designing values statements to guide employees as to what constitutes day-to-day ethical behavior. These value statements influence areas such as hiring, evaluation, and compensation. 65  Studies confirm that having leaders coach and be role models for employees on these values will support ethical decision making across the company. 66  As a result of this raised consciousness on ethical decision making, managers must make sure their decisions are not just in compliance with laws and regulations but also ethical. 67

Road Map to Ethical Decision Making: A Decision Tree

Undoubtedly, the greatest pressure on top executives is to maximize shareholder value, to deliver the greatest return on investment to the owners of their company. But is a decision that is beneficial to shareholders yet harmful to employees—such as forcing them to contribute more to their health benefits, as IBM has done—unethical? Harvard Business School professor Constance Bagley suggests that what is needed is a decision tree to help with ethical decisions. 68  A  decision tree  is a graph of decisions and their possible consequences; it is used to create a plan to reach a goal. Decision trees are used to aid in making decisions, especially when there is uncertainty. 69  Bagley’s ethical decision tree is shown in  Figure 7.4 .

Page 278

FIGURE 7.4  The ethical decision tree: What’s the right thing to do?

Source: Constance E. Bagley, “The Ethical Leader’s Decision Tree,” Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation, February 2003, https://hbr.org/2003/02/the-ethical-leaders-decision-tree.

When confronted with any proposed action for which a decision is required, a manager works through the decision tree by asking the following questions.

1. Is the proposed action legal? This may seem an obvious question. But, Bagley observes, “corporate shenanigans suggest that some managers need to be reminded: If the action isn’t legal, don’t do it.”

2. If “yes,” does the proposed action maximize shareholder value? If the action is legal, one must next ask whether it will profit the shareholders. If the answer is “yes,” should you do it? Not necessarily.

3. If “yes,” is the proposed action ethical? As Bagley points out, though directors and top managers may believe they are bound by corporate law to always maximize shareholder value, the courts and many state legislatures have held they are not. Rather, their main obligation is to manage “for the best interests of the corporation,” which includes the interests of the larger community.

Thus, says Bagley, building a profitable-but-polluting plant in a country overseas may benefit the shareholders but be bad for that country—and for the corporation’s relations with that nation. Ethically, then, managers should add pollution-control equipment.

4. If “no,” would it be ethical  not to take the proposed action? If the action would not directly benefit shareholders, might it still be ethical to go ahead with it?

Not building the overseas plant might be harmful to other stakeholders, such as employees or customers. Thus, the ethical conclusion might be to build the plant with pollution-control equipment, but to disclose the effects of the decision to shareholders.

As a basic guideline to making good ethical decisions on behalf of a corporation, Bagley suggests that directors, managers, and employees need to follow their own individual ideas about right and wrong. 70  There is a lesson, she suggests, in the response of the pension fund manager who, when asked whether she would invest in a company doing business in a country that permits slavery, responded, “Do you mean me, personally, or as a fund manager?” When people feel entitled or compelled to compromise their own personal ethics to advance the interests of a business, “it is an invitation to mischief.” 71

Page 279

To learn more about your own ethics, morality, and/or values (while contributing to scientific research), go to  www.yourmorals.org . 72  ●

7.3 Evidence-Based Decision Making and Data Analytics

THE BIG PICTURE

This section describes seven principles for implementing evidence-based management. We also describe why it is hard to bring this approach to bear on one’s decision making. Finally, we describe data analytics and big data and their use at all levels of an organization.

LO 7-3

Describe how evidence-based management and data analytics contribute to decision making.

The World Health Organization (WHO) declared the COVID-19 outbreak a public health emergency of global concern. Thousands of individuals across all major continents contracted the disease, many of whom lost their lives. Multinational corporations, governments, and small businesses all made decisions they hoped would reduce the risk of spreading the virus, but not all of those tough calls were based on the latest health information. In other words, they weren’t evidence-based decisions. 73

As you learned in  Chapter 1 , there are 27 competencies that contribute to your career readiness. Four of these competencies relate to evidence-based decision making: information technology application (effectively using technology and learning new applications), computational thinking (using numbers to distill abstract concepts and conducting data-based reasoning), critical thinking and problem solving (analyzing situations, making decisions, and solving problems), and decision making (collecting, processing, and analyzing information in order to identify and choose from alternative solutions that lead to optimal outcomes). A common misconception is that using evidence in the decision-making process only requires hard skills, such as computational thinking. Yes, hard skills are important in today’s data-driven environment, 74  but research shows that effective top managers also need strong soft skills. This is because senior-level managers need to utilize evidence to strategize, make decisions, communicate with stakeholders, and influence middle and lower-level managers to execute evidence-based decisions. 75

In this section you’ll learn about the basics of evidence-based decision making and how it can be implemented within organizations. We’ll then discuss big data and data analytics, the backbone of today’s evidence-based decisions. In  Section 7.4 , we take another step into the realm of technology-based decisions and discuss artificial intelligence.

Evidence-Based Decision Making

“Too many companies and too many leaders are more interested in just copying others, doing what they’ve always done, and making decisions based on beliefs in what ought to work rather than what actually works,” say Stanford professors Jeffrey Pfeffer and Robert Sutton. “They fail to face the hard facts and use the best evidence to help navigate the competitive environment.” 76  In support of this conclusion, research revealed that half of organizational decisions failed to achieve their goals because leaders rushed to judgment, ignored alternatives, and imposed their preferred solutions, among a host of other reasons. 77  Companies that use evidence-based management—the translation of principles based on best evidence into organizational practice, bringing rationality to the decision-making process, as we defined it in  Chapter 2 —routinely trump the competition, Pfeffer and Sutton suggest. 78

Page 280

Seven Implementation Principles

Pfeffer and Sutton identify seven implementation principles to help companies that are committed to doing what it takes to profit from evidence-based management: 79

1. Treat your organization as an unfinished prototype. Leaders need to think and act as if their organization were an unfinished prototype that won’t be ruined by dangerous new ideas or impossible to change because of employee or management resistance.

Danish Oil and Natural Gas Example: Danish Oil and Natural Gas, Denmark’s largest energy company, faced doom when global overproduction sent gas prices plunging 90% in 2012. CEO Henrik Poulsen recognized the need to make a fundamental change. “We looked at the 12 different lines of business we were in and went through them asset by asset, to see where we saw competitive strength,” says Poulsen. Offshore wind power, a small line of the company’s business, came up as a potential route, but wind farm technology was still too expensive. Poulsen decided to rename the company Ørsted (after the legendary Danish scientist Hans Christian Ørsted, who discovered the principles of electromagnetism) and infused a cost-cutting goal into the workplace culture. Ørsted was able cut the cost of offshore wind power generation by 60%, producing billions in profits. Today, it’s the world’s largest offshore wind company with 30% market share. 80

2. No brag, just facts. Leaders shouldn’t make over-the-top assertions about forthcoming products, they should simply use available resources to make effective decisions.

Casino Example: Lon O’Donnell is MGM Resorts’ first-ever director of corporate slot analytics. O’Donnell’s team uses data to find out what machines aren’t being played and need to be replaced or relocated, what machines are most popular, and which areas of the casino pull in the most profits. Caesars Entertainment, one of MGM’s biggest competitors, uses data to their advantage as well. The company studies player habits, as well as what hotel, spa, or restaurant amenities people enjoy the most. 81

3. See yourself and your organization as outsiders do. Most managers are afflicted with “rampant optimism,” with inflated views of their own talents and prospects for success, which causes them to downplay risks and continue on a path despite evidence that things are not working. “Having a blunt friend, mentor, or counselor,” Pfeffer and Sutton suggest, “can help you see and act on better evidence.”

4. Evidence-based management is not just for senior executives. The best organizations are those in which everyone, not just the top managers, are guided by the responsibility to gather and act on quantitative and qualitative data and share results with others.

5. Like everything else, you still need to sell it. “Unfortunately, new and exciting ideas grab attention even when they are vastly inferior to old ideas,” the Stanford authors say. “Vivid, juicy stories and case studies sell better than detailed, rigorous, and admittedly dull data—no matter how wrong the stories or how right the data.” To sell an evidence-based approach, you may have to identify a preferred practice based on solid if unexciting evidence, then use vivid stories to grab management’s attention.

Page 281

6. If all else fails, slow the spread of bad practice. Because many managers and employees face pressures to do things that are known to be ineffective, it may be necessary for you to practice “evidence-based misbehavior”—that is, ignore orders you know to be wrong or delay their implementation.

7. The best diagnostic question: What happens when people fail? “Failure hurts, it is embarrassing, and we would rather live without it,” the authors write. “Yet there is no learning without failure. . . . If you look at how the most effective systems in the world are managed, a hallmark is that when something goes wrong, people face the hard facts, learn what happened and why, and keep using those facts to make the system better.” 82  Take for example the U.S. civil aviation system, which rigorously examines airplane accidents, near misses, and equipment problems. Or mall owners who look for new uses for space, like co-working offices, as malls fall from favor and anchor stores like Sears and Macy’s depart. In both these examples, evidence-based management makes the point that failure is a great teacher. 83  This means, however, that the organization must “forgive and remember” people who make mistakes, not be trapped by preconceived notions, and confront the best evidence and hard facts.

Data jackpot. A woman playing a slot machine in Las Vegas, Nevada. With close to 200,000 slot machines in Las Vegas, it’s important for casinos to know which ones bring in the most revenue.

Steve Allen/Brand X Pictures/Getty Images

What Makes It Hard to Be Evidence Based

Despite your best intentions, it’s hard to bring the best evidence to bear on your decisions. Among the reasons: 84  (1) There’s too much evidence. (2) There’s not enough good evidence. (3) The evidence doesn’t quite apply. (4) People are trying to mislead you. (5) You are trying to mislead yourself. (6) The side effects outweigh the cure. (Example: Despite the belief that social promotion in school is a bad idea—that is, that schools shouldn’t advance children to the next grade when they haven’t mastered the material—the side effect is skyrocketing costs because it crowds schools with older, angrier students who demand more resources.) (7) Stories are more persuasive, anyway.

In Praise of Data Analytics

Perhaps the purest application of evidence-based management is the use of  data analytics , which is the process of analyzing raw data sets in order to make conclusions about the information they contain. 85  Data analytics is increasingly done with specialized systems and software. One example is portfolio analysis, in which an investment adviser evaluates the risks of stocks using various data sources. Another example is the time-series forecast, which predicts future data based on patterns of historical data.

Some leaders and firms have become exceptional practitioners of data analytics. Netflix, for example, collects data from its 167 million subscribers in order to discover customer behavior and buying power. It then uses that information to recommend movies and TV shows based on subscriber preferences. The company says it earns over $1 billion in customer retention because the recommendation system accounts for over 80% of the content streamed on its platform. Netflix also uses analytics to conduct custom marketing and greenlight new original content. 86

Data analytics also is expected to help the health care industry. Health care professionals can share electronic health records across all sectors of health care, which helps reduce medical errors and improve patient care. There also are cost advantages associated with the use of data analytics. For example, using data tools to drive health care efficiency and quality can cut overall health care costs by 12 to 17%, according to research from McKinsey & Company. 87

Data has made its way into the sports world as well. The  Example box  illustrates how professional sports teams are taking advantage of data analytics.

Page 282

EXAMPLE
Data Is the Champion of Sports

Baseball fans have been analyzing in-game stats for decades, in fact, this activity has its own name: sabermetrics, a term that acknowledges the work of the Society for American Baseball Research (SABR). Today’s data analysis in sports is taking teams beyond these old-school stats and is making an impact in a variety of sports. As a result, the market for sports analytics is expected to reach top $5 billion by 2024. 88

Better Indicators of Player Success

The obsession with analytics in professional sports is the logical result of the Moneyball phenomenon. The Brad Pitt film of that name was adapted from a book by Michael Lewis called Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game. The book described how the Oakland Athletics, then one of the poorest teams in Major League Baseball (with a payroll about a third the size of the New York Yankees), managed to go to the playoffs five times in seven years against better-financed contenders. The Athletics accomplished this by avoiding the use of traditional baseball statistics and finding better indicators of player success in data such as on-base percentage, slugging percentage, and the like. This creative use of analytics enabled the managers of the California club to concentrate their limited payroll resources on draft picks who were primarily talented college players rather than veteran professionals. 89  The team continues to rely on analytics to improve its odds, and the Houston Astros have taken the strategy to another level, hiring a NASA engineer to help them with data analysis. 90

Analytics in Pro Sports

Since then, analytic measures have been used to find better ways to value players and strategies in all major sports. In basketball, the application of data analytics reached its zenith with the Golden State Warriors, a frequent National Basketball Association champion. A group of data-loving Silicon Valley investors bought the floundering team a few years ago for $450 million (it’s now worth $3.5 billion) and proceeded to fix it by asking the question, “What would happen if you built a basketball team by ignoring every orthodoxy of building a basketball team?” One unusual idea: Focus less on recruiting big men who could stuff the basket and more on players who could make three-point shots. This is because data shows that focusing on three-pointers increases a team’s chances of winning. 91

Analytics slam dunk. Stephen Curry (#30) of the Golden State Warriors makes a three-point shot over OG Anunoby (#3) of the Toronto Raptors. Data shows that focusing on these shots are more advantageous for teams. Does this mean the end of the slam dunk?

Ezra Shaw/Getty Images

Delving into the statistics, the executives began to rebuild the team around star three-point shooters Stephen Curry and Klay Thompson and other players, which helped the Warriors make a higher percentage of three-pointers than any other team in the league. “We’re lightyears ahead of probably every other team in structure, in planning, in how we’re going to go about things,” says Golden State majority owner Joe Lacob. “We’re going to be a handful for the rest of the NBA to deal with for a long time.” 92  The Warriors made it to the NBA finals five years in a row (2015–2019), winning the championship in 2015, 2017, and 2018. 93

Data drives the NFL as well. The New York Giants General Manager Dave Gettleman says he’s hired “computer folks” to modernize the team’s scouting department. Mike McCarthy, the former Green Bay Packers coach, spent last season at home planning for an entire football technology department. He’s now going to use that department at his new team, the Dallas Cowboys. Finally, the Atlanta Falcons, not to be outdone by rivals, monitor their players’ sleep habits and patterns, using an outside firm to collect data about how much sleep they get, and find ways for them to get more restorative rest. The Cleveland Browns head coach, Kevin Stefanski, summed up sports teams’ new focus on analytics, saying, “Information is power.” 94

YOUR CALL

Executives and human resource professionals often make decisions as the old sports traditionalists did, relying on resume, degree, and years of experience when evaluating job applicants. What other more quantifiable measures might be used instead when hiring new college graduates?

Big Data: What It Is, How It’s Used

“War is 90% information,” according to French military leader Napoleon Bonaparte. 95  Experts say the store of the world’s information will increase 61% each year, reaching 175 zettabytes in size by 2025. 96  (Just 1 zettabyte is equal to the contents of over 200 billion DVDs.) 97  This has led to a phenomenon known as  big data , stores of data so vast that conventional database management systems cannot handle them, so very sophisticated analysis software and supercomputers are required. 98  Big data includes not only information in corporate databases, but also web-browsing data trails, social network communications, sensor data, and surveillance data. 99

Page 283

“Over the past five years companies have invested billions to get the most-talented data scientists to set up shop, amass zettabytes of material, and run it through their deduction machines to find signals in the unfathomable volume of noise,” says data expert Scott Berinato. The concept of big data, he says, has changed our relationship with industries as different as translation services, retail, medicine, and sports. 100  In a 2018 survey of nearly 60 large firms in the financial, pharmaceutical, and other industries, 97% of respondents said they are currently investing in big data and artificial intelligence (AI) projects, and 73% said they have already seen measurable results from these efforts. 101  Big data analytics is the process of examining large amounts of data of a variety of types to uncover hidden patterns, unknown correlations, and other useful information. Research shows that big data analytics supports innovation, efficiencies, and firm performance in a wide variety of industries. 102  Let’s consider five applications of big data.

Meeting Customer Needs

Companies must understand what customers need so they can meet market demands. Data can assist with this by providing a story about consumer behavior. Big data allows companies to spot trends, challenges, and opportunities. Take for instance Coca-Cola’s “freestyle” fountain drink machines, located in many fast-food restaurants, cinemas, and amusement parks. There are more than 50,000 of these dispensers pouring 14 million drinks per day. The touch-screen freestyle machines allow customers to add flavors, such as lime or cherry, to their favorite drinks before dispensing (there are more than 100 combinations available). 103  The machines may provide customers with their favorite beverages, but they also provide Coca-Cola with valuable data. For example, the company analyzed its customers’ preferences and found that more and more were adding cherry flavoring to their beverages. Based on this analysis, the beverage maker decided to introduce new Sprite Cherry and Sprite Cherry Zero products in retail stores. 104

Coca-Cola’s decision makers probably didn’t sift through all their fountain drink machine numbers to discover that cherry was in demand. Instead, they heard from analysts who could interpret the data and present the lessons learned from reviewing the data. Those presenting the story don’t need to be award-winning novelists; they do, however, need to close the communication gap between algorithms and executives by presenting the data in an understandable way so decisions can be made. 105  If properly presented, big data can help both online and brick-and-mortar businesses personalize shopping experiences, improve efficiencies, and reduce the costs of their supply chains, among other benefits. 106  Macy’s is a good example of this. The retailer relies on data analytics to ensure merchandise efficiently gets from its warehouses to stores and meets demand during peak periods, such as back to school or the holiday season. 107

Improving Human Resource Management Practices

Big data is impacting the HR functions of employee selection and retention. Historically, companies typically identified stars in their ranks based on evaluations from managers, which could often be subjective or prone to bias. Now, more and more organizations are using organizational network analysis to identify and promote talent. This analysis involves the use of data to measure an employee’s influence across an organization. Some companies do this by assessing an employee’s e-mail traffic, including whom they contact and how quickly they get a response. A principal at global consulting firm Deloitte calls this analysis an “X-ray view into the organization and the way work is truly getting done.” Human resource software maker Workday has developed another data-driven tool to help identify talent. This feedback platform allows employees to thank their peers for assistance on a project or for helping them navigate a problem. The tool will help companies use the data to identify “knowledge brokers,” those in the organization others turn to for guidance or insight. 108

Page 284

Companies also use big data in their efforts to retain employees. For example, Credit Suisse implemented a data collection and analysis system to discover why some high performers left the organization. The system stored the reasons employees gave during exit interviews and uncovered patterns so HR managers could prevent future departures. “We needed to look at why we don’t have the compelling employee value proposition to keep that person here and look at who else is at risk,” says William Wolf, the company’s managing director and global head of talent. 109  The company has saved an estimated $70 million a year in HR costs as a result of this system. 110

Enhancing Production Efficiency

Big data assists manufacturing efficiency. For example, Unilever, one of the world’s biggest consumer goods companies, is using data from its sensor-equipped machines to create virtual models. These models can track physical conditions in a manufacturing facility and allow for testing of operational changes before actually implementing them. “We’ve got it in [plants that make] mayonnaise, soap, shampoos and conditioners, laundry detergents,” says Dave Penrith, the company’s chief engineer. Big data analytics also allow Unilever to make real-time changes, which optimize output, allow it to use materials more precisely, and limit waste from products that don’t meet the company’s standards. 111

Advancing Health and Medicine

Big data is revolutionizing the health care industry. Predictive medicine, which is the practice of using genomic data to more accurately predict illnesses, is gaining traction because the cost of human-genome sequencing is falling. The reduced sequencing cost, from $100 million in 2009 to a couple thousand dollars in 2019, is growing the volume of genomics data. This data allows scientists to predict how illnesses like cancer will progress. For example, genetic data analytics organization NextBio is studying data related to medulloblastoma, the most common type of malignant brain tumor in children. The data allows NextBio to develop new targeted therapy approaches in order to increase patient survival rates. 112  Research supports the work of NextBio and other organizations, finding that efficient management, analysis, and interpretation of big data can revolutionize medical therapies and personalized medicine. 113

Predicting repeat offenders. A handcuffed female inmate being escorted in a county jail. Would you be comfortable with an inmate being released based on big data predictions?

David R. Frazier Photolibrary, Inc.

Aiding Public Policy

The majority of America’s prison population has some sort of mental illness, but diagnosing and caring for prisoners effectively has been a challenge. That’s where data-driven tools come in. Dallas-based technology and clinical services company HarrisLogic is pooling data from jails, police departments, emergency services, social services, and courts to identify mentally ill prisoners within 15 minutes of booking. This data is then shared with the prisoner’s public defender and case provider, with the intention of getting the prisoner help. The software has saved Dallas County $30 million to date and is getting prisoners the help they need so they can stay out of trouble in the future. Stemming from this initiative, HarrisLogic is piloting a program that predicts the likelihood that a prisoner will commit a future offense. The company claims it can predict who will return to prison within six months with 72% accuracy, and who won’t return with 99% certainty. 114

Page 285

Using Big Data Up and Down the Hierarchy

The five mentioned examples illustrate that big data is effectively being applied in various industries. That said, studies show that employees at all levels of the organization need to be trained to use big data tools for success to be sustained. 115   Table 7.2  describes applications of big data across organizational levels and highlights the career readiness competencies needed for effective implementation.

Managerial Level

Use of Big Data

Career Readiness Competencies

Lower

· Analyzing data

· Project management

· Safeguarding data

· Presenting data to middle management

· Computational thinking

· Information technology application

· Critical thinking/problem solving

· Teamwork/collaboration

· Oral/written communication

Middle

· Deciding what data is necessary

· Project management

· Presenting data to executives

· Computational thinking

· Decision making

· Critical thinking/problem solving

· Understanding the business

· Oral/written communication

Top

· Making data-driven decisions and strategizing

· Project management

· Influencing others to support data-driven decisions

· Decision making

· Critical thinking/problem solving

· Oral/written communication

· Leadership

TABLE 7.2  The Use of Big Data at Different Levels of an Organization 116

Table Summary: "Table with three columns summarizes the applications of big data across organizational levels and highlights the details for middle managerial level. Column headers are marked from left to right as: managerial level, use of big data, and career readiness competencies.

Table 7.2  shows that soft skills are increasingly important as you move up the organizational hierarchy. Lower-level managers focus more on analyzing and safeguarding data. This includes the “hard” career readiness competencies of computational thinking and information technology application. You’ll notice that more and more “soft” career readiness competencies present themselves as you progress up the management ladder. In fact, by the time you’re a top manager, your focus will be on making decisions and influencing others. This will require mastering the career readiness competencies of decision making, critical thinking/problem solving, oral/written communication, and leadership — all soft skills. 117

Managers at all levels of an organization can use big data to improve the company’s bottom line, but data can do more than just boost profits. In Learning Module 1 we discussed how organizations can use their resources to support shared value and sustainable development. Do you think big data can be used to better society? The  Example box  profiles an organization doing just that. ●

EXAMPLE
Using Big Data for Sustainable Finance

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (BBVA) is one of the largest financial institutions in the world with 7,744 branches across 30 countries. The Spanish bank has approximately 127,000 employees and over $750 billion in total assets. 118

One of BBVA’s biggest assets is the data it has on its 78 million customers. The bank established a Data & Analytics unit in 2014 and recognized data as a core competency by 2017. The unit’s goal is to use data science to generate value for the bank and society. “The [unit] was physically and structurally separated from the bank, which helped [it] . . . nurture and retain unique kinds of talent, initiate innovative data monetization projects and partnerships, and balance short-term and long-term BBVA demands,” according to a report co-authored by the bank’s former CEO and founder, Elena Alfaro. 119

The bank’s data-focused unit decided on using its resources for the good of society. It thus joined forces with the United Nations (UN) in 2017 as part of the UN’s Global Pulse initiative. This initiative was established “based on a recognition that digital data offer opportunities to gain a better understanding of changes in human well-being, and to get real-time feedback on how well policy responses are working.” 120  Its mission is to use big data to achieve the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) we discussed in  Learning Module 1 .

Page 286

The collaboration between BBVA and the UN focused on SDGs in health, climate action, and infrastructure. (See  Figure LM 1.2 .) Specifically, BBVA analyzed customer credit card payments and ATM withdrawals before, during, and after natural disasters in order to develop resident activity models. These models can be used by disaster planners for future emergencies. Local governments, for instance, can use the information to plan for resources to be put in place to ease suffering and safeguard lives the next time a disaster strikes. 121

One of the first disasters analyzed was Hurricane Odile, which struck Baja California, Mexico, in 2014. The hurricane was one of the worst to ever hit that region of the country. As part of the analysis, the UN Global Pulse first developed questions that needed to be answered with data. BBVA then analyzed the transactions of more than 100,000 anonymous Mexican customers to come up with metrics. One analysis related to what Baja California residents spent on the day before Odile made landfall. These results were separated by income levels so the UN could determine what the poorest residents needed. The spending was then compared to average spending habits in the region during normal times. “This type of real-time quantitative data on how people prepare for disaster could be used to inform proactive, targeted distribution of supplies or cash transfers to the most vulnerable, at risk populations,” says Miguel Luengo-Oroz, chief data scientist at UN Global Pulse. 122

Banking on data. Hurricane Odile caused significant damage to Los Cabos, Mexico in September 2014. The damage was devastating, but the situation also provided researchers with a treasure trove of data to help with future disasters.

Victor R. Caivano/AP Images

BBVA’s data-driven commitment to the SDGs has earned it praise around the world. The World Resources Institute, a global research company specializing in environmental studies and global development, recognized BBVA as one of the top five European banks for sustainable finance in 2019. 123

YOUR CALL

In what other ways can organizations use big data for sustainable purposes? Do you see challenges associated with this practice?

7.4 Artificial Intelligence Is a Powerful Decision-Making Resource

THE BIG PICTURE

This section describes the three types of artificial intelligence (AI) and the pros and cons of their applications.

LO 7-4

Describe how artificial intelligence is used in decision making.

This section expands our discussion of data analytics by focusing on ground-breaking technology that allows machines to analyze data and make autonomous decisions with limited or no human contribution. These machines are called  autonomous devices  because they collect data from situations to make calculations, define probabilities, and make reason-based decisions according to programmed goals. Whether it be self-driving cars, machine learning in health care, space rovers, or advanced weapons, autonomous devices are making an impact in a variety of settings. 124

Page 287

Autonomous devices rely on  artificial intelligence (AI) , which is the ability of a computer system to perform tasks that normally require human intelligence. 125  We share the view of computer scientist Yann LeCun, who says, “Our intelligence is what makes us human, and AI is an extension of that quality.” 126  In this context, our intelligence refers to many of the career readiness competencies described in  Chapter 1 , including information technology application, computational thinking, critical thinking/problem solving, teamwork/collaboration, decision making, and personal adaptability (see  Table 1.2 ).

This section reviews different types of AI as well as its benefits and challenges.

Types of AI

You may think of AI as being a 21st-century–based technology that is revolutionizing the way we do things, but the thinking behind AI goes back thousands of years. Around 350 BC, Aristotle proposed a formal, mechanical thought process known as syllogism, which uses deductive reasoning to form conclusions. For example, if all cats are animals, and all animals have four legs, then all cats have four legs. This example is an algorithm, which is a process or set of rules used by today’s computers. More recently, British scientist Alan Turing invented an algorithm in 1950, before the advent of computers, to play chess with his friends—he lost that game.

The 1956 Dartmouth College Summer Research Project on artificial intelligence is considered to be the founding event of AI as a field of research. Many notable creations since then have paved the way for where we are today. 127  AI currently supports three important business needs: automating business processes, analyzing data, and engaging customers and employees. 128  Let’s discuss each of these in more detail with a focus on The Home Depot, America’s largest home improvement retailer. 129

· Automated business processes. The most common type of AI is the automation of digital and physical tasks. This is primarily achieved through  robotic process automation (RPA) , which is when robots act like a human inputing and extracting information. These are not physical robots like you see in the movies; rather, they are code on a server that gives software commands. RPA is particularly useful for automating administrative and financial activities, such as transferring data from emails and call centers, updating company and customer records, and reconciling billing systems. The Home Depot app has voice technology, allowing customers to search through more than one million items online and in the company’s more than 2,200 stores by just talking into their phone. The app is similar to Apple’s Siri and can understand conversational questions and commands.

· Data analysis. AI can be used to detect patterns in vast volumes of data and interpret their meaning.  Predictive analytics  is a category of data analysis that makes “predictions about future outcomes based on historical data and analytics techniques.” This tool looks at past and current data to forecast trends and behaviors in real time, for tomorrow, or years into the future. 130  Organizations can use predictive analytics to see what a particular customer is likely to buy, identify fraud in real time, and even make medical diagnoses. 131   Machine learning  is considered an extension of predictive analytics. It occurs when systems or algorithms automatically improve themselves based on data patterns, experiences, and observations. 132  The Home Depot tracks data from all its in-store registers and online transactions to identify behavior anomalies based on past data. These anomalies may be from fraud, erroneous pricing, employee behavior, or something else.

Page 288

· Engaging customers and employees. Companies can use AI to more closely engage employees and customers. This includes the use of chatbots and intelligent agents (programs designed to simulate conversation with human users and make decisions based on their environment) to provide 24/7 customer service, for tasks such as password reset requests, technical support questions, and product and service issues. Customer and employee engagement is the newest and least common type of AI, and it’s still a work in progress. For example, Facebook found that its messenger chatbots couldn’t answer 70% of user requests without employee intervention. The Home Depot has a 3D augmented reality tool that answers the question, “but how will this look in my home?” Customers can use their phones to take a picture of a room in their house and then virtually place a product, such as a refrigerator or chandelier, into the space using actual dimensions.

Just the nuts and bolts. The Home Depot has a simplified website for mobile devices.

Piotr Swat/Shutterstock

As you can see, The Home Depot is using all kinds of AI methods to develop a competitive advantage and earn accolades. The company’s app earned the No. 1 spot on Forrester’s 2019 mobile app rankings thanks to its functionality and strong user experience. 133   Table 7.3  highlights how other organizations are using AI to their advantage.

TYPE OF AI

COMPANYEXAMPLES

TASKS

Automated business processes

Ford

Collaborative robots work alongside employees to sand the entire body surface of a Ford Fiesta in just 35 seconds.

 

Liberty Mutual

Algorithms sift through large pools of applicants by scanning resumes.

Data analysis

Wells Fargo IBM

AI screens customer transactions to detect suspicious purchases and fraud by detecting out-of-pattern behavior.The company’s Watson technology can perform genomic big data analysis to determine cancer treatment options for people with tumors who are showing genetic abnormalities.

Customer and employee engagement

Morgan Stanley

Robo-advisors analyze client portfolios and provide customized investment strategies based on real-time market information.

 

Amtrak

The company’s chatbot, “Julie,” has answered over 5 million customer questions and makes automated train bookings.

TABLE 7.3  Businesses Using AI to Enhance Performance 134

Table Summary: Table with three columns summarizes the how other organizations are using AI to their advantage. Column headers are marked from left to right as: type of artificial intelligence, company examples, and tasks.

AI’s Benefits

AI will transform the world as we know it. Humans could be relieved of some of the drudgery of work—and even some of the time commitment today’s jobs often require. This is because more tasks could be safely assigned to AI applications or machine learning systems. Trying to skip the line to get into a sporting event or concert? AI-based facial recognition will allow you to redeem your ticket with a simple smile. 135  Finally, AI-assisted traffic lights that adjust to congested roads, bad weather, and accidents could make commuting in your self-driving car a breeze.

Page 289

Organizations continue to use AI to develop competitive advantage. A survey of 1,100 U.S. companies from 10 industries revealed that firms predominately use AI to enhance current offerings, optimize internal processes, and make more effective decisions. 136   Figure 7.5  shows the full results of the survey.

FIGURE 7.5  Benefits of AI

Source: Data based on J. Loucks, T. Davenport, and D. Schatsky, “State of AI in the Enterprise, 2nd Edition,” Deloitte Insights, October 22, 2018, https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/focus/cognitive-technologies/state-of-ai-and-intelligent-automation-in-business-survey.html.

Enhanced decision making is a thematic benefit of AI. Companies have to make strategic decisions on how to enhance current products, what new products to offer or markets to pursue, or how to optimize operations. Studies confirm that AI is significantly impacting these decisions’ precision, speed, and credibility. 137  AI also helps organizations make better day-to-day decisions in order to save money. For example, Zest Automated Machine Learning (ZAML) is an AI-powered underwriting platform that helps lenders assess borrowers with little or no credit information or history using thousands of other data points. ZestFinance, the makers of ZAML, report that lenders using AI-based underwriting platforms cut financial losses by 23% annually. 138

Facing AI. A facial recognition system identifies an official during a press conference in Japan. These systems will support the Tokyo 2020 Olympics to streamline admission into venues and ensure safety.

Aflo/Shutterstock

AI’s Drawbacks

AI has a unique set of challenges that must be overcome. The same leaders who were surveyed on the benefits of AI also were asked about its complications. Their top challenges included implementation, data issues, and cost. Let’s explore these challenges further.

Page 290

· AI implementation. The most cited challenge to AI is implementation. Experts believe this is due to the newness of the technology and the low levels of experience and on-the-job learning. Simply recruiting data scientists doesn’t solve the implementation challenge. Companies need able domain experts to train AI systems. 139  For example, a data scientist can’t train AI to sift through thousands of legal opinions in order to find patterns. A technology-oriented lawyer would need to assist with the training.

· Data issues. These challenges include access and integration. As we discussed in  Section 7.3 , it is important for companies to provide employees with access to credible, novel data. This is not an easy task. AI makes this challenge even more complex as there are times when data needs to be integrated across different systems. Take for example a virtual assistant that helps customers. Customer information may be in one system while financial data may reside in another system. The virtual assistant’s training and configuration data may reside in yet a third system. All these systems may need to be integrated when they were never built to be integrated with other systems in the first place. 140

· Cost. AI isn’t cheap. In fact, companies pay between $6,000 and more than $300,000 for custom AI software, according to WebFX. Third-party AI software, such as a pre-built chatbot, may be more economical. Even these chatbots cost around $40,000 a year to operate. Cost depends on the type of AI, whether it is pre-built or customized, duration, and how the AI will be maintained. 141

Weaponizing AI

AI also has its fair share of critics because of the dangers it can pose to society. Among some of the most outspoken critics is Tesla’s Elon Musk. Musk says AI is the “biggest risk we face as a civilization.” The eminent late physicist, Stephen Hawking, was another critic. Hawking suffered from Lou Gehrig’s disease, which gradually took away his ability to move or speak. Ironically, Hawking used AI-assisted technology to speak after he lost his own voice. He used this newfound voice to warn of the dangers of weaponized artificial intelligence, saying, “AI could be the worst event in the history of our civilization.” 142  For example, an airborne AI drone has already been cobbled together, inexpensively and from easily available parts. It is meant to be simply entertaining but could conceivably become something much worse. A New York Times writer called it an “automated bloodhound.” 143  More worrying, perhaps, a report by a group of U.S. and British AI researchers warns AI developers against widely sharing their work. 144  “Less attention has historically been paid to the ways in which artificial intelligence can be used maliciously,” the report says. Among those ways: AI can make it faster and easier to hack other systems, rather than protect them, and to do so more effectively. 145  The report also cautions against the possibility that autonomous weapons could be developed and deployed, and that AI systems could undermine “truthful public debates,” the hallmark of democracies, by expanding surveillance in authoritarian ways.

AI in the sky. A professional photography drone flies over the San Francisco piers. Are you comfortable knowing that such drones can be used for malicious purposes?

Alex Yuzhakov/Shutterstock

Will AI Replace Us?

Human replacement is another potential disadvantage. Bryan Walsh, author of End Times, argues that allowing machines to become smarter than us may threaten our very existence. “We did not rise to the top of the food chain because we’re stronger or faster than other animals. We made it here because we are smarter,” writes Walsh. 146  Most experts don’t see a doomsday scenario involving robots, but the threat of them replacing humans in the workplace is a very real one. According to a 2019 Brookings Institution report, about 25% of the U.S. workforce (36 million jobs) may be replaced by AI in the next few decades. 147  Research supports the notion that replacing humans with machines is not the most effective way forward. A study of 1,500 companies found that firms see the most performance improvements when humans and machines work together. Through this collaboration, humans can leverage their leadership, teamwork, creativity, and social skills. Machines bring speed, scalability, and quantitative capabilities to the partnership. 148  The  Practical Action box  describes career readiness skills that will help you collaborate with machines rather than be replaced by them. ●

Page 291

PRACTICAL ACTION
Career Readiness Skills Help You Collaborate with Robots

Robots are taking over tasks that can be automated, such as scheduling or credential validation. Humans, however, are necessary for the many things machines still can’t do. 149  “AI will substitute for a set of tasks, but there’s no reason it would have to be a total displacement,” says economist Michael Webb. “The only thing you can say for sure is that the job will change.” 150  Research shows that mastering the career readiness skills of leadership, oral/written communication, and decision making will allow you to partner with AI and increase your chances of success during this change. 151

Adaptable, Visionary Leadership

AI will bring about intense disruption and rapid, ambiguous change. This will require leaders to use the career readiness competencies of personal adaptability and openness to change. Don’t be afraid to change your mind if it improves decision making. You should commit to a new course of action when necessary and focus on learning rather than being right. Disruption also requires a clear vision from leadership because there is less clarity among followers about where one should go, what one should do, and why. As you may recall from  Chapter 5 , vision is a long-term goal describing “what” an organization wants to be. During times of ambiguous change, an effective vision will allow a leader to implement necessary organizational changes and give followers a clear path forward. 152  We further discuss effective leadership in  Chapter 14 .

Communicate Findings

As we discussed in  Section 7.3 , machines may be able to make complex calculations in a matter of nanoseconds, but humans still have to interpret their findings and use them to influence others. To this end, you’ll need to develop communication skills that will allow you to inform and influence decision makers based on data. Your digital partner will take care of the calculations, you just need to sell the idea to management!

Ethical Decision Making

The ethical decision tree we introduced in  Section 7.2  prescribes the steps in ethical decision making. These steps can easily be programmed into a machine, but what about weighing the ethical interests of multiple stakeholders in order to come to a decision? Experts say machines can’t do that yet. Current AI technology struggles with ethical decision making because translating ethics into computer code is a challenging task and values differ across individuals and societies. 153  This means you need to step in and ensure two important principles. First, you need to review your digital partner’s decisions for signs of behavior that may contradict ethical norms. This includes checking for biases, which we discuss in  Section 7.6 . Second, you’ll need to ensure that the data you are feeding the machine is not producing skewed results. For now, your digital teammate is counting on you to keep it ethically in line!

7.5 Four General Decision-Making Styles

THE BIG PICTURE

Your decision-making style reflects how you perceive and respond to information. It could be directive, analytical, conceptual, or behavioral.

LO 7-5

Compare the four decision-making styles.

decision-making style  reflects the combination of how an individual perceives and responds to information. A team of researchers developed a model of decision-making styles based on the idea that styles vary along two different dimensions: value orientation and tolerance for ambiguity. 154

Page 292

Value Orientation and Tolerance for Ambiguity

Value orientation reflects the extent to which a person focuses on either task and technical concerns or people and social concerns when making decisions. Some people, for instance, are very task focused at work and do not pay much attention to people issues, whereas others are just the opposite.

The second dimension pertains to a person’s tolerance for ambiguity. This individual difference indicates the extent to which a person has a high need for structure or control in his or her life. Some people desire a lot of structure in their lives (a low tolerance for ambiguity) and find ambiguous situations stressful and psychologically uncomfortable. In contrast, others do not have a high need for structure and can thrive in uncertain situations (a high tolerance for ambiguity). Ambiguous situations can energize people with a high tolerance for ambiguity.

When the dimensions of value orientation and tolerance for ambiguity are combined, they form four styles of decision making: directive, analytical, conceptual, and behavioral. (See  Figure 7.6 .)

FIGURE 7.6  Decision-making styles

1. The Directive Style: Action-Oriented Decision Makers Who Focus on Facts

People with a directive style have a low tolerance for ambiguity and are oriented toward task and technical concerns in making decisions. They are efficient, logical, practical, and systematic in their approach to solving problems, and they are action oriented and decisive and like to focus on facts. Terry Jimenez, the chief executive of the New York Daily News, Chicago Tribune, and Baltimore Sun newspapers, fits this pattern. The move from print to digital media means newspapers need to make difficult cuts in order to stay alive, and Jimenez does not shy away from making difficult decisions. His newspapers cut half of their editorial staff in 2018 and Jimenez initiated additional cuts at the executive level in 2020. 155

Page 293

2. The Analytical Style: Careful Decision Makers Who Like Lots of Information and Alternative Choices

Managers with an analytical style have a much higher tolerance for ambiguity and respond well to new or uncertain situations. Ursula Burns had this style during her time as chief executive of Xerox. Burns was famous for asking subordinates to poke holes in her ideas and provide alternative choices. She also ensured her advisors came from diverse backgrounds so they could provide her with different perspectives. 156  Analytical managers like to consider more information and alternatives than those adopting the directive style. They are careful decision makers who take longer to make decisions, but they also tend to overanalyze a situation.

A successful analyzer. Ursula Burns speaks during the 2018 World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.

Denis Balibouse/Newscom

3. The Conceptual Style: Decision Makers Who Rely on Intuition and Have a Long-Term Perspective

People with a conceptual style have a high tolerance for ambiguity and tend to focus on the people or social aspects of a work situation. They take a broad perspective to problem solving and like to consider many options and future possibilities.

Conceptual types adopt a long-term perspective and rely on intuition and discussions with others to acquire information. They also are willing to take risks and are good at finding creative solutions to problems. Disney’s former CEO, Bob Iger, fits this description. According to colleagues, Iger, who led the company from 2005 until February 2020, forged trust with business partners, even former adversaries. He was also known for taking risks in order to propel the company forward. These included Disney’s purchase of the Star Wars franchise and 21st Century Fox, construction of additional theme parks in other countries, and launch of the Disney+ streaming service. Though conceptual types enjoy abstract challenges, research shows that they have particular difficulty with well-structured problems. These problems require specific facts and information, as well as a concrete methodology. 157

4. The Behavioral Style: The Most People-Oriented Decision Makers

The behavioral style is the most people-oriented of the four styles. People with this style work well with others and enjoy social interactions in which opinions are openly exchanged. Behavioral types are supportive, are receptive to suggestions, show warmth, and prefer verbal to written information. Larry Sutton, CEO of RNR Tire Express, is a good example. Sutton believes that employees need to be fully served and valued so they in turn serve customers. He doesn’t take himself too seriously, connects with his employees on a personal level, and will even clean his stores’ bathrooms when needed. 158  Although they like to hold meetings, some people with this style have a tendency to avoid conflict and to be overly concerned about others. This can lead them to adopt a wishy-washy approach to decision making and to have a hard time saying no.

Page 294

Which Style Do You Have?

Recent research shows that people typically utilize more than one decision-making style. 159  Most managers have characteristics that fall into two or three styles, and there isn’t a best decision-making style that applies to all situations. Studies also reveal that decision-making styles affect our purchasing decisions and leadership style. 160  You can use knowledge of decision-making styles to increase your career readiness competencies in the following three ways.

Know Thyself

Awareness of your style assists you in identifying your strengths and weaknesses as a decision maker and facilitates the potential for self-improvement. As we mentioned earlier, studies confirm that personality dimensions also impact decision-making tendencies. 161  This means reflecting on your personality will help you gain additional insight into your decision-making style. (We cover personality in  Chapter 11 .)

Influence Others

You can increase your ability to influence others by being aware of decision-making styles. For example, if you are dealing with an analytical person, you should provide as much information as possible to support your ideas.

Deal with Conflict

Knowledge of styles gives you an awareness of how people can take the same information yet arrive at different decisions by using a variety of decision-making strategies. Different decision-making styles are one likely source of interpersonal conflict at work.

What style of decision making do you prefer? Would you like to learn how to use all of the styles more effectively? The following self-assessment can help. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 7.3
CAREER READINESS
What Is Your Decision-Making Style?

This survey is designed to assess your decision-making style. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 7.3 in Connect.

1. What is your dominant decision-making style?

2. What are the pros and cons of your style?

3. What might you say to a recruiter during a job interview to demonstrate your awareness regarding your decision-making style?

7.6 Decision-Making Biases

THE BIG PICTURE

Managers should be aware of ten common decision-making biases.

LO 7-6

Identify barriers to rational decision making and ways to overcome them.

If someone asked you to explain the basis on which you make decisions, could you even say? Perhaps, after some thought, you might come up with some “rules of thumb.” Scholars call these  heuristics  (pronounced “hyur-ris-tiks”)—strategies that simplify the process of making decisions. This section reviews these heuristics.

Page 295

Ten Common Decision-Making Biases: Rules of Thumb, or “Heuristics”

Despite the fact that people use rules of thumb all the time when making decisions, that doesn’t mean they’re reliable. Indeed, some are real barriers to high-quality decision making. Among those that tend to bias how decision makers process information are (1) availability, (2) representativeness, (3) confirmation, (4) sunk cost, (5) anchoring and adjustment, (6) overconfidence, (7) hindsight, (8) framing, (9) escalation of commitment, and (10) categorical thinking. 162

1. The Availability Bias: Using Only the Information Available

If you had a perfect on-time work attendance record for nine months but were late for work four days during the last two months because of traffic, shouldn’t your boss take into account your entire attendance history when considering you for a raise? Yet managers tend to give more weight to more recent behavior. The reason is the  availability bias —the use of information readily available from memory to make judgments. 163

The bias, of course, is that readily available information may not present a complete picture of a situation. The availability bias may be stoked by the news media, which tend to favor news that is unusual or dramatic. Thus, for example, airplane crashes and terrorist attacks seem like they are happening in our backyards, which usually isn’t the case. The odds that you’d be hurt walking down the street are actually higher than both.

Recent studies show that in the age of big data there is an increased chance of the availability bias. This occurs because big data contains a large amount of recent data. The recent data can overshadow smaller, more relevant data sets that may be important to a specific decision. 164  Thus, it is important to leave no stone uncovered when sifting through today’s treasure trove of data so you can make the most informed decisions.

2. The Representativeness Bias: Faulty Generalizing from a Small Sample or a Single Event

As a form of financial planning, playing state lotteries leaves something to be desired. When, for instance, in 2019 the U.S. Powerball jackpot stood at $768 million, the third largest U.S. lottery prize in history, the odds of winning it were put at 1 in 292.2 million. (A person would have a far greater chance of being struck by an asteroid, with odds of 1 in only 1.9 million.) 165  Nevertheless, millions of people buy lottery tickets because they read or hear about a handful of fellow citizens who have been the fortunate recipients of enormous winnings. This is an example of the  representativeness bias , the tendency to generalize from a small sample or a single event.

The bias here is that just because something happens once, that doesn’t mean it is representative—that it will happen again or will happen to you. For example, the fact that you hired an extraordinary sales representative from a particular university doesn’t mean the same university will provide an equally qualified candidate next time. Yet managers make this kind of biased hiring decision all the time.

3. The Confirmation Bias: Seeking Information to Support Your Point of View

The  confirmation bias  occurs when people seek information to support their point of view and discount data that does not support it. Though this bias is so obvious you may think it should be easy to avoid, we practice it all the time, listening to the information we want to hear and ignoring the rest, especially when we are highly committed to a point of view. 166  “We primarily rely on evidence that supports our opinions and beliefs, and disregard anything contrary to those beliefs,” suggests psychologist John Grohol. We need to “seek out competing explanations and alternative viewpoints, and try and read them with an open mind.” 167

Page 296

4. The Sunk-Cost Bias: Money Already Spent Seems to Justify Continuing

The  sunk-cost bias , or sunk-cost fallacy, occurs when managers add up all the money they or others have already spent on a project and conclude it is too costly to simply abandon it, even when information exists supporting a change in course. 168  Research has found that this bias is more prevalent in moral judgments, because managers have a greater need to justify past decisions that may be seen as unethical. 169

Most people have an aversion to “wasting” money. They may continue to push on with an iffy-looking project to justify the large sums of money already sunk into it. Imagine you spent $500 for front row seats to a popular Broadway musical. During the show, you quickly realize the acting is bad, the sets are not well done, and the tunes are giving you a headache. Would you go home during the intermission? Studies suggest most people will stay put, even though money previously spent should logically have no bearing on their decision. 170

5. The Anchoring and Adjustment Bias: Being Influenced by an Initial Figure

Managers will often give their employees a standard percentage raise in salary, basing the decision on whatever the workers made the preceding year. They may do this even though the raise is completely out of alignment with what other companies are paying for the same skills. This is an instance of the  anchoring and adjustment bias , the tendency to make decisions based on an initial figure.

The bias is that the initial figure may be irrelevant to market realities. This phenomenon is sometimes seen in used car sales where the dealer’s initial price offered for the car sets the standard for negotiations. A negotiated price lower than the initial price may seem more reasonable to the buyer, though it may be higher than what the car is actually worth. 171  Interestingly, studies have uncovered that those who are more open to new experiences are more susceptible to this bias. 172

6. The Overconfidence Bias: Blind to Our Own Blindness

The  overconfidence bias  is the bias in which people’s subjective confidence in their decision making is greater than their objective accuracy. The overconfidence bias can lead to problematic decision making. In fact, recent studies found that those exhibiting this bias tend to make less profitable decisions, risk too much, and hurt their well-being. 173

Overconfidence, it’s suggested, promotes innovation, but is one of the primary reasons new businesses fail. Start-up founders are often overconfident when handling complex decisions or when failure is likely. Overconfidence bias also occurs when a founder is not especially skilled in a certain area. The best fix for this bias is to know your own limitations. “When you don’t have the proper skills or knowledge yourself, find or hire someone who does,” says angel investor Ron Flavin. 174

7. The Hindsight Bias: The I-Knew-It-All-Along Effect

The  hindsight bias  is the tendency of people to view events as more predictable than they really are, as when at the end of watching a game we decide the outcome was obvious and predictable, even though in fact it was not. Sometimes called the “I-knew-it-all-along” effect, this occurs when we look back on a decision and try to reconstruct why we decided to do something. Recent research has found that as you age, the chances of hindsight bias increase, but the more autonomous you are, and the less you try to manage your impressions to others, the less susceptible you are to it. 175

8. The Framing Bias: Shaping the Way a Problem Is Presented

The  framing bias  is the tendency of decision makers to be influenced by the way a situation or problem is presented to them. In general, people view choices more favorably when positively framed. For example, would you prefer to undergo a surgery if the “one-month survival rate is 90%” (positively framed) or if “there is a 10% chance of death in the first month” (negatively framed)? You’d be in line with research findings if you chose the first statement. 176  Overall, try framing your decision questions in alternate ways in order to avoid the framing bias.

Page 297

9. The Escalation of Commitment Bias: Feeling Overly Invested in a Decision

If you really hate to admit you’re wrong, you need to be aware of the  escalation of commitment bias , whereby decision makers increase their commitment to a project despite negative information about it.

Take for example the Canadian Trans Mountain pipeline, which carries oil from Alberta to British Columbia. The Canadian government approved an approximately 600-mile extension in June 2019, at an estimated cost of between $5.4 and $7.4 billion. Less than a year later, the costs of the extension soared to $12.6 billion, but the project is still proceeding. “The Trans Mountain pipeline remains a project outside market forces. The arguments for it rest on misconceptions and propaganda,” says Elizabeth May, a Canadian Member of Parliament opposed to the expansion. 177

To reduce the escalation of commitment bias, researchers recommend that decision makers set minimum targets for performance and then compare their performance results with their targets. Managers also should be rotated in key positions during a project, and decision makers should be encouraged to become less ego-involved with the work. Finally, decision makers should be made aware of the costs of persistence, which in many cases requires more time, money, and effort than changing course. 178

10. The Categorical Thinking Bias: Sorting Information into Buckets

Our mind is a categorization machine, taking in massive amounts of data and then simplifying and structuring it so we can make sense of the world. The  categorical thinking bias  is the tendency of decision makers to classify people or information based on observed or inferred characteristics. In its simplest form, categorical thinking can save us from danger, such as when it allows us to tell the difference between a stick and a snake.

However, this bias can lead to problematic decision making. Consider Facebook’s practice of assigning political labels to its users based on their browsing history. Users are categorized as “moderate,” “conservative,” or “liberal,” and this information is provided to advertisers. Advertisers may then mistakenly assume differences among these individuals are bigger than they really are and deliver a highly tailored message to each group. This, in turn, may widen differences and fuel divisiveness. 179  ●

7.7 Group Decision Making: How to Work with Others

THE BIG PICTU7.8 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 7-8

Describe how to develop the career readiness competencies of critical thinking/problem solving and decision making.

The career readiness soft skills of critical thinking/problem solving and decision making are highly desired competencies within our model of career readiness shown below (see  Figure 7.8 ). They also go hand in hand. Consider the definition of critical thinking/problem solving shown in  Table 1.2 . This competency entails the ability to use sound reasoning to analyze situations, make decisions, and solve problems. It also requires skills at obtaining, interpreting, and analyzing both qualitative and quantitative information while creatively solving problems.

FIGURE 7.8  Model of career readiness

Critical thinking is much different from the moment-to-moment thinking that guides our everyday activities. Moment-to-moment thinking is automatic and highly susceptible to the biases discussed in this chapter. In contrast, critical thinking requires more deliberate mental processes. We need to stop and consciously process information when trying to critically think about a problem.

This section provides suggestions for improving your decision making by engaging in critical thinking and problem solving. We then discuss how you can demonstrate these skills during an employment interview.

Improving Your Critical Thinking and Problem-Solving Skills

Good decision-making ability amounts to being able to understand the relationship between causes and outcomes. In other words, good decision makers can predict what will occur in a given situation. Reflecting on your past experiences and using a decision methodology are two ways to develop this skill.

Reflect on Past Decisions

Page 305

Most problems you will encounter at work after graduation will not be new, but they may be unfamiliar to you. 215  This means there are ready-made solutions you can use. One expert defined ready-made solutions as “best practices that have been captured and turned into standard operating procedures so that employees are better prepared to address regularly recurring problems.” 216  By learning and applying these ready-made solutions, you can develop a larger set of options for solving problems, thereby improving your decision-making skills. This improvement will in turn assist you in resolving unanticipated problems. Use the following steps to increase your awareness of ready-made solutions. 217

1. Think of a time in which you faced a problem either at work or in your personal life and you successfully resolved it. Now write down answers to the following questions:

· What was the problem? Where did it occur and who was involved?

· What was the solution?

· Why did you select this solution?

· What lessons can you derive from this experience that you can use when faced with similar problems?

2. Now think of a time you unsuccessfully solved a problem in your work or personal life. Write answers to the same questions listed above.

3. Think of someone you know who is very good at solving problems. Now focus on a specific problem you observed this person solving and write answers to the following questions:

· What was the problem? Where did it occur and who was involved?

· What was the solution?

· What steps did the person follow in solving the problem?

· What lessons can you learn from this and apply when faced with similar problems?

Page 306

Establish a Decision Methodology

There is no single “right” way to solve problems. As you learned in this chapter, people have different decision-making styles. The key is to establish a process or method that works for you. Consider using or modifying the following steps: 218

1. Analyze the situation. Why does a decision need to be made? What would happen if you delayed making a decision? Who will be affected by the decision? What information, data, analytics, or research do you need to consider in order to understand the causes and possible solutions? Are there political issues you need to take into account?

2. Consider what others would think about the solutions under consideration. Would you be proud of your decision if someone tweeted it out or printed it on the front page of the newspaper?

3. Seek advice or feedback from others before making a decision.

4. Conduct a cost–benefit analysis of different solutions. Do the benefits of any exceed the costs? Is it okay to incur higher short-term costs for a better long-term solution?

5. Is the decision consistent with your values and principles? Are you willing to co-opt your values or principles? Consider the cost of doing so.

6. Make the decision and observe the consequences. Then do a post-mortem.

Demonstrating These Competencies during a Job Interview

Being career ready means not only possessing career readiness competencies, but also being able to demonstrate them during a job interview. Assuming you possess some of these competencies, now it’s time to make a plan for making a positive impression. We recommend that you start by preparing answers to the following behaviorally based questions: 219

· Describe the process you use to make decisions. Provide a specific example in which this process resulted in a positive outcome.

· Tell me about a time in which you had to make a quick decision. How did you approach the situation and what obstacles did you face? How did you make this decision without having all the necessary information?

· Describe a time in which you used intuition to make a decision rather than relying on data or hard facts. What was the outcome of your decision, and what did you learn from the experience?

RE

Group decision making has five potential advantages and four potential disadvantages. The disadvantage of groupthink merits focus because it leads to terrible decisions. It also is important to consider the characteristics of group decision making before allowing a group to make a decision. Finally, knowledge about group problem-solving techniques can enhance group decision-making effectiveness.

LO 7-7

Outline the basics of group decision making.

The movies celebrate the lone heroes who, like Charlize Theron or Liam Neeson, make their own moves and call their own shots. Most managers, however, work with groups and teams (as we discuss in  Chapter 13 ). Research suggests that groups typically perform at the same level as the best individual decision makers and better than the median and worst comparison individuals. 180  Thus, to be an effective manager, you need to learn about decision making in groups.

Page 298

Advantages and Disadvantages of Group Decision Making

Because you may often have a choice as to whether to make a decision by yourself or to consult with others, you need to understand the advantages and disadvantages of group-aided decision making.

Advantages

Using a group to make a decision offers five possible advantages. 181  For these benefits to happen, however, the group must be made up of diverse participants, not just people who all think the same way.

· Greater pool of knowledge. When several people are making the decision, there is a greater pool of information from which to draw. If one person doesn’t have the pertinent knowledge and experience, someone else might.

· Different perspectives. Because different people have different perspectives—marketing, production, legal, and so on—they see the problem from different angles.

· Intellectual stimulation. A group of people can brainstorm or otherwise bring greater intellectual stimulation and creativity to the decision-making process than is usually possible with one person acting alone.

· Better understanding of decision rationale. If you participate in making a decision, you are more apt to understand the reasoning behind the decision, including the pros and cons leading up to the final step.

· Deeper commitment to the decision. If you’ve been part of the group that has bought into the final decision, you’re more apt to be committed to seeing that the course of action is successfully implemented.

Disadvantages

The disadvantages of group-aided decision making spring from problems in how members interact. 182

· A few people dominate or intimidate. Sometimes a handful of people will talk the longest and the loudest, and the rest of the group will simply give in. Or one individual, such as a strong leader, will exert disproportionate influence, sometimes by intimidation. Some leaders may even employ  sham participation , which occurs when powerless, but useful individuals are selected by leaders to rubber stamp decisions and work hard to implement them. 183  These tactics reduce creativity.

· Groupthink.  Groupthink  occurs when group members strive to agree for the sake of unanimity and thus avoid accurately assessing the decision situation. Here the positive team spirit of the group actually works against sound judgment. 184  Groupthink is explored more thoroughly in the next section.

· Satisficing. Because most people would just as soon cut short a meeting, the tendency is to seek a decision that is “good enough” rather than to push on in pursuit of other possible solutions. Satisficing can occur because groups have limited time, lack the right kind of information, or are unable to handle large amounts of information. 185

· Goal displacement. Although the primary task of the meeting may be to solve a particular problem, other considerations may rise to the fore, such as rivals trying to win an argument.  Goal displacement  occurs when the primary goal is subsumed by a secondary goal. A recent study found that strong group identification can lead to intergroup competition to the point that teams don’t cooperate and their team goals displace the organization’s. 186

Page 299

Groupthink

Cohesiveness isn’t always good. When it results in groupthink, group or team members are friendly and tight-knit but unable to think “outside the box.” Their “strivings for unanimity override their motivation to realistically appraise alternative courses of action,” says Irwin Janis, author of Groupthink. 187

Different perspectives or groupthink? A diversified team can offer differing points of view, as well as a greater pool of knowledge and intellectual stimulation. Or, it can offer groupthink and satisficing. What has been your experience when it comes to the value of decision making in the groups you’ve been in?

Sam Edward/agefotostock

The results of groupthink can include failure to consider new information and a loss of new ideas. Take for example Swissair, an airline that became so powerful that it earned the nickname “the Flying Bank.” The company restructured its board to achieve a more ideologically and strategically “aligned” group. Due to the restructuring, the board lost most of its industrial expertise and opposing voices, and those who were left believed the company was invulnerable to bad decisions. The resulting groupthink led the airline to financial collapse and liquidation. 188

Symptoms of Groupthink

How do you know that you’re in a group or team that is suffering from groupthink? Some symptoms include the following: 189

· Sense of invulnerability. Group members have the illusion that nothing can go wrong, breeding excessive optimism and risk taking. They also may be so assured of the rightness of their actions that they ignore the ethical implications.

· Rationalization. Rationalizing protects the pet assumptions underlying the group’s decisions from critical questions.

· Dominant members. Some members override others when they are trying to speak, are dismissive of ideas, ignore other members’ points of view, or automatically adopt a negative stance toward conflicting opinions. Others may even turn to bullying those that don’t agree with them, which research finds has negative effects on cohesiveness and group decision effectiveness. 190

· Illusion of unanimity and peer pressure. The illusion of unanimity is another way of saying that a member’s silence is interpreted as consent. If people do disagree, peer pressure leads other members to question the dissenters’ loyalty.

· “The wisdom of crowds.” Groupthink’s pressure to conform often leads members with different ideas to censor themselves—the opposite of collective wisdom, says James Surowiecki, in which “each person in the group is offering his or her best independent forecast. It’s not at all about compromise or consensus.” 191

No doubt you’ve felt yourself pulled into a “groupthink opinion” at some point. We all probably have.  Self-Assessment 7.4  provides you with a way to evaluate the extent to which groupthink is affecting a team. Results provide insight into reducing this counterproductive group dynamic.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 7.4
Assessing Groupthink

The following survey was designed to assess groupthink. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 7.4 in Connect.

1. Where does the team stand on the three aspects of groupthink?

2. Based on your survey scores, what would you do differently to reduce groupthink in the group you evaluated? Be specific.

Page 300

Preventing Groupthink

Janis believes it is easier to prevent groupthink than to cure it. As preventive measures, he and other writers suggest the following: 192

· Allow criticism. Each member of a team or group should be told to be a critical evaluator, able to actively voice objections and doubts. Subgroups within the group should be allowed to discuss and debate ideas. Once a consensus has been reached, everyone should be encouraged to rethink his or her position to check for flaws. It is sometimes helpful for the group leader to withhold his or her opinion at first, to encourage others to speak up.

· Allow other perspectives. Outside experts should be used to introduce fresh perspectives. Different groups with different leaders should explore the same policy questions. Top-level executives should not use sham participation to rubber-stamp decisions that have already been made. When major alternatives are discussed, someone should be made devil’s advocate to try to uncover all negative factors.

· Reflect before entering a group discussion. Individuals are more likely to gravitate toward the view that seems most popular if they do not reflect on their own opinions before a group discussion. One way to reflect is to write down your opinions before the start of a group meeting so you can circle back to them during the discussion.

Characteristics of Group Decision Making

If you’re a manager deliberating whether to call a meeting for group input, there are four characteristics of groups to be aware of.

1. They are less efficient. Groups take longer to make decisions. Thus, if time is of the essence, you may want to make the decision by yourself. 193  Faced with time pressures or the serious effect of a decision, groups use less information and fewer communication channels, which increases the probability of a bad decision. 194

2. Their size affects decision quality. The larger the group, the lower the quality of the decision. 195  Some research says that between 7 and 10 people is the optimal size. 196  Others suggest three is best. 197  (An odd number is considered best when the group uses majority rules.)

3. They may be too confident. Groups are more confident about their judgments and choices than individuals are. This, of course, can be a liability because it can lead to groupthink and overconfidence bias.

4. Knowledge counts. Decision-making accuracy is higher when group members know a good deal about the relevant issues. 198  It also is higher when a group leader has the ability to weigh members’ opinions. 199  Depending on whether group members know or don’t know one another, the kind of knowledge also counts. For example, people who are familiar with one another tend to make better decisions when members have a lot of unique information. However, people who aren’t familiar with one another tend to make better decisions when the members have common knowledge. 200

In general, group decision making is more effective when members feel that they can freely and safely disagree with each other. This belief is referred to as  minority dissent , dissent that occurs when a minority in a group publicly opposes the beliefs, attitudes, ideas, procedures, or policies assumed by the majority of the group. 201  Minority dissent is associated with increased innovation within groups. 202  Do your teams at school or work allow minority dissent? If not, what can be done to increase its existence?  Self-Assessment 7.5  can help answer these questions.

Toward consensus. Working to achieve cooperation in a group can tell you a lot about yourself. How well do you handle the negotiation process? What do you do when you’re disappointed in a result achieved by consensus?

Xavier Arnau/Getty Images

Page 301

SELF-ASSESSMENT 7.5
Assessing Participation in Group Decision Making

The following survey measures minority dissent, participation in group decision making, and satisfaction with a group. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 7.5 in Connect.

1. What is the level of minority dissent in the group, and to what extent are you satisfied with being a member of this group?

2. Use the three lowest items that measure minority dissent to answer the following question: What can you do to increase the level of minority dissent in this group? Be specific.

3. Why do you think many groups muzzle the level of minority dissent?

Group Problem-Solving Techniques: Reaching for Consensus

Using groups to make decisions generally requires that they reach a  consensus , which occurs when members are able to express their opinions and reach agreement to support the final decision. More specifically, consensus is reached when “a group discusses and debates various courses of action, while taking care to address the concerns of each participant,” says one expert in decision making. This is done “until every member can generally agree upon, or at least can live with, a way forward.” 203  Consensus does not mean that group members agree with the decision, only that they are willing to work toward its success.

One management expert offers the following do’s and don’ts for achieving consensus. 204

· Do’s: Use active listening skills. Involve as many members as possible. Seek out the reasons behind arguments. Dig for the facts.

· Don’ts: Avoid log rolling and horse trading (“I’ll support your pet project if you’ll support mine”). Avoid making an agreement simply to keep relations amicable and not rock the boat. Finally, don’t try to achieve consensus by putting questions to a vote; this will only split the group into winners and losers, perhaps creating bad feelings among the latter.

More Group Problem-Solving Techniques

Decision-making experts have developed several group problem-solving techniques to aid in problem solving. Four we will discuss here are (1) brainstorming, (2) devil’s advocacy, (3) the dialectic method, and (4) post-mortems.

1. Brainstorming: For Increasing Creativity

Brainstorming  is a technique used to help groups generate multiple ideas and alternatives for solving problems. 205  Developed by advertising executive A. F. Osborn, the technique consists of having members of a group meet and review a problem to be solved. Individual members are then asked to silently generate ideas or solutions, which are then collected (preferably without identifying their contributors) and written on a board or flip chart. A second session is then used to critique and evaluate the alternatives. Research suggests that this session can be used to rank ideas based on creativity and social approval, which can ultimately assist decision makers. 206

A modern-day variation of brainstorming is  electronic brainstorming , sometimes called brainwriting, in which members of a group come together over a computer network to generate ideas and alternatives. 207  Research shows that electronic brainstorming can be advantageous because it allows for greater anonymity and an uninterrupted flow of ideas. It also limits the use of social cues, such as team member facial expressions and tone, which can impact the brainstorming process. 208

Page 302

Seven rules for brainstorming suggested by IDEO, a product design company, and others are shown below in  Table 7.4 .

1. Defer judgment. Don’t criticize or allow pushback during the initial stage of idea generation. Phrases such as “we’ve never done it that way,” “it won’t work,” “it’s too expensive,” and “our manager will never agree” should not be used.

2. Build on the ideas of others. Encourage participants to extend others’ ideas by avoiding “buts” and using “ands.”

3. Encourage wild ideas. Encourage out-of-the-box thinking. The wilder and more outrageous the ideas, the better.

4. Go for quantity over quality. Participants should try to generate and write down as many new ideas as possible because focusing on quantity encourages people to think beyond their favorite ideas. Studies show that the best ideas are generated within the first two minutes of brainstorming.

5. Be visual. Use different-colored pens (for example, red, purple, blue) to write on big sheets of flip-chart paper, whiteboards, or poster boards that are put on the wall.

6. One conversation at a time. The ground rules are that no one interrupts another person, no dismissing of someone’s ideas, no disrespect, and no rudeness.

7. Brainstorm questions. Generate questions rather than answers, which makes it easier to push past biases.

TABLE 7.4 Seven Rules for Brainstorming 209

Table Summary: Table summarizes the seven rules for brainstorming suggested by IDEO, a product design company and others.

Brainstorming is an effective technique for generating new ideas and alternatives. Moreover, research reveals that people can be trained to improve their brainstorming skills. 210

2. Devil’s Advocacy

Devil’s advocacy gets its name from a traditional practice of the Roman Catholic Church. When someone’s name comes before the College of Cardinals for elevation to sainthood, it is absolutely essential to ensure that the person had a spotless record. Consequently, one individual is assigned the role of devil’s advocate to uncover and air all possible objections to the person’s canonization. In today’s organizations devil’s advocacy assigns someone the role of critic.  Figure 7.7  shows the steps in this approach. Note how devil’s advocacy alters the usual decision-making process in steps 2 and 3 on the left-hand side of the figure.

Page 303

FIGURE 7.7  Techniques for stimulating functional conflict: Devil’s advocacy and the dialectic method

Source: From R. A. Castler and R.C. Schwenk, “Agreement and Thinking Alike: Ingredients for Poor Decisions,” Academy of Management Executive, February 1990, pp. 72–73.

3. The Dialectic Method

Like devil’s advocacy, the dialectic method is a time-honored practice, going all the way back to ancient Greece. Plato and his followers attempted to identify a truth, called thesis, by exploring opposite positions, called antitheses. Court systems in the United States and elsewhere today rely on hearing directly opposing points of view to establish guilt or innocence. Accordingly, the dialectic method calls for managers to foster a structured dialogue or debate of opposing viewpoints prior to making a decision. 211  Steps 3 and 4 in the right-hand side of  Figure 7.7  set the dialectic approach apart from common decision-making processes.

4. Project Post-Mortems

Said to have originated as a debriefing strategy used by the military, a  project post-mortem  is, as the name suggests, a review of recent decisions in order to identify possible future improvements. The idea is to carefully evaluate project results after the fact, noting what could be done differently and better, and then to record those insights to inform future decisions. 212  Benefits of post-mortems include: 213

· Process improvement. Reviewing the project will help you identify areas for improvement for next time.

· Boosting team cohesiveness. Teams that are able to talk and listen to each other after the project is completed become closer and better understand each other’s contributions.

· Closure. Holding a post-mortem is a collaborative way to end the project and give everyone a chance to have a final say.

· Improving morale. Celebrating successes will fire up the team. Teams that struggled can talk out project problems and iron out resentments.

The post-mortem usually takes place during a meeting of the project team and should begin with a thorough look at how the reality of the project differed from plans and expectations. For instance, did the upgrade of the company’s computer system take more time or cost more money than budgeted? Were any steps in the process changed or eliminated as the project went along? How were unplanned contingencies handled? What went wrong, and what went right?

Page 304

The purpose of this step is not to fix blame for anything that might have gone wrong, but rather to prepare the way for the next step: identifying ways in which recent experiences can help make future projects go more smoothly. For instance, if a project like upgrading a computer system took more time than anticipated, was the reason that the software vendor delivered late, that it took longer to train staff in the new program than planned, or that unanticipated compatibility problems delayed the cutover date? Only by identifying the reason can managers work on avoiding delays in similar projects in the future. The final step is to prepare a written report, which should be circulated to the team, to document the post-mortem process and findings. Research shows that this written report is instrumental in better understanding team member perspectives and encouraging the application of any lessons learned. 214

The length of the meeting, the number of participants, the degree of formality in its structure, and even the amount of time that has passed since project completion all can vary with the complexity of the project. A few basic strategies for any successful post-mortem, however, are not to wait too long to schedule one, to prepare an agenda, to not let it get personal, and to encourage honest feedback from all participants, which also should include any customer comments and feedback received. ●

Key Points

7.1 Two Kinds of Decision Making: Rational and Nonrational

· A decision is a choice made from among available alternatives. Decision making is the process of identifying and choosing alternative courses of action. Two models managers follow in making decisions are rational and nonrational.

· In the rational model, there are four stages in making a decision: Stage 1 is identifying the problem or opportunity. A problem is a difficulty that inhibits the achievement of goals. An opportunity is a situation that presents possibilities for exceeding existing goals. This is a matter of diagnosis—analyzing the underlying causes. Stage 2 is thinking up alternative solutions. Stage 3 is evaluating the alternatives and selecting a solution. Alternatives should be evaluated according to cost, quality, ethics, feasibility, and effectiveness. Stage 4 is implementing and evaluating the solution chosen.

· Nonrational models of decision making assume that decision making is nearly always uncertain and risky, making it difficult for managers to make optimum decisions. Two nonrational models are satisficing and intuition.

7.2 Making Ethical Decisions

· Corporate corruption has made ethics in decision making once again important. Many companies have an ethics officer to resolve ethical dilemmas, and more companies are creating values statements to guide employees as to desirable business behavior.

· To help make ethical decisions, a decision tree—a graph of decisions and their possible consequences—may be helpful. Managers should ask whether a proposed action is legal and, if it is intended to maximize shareholder value, whether it is ethical—and whether it would be ethical not to take the proposed action.

7.3 Evidence-Based Decision Making and Data Analytics

· Evidence-based management means translating principles based on best evidence into organizational practice. It is intended to bring rationality to the decision-making process.

· Pfeffer and Sutton identify seven implementation principles to help companies that are committed to doing what it takes to profit from evidence-based management.

· Applying the best evidence to your decisions is difficult, for seven reasons: (1) There’s too much evidence. (2) There’s not enough good evidence. (3) The evidence doesn’t quite apply. (4) People are trying to mislead you. (5) You are trying to mislead yourself. (6) The side effects outweigh the cure. (7) Stories are more persuasive, anyway.

· Big data requires handling by very sophisticated analysis software and supercomputers. Big data includes not only data in corporate databases, but also web-browsing data trails, social network communications, sensor data, and surveillance data.

· Big data analytics is the process of examining large amounts of data of a variety of types to uncover hidden patterns, unknown correlations, and other useful information. It can be used at all levels of an organization.

Page 308

7.4 Artificial Intelligence Is a Powerful Decision-Making Resource

· Artificial intelligence (AI) is the ability of a computer system to perform tasks that normally require human intelligence.

· AI supports three important business needs: automating business processes, analyzing data, and engaging customers and employees.

· Firms predominately use AI to enhance current offerings, optimize internal processes, and make more effective decisions. The top challenges of AI include implementation, data issues, and cost.

7.5 Four General Decision-Making Styles

· A decision-making style reflects the combination of how an individual perceives and responds to information.

· Decision-making styles may tend to have a value orientation, which reflects the extent to which a person focuses on either task or technical concerns versus people and social concerns when making decisions. Decision-making styles also may reflect a person’s tolerance for ambiguity, the extent to which a person has a high or low need for structure or control in his or her life.

· When the dimensions of value orientation and tolerance for ambiguity are combined, they form four styles of decision making: directive (action-oriented decision makers who focus on facts); analytical (careful decision makers who like lots of information and alternative choices); conceptual (decision makers who rely on intuition and have a long-term perspective); and behavioral (the most people-oriented decision makers).

7.6 Decision-Making Biases

· Ten common decision-making biases present real barriers to high-quality decision making. They are (1) availability, (2) representativeness, (3) confirmation, (4) sunk cost, (5) anchoring and adjustment, (6) overconfidence, (7) hindsight, (8) framing, (9) escalation of commitment, and (10) categorical thinking.

7.7 Group Decision Making: How to Work with Others

· Using a group to make a decision offers five possible advantages: (1) a greater pool of knowledge, (2) different perspectives, (3) intellectual stimulation, (4) better understanding of the reasoning behind the decision, and (5) deeper commitment to the decision.

· It also has four disadvantages: (1) a few people may dominate or intimidate; (2) it will produce groupthink, when group members strive for agreement among themselves for the sake of unanimity and so avoid accurately assessing the decision situation; (3) satisficing; and (4) goal displacement, when the primary goal is subsumed to a secondary goal.

· Some characteristics of groups to be aware of are (1) groups are less efficient, (2) their size affects decision quality, (3) they may be too confident, and (4) knowledge counts—decision-making accuracy is higher when group members know a lot about the issues.

· Using groups to make decisions generally requires that they reach a consensus, which occurs when members are able to express their opinions and reach agreement to support the final decision. Minority dissent should be allowed, so members can safely disagree with each other.

· Four techniques aid in problem solving. (1) Brainstorming helps groups generate multiple ideas and alternatives for solving problems. (2) Devil’s advocacy assigns someone the role of critic. (3) The dialectic method calls for managers to foster a structured dialogue or debate of opposing viewpoints prior to making a decision. (4) A project post-mortem is a review of recent decisions in order to identify possible future improvements.

7.8 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· The career readiness competencies of critical thinking/problem solving and decision making go hand in hand.

· Reflecting on your past experiences and using a decision methodology are two ways to improve critical thinking and problem solving.

Page 309

Management in Action

Juul Is Going Up in Smoke

Juul Labs is an American electronic cigarette company founded in 2017. The company manufacturers the Juul e-cigarette, which is an alternative to traditional, paper-based cigarettes. Juul’s e-cigarettes became a hit in 2018, allowing the company to grow to 4,000 employees and a $38 billion valuation. Based on its initial success, Juul forecasted revenue of $3.4 billion in 2019, almost triple what it generated in 2018. 220

The company’s fortunes took a turn for the worse in 2019. A number of legal cases and regulatory action against the manufacturer halved its growth rate, resulting in layoffs and a 25% decrease in its stock price. Juul’s valuation dropped to $12 billion by 2020, less than a third of what it was worth a year earlier. 221

Let’s take a closer look at Juul’s troubles.

THE RISE OF VAPING

Robert Norris was the “Marlboro Man,” a rugged, independent cowboy figure who was the face of Marlboro’s campaign to attract men to cigarettes in the 1950s. The ad campaign helped Marlboro become the world’s leading cigarette brand, a position it still holds. Norris, a nonsmoker himself, decided to abandon the campaign because of the example it was setting for children. 222  America followed Norris’s lead. By 2018, just under 14% of adults smoked cigarettes, down from 42% in 1965. 223

Juul entered the vaping market without a cowboy, but with a mission to “improve the lives of 1 billion adult smokers by eliminating cigarettes.” The company’s aversion to cigarettes is because they contain tobacco, a known carcinogen. Juul’s battery-operated vaporizer works by converting liquid nicotine into a vapor that the user inhales, providing a similar experience to that of smoking regular cigarettes. Its USB-chargeable device (dubbed the “iPhone of cigarettes”) is sleek and hardly noticeable, its snap-on cartridges cost less than cigarettes, and the whole vaping process leaves no lingering smell. Each 5% nicotine cartridge contains roughly the same addictive amount of nicotine as one pack of cigarettes. And though vapes don’t contain tobacco, they may contain other chemicals such as benzene (a carcinogen) and acetamide (an industrial solvent). In fact, the CDC reports that vaping is the cause of more than 2,000 cases of severe lung disease, and there are investigations of over 127 cases of e-cigarette users experiencing seizures. 224

The health concerns surrounding Juul are especially alarming because of its popularity among middle and high school students, a population that is prohibited by law from smoking. According to the New England Journal of Medicine, one in nine U.S. high school seniors say they vaped almost daily in 2019. 225  Experts believe Juul’s popularity stems from its low price tag (a starter kit costs $50), ability to be discreet, and lack of odor. Its cartridges also come in many flavors. One Center for Disease Control (CDC) survey found that 31% of adolescents chose e-cigarettes because of “flavors such as mint, candy, fruit, or chocolate.” The fact that almost one-fifth of middle and high school students have seen Juul used in school, or that millions have seen Juul’s ads, does not help either. 226

JUUL FACES SCRUTINY

The surging popularity of Juul among teenagers caught the attention of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2018. The regulatory agency conducted “a nationwide, undercover blitz” to investigate Juul, claiming the enforcement effort was the largest in its history. U.S. cities and entire countries, such as San Francisco, India, and Israel, also started to take notice of Juul’s underage popularity, prompting them to ban flavored e-cigarettes. The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) joined the scrutiny over the e-cigarette maker in 2018, suspecting that Juul deliberately marketed its products to minors. 227

Juul’s CEO, K. C. Crosthwaite, responded to this increased scrutiny with a series of decisions. First, the company decided to stop selling many of its flavored e-cigarettes online and in stores. Juul also suspended all broadcast, print, and digital product advertising in the United States. “We must reset the vapor category by earning the trust of society and working cooperatively with regulators, policymakers, and stakeholders to combat underage use while providing an alternative to adult smokers,” says CEO Crosthwaite. 228  The company vehemently denies marketing its products to youth, a claim that isn’t resonating with many experts. For example, research by the Stanford University School of Medicine uncovered that “JUUL’s mission statement . . . and their repeated assertion that their product is meant for ‘adult smokers only’ has not been congruent with its marketing practices over its first 3 years.” 229  Others are more direct with their criticism. “We don’t trust them,” says Michael Green, the CEO of the Center for Environmental Health. “We think that their entire model is based on addicting a new generation of young people.” 230

Law enforcement and local governments aren’t buying Juul’s claims either. Federal prosecutors in California launched a criminal investigation of Juul in 2019. Several school districts across the country also have filed suit against the company, claiming it has created a public nuisance, misrepresented its products, and endangered youth health. 231

Page 310

WHAT WILL THE FDA DECIDE?

Aside from the slew of investigations and lawsuits Juul is facing, the company also needs to submit an application to the FDA outlining why it should be allowed to continue selling its products in the United States. The application will need to prove that the benefit of helping adult cigarette smokers switch to a safer alternative outweighs the potential harm of getting teenagers addicted to nicotine. As part of this application process, Juul is doing the following: 232

· Cutting ties with the vapor technology association (VTA). The company announced it wouldn’t renew its membership with the VTA because it found itself disagreeing with the industry trade group on a number of issues. For example, Juul now supports banning flavored e-cigarettes, something the VTA is opposed to because of the impact on other e-cigarette retailers.

· Relying on science and research. Juul intends to send 250,000 pages of materials to the FDA, including more than 110 scientific studies supporting its products. The company’s application is “designed to provide [the] FDA with the science and evidence needed to assess the role our products can play moving smokers away from cigarettes, while combating underage use,” says a company spokesperson.

· Using AI to modify its vaporizer. What if your vaporizer could be trained to learn how often and how much you vape nicotine, then slowly substitute a non-nicotine product to taper you off the addictive chemical? That’s exactly what Juul is creating. Its new line of vaporizers would connect to a smartphone and apply machine learning to adjust delivery of nicotine and non-nicotine vaporizable material based on the smoker’s behavior. The new vaporizers also would use enhanced technology to authenticate users to ensure they are over 21.

The FDA will release its decision in 2021, but some experts, including former FDA commissioner Scott Gottlieb, believe Juul’s application is dead on arrival. “It’s very clear that Juul can’t keep their products out of the hands of kids. It could be that this product can’t exist on the market anymore,” says Gottlieb. 233

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from Juul CEO K. C. Crosthwaite’s perspective?

2. What do you think about Juul’s approach for solving the problem? Explain.

3. What do you think the FDA will decide? Why?

Application of Chapter Content

1. What are some barriers to Crosthwaite’s ability to utilize rational decision making? Explain.

2. Is the VTA’s support of flavored e-cigarettes ethical? Use  Figure 7.4  in your response.

3. How is Juul utilizing evidence-based decision making? Explain.

4. How can Juul utilize big data to overcome the challenges it is facing?

5. Are regulatory and law enforcement agencies suffering from groupthink? Why or why not?

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Should Emotional Support Pets Be Treated the Same as Service Animals?

Emotional support dogs help people suffering from anxiety and other psychological disorders during airline travel. Airlines have responsively recognized this issue within the structure of federal guidelines, which have historically been vague on what constituted a service animal. For years, customers could bring their emotional support pets on board for free under certain conditions. First, airlines typically required customers to confirm that the animal had been trained to behave properly in public and to acknowledge their responsibility for the animal’s conduct. Customers also needed to provide the airline with 48 hours’ notice, a health and vaccination form from a veterinarian, and a letter from a mental health professional stating the benefit received from the emotional support animal. 234  This policy caused a surge in emotional support animals on flights— from 481,000 in 2016 to 751,000 in 2017. 235

The rise also contributed to a significant increase in onboard incidents. In fact, airlines reported receiving over 3,000 complaints about animals in 2018, up from 719 five years earlier. 236  The union representing United Airlines’ flight attendants said many of these incidents included allergic reactions in other passengers and undesirable animal behaviors like aggressive behavior, biting, urination, and defecation. 237  This all contributed to the airline drawing the line when someone tried to bring a pet called Dexter on a flight leaving Newark in 2018. The airline refused not because Dexter was your typical four-legged emotional support animal, but because Dexter was a peacock—and quite a large one at that. 238

Page 311

Incidents such as the one involving Dexter resulted in the Department of Transportation drafting new rules. The rules now define a service animal as “a dog that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of a qualified individual with a disability, including a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intellectual, or other mental disability.” 239  Animals that provide emotional support, comfort, and companionship are now treated as pets. The rule also cracks down on passengers’ increasing attempts to fly with unusual animals such as ducks, pigs, iguanas, and yes, Dexter the peacock. This means these animals don’t have to be allowed to fly inside the main cabin for free. 240

The department’s new rules have been welcomed by the airline industry. Others, however, have not been as supportive. “Emotional support animals provide emotional support and comfort to individuals with psychiatric disabilities and other mental impairments,” says attorney Rebecca Wisch. Wisch contends that these animals are not specifically trained to perform tasks for a person who suffers from emotional disabilities, which is a requirement under the new rules. The number of people needing emotional support animals is not insignificant—statistics say that up to one in five Americans has a mental illness, according to Forbes. Those against this new policy say that these individuals need emotional support animals to help them get through our traumatic air travel system. Moreover, advocates point to the fact that emotional support animals are recognized as a “reasonable accommodation” for those with disabilities under the Federal Housing Act, so why not by the Department of Transportation? 241

Service animals, unlike emotion support pets, are protected by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and can go wherever their owners go. Service dogs receive specific training in order to be certified as such. A seeing eye dog, for example, is a carefully trained dog that serves as a travel tool for persons who have severe visual impairments or are blind. Emotional support animals are not required to go through the same training and certifications, a loophole that National Geographic reports some pet owners have abused to avoid the airlines’ surcharge of $125 or more for transporting regular pets. 242  A CBS News correspondent was actually able to purchase a support animal vest and accompanying mental health professional letter online without her cat even being evaluated. The registration took just five minutes and cost $150. 243

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

What would you do if you were an airline CEO?

1. Do not implement the new rules. The airline should allow emotional support pets to travel unrestricted, just as service dogs do. Airlines should not be in the business of categorizing passengers’ pets.

2. Implement the new rules. Emotional support pets are not service dogs and should be treated differently. The airline needs to ensure the safety of employees, passengers, and other animals during flight.

3. Invent other options.

PART 4 • ORGANIZING

Page 312

8

Organizational Culture and Structure

Drivers of Strategic Implementation

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 8-1 Explain why managers need to align organizational culture, structure, and HR practices to support strategy.

2. LO 8-2 Explain how to characterize an organization’s culture.

3. LO 8-3 Describe the process of culture change in an organization.

4. LO 8-4 Identify the major features of an organization and explain how they are expressed in an organization chart.

5. LO 8-5 Describe the eight types of organizational structure.

6. LO 8-6 Explain how to use the career readiness competencies of understanding the business and personal adaptability to better understand and change your level of fit with an organization.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

We begin by discussing why organizational culture, organizational structure, and HR practices should be aligned to coordinate employees in the pursuit of an organization’s strategic goals. We then describe levels of organizational culture, explain how culture is learned, and classify culture types. We also outline 12 mechanisms that can be used to change organizational culture. We then review seven features of organizations and show how they come together to form an organization chart. We next review eight types of organizational structure. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on how to use the career readiness competencies of understanding the business and personal adaptability to assess and better fit with organization’s internal context.

Page 313

How to Get Noticed in a New Job: Fitting into an Organization’s Culture in the First 60 Days

If you want to make a great impression and get ahead at work, “you have to be sure to always overdeliver . . . with the emphasis being on  over,” says business columnist and former  Harvard Business Review editor-in-chief Suzy Welch. 1

Overdelivering means doing more than what is asked of you—not just doing the report your boss requests, for example, but doing the extra research to provide him or her with something truly impressive. Also, be sure your boss knows how hard you’re working. “You want to get people’s attention so they know you’re great at your job,” says one branding expert. “You also want to improve on yourself and continue to climb the corporate ladder.” 2

Among things you should do in the first 60 days are the following.

Be Aware of the Power of First Impressions

People form an opinion about where a relationship is headed within the first few minutes of an interaction. 3  Journalist and author Malcolm Gladwell concluded that “Snap judgments are, first of all, enormously quick: they rely on the thinnest slices of experience . . . they are also unconscious.” 4  Counter the possibility of someone else’s bias in such a quick judgment by using your career readiness skills of social and emotional intelligence to put your best foot forward.

See How People Behave by Arriving Early and Staying Late

“Many aspects of a company’s culture can be subtle and easy to overlook,” writes one expert. “Instead, observe everything.” Try coming in 30 minutes early and staying a little late just to observe how people operate—where they take their meals, for example. If a meal was part of your interview, you’ve probably picked up some clues about whether they regularly eat out or are mostly brown-bagging it at their desks. 5

Network with People and Ask Questions about How the Organization Works

Keep your networking skills at the ready; they represent a career readiness competency. During the first two weeks, get to know a few people and try to have lunch with them. Walk the halls and get to know receptionists, mail room clerks, and office managers, who can help you learn the ropes. Find out how the organization works, how people interact with the boss, and what the corporate culture encourages and discourages. You have a lot to learn, and research says that asking questions makes you appear  more competent to others. It also improves your relationships and your performance. 6

Seek Advice Instead of Feedback

Take advantage of opportunities to learn from others in the organization by asking for their advice rather than their feedback. 7  What’s the difference? Recent research says people associate the word  feedback with evaluations of the past, meaning that asking for feedback will get you opinions about how you’ve performed so far. But hearing the word “advice” makes people think of the future— and asking for it means you’re more likely to get actionable tips on what you need to do to be more successful in the future. The career readiness competency of proactive learning orientation will help you here; don’t be afraid to ask co-workers for advice as you start learning the job. At the end of 30 days, have a “How am I doing?” meeting with your boss.

Overdeliver

Because performance reviews for new hires generally take place at 60 to 90 days, you need to have accomplished enough—and preferably something big—to show your boss your potential. In other words, do as Welch suggests: overdeliver.

For Discussion How does the preceding advice square with your past experiences in starting a new job? Are there things you wish you could have done differently?

Page 314

8.1 Aligning Culture, Structure, and Human Resource (HR) Practices to Support Strategy

THE BIG PICTURE

The study of organizing, the second of the four functions in the management process, begins with the study of organizational culture and structure, which managers use along with HR practices to implement strategy. Organizational culture consists of the set of shared, taken-for-granted implicit assumptions that a group holds in the workplace. Organizational structure describes who reports to whom and who does what.

LO 8-1

Explain why managers need to align organizational culture, structure, and HR practices to support strategy.

As you learned in  Chapter 6 , strategy consists of the large-scale action plans that reflect the organization’s vision and are used to set the direction for the organization, and strategic implementation is all about executing strategy. In this section we explain why successful implementation of a firm’s strategies is only possible when leaders align the right organizational culture, structure, and HR practices to support strategy.

How an Organization’s Culture, Structure, and HR Practices Support Strategic Implementation

Strategic implementation is a difficult job. In fact, managers consistently rank the ability to successfully implement strategy as their number one concern, and the majority of strategic initiatives fail because of flawed execution. 8  Experts suggest the reason even the most well-crafted strategies break down is that they are not infused into organizations’ daily activities. Leaders therefore need to configure their firms’ operations and resources in ways that support firm strategies. 9

Figure 8.1  shows that an organization’s performance (i.e., its ability to execute strategy) depends on the extent to which three factors—organizational culture, organizational structure, and HR practices—work together to enable its strategy. Leaders are the main drivers of this alignment.  Figure 8.1  also reveals that the alignment across these factors impacts group and social processes (discussed in  Chapters 13  and  15 ), individual work attitudes and behaviors (discussed in  Chapters 11  and  12 ), and finally overall organizational performance. 10

FIGURE 8.1  How organizational culture, organizational structure, and human resource practices align to support strategic implementation

Source: Figure based in part on C. Ostroff, A. J. Kinicki, and R. S. Muhammad, “Organizational Culture and Climate,” Handbook of Psychology, Volume 12: Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 2nd ed. (Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2013), Chapter 24, pp. 643–676.

Let’s use the metaphor of a rope to visualize how culture, structure, and HR practices jointly enable strategy. A rope gets its strength from many small strands that are tightly woven together. When the strands unravel and separate from one another, the rope weakens significantly and is more likely to break. Organizations rely on closely entwined “strands” of culture, structure, and HR practices in order to achieve strategic objectives. Let’s explore each of these elements in more detail.

Organizational Culture: The Shared Assumptions That Affect How Work Gets Done

We described the concept of culture in  Chapter 4  on global management as “the shared set of beliefs, values, knowledge, and patterns of behavior common to a group of people.” Here we are talking about a specific kind of culture called an organizational culture.

You can think of an organization’s culture, structure, and HR practices as three strands in a single rope. These strands must be tightly woven together to drive successful strategic execution.

kyoshino/Getty Images

Page 315

According to organizational psychologist Edgar Schein,  organizational culture , sometimes called  corporate culture , is defined as the set of shared, taken-for-granted implicit assumptions that a group holds and that determines how it perceives, thinks about, and reacts to its various environments. 11  Organizational culture helps employees understand why the organization does what it does and how it intends to accomplish its long-term goals. In other words, culture is the “social glue” that binds members of the organization together through shared understanding. It is helpful to think of an organization’s culture as its unique “personality” that manifests in a set of shared beliefs and values. Organizational culture is passed on to new employees by way of socialization and mentoring, and it significantly affects work outcomes at all levels. 12

Organizational culture is one of the three factors shown in  Figure 8.1  that influences a firm’s performance. 13  It is important to remember that there is no universal “right” culture. Instead, the ideal culture for a particular organization is the one that best supports its chosen strategy. 14  Leaders are responsible for carefully crafting and managing their cultures to enable successful execution of their firms’ strategies. 15  For example, Satya Nadella, Microsoft CEO, recently said, “What I realize more than ever is that my job is curation of our culture. If you don’t focus on creating a culture that allows people to do their best work, then you’ve created nothing.” 16

Southwest Airlines is an example of a company with a culture that supports its strategy.

Southwest Example: The culture at Southwest Airlines is designed to support the airline’s cost-leadership strategy. Southwest aims to be the most productive, reliable, and efficient airline in the world. 17  Employees at Southwest have total clarity about their roles—they know what is important in their jobs and what is not. Slogans, pictures, and repetitions of the company’s vision, values, and mission adorn the physical environment, and many of these representations remind employees about what makes them and the airline special and unique. Workers also display a strong sense of ownership in and commitment to the company and its low-cost strategy. One Southwest employee recounted the story of being teased by co-workers during his first few months with the company because of his “reckless” use of paper clips and failure to print on both sides of a sheet of paper. He learned quickly that at Southwest, even an unnecessary paper clip is seen as something that prevents the company from keeping costs as low as possible, and employees hold each other accountable for doing their part to help the airline accomplish its strategy. 18

We thoroughly discuss organizational culture in  Sections 8.2  and  8.3 .

Page 316

Organizational Structure: Who Reports to Whom and Who Does What

Organizational structure  is a formal system of task and reporting relationships that coordinates and motivates an organization’s members so that they can work together to achieve the organization’s goals. As we describe in  Section 8.5 , organizational structure is concerned with who reports to whom and who specializes in what work.

Southwest Airlines’ employees find reminders of company culture all around them. These reminders include phrases painted on the company’s walls, such as those visible in the background of this photo of Captain Louis Freeman boarding his last flight before retiring from a 36-year career as a pilot for the airline.

LM Otero/AP Images

Organizational structure is another factor that impacts a firm’s ability to execute strategy. 19  Just as there is not one best organizational culture, there is no single organizational structure that is superior to others. Leaders are encouraged to structure their organizations in ways that are most conducive to accomplishing strategic goals. 20  A well-designed organizational structure encourages the relationships, attitudes, and behaviors needed to execute a particular strategy. 21

Procter & Gamble (P&G) is an example of a company with a structure that supports its strategy.

P&G Example: P&G owns some of the most recognizable consumer product brands in the world, including Bounty, Pampers, Tide, and Crest. Part of P&G’s purpose is to “provide branded products and services of superior quality and value that improve the lives of the world’s consumers, now and for generations to come.” 22  The company pursues growth through innovation and differentiation. Specifically, P&G continues to capture market share by providing innovative and superior quality products. 23  P&G is structured into six sector business units (SBUs): (1) fabric and home care, (2) baby and feminine care, (3) family care and new ventures, (4) grooming, (5) health care, and (6) beauty. The CEO of each unit has authority over both sales and products for the unit. 24  This structure empowers P&G’s business units with the agility to innovate at speeds that are often impossible for large corporations. 25

HR Practices: How the Organization Manages Its Talent

Human resource practices  consist of all of the activities an organization uses to manage its human capital, including staffing, appraising, training and development, and compensation.

HR practices at In-N-Out. CEO Lynsi Snyder hugs a long-time team member at the opening of one of In-N-Out Burger’s new locations. Snyder was recently named one of the highest rated CEOs in the country, with employees sharing that they believe the senior leadership team genuinely cares about its people.

Leonard Ortiz/Getty Images

HR practices are the third key factor influencing a firm’s ability to execute strategy. These practices focus on ensuring that employees have the necessary skills, motivation, and opportunities to contribute to the organization’s unique strategic goals. 26

Different organizations take varied approaches to managing human capital, and leaders should deploy the HR practices that are most likely to facilitate the social processes, attitudes, and behaviors necessary for successful strategic implementation. 27  For example, a firm with an innovation strategy is likely to benefit from reward systems that incentivize risk taking and from selection systems that prioritize hiring outside candidates with new perspectives over promoting existing employees. But practices that reward efficiency and prioritize internal hiring and training would likely be a better fit for a firm pursuing low-cost leadership. 28

In-N-Out Burger is an example of a company with HR practices that support its strategy.

In-N-Out Burger Example: At In-N-Out Burger, the mission is simple—“serve only the highest quality product, prepare it in a clean and sparkling environment, and serve it in a warm and friendly manner.” 29  The restaurant has a small menu, uses farm fresh ingredients, maintains impeccably clean store locations, and has a “no-franchise” policy—all of which ensure that customers receive consistently high-quality food that looks good, tastes delicious, and is served in an enjoyable atmosphere. 30  The company is so serious about quality and customer satisfaction that when the sandwich buns delivered to its Texas-based stores were not up to par, it halted operations at all 37 locations in the state until the problem was fixed. The HR practices at In-N-Out are different than what one would expect in the fast-food industry, and they are a key tool the company uses to maintain its high standards. Restaurant managers’ salaries can reach up to $160,000 a year, new associates start at $13.00 per hour, and employee benefits include flexible scheduling, 401(k) options, paid vacation time, free meals, and opportunities for extensive training. 31  These HR practices have translated into extremely low turnover rates in comparison to other industry players and a highly loyal and satisfied workforce.

Page 317

Leadership Creates Alignment among Culture, Structure, and HR Practices

We have noted several times that an organization’s culture, structure, and HR practices do not operate as isolated individual systems. Rather, these factors exert influence on one another, and leaders must align them so that they work in concert to support and reinforce firm strategy. 32  Good leaders are like orchestra conductors. Rather than integrating the sounds of many instruments into a meaningful whole, leaders understand how culture, structure, and HR practices operate and know how to leverage them to focus employees on the organization’s broad strategic goals. 33  UPS is a good illustration of this perspective.

UPS Example: UPS clearly understood the importance of leadership when the company named its new CEO, Carol Tomé, in 2020. In her time as Home Depot’s CFO, Tomé was credited with increasing shareholder value by 450% and making the company one of the highest-performing major retail organizations in the United States. Multiple UPS executives expressed their excitement with the choice because of Tomé’s deep knowledge of the culture, structure, employees, and strategy at UPS. Former UPS CEO David Abney said, “I am extremely pleased for Carol and know she is the best choice to lead the company. She understands UPS’s culture and values, is a strategic leader and possesses a customer-first mindset.” 34  William Johnson, UPS lead independent director, said, “Carol is one of the most respected and talented leaders in corporate America and has a proven track record of driving growth at a global organization, maximizing shareholder value, developing talent and successfully executing against strategic priorities.” 35

Leading for alignment. UPS CEO Carol Tomé is known for her ability to align the key organizational elements that drive successful strategic implementation.

Sally Montana/Redux Pictures

Leadership throughout the organization—not just in the C-suite—is key in aligning culture, structure, and HR practices. 36  Middle and first-line managers are critical in sustaining connections between culture, structure, and HR practices and connecting these factors to company strategy. This is because middle and first-line managers are on the ground and work face-to-face with employees on a regular basis. These managers can explain how workers’ daily tasks link to broad organizational goals and can clarify the company’s priorities and the logic behind its strategic choices. 37  Read the  Example box  to learn about a company that aligns its culture, structure, and HR practices to support its strategy. ●

Page 318

EXAMPLE
How Patagonia Aligns Culture, Structure, and HR Practices to Support Its Strategy

Patagonia is a purpose-driven outdoor apparel company. Its mission statement is simple—“Patagonia is in business to save our home planet.” The company has annual revenues of approximately $1 billion and has donated 1% of its sales to environmental causes since 1985. Ninety-one percent of its 3,000 employees describe it as a “great place to work,” and corporate turnover is an astoundingly low 4%. 38

Patagonia uses a growth strategy to create shared value through sustainable innovation. According to former CEO Rose Marcario, “I don’t think it’s a conflict of interest to say that you can make money, and have a prosperous and successful business, and you can also do good in the world.” 39  Let’s take a look at how Patagonia’s strategy is supported by the alignment of its culture, structure, and HR practices.

Patagonia’s Culture

Patagonia’s culture is collaborative, socially conscious, and relaxed, and current and former employees describe it with words like “unique,” “balance,” “team,” “care,” and “environmental.” 40

Patagonia takes proactive measures to discourage hierarchy and the company encourages commitment, trust, and teamwork among employees. The office environment is completely open—even managers don’t have their own offices. There also are outdoor workspaces, yoga studios, company bicycles, and common areas for groups to relax and collaborate. 41

Alignment at Patagonia. Patagonia’s culture, structure, and HR practices encourage employees to enjoy life and to take good care of themselves, their families, and each other.

Philippe Petit/Getty Images

Patagonia’s Structure

Patagonia has a flat organizational structure. According to Chief HR Officer Dean Carter, “There’s just no reverence for reporting relationships or traditional hierarchies. As a matter of fact, we like breaking them because, often, the best ideas aren’t from the manager; they’re from the person whose hands are dirty doing the real work.” The company hires people who are independent and expects all of its workers to speak up and be comfortable communicating directly with anyone else in the organization, including founder and chairman Yvon Chouinard. 42

Page 319

Patagonia’s HR Practices

Dean Carter says, “At Patagonia, our view is that people are resources to steward, not resources for extraction and depletion. . . . So I’m stewarding the employee population as if I’m going to employ them for the next 100 years. I want to take good care of their children, because 100 years from now I might be employing their children or their grandchildren.” 43

Patagonia’s employees receive:

· 2 paid months per year to intern with environmental groups.

· Family-focused support including on-site child care and paid parental leave.

· Bail money—for any employee who is arrested for a peaceful environmental protest.

· Flexibility in the form of 3-day weekends every other week and freedom to pursue their passions through the company’s “Let My People Go Surfing Flex-time Policy.” 44

Patagonia also takes innovative approaches to hiring and performance management. Open positions often remain unfilled for up to a year as the company searches for the right person, and the company recently eliminated its traditional performance review system because it caused employees stress and took up unnecessary amounts of their time. Now, workers can opt-in to a developmental HR tool that is customized for the needs of individual workers and their managers. The updated system is based on regenerative agriculture principles that advocate for leaving soil in better shape after you harvest its crops, rather than depleting it and moving on to another plot of land. 45

Patagonia’s Leadership

Patagonia knows that simultaneously pursuing high financial performance and low environmental impact is not easy. 46  Leaders at all levels are actively involved in maintaining focus and aligning the company’s resources to support its strategy: 47

· At the top of the organization, Rose Marcario further amplified Patagonia’s environmental and social commitments throughout the past decade. Marcario took more active political stances and announced that Patagonia would no longer create customized apparel for corporate clients whose businesses did not include sustainability as a core part of their mission.

· Board members and executives are responsible for “picking mountains.” These broad strategic conversations are centered on whether and how initiatives align with the company’s purpose, mission, and sustainable innovation strategy.

· Managers act as mentors, coaches, and supportive resources whose purpose is to align employees’ work around points on these “mountains” and the company’s strategic priorities.

YOUR CALL

What elements of structure, strategy, and culture do you see as the key drivers of Patagonia’s successful strategic implementation?

8.2 What Kind of Organizational Culture Will You Be Operating In?

THE BIG PICTURE

Organizational culture appears in three levels: observable artifacts, espoused values, and basic assumptions. Culture is transmitted to employees through symbols, stories, heroes, rites and rituals, and organizational socialization. Cultures can be classified into four types: clan, adhocracy, market, and hierarchy.

LO 8-2

Explain how to characterize an organization’s culture.

“What was the last costume you wore?” the job interviewer asks you. “On a scale of 1 to 10, how weird are you?” “What would you do in the event of a zombie apocalypse?” “Would you rather be rich or would you rather be a king?”

These are the favorite interview questions of some of the world’s most successful CEOs. For you as a job applicant, these questions might seem to have neither a connection with your performance in previous jobs, nor a “right” answer. But according to Harold Hughes, CEO of Bandwagon—a blockchain-based analytics company—“What’s more important is the reasoning.” The explanations you use to answer seemingly outlandish questions can tell a company a great deal about what you have experienced, who you are, and how you think. 48

Page 320

Interviewers use questions like these to find out how well you will fit in with the organization. This is called  person–organization (P–O) fit , and it reflects the extent to which your personality and values match the climate and culture in an organization. 49

A big part of being successful in a particular job is learning to understand and fit in with the organization’s culture. 50  The culture consists not only of the slightly quirky personalities you encounter but also all of an organization’s normal way of doing business. After completing this section, you will be able to assess your level of fit with an organization.

Some organizational leaders use unique interview questions to assess potential person-organization fit. Bandwagon CEO Harold Hughes gets a strong sense of how interviewees think and what motivates them by listening to the reasoning behind their responses to these types of questions.

BandwagonFanClub Inc.

The Three Levels of Organizational Culture

Organizational culture is present at three levels: 51

1. Observable artifacts

2. Espoused values

3. Basic assumptions

Each level varies in terms of outward visibility and resistance to change (level 1 is most visible and least resistant to change, and level 3 is least visible and most resistant to change), and each level influences another level. Management scholars often use an iceberg to visualize organizational culture (see  Figure 8.2 ). This is because the portion of an iceberg that we can easily see represents only a small portion of the whole thing. Most of an iceberg is under the water, just like a large part of an organization’s culture lies beneath the surface. In order to understand an organization’s culture, you need to “see” or understand the entire culture, not just the parts of it that you can immediately assess. Let’s discuss each level of culture.

FIGURE 8.2  Levels of organizational culture

the-lightwriter/iStock/Getty Images

Level 1: Observable Artifacts—Physical Manifestations of Culture

We begin our discussion of organizational culture by looking at the top of the iceberg.  Figure 8.2  shows that at the most visible level, organizational culture is expressed in observable artifacts—physical manifestations such as manner of dress, awards, myths and stories about the company, rituals and ceremonies, decorations, as well as visible behavior exhibited by managers and employees.

Gusto Example: Gusto provides cloud-based HR solutions for more than 100,000 companies in the United States and is on a mission to make work “meaningful for everyone, everywhere.” Co-founders Josh Reeves, Edward Kim, and Tomer London want their offices to feel inviting and comfortable, so they have a “no shoes” policy and build walls of shoe cubbies into the entrances of each location. Employees are encouraged to wear fun socks, and the co-founders say the policy makes Gusto employees feel at home while they work. If you ever decide to visit a Gusto office, you’ll have to remove your shoes, too! But don’t worry—the company will provide funky Gusto socks and spa sandals to keep you cozy.  52

Page 321

Gusto’s observable artifacts. How many observable artifacts of Gusto’s laid-back culture can you find in this photo? For starters, check out co-founder Josh Reeves’ socks and the built-in employee shoe cubby beside him. What else do you see here that provides a glimpse into Gusto’s culture?

Ramin Rahimian/Redux Pictures

Observable artifacts are the easiest element of culture to influence. Changing artifacts can start with something as simple as changing a dress code or replacing one wall decoration with another.

Level 2: Espoused Values—Explicitly Stated Values and Norms

As you can see in  Figure 8.2 , the second level of the iceberg is deeper and less visible than the first. This is where we find an organization’s  espoused values —the explicitly stated values and norms preferred by an organization, as may be put forth by the firm’s founders or top managers. You can usually find evidence of an organization’s espoused values by exploring its website for mission, vision, and values statements.

Goldman Sachs Example: Citing a lack of diversity on corporate boards of directors, Goldman Sachs—a leading global investment bank—recently announced that it would no longer underwrite IPOs for companies that don’t have at least one “diverse” board member. The company offered to help connect firms with potential board candidates from underrepresented groups. This decision is in line with the company’s core values of diversity, teamwork, and service excellence. According to CEO David Solomon, “This is an example of our saying, ‘How can we do something that we think is right and helps moves the market forward?’” 53

Although managers hope the values they espouse will directly influence employee behavior, employees don’t always “walk the talk,” and frequently they are influenced more by  enacted values —the values and norms actually exhibited in the organization. 54  Consider the example of Comcast:

Comcast Example: Comcast has repeatedly landed on lists of America’s most hated companies in recent years due to issues such as unauthorized charges on customers’ bills and dismal customer care. There have even been instances of service representatives using profanity and behaving aggressively toward customers. 55  These experiences contradicted the company’s espoused values of treating customers with integrity, fairness, and respect, and in 2015 Comcast got serious about overhauling its customer service to better align itself with the values it claimed to live by. 56  The company focused on decreasing the frequency of service calls and now handles almost 80% of customer issues through digital platforms that are faster and more efficient. Comcast also added options for customers to troubleshoot problems and schedule service visits through its app. These efforts drastically reduced the time it took for Comcast to connect with customers and resolve their issues, and by 2019 the company’s name had fallen off of many “most hated” lists. 57

Page 322

It is more challenging to change espoused values than observable artifacts, but espoused values are easier to change than basic assumptions.

Level 3: Basic Assumptions—Core Values of the Organization

Figure 8.2  demonstrates that a substantial portion of an organization’s culture exists at such a deep level that it is nearly impossible to grasp or articulate. Basic assumptions represent the unobservable yet core values of an organization’s culture that are often taken for granted. The values at this level have a profound effect on employee behaviors because they have informed every decision in the organization’s past and are thus entwined with its identity. For this same reason, basic assumptions are very difficult to change. Industry expert Karen Niovitch Davis warns that basic assumptions, left unchecked, can be a destructive force. According to Davis, “Old assumptions die hard if they’re not examined and addressed. Try not to ignore the unwritten rules. It’s terrible to find out about them after an employee crossed a line because they thought it was what you wanted.” 58  Consider the example of Facebook and its struggle to change its culture.

Facebook Example: Facebook espouses five core values on its website: (1) be bold, (2) focus on impact, (3) move fast, (4) be open, and (5) build social value. 59  But according to Notre Dame ethics professor Joseph Holt, the company’s deeply embedded basic assumptions are closer to (1) be reckless, (2) focus on making as much money as possible, (3) never let noneconomic concerns (like data privacy) get in the way of economic opportunities, (4) be no more open than required, and (5) accept bringing people closer together as merely a nice plus. 60  Facebook was once considered one of the best workplaces in the world, but former employees have begun to paint a picture of a culture that grew to actively discourage dissent, pressure workers to show unquestioning loyalty or risk permanent damage to their careers, and embrace the company culture above all else. 61  Many believe Facebook’s underlying assumptions are the reason it ignored and even concealed serious concerns about data security and privacy. 62  Did you know that Facebook’s original #3 core value was actually “move fast and break things”? It was this entrepreneurial spirit that drove the company’s meteoric rise to the top. But a culture focused on growth at all costs without regard for the rules is no longer suitable for the company now that it is responsible for safeguarding the data of almost 2.5 billion users, and it seems Facebook continues to struggle to make any meaningful cultural improvements. 63

How Employees Learn Culture: Symbols, Stories, Heroes, Rites and Rituals, and Organizational Socialization

Culture is transmitted to employees in several ways, most often through such means as (1) symbols, (2) stories, (3) heroes, (4) rites and rituals, and (5) organizational socialization. 64

1. Symbols

symbol  is an object or action that represents an idea or quality. With respect to culture, symbols are artifacts used to convey an organization’s most important values. Here are two examples of organizational culture symbols:

Nike Example: The Nike “swoosh” is designed to represent the wings of Nike—the Greek goddess of victory. It also resembles a check mark, a shape people naturally associate with positivity.

Intuit Example: The idea that led to Intuit started at married couple Scott Cook and Signe Ostby’s kitchen table, where they sat and wondered if there might be a better way to balance their checkbook. Thirty-seven years later, that table is prominently displayed (and still used for brainstorming new ideas) at Intuit’s California headquarters. 65

Page 323

2. Stories

story  is a narrative based on true events, which is repeated—and sometimes embellished upon—to emphasize a particular value. Stories are oral histories that are told and retold by members about incidents in the organization’s history. Consider Lever.

Using stories to communicate culture. Leaders such as Lever CEO Sarah Nahm use stories as powerful tools for teaching new employees about an organization’s culture.

Sam Barnes/Getty Images

Lever Example: Lever is a cloud-based recruiting software firm that helps companies like Mercedes-Benz, Netflix, Zoom, and Spotify to grow their workforces. CEO Sarah Nahm founded Lever in 2012 and spent the next two years as the only woman in the company. Now, 50% of Lever’s 130+ employees are female, 40% are nonwhite, and the board has a fairly even gender distribution. Nahm recalls the difficulties she faced over the years as she worked to build an inclusive culture. Her experience growing the diversity of Lever’s sales team taught her and others in the company about the power of stories for driving culture. She recalls, “There was one woman closing business as an account executive. We went to her and asked her what she would like to see done about that. She ultimately became an inspiring success. That experience taught us the power of storytelling to launch D&I [diversity and inclusion] initiatives. The first thing we did was tell her story. We published it to all of Lever’s different channels. Organically, it became a powerful way for us to signal our intention to candidates we were talking to in our talent pool, women out there who didn’t know about Lever and to our own employees.” Lever has since been named one of Fortune’s top 50 best workplaces in technology. 66

3. Heroes

hero  is a person whose accomplishments embody the values of the organization. Often, heroes are people who have endured great sacrifice for the organization’s benefit. Heroes can emerge in single organizations or more broad social causes, as was the case when 16-year-old Greta Thunberg became the face of the global youth climate change movement.

Greta Thunberg Example: Thunberg inspired a week-long school strike that brought together 6 million people around the world in a unified plea for climate change legislation. She has addressed numerous groups, including the U.N. Climate Action Summit and the U.S. Congress. In 2019 Thunberg became the youngest ever Time Magazine Person of the Year. “I’d like to tell my grandchildren that we did everything we could,” she said in an interview for the magazine, adding “and we did it for them and for the generations to come.” 67

4. Rites and Rituals

Rites and rituals  are the activities and ceremonies, planned and unplanned, that celebrate important occasions and accomplishments in the organization’s life. Rituals transform ordinary movements into meaningful and symbolic practices. Their repetitive and predictable patterns comfort us and signal to us that we are a part of something bigger. 68  Military units and sports teams have long known the value of using ceremonies to hand out decorations and awards, but many companies have rites and rituals as well. Warby Parker and Starbucks are two examples.

Warby Parker Example: Warby Parker gives every new employee two things: (1) a copy of the book Dharma Bums, because the company’s name is derived from two of its characters, and (2) fresh pretzels from Martin’s handmade pretzel company, a favorite of the company’s founders that is located just a few blocks from Warby Parker’s first offices. 69

Starbucks Example: Starbucks uses the psychology of rituals in its physical store layouts to keep customers coming back. Specifically, every Starbucks location has the same general flow and queueing pattern. The company also designs its digital platforms with repetitive principles. As you learned above, the familiarity and repetition you experience when you walk into a Starbucks café or open the app to order online might be the subconscious reason you decide to order Starbucks again a few days later. 70

Page 324

5. Organizational Socialization

Organizational socialization  is defined as the process by which people learn the values, norms, and required behaviors that permit them to participate as members of an organization. 71  Converting from an outsider to an organizational insider may take weeks or even years, and employees form critical relationships and understandings about the organization during the process. 72  Organizational socialization occurs in three phases, researcher Daniel Feldman suggests—before you are hired, when you are first taken on, and when you have been employed a while and are adjusting to the job. 73

The first phase (anticipatory socialization phase) occurs before you join the organization. In this phase you learn—from career advisors, web sources, or current employees—about the organization’s needs and values and how your own needs, values, and skills might fit in. The second phase (encounter phase) takes place when you are first hired. In this phase you begin to learn what the organization is really like and how you might need to adjust your expectations. The company may help to advance this socialization process through various familiarization programs (known as “onboarding”). The third phase (change and acquisition phase) comes about once you have developed a strong sense of your work role. In this phase you begin to fine-tune necessary skills and tasks and better adjust to your work group’s values and norms. The company may advance this phase of socialization through goal setting, incentives, employee feedback, continued support, and ceremonies (e.g., “graduation”) that celebrate completion of the process.

NYU Example: New hires at New York University are partnered with a buddy during their first two months “to help welcome employees and reaffirm their decision to join NYU” as well as to provide a reliable contact for speedy answers on work practices and organizational culture. Among other characteristics, “the buddy should have a positive outlook on his/her work and use that perspective to help build self-confidence and loyalty in the new employee. The buddy should lead by example.” 74

Four Types of Organizational Culture: Clan, Adhocracy, Market, and Hierarchy

The competing values framework (CVF) provides a practical way for managers to understand, measure, and change organizational culture. The CVF, which has been validated by extensive research involving 1,100 companies, classifies organizational cultures into four types: (1) clan, (2) adhocracy, (3) market, and (4) hierarchy, as we’ll explain. 75  (See  Figure 8.3 .)

FIGURE 8.3  Competing values framework

Source: Adapted from K. S. Cameron, R. E. Quinn, J. Degraff, and A. V. Thakor, Competing Values Leadership (Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar, 2006), p. 32.

Research leading to the development of the CVF found that organizational effectiveness varied along two dimensions:

· The horizontal dimension—inward or outward focus? This dimension expresses the extent to which an organization focuses its attention and efforts inward on internal dynamics and employees (“internal focus and integration”) versus outward on its external environment and its customers and shareholders (“external focus and differentiation”).

· The vertical dimension—flexibility or stability? This dimension expresses the extent to which an organization prefers decentralized decision making (flexibility and discretion) versus centralized authority (stability and control).

Combining these two dimensions creates the four types of organizational culture based on different core values—(1) clan culture, (2) adhocracy culture, (3) market culture, and (4) hierarchy culture.

Each culture type has different characteristics, and while one type tends to dominate in any given organization, it is the mix of types that creates competitive advantage. We begin our discussion of culture types in the upper-left quadrant of the CVF.

Page 325

1. Clan Culture: An Employee-Focused Culture Valuing Flexibility, Not Stability

clan culture  has an internal focus and values flexibility rather than stability and control. You can see from  Figure 8.3  that organizations with clan cultures want their employees to have a strong sense of identification with and commitment to the organization, as well as a feeling of “family.” Clan cultures use collaboration to accomplish this goal. Companies with a clan culture are likely to devote considerable resources to training and developing their employees, and they view customers as collaborative partners. In clan cultures, employee behaviors are governed by strong norms rather than formal rules and authority figures. 76

Wegmans Example: Wegmans is a private, family-owned supermarket chain with approximately 50,000 employees. The company’s values include the following statements:

· We care about the well-being and success of every person.

· We respect and listen to our people.

· We empower our people to make decisions that improve their work and benefit our customers and our company. 77

Wegmans exhibits a clan culture. Former employees use language such as “the Wegmans family,” and workers are known to spend entire careers working in Wegmans stores. 78  The company spends $50 million annually on employee training and development and its high levels of employee engagement are credited with driving its $9 billion+ annual revenues. 79  Wegmans has earned a spot on Fortune’s Best Companies to Work For list for 23 consecutive years, ranking #3 in 2020. “We are so grateful for our dedicated employees who have made us a part of this list . . .” said President and CEO Colleen Wegman, adding “Our people make shopping and working at Wegmans a truly special experience every day.” 80

2. Adhocracy Culture: A Risk-Taking Culture Valuing Flexibility

An  adhocracy culture  has an external focus and values flexibility. Creation of new and innovative products and services is the strategic thrust of this culture. Adhocracies are set up to encourage employees to be creative, adaptable, and quick to respond to changes. Employees in adhocracy cultures are encouraged to take risks and experiment with new ways of getting things done. Adhocracy cultures are well suited for start-up companies, firms in industries undergoing constant change, and firms in mature industries that are in need of innovation to enhance growth.

Page 326

Baxter International Example: Baxter International, a giant Illinois-based manufacturer of medical products, values innovation enough to say it practically is the company’s culture. Recently appointed CEO José Almeida cut away several layers of the company’s bureaucracy to make it easier for employees to communicate with peers around the organization and speed up decision making. “Never disassociate innovation and culture,” he says. “They are almost one and the same.” 81  Almeida believes that inclusion and diversity are key drivers of innovation, and Baxter has earned spots on Forbes’ Best Employers for Diversity and Best Employers for Women lists. According to Jeanne Mason, senior VP of human resources, “Creating a culture where every employee feels valued, respected and safe to be their authentic self is what drives our D&I [diversity and inclusion] work. With commitment and active engagement from the highest levels of leadership at Baxter, we are steadfast in our efforts to make our company a great place to pursue a meaningful career for people of all backgrounds.” 82

3. Market Culture: A Competitive Culture Valuing Profits over Employee Satisfaction

market culture  has a strong external focus and values stability and control. Companies with market cultures leverage employees’ competitive drives to make money, achieve goals, and gain market share for the organization. In market cultures, customers, productivity, and winning take precedence over employee development and satisfaction. Employees in market cultures are expected to work hard, proactively react, and deliver quality work on time; those who deliver results are rewarded.

Tyson Foods Example: Tyson Foods is the world’s second largest producer of chicken, beef, and pork, and it posted 2019 sales of $42.4 billion. Tyson Foods has a market culture focused on results, productivity, and profitability, and the company delivered shareholder returns of 695% between 2009 and 2019. 83  During a recent event at the New York Stock Exchange, Chairman John Tyson and CEO Noel White highlighted the company’s expansion into new markets, strong diversified portfolio, and successful execution of long-term growth strategy. 84  Tyson Foods sold its 6.5% share in the plant-based protein company Beyond Meat in April 2019 and unveiled its own brand—Raised & Rooted—two months later. White explained, “We already had the infrastructure in place, so it’s a fairly minimal investment on our behalf to be able to scale very quickly . . . so based on what the purchase price likely would have been, it was much more feasible for us to just develop all the further capabilities ourselves.” 85  According to CFO Steward Glendinning, “We generate a lot of cash, and we focus on getting the highest returns on that money,” adding, “We have a disciplined approach to mergers and acquisitions, and we’re a team that’s focused on returns greater than our cost of capital.” 86

4. Hierarchy Culture: A Structured Culture Valuing Stability and Effectiveness

hierarchy culture  has an internal focus and values stability and control over flexibility. Companies with this kind of culture implement various control mechanisms that help the company maintain a certain level of performance and efficiency according to a schedule. Hierarchical cultures are apt to have a formalized, structured work environment and a lot of rules. At the extreme, such cultures may seem like the company cares more about efficiency and standardization than it does its people.

McDonald’s Example: McDonald’s serves more than 70 million customers each day and operates in just about every country in the world. The company manages operations at this scale through routinization, standardization, division of labor, and formal accountability hierarchies. 87  McDonald’s workers went on strike in November 2019, citing an imbalance of power and unfair treatment at the company. The workers called for a fair wage and basic dignity. 88  In a recent interview, McDonald’s workers said anonymously what they wished they could say to their managers. They asked for better training, kinder treatment, and more support from management. Said one employee, “Treat employees like people, not numbers.” Another worker said that hard work is recognized but being good at your job usually means you’ll be expected to pick up others’ slack in the interest of speed and efficiency. 89

Page 327

Are you curious about the type of culture that exists in a current or past employer? Do you wonder whether this culture is best suited to help the company achieve its strategic goals? The following self-assessment allows you to consider these questions.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 8.1
What Is the Organizational Culture at My Current Employer?

Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 8.1 in Connect.

1. How would you describe the organizational culture?

2. Do you think this type of culture is best suited to help the company achieve its strategic goals? Explain.

The Importance of Culture

Many people believe culture powerfully shapes an organization’s long-term success by enhancing its systems (such as leadership and HR practices, discussed in  Section 8.1 ) and influencing its important outcomes at various levels—and research supports this belief. 90  Recently, a team of scholars tested this hypothesis with a meta-analysis (a statistical procedure combining data from multiple studies) of more than 38,000 organizational units—either organizations as a whole or departments in different organizations—and 616,000 individuals. 91  The results are shown in  Figure 8.4 .

FIGURE 8.4  What organizational variables are associated with organizational cultures?

Source: Data taken from C. A. Hartnell, A. Y. Ou, A. J. Kinicki, D. Choi, and E. P. Karam, “A Meta-Analytic Test of Organizational Culture’s Association with Elements of an Organization’s System and Its Relative Predictive Validity on Organizational Outcomes.” Journal of Applied Psychology 104, no. 6 (2019), pp. 832–50.

Page 328

Results revealed that culture is positively associated with a variety of factors and outcomes that are important to today’s managers. Closer examination of  Figure 8.4  leads to the following conclusions:

· An organization’s culture matters. The type of organizational culture can be a source of competitive advantage. (See the remaining bullets for more specifics.)

· Clan and adhocracy cultures are more strongly related to desirable leadership behaviors than market and hierarchy cultures. But all four culture types are related to leadership in various ways. One explanation involves employee preferences for leadership that allows flexibility and discretion inherent in clan and adhocracy cultures as opposed to directive styles of leadership associated with fostering stability and control in hierarchy and market cultures.

· Market cultures have the strongest relationship with high-performance work practices (akin to the HR practices we discussed in  Figure 8.1 ). But all four culture types are related to high-performance work practices (HPWPs) in various ways. High-performance work practices represent “bundles” of HR practices that are systematically grouped to enhance employee abilities (e.g., selection and training), motivation (e.g., compensation and career development), or opportunities (e.g., involvement and information sharing).

*We suggest that you pause here and take a few minutes to enjoy practicing your career readiness competency of critical thinking/problem solving with this fun exercise. First, sketch out the CVF and jot down the names and characteristics of the four culture types within the quadrants. Then, try and come up with some logical pairings between the culture types and the three HPWP bundles. (Here’s one to get you started—we think that organizations with adhocracy cultures will be likely to use HPWPs focused on providing opportunities for employees. Why? Because adhocracy cultures want their employees to be innovative and creative, and increased opportunities to collaborate or gain new information should provide additional brain-fuel for innovation and creativity.) Your turn!

· Employee outcomes are related to all four organizational culture types. The extent to which employees feel happy, committed, and supported by the organization, and the extent to which they engage in important work behaviors, depends on culture.

· Clan, adhocracy, and market cultures are more strongly related to innovation than hierarchy cultures. This relationship makes sense given what you learned about hierarchy cultures and their explicit focus on stability and employees (as opposed to doing new and exciting things or grabbing market share). Hierarchy cultures are most likely to focus on “maintaining the status quo.”

· Adhocracy, market, and hierarchy cultures are more strongly related to operational outcomes than clan cultures. Clan cultures are explicitly focused on the quality of their employees rather than operational outcomes such as the quality of their products or services.

· Clan and market cultures are more strongly related to customer outcomes than adhocracy and hierarchy cultures. Based on what you learned in the CVF (Figure 8.3), you may have expected adhocracy and market cultures to have stronger relationships with customer outcomes (rather than clan and market cultures) due to the external focus of both adhocracy and market cultures. We’ll throw out a theory—the customer outcomes in this study were customer satisfaction and market share. If you flip back to the CVF, you’ll notice that market cultures use a customer focus to gain market share, and clan cultures use collaborative interactions to develop relationships and positive feelings (and view customers as partners in these collaborations). It’s possible that in clan cultures, customers gain feelings of satisfaction from their collaborative exchanges with people in the organization. It’s also possible that employees working in adhocracy cultures are more focused on the fun, new, and innovative thing they're creating for the customer than they are on the actual customer.

Page 329

· There is a relationship between culture types and financial outcomes. But it is weak across the board. This occurs because there are other organizational systems and processes that are stronger drivers of firm performance. HPWPs are one example according to the researchers who conducted this meta-analysis. Their results showed that financial outcomes were more strongly related to HPWPs than to culture. This would imply that investments in employees’ career readiness competencies may pay dividends in the form of increased profits and revenues.

· Companies with market cultures tend to have more positive organizational outcomes. Managers are encouraged to make their cultures more market oriented.

As a final note, the results of the research presented in  Figure 8.4  supported what we described in  Figure 8.1 . Specifically, the researchers found that organizational culture, organizational structure, and HR practices need to align in order to support strategic implementation.

Preparing to Assess P–O Fit before a Job Interview

So far you have learned quite a lot about organizational culture. You’ve discovered the three levels of culture, the five ways employees learn culture, the four culture types, and the research-backed reasons that culture is important in organizations. But how can you use this information to help determine your potential P–O fit with a company before you interview for a job? Here’s a simple three-step process: 92

1. Make a list of your personal values, strengths, and weaknesses—try to be honest, as this is the best way to accurately gauge fit.

2. Spend some time learning about the organization you plan to interview with by talking with current employees and researching the company online, then make a list of the organization’s values, strengths, and weaknesses.

3. Compare your list of personal values, strengths, and weaknesses with those of the organization, then use the information to prepare questions for the interviewer about how well you might fit.

There are three reasons to estimate your fit with an organization before considering a job offer. First, better fit is associated with important outcomes, including more positive work attitudes, higher task performance, less work stress, and lower intention to quit (e.g., “I’m gonna tell em, ‘they can take this job and . . .’”). 93  Second, learning that there’s a poor fit before you join an organization can potentially save you from wasting months or even years in a job that you don’t enjoy. Finally, interviewers place a high priority on fit—84% of recruiters in a recent survey felt that culture fit was one of the most important predictors of a job offer, and 90% admitted to skipping over past applicants because they didn’t seem to align well with the culture. 94  Here’s an example of how this played out in real life for Tesla’s general counsel:

Tesla Example: Dane Butswinkas left his job as Tesla’s general counsel in February 2019 after spending only two months in the role. Butswinkas had worked for Tesla as outside counsel in the past, but he didn’t realize how poorly he fit with the organization’s culture until he started the full-time position in Palo Alto, CA. His departure wasn’t a novel occurrence—more than 50 senior executives left their positions at Tesla between 2017 and 2019 as the company battled production, service, and reputational issues. Butswinkas rejoined the law firm of Williams & Connolly in Washington, D.C.—the organization with which he’d practiced for almost 30 years prior to taking the job at Tesla. 95  ●

Page 330

8.3 The Process of Culture Change

THE BIG PICTURE

There are 12 ways a culture becomes established in an organization—and therefore 12 levers for culture change. These are (1) formal statements; (2) slogans and sayings; (3) rites and rituals; (4) stories, legends, and myths; (5) leader reactions to crises; (6) role modeling, training, and coaching; (7) physical design; (8) rewards, titles, promotions, and bonuses; (9) organizational goals and performance criteria; (10) measurable and controllable activities; (11) organizational structure; and (12) organizational systems and procedures.

LO 8-3

Describe the process of culture change in an organization.

Changing organizational culture is essentially a teaching process—that is, a process in which members instruct each other about the organization’s preferred values, beliefs, expectations, and behaviors. Schein—the renowned organizational psychologist and culture expert introduced in  Section 8.1 —established 12 mechanisms for changing culture which we describe in this section. 96  The mechanisms represent levers that managers push and pull to create culture change. It’s not an easy or fast process. If you plan to change an organization’s culture, know that you will be pushing and pulling on multiple levers for an extended period of time until you’ve dusted the old culture out of every nook and cranny.

Creating culture change involves pushing and pulling change levers in a desired direction. It is very similar to pushing and pulling these levers on a control panel of a lifting mechanism. In both cases, individuals push levers in order to produce a desired outcome.

Neramit Buakaew/Shutterstock

Culture Code. Leaders such as Hubspot co-founders Dharmesh Shah and Brian Halligan rely on the power of formal statements to communicate important elements of organizational culture. Hubspot’s Culture Code is ever evolving and delivers a strong message about the company’s values.

Dina Rudick/Getty Images

1. Formal Statements

One way to embed preferred culture is to create (or alter) existing formal statements of organizational philosophy, mission, vision, and values, as well as materials to use for recruiting, selecting, and socializing employees.

Hubspot Example: Hubspot creates inbound marketing, customer service, and sales software for more than 73,000 clients across 120+ countries. 97  Co-founder and CTO Dharmesh Shah says the company’s Culture Code is a “perpetual ‘work in progress’” that continues to evolve along with Hubspot. The company has updated the code—which it describes as the operating system that powers Hubspot—more than 25 times to date. Here are a few highlights from Hubspot’s Culture Code: 98

· Hubspot hires employees that have HEART. This stands for Humble, Empathetic, Adaptable, Remarkable, and Transparent.

· The code reminds that power is gained by sharing knowledge rather than hoarding it.

· A “no-door” policy gives everyone access to everyone at Hubspot, and your ability to influence should not depend on your position in the company hierarchy.

· The code proclaims, “We’d rather be failing frequently than never trying.”

*What strategy do you think Hubspot is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Hubspot embody?

Page 331

2. Slogans and Sayings

Another way to create a more desirable corporate culture is to express it in company language, slogans, sayings, and acronyms.

Keycorp Example: When Beth Mooney took the helm as CEO of Keycorp/Keybank—a Fortune 500 regional financial services institution based in Cleveland, OH—she knew her first priority had to be rebuilding the trust of the company’s customers that had been damaged by the financial crisis. “Trust matters most in these industries,” said Mooney, “because people are at their most vulnerable when it comes to their financial health and physical health. These are matters many feel the least equipped to understand. And if you’re seriously ill, you’re at the mercy of people who know how to make you well.” 99  Mooney retired in 2020 after a nine-year tenure as CEO during which she transformed Key’s culture and grew the company to be the 13th largest bank in the country. 100  According to Key’s website, the company’s core values “guide and inspire our company and employees every day as we work together for success.” 101  The values spell TRAIL which stands for:

· Teamwork

· Respect

· Accountability

· Integrity

· Leadership

*What strategy do you think Keycorp/Keybank is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does the company embody?

Rebuilding trust after the financial crisis. Former CEO Beth Mooney used slogans and sayings on the Keycorp/Keybank website to communicate the company’s core values and desired culture.

Scott Eells/Getty Images

3. Rites and Rituals

As we mentioned earlier, rites and rituals represent the planned and unplanned activities and ceremonies that are used to celebrate important events or achievements.

Company Examples: Tech firms are known for their innovative rituals. 102  Here are a few examples to illustrate:

· LinkedIn encourages relationships with weekly gatherings called “Beers for My Peers” held at the speakeasy hidden inside its Empire State Building offices.

· Flipboard fosters innovation with a weekly Mock O’Clock get-together that gives employees the chance to introduce rough mockups of new ideas in a low-pressure environment complete with lots of snacks.

· Pinterest keeps its employees excited about both work and nonwork activities with its monthly Knit Con—a two-day project binge during which workers teach one another their hobbies and passions.

4. Stories, Legends, and Myths

A story is a narrative about an actual event that happened within the organization and that helps to symbolize its vision and values to employees. See the  Example box  to learn about how a story can be a powerful mechanism for changing a culture of silence into one where members are comfortable voicing their concerns.

Page 332

EXAMPLE
Dr. Li Wenliang Dared to Tell His Story

On December 30, 2019, Dr. Li Wenliang—an ophthalmologist in Wuhan, China—learned of the emergence of a new strain of the virus responsible for the 2002 SARS outbreak. He sent a message to his colleagues, family, and friends to warn them: “A new coronavirus infection has been confirmed and its type is being identified. Inform all family and relatives to be on guard.”

The police quickly silenced Dr. Wenliang by forcing him to sign a document admitting to lying and disrupting social order and promising to stop his “illegal” behavior. He was hospitalized with COVID-19 nine days later, and he broke his silence in a series of now famous social media posts and news interviews in which he shared his story from a hospital bed.

Dr. Wenliang told one reporter he decided to become a doctor because, “Lately, patient–doctor relationships have soured. I am happy as long as my patients are satisfied with their treatment.” Dr. Wenliang felt the police had wronged him by accusing him of spreading rumors, adding, “Obviously I had been acting out of good will. I felt very sad seeing so many people losing their loved ones.” He planned to spend 15 days in the hospital before joining with other medical professionals to fight the spread of the virus, adding, “That’s where my responsibilities lie.” 103

Dr. Wenliang’s story lives on. Supporters all over the world praised Dr. Wenliang for his courage to speak up about COVID-19, and health care workers such as those pictured here used his image as they fought to procure adequate personal protective equipment (PPE) in their workplaces.

Craig Ruttle/Redux Pictures

Dr. Wenliang died in the hospital on February 7, 2020. Chinese citizens responded to the news of his passing with an unprecedented show of support on social media that some experts think will prove a historical turning point for the country. University of Hong Kong assistant professor of journalism and communication Fang Kecheng said, “[I]t’s quite phenomenal because I think this is the first large-scale expression calling for free speech among netizens since Xi Jinping took power.” 104

Hundreds of mourners gathered in Wuhan to hold a vigil for Dr. Wenliang, in spite of Chinese laws against public assemblies. Around the world, similar events took place in honor of the doctor who is now credited with being the first medical professional to speak out publicly about the virus. Many people brought messages from friends and taped them around the gatherings.

“Goodbye Dr. Li,” said one of the messages, “In the coming days, I will speak every bit of truth in respect of you.” 105

YOUR CALL

Do you think that Chinese citizens will continue to tell Dr. Wenliang’s story? If so, how do you believe it will alter the country’s culture?

5. Leader Reactions to Crises

How top managers respond to critical incidents and organizational crises sends a clear cultural message. When new leaders take over an organization, their responses to crises can indicate a desire to change the culture implemented by the previous leadership.

Boeing Example: Boeing struggled to repair its reputation after a series of safety incidents with its 737 MAX aircraft—including two fatal crashes that took the lives of 346 people. The aerospace company had been feverishly trying to keep up with its main rival, Airbus, and seemed to have sacrificed safety and quality for earnings. A former senior manager told reporters, “Something happened in the transition from, ‘let’s build a high-quality, safe product’ to ‘let’s get it out done on time.’” 106  David Calhoun took over as CEO in January 2020 (after Boeing’s board fired CEO Dennis Muilenburg) and made public statements criticizing the company for its decision making surrounding the 737 MAX. Calhoun told one reporter, “I’ll never be able to judge what motivated Dennis, whether it was a stock price that was going to continue to go up and up, or whether it was just beating the other guy to the next rate increase.” 107  He also said Boeing would need to “get rid of the culture of arrogance” that led employees to conceal design and safety problems from the Federal Aviation Administration in order to expedite production of the aircraft. 108

*What strategy do you think Boeing is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Boeing embody?

Page 333

A new leader’s reaction to a crisis sends a message about culture change. In his new role as CEO, David Calhoun has promised to repair the elements of Boeing’s culture that many believe resulted in two fatal 737 MAX crashes. Pictured here are workers clearing the wreckage from the Ethiopian Airlines crash that claimed the lives of 157 people aboard a Boeing 737 MAX airplane.

Mulugeta Ayene/AP Images; Whitney Curtis/Redux Pictures

6. Role Modeling, Training, and Coaching

Many companies use structured training to deliver an in-depth introduction to their organizational values. Others use coaching or mentoring programs that provide employees with support and role models.

Estée Lauder Example: Estée Lauder was struggling to stay relevant to a new generation of consumers, so CEO Fabrizio Freda decided to implement a reverse-mentoring program. Younger workers created a knowledge-sharing portal called Dreamspace where they work with senior executives on topics like emerging technologies, social media influencers, and data security. The company then distributes a bi-monthly newsletter on key topics that emerge in those discussions. 109

*What strategy do you think Estée Lauder is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Estée Lauder embody?

7. Physical Design

Organizations experiment constantly to find the best office layouts that will encourage employee productivity. Physical design is an important change lever because it sends a strong and visible message about an organization’s culture.

Tamara Mellon Example: Tamara Mellon co-founded the luxury footwear brand Jimmy Choo and went on to launch her own brand, Tamara Mellon, in 2016. One big change she made at her new company was to limit the number of physical barriers set up between employees. Mellon says she felt disconnected from her team at Jimmy Choo and didn’t enjoy sitting in a corner office with two assistants essentially sitting guard outside. At Tamara Mellon offices, leaders sit with their teams, and everyone—including the executive team—works together out in the open. She said, “Perhaps the most significant result of having this open floor plan is the increased collaboration amongst teams. Ideas can bounce freely and be considered by people on various teams to hear and offer their opinion.” 110

*What strategy do you think Tamara Mellon is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Tamara Mellon embody?

Page 334

8. Rewards, Titles, Promotions, and Bonuses

Rewards and status symbols are among the strongest levers an organization can use to embed or change its culture. This is because people have a strong desire to be rewarded, and incentives fulfill this need.

Company Examples: There is increasing pressure for businesses to lead the charge in sustainable stewardship of resources, as evidenced by the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and recent statements made by The Business Roundtable (both discussed in earlier chapters). This has resulted in firms changing their reward structures to incentivize creating shared value (CSV) and sustainable business initiatives. For example:

· Shell recently announced that it would begin linking executive compensation to short-term carbon emissions goals.

· Clorox wants to reduce plastic in its products, avoid animal testing, and lower its carbon emissions and recently implemented its IGNITE program that will tie executive compensation to achieving these goals. 111

9. Organizational Goals and Performance Criteria

Many companies establish organizational goals and criteria for recruiting, selecting, developing, promoting, dismissing, and retiring people, all of which act as levers for communicating the desired organizational culture.

Netflix Example: Netflix has a corporate culture firmly focused on the expectation that employees are adults who can achieve their goals without complicated rules. Vacations are unlimited and the expense policy consists of just five words: “Act in Netflix’s best interests.” But former Chief Talent Officer Patty McCord, who helped build the company, says a great company needs to “eliminate the slackers, the laggards and the people who are just putting in his or her time.” 112  Netflix managers are encouraged to think regularly about whether they would fight to keep each of their direct reports. This “keeper test” helps them determine which employees are star performers and which are ready to receive a generous severance package and move on to another organization. 113

*What strategy do you think Netflix is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Netflix embody?

10. Measurable and Controllable Activities

An organization’s leaders can pay attention to, measure, and control a number of activities, processes, or outcomes that can foster a certain culture. What leaders pay attention to acts as a powerful signal of company culture because it tells employees what aspects of their performance are most important to the company. Measurable and controllable activities also serve as an important lever for culture change.

Page 335

Barclays Example: Barclays has a history of paying close attention to its employees’ behaviors. In 2017 the company installed OccupEye devices—motion and heat sensors—to track the amount of time workers spent at their desks. 114  Then in 2020, the company partnered with Sapience software to implement people analytics technology that, according to the Sapience website, “provides real-time visibility into daily effort and capacity.” 115  An anonymous source within the company said the system would alert employees to “avoid breaks” and added, “Employees are worried to step away from their desks, have full lunch breaks, take bathroom breaks or even get up for water, as we are not aware of the repercussions this might have on our statistics.” 116

*What strategy do you think Barclays is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Barclays embody?

Surveillance activities send a strong message to employees about company culture. How would you feel if your employer were tracking your internet use, the number of minutes spent at your workstation, or even the length of your bathroom breaks while at work? What kind of culture do you think this creates?

Zenzen/Shutterstock

11. Organizational Structure

Recall from  Figure 8.1  that organizational structure is one of the three key factors influencing an organization’s ability to successfully implement its strategy. Leaders at Zappos are aware of this conclusion.

Zappos Example: In 2014, Zappos started a radical experiment in organizational structure called holacracy to encourage collaboration by eliminating workplace hierarchy—no titles and no bosses. Unfortunately, employees weren’t sure how to get things done anymore, which resulted in such confusion that the company’s 2015 turnover rate went from 20 to 30%. 117  The company remained committed to its newly flattened structure for several years but has started to back away from the approach. Each team at Zappos now operates as its own small business, and teams buy and sell their resources to one another to fund their operating budgets. The company says that this structure is “adapting our internal systems to more closely resemble real-world markets.” 118

*What strategy do you think Zappos is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Zappos embody?

12. Organizational Systems and Procedures

Organizational systems and procedures are levers for embedding and changing culture. For example, companies are increasingly modifying their work systems and procedures (for example, by implementing HPWPs) to make their cultures more collaborative and/or to improve innovation, quality, and efficiency.

Google Example: Google was built on a foundation of openness and transparency. In the company’s early days, workers shared beers with founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin and could ask any questions they wanted. The company worked hard to maintain this culture as it grew by scaling its procedures for soliciting honest employee input. Google replaced these informal chats with something called TGIF, a weekly—then eventually, monthly—gathering of all Google employees where anyone in the company could ask questions of its leaders. CEO Sundar Pichai recently made a big change to TGIF when he announced that the meetings would be much more controlled and that discussions would only include “product and business strategy.” According to Pichai, a major reason for the change was that he saw “a coordinated effort to share our conversations outside of the company after every TGIF” that “has affected our ability to use TGIF as a forum for candid conversations on important topics.” 119

*What strategy do you think Google is pursuing? What type(s) of culture does Google embody?

Page 336

Using Multiple Mechanisms to Drive Culture Change

As we mentioned in the introduction to this section, changing organizational culture isn’t easy, and it certainly doesn’t happen overnight. According to one HR news source, “Ignoring alignment of all culture drivers is why most culture change fails. Initiatives that change only some cultural aspects either have no impact or—worse—have a negative impact by adding conflicting messages. Executive teams must look at the culture holistically and address all primary drivers that need alignment.” 120

If you want to create lasting culture change you need to consider how all of the various levers work together, and how they can either support or work against each other. Read the  Example box  to learn about how one company approached culture change through multiple levers.

EXAMPLE
How Total Used Multiple Mechanisms to Improve Its Safety Culture

Safety is paramount in the oil and gas industry. A study that reviewed major oil drilling accidents found that an organization’s “safety culture” was one of the most important factors that led to catastrophic safety failures. 121  When the French oil and gas company Total sought to transform its safety culture, Bernadette Spinoy—then SVP of Health, Safety, and Environment (HSE)—knew it would require the use of multiple change mechanisms. 122  Here are examples of the levers that Total used to change its culture:

· Role modeling, training, and coaching. Total wanted to embed safety in the organization by creating opportunities for employees to learn rather than by implementing punishments for violations. Although the company does penalize employees who clearly and/or repeatedly disregard safety standards, their focus is primarily on learning. For example, workers involved in safety incidents record videos discussing their experiences and how they learned from them and they share these videos with the rest of the company. Total also implemented a stronger employee training program that starts on day one and continues throughout employees’ time with the company.

· Rewards, titles, promotions, and bonuses. The company implemented a reward system that emphasized positive reinforcement for employees doing a good job following safety standards. Now, any employee can nominate any other colleague for a safety award, and the company recognizes between 8 and 10 safety role models for every one safety sanction it hands down.

· Measurable and controllable activities. Total created an HSE team dedicated to evaluating safety incidents almost immediately after they occur. The team analyzes each incident for the specific factors that caused it. This helps the company gain a much better understanding of the reasons for safety failures, and, ultimately, the ways to prevent them in the future. (Research has demonstrated that discussions about how and why failures occurred are crucial for learning.) 123

· Organizational structure. Total consolidated its HSE function by integrating HSE departments from various divisions across all of its business units. This restructuring allowed each branch to contribute its unique experiences and expertise. The company bases its organizationwide safety processes and procedures on the best practices identified through the collaboration of these groups.

· Organizational systems and procedures. the company implemented a system for making safety incidents visible at multiple levels. In the event of a safety incident, every senior leader receives a text describing the incident within hours. Then the company publishes the description of the incident on its intranet for all employees to see. In addition, the company publishes videos with overviews of accidents.

YOUR CALL

Do you think there are specific combinations of the 12 levers that are more important to pay attention to than others when attempting to change an organization’s culture? Which ones, and why?

Page 337

Don’t Forget about Person–Organization Fit

Now that we have described the four key types of organizational culture and the levers managers can use to change culture, it’s time to reflect on your person–organization (P–O) fit. Recall that P–O fit reflects the extent to which your personality and values match the climate and culture in an organization, and P–O fit is important because it can affect your work attitudes and performance. 124  While it is possible to change an organization’s culture and thus create a better fit, many employees experiencing poor P–O fit end up searching for new jobs. 125  One way to prevent this is to assess your P–O fit before committing to a job, which can help you make more informed decisions about whether a particular company is one in which you’ll be happy.

We have three activities for you to complete to measure your level of fit and see what you can do about it. The first is  Self-Assessment 8.2 , which measures your preference for the four types of culture in the CVF. The second is to answer the discussion questions associated with this assessment. You will be asked to conduct a gap analysis between the culture for a current or past employer and your preferred culture type. You can use this gap to make a plan of action for improving your P–O fit. The third is the two activities in the career readiness section at the end of this chapter, where we’ll give you practical advice for questions you can ask to assess your level of fit. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 8.2
Assessing Your Preferred Type of Organizational Culture

This survey is designed to assess your preferred type of organizational culture. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned  Self-Assessment 8.2  in Connect.

1. In rank order, what are your preferred culture types? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Compute the gap between your preferred and actual culture types by subtracting your actual culture type score ( Self-Assessment 8.1 ) from your preferred type score ( Self-Assessment 8.2 ). Where are the largest gaps?

3. Make a plan to improve your person–organization fit. Focusing on your two largest culture types, identify what is causing the gaps. You will find it helpful to look at the survey items that measure these types.

4. Now use the 12 levers just discussed and suggest at least two things you can do to improve your level of fit.

8.4 The Major Features of an Organization

THE BIG PICTURE

Organizations are described according to seven major features. An organization chart is a visual representation of these features for a particular organization.

LO 8-4

Identify the major features of an organization and explain how they are expressed in an organization chart.

In  Chapter 1 , we defined an organization as a group of people who work together to achieve some specific purpose. But let’s also consider Barnard’s classic perspective, which views an  organization  as a system of consciously coordinated activities or forces of two or more people. 126  Taken together, these perspectives tell us that (1) an organization’s managers make intentional choices about how to coordinate employees’ work in order to achieve strategic goals and (2) these choices result in the organization’s unique system of task and reporting relationships (i.e., the organization’s structure). Managers make choices about a variety of features when structuring their organizations, and we discuss each feature in detail in this section. But first, let’s explain what we mean when we refer to the features of an organization.

Page 338

If we asked you to describe your face to someone who wasn’t able to see you, how would you do it? Chances are you would describe yourself according to your facial features, such your eye and eyebrow color, your skin tone, the prominence of your cheekbones, and the shape of your nose, lips, and overall face. In fact, this is a template that you can use to describe anyone’s face, because all faces vary according to a small number of features.

Now consider that all organizations, like faces, can be described according to a set of features. We discuss four features proposed by organizational psychologist Edgar Schein, and then present three others that most experts agree on.

Organizations, like faces, have common features. We can describe organizations by discussing how they vary along a set of seven features, much like we can describe unique faces according to the set of common features they share.

Rawpixel Ltd/Getty Images

Major Features of Organizations: Four Proposed by Edgar Schein

Schein proposed that all organizations can be described according to four features: (1) common purpose, (2) coordinated effort, (3) division of labor, and (4) hierarchy of authority. 127  Let’s consider these.

Page 339

1. Common Purpose: The Means for Unifying Members

An organization without purpose soon begins to drift and become disorganized. In order to remain “organized,” there needs to be a reason for existing that all of the organization’s members agree on. The  common purpose  unifies employees or members and gives everyone an understanding of the organization’s reason for being. Every organization has its own purpose, just like all people have noses. But all noses are not alike, and organizations don’t exist for the same purpose.

2. Coordinated Effort: Working Together for Common Purpose

The common purpose is realized through  coordinated effort , the coordination of individual efforts into a group or organization-wide effort. Although it’s true that individuals can make a difference, they cannot do everything by themselves. All organizations coordinate their employees’ efforts, and we can describe organizations according to the different methods of coordination they choose.

Organizational culture is an important factor in choosing how to coordinate effort. For example, in clan cultures, coordination is best accomplished through interactions between people and teams, but in hierarchy cultures, coordination likely stems from rigid procedures and processes.

3. Division of Labor: Work Specialization for Greater Efficiency

Division of labor , also known as work specialization, is the arrangement of having discrete parts of a task done by different people. Even a two-person crew operating a fishing boat probably has some work specialization—one steers the boat and the other works the nets. With division of labor, an organization can parcel out the entire complex work effort to be performed by specialists, resulting in greater efficiency. One way to describe organizations is to discuss the specific ways they choose to divide their labor.

4. Hierarchy of Authority: The Chain of Command

The  hierarchy of authority , or chain of command, is a control mechanism for making sure the right people do the right things at the right time. If coordinated effort is to be achieved, some people—namely, managers—need to have more authority, or the right to direct the work of others. Even in member-owned organizations, some people have more authority than others, although their peers may have granted it to them.

Authority is most effective when arranged in a hierarchy. Without tiers or ranks of authority, a lone manager would have to confer with everyone in her or his domain, making it difficult to get things done. Even in newer organizations that flatten the hierarchy, there still exists more than one level of management. 128  A  flat organization  is defined as one with an organizational structure with few or no levels of middle management between top managers and those reporting to them.

Finally, a principle stressed by early management scholars was that of  unity of command , in which an employee should report to no more than one manager in order to avoid conflicting priorities and demands. Today, however, with advances in computer technology and networks, there are circumstances in which it makes sense for a person to communicate with more than one manager (as is true, for instance, with the organizational structure known as the matrix structure that we’ll describe in the next section).

Hierarchy is another feature you can use to describe organizations. You can get a much better picture of an organization if you understand its unique hierarchy of authority.

Major Features of Organizations: Three More That Most Authorities Agree On

To Schein’s four features we add three others that most authorities agree on: (5) span of control; (6) authority, responsibility, and delegation; and (7) centralization versus decentralization of authority.

Page 340

5. Span of Control: Narrow (or Tall) versus Wide (or Flat)

The  span of control , or span of management, refers to the number of people reporting directly to a given manager. 129  Span of control is another feature that can be used to describe organizations. There are two kinds of spans of control: narrow (or tall) and wide (or flat). (See  Figure 8.5 .)

FIGURE 8.5  Span of control organizational hierarchies

Source: “Organizational Hierarchies,” Expert Program Management, 2017, https://expertprogrammanagement.com/2017/09/span-of-control/.

Narrow Span of Control

This means a manager has a limited number of people reporting—three vice presidents reporting to a president, for example, instead of nine vice presidents. An organization is said to be tall when there are many levels with narrow spans of control. Refer to  Figure 8.5  and you can see that in a tall organization with a narrow span of control, the number of workers reporting to a manager one level above them is relatively small.

Wide Span of Control

This means a manager has several people reporting—a first-line supervisor may have 40 or more subordinates, if little hands-on supervision is required, as is the case in some assembly-line workplaces. An organization is said to be flat when there are only a few levels with wide spans of control. You can see from  Figure 8.5  that in a flat organization with a wide span of control, the number of workers reporting to a manager one level above them is much larger than in a tall organization.

Historically, spans of about 7 to 10 subordinates were considered best, but there is no consensus as to what is ideal. In general, when managers must be closely involved with their subordinates, as when the management duties are complex or when ethical concerns are high, they are advised to have a narrow span of control. 130  This is why presidents tend to have only a handful of vice presidents reporting to them. By contrast, first-line supervisors directing subordinates with similar work tasks may have a wide span of control. Today’s emphasis on lean management staffs, increased efficiency, and greater worker autonomy means that many organizations try to make spans of control as wide as possible while still providing adequate supervision.

6. Authority—Accountability, Responsibility, and Delegation

In elephant families, authority over the herd rests with the oldest female, known as the matriarch. In human organizations, however, authority is related to management positions, and it is another feature we can use to describe organizations.  Authority  refers to the rights inherent in a managerial position to make decisions, give orders, and utilize resources. Disobeying orders may lead to consequences such as reprimand, demotion, or firing, and subordinates are expected to accept that a higher-level manager has a legitimate right to issue orders.

With authority goes accountability, responsibility, and the ability to delegate one’s authority.

Page 341

Accountability

Authority means  accountability —managers must report and justify work results to the managers above them. Being accountable means you have the responsibility for performing assigned tasks. 131

Responsibility

With more authority comes more responsibility.  Responsibility  is the obligation you have to perform the tasks assigned to you. A car assembly-line worker has less authority and responsibility than a manager of the assembly line. Whereas the line worker is generally responsible for one specific task, such as installing a windshield, the manager has much greater responsibilities.

Delegation

Delegation  is the process of assigning managerial authority and responsibility to managers and employees lower in the hierarchy. To be more efficient, most managers are expected to delegate as much of their work as possible. 132  However, many bosses get hung up on perfection, failing to realize that delegation is not only a necessary part of managing, but one that impacts attitudes, productivity, and firm performance. 133

Check out the  Practical Action box  for tips on delegating effectively.

PRACTICAL ACTION
How to Delegate Effectively

All managers must learn how to delegate—to assign management authority and responsibilities to people lower in the company hierarchy. Delegation also helps you avoid exhaustion from overwork. If, as a manager, you find yourself often behind, always taking work home, doing your subordinates’ work for them, and constantly having employees seeking your approval before they can act, you’re clearly not delegating well. 134  If you lack even the time to train someone to take over tasks for you, reprioritize some tasks and find the time.

How can you delegate more effectively? It’s fine to start small. Here are some guidelines. 135

Delegating effectively is a skill that you can develop with time, experience, and practice. Good managers learn what and to whom to delegate, and they use delegation as a tool for improving both efficiency and effectiveness.

Shutterstock

Delegate Routine Tasks and Technical Matters

Always try to delegate routine tasks and routine paperwork, keeping only the tasks that call for your input. When there are technical matters, let the experts handle them.

Delegate Tasks That Help Your Subordinates Grow

Let your employees solve their own problems whenever possible. Let them try new things so they will grow in their jobs. Your success depends on theirs, so give them room to achieve.

Match Delegated Tasks to Your Subordinates’ Skills and Abilities

While recognizing that delegation involves some risk, make your assignments appropriate to the training, talent, skills, and motivation of your employees. Begin by asking your team members whether they can handle more work, and in what areas they would like to improve their skills or upgrade their responsibilities. Be sure you’ve given them the tools and clarity they need to get the job done, stay available for help and questions, but let your subordinates do what is now their job.

Don’t Delegate Confidential or Human Resource Matters

Tasks that are confidential or that involve the evaluation, discipline, or counseling of subordinates should never be handed off to someone else.

Don’t Delegate Emergencies

By definition, an emergency is a crisis for which there is little time for solution and a high need for coordination within the organization. You should handle this yourself.

Don’t Delegate Special Tasks That Your Boss Asked You to Do—Unless You Have His or Her Permission

If your supervisor entrusts you with a special assignment, such as attending a particular meeting, don’t delegate it unless you have permission to do so.

YOUR CALL

Are any of these reasons that you might need to improve your delegating skills? What are some others?

Page 342

7. Centralization versus Decentralization of Authority

Another feature we can use to describe organizations is the extent to which authority is centralized versus decentralized. This feature is concerned with who makes the important decisions in an organization.

Centralized Authority

With  centralized authority , important decisions are made by higher-level managers. Very small companies tend to be the most centralized, although nearly all organizations have at least some authority concentrated at the top of the hierarchy. Walmart and McDonald’s are examples of companies using this kind of authority. Two advantages of centralized authority are:

1. There is less duplication of work because fewer employees perform the same task; rather, the task is often performed by a department of specialists.

2. There are increased efficiencies because procedures are uniform and thus easier to control. 136

Decentralized Authority

With  decentralized authority , important decisions are made by middle-level and supervisory-level managers. Here, power has been delegated throughout the organization. Among the companies using decentralized authority are General Motors and Harley-Davidson. Two advantages of decentralized authority are:

1. Managers are encouraged to solve their own problems rather than escalate the decision to a higher level of management.

2. Decisions are made more quickly, which increases the organization’s flexibility and efficiency. 137

Thus far you’ve learned about seven different features used to describe organizations. Just as a police sketch artist uses descriptions of individual facial features (e.g., eye color, face shape, hair length and color, etc.) to build a complete drawing of a suspect’s face, an organization’s features combine into a visual depiction of its structure. This is known as the organization chart, discussed next.

The Organization Chart

Whatever the size or type of organization, its structure can be depicted in an organization chart. An  organization chart  is a box-and-lines illustration showing the formal lines of authority and the organization’s official positions or work specializations. This is the family tree–like pattern of boxes and lines posted on workplace walls and given to new hires, such as for a hospital. (See  Figure 8.6 .)

FIGURE 8.6  Organization chart

(example for a hospital)

At a very detailed level, organization charts provide information about an organization’s features (e.g., its division of labor, chain of command, the extent to which it centralizes authority, etc.). More broadly, organization charts reveal information about two basic elements of organizational structure: (1) the vertical hierarchy of authority—who reports to whom—and (2) the horizontal specialization—who specializes in what work.

The Vertical Hierarchy of Authority: Who Reports to Whom

A glance up and down an organization chart shows the vertical hierarchy, the chain of command. A formal vertical hierarchy also shows the official communication network—who talks to whom. In a simple two-person organization, the owner might communicate with just an administrative assistant. In a complex organization, the president talks principally to the vice presidents, who in turn talk to the assistant vice presidents, and so on.

The Horizontal Specialization: Who Specializes in What Work

A glance to the left and right on the lines of an organization chart shows the horizontal specialization, the different jobs or work specialization. The husband-and-wife partners in a two-person digital graphics firm might agree that one is the “outside person,” handling sales, client relations, and finances, and the other is the “inside person,” handling production and research. A large firm might have vice presidents for each task—marketing, finance, and so on.

Page 343

In this section we described seven major features of an organization and how they come together in a visual representation known as an organization chart. In  Section 8.5 , we discuss how distinct combinations of these features form the basis of the eight types of organizational structure. ●

8.5 Eight Types of Organizational Structure

THE BIG PICTURE

The eight types of organizational structure are simple, functional, divisional, matrix, horizontal, hollow, modular, and virtual.

LO 8-5

Describe the eight types of organizational structure.

The right organizational structures help employees and organizations perform better, and the right structure for a particular organization can change as the organization evolves. 138

Consider the example of Google, which, as mentioned previously, began as a freewheeling company with a strong culture of openness and innovation, but then grew. The problem, however, was that the company grew so quickly (it’s now more than 100,000 people) that decision making became molasses-like. Said one report, “The unwieldy management and glacial pace of decision making were particularly noticeable in [Silicon Valley], where start-ups overtake behemoths in months.” 139

Page 344

Google learned that it needed to match its organizational structure, culture, and HR practices with its current strategic priorities rather than hold onto its original design. Here is a rundown of restructuring at Google in recent years:

· In 2015, Google revamped its corporate structure into a conglomerate called Alphabet Inc., with individual operations headed by separate chief executives. The purpose of Alphabet was not only to streamline the company’s structure and decision-making processes, but also “to bring more transparency into the company’s operations for investors.” 140  The reorganization separated the collection of traditional businesses most associated with Google—such as Search, Android, YouTube, and Google Maps—from more speculative “moonshot” ventures such as Waymo (self-driving cars), Verily (biotechnology), and Makani (energy generating kites). 141

· In 2017, Alphabet changed Google to an LLC (limited liability company) to better reflect its status as an affiliate of a parent company (see LM 2 for a discussion of LLCs and other legal structures). The company said this decision allowed Alphabet to isolate any risks in one of its affiliates from impacting others and helped the company to better account for its affiliates’ revenue streams. 142  In this same year, the company began implementing measures to change its culture. Alphabet’s hiring practices had created more of a demographically homogenous workplace than a hotspot for innovation. To counter this, Alphabet took proactive steps to seek out employees who were comfortable with ambiguity and change, curious, and passionate about learning and growing. 143

· In 2019, Google centralized its business development teams to make it easier for companies to spend money with multiple Google products (e.g., Android, Cloud, and Ads). Before this change, a company that wanted to invest in each of these products would have to work with three separate development teams, and this became inefficient and caused the company to miss out on business. Google’s president of global partnerships and corporate development said that “The new structure will improve our ability to present a coordinated face to partners and allow us to contribute to business and product strategies that span across Google.” 144

Organizational design  is concerned with designing the optimal structures of accountability and responsibility that an organization uses to execute its strategies. The eight organizational structures we discuss in this section can be grouped into three broad categories of organizational design: 145

1. Traditional designs (simple, functional, divisional, and matrix structures).

2. Horizontal designs (horizontal structure).

3. Designs that open boundaries between organizations (hollow, modular, and virtual structures).

1. Traditional Designs: Simple, Functional, Divisional, and Matrix Structures

The traditional organizational design category includes the (1) simple, (2) functional, (3) divisional, and (4) matrix structures. The organizational structures that are considered traditional designs tend to rely on a vertical management hierarchy, with clear departmental boundaries and reporting arrangements, as follows.

The Simple Structure: For the Small Firm

The simple structure is often found in a firm’s very early, entrepreneurial stages, when the organization is apt to reflect the desires and personality of the owner or founder. An organization with a  simple structure  has authority centralized in a single person, a flat hierarchy, few rules, and low work specialization. (See  Figure 8.7 .)

FIGURE 8.7  Simple structure: An example

There is only one hierarchical level of management beneath the owner.

Page 345

Hundreds of thousands of organizations are arranged according to a simple structure—for instance, small mom-and-pop firms running landscaping, construction, insurance sales, and similar businesses. Examples: Both Hewlett-Packard and Apple Computer began as two-person garage start-ups that later became large.

The Functional Structure: Grouping by Similar Work Specialties

In the  functional structure , people with similar occupational specialties are put together in formal groups. This is a quite commonplace structure, seen in all kinds of organizations, both for-profit and nonprofit. (See  Figure 8.8 .)

FIGURE 8.8  Functional structure: Two examples

This shows the functional structure for a business and for a hospital.

Examples: A manufacturing firm will often group people with similar work skills in a Marketing Department, others in a Production Department, others in Finance, and so on. A nonprofit educational institution might group employees according to work specialty under Faculty, Admissions, Maintenance, and so forth.

The Divisional Structure: Grouping by Similarity of Purpose

In a  divisional structure , people with diverse occupational specialties are put together in formal groups by similar products or services, customers or clients, or geographic regions. (See  Figure 8.9 .)

FIGURE 8.9  Divisional structure: Three examples

This shows product, customer, and geographic divisions.

· Product divisions  group activities around similar products or services. Example: ExxonMobil organizes its business into four product divisions: (1) Upstream (exploration activities), (2) Chemical (processing of butyl, polyethylene, etc.), (3) Downstream (distribution of crude oil), and (4) Natural Gas and Power Marketing (expanding markets for natural gas).

· Customer divisions  tend to group activities around common customers or clients. Examples: Ford Motor Co. has separate divisions for passenger-car dealers, for large trucking customers, and for farm products customers. A savings and loan company might be structured with divisions for making consumer loans, mortgage loans, business loans, and agricultural loans.

Page 346

· Geographic divisions  group activities around defined regional locations. Example: This arrangement is frequently used by government agencies. The Federal Reserve Bank, for instance, has 12 separate districts around the United States. The Internal Revenue Service also has several districts.

The Matrix Structure: A Grid of Functional and Divisional for Two Chains of Command

In a  matrix structure , an organization combines functional and divisional chains of command in a grid so that there are two command structures—vertical and horizontal. The functional structure usually doesn’t change—it is the organization’s normal departments or divisions, such as Finance, Marketing, Production, and Research & Development. The divisional structure may vary—as by product, brand, customer, or geographic region. (See  Figure 8.10 .)

Page 347

FIGURE 8.10  Matrix structure

An example of an arrangement that Ford might use.

A hypothetical example, using Ford Motor Co.: The functional structure might be the departments of Engineering, Finance, Production, and Marketing, each headed by a vice president. Thus, the reporting arrangement is vertical. The divisional structure might be by product (the new models of Escape, Mustang, Explorer, and Expedition, for example), each headed by a project manager. This reporting arrangement is horizontal. Thus, a marketing person, say, would report to both the vice president of marketing and the project manager for the Ford Mustang. Indeed, Ford Motor Co. used the matrix approach to create the Fusion and a newer version of the Mustang.

2. The Horizontal Design: Eliminating Functional Barriers to Solve Problems

The horizontal design category includes the horizontal structure. In a  horizontal structure , also called a team-based design, teams or workgroups, either temporary or permanent, are used to improve collaboration and work on shared tasks by breaking down internal boundaries. For instance, when managers from different functional divisions are brought together in teams—known as cross-functional teams—to solve particular problems, the barriers between the divisions break down. The focus on narrow divisional interests yields to a common interest in solving the problems that brought them together. Yet team members still have their full-time functional work responsibilities and often still formally report to their own managers above them in the functional-division hierarchy. (See  Figure 8.11 .)

Page 348

FIGURE 8.11  Horizontal design

This shows a mix of functional (vertical) and project-team (horizontal) arrangements.

EXAMPLE
Use of a Horizontal Design: Whole Foods Market

Upscale natural and organic-food grocery Whole Foods Market, now owned by Amazon, started out in 1980 as one store in Austin, Texas, and today has revenues of approximately $18 billion and 500 stores in North America and the United Kingdom. 146  The merger of Whole Foods and Amazon sent up red flags for many because the two companies had such radically different cultures. It was hard to imagine that there wouldn’t be structural changes as Amazon’s priorities made their way into Whole Foods stores.

Let’s look at the organizational structure of Whole Foods before it was acquired by Amazon, and then explore structural changes since the acquisition.

Whole Foods, Pre-Amazon

Whole Foods’ culture was built on cooperation, teamwork, and innovation. The company’s management approach was based on autonomous profit centers of self-managed teams rather than hierarchy. In fact, one of Whole Foods’ core operating principles was that all work was teamwork. These characteristics were well-aligned with the organizational structure at Whole Foods, and they worked together to enable the execution of the company’s differentiation strategy. Here were three of the key features of Whole Foods’ structure:

· Each store was organized into roughly eight self-managed teams, each with a designated team leader. The leaders in each store also operated as a team, as did the store leaders in each region, and the directors of the company’s 11 regions operated as a team.

· At the individual-store level, compensation was tied to team rather than individual performance, and performance measurements and individual pay schedules were open to all.

· Each team had the mission of improving the food for which it was responsible; was given wide flexibility in how it managed its responsibilities, hired and fired its members, and stocked its shelves; and was given a lot of power in how it responded to the changing tastes of local consumers.

Page 349

Whole Foods’ experienced big changes to its organizational structure and culture after merging with Amazon, and the two companies struggled to marry their very different approaches to doing business. A quick peek into a store such as the one pictured here demonstrates Amazon’s strong physical presence in Whole Foods locations along with some of the elements of its culture.

NYCStock/Shutterstock

Whole Foods, Post-Amazon

Amazon’s culture has been described as one where intense competition, physical exertion, and extreme monitoring and surveillance are the norm. This culture supports Amazon’s cost leadership strategy, but it doesn’t align well with the structure that was in place at Whole Foods prior to the acquisition. Here are some of the structural changes Amazon has made to Whole Foods stores: 147

· A new order-to-shelf inventory system means employees often transfer inventory directly onto store shelves from delivery trucks. Their performance with this system is monitored via compliance scorecards. Workers who fail to comply have been reprimanded and even fired. Issues with poorly stocked shelves have been fairly common.

· Individual store personalities have been replaced with Amazon imagery throughout the stores, and employees are repeatedly reminded to place large signs over Prime deals and additional signs over samples and displays.

· Amazon has centralized marketing, purchasing, and procurement operations at the Austin, TX, Whole Foods headquarters.

· After implementing a $15 minimum wage for all Whole Foods workers, many employees’ schedules were cut by 3 to 5 hours, negating any increases from the raise.

YOUR CALL

Do you think Amazon’s efforts to increase centralization in Whole Foods’ structure will eventually pay off? Or do you think a horizontal design is better and should be left in place in a retail business such as a Whole Foods store?

3. Designs That Open Boundaries between Organizations: Hollow, Modular, and Virtual Structures

The opposite of a bureaucracy, with its numerous barriers and divisions, a  boundaryless organization  is a fluid, highly adaptive organization whose members, linked by information technology, come together to collaborate on common tasks. The collaborators may include not only co-workers but also suppliers, customers, and even competitors. This means that the form of the business is ever-changing, and business relationships are informal. 148

The boundary-opening category of organizational design includes the hollow, modular, and virtual structures.

The Hollow Structure: Operating with a Central Core and Outsourcing Functions to Outside Vendors

In the  hollow structure , often called the network structure, the organization has a central core of key functions and outsources other functions to vendors who can do them cheaper or faster. (See  Figure 8.12 .) A company with a hollow structure might retain such important core processes as design or marketing and outsource most other processes, such as human resources, warehousing, or distribution, thereby seeming to “hollow out” the organization. 149

Page 350

FIGURE 8.12  Hollow structure

This is an example of a personal computer company that outsources noncore processes to vendors.

A firm with a hollow structure might operate with extensive, even worldwide operations, yet its basic core could remain small, thus keeping payrolls and overhead down. The glue that holds everything together is information technology, along with strategic alliances and contractual arrangements with supplier companies. 3M is an example of a company with a hollow structure. The company has outsourced multiple aspects of its business for years, including much of its manufacturing, reverse logistics, and e-catalog management. 150

The Modular Structure: Outsourcing Pieces of a Product to Outside Firms

The modular structure differs from the hollow structure in that it is oriented around outsourcing certain pieces of a product rather than outsourcing certain processes (such as human resources or warehousing) of an organization. In a  modular structure , a firm assembles product chunks, or modules, provided by outside contractors. One article compares this form of organization to “a collection of Lego bricks that can snap together.”

Apple Example: In manufacturing many of its devices, Apple procures component parts from a multitude of suppliers and then uses service vendors to assemble the components into a final Apple product. For example, touchscreen controllers come from a company in Norwood, MA; taptic engines (the technology that makes the “tapping” feeling happen when you execute some functions on your iPhone) come from Japan; and memory modules, phone casings, and ceramic capacitors come from China. 151  This example highlights a potential danger of using a modular structure. When COVID-19 took hold of China in early 2020, Apple’s manufacturing and revenue took a major hit because so much of its supply chain was located there. 152

The Virtual Structure: An Internet-Connected Partner for a Temporary Project

“There is fantastic talent out there to drive growing companies,” says one industry observer, “but the best people are scattered everywhere and with full personal lives that prevent them from relocating to headquarters easily.” 153  One consequence of this is the  virtual structure , an organization whose members are geographically apart, usually working with e-mail and other forms of information technology, yet which generally appears to customers as a single, unified organization with a real physical location. 154

Page 351

articulāte Example: articulāte is a fully remote e-learning company that is built on the values of autonomy, productivity, and respect. According to one of the company’s engineers, “Autonomy doesn’t mean ‘work in a vacuum all by your lonesome.’ In fact, we’re very interdependent and collaborate a lot, so we do need to be available sometimes for our teammates. People on teams decide when they need each other and sync on schedules. A team’s work hours are fluid, flexible, and determined by the people they impact.” The company has provided e-learning software solutions to 98,000 organizations in 151 countries. 155  ●

8.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 8-6

Explain how to use the career readiness competencies of understanding the business and personal adaptability to better understand and change your level of fit with an organization.

Figure 8.13  shows the model of career readiness we introduced in  Chapter 1 . Organizational culture and structure are important aspects of an organization’s internal context. Recall from  Chapter 4  that an organization’s internal context represents the situational or environmental characteristics that influence employees’ behavior. 156

FIGURE 8.13  Model of career readiness

2018 Kinicki and Associates, Inc.

If you want to know whether you fit in with an organization, you need to understand the organization’s internal context. Knowing your level of fit is important because studies suggest that high levels of fit ultimately lead to higher job satisfaction, performance, and greater chances of being promoted. 157

Page 352

Interestingly, adaptability—the ability to maintain fit when the organization’s culture changes—seems to be equally or even more important in determining your performance. Recent research suggests that employees who adapt quickly to changing cultural norms have even better outcomes than employees who are a great fit with the organization when they are first hired. 158

This section thus focuses on improving your career readiness competency of understanding the business by assessing an organization’s internal context and improving your career readiness competency of personal adaptability so that you can adjust to changes in the organization’s internal context.

Understanding the Business and Where You “Fit” In

We are focusing on understanding the business by assessing your level of fit with an organization. Experts suggest that knowing the answers to these questions about an organization will help you to make an assessment of fit. 159

Questions to Ask of Your Prospective/New Colleagues

1. What projects are you working on right now?

2. What do you hope to achieve here? What gets in your way?

3. What kinds of people succeed in this organization? What kinds of people don’t succeed?

Questions to Ask of Your Prospective/New Boss

1. Would you tell me about someone you hired here who was very successful?

2. Would you tell me about someone you hired here who was not successful?

3. What do you want to be praising me for at my first performance review?

Questions to Ask Yourself

1. How do people respond to me when I walk by them in this organization? How do they respond to each other?

2. How do my career readiness competencies complement the organization’s goals? What can the organization teach me?

3. Do my values align with the organization’s values? If not, can I see myself adopting the organization’s values?

Remember that your level of fit can be a good indicator of how far you’ll go in the organization, but if you don’t fit in right away, it’s not the end of the world. You can work on becoming more adaptable in order to increase your level of fit with the organization, as we discuss next.

Becoming More Adaptable

Personal adaptability is defined as the ability and willingness to adapt to changing situations. It represents an “other characteristic” in our model of career readiness that contributes to your performance and success because it allows you to remain productive during times of organizational change. 160

Consider the extent to which people across the globe were forced to adapt during the COVID-19 pandemic. Millions of K–12 and university faculty and students were suddenly forced into an online learning environment, and most teachers had little to no experience delivering online course content. Unemployment soared as businesses were forced to shut down and could no longer pay their workers. Parents suddenly became homeschool teachers—often while they juggled their own now-remote full-time jobs. Even the few businesses that were allowed to stay open (those classified as essential) had to make sweeping changes to their business models. Here are a few examples of businesses whose owners showed great personal adaptability during the quarantine: 161

Page 353

Horderly Example: Professional decluttering and organizing firm Horderly adapted to the COVID-19 pandemic by quickly shifting its in-home service to a fully online model. Within three days, the company had set up a virtual service and updated its website to direct visitors to information on how they could sign up. 162

Glass Distillery Example: One of the first items to disappear from store shelves amid the initial COVID-19 panic was hand sanitizer, and bottles were selling for up to $100 a piece on some websites. Glass Distillery realized that it could use its supplies and equipment to produce hand sanitizer. The company offered free mini bottles to anyone who wanted to pick one up, and they kept an income stream by selling family-sized bottles for .39 cents per ounce. The Seattle police department ordered 5 gallons, and local grocers placed orders in bulk for their store workers. 163

Adaptability during a pandemic. Ian MacNeil, founder of Glass Distillery, showed adaptability when he devised a creative solution to the COVID-19 induced hand sanitizer shortage.

Courtesy of Glass Distillery

Try the following suggestions to increase your level of adaptability.

· Focus on being optimistic. Optimistic people see change as an opportunity. Because they therefore view work or career changes as challenges to be overcome, they have positive expectations about future events and confidence in their ability to adjust. Optimistic people tend not to whine. Rather, they attempt to change or influence a decision or they adapt and move on. 164

· Display a proactive learning orientation. A proactive learning orientation reflects your desire to learn and improve other career readiness competencies. This attitude keeps you focused on learning and initiating the behavior desired by an organization during times of change.

· Be more resourceful. When faced with challenges, look for solutions not problems. Practice using project post-mortems, discussed in  Chapter 7 , to find creative ideas for improving results. It also helps to create contingency plans that identify what you can do if Plan A doesn’t work.

· Take ownership and accept responsibility. This career readiness attitude is the willingness to accept responsibility for your actions. Adaptable people don’t become “victim to external influences because they’re proactive,” according to a Forbes writer. He notes that, “To adapt to something new you must forego the old. Adaptable people don’t hold grudges or eschew needlessly but instead absorb, understand and move on.” 165  Indeed sound advice.

· Expand your perspective by asking different questions. Asking new or novel questions helps to broaden your perspective when faced with a challenge. Most of us tend to ask questions that are too narrow. Try something like: “What surprises me about this situation? What are impossible options in this situation? What data am I ignoring?” 166  ●

Key Points

8.1 Aligning Culture, Structure, and HR Practices to Support Strategy

· The challenge for top managers is to align the organization’s culture, structure, and HR practices to support the execution of strategy.

· Organizational culture is defined as the set of shared, taken-for-granted implicit assumptions that a group holds and that determines how it perceives, thinks about, and reacts to its various environments.

· Organizational structure is a formal system of task and reporting relationships that coordinates and motivates an organization’s members so that they can work together to achieve the organization’s goals.

8.2 What Kind of Organizational Culture Will You Be Operating In?

· Organizational culture appears in three levels. Level 1 is observable artifacts. Level 2 is espoused values. Level 3 consists of basic assumptions.

· Culture is transmitted to employees in symbols, stories, heroes, rites and rituals, and organizational socialization.

· According to one common methodology known as the competing values framework, organizational cultures can be classified into four types: (1) clan, (2) adhocracy, (3) market, and (4) hierarchy.

8.3 The Process of Culture Change

· The 12 mechanisms/levers managers use to embed a culture in an organization are (1) formal statements; (2) slogans and sayings; (3) rites and rituals; (4) stories, legends, and myths; (5) leader reactions to crises; (6) role modeling, training, and coaching; (7) physical design; (8) rewards, titles, promotions, and bonuses; (9) organizational goals and performance criteria; (10) measurable and controllable activities; (11) organizational structure; and (12) organizational systems and procedures.

· Changing culture requires using multiple levers.

8.4 The Major Features of an Organization

· An organization is a system of consciously coordinated activities or forces of two or more people.

· Organizations vary according to seven features. Four proposed by Edgar Schein are (1) common purpose; (2) coordinated effort; (3) division of labor; and (4) hierarchy of authority, a control mechanism for making sure the right people do the right things at the right time.

· Three other common features are (5) span of control; (6) authority—accountability, responsibility, and delegation; and (7) centralization versus decentralization of authority.

· Whatever the size of an organization, it can be represented in an organization chart, a boxes-and-lines illustration showing the formal lines of authority and the organization’s official positions or division of labor.

8.5 Eight Types of Organizational Structures

· Organizations may be arranged into eight types of structures: (1) simple, (2) functional, (3) divisional, (4) matrix, (5) horizontal, (6) hollow, (7) modular, and (8) virtual.

Page 355

8.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· You can use the career readiness competencies of understanding the business and personal adaptability to better understand and change your level of fit with an organization.

· You can ask questions of your colleagues, boss, and self to determine how you “fit” in a specific context.

· You can become more adaptable by being optimistic, displaying a proactive learning orientation, being more resourceful, taking ownership and accepting responsibility, and expanding your perspective by asking different questions.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. To implement an organization’s strategy, what are the important areas that managers must align?

2. Describe and explain the three levels of organizational culture.

3. What are five ways in which culture is transmitted to employees?

4. How would you describe the four types of organizational culture, according to the competing values framework?

5. Name 12 mechanisms/levers by which an organization’s members teach each other preferred values, beliefs, expectations, and behaviors.

6. What are seven major features of organizations?

7. Describe the four organizational structures that represent traditional organizational designs.

8. Explain what is meant by horizontal organizational structure.

9. What are three organizational structures that open boundaries between organizations?

Management in Action

Wells Fargo’s Sales Culture Fails the Company

How do you sell money? This is a fundamental challenge for retail banks, and Richard Kovacevich had a solution. He saw banks as stores, bankers as salespeople, and financial instruments as consumer products. Much like a deli worker asks if you’d like to upsize that combo or add dessert to your order, a banker should encourage you to add a credit card, savings account, or loan to your portfolio. Kovacevich called it “cross-selling,” and he based it on the fact that customers with several accounts are much more profitable to a bank than customers with a single account. How many accounts should a customer have? Eight, according to the “Going for Gr-Eight” initiative he launched as CEO of Norwest in 1997. Why eight? Because, Kovacevich said, “It rhymes with GREAT!” 167

SALES PRACTICES AT WELLS FARGO

Norwest merged with Wells Fargo in 1998; the bank retained the Wells Fargo name, and Kovacevich took the helm as president and CEO. He saw revenue growth as the bank’s most important goal and cross-selling as the way to achieve it. 168  Bankers could earn between $500 and $2,000 in quarterly bonuses for hitting sales targets, and district managers could increase their annual compensation by up to $20,000. According to former Wells Fargo worker Scott Trainor, “If you could sell, you had a job.” 169

The strong sales culture transformed Wells Fargo’s bottom line, as evidenced by a 67% increase in the bank’s stock from 2006 to 2015. 170  Unfortunately, the culture had a dark side. Steven Schrodt, who worked at a Wells Fargo branch in Lincoln, Nebraska, before resigning due to severe sales pressure in 2012, remembers managers encouraging those who hadn’t reached sales goals to open accounts for their family members and friends. Other former employees describe searching for potential customers at retirement homes and local bus stops. 171

Bankers who grew tired of asking friends, family, and strangers for business adopted more covert tactics. One former Wells Fargo employee recalls the day he discovered a high-performing co-worker’s secret formula. A customer had applied for a home equity loan and somehow also ended up with a $20,000 personal line of credit. “So then I realized how he was doing all his loans, because he was basically tagging on other loan products in the same application so they wouldn’t really notice when they signed the documents.” 172

Page 356

Problems started to emerge in 2009. At this point, Richard Kovacevich was gone, John Stumpf was president and CEO, and Kovacevich’s sales culture was deeply embedded. To investigate potential problems in retail sales practices (RSPs) in the bank’s branches, Wells Fargo established an internal task force in 2012. The task force concluded that the unethical behavior was due to a small set of “rogue” individual branch workers. 173  Wells Fargo subsequently fired more than 5,000 “rogue” bankers between 2013 and 2016. 174

WELLS FARGO ADMITS TO FRAUD: BLAMES PROBLEM ON WORKERS, NOT CULTURE

In September 2016, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), and the Los Angeles City Attorney publicly fined Wells Fargo $185 million for opening millions of bank accounts without customers’ knowledge. 175  The bank openly admitted to the fraud, but executives noted that Wells Fargo had official policies in place in their Sales Quality Manual requiring customers’ consent “for each specific solution or service” and expressly prohibiting bankers from opening multiple accounts to increase incentive compensation. 176  In an interview with The Wall Street Journal, CEO Stumpf maintained, “there was no incentive to do bad things,” adding, “the 1% that did it wrong, who we fired, terminated, in no way reflects our culture nor reflects the great work the other vast majority of the people do.” 177  Former workers tell a different story.

Former employees who worked at Wells Fargo between 2004 and 2011 told NPR the fraud was pervasive and that managers were heavily involved. One former banker recalled sitting at a conference table with her managers in a windowless, locked room and receiving a “formal warning” to sign. Her managers told her that bankers who didn’t meet sales goals were not team players, and poor team members would be fired and forced to carry the mark on their permanent records. 178  Employees who played by the rules and reported their concerns were fired from their jobs within weeks of reporting for things like “excessive tardiness.” 179

ANOTHER SCANDAL

Stumpf resigned from Wells Fargo in October 2016, and Timothy Sloan took over as CEO. Sloan immediately discontinued labeling branches “stores” and overhauled the bank’s incentive compensation plan, shifting the focus to customer satisfaction and drastically reducing the emphasis on sales goals. He restructured the organization to fully centralize the bank’s risk and HR functions, consolidating “much of the vast risk-control bureaucracy into a new office of ethics, oversight, and integrity, accountable to the board’s risk committee.” 180  In spite of Sloan’s efforts, another scandal was brewing.

Earlier in 2016, executives at Wells Fargo had realized that hundreds of thousands of car loan customers had been charged for unnecessary auto insurance. 181  An internal report revealed that the costs of the gratuitous insurance resulted in auto loan defaults for more than 270,000 customers and the repossession of approximately 25,000 vehicles. 182  Federal probes into the insurance debacle shed light on yet another slew of internal issues with compliance, controls, and board oversight of operations at Wells Fargo. 183  In a report released in October 2017, OCC regulators slammed managers at Wells Fargo Dealer Services (the bank’s auto loan unit) for ignoring customer complaints, failing to monitor contractors, and general laziness in responding to problems that had been unfolding since at least 2015. 184

In July 2017, Wells Fargo publicly admitted it became aware of the auto insurance scandal a year prior. Interestingly, when the Senate Banking Committee asked, as part of the September 2016 hearings related to RSP fraud, if executives were “confident that this type of fraudulent activity does not exist” in other areas, the bank insisted problems were limited to individual employees in the community banking division. 185  Senator Sherrod Brown has since alleged that Wells Fargo “pure and simple lied to this committee—and lied to the public” in failing to disclose the auto insurance problems during the 2016 hearings. 186  Sloan has maintained there are fundamental differences between the RSP and auto insurance scandals, with only the former being fueled by sales incentives. 187

AFTERMATH

In February 2018 the Federal Reserve capped Wells Fargo’s growth and stated that the bank would not be allowed to accumulate any more assets until the Fed believed the bank had turned itself around. 188  Two months later, the CFPB handed down a record $1 billion fine related, in part, to the auto insurance scandal. 189  By early 2020 Wells Fargo agreed to a settlement with the DOJ, including a $3 billion fine related to the creation of three million fraudulent accounts between 2002 and 2016. The DOJ agreed to withhold criminal charges, provided that the bank continued to cooperate in investigations and comply with all relevant laws for three more years. As part of the settlement, Wells Fargo admitted to two criminal violations—identity theft and creating false bank records. 190

By early 2020 the OCC had also fined eight of the bank’s former executives a total of $59 million. Stumpf’s $17.5 million portion of the total was the largest penalty the OCC had ever imposed on an individual. In addition, Stumpf received a lifetime ban from the banking industry. 191

Page 357

NEW LEADERSHIP, NEW STRUCTURE

The year 2019 brought a change in leadership when Sloan stepped down from his role as CEO. “It has become apparent to me that our ability to successfully move Wells Fargo forward from here will benefit from a new CEO and fresh perspectives,” he said. 192  Charles Scharf, the former CEO of Visa and Bank of New York Mellon, took over as CEO, and he quickly announced a plan to radically restructure the bank as part of his effort to implement changes. Scharf’s reorganization split the bank’s structure into five lines of business, with each line overseen by its own CEO, and each CEO reporting directly to Scharf. He said, “These changes create the right structure to build our businesses over the long term and increase our ability to successfully execute on our top priority, which is the risk, regulatory and control work. I am confident that this organizational model and our strengthened risk and control foundation will bring greater focus and accountability to the company.” 193

Testifying before the House Financial Services Committee in March 2020, Scharf said, “I want to give you my personal assurance that we will do the work necessary to put Wells Fargo on sound footing with our customers, employees, regulators, shareholders, and the communities we serve,” adding, “What we have done to date is not enough, and we will continue to drive progress.” 194

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the regulators’ perspective?

2. What role do you believe Wells Fargo’s executive leadership played in the RSP and auto insurance scandals?

3. What do you think regulators should have done to encourage permanent change in Wells Fargo’s culture and prevent similar problems in the broader banking industry?

Application of Chapter Content

1. Using the competing values framework as a point of reference, how would you describe the organizational culture under CEO Kovacevich and under CEO Sloan? Provide examples to support your conclusions.

2. How do you think new branch employees learned the culture at Wells Fargo?

3. Describe how Wells Fargo’s new CEO might use the 12 mechanisms/levers for culture change to improve the bank’s culture.

4. Describe Wells Fargo’s organizational structure before Scharf took over the bank. Then describe the structure after he became CEO. Explain the key differences, including what impact you think the changes will have.

5. What is the most important lesson from this case? Discuss.

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Should Socializing Outside Work Hours Be Mandatory?

Person–organization fit reflects the extent to which someone’s personality and values match, or fit, with an organization’s culture and climate. Good fit is important for both employees and organizations. This challenge involves the cultural considerations of asking employees to socialize outside work hours. If socializing outside work is an expectation of new hires, then it becomes something to consider when applying for jobs.

Why would companies ask employees to socialize outside of work hours? There are a number of good reasons: (1) fostering comfort and relaxation among employees, (2) helping people de-stress after a hard day, (3) learning more about one’s colleagues, and (4) building teamwork and unity. All of these benefits should improve interpersonal relationships and potentially boost productivity and customer service.

If such requests are voluntary, however, then it is likely that fewer people will show up, thereby reducing the benefits. People who show up are more likely to be like-minded and share a common race and gender, as well as hobbies. For example, one employee described the in-group at their company as the folks who hunted and fished together outside of work. 195  Voluntary requests can thus serve as a subtle way of promoting homogeneity rather than diversity.

Moreover, voluntary requests potentially set up a situation in which people develop unequal social networks. This can have unfair career advantages for those who attend because people discuss work-related issues at such gatherings. In an interview, advertising executive Ian Mirmelstein said his career has suffered since he stopped attending work happy hours. 196

Page 358

It thus makes some sense to make it mandatory to socialize outside of work. Some companies accept this conclusion. Zappos did in the past, and other companies continue the practice today. But some research says when employees feel forced to fake emotions—such as when they attend after-hours work events when they don’t want to—they’re more likely to engage in heavy drinking later on. 197

One woman told a reporter that there was an unwritten requirement at her employer that “employees were expected to spend extra money and time on group lunches and twice-weekly drinks. This kind of socializing was necessary in order to get ahead.” She was not told about the requirement during the hiring process, and she now feels a lack of fit. Her problem with the expectation is that she has two children to pick up from school and she tries to save money by taking her lunch to work. In a recent performance appraisal, she was told, “I needed to be more of a team player.” Her feedback was partly based on her lack of socializing outside of work. 198

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

What are your thoughts about making it mandatory to socialize outside of work hours?

1. I think it’s a good idea. The benefits exceed the costs, and I don’t agree that it fails to appreciate diversity. The socializing activities can be varied to fit the values and needs of diverse employees, thereby supporting diversity.

2. I don’t like it. What employees do after work hours is their business, and companies should not infringe on them. Socializing outside work hours should be voluntary.

3. I believe that employers have no business interfering with how employees spend time outside of work. This means that I don’t want either voluntary or mandatory requests about socializing outside of work hours. If people want to socialize outside work, let them arrange it on their own.

4. Invent other options.

Page 360

9

Human Resource Management

Getting the Right People for Managerial Success

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 9-1 Discuss the importance of strategic human resource management.

2. LO 9-2 Discuss ways to recruit and hire the right people.

3. LO 9-3 Outline common forms of compensation.

4. LO 9-4 Describe the processes used for onboarding and learning and development.

5. LO 9-5 Discuss effective performance management and feedback techniques.

6. LO 9-6 List guidelines for handling promotions, transfers, discipline, and dismissals.

7. LO 9-7 Discuss legal considerations managers should be aware of.

8. LO 9-8 Describe labor–management issues and ways to work effectively with labor unions.

9. LO 9-9 Review the steps for becoming a better receiver of feedback.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

This chapter considers human resource (HR) management—planning for, attracting, developing, and retaining an effective workforce. We consider how this subject fits in with the overall company strategy, culture, and structure; how to use HR practices for strategic advantage; and how to recruit and select qualified people. We describe the common forms of compensation, the processes used for onboarding and learning and development, and how to manage employee performance and give feedback. We discuss guidelines for handling promotions, discipline, and workplace performance problems. We go over basic legal requirements and consider the role of labor unions. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on how to become a better receiver of feedback.

Page 361

How to Prepare for a Job Interview

Job candidates often make a few common mistakes in initial interviews. Here are some tips for using the career readiness competencies of career management, new media literacy, and communication skills to avoid them.

Ace Your Virtual Screening

According to one study by the Society for Human Resource Management, at least half of employers use video conferencing to screen candidates before scheduling in-person interviews. 1  These may not be as in-depth as face-to-face interviews, but they often are the first step to securing an invite to visit the company. There are several ways to prepare for virtual interviews. First, test your technology beforehand. Be sure you know how to work the meeting software and use this opportunity to iron out any issues that you may experience with it. Next, spend some time figuring out your best backdrop, lighting, and attire. Find a professional-looking, tidy spot in your home or office, take advantage of natural light, and wear something that will complement your appearance on camera. Finally, get rid of distractions. Open your computer settings and turn off pop-up notifications for e-mail, text messages, and other programs that will be noisy and bothersome to you and the interviewer. 2

Be Prepared

Can you pronounce the names of the company and interviewer with which you’re interviewing? Do you understand what the company makes or does, and the duties of the position for which you’re interviewing? Do you know the company’s competition? What new products or services are being offered? What are your greatest strengths and specific achievements? Your weaknesses? Research the company’s website and any recent press about the firm. Check out the company’s social media and see how they interact with followers. Identify strengths of yours that fit what the company does. When asked about your weaknesses, discuss how you recognized one, overcame a dilemma it posed, and were improved by it. Practice your answers, but not so much that you sound phony saying them. 3

Dress Right and Be on Time

Dress neatly and professionally. Make sure you know the exact location of the interview, and if possible, do a test run a day or so before, at about the same time of day as your interview, so you know how long it will take to get there on time. When you arrive, be courteous to the receptionist and greet everyone who greets you. Silence your phone and don’t take it out again until you’ve left the building. A recent study of 290 recruiters found that interviewers across industry segments agreed that (1) neat and professional appearance, (2) being on time, and (3) keeping your cell phone out of sight were among the most important factors in a job interview. 4

Practice What to Say and What to Ask

Rehearse questions to ask the interviewer, such as the challenges for the position in the future and how success in the job will be defined. Don’t make negative comments about your old company or boss. Rather, figure out the positives and convey what you gained from your experience. 5  If asked an inappropriate question (about age, marital status, whether you have children or plan to), politely say you don’t believe the question is relevant to your qualifications. 6  Within 24 hours of the meeting, send an e-mail (with no misspellings or faulty grammar) thanking the interviewer and reiterating your interest in the position. 7  If you think you messed up part of the interview, use the e-mail to smooth over your mistakes. 8

Know What You Will Be Asked

A recent survey found that up to 95% of employers use one or more background checks in the hiring process. 9  Some employers may ask for your GPA, especially if a job opening is highly competitive. If your grade point average is not as high as you would like, prepare an explanation. 10  Finally, be sure your social media profile is mostly private, and that whatever is public is limited, is not too personal, and would make your loved ones proud. At least 70% of employers scrutinize job seekers’ social media profiles, sometimes in search of personal information they are not allowed to ask about, such as whether you are married.

Plan for a Strong Closing

Most interviews end with the recruiter asking something like “do you have any final questions for us?” You can make yourself more memorable if you prepare a strong response. Experts at the consulting firm Accenture recommend a couple of things. First, ask questions that are future-oriented and that emphasize your success. For example, “How do you envision this role expanding in the next five years, and how will you determine whether I’ve been successful on the job?” Finally—and most importantly, according to Accenture—is to close the interview by asking for the job. This expresses your sincere interest in the job and can lead to a discussion about next steps in the process. 11

For Discussion What kind of advice do you see here that you wish you’d followed in the past? What will you do differently next time?

Page 362

9.1 Strategic Human Resource Management

THE BIG PICTURE

Human resource management consists of the activities managers perform to plan for, attract, develop, and retain an effective workforce. Strategic human resource management consists of the process of designing and implementing systems of policies and practices that align an organization’s human capital with its strategic objectives.

LO 9-1

Discuss the importance of strategic human resource management.

You learned in  Chapter 8  that three key internal factors influence an organization’s ability to successfully implement strategy. We discussed two of these factors—organizational culture and organizational structure—at length in  Chapter 8 . We now turn our attention to the third factor—the human resource (HR) practices organizations use to manage their most important assets—people. As previously defined, HR practices consist of all the activities organizations use to manage their human capital, including staffing, performance management, learning and development programs, and compensation.

The best companies know that how they manage their people is an important determinant of organizational success. For example, the top five workplaces for Millennials in 2020—Ultimate Software, Cisco, Edward Jones, Pinnacle Financial Partners, and Kimley-Horn—all make substantial investments in their people through unique and strategically aligned hiring, performance management, learning and development, and compensation practices. 12  Further, a recent study found that companies that place employees’ experiences front and center outperform the S&P 500 stock market index by anywhere from 53 to 122 percentage points! 13  Clearly, great human resources practices are a game changer.

In this section we explain how HR practices can generate superior firm performance and competitive advantages.

Human Resource Management: Managing an Organization’s Most Important Resource

Human resource management (HRM)  is the process of planning for, attracting, developing, and retaining an effective workforce. This process is made up of various HR practices including employee recruitment, compensation, onboarding, and performance management (see  Figure 9.1 ).

FIGURE 9.1  Human resource practices

Regardless of industry, all organizations use HR practices to some extent to manage their workers. For example, even the smallest mom-and-pop company with only two or three employees has to decide whom to hire (selection) and how much salary to pay (compensation). But according to a study of more than 12,000 companies across 34 countries, the organizations that grow the fastest, live the longest, and are the most profitable and productive are the ones that do the best job managing people. 14

”If you’re not thinking all the time about making every person valuable, you don’t have a chance,” according to former General Electric CEO Jack Welch. “What’s the alternative? Wasted minds? Uninvolved people? A labor force that’s angry or bored? That doesn’t make sense!” 15  Indeed, companies ranked in the top 10 on Fortune magazine’s 2020 Best Companies list—including Hilton, Ultimate Software, Wegmans Food Markets, Cisco, Workday, Salesforce, Edward Jones, Stryker, American Express, and Kimpton Hotels & Restaurants—have discovered that putting employees first is the foundation for success. 16  Here are a few ways these award-winning organizations are leading the pack in HRM: 17

Page 363

· Ultimate Software offers a whopping 45% match on employee 401K contributions (compared to the average employer match of 4.7%).

· Workday provides employees with backup child care options for days when parents’ regular options fall through.

· Stryker extends health care benefits (medical, prescription, dental, vision), adoption assistance, and paid sick leave to both full-and-part-time employees.

Clearly, companies listed among the best places to work become famous by offering progressive and valued programs, policies, and procedures. Are you curious to see if a current or past employer is one of these progressive companies? You can find out by taking  Self-Assessment 9.1 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 9.1
Assessing the Quality of HR Practices

This survey is designed to assess the quality of HR practices at your current place of employment. If you are not currently working, consider a previous job when completing the survey. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 9.1 in Connect.

1. How did you rate the quality of the company’s HR practices?

2. Based on your responses, what advice would you give the senior HR leader about how to improve its HR practices? Be specific. What are the consequences of having poor-quality HR practices? Explain.

Effective HRM means putting employees first, but successfully implementing corporate strategy takes more.  Figure 9.2  outlines the process by which HR practices drive strategic implementation. Let’s consider how this works.

Page 364

FIGURE 9.2  Strategic HRM: How HR practices support strategic implementation

Source: Figure based in part on: C. Ostroff, A. J. Kinicki, and R. S. Muhammad, “Organizational Culture and Climate,” Handbook of Psychology: Volume 12, Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 2nd ed. (Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2013), Chapter 24, pp. 643–676.

Internal and External HR Fit Promote Strategic HR Management

Strategic human resource management  is the process of designing and implementing systems of policies and practices that align an organization’s human capital with its strategic objectives. 18  While HRM is about managing people, strategic HRM is about generating competitive advantages through people. 19  In other words, strategic HRM views people as valuable strategic assets of any organization.

A firm’s approach to its human resources becomes strategic when it is integrated into the organization in ways that drive overall performance. 20  Specifically, as seen in  Figure 9.2 , HR systems drive strategic implementation when they foster two important types of “fit”: 21

1. Internal fit exists when all of the individual policies and practices within the HR system reinforce one another. For example, an organization that hires employees based on their performance potential rather than their previous experience needs to provide extensive opportunities for learning and development and should use a performance management system that rewards growth.

2. External fit exists when the HR system is aligned with the organization’s culture and structure in support of firm-level strategy. For example, a firm that competes based on cost reductions and efficiency should reward objective job performance, provide targeted skills training, and define job performance clearly.

Research shows that organizations that achieve both internal and external HR fit have better outcomes, including employee satisfaction and firm performance. 22  One example is Airbnb.

Airbnb Example: Airbnb envisions a world where anyone can feel like they belong no matter where they go. Unfortunately, the company realized several years ago that it couldn’t say the same for its employees. Airbnb created an “employee experience” department that was modeled after its “customer experience” department. New hires participate together in a week-long onboarding process, and this creates relationships that increase employees’ sense of belonging in the company. Office spaces are designed to make employees feel like they are at home, and the company’s “ground control” group is tasked with continually monitoring the environment to ensure employee experiences foster belonging. 23

Strategic HRM enables the effective implementation of corporate strategies because it helps firms to generate and leverage two important, intangible resources: human capital and social capital. 24

The Role of Human and Social Capital

Figure 9.2  shows that a combination of internal and external HR fit triggers the group and individual processes, attitudes, and behaviors needed for achieving organizational performance goals. Simply put, strategic HRM mobilizes necessary human capital and social capital. 25

Page 365

· Human capital  is the economic or productive potential of employee knowledge, experience, and actions. Human capital stems from all of the employee competencies that are or could be valuable to the organization.

· Social capital  is the economic or productive potential of strong, trusting, and cooperative relationships. Social capital stems from the reciprocity, knowledge, and capabilities that are embedded in both informal connections and close personal relationships. 26

Strategic HRM gets the right people, competencies, and connections into the right places at the right time. Consider the following  Example box  about T-Mobile.

EXAMPLE
T-Mobile Applied Strategic HRM to Customer Service Employees

T-Mobile calls itself the “Un-carrier” because it strives to be different from all other telecom companies. Specifically, the company focuses on removing the typical customer “pain points” associated with mobile carriers. T-Mobile doesn’t lock users into contracts, and it promises to provide an unparalleled customer service experience (a tall order when you consider that telecoms always manage to top annual lists of the “most hated companies.” When Liz McAuliffe took over as T-Mobile’s Chief HR Officer (CHRO) in 2016, she realized that HR needed to be reconfigured to achieve proper fit and better help the company execute its strategy.

T-Mobile president and CEO Mike Sievert is pictured here introducing Team of Experts at a company event. This initiative transformed the customer service experience by empowering small groups of employees to work together to solve customers’ problems.

Sean Rayford/AP Images

At the time, T-Mobile was suffering from typical telecom industry ailments—unmotivated and disengaged employees who felt underutilized, restrained, and invisible. McAuliffe asked herself “How can we, as HR, best serve as advocates and stewards for every employee in their personal growth and career success?”

McAuliffe decentralized T-Mobile’s HR structure and re-branded HR roles to “Employee Success Partners” (formerly HR business partners), “Talent Scouts” (formerly recruiters), and “Career Agents” (formerly L&D consultants). Customer service reps now receive enhanced training and coaching to build their competencies and broaden their career prospects. This has reduced annual turnover from 42% to 22% and decreased employee absenteeism by almost 25%. Customer service employees work in teams of people with complementary skills, and the company empowers teams to behave like small businesses and enact thoughtful, creative solutions to customer issues. By allowing reps to take the time to tailor service to individual customer needs, T-Mobile has removed pain points for employees as well as customers, drastically decreasing the incidence of misguided quick fixes.

Apology credits have dropped 37% because reps no longer feel pressured to generate quick (and often misguided) fixes. The number of service calls per customer account has decreased 21%, and T-Mobile has achieved its lowest cost-to-serve in company history. Additionally, customer retention levels reached an all-time high, and customer satisfaction and loyalty have skyrocketed. 27

YOUR CALL

What specific changes at T-Mobile do you think improved internal and external fit the most?

Page 366

What Is the Best Approach to Strategic Human Resource Management?

Figure 9.2  shows that when companies get strategic HRM “right” (i.e., when they achieve internal and external HR fit), they are more likely to generate the human and social capital necessary to successfully implement the firm’s strategies. Recent research offers strong support for this idea, suggesting that the proper configurations of HR practices generate unique organizational capabilities that are difficult for competitors to understand and imitate. 28  In other words, HR practices can create competitive advantage. CarMax is one example.

Carmax Example: CarMax is a regular on multiple “best companies” lists and has outperformed its industry sector in recent years. 29  One reason is the company’s focus on its people as a strategic resource. The used auto seller continually updates its HR practices as its markets and strategic focus evolve and has shifted its sights to developing the cross-functional skills of its workforce. CarMax identifies employees for specialized management development programs that train them for flexible work assignments across the store. The company’s internal website encourages employees to apply for lateral moves in order to build their skill sets. “We really want our folks to be thinking very broadly about where and how they can take their career,” said Chief HR Officer Diane Long Cafritz. 30  One CarMax employee said “I am continually challenged in my job, which allows me to grow professionally,” and another stated, “I get to help shape and reshape the business.” 31

But what does the right HR system look like? The answer is there is no “best” approach to strategic HRM. Rather, different firms will benefit from different approaches. As indicated by  Figure 9.2 , leadership plays a central role in this process. 32  Leaders must have a nuanced understanding of firm-level strategies, future performance goals and anticipated challenges, and how HR practices, structure, and culture fit together. They use this knowledge to answer three important questions:

1. What human and social capital does the firm have and how do we best leverage it?

2. What human and social capital does the firm need in order to get where it wants to go?

3. How does the firm acquire the human and social capital it lacks?

Every firm’s configuration will look different, but at a broad level we can categorize strategic HRM approaches into one of two buckets: talent management and high-performance work systems. Let’s discuss each of these in turn.

Talent Management

Talent management  is an approach to strategic HRM that matches high-potential employees with an organization’s most strategically valuable positions. 33  You can think of leaders who use talent management as Hollywood agents. Their job is to identify the people with the most potential to be stars—”the talent”— to polish and refine their skills, and to land them the roles where they will be most likely generate huge box office returns along with an Oscar nomination. 34  In addition to generating financial returns and competitive viability, the disproportionate investments leaders make in this elite group of employees are expected to impact them in three ways: 35

· Attitudes—workers singled out as “stars” experience increased job satisfaction, engagement, and commitment to the organization.

· Behaviors—employees identified as high-potential respond with greater effort, better job performance, and lower turnover.

· Cognitions—workers respond to their organizations’ elevated perceptions with higher self-efficacy and increased feelings of fulfillment.

Page 367

Talent management is less about meeting short-term staffing needs and more about cultivating multiple, diverse talent pipelines that enable firms to plan for how they will continue to generate value and respond to changing markets over the long term. 36  Consider Zenefits.

Zenefits Example: The HR technology firm realized the value of its talent pipelines when several high-level industry executives were hospitalized with critical COVID-19 infections in early 2020. CEO Jay Fulcher called a meeting of the company’s top 10 executives to ensure that their succession plans were ready to go in the event of sudden inability to work or death. Fulcher said it was “not a comfortable conversation” but that it was critical that the company had a plan to weather the effects of the pandemic. 37

High-Performance Work Systems

The  high-performance work system (HPWS)  approach to strategic HRM deploys bundles of internally consistent HR practices in order to improve employee ability, motivation, and opportunities across the entire organization. 38  HPWSs impact overall organizational performance by systematically enhancing the individual performance of all of the organization’s employees. 39  Research on this approach suggests that bundles of HR practices have stronger impacts on firm-level outcomes than individual HR practices. 40

While talent management approaches are geared toward enhancing and leveraging the human and social capital of specific individuals, HPWSs focus on increasing organizations’ collective levels of human and social capital. Let’s consider how SAS uses a HPWS approach.

SAS Example: SAS has been voted one of Fortune’s top 100 Best Companies for 23 consecutive years. Shannon Heath, corporate and executive communications leader at SAS, said, “SAS has always believed that if you treat people well, keep them challenged with interesting work, and respect them and their contributions, they will do their best work for you,” adding, “Simply put—treat employees like they make a difference, and they will make a difference.” 41  The company grew out of a software development project at NC State University and now occupies 900 acres of North Carolina woods. SAS offices are designed to feel like a college campus and feature biking and walking trails, a swimming pool, a large network of solar panels, and sports and fitness facilities. Employees at SAS receive challenging assignments and the autonomy to execute on projects as they see fit. This increases the sense of personal ownership workers have over projects and also allows for creativity and innovation.

Enhancing performance. At companies like SAS, swimming pools, fitness facilities, and outdoor activities are an important part of a broader HR system that focuses on respecting and valuing employees.

UpperCut Images/SuperStock

Page 368

Whether a company uses talent management, a HPWS, or some combination of the two, the ultimate goal is to maximize organizational performance. In the remainder of the chapter, we discuss each of these HR practices and how firms approach them to enable strategic implementation. ●

9.2 Recruitment and Selection: Putting the Right People into the Right Jobs

THE BIG PICTURE

Qualified applicants for jobs may be recruited from inside or outside the organization. The task of choosing the best person is enhanced by such tools as reviewing candidates’ background information; conducting interviews; and screening with employment tests.

LO 9-2

Discuss ways to recruit and hire the right people.

The Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) estimates that the recruitment and selection process for a single open position takes 36 days and costs $4,129 for the average organization. 42  Does this sound like a big investment to you? Then consider the fact that successfully recruiting and selecting qualified candidates has become increasingly difficult even for organizations willing to invest the time and money. Eighty-three percent of the HR professionals surveyed recently by SHRM said that they struggle to find qualified candidates to fill the increasing number of high-skilled jobs. 43  Moreover, experts expect this mismatch between the skills required by today’s jobs and the skills available in the labor force will only worsen as technological advances will make many of today’s job skills obsolete within two to five years. In fact, by the time you read this, 27% of available jobs will be for roles that didn’t exist at the time of this writing. 44

It shouldn’t surprise you to learn then that today’s CEOs are troubled more by their ability to find the right skills and talent for their organizations than virtually anything else. 45  Companies that want to find workers with the necessary skills need to do everything they can to get recruiting and selection right. Let’s consider in more detail these important HR practices.

Recruitment: How to Attract Qualified Applicants

Recruiting  is the process of locating and attracting qualified applicants for job openings. The word qualified is important: You want to find people whose skills, abilities, and characteristics are best suited to your organization’s needs. In today’s labor market, where the number of qualified job seekers is far lower than the number of available skilled jobs, firms need to be strategic in their approaches to generating applicants’ interest. We discuss three recruiting approaches: internal, external, and hybrid.

1. Internal Recruiting: Hiring from the Inside

Internal recruiting  means making people already employed by the organization aware of job openings. Many vacant positions in organizations are filled internally, and 70% of the talent professionals in a recent survey indicated that internal recruiting is becoming increasingly important in their organizations. 46  Companies use several techniques to identify potential applicants within their existing talent pools, including:

· Internal job postings—formal announcements about open positions circulated within the organization.

· Informal nominations—recommendations by managers who have direct experience observing and working with specific employees.

· Employee profiles—databases that house information on individual employee competencies and qualifications.

Page 369

Internal recruiting may be a wise choice for companies that wish to boost retention by increasing employee commitment and engagement. It is also used by companies looking to close skills gaps. Consider the example of AT&T.

AT&T Example: AT&T uses two systems for internal recruiting. The first—Personal Learning Experience (PLE)—is an employee-facing system that catalogs workers’ current competencies and allows them to search job openings within the company and assess the fit between their skills and those required by open positions. The PLE system also shows employees the training options available for acquiring particular job skills. The second—myCareer Profile (mCP)—is a management-facing system that the company uses to search for talent within its existing pool. Employees build profiles that include their qualifications, skills, work histories, and special training, and managers use the information to identify potential candidates for job openings. 47

2. External Recruiting: Hiring from the Outside

External recruiting  means attracting job applicants from outside the organization. In years past, notices of job vacancies were placed through newspapers, employment agencies, executive recruiting firms, union hiring halls, college job-placement offices, and word of mouth. Today more than 90% of U.S. organizations have taken at least some portion of their recruitment activities online. 48  Popular external recruitment sources include:

· Social media—approximately 80% of recruiters today use LinkedIn to locate potential talent, and at least 60% use Facebook. Instagram is gaining traction as a recruiting tool due to its popularity with Gen Z—25% of recruiters now reach job candidates on Instagram, and this number is significantly higher for Millennial recruiters (35%) and recruiters in tech firms (63%). 49  Research suggests that simply having a social media presence makes it far more likely that you will be invited for an interview. 50

· Online job postings–companies advertise open positions on their own websites, on job search websites such as Indeed, CareerBuilder, and Glassdoor, and on university and union websites.

· School partnerships—recruiters identify talent through relationships with educational institutions, including universities, trade schools, and high schools.

Increased competition for qualified workers has caused companies to get creative with their external recruiting activities. McDonald’s and Goldman Sachs are two examples.

Company Examples: McDonald’s attempted to reach a wider audience of Gen Z applicants by embedding a special lens in its Snapchat ads. The lens showed users in a McDonald’s uniform and gave them the option of sending a short video application—or, “Snaplication”—to their local store manager. Goldman Sachs recently kicked off a recruiting campaign that included posting job advertisements on Hulu, Spotify, and YouTube. 51

3. Hybrid Approaches: Referrals and Boomerangs

You probably know people who have scored great jobs because they knew someone inside the organization.  Employee referrals  tap into existing employees’ social networks to fill open positions with outside applicants. Referrals are popular among recruiters—they account for almost 50% of new hires in organizations. 52  According to experts, employee referrals work well because: 53

· Current employees are good judges of potential fit. Referrers know what it takes to fit in with the organization’s culture and to perform well in specific positions. This helps them to determine which members of their social networks would be a good fit for various jobs.

· Referrers care about their reputations. Current employees are careful about whom they recommend because their reputations in the organization may be enhanced or damaged by referred workers’ job performance.

Page 370

Another way that companies find qualified talent is from  boomerangs —former employees who return to the organization. Boomerangs often are pulled away from their initial jobs by difficult life events or attractive opportunities to advance their skills and careers. 54  Boomerangs already understand the organization’s culture and require little to no onboarding. Hiring them is cheaper and less time consuming. Modern organizations are increasingly open to the idea of “taking back” former employees. 55  Take the example of Kronos.

Kronos Example: Kronos is a workforce management software firm that has made Fortune’s list of 100 Best Companies to work for multiple times. Kronos delivers cloud-based applications for improving employee engagement to companies across the globe. When Kronos was having trouble attracting top talent, CEO Aron Ain saw the need for a new approach to engaging the company’s own workforce. One way that Kronos did this was by championing employees’ careers, whether those happened inside or outside of the company. Said Ain, “We don’t own our employees’ careers. If they have a great offer, we support their decision to take it. Sure, we’d love to retain them and do everything in our power to do so, but if they choose to leave and they were a high-performer, we let them know that the door is open if they want to come back home.” Ain sees boomerangs as a great source of talent for Kronos, in part because they are “more loyal than other employees—they have experienced other workplaces and appreciate what our company has to offer,” adding that boomerang employees “bring new skills and experiences back to our company.” 56

Which Recruitment Approach Is Best?

There is no one best way to recruit potential applicants. Recall from  Figure 9.2  (and what you learned in  Chapter 8 ) that HR practices should be aligned with organizational culture and structure, and all of these elements should be carefully designed to support strategy. One company that does this particularly well is Costco.

Costco Example: Costco, the world’s third-largest retailer, pursues cost leadership and differentiation strategies. 57  The company achieves high internal and external HR fit through its HR practices. Costco employees are cross-trained and empowered to make decisions, and they have some of the highest wages and benefits in the retail industry. Recently, the company even started offering paid parental leave for hourly workers. 58  Costco also recruits most of its talent from within, and this is a key driver of its under-10% employee turnover rate. Costco’s turnover rate is astonishing compared to industry averages of 60 to 70%. 59  Said Costco co-founder Jim Sinegal, “People are happy with a job for more reasons than money,” adding, “there’s generally a pride in the organization . . . There’s an attitude that there’s security, that somebody does care about them . . . We’re not offering jobs; we’re offering careers.” 60

How Fit Figures into Recruitment

Recruiting is a lot like dating—both recruiters and job seekers want to know that the other party will be a good match before jumping into a serious commitment. In our discussion of organizational culture in  Chapter 8  we described person–organization (P–O) fit as the extent to which a worker’s personality and values match the organization’s climate and culture. Here we look at another type of fit— person–job (P–J) fit —the extent to which a worker’s competencies and needs match with a specific job. Research suggests that higher levels of P–J fit are associated with better job performance and increased job satisfaction, organizational commitment, and retention. 61  When there is poor P–J fit, both organizations and employees suffer.

Fit is important to our discussion because recruiters base their hiring recommendations in part on their assessments of job applicants’ levels of P–O and P–J fit—with particular emphasis on the latter. 62

How do you feel about the job you are in now, if you have one, or the last job you had? Do you feel like you are a “good fit” for the job? That is, do you like the work and does the work match your skills? Research shows that we are happier and more productive when our needs and skills fit the job requirements. If you would like to see whether or not you fit with your current (or last) job, complete  Self-Assessment 9.2 . You may find the results very interesting.

Page 371

SELF-ASSESSMENT 9.2
Assessing Your Person–Job Fit

This survey is designed to assess your job fit. If you are not currently working, consider a previous job when completing the survey. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 9.2 in Connect.

1. What is your level of fit?

2. Whether you have high or low fit, what are the main causes for your level of fit? Explain.

3. What questions might you ask a future recruiter to ensure a higher level of person–job fit? Be specific.

Selection: How to Choose the Best Person for the Job

Whether recruitment for a position results in a handful of applicants or a thousand, the hiring manager should use a systematic process to decide which applicant will receive a job offer.  Selection  is the process of screening job applicants and choosing the best candidate for a position. Essentially, selection is an exercise in prediction: How well will each candidate perform, to what degree will they fit, and for how long will they stay?

It has been said that selection decisions represent million-dollar decisions. Why? Because it is hard to fire someone once they are employed, and people with poor P–O or P–J fit can be costly in terms of lost productivity, poor employee attitudes, and turnover. This underscores the importance of selecting people who fit by using techniques that are reliable, valid, and legally defensible. Let’s discuss these criteria in more detail.

What Are Legally Defensible Selection Tools?

Legal defensibility  is the extent to which the selection device measures job-related criteria in a way that is free from bias. This means selection devices should only be used to measure factors that are directly related to job performance, and these devices should not discriminate based on non-job-relevant factors. (We discuss equal employment legislation in more detail in  Section 9.7 .) Establishing the reliability and validity of a selection technique is fundamental to legal defensibility.

· Reliability  represents the degree to which a test produces consistent scores. When a test is reliable, an individual’s score will remain about the same over time, assuming the characteristic being measured also remains the same. It would be similar to taking a midterm twice, two days apart. A reliable midterm would result in your scoring very similarly on both occasions.

· Validity  reflects the degree to which a test measures what it purports to measure—nothing more and nothing less. If a test is supposed to predict performance, then candidates’ actual performance should reflect their scores on the test. Using an invalid selection test can lead to poor selection decisions. It can also create legal problems if the test is ever challenged in a court of law. A valid midterm should measure content covered in the textbook and during lectures, and nothing else.

Three types of selection tools are background information, interviews, and employment tests.

Background Information: Application Forms, Resumes, and Background Checks

Application forms and resumes provide organizations with basic background information about job applicants, such as education, work history, certifications, and citizenship. Unfortunately, a lot of background information consists of puffery and lies. Let’s discuss three problems associated with background information in the selection process:

Page 372

1. Application forms and resumes are susceptible to dishonesty. A staggering 79% of job applicants lie on application forms and resumes (see the  Example box ). 63  One likely reason is that job seekers are trying to outsmart applicant tracking systems by doing whatever it takes to make sure key words in their resumes match the stated job requirements, whether they match the truth or not. 64  Other reasons include attempts to hide perceived deficiencies in technical or language skills, education, job history, or achievements. 65  Regardless of the reason for misstating or lying, be aware that you can be fired for lying on a job application or resume. We recommend honesty as the best policy. 66

2. Application forms and resumes don’t always provide useful information. The types of education and experience that make an applicant qualified for a job today may be of little use in a few years due to rapid technological shifts, making information such as previous work history less relevant for hiring organizations. For these reasons, some experts are encouraging organizations to rely more on basic skills tests to assess candidates’ competencies in the initial stages of the selection process. 72  Consider the following example of how companies are eliminating resumes in favor of a skills-based approach.

Page 373

Pymetrics Example: Pymetrics is a hiring assessment firm that is helping companies replace resumes with skills assessments. In her years as a Harvard and MIT neuroscientist, co-founder and CEO Frida Polli learned that although there were accurate assessments available for certain skills and abilities, there wasn’t a scalable or practical way for organizations to apply them. She and her team now develop assessment games that tell clients such as Tesla, Unilever, and Accenture the likelihood that a candidate will be successful in a particular role. Pymetrics also uses algorithms to continually check and adjust for biases. Polli says this has led to companies hiring more minorities and people who may have previously been passed over because they couldn’t afford university tuition. She said, “A lot of our clients want to feel like they’re tapping the broadest set of candidates out there and really finding the people that are best suited for them.” 73

3. Background checks can lead to discrimination. Employers reach out to candidates’ previous employers and references during the selection process to verify work history and get a better sense of whether applicants are likely to perform well. Issues can arise, however, when conversations conducted during background checks inadvertently reveal applicants’ personal information. Although hiring companies are legally barred from basing hiring decisions on criteria such as age, disabilities, and marital status, knowledge of these and other related factors can lead to hiring discrimination. Some employers have enacted policies to limit what their managers can say about former employees; for instance, some allow the person serving as a reference only to confirm the former employee’s job title and dates of employment. 74  Others allow references to state the reason for departure and whether the employee would be rehired. 75

EXAMPLE
Lies Job Applicants Have Told

According to CareerBuilder CHRO Rosemary Haefner, some of the most frequent lies job applicants tell on their resumes are about their education, employment history, achievements, and criminal records. Here are a few real-world examples of what not to do.

Lies about Education

In 2018, Samsonite CEO Ramesh Tainwala resigned after reports surfaced that he had falsely claimed to have earned a doctorate in business administration on his resume. Investigations also revealed that Tainwala was referred to as “Dr.” in at least two SEC filings. Tainwala later told reporters that he had enrolled in a PhD program in the 1990s but didn’t finish his degree, saying that he “always felt embarrassed about it.” 67

Lies about Employment History

Australian officials sentenced Veronica Theriault to 25 months in jail after discovering that she had fabricated multiple items on her resume in order to secure a job as chief information officer for the Department of the Premier and Cabinet. Theriault had fabricated information about previous jobs and even impersonated someone named “Ms. Best”—whom she listed as a reference—on a phone call with the department. 68  As you might expect, people also embellish their salary histories, job titles, and achievements on projects.

Lies about Both

Largely due to unfilled openings at the U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy, Taylor Weyeneth, then 23, rose rapidly to the position of deputy chief of staff. However, almost as quickly he resigned, after an investigation by The Washington Post in early 2018 revealed that he had lied on three separate resumes about having a master’s degree (which he had never completed) and about his work at a law office, where a supervisor said he had actually been let go for not showing up. Weyeneth in fact had no professional experience other than as a campaign volunteer and had even lied about being president of his fraternity. 69

What to Do If You’ve Lied on Your Resume

Although the best choice is to tell the truth from the beginning, there are steps you can take to make things right if you’ve submitted embellished job application materials. Haefner suggests that you correct the dishonest portions of your application and resume and resubmit them. She says, “Tell the interviewer you noticed some errors on your original resume and have a revised copy,” but cautions that, “unfortunately, there’s no completely safe alternative other than withdrawing, because there’s a chance they won’t consider you for the job once they find out you lied. Bottom line: don’t lie.” 70

YOUR CALL

Most employers compare resume data to cover letters, check references, call alma maters, do background checks, sleuth on Google, and administer skills tests. 71  Now that you know that, would you lie on your resume? Why or why not?

The background information provided in application forms and resumes tells organizations about the educational and job opportunities candidates have had in the past. Pymetrics co-founder and CEO Frida Polli used neuroscience to develop a platform that instead measures candidates’ natural aptitudes and their potential to excel in specific roles.

Steve Jennings/Getty Images

Interviews: Unstructured, Situational, and Behavioral-Description

The interview is the most commonly used employee-selection technique in organizations. 76  Interviews may take place face to face or virtually via phone or videoconference.

Interviewing takes three forms: unstructured interviews and the two types of structured interviews—situational and behavioral-description. 77

· Unstructured interviews  gather information about job candidates without the use of a fixed set of questions or a systematic scoring procedure. Unstructured interviews unfold like ordinary conversations, and proponents suggest that advantages include a more relaxed atmosphere and the freedom to explore certain topics in more depth. 78  However, decades of research have shown consistently that unstructured interviews have serious drawbacks, including low reliability, low validity, and high susceptibility to legal challenges. 79

Despite robust evidence against unstructured interviews as selection devices, many companies still use them to their detriment. Consider the case of the Seasons 52 restaurant chain.

Seasons 52 Example: In 2018, Seasons 52 (a member of the Darden Restaurants family that also includes Olive Garden) agreed to pay $2.8 million to settle a federal lawsuit brought by applicants over 40 years of age who had experienced age discrimination during the hiring process at 35 of its restaurant locations. More than 100 rejected applicants testified that hiring managers had asked various discriminatory interview questions related to their birthdays, graduation dates, and ability to keep up with younger co-workers. Cheryl Machado said her interviewer told her the restaurant was interested in “‘young,’ ‘fresh,’ ‘vibrant’ and ‘healthy’ employees.” Machado added that “I was also shown a picture of young people in uniform and asked if I would be comfortable wearing a form-fitting, tight uniform.” 80  George Simmons recalled that “My interview was going well until the interviewer asked me my age.” When Simmons stated that he was 44, the interviewer told him “that the restaurant was looking for younger people.” 81  The Darden Restaurants family had struggled to remain competitive in the restaurant industry in recent years and had set its sights on revamping its image to try to appeal to younger consumers. According to Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) lawyer Daniel Seltzer, “A desire to appeal to younger customers bled into [the company concluding], ‘Well, we’ll appeal to younger customers by having younger workers.’” 82

Page 374

· The  structured interview  involves asking each applicant the same questions and comparing their responses to a standardized set of answers. Across multiple reviews of employment interview research spanning more than 60 years, one of the most consistent findings has been that structured interviews are far superior to unstructured interviews in their ability to predict applicants’ future job performance. 83

There are two types of structured interviews: situational interviews and behavioral-description interviews. Let’s consider each one.

1. Situational interviews  are structured interviews during which raters ask applicants how they would behave in hypothetical job situations. Example questions are: “What would you do if you saw two of your people arguing loudly in the work area?” and “How would you respond if your boss asked you to keep a secret from upper management?” The goal of situational interviews is to find out if the applicant can effectively handle various situations that may arise on the job.

2. Behavioral-description interviews  are structured interviews during which raters explore applicants’ job-related past behaviors. Example questions include: “Give me an example of a time when you needed to learn more about competitor organizations. What was the situation and what actions did you take?” and “Tell me about a time when you had to apply your understanding of cultural differences at work. What actions did you take as a result of your understanding?” 84

Employment Tests: Ability, Performance, Personality, Integrity, and Others

The EEOC considers any employer-imposed employment requirement to be a test, including application forms, reference checks, and job interviews. Here we refer to a smaller subset of activities and define  employment tests  as the standardized devices organizations use to measure specific skills, abilities, traits, and other tendencies. Let’s take a look at six employment tests in detail.

1. Ability Tests Ability tests measure job candidates’ physical abilities, strength and stamina, mechanical ability, mental abilities, and clerical abilities. 85  Not all jobs require all of these abilities, and organizations should only test for the abilities that are directly related to job performance. For example, intelligence or cognitive ability tests are popular for predicting future executive performance, and perhaps with good reason. IBM’s Supercomputer, Watson, recently analyzed the personality traits of leading CEOs in industries such as entertainment, finance, fashion, marketing, medicine, media, and politics and found that intellect was one of the top two traits necessary for success (altruism was the other). 86  Law enforcement agencies test for physical as well as reading and report-writing abilities. 87  Southern California Gas Company (SoCalGas) is an example of a company that uses an ability test.

Page 375

SoCalGas Example: This utility company uses physical abilities testing and provides a test preparation booklet for potential applicants. The document clearly lists the components of the test [and how they are measured]—(1) upper arm strength [arm lift]; (2) abdominal strength and endurance [sit-ups test]; and (3) trunk strength [trunk pull test]—and explains why each is relevant to job performance. It also suggests that applicants build their strength over time as they prepare for the test, and it provides diagrams of each required exercise. 88

 

 

2. Performance Tests Performance tests, or skills tests, measure performance on actual job tasks—so-called job tryouts—for example, when computer programmers take a test on a particular programming language or middle managers work on a small sample project. 89  Some companies use  assessment centers —selection devices in which management candidates participate in a series of interactive exercises over several days while being assessed by multiple evaluators. Common assessment center activities include role plays, oral presentations, and in-basket exercises. 90  A team of researchers examined the relative accuracy by which ability tests and assessment center results predicted who would be successful on the job. Although both tests were effective, assessment center tests were more effective than ability tests. 91

3. Personality Tests Personality tests measure stable traits such as self-efficacy, self-esteem, locus of control, emotional stability, extroversion, agreeableness, conscientiousness, and openness to experience. 92  (We discuss these traits in detail in  Chapter 11 .) You’ll notice that many of these traits represent competencies associated with career readiness, a topic of central importance for today’s organizations. Experts estimate that at least 20% of organizations now incorporate personality testing into their hiring activities. 93  Check out the  Example box  for more on the pros and cons of personality testing in the selection process.

4. Integrity Tests Integrity tests “assess attitudes and experiences related to a person’s honesty, dependability, trustworthiness, reliability, and pro-social behavior.” 98  The rationale for these tests is that people who do poorly on them may have lower job performance and an increased tendency to engage in counterproductive work behaviors like theft, rule-breaking, and sabotage. 99  Overt integrity tests often ask specifically whether the applicant has ever engaged in illegal behavior. While integrity tests in general are easy to administer, it is also relatively easy for test takers to submit false responses. 100

5. Drug and Alcohol Tests Employers have a right to maintain drug-free and alcohol-free work environments, and we can say broadly that companies are permitted to test job applicants for drug and alcohol use. Some employers are covered by federal drug and alcohol testing laws, but many fall under state jurisdictions. 101  Organizations need to research the specific laws that apply to them before creating and implementing drug and alcohol testing policies. A few key points about drug and alcohol testing in the hiring process are: 102

Page 376

· Employers should not engage in selective testing. Either every candidate in the pool gets tested or no one gets tested.

· HR departments are struggling to keep up with marijuana laws. Drug testing for marijuana use presents a complex problem for organizations. Laws are changing so rapidly that many companies are simply choosing to ignore the presence of THC on applicants’ drug test results.

· Employment drug and alcohol tests are on the decline. Evolving legislation combined with a tight labor market puts pressure on companies to attract employees, and many are eliminating hurdles by scaling back on testing. Among companies that have reduced or eliminated drug testing are Goodwill, Target, and Kroger.

Do you believe organizations have a right to know about applicants’ past criminal convictions? Would this information potentially bias your opinion of a qualified job candidate if you were a hiring manager?

alexandre17/Getty Images

6. Criminal and Financial Background Checks Organizations that conduct criminal and financial background checks generally view negative marks on these records as indicators of low trustworthiness and/or poor character. Even when a past offense or financial issue is unrelated to the applicant’s ability to perform the job safely and/or effectively, having a history of legal or financial troubles makes a candidate far less likely to receive a job offer. 103  The validity of criminal and financial background checks for predicting job-related outcomes is highly debated, and there is substantial evidence that these tests adversely impact applicants who belong to certain racial minority groups. 104  Here are the recent developments related to the use of criminal and financial background checks in the selection process:

· “Ban the Box” is changing workplace procedures related to criminal background checks. Approximately 20 years ago, a campaign to remove questions about applicants’ criminal records from early stages of the hiring process—known as the “Ban the Box” movement—took shape. The movement began in response to the difficulties applicants with criminal backgrounds faced in finding employment and rebuilding their lives after criminal convictions. 105  Two decades later, at least 35 states and 150 cities and counties/parishes have enacted legislation to remove criminal background checkboxes from initial application forms. 106  Employers who operate under these laws are still allowed to perform criminal background checks later in the selection process, but proponents hope that employees will be more likely to hire people with criminal records if they are not aware of these records until after they make initial job offers.

· Financial background/credit checks are losing popularity. Many employers like to check applicants’ credit histories and scores, although there is no evidence that credit scores predict qualifications, honesty, or job performance. However, in recent years, at least 11 states and 3 cities have passed laws to curb this practice while still allowing it in cases of security clearance or when it is required by law because of the position’s financial responsibilities. 107  In early 2020 the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Comprehensive Credit Act of 2020, which aimed to reform credit reporting practices in part by heavily restricting the use of credit reports in hiring. As of this writing, the Senate had not yet voted on the bill. 108  ●

EXAMPLE
Personality Tests: Pros and Cons

Research tells us that skillfully administered personality tests can help organizations make better hiring decisions. This is especially true when the tests are combined with other selection measures. For example, recent studies suggest that a combination of (1) the Big Five personality dimensions, (2) a general ability test, and (3) an integrity test (discussed next) is a good predictor of future job performance. 94

Despite the evidence supporting their validity, personality tests are still rife with potential for misinterpretation, misapplication, and employment discrimination. Organizations that are considering adopting personality testing should carefully weigh the following pros and cons:

Pros

Proponents of personality tests in hiring say that these devices: 95

· Help to identify candidates who will fit well, be less likely to leave the organization, and exhibit superior performance.

· Limit the influence of interviewers’ unconscious biases on hiring decisions.

· Weed out those who may be prone to undesirable behaviors like dishonesty and deviance.

Page 377

The California Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) uses the Five Factor Model (FFM) personality test (discussed in detail in  Chapter 11 ) in selecting new hires. To develop this aspect of its selection process, POST first surveyed subject matter experts from across the state to create an accurate list of personality-based job competencies. Those identified as being most important for performance included (1) integrity/ethics, (2) conscientiousness/dependability, (3) assertiveness/persuasiveness, (4) teamwork, (5) decision making and judgment, (6) adaptability/flexibility, (7) impulse control/attention to safety, (8) social competence, (9) emotional regulation and stress, (10) service orientation, and (11) tolerance. The commission defines each of these in detail and explains how each relates to both successful job performance, and dimensions of the FFM. 96

The U.S. Military was one of the first U.S. organizations to use workplace personality testing. Its program began more than 100 years ago with inventories that attempted to measure soldiers’ ability to withstand the sustained emotional traumas of combat during World War I.

U.S. Air National Guard photo by Tech. Sgt. Ryan Campbell

Cons

Those who disagree with personality tests in hiring say that these devices are: 97

· Subjective and open to interpretation by people who are not trained to evaluate results.

· Vulnerable to misuse by applicants who try to game the test.

· Potentially discriminatory because they raise the possibility of privacy violations when they inadvertently reveal information about personal characteristics such as mental health.

YOUR CALL

Would you be comfortable taking a personality test? Do you think it’s better to answer the questions honestly or to choose responses that might make you appear better suited for the job? Explain.

Page 378

9.3 Managing an Effective Workforce: Compensation and Benefits

THE BIG PICTURE

Managers must manage for compensation—which includes wages or salaries, incentives, and benefits.

LO 9-3

Outline common forms of compensation.

Do we work only for a paycheck? Many people do, of course. But money is only one form of compensation.

Compensation  has three parts: (1) wages or salaries, (2) incentives, and (3) benefits. In different organizations one part may take on more importance than another. For instance, in some nonprofit organizations (e.g., education, government), salaries may not be large, but health and retirement benefits may outweigh that fact. In a high-tech start-up, the salary and benefits may actually be somewhat humble, but the promise of a large payoff in incentives, such as stock options or bonuses, may be quite attractive.

These differences illustrate what you learned in  Figure 9.2 —namely, that compensation and benefits are one part of the strategic HRM process, and each firm should design their pay practices in the way that will attract, motivate, reward, and retain the specific kinds of employees and competencies needed to execute strategy. Compensation and benefits practices should have good internal fit such that they work in harmony with other HR practices such as recruiting, selection, and training. Compensation and benefits practices also need to have external fit such that they align with organizational culture and structure to jointly support broad strategic goals. 109

Let’s consider the three parts of compensation briefly. (We’ll expand on them in  Chapter 12  when we discuss ways to motivate employees.)

Wages or Salaries

Base pay  consists of the basic wage or salary paid employees in exchange for doing their jobs. The basic compensation levels for particular jobs are determined by all kinds of economic factors: the prevailing pay levels in a particular industry and location, what competitors are paying, whether jobs are unionized, potential job hazards, and individual workers’ experience and levels in the organization.

Incentives

To attract high-performing employees and to induce those already employed to be more productive, many organizations offer incentives, such as commissions, bonuses, profit-sharing plans, and stock options. Organization can use incentives to help to align workers with firm-level strategic objectives. We discuss incentives in detail in  Chapter 12 .

Benefits

Benefits , or  fringe benefits , are additional nonmonetary forms of compensation designed to enrich the lives of all employees in the organization, which are paid all or in part by the organization. Examples include health insurance, dental insurance, life insurance, disability protection, retirement plans, holidays off, accumulated sick days and vacation days, recreation options, country club or health club memberships, family leave, discounts on company merchandise, counseling, credit unions, legal advice, and education reimbursement. For top executives, there may be “golden parachutes,” generous severance pay for those who might be let go in the event the company is taken over by another company.

Page 379

Benefits are no small part of an organization’s costs. In December 2019, private industry spent an average of $34.72 per hour worked in employment compensation, of which wages and salaries accounted for 70.1% and benefits the remaining 29.9%. 110

Managers should be aware that younger generations of workers regard workplace benefits differently than older generations. 111  In particular, data suggest that Millennial and Gen Z workers place high value on work–life balance and flexibility in their jobs and are willing to trade higher salary for more of these things. Recent research by PwC concluded that for younger generations, “work is a thing, not a place.” 112

We discuss benefits—including their motivating potential across different generations of workers—in more detail in  Chapter 12  ●

9.4 Onboarding and Learning and Development

THE BIG PICTURE

Two ways organizations help newcomers to perform their jobs are through onboarding to fit them into the job and organization and through learning and development to upgrade their current skills and develop them for future opportunities.

LO 9-4

Describe the processes used for onboarding and learning and development.

We now turn our attention to the HR practices of onboarding and learning and development.

From a strategic HRM perspective, onboarding and learning and development (L&D) are HR practices that help an organization build the social and human capital necessary to accomplish its strategic objectives. 113

Managers need to know that their approach to onboarding and L&D can make or break the organization’s ability to retain top talent. 114  New employees who fail to establish relationships or who are unable to adapt to the organization’s culture are likely to quit almost immediately. 115  Further, within six months, 90% of employees will decide whether to stay with the organization or seek opportunities elsewhere, and their experiences with onboarding and L&D play a big part in that decision. 116  Let’s take a look at each of these important HR practices.

Onboarding: Helping Newcomers Learn the Ropes

Onboarding  consists of the programs designed to integrate and transition employees into new jobs and organizations through familiarization with corporate policies, procedures, cultures, and politics, and clarification of work-role expectations and responsibilities. This process also is referred to as employee socialization. 117

The Outcomes of Onboarding (and of Not Onboarding)

Effective onboarding programs generate a host of benefits. When companies invest the proper time and resources into creating a positive onboarding experience for employees, they are more likely to experience the positive outcomes listed in  Table 9.1 . 118  Alternatively,  Table 9.1  also illustrates what happens when companies fail to invest properly in the employee onboarding experience.

POSITIVE ONBOARDING EXPERIENCES GENERATE

NEGATIVE ONBOARDING EXPERIENCES GENERATE

· Increased commitment, job satisfaction, and productivity

· Decreased productivity and job satisfaction

· Higher customer satisfaction

· Lower customer satisfaction

· Lower turnover

· Higher costs and turnover

TABLE 9.1  The Effects of Positive and Negative Onboarding Experiences

Table Summary: Table divided into two columns summarizes the variations of three company implemented strategies. Column headers are marked from left to right as: positive onboarding experience generate and negative onboarding experiences generate.

Source: Findings based on C. Caldwell and R. Peters, “New Employee Onboarding—Psychological Contracts and Ethical Perspectives,” Journal of Management Development, 2018, pp. 27–39.

Unfortunately, only about 12% of workers surveyed in a recent study strongly agreed that their organizations were doing a great job onboarding new employees. 119  According to talent management expert Amber Hyatt, organizations place themselves at a “significant disadvantage” when they neglect the onboarding process, adding that, “Employees who know what to expect from their company’s culture and work environment make better decisions that are more aligned with the accepted practices of the company.” 120

Page 380

Onboarding Best Practices

Organizations take varied approaches to onboarding new employees. In a large organization, orientation may be a formal, established process. In a small organization, it may be so informal that employees find themselves having to make most of the effort themselves. At a minimum, research provides the following best practices for successful onboarding:

· Involve leaders. Onboarding works best when the people who will be supervising the new employee are involved. According to one study, a new employee is more than 3 times more likely to characterize onboarding as a success when their manager plays an active part throughout the process. 121  At Netflix, new employees get an orientation session with the company’s executive management team. New employees also meet with the company’s CEO by the time they finish their first quarter with the company.

· Clarify expectations. At minimum, the new employee needs to learn what is required in their new job, how the work will be evaluated, and who their immediate co-workers and managers are. Onboarding should clearly communicate role expectations and let the new employee know what “good” performance looks like in the organization and the job. 122  Netpeak, an Internet marketing agency, uses structured and automated onboarding “academies” to streamline and standardize onboarding. Tests and quizzes are built in at various steps in the process to ensure that new employees understand every aspect of their job-role requirements. 123

· Put the pieces together. Most onboarding programs provide at least a basic description of the company, including its mission, vision, and history. But onboarding is a great time to have conversations with new employees about how their roles relate to the organization’s larger purpose.  Figure 9.2  is a helpful guide for these conversations, because onboarding naturally includes discussions of many of the elements (culture, structure, strategy) that are presented as reinforcing one another in that figure. The Predictive Index talent software company uses onboarding to help new hires understand how their everyday jobs connect to the firm’s strategy. The company focuses its onboarding process on familiarizing new hires with the firm’s structure, strategy, and approaches to talent management. New employees also have lunch with the firm’s president and CEO on their first day of onboarding. 124

· Give it time. Onboarding is sometimes confused with orientation (a one-time activity designed to “check all the boxes” for new employees—including completing paperwork, getting office keys, etc.). But onboarding is a process of integration that can last up to a year or more. Managers should remember that the onboarding process happens not just on the first day, or even in the first week. Don’t try to squeeze everything in—there’s plenty of time, and the focus should be on helping the new employee feel welcomed, not overwhelmed. 125  Google has formal onboarding activities built into new employees’ jobs for at least six months. During that time, managers are supposed to have “check-in” meetings with their new employees at least once per month. 126

Page 381

Learning and Development: Helping People Perform Better

With traditional approaches to hiring, employers tried to recruit and select people whose qualifications matched the requirements of the job. Based on what you’ve learned thus far in the chapter, you know that hiring is no longer such a simple process. In today’s workplace, what matters most is not so much what you know, but whether you are willing and able to learn.

The Learning and Development Process.

The learning and development (L&D) process fills the gaps that exist between what employees currently know and what they need to know. The operative word here is need, because although it may be nice to learn a fun new skill at work every day, organizations operate under time and budget constraints. Managers need to determine the areas where L&D can make the biggest impact on successful implementation of the firm’s strategy. The five-step process shown below is a simple tool for managers to use when making L&D decisions. (See  Figure 9.3 .) Keep in mind that L&D is an ongoing effort in organizations rather than a one-time event. Let’s briefly discuss what managers do at each step.

FIGURE 9.3  Five steps in the learning and development process

· Step 1: Assessment. The first step in L&D is to figure out the organization’s most pressing L&D needs. In organizations with a strategic HRM focus, this process is all about strategy—namely, managers need to ask, “What’s holding us back from implementing strategy, and what can L&D help us to do better?”

· Step 2: Objectives. The second step in L&D is to set performance objectives. Here managers must determine what employees should be able to do after L&D that they could not do before, what skills should they have that they didn’t have before, etc. Simply put, this step identifies the specific changes you hope to see after L&D.

· Step 3: Selection. The third step in L&D is to select the best method(s) for delivering L&D. Here you’ll discuss, for example, whether L&D stays in house or gets outsourced; whether it takes place online, in a face-to-face setting, or in a blended format, etc.

· Step 4: Implementation. The fourth step in L&D is to go forward with L&D delivery.

· Step 5: Evaluation. The fifth step in L&D is determine whether the L&D has met/is meeting its objectives. If not, what needs to be adjusted?

Page 382

Different Types of Learning and Development

There are all kinds of L&D methods. One way to distinguish them is according to whether they are helping employees to learn facts or skills.

· L&D for facts. If people are learning facts—such as work rules or legal matters—then online courses, shared documents, and e-books are effective. Bloomingdale’s used Axonify’s e-learning platform to deliver workplace safety-based L&D through  microlearning —short bursts of content that employees can engage with for a few minutes at a time at their convenience (while sitting on the subway, waiting for an appointment, etc.). Bloomingdales’ 10,000 employees now have access to standardized and convenient learning tools. 127

· L&D for skills. If people are learning skills—such as the career readiness competencies of networking or decision making—then interactive techniques such as role-playing, case analysis, virtual reality (VR), and artificial intelligence (AI) work best. VR is an increasingly valuable L&D resource because it can simulate real situations and make learning more engaging, and this translates into better employee skills for retention and recall.

Many employees have to learn important skills on the job, and this often involves a great deal of trial-and-error. Technological advancements such as VR give employees the chance to practice and refine these skills in realistic, simulated environments before applying them at work.

Mark Nazh/Shutterstock

Hopefully you’ll recall that one of the themes we’ve stressed throughout the text is the importance of developing your soft skills. According to the 2020 LinkedIn Workforce Learning Report (based on a survey of more than 6,600 professionals across 18 countries), soft skills are only getting more important. Hard skills lose their relevance after a few years, but soft skills such as the ones HR professionals ranked highest in the 2020 study—leadership, creative problem-solving, and communication—will never fall out of favor. Consider what the Best Western Hotel chain is doing to increase employees’ soft skills.

Some organizations use animated coaching programs to deliver targeted L&D to their employees.

Viktoria Kazakova/Shutterstock

Best Western Example: The company adopted Mursion virtual reality solutions to help its employees grow their soft skills, and employees have already benefited from increases in front desk employee satisfaction as well as better problem-solving skills. 128  Best Western’s VR L&D targets the soft skills that are most strategically relevant for employees working in customer-oriented jobs, including positive attitude, handling conflict, and having difficult conversations. 129

Another way to categorize L&D methods is according to whether they happen on-the-job or off-the-job.

· On-the-job L&D. On-the-job L&D takes place in the work setting while employees are performing job-related tasks. Four major methods are job rotation, planned work activities, training positions, and coaching. Each of these activities has unique benefits, so managers should consider which will work best in specific situations. At Estée Lauder, L&D opportunities include short-term special assignments, “stretch projects” that occupy a few hours a week in addition to the regular workload, and temporary job swaps and job-sharing arrangements so that employees can broaden their skills through new role experiences. 130  IBM uses AI to analyze employees’ profiles, training progress, and desired career paths. The technology then targets L&D programs to individuals’ specific needs, which can include animated simulations to provide coaching on desired behaviors. 131

Page 383

· Off-the-job L&D. Off-the-job L&D typically takes place in classrooms, at professional conferences, or through videoconferencing, games, simulations, and other e-learning platforms—all of which occur outside of your normal job duties. A requirement for off-the-job L&D is quite common across a variety of professions. For example, to maintain a professional certification with the Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM-CP or SHRM-SCP), HR professionals must earn at least 60 professional development credits (PDCs) every three years, and these should come from a mix of on-the-job and off-the-job activities. Off-the-job activities include participating in approved HR-related e-learning modules given by other experts, disseminating important HR knowledge through writing for a national or global audience, or attending local chapter meetings or state/national conferences. Walmart store employees engage with certain aspects of L&D through VR technology rather than on-the-job. This is because there are some facets of store associates’ jobs that don’t occur often enough for employees to get to practice (e.g., handling Black Friday crowds). There also are situations that associates would prefer to not have to mess up in person in order to improve their skills (e.g., responding to angry customers). 132

See the  Example box  to learn about a company that is well known for its exceptional L&D.

EXAMPLE
Keller Williams Realty: Learning for Earning

At Keller Williams, says realtor Cydne Seymour, “We don’t believe in learning for knowing’s sake, we believe in learning for earning’s sake.” Keller Williams Realty is a commission-based global real estate franchise company headquartered in Austin, Texas, with almost 180,000 agents in more than 1,000 regional offices around the world. Since 2014, it has been the largest such company in the world, with a strong commitment to educating, coaching, and developing its franchised associates. This drive to develop its agents is what the company believes not only sets it apart from competitors but also drives its steady growth and success.

Your authors have conducted many educational classes off the job for executives. Do you think managers can readily apply this knowledge back at work?

stevecoleimages/Getty Images

In 2018, Keller Williams was promoted to top 10 hall of fame status by Training magazine (a professional development magazine for HR professionals). This honor is reserved for companies in any industry worldwide that have earned top spots on the magazine’s annual training list for four years in a row. Among the criteria for leading the list each year are objective measures like the company’s total budget for learning and development, that budget as a percentage of company payroll, the number of L&D hours per program and per employee, and the results of several subjective measures and workplace surveys.

The company’s learning and development tools and resources are available to agents at all levels of experience and are managed by the company’s chief learning officer. The intention is to help all Keller Williams agents become experts in their particular markets, which can include luxury and commercial real estate and farm properties. The learning programs include Keller Williams University, which offers online multimedia training; skill building programs called MAPS Coaching; hundreds of onsite and virtual training classes; special events, including an annual “family reunion” (attended by 17,000 agents in 2019); and several others.

Keller Williams competes with an innovation strategy, and the company maintains its status as an industry superstar by continuing to invest aggressively in optimizing agents’ and customers’ experiences. Company co-founder, chair, and CEO Gary Keller says that it’s important to “think about the market that I’m heading into and not the market that I’m in.” In November 2019, he announced, “This quarter was the most impressive quarter we’ve experienced in our 36-year history of our company,” adding, “we owe the entirety of our success to our agents. It’s their expertise and their passion for the business that makes us the company we are . . . it’s our agents that dictate where we’re headed—especially in technology and education. Every day, we look to them and ask, ‘How can we ensure the success you’re having today continues?’”

Page 384

The company’s newest answer to that question is KW Command—an AI-enabled platform created to streamline the agent/buyer experience. This industry-leading technology was curated to provide effective solutions to the problems real estate agents face most often. Here are some of the problems, along with the solutions KWCommand offers:

· PROBLEM: Rising tech costs that make scalable and profitability difficult in the industry.

· SOLUTION: Free technology for all company associates, including Command.

· PROBLEM: Inaccurate conversion because previous technology didn’t differentiate adequately between clients at different stages in their home buying/selling journey.

· SOLUTION: Maximize priorities with innovative AI analytics. Now when a client interacts with KWConnect, AI detects patterns and alerts the agent with a specific prediction about the client’s stage in the buying process and a prompt that suggests an ideal time to connect with the client and schedule the next steps.

· PROBLEM: Suboptimal groupings of multiple key data points—including market data and property listings—because the traditional real estate system organizes by ZIP code, and buyers seek property according to neighborhood.

· SOLUTION: Change what no longer works through new technology. In KWCommand, data is organized by community. This (1) improves agents’ ability to serve clients’ needs and (2) generates an advantage over competing firms.

YOUR CALL

Keller Williams employees and agents average 82 hours of formal learning a year, almost seven hours a month. 133  Do you think this is excessive? Can organizations spend too much on L&D? Explain.

Now that you have learned about the HR practices of recruitment, selection, compensation and benefits, onboarding, and learning and development, do careers in these fields interest you? Not everyone is suited for HR work, but it is very rewarding for some. The following self-assessment will help you decide whether or not a career in HR fits for you.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 9.3
CAREER READINESS
Is a Career in HR Right for You?

This survey is designed to assess your skills and interests and determine if a career in human resources is right for you. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 9.3 in Connect.

1. Are you suited for a career in human resources? Which specific aspect of human resources do you prefer?

2. Look at the top two areas of HR for which you tested as being best suited. Look over the descriptions of these fields and then identify what skills you need to have to be successful.

3. Even if you do not pursue a career in HR, which skills do you feel you should continue to develop? Explain.

Learning and Development Is Worth the Investment

According to the LinkedIn 2020 Workforce Learning Report mentioned earlier, 94% of workers would be willing to stay with an organization longer if the organization were willing to provide them with continued learning opportunities that enhanced their careers. 134  This is good news because it means that employees are willing to learn. Said famous business theorist and Dutch executive Arie de Geus, “The ability to learn faster than your competitors may be the only sustainable competitive advantage.” 135  We tend to agree with this statement and with experts who suggest companies need to build learning cultures where the desire and opportunity to learn is part of everyday organizational life. 136  ●

Page 385

9.5 Performance Management

THE BIG PICTURE

Performance management is a set of processes and managerial behaviors that involve defining, monitoring, measuring, evaluating, and providing consequences for performance expectations. It is not a one-time event like a performance appraisal. Effective performance management can foster positive employee attitudes, higher performance, and better customer service.

LO 9-5

Discuss effective performance management and feedback techniques.

Want to know how well your managers think you’re doing at work? Be prepared to be disappointed: 74% of employees say they don’t get helpful feedback, according to recent Gallup research, and only 14.5% of managers strongly agree that they’re effective at giving feedback. 137  Feedback about how you’re doing in your job is part of performance management.

Performance Management in Human Resources

No doubt you’ve had the experience at some point of having a sit-down with a superior, a boss or a teacher, who told you how well or poorly you were doing—a performance appraisal. A performance appraisal is a single event, as we discuss later in this section. Performance management, by contrast, is a powerful ongoing activity that, when done well, can improve firm profitability as well as employee performance, productivity, motivation, and attitudes such as engagement. 138

Performance management  is defined as a set of processes and managerial behaviors that involve defining, monitoring, measuring, evaluating, and providing consequences for performance expectations. 139  It consists of four steps: (1) define performance, (2) monitor and evaluate performance, (3) review performance, and (4) provide consequences. (See  Figure 9.4 .)

FIGURE 9.4  Performance management: four steps

Source: Adapted from A. J. Kinicki, K. J. L. Jacobson, S. J. Peterson, and G. E. Prussia, “Development and Validation of the Performance Management Behavior Questionnaire,” Personnel Psychology, 66 (2013), pp. 1–45.

See the  Example box  to learn what the performance management process looks like at Regeneron.

Page 386

EXAMPLE
Performance Management at Regeneron

Founded in 1988, New York–based Regeneron has more than 8,100 employees and ranks as one of the largest biotech companies in the world. Regeneron has won a number of awards as a best place to work, an innovation leader, a responsible workplace, and a top biotech firm. It was ranked by Fortune as one of the top 100 Best Places to Work in the United States in 2020. 140

Performance management in biotech can be tricky, because the way managers need to evaluate and determine performance varies substantially across business units. For scientists developing new treatments, it can take years to determine whether a particular aspect of their performance has been successful. For employees in administrative and commercial roles, timelines are much shorter, and the process is more traditional.

A few years ago, Michelle Weitzman-Garcia, Regeneron’s then executive director of workforce development, led the effort to redesign the company’s performance management system to account for the company’s unique needs. Here is a description of Regeneron’s performance management process (as defined by  Figure 9.4 ).

1. Define performance. Broadly, performance at Regeneron is defined along two axes: (1) results—what the employee needs to accomplish and (2) behaviors—how the employee needs to accomplish it. Managers define what those results and behaviors should be for employees in their unique departments. 141

2. Monitor and evaluate performance. Before the overhaul, Regeneron’s managers monitored and evaluated employee performance using a cumbersome 12-point rating scale. Now, fewer than 10% of the company’s managers use ratings in the performance management process. Instead, managers use one of four forms tailored to track performance according to unique expectations for employees in (1) drug development, (2) product supply, (3) field sales, and (4) corporate functions. 142

3. Review performance. The frequency and content of performance reviews at Regeneron varies for employees working in different units. For example, in some units, managers use a 30/30 review process that consists of 30 minutes of performance conversation with each employee they supervise every 30 days. In other units, performance reviews occur once or twice per year. 143

4. Provide consequences. Regeneron uses a progressive discipline system to provide consequences for performance that falls below expectations. 144  With progressive discipline, managers work with employees using a series of graduated steps that aim to correct performance early, before it becomes problematic. Progressive discipline typically begins with informal conversation at the early stages and can result in serious action—including termination—in later stages. The company also offers employees the opportunity to earn above-market rewards for outstanding individual contributions, or when their work leads to exceptional firm performance. 145

YOUR CALL

What do you think about the performance management process at Regeneron? Do you think a differentiated performance management approach is appropriate for biotech firms like Regeneron? Why or why not?

Performance management is an important HR practice and a powerful means for improving individual, group, and organizational effectiveness. 146  A recent review of 488 academic studies of performance management revealed that effective performance management has powerful implications for strategic HRM. Specifically, performance management builds unit-level human capital by increasing skills, motivation, and capabilities within business units and aligning job performance with firm-level strategy. 147

Performance Appraisals: Are They Worthwhile?

performance appraisal , or performance review, is a management process that consists of (1) assessing employees’ performance and (2) providing them with feedback. Unlike performance management, which is an ongoing, interactive process between managers and employees, a performance appraisal is often dictated by a date on the calendar and can sometimes consist of a tense conversation that leaves both parties feeling unsatisfied. 148

Management expert W. Edwards Deming (see  Chapter 2 ) felt that such reviews were actually harmful because people remember only the negative parts. 149  Ninety percent of HR professionals in one study declared they were dissatisfied with their performance review/management systems. 150  No wonder then that some companies began dropping the practice altogether, although they soon learned that putting nothing in its place left employees without needed and indeed desired feedback about how they were doing on the job. Some newer approaches to performance appraisal have emerged around two important research findings:

Page 387

Frequent Feedback Is Best

Studies suggest that feedback is more accurate when given frequently. 151  Frequent feedback also allows managers and employees to reinforce key ideas about performance. Companies including Gap, Pfizer, Cigna, and Procter & Gamble have started to provide more frequent appraisals that let managers and employees make faster “course corrections” and prevent performance problems from piling up. 152  Consider Adobe’s approach.

Adobe Example: Adobe recently abandoned its use of traditional performance appraisals altogether—not because managing performance isn’t worthwhile, but because the company’s appraisal method wasn’t doing anything to actually improve performance. Further, the company estimates that its old system burned through about 80,000 work hours. Adobe now uses “check-ins”—frequent, informal, engaging conversations between managers and employees aimed at motivating and improving performance. One benefit is that the process feels more egalitarian and less intimidating than a formal appraisal, and managers and employees are more truthful and direct in their conversations. Another benefit is that employees are no longer “ranked” next to their peers. 153  This decision echoes recent research that suggests ranking employees in relation to one another can destroy the cooperation and collaboration that today’s innovative firms rely on. 154

Feedback Should Be Future-Oriented

Good feedback should result in improved performance in the future. Of course, a performance appraisal has to include a discussion of past behavior, because past behavior is what is being appraised. But research suggests that the focus of the conversation should then switch to what can be done going forward. 155  Consider how Deloitte revamped its performance appraisal system.

Deloitte Example: Deloitte, a global consulting firm, led the way in redesigning the performance review in 2015 after discovering, among other negatives, that the process in place was consuming nearly 2 million work hours a year, not nearly enough of which was spent in discussions of employees and their futures. 156  After much internal research, the company devised a streamlined system around three goals:

1. Recognize performance—appraisal data should provide information that can inform variable compensation and other decisions about employees.

2. See performance clearly—the system should produce accurate and non-biased “snapshots” of performance. This is achieved by having managers respond to four future-oriented statements about employees at the end of key projects, using a five-point scale (for example: “Given what I know of this person’s performance, I would always want him or her on my team”).

3. Fuel performance—with weekly “check-ins” between managers and team members. Weekly conversations center on performance, work priorities, and future opportunities for learning and development. 157

Today, Deloitte continues to survey performance management and appraisal systems, and it reports that employees want regular feedback, likely influenced by the response mechanisms of social media, and that most companies are now able to obtain increasingly useful data for better HR decision making. 158  Let us look at performance appraisals in more detail, because they are still used by most organizations, albeit in some new and exciting forms. 159

Page 388

Two Kinds of Performance Appraisal: Objective and Subjective

There are two ways to evaluate an employee’s performance—objectively and subjectively.

1. Objective Appraisals

Objective appraisals , also called results appraisals, are based on facts and are often numerical. In these kinds of appraisals, you would keep track of such matters as the numbers of products the employee sold in a month, customer complaints filed against an employee, miles of freight hauled, and the like.

There are two good reasons for having objective appraisals:

· They measure desired results. Objectively measuring desired results enables managers to focus employees on the important or preferred outcomes. Examples would be the number of cars sold by salespeople, the number of journal publications for professors, and the number of defects for a manufacturing plant.

· They are harder to challenge legally. Not being as subject to personal bias, objective appraisals are harder for employees to challenge on legal grounds, such as for age, gender, or racial discrimination.

2. Subjective Appraisals

Few employees can be adequately measured just by objective appraisals—hence the need for  subjective appraisals , which are based on a manager’s perceptions of an employee’s (1) traits or (2) behaviors.

· Trait appraisals. Trait appraisals are ratings of such subjective attributes as “attitude,” “initiative,” and “leadership.” Trait evaluations may be easy to create and use, but their validity is questionable because the evaluator’s personal bias can affect the ratings.

· Behavioral appraisals. Behavioral appraisals measure specific, observable aspects of performance—being on time for work, for instance—although making the evaluation is still somewhat subjective. An example is the  behaviorally anchored rating scale (BARS) , which rates employee gradations in performance according to scales of specific behaviors. For example, a five-point BARS rating scale about attendance might go from “Always early for work and has equipment ready to fully assume duties” to “Frequently late and often does not have equipment ready for going to work,” with gradations in between.

Who Should Make Performance Appraisals?

Most performance appraisals are done by managers; however, to add different perspectives, sometimes appraisal information is provided by other people who are knowledgeable about particular employees or jobs. Decisions about who appraises performance should be made in support of the company’s strategic goals, as you will see in the examples we discuss.

Peers, Subordinates, Customers, and Self

Among additional sources of performance information are co-workers and subordinates, customers and clients, and employees themselves.

· Peers and subordinates. Co-workers, colleagues, and subordinates may well see different aspects of your performance. Such information can be useful for development, although it probably shouldn’t be used for evaluation. (Many managers will resist soliciting such information about themselves, of course, fearing negative appraisals.)

Page 389

· Customers and clients. Some organizations, such as restaurants and hotels, ask customers and clients for their appraisals of employees. Publishers ask authors to judge how well they are doing in handling the editing, production, and marketing of their books. Automobile dealerships may send follow-up questionnaires to car buyers.

· Self-appraisals. How would you rate your own performance in a job, knowing that it would go into your personnel file? It’s likely the bias would be toward rating yourself favorably. Nevertheless, self-appraisals help employees become involved in the whole evaluation process and may make them more receptive to feedback about areas needing improvement.

In terms of strategic HRM, managers should choose performance information sources based on whether the insights gleaned from them can improve performance in a way that improves strategic execution. If the firm can better deliver on its objectives when a source of performance information is included, then it may be worthwhile to include the source in the performance appraisal process. However, managers need to evaluate the relative validity of any additional source of information to determine how much weight it should carry. Consider the example of patient experience surveys in health care.

Patient Experience Surveys Example: Hospital reimbursements—the money hospitals ultimately receive (from health insurers, Medicare, etc.) for providing medical services—has become increasingly tied to patient satisfaction scores gathered from the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) patient experience survey. 160  For many physicians and health care facilities, there is concern about whether patient reviews represent valid measures of quality of care. Some studies suggest, for example, that denying patients’ requests for pain medications decreases patient satisfaction scores. The concern here is that if important outcomes are contingent upon these scores, some providers may be motivated to make decisions in the best interest of ratings, rather than patients’ health. 161  Recently, a group of five major hospital associations published a list of recommendations for improving the validity of HCAHPS scores. Recommendations were related to, for example, improving response rates, refining survey items, and ensuring that the survey was understandable to people with varying levels of health literacy. 162

360-Degree Assessment: Appraisal by Multiple Sources

We said that performance appraisals may be done by peers, subordinates, customers, and oneself. Sometimes all these may be used in a technique called a 360-degree assessment.

In a “theater in the round,” the actors in a dramatic play are watched by an audience on all sides of them—360 degrees. Similarly, as a worker, you have many people watching you from all angles. With a  360-degree feedback appraisal , or 360-degree assessment, employees are appraised not only by their managerial superiors but also by peers, subordinates, and sometimes clients, thus providing several perspectives. Consider the following example of how Netflix uses 360-degree assessments as part of its performance appraisal process.

Netflix Example: Netflix is known for its hypercompetitive organizational culture, which company executives see as a primary source of competitive advantage. 163  The company’s openly shared “culture deck” describes aspects of this culture with statements such as, “are extraordinarily candid with each other,” and “keep only our highly effective people.” Employees need to be able to “learn rapidly and eagerly,” be “concise and articulate in speech and writing,” and “thrive on change.” 164  The company often uses “real-time 360” lunch and dinner meetings to appraise employee performance. In these meetings, anyone in attendance—from company executives to lower level support staff—is encouraged to share blunt and honest feedback with the employee being appraised. 165

Page 390

Typically, an employee chooses evaluators from 6 to 12 other people to make evaluations, who then fill out anonymous forms, the results of which are tabulated by computer. The employee then goes over the results with his or her manager and together they put into place a long-term plan for performance goals. The 360-degree appraisal is a popular tool—according to one report, more than 85% of Fortune 500 companies use this method. 166  When administered correctly, 360-degree appraisals are useful. For example, one recent study showed that this form of evaluation enhanced employees’ innovative behaviors. 167  Here are a few best-practices presented in a recent review of research on 360-degree appraisals: 168

1. Keep it developmental—the 360-degree appraisal is intended to be a source of developmental information, rather than a formal appraisal. Making raters aware that their feedback will be used for the former purpose increases the likelihood that they will provide constructive information.

2. More isn’t always better—focus on choosing evaluators who can contribute unique and strategically valuable information about the employee’s performance.

3. Remember to reduce bias—proponents of 360-degree appraisals often assume that this technique automatically reduces the likelihood that performance feedback will suffer from bias. Unfortunately, more raters often mean more opportunities for bias. Raters should be trained to recognize role-specific competencies as well as their own judgmental biases.

All told, collecting performance information from multiple sources can help the person being evaluated get a multi-dimensional view of their performance.

Forced Ranking: Grading on a Curve

To increase performance, a substantial number of Fortune 500 companies have some variant of performance review systems known as a forced ranking (or “rank and yank”) system. 169  In  forced ranking performance review systems , all employees within a business unit are ranked against one another and grades are distributed along some sort of bell curve—just like students being graded in a college course. Top performers (such as the top 20%) are rewarded with bonuses and promotions; the worst performers (such as the bottom 20%) are given warnings or dismissed.

Forced rankings rely on the theory that there is something inherently motivating about seeing how we stack up against others. This thinking underlies, for example, the “leaderboard” that Peloton users see when they take a virtual cycling class. The main idea is that we will be motivated to work harder and push ourselves further when we are in competition with others. Forced rankings were a cornerstone of many organizations for decades, but outlooks on their usefulness are shifting. Consider how GE’s perspective on forced ranking has changed over time.

GE Example: In the 1980s, GE pioneered its famous “rank and yank” performance management system that required managers to rank their workforce according to performance ratings and “yank” (i.e., fire) the bottom 10%. The system persisted at GE for decades but has all but vanished in recent years. 170  The company’s latest HR innovation is its PD@GE app. 171  This technology connects employees with both managers and peers and enables them to seek and give feedback in real time. Conversations are centered on performance improvement and can happen entirely through the app, although employees can request a face-to-face meeting with a supervisor at any time. 172

This type of performance review system is rapidly losing favor. Here are key reasons:

1. Forced rankings can eliminate good workers too. Proponents of forced ranking say it encourages managers to identify and remove poor performers and structures a predetermined compensation curve, which enables them to reward top performers. However, opponents contend that the system eventually gets rid of talented as well as untalented people. 173  There may also be legal ramifications. A recent suit brought against Ford claimed the company used forced ranking to discriminate against older employees. 174

Page 391

2. Forced rankings can negatively impact performance. Numeric ratings, rankings, and formal evaluations without positive feedback may produce the opposite of their intended results—namely, create a culture of reduced performance, according to recent neurological and psychological research. 175  When Accenture eliminated its ranking system, its CEO said, “We’re going to evaluate you in your role, not vis-à-vis someone else who might work in Washington, who might work in Bangalore. It’s irrelevant. It should be about you.” 176

3. Forced rankings are less applicable to modern work. Forced ranking systems were originally conceived at the turn of the 20th century to measure the performance of manual laborers and factory workers. This seems inappropriate today, when more than 70% of workers are employed in service or knowledge-intensive jobs in which skills, attitudes, and abilities are hard to evaluate along a bell curve.

Effective Performance Feedback

As a manager, you may not feel comfortable about critiquing your employees’ performance, especially when you have to convey criticism rather than praise. In fact, studies suggest that most managers unintentionally inflate their employees’ performance ratings. 177  Nevertheless, giving performance feedback is one of the most important parts of the manager’s job, and giving inaccurate or overly positive feedback is helpful to neither the employee nor the organization. Here are some research-backed suggestions for giving accurate, useful feedback: 178

· Take a problem-solving approach, avoid criticism, and treat employees with respect. Recall the worst boss for whom you ever worked. How did you react to his or her method of giving feedback? Avoid giving criticism that might be taken personally.

Example: Instead of saying, “You’re picking up that bag of cement wrong” (which is both personal and also criticizes by using the word wrong), try, “Instead of bending at the waist, a good way to pick up something heavy is to bend your knees. That’ll help save your back.”

· Be specific and direct in describing the employee’s current performance and in identifying the improvement you desire. Describe your subordinate’s current performance in specific terms and concentrate on outcomes that are within his or her ability to improve.

Example: Instead of saying, “You’re always late turning in your sales reports.” Try, “Instead of making calls on Thursday afternoon, why don’t you take some of the time to do your sales reports so they’ll be ready on Friday along with those of the other sales reps?”

· Get the employee’s input. In determining causes of a problem, listen to the employee and get his or her help in crafting a solution. Be thoughtful and compassionate.

Example: Instead of saying, “You’ve got to learn to get here by 9:00 a.m. every day.” Say, “What changes do you think could be made so that your station is ready when people start calling at 9:00?”

· Follow up. Always check in with the employee later to be sure he or she has taken any corrective action you discussed and that you’ve made yourself available for any additional questions or input.

Example: Instead of saying, “Why are you still turning in incomplete progress reports?” Try, “It’s almost time for me to ask for your next progress report. Should we take a look at a draft of it together first?” ●

Page 392

9.6 Managing Promotions, Transfers, Disciplining, and Dismissals

THE BIG PICTURE

As a manager, you’ll have to manage employee replacement actions, as by promoting, transferring, demoting, laying off, or firing.

LO 9-6

List guidelines for handling promotions, transfers, discipline, and dismissals.

You will learn in  Chapter 12  that employees’ perceptions about being treated fairly are essential for their job satisfaction, engagement, productivity, and desire to remain at the company. 179  Have you ever been treated unfairly at work? Do you remember how you felt? Probably angry. The point here is that the issue of fair treatment is critical when managers consider who to promote, transfer, discipline, and fire. But you play a role in these decisions as well.

In terms of your own promotions, transfers, and other important career milestones, keep in mind that organizations expect you to take responsibility for yourself. As one expert put it, “We are now in the era of do-it-yourself career development.” 180  Remember that career management is an important career-readiness competency, and consider the advice of Khadijah Sharif-Drinkard, senior vice president of business and legal at ViacomCBS and a Columbia University alum. Specifically—learn to advocate for yourself by highlighting your accomplishments and aspirations clearly to those above you. “You have to figure out ways that you get your own voice out there so that you can translate for people what you’re really doing,” says Sharif-Drinkard, adding, “because a lot of times people won’t necessarily know.” 181

Let’s consider some best practices for handling promotions, transfers, discipline, and dismissals.

Promotion: Moving Upward

Promotion—moving an employee to a higher-level position—is the most obvious way to recognize that person’s superior performance (apart from giving raises and bonuses). There are three primary concerns with promotions: fairness, discrimination, and others’ resentments. Let’s look at each of these briefly:

Fairness

It’s important that promotion be fair. The step upward must be deserved. Managers should never promote employees for reasons of nepotism, cronyism, or other forms of favoritism.

Discrimination

Promotion decisions cannot and should not discriminate on the basis of sexual orientation, ethnicity, gender, age, physical ability, or any other protected class. Further, decisions should not be made on the basis of any non-job-related factor (e.g., political affiliation) even if it isn’t considered a legally protected factor, although recent evidence suggests this type of discrimination does occur. 182

Others’ Resentments

If someone is promoted, someone else may be resentful about being passed over. As a manager, you may need to counsel the people left behind about their performance and their opportunities in the future. In fact, if you are passed over yourself, it is important not to let your anger build. Instead, gather your thoughts, then go in and talk to your boss and find out what qualities were lacking, suggests one report. As we said in the introduction to this section, you should take responsibility for your own career management by looking for ways to improve and showcase your knowledge, skills, and abilities. Above all, don’t give up. It may be that this was not the right opportunity for you, and another will come when you least expect it. 183

Page 393

Transfer: Moving Sideways

Transfer  is movement of an employee to a different job with similar responsibility. It may or may not mean a change in geographical location (which might be part of a promotion as well).

Employees might be transferred for four principal reasons:

1. To solve organizational problems by using their skills at another location

2. To broaden their experience in being assigned to a different position

3. To retain their interest and motivation by being presented with a new challenge

4. To solve some employee problems, such as personal differences with their bosses.

Remember that employees are hungry for opportunities to learn new skills and develop their competencies. Job transfers are one way that organizations can provide this kind of meaningful development for employees while simultaneously benefiting the firm. 184  Here are a few examples of how organizations use transfers: 185

Company Examples: The National Football League (NFL) offers a “junior rotational program” that allows employees to rotate between departments including public affairs, finance, events, and marketing. Employees can spend anywhere from six to twelve months in each department. Each year, Emerson, a global manufacturing firm, gives between 8 and 18 employees the chance to spend one year in one of its U.S. offices and one year in one of its international offices through its “engineers in leadership” program. Procter & Gamble is known for rotating managers through different cities and jobs throughout their careers. Many employees come to expect that they and their families will be in a new home in a new town every three to five years. At P&G, it’s “move up or move out.”

Disciplining and Demotion: The Threat of Moving Downward

Poorly performing employees may be given a warning or a reprimand and then disciplined. That is, they may be temporarily removed from their jobs, as when a police officer is placed on suspension or administrative leave—removed from his or her regular job in the field and perhaps given a paperwork job or told to stay away from work.

Alternatively, an employee may be demoted—that is, have their current responsibilities, pay, and perquisites taken away, as when a middle manager is demoted to a first-line manager. (Sometimes this may occur when a company is downsized, resulting in fewer higher-level management positions.)

Demotions are uncomfortable for both managers and employees, and recent research suggests that more than 50% of employees who are demoted ultimately quit their jobs. But demotions don’t necessarily mean the employee isn’t a valuable asset to the company. In many cases, they are simply not a good fit for their current position and would be able to make valuable contributions elsewhere in the organization or after they’ve had more time in a lower-level position. 186  Here are a few tips for managing the demotion process: 187

1. Base demotion decisions on unbiased, well-documented evidence. Demotions should be based on objective facts that have been documented by the organization.

2. Communicate the organization’s desire to retain the employee. If you want to keep the employee and feel they will be a good fit in a different position, explain this, and highlight the strengths that you feel make them the right person for the alternate job.

3. Be honest about performance-related issues that led to the demotion. Employees need honest and constructive feedback in order to learn and develop.

Page 394

Dismissal: Moving Out of the Organization

Dismissals fall into three categories: layoffs, downsizings, and firings. We first discuss each type of dismissal. Then, we describe exit interviews, nondisparagement agreements, and employment at will, which often go along with dismissals.

Layoffs

The phrase being laid off tends to suggest that a person has been dismissed temporarily—as when a carmaker doesn’t have enough orders to justify keeping its production employees—and may be recalled later when economic conditions improve. Many companies cite layoffs as necessary to improve profitability, although research suggests they do not, in fact, improve profits. 188  In some cases, there may be no other option, as companies such as Under Armour, Cheesecake Factory, Best Buy, and Disney found during the COVID-19 pandemic of 2020. 189

Downsizings

A downsizing is a permanent dismissal; there is no rehiring later. An automaker discontinuing a line of cars or on the path to bankruptcy might permanently let go of its production employees. Recent research suggests that downsizing occurs more often due to pressure to meet investment analysts’ earnings estimates rather than to correct for poor firm performance. 190

Firings

The phrase being fired, with all its euphemisms and synonyms—being “terminated,” “separated,” “let go,” “sacked,” “axed,” “canned”—tends to mean that a person was dismissed permanently “for cause.” Firings occur due to, for example, absenteeism, sloppy work habits, failure to perform satisfactorily, or breaking the law. Interestingly, it’s rare to hear news of a company firing the CEO. As one writer commented, the CEO “never gets fired,” rather, he or she leaves “to pursue other opportunities” or “spend more time with the family.” 191  But a recent study suggests that up to half of all CEOs that leave their jobs do so because they were fired. 192

A few important points about firings are:

1. Reasons for dismissals should be carefully documented. Employers need to take steps to avoid employees suing for “wrongful termination.”

2. Remember those who stay. Other employees may be affected by the firing of a supervisor, co-worker, or subordinate. 193

3. Dismissals are usually not a surprise. Most bosses are conflict-averse, and you may see the handwriting on the wall when your own manager begins to interact with you less. 194

4. Firings are more common in some industries or job types than others. For example, start-ups are quick to fire if new hires don’t measure up quickly. 195

Exit Interviews, Nondisparagement Agreements, and Employment at Will

An  exit interview  is a formal conversation between a representative from the organization and a departing employee to find out why he or she is leaving and to learn about potential problems in the organization. If you leave an organization, you can expect to have an exit interview—91% of Fortune 500 companies use exit interviews, along with 87% of midsize firms. Unfortunately, research shows that even though many employees quit their jobs because of poor relationships with their bosses, it’s likely that employees will not share this information honestly in exit interviews, because they fear being retaliated against in ways that can damage their careers. 196

Page 395

nondisparagement agreement is a contract between two parties that prohibits one party from criticizing the other; it is often used in severance agreements to prohibit former employees from criticizing their former employers. Employees who are laid off or whose jobs have been eliminated are often obliged to sign nondisparagement agreements in return for receiving severance pay—pay an employer may give a worker who leaves, such as the equivalent of two weeks of salary for each year he or she was employed. The #MeToo movement has reignited debates about nondisparagement agreements and the fact that they may prevent some victims of workplace harassment from speaking out. Some states have begun to update their laws to protect the rights of harassment victims. 197

Employment at will  is the governing principle of employment in the great majority of states, and it means that anyone can be dismissed at any time for any reason at all—or for no reason. 198  Exceptions are whistle-blowers and people with employment contracts. EEO laws also prohibit organizations’ dismissing people for their membership in one or more protected classes. 199

Managers should always work with HR to ensure they are being compliant with local, state, and federal law during dismissals. ●

9.7 The Legal Requirements of Human Resource Management

THE BIG PICTURE

Four areas of human resource law any manager needs to be aware of are labor relations, compensation and benefits, health and safety, and equal employment opportunity.

LO 9-7

Discuss legal considerations managers should be aware of.

Laws underlie all aspects of the HR practices discussed so far. Whatever your organization’s human resource strategy, in the United States (and in U.S. divisions overseas) it has to operate within the environment of the American legal system. In this section we discuss four areas you need to be aware of. Some important laws are summarized in  Table 9.2 .

YEAR

LAW OR REGULATION

PROVISIONS

Labor Relations

1974

Privacy Act

Gives employees legal right to examine letters of reference concerning them

1986

Immigration Reform & Control Act

Requires employers to verify the eligibility for employment of all their new hires (including U.S. citizens)

2003

Sarbanes-Oxley Act

Prohibits employers from demoting or firing employees who raise accusations of fraud to a federal agency

Compensation and Benefits

1974

Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA)

Sets rules for managing pension plans; provides federal insurance to cover bankrupt plans

1993

Family and Medical Leave Act

Requires employers to provide 12 weeks of unpaid leave for medical and family reasons, including for childbirth, adoption, or family emergency

1996

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA)

Allows employees to switch health insurance plans when changing jobs and receive new coverage regardless of preexisting health conditions; prohibits group plans from dropping ill employees

2007

Fair Minimum Wage Act

Increased federal minimum wage to $7.25 per hour on July 24, 2009

Health and Safety

1970

Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)

Establishes minimum health and safety standards in organizations

1985

Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)

Requires an extension of health insurance benefits after termination

2010

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

Employers with more than 50 employees must provide health insurance

Equal Employment Opportunity

1963

Equal Pay Act

Requires men and women be paid equally for performing equal work

1964, amended 1972

Civil Rights Act, Title VII

Prohibits discrimination on basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, or sexual orientation

1967, amended 1978 and 1986

Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA)

Prohibits discrimination in employees over 40 years old; restricts mandatory retirement

1990

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

Prohibits discrimination against essentially qualified employees with physical or mental disabilities or chronic illness; requires “reasonable accommodation” be provided so they can perform duties

1991

Civil Rights Act

Amends and clarifies Title VII, ADA, and other laws; permits suits against employers for punitive damages in cases of intentional discrimination

TABLE 9.2  Some Important Recent U.S. Federal Laws and Regulations Protecting Employees

Table Summary: Table divided into three columns with four sections summarizes some important laws. The column header are marked as: Year; law of regulation; and provisions.

1. Labor Relations

The earliest laws affecting employee welfare had to do with unions, and they can still have important effects. Legislation passed in 1935 (the Wagner Act) resulted in the  National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) , which enforces procedures whereby employees may vote to have a union and for collective bargaining.  Collective bargaining  consists of negotiations between management and employees about disputes over compensation, benefits, working conditions, and job security.

Page 396

A 1947 law (the Taft-Hartley Act) allows the president of the United States to prevent or end a strike that threatens national security. (We discuss labor–management issues further in  Section 9.8 .)

Page 397

2. Compensation and Benefits

The  Social Security Act of 1935  established the U.S. retirement system.

The passage of the  Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (FLSA)  established minimum living standards for workers engaged in interstate commerce, including provision of a federal minimum wage and a maximum workweek before overtime must be paid, along with banning child labor. A few important facts about the minimum wage: 200

· Federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour. It was raised to this level in 2009.

· States have their own laws:

· 29 states and D.C. have minimum wages that are higher than the federal level.

· 5 states do not have minimum wage levels.

· When an employee is subject to both state and federal law, they earn the higher of the two rates (state or federal).

· The federal minimum wage has never remained unchanged for this long. As of 2019, the minimum wage had never stood unchanged for longer. In the 12+ years since the $7.25 per hour rate was set, inflation has increased 18%.

Proponents of a $15 minimum wage say it would help people pay their bills because existing minimum wages have not kept up with inflation, and it would create a fairer working environment because different states now pay wildly different minimums. Detractors say that the $15 figure is arbitrary and that a higher minimum would produce job losses, hurt low-skilled workers, have little effect on reducing poverty, and result in higher prices to consumers. 201

Salaried executive, administrative, and professional employees are considered exempt from overtime rules—these are called white-collar exemptions. The remaining employees, called nonexempt, must be paid time and a half for any weekly hours in excess of 40. In 2020 the Department of Labor (DOL) updated the white-collar exemptions. Two key takeaways: 202

· Workers must be paid overtime if they do not earn at least $35,568 per year (or $684 per week), regardless of white-collar job classification.

· Employers can satisfy up to 10% of standard salary level with nondiscretionary bonuses and incentive payments (to include commissions) that are paid annually or more frequently.

3. Health and Safety

From miners risking tunnel cave-ins to cotton mill workers breathing lint, industry has always had dirty, dangerous jobs. Beginning with the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSH Act) of 1970, a body of law has grown that requires organizations to provide employees with nonhazardous working conditions (most recently augmented by an update to the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976). 203  Later laws extended health coverage, including 2010 health care reform legislation, which requires employees with more than 50 employees to provide health insurance or pay a penalty. 204  (More than 20 million Americans have gained access to health insurance due to the passing of the Affordable Care Act.) 205

4. Equal Employment Opportunity

The effort to reduce discrimination in employment based on racial, ethnic, and religious bigotry and gender stereotypes began with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. This established the  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) , whose job is to enforce antidiscrimination and other employment-related laws. Title VII applies to all organizations or their agents engaged in an industry affecting interstate commerce that employs 15 or more employees. Contractors who wish to do business with the U.S. government (such as most colleges and universities, which receive federal funds) must be in compliance with various executive orders issued by the president covering antidiscrimination. Later laws prevented discrimination against older workers and people with physical and mental disabilities. (We discuss these topics in detail in  Chapter 11 .)

Page 398

Workplace Discrimination, Affirmative Action, Sexual Harassment, and Bullying

Three important concepts covered by equal employment opportunity (EEO) laws are workplace discrimination, affirmative action, and sexual harassment, which we discuss in this section. We also consider bullying, which is not covered by EEO laws.

Workplace Discrimination

Workplace discrimination  occurs when employment decisions about people are made for reasons not relevant to the job, such as skin color, gender, religion, or age. Two fine points to be made here are that (1) although the law prohibits discrimination in all aspects of employment, it does not require an employer to extend preferential treatment because of these factors and (2) employment decisions must be made on the basis of job-related criteria.

There are two types of workplace discrimination:

· Adverse impact.  Adverse impact  occurs when an organization uses an employment practice or procedure that results in unfavorable outcomes to a protected class (such as workers over 40) over another group of people (such as workers under 40). For example, requiring workers to have “four to six years of experience” inadvertently creates adverse impact on older workers, because workers over 40 are likely to have more than six years of experience. This example would not be a problem, however, if work experience in this specific range were required to perform the job. Another example is basing a person’s starting salary on what he or she earned at a previous job. This can discriminate against female applicants because they tend to make less money than males for performing the same job with the same level of experience and skills.

· Disparate treatment.  Disparate treatment  results when employees from protected groups (such as disabled individuals) are intentionally treated differently. An example would be making a decision to give all international assignments to people without disabilities because of the assumption that they won’t need any special accommodations related to travel. Another example would be deciding to choose a male employee for a promotion over a female employee because of the assumption that the female employee—who happens to be pregnant—is going to give up her career soon anyway. 206

When an organization is found to have been practicing discrimination, the people discriminated against may sue for back pay and punitive damages. In 2019, among complaints to the EEOC, the most frequently cited basis for charges of discrimination was retaliation (53.8%), followed by disability discrimination (33.4%); discrimination based on race (33%); sex discrimination, including sexual harassment and pregnancy discrimination (32.4%); and discrimination based on age (21.4%). These percentages are greater than 100% because some charges allege multiple types of discrimination. 207

Discrimination can occur in HR practices even when managers are not consciously aware of it. Aware or not, the organization can be held liable. Organizations need to evaluate their selection devices on a regular basis to be sure they are not at risk of adversely impacting applicants who belong to underrepresented groups. Here’s an example of one entrepreneur using AI to decrease discrimination in recruiting, hiring, and selection.

Blendoor Example: Stephanie Lampkin is the founder and CEO of Blendoor, a tech company that uses AI to remove discrimination from the hiring process. Unlike the applications of AI discussed earlier—that were biased by the data they were built from—Blendoor’s algorithms are built on more comprehensive data sets. Said Lampkin, “Enterprises tend to hire people who look like people they have hired before and they use procedures that haven’t changed. That’s why Amazon’s AI experiment didn’t work. . . . You’re baking in bias in the algorithm.” The problem, says Lampkin, is that age-old hiring methods persist (for example, a bias toward hiring people from certain elite schools) even though they aren’t linked to better firm performance. Blendoor works with companies to turn these biases on their heads. Blendoor’s technology has helped some of its customers double the number of women they hire, and others have hired six times more underrepresented minorities. 208

Page 399

Blendoor founder and CEO Stephanie Lampkin—shown here speaking at the 2019 New York Times Annual Dealbook Conference—is changing the game with her company’s comprehensive, data-driven application of AI that creates more accuracy and less bias in the hiring process.

Mike Cohen/Getty Images

Affirmative Action

Affirmative action  focuses on achieving equality of opportunity within an organization. It aims to make up for past discrimination in employment by actively finding, hiring, and developing the talents of people from groups traditionally underrepresented due to discrimination. Steps include active recruitment, elimination of prejudicial questions in interviews, and establishment of minority hiring goals. It’s important to note that EEO laws do not allow the use of hiring quotas. 209

Affirmative action has created tremendous opportunities for women and minorities, but it has been resisted more by some who see it as working against their interests. 210  Consider what happened at Harvard.

Harvard Example: The issue of affirmative action made headlines when a group called the Students for Fair Admissions sued Harvard for its race-conscious admissions process. Specifically, the lawsuit alleged that Harvard had discriminated against Asian American applicants in its admissions process, unfairly holding them to a higher standard to gain admission. U.S. District Judge Allison Burroughs ruled that Harvard’s admissions standards were constitutional, and said in her ruling, “It is this, at Harvard and elsewhere that will move us, one day, to the point where we see that race is a fact, but not the defining fact and not the fact that tells us what is important, but we are not there yet.” She added, “Until we are, race-conscious admissions programs that survive strict scrutiny will have an important place in society and help ensure that colleges and universities can offer a diverse atmosphere that fosters learning, improves scholarship and encourages mutual respect and understanding.” 211

Sexual Harassment

Sexual harassment  consists of unwanted sexual attention that creates an adverse work environment. This means obscene gestures, sex-stereotyped jokes, sexually oriented posters and graffiti, suggestive remarks, unwanted dating pressure, physical nonsexual contact, unwanted touching, sexual propositions, threatening punishment unless sexual favors are given, obscene phone calls, and similar verbal or physical actions of a sexual nature. 212  The harassment may be by a member of the opposite sex or a member of the same sex, by a manager, by a co-worker, or by an outsider. If the harasser is a manager or an agent of the organization, the organization itself can be sued, even if it had no knowledge of the situation. 213  Read the  Example box  for more information on sexual harassment at work.

Page 400

EXAMPLE
Sexual Harassment at Work

Sexual harassment is never acceptable, but since 2017, it has become less hidden. Men in fields ranging from sports to entertainment to politics to media and the arts were accused of groping, making sexually inappropriate comments, and even rape by women who at last felt empowered, if not compelled, to speak out.

The Purple Campaign—founded by Ally Coll—wants to change the way organizations address and prevent sexual harassment. In order to earn the Purple Certification, a company must exemplify steadfast commitment both to preventing sexual harassment and to dealing with it properly if it happens.

Courtesy of The Purple Campaign

In what The New York Times called “a seismic shift in what behavior is tolerated in the workplace,” personified in a movement called #MeToo, scores of men, often high-profile figures with years of professional achievement behind them, were fired, suspended, or forced to resign or step down based on once hushed-up behavior in the recent, or not-so-recent, past. Some have admitted guilt and apologized; others have denied it. 214  As of March 2020, estimates were that the movement had removed more than 200 powerful men from their positions. These include Larry Nassar (sentenced to up to 125 years in prison), Bill Cosby (sentenced to up to 10 years in prison), and Harvey Weinstein (sentenced to 23 years in prison for one case, awaiting trial on another). 215

Sexual harassment is not a new behavior. It has occurred throughout history. Over the last two decades, psychologists attempted to understand its causes by studying men who harass or assault women. This research shows that male harassers “have different motivations yet typically share specific personality traits” that are amplified by having power, according to The Wall Street Journal. The two traits are hostile masculinity and impersonal sexuality. The Journal notes that “Men with ‘hostile masculinity’ find power over women to be a sexual turn-on. They feel anger at being rejected by a woman. . . . They justify their aggression and are often narcissists.” 216  Narcissism consists of “an exaggerated—albeit fragile—sense of one’s self-importance or influence, characterized by a persistent preoccupation with success, a need for authority, competitiveness, and pervasive patterns of grandiose thinking.” 217  Individuals with this trait have inflated views of themselves, fantasize about being in control of everything, and like to attract the admiration of others. It’s thus not surprising that narcissists tend to emerge as leaders. 218

“Men with ‘impersonal sexuality’ prefer sex without intimacy or a close connection, which often leads them to seek promiscuous sex or multiple partners. Often, but not always, this type of person has had a difficult home environment as a child, with abuse or violence, or they had some anti-social tendencies as adolescents.” 219

What Organizations Are Doing to Combat Sexual Harassment

Organizations need to continue to improve their efforts to combat sexual harassment, because evidence suggests that typical methods—such as sexual harassment training seminars—aren’t enough. 220  One nonprofit, called the Purple Campaign, is attempting something different. Ally Coll, the Purple Campaign’s founder, believes that what’s necessary is an “outside certification model” that holds organizations accountable to more rigorous, externally imposed standards. 221  To earn the Purple Campaign’s certification, organizations need to meet six specific standards. According to the website, employers must: 222

1. Establish a set of norms.

2. Ensure effective employee training.

3. Improve internal reporting systems.

4. Create fair investigation and adjudication procedures.

5. Measure success and make improvements.

6. Address the intersectionality of workplace harassment.

Uber, Amazon, Airbnb, and Expedia have agreed to participate in the Purple Campaign’s pilot program.

YOUR CALL

Given that two personality traits are associated with sexual harassment, how can an organization stop it? Do you think tolerance for the covering up of sexual harassment and other inappropriate or illegal behavior seems to be evaporating? Will an outside certification help? Why or why not?

Page 401

Two Types of Sexual Harassment

There are two types of sexual harassment, both of which violate Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act.

1. Quid pro quo harassment—in this type, the person to whom the unwanted sexual attention is directed is put in the position of jeopardizing being hired for a job or obtaining job benefits or opportunities unless he or she implicitly or explicitly acquiesces.

2. Hostile environment—in this (more typical) type, the person being sexually harassed doesn’t risk economic harm but experiences an offensive or intimidating work environment. Misogynistic remarks are particularly prevalent on social media. 223

Table 9.3  presents some examples of sex-based behaviors that are unacceptable in the workplace. Managers should neither perpetrate these behaviors nor tolerate employees engaging in them.

· Offering sexual favors for rewards related to work or promotion.

· Uninvited touching, patting, or hugging of others’ bodies.

· Sexually suggestive jokes, demeaning remarks, slurs, or obscene gestures or sounds.

· Sexual pictures or written notes of a sexual nature.

· Amusement at others’ sexually harassing words or behaviors.

TABLE 9.3  Sexual Harassment: Examples of Unacceptable Workplace Behaviors

Table Summary: Table summarizes five guidelines for preventing sexual harassment.

What Managers Can Do

Managers can take several actions to help prevent harassment from occurring in the workplace. These include:

· Institute effective policy. Managers should make sure their companies have an effective sexual harassment policy in place. The policy should be shown to all current and new employees, who should be made to understand that neither sexual harassment nor covering up for an offender will be tolerated under any circumstances. 224

· Establish a formal complaint procedure. A formal complaint procedure should explain how charges will be investigated and resolved.

· Train supervisors. Supervisors should be trained in Title VII requirements and the proper procedures to follow when charges occur.

· Investigate promptly and without bias. If charges occur, they should be investigated promptly and objectively, and if substantiated, the offender should be disciplined at once—no matter his or her rank in the company.

Bullying

Bullying  is repeated mistreatment of one or more persons by one or more perpetrators; it is abusive physical, psychological, verbal, or nonverbal behavior that is threatening, humiliating, or intimidating. It can happen at work just as easily and as often as in the schoolyard.

Indeed, new research suggests that between 75% and 90% of workers have experienced bullying on the job—either directly or as witnesses. 225  Bullying by supervisors typically takes the form of forcing long hours on workers or yelling and behaving in an intimidating or threatening way. 226

Key facts about workplace bullying include:

· Men account for 70% of workplace bullies, and women are 65% of the targets. Women are the bullies only 30% of the time, but most of their targets (65%) are also women. 227

Page 402

A surprisingly common activity, bullying is apt to be verbal, involving shouting and name calling, or relational, including spreading malicious rumors and lies. Perhaps as many as half of all employees have experienced some sort of bullying on the job. Have you?

Jetta Productions/The Image Bank/Getty Images

· Bullying can occur between colleagues, managers, and employees, but bosses are reported to be at least 51% of all workplace bullies. 228

· In a recent survey, the most common types of bullying experienced were through aggressive e-mails (23.3%), co-worker gossip (22%), and yelling (17.8%). 229

The Effects of Bullying

Research suggests that workplace bullying has numerous negative consequences. Here is a summary of what we know about the effects of being bullied at work: 230

· Mental health. Almost 50% of workplace bullying victims say it has impacted their mental health. Bullying can cause anxiety, depression, and other mental health issues.

· Physical health. Almost 25% of workplace bullying victims say it has impacted their physical health. In a particularly alarming study of 80,000 employees across four years, researchers found that for those who had been bullied at work, the occurrence of cardiovascular health problems increased by 59%.

· Work-related outcomes. Almost 50% of workplace bullying victims say it has impacted their job performance. Bullying also affects job satisfaction, absenteeism, and intention to quit.

Table 9.4  presents some guidelines for combating bullying. ●

Page 403

· Recognize the mistreatment as bullying: Don’t blame yourself, and don’t wait to respond. Stand up for yourself from the start. (Yes, this is hard to do.)

· Stay calm and confident: Don’t feed the bully’s sense of power by showing fear.

· Don’t strike back: It might get you fired. Ask to be treated with fairness and respect.

· Avoid being alone with the bully: Make sure someone can hear your interactions. Or record them on your smartphone.

· Document what is happening: Specifically describe to the bully the effect he or she is having on your work and state that you will no longer tolerate it. Also document in writing the date and details (make hard copies of any e-mails, texts, or other written communications), describe the effect on your work, and indicate whether any witnesses were present.

· Know your next steps: Get others on your side. Seek advice from your manager and HR manager and be ready to ask for a transfer or even seek a new job if all else fails.

TABLE 9.4  Beating Back the Bully

Table Summary: Table summarizes six guidelines for combating bullying.

Sources: K. Vasel, “Should You Secretly Tape Conversations with Your Boss?” CNN Business, September 30, 2018, https://www.cnn.com/2018/09/30/success/legal-to-record-conversations-boss-office/index.html; J. Miller, “Workplace Shaming: Why Some Employees Need a Time Out,” LinkedIn, September 22, 2018, https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/workplace-shaming-why-some-employees-need-time-out-joshua-miller/; A. Morin, “How to Prevent a Workplace Bully from Taking Your Power,” Inc., June 25, 2018, https://www.inc.com/amy-morin/how-to-prevent-a-workplace-bully-from-taking-your-power.html; R. Hosie, “What to Do If You’re Being Bullied at Work,” The Independent, March 9, 2018, https://www.independent.co.uk/life-style/workplace-bullying-what-to-do-definition-harassment-uk-by-boss-manager-a8247256.html.

9.8 Labor–Management Issues

THE BIG PICTURE

We describe the process by which workers get a labor union to represent them and how unions and management negotiate a contract. This section also discusses the types of union and nonunion workplaces and right-to-work laws. It covers issues unions and management negotiate, such as compensation, cost-of-living adjustments, two-tier wage systems, and givebacks. It concludes by describing mediation and arbitration.

LO 9-8

Describe labor–management issues and ways to work effectively with labor unions.

Starting in 1943, James Smith worked his way up from washing dishes in the galley of a passenger train’s dining car to waiter, earning tips on top of his wages of 36 cents an hour. The union job with the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters, the first African American union, enabled him to go to college, and when he left the railroad he was hired as a civil engineer for the city of Los Angeles. “His story,” says one report, “is emblematic of the role the railroads and a railroad union played in building a foundation for America’s black middle class.” 231  Unions also helped to grow the U.S. (and European) middle classes in general, bringing benefits to all, organized or not.

Labor unions  are organizations of employees formed to protect and advance their members’ interests by bargaining with management over job-related issues. The union movement is far less powerful that it was in the 1950s—indeed, its present membership has reached record lows—but it is still a force in many sectors of the economy. (See  Table 9.5 .) Despite declining membership, about 64% of U.S. adults hold a favorable view of unions today, the highest in almost two decades and up sharply from less than 50% in 2015. 232  Young adults hold more favorable views of unions (68%) than they do of business corporations (46%). 233

Page 404

Who’s in a union (2019)?

· 11.2% of full-time U.S. workers—down from a high of 35.5% in 1945 but also up about a quarter million workers since 2016

· 6.2% of private-sector workers (7.5 million)

· 33.6% of public-sector workers (7.1 million)

· Most members, public sector: local government (39.4%), including teachers, police officers, and firefighters

· Most members, private sector: utilities (23.4%), transportation and warehousing (16.1%), and telecommunications (14.1%)

· Union membership rate by gender: men (10.8%), women (9.7%)

· Union membership rate by race and ethnicity: Blacks (11.2%), Whites (10.3%), Asian Americans (8.8%), Hispanic Americans (8.9%)

TABLE 9.5  Snapshot of Today’s U.S. Union Movement

Table Summary: Table summarizes seven points for who’s in a union in 2019 for snapshot of today's US union movement.

Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics, “Union Members 2019,” News Release, January 22, 2020, https://www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/union2.pdf.

How Workers Organize

When workers in a particular organization decide to form a union, they first must get other workers to sign an authorization card, which designates a certain union as the workers’ bargaining agent. When at least 30% of workers have signed cards, the union may ask the employer for official recognition.

Usually the employer refuses, at which point the union can petition the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) to decide which union should become the bargaining unit that represents the workers, such as the Teamsters Union, United Auto Workers, American Federation of Teachers, or Service Employees International Union, as appropriate. (Some workers, however, are represented by unions you would never guess: Zookeepers, for instance, are represented by the Teamsters, which mainly organizes transportation workers. University of California, Berkeley, graduate student instructors are represented by the United Auto Workers.) An election is then held by the NLRB, and if 50% or more of the votes cast agree to unionization, the NLRB certifies the union as the workers’ exclusive representative.

Labor agreements are formed through careful negotiations between union representatives, union members, and managemers. Negotiating requires the career readiness competencies of critical thinking/problem solving and oral/written communication. What additional career readiness competencies do you think are especially important in negotiations?

Morsa Images/Getty Images

How Unions and Management Negotiate a Contract

Once a union is recognized as an official bargaining unit, its representatives can then meet with management’s representatives to do collective bargaining—to negotiate pay and benefits and other work terms.

When agreement is reached with management, the union representatives take the collective bargaining results back to the members for ratification—they vote to accept or reject the contract negotiated by their leaders. If they vote yes, the union and management representatives sign a negotiated labor–management contract, which sets the general tone and terms under which labor and management agree to work together during the contract period.

Page 405

The Issues Unions and Management Negotiate About

The key issues that labor and management negotiate are compensation, employee benefits, job security, work rules, hours, and safety matters. However, the first issue is usually the union security clause and management rights.

Union Security and Types of Workplaces

A key issue is: Who controls hiring policies and work assignments—labor or management? This involves the following matters:

· The union security clause. The basic underpinning of union security is the  union security clause , the part of the labor–management agreement that states that employees who receive union benefits must join the union, or at least pay dues to it. In times past, a union would try to solidify the union security clause by getting management to agree to a closed shop agreement—which is illegal today—in which a company agreed it would hire only current union members for a given job.

· Types of unionized and nonunionized workplaces. The four basic kinds of workplaces are closed shop, union shop, agency shop, and open shop. (See  Table 9.6 .)

WORKPLACE

DEFINITION

STATUS

Closed shop

Employer may hire only workers for a job who are already in the union.

Illegal

Union shop

Workers aren’t required to be union members when hired for a job but must join the union within a specified time.

Not allowed in 27 states (right-to-work states)

 

 

Not allowed for public-sector employees

Agency shop

Workers must pay equivalent of union dues but aren’t required to join the union.

Applies to public-sector teachers in some states, prohibited in others

Open shop

Workers may choose to join or not join a union.

Applies in 27 states (right-to-work states)

TABLE 9.6  Four Kinds of Workplace Labor Agreements

Table Summary: Table summarizes four kinds of workplace labor agreements. Column headers are marked from left to right as: workplace, definition, and status.

· Right-to-work laws. Individual states are allowed (under the 1947 Taft-Hartley Act) to pass legislation outlawing union and agency shops. As a result, 28 states have passed  right-to-work laws , statutes that prohibit employees from being required to join a union as a condition of employment.

Business interests supporting such laws argue that forcing workers to join a union violates their rights and makes a state less attractive to businesses considering moving there. Union supporters say that states with such laws have overall lower wages and that all workers benefit from union gains, so everyone should be compelled to join.

The 27 work-to-right states are shown in dark blue in  Figure 9.5 .

Page 406

FIGURE 9.5  States with right-to-work laws

What kind of state do you live in? (Alaska and Hawaii are non–right-to-work states.)

Compensation: Wage Rates, COLA Clauses, and Givebacks

Unions strive to negotiate the highest wage rates possible, or to trade off higher wages for something else, such as better fringe benefits. Some issues involved with compensation are as follows:

· Wage rates—same pay or different rates? Wage rates subject to negotiation include overtime pay, different wages for different shifts, and bonuses. In the past, unions tried to negotiate similar wage rates for unionized employees working in similar jobs for similar companies or similar industries. However, the pressure of competition abroad and deregulation at home has forced many unions to negotiate  two-tier wage contracts , in which new employees are paid less or receive fewer benefits than veteran employees have.

In 2011, when automakers began to create new jobs, new union hires were offered about half the pay ($14 an hour) that autoworkers were getting before ($28). Such two-tier wage systems can be attractive to employers, who are able to hire new workers at reduced wages, and they also benefit veteran union members, who experience no wage reduction. However, among autoworkers, at least, such contracts may be on the way out. 234  Consider what happened recently at GM:

GM Example: In fall 2019, 49,000 GM workers went on strike for 40 days to protest wages and other aspects of their employment contracts. One of the primary issues was the two-tier wage contracts that held many GM workers’ salaries below $20 per hour. At the end of the strike, the workers emerged with, among other things, a deal to bring all of the company’s lower-tier workers up to $32 per hour over the next four years. 235

· Cost-of-living adjustment. Because the cost of living is always going up (at least so far), unions often try to negotiate a  cost-of-living adjustment (COLA) clause , which during the period of the contract ties future wage increases to increases in the cost of living, as measured by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ consumer price index (CPI). (An alternative is the wage reopener clause, which allows wage rates to be renegotiated at certain stated times during the life of the contract. Thus, a 10-year contract might be subject to renegotiation every two years.)

Page 407

· Givebacks. During tough economic times, when a company (or, in the case of public employee unions, a municipality) is fighting for its very survival, management and labor may negotiate  givebacks , in which the union agrees to give up previous wage or benefit gains in return for something else. Usually, the union seeks job security, as in a no-layoff policy.

Settling Labor–Management Disputes

Even when a collective-bargaining agreement and contract have been accepted by both sides, there may likely be ongoing differences that must be resolved. Sometimes differences lead to walkouts and strikes, or management may lock out employees. However, conflicts can be resolved through grievance procedures, mediation, or arbitration.

Grievance Procedures

grievance  is a complaint by an employee that management has violated the terms of the labor–management agreement. Example: An employee may feel he or she is being asked to work too much overtime, is not getting his or her fair share of overtime, or is being unfairly passed over for promotion.

Grievance procedures are often handled initially by the union’s shop steward, an official elected by the union membership who works at the company and represents the interests of unionized employees on a daily basis to the employees’ immediate supervisors. If this process is not successful, the grievance may be carried to the union’s chief shop steward and then to the union’s grievance committee, who deal with their counterparts higher up in management.

If the grievance procedure is not successful, the two sides may decide to try to resolve their differences by one of two ways—mediation or arbitration.

Mediation

Mediation  is the process in which a neutral third party, a mediator, listens to both sides in a dispute, makes suggestions, and encourages them to agree on a solution. Mediators may be lawyers or retired judges or specialists in various fields, such as conflict resolution or labor matters.

Arbitration

Arbitration  is the process in which a neutral third party, an arbitrator, listens to both parties in a dispute and makes a decision that the parties have agreed will be binding on them. Many corporations, new tech start-ups, and some for-profit colleges have vigorously embraced arbitration as a business tool with consumers and employees and students, forbidding them from resolving their complaints through class-action suits (when a large number of plaintiffs with similar complaints band together to sue a company). 236  Critics, however, contend that forcing consumers to sign agreements that require arbitration and prevent lawsuits has the effect of biasing resolutions in favor of business and constitutes a “privatization of the justice system.” 237  Recent evidence suggests this may be changing:

Arbitration Claims Example: Attorney and Silicon Valley entrepreneur Ted Lidow was concerned when he realized that over the past several years, only about 30 out of 330 million Comcast and AT&T customers took the companies to arbitration (as mentioned in previous chapters, telecom companies have notoriously poor customer satisfaction ratings, making this figure especially unbelievable). He soon realized more than 1,000 people wanted to file arbitration claims (customers cannot bring class-action lawsuits against these companies because of the forced arbitration clauses they agree to in their contracts), but steep fees and other hurdles prevented them from starting the process. Lidow’s idea was to use his start-up that helps people begin the arbitration process—FairShake—to help the thousands of customers file their arbitration claims all at once. Attorney Travis Lenkner did something similar when his law firm—Keller Lenkner—filed arbitration claims for 6,000 DoorDash employees in one summer. These attorneys believe that companies don’t have even close to the amount of resources needed to deal with these claims at once, and they hope the overwhelming volume of arbitration claims will lead to changes in the way these disputes are resolved. 238

Page 408

What is your feeling about labor unions?  Self-Assessment 9.4  enables you to answer this question by assessing your general attitudes toward unions. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 9.4
Assessing Your Attitudes toward Unions

This survey is designed to assess your attitude toward unions. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 9.4 in Connect.

1. Where do you stand on your attitude toward unions—positive, neutral, or negative?

2. What experiences or events in your life have led to your attitude toward unions? Describe. What do you think lies in the future for labor unions?

3. Why has there been growing dislike for unions in the United States among some generations, and more acceptance and favoritism among other generations?

9.9 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 9-9

Review the steps for becoming a better receiver of feedback.

“Feedback is the breakfast of champions,” according to author, consultant, and management expert Dr. Ken Blanchard. Blanchard is telling us that feedback is essential for success at any endeavor. The problem, however, is that people are not very good at either giving or receiving feedback, even though we continuously engage in these activities. A team of researchers found, for example, that individual performance decreased by 13.3% after receiving feedback. 239  Further, performance decreased whether the feedback was positive or negative—but the drops were bigger for positive feedback! This may happen because our brains are wired to resist negative feedback, causing us to explain it away or outright reject it. 240  The brain identifies negative information faster than positive information and deems it more important in protecting us from harm.

Our focus here is to help you become a better receiver of feedback, because it is essential for developing career readiness. Regardless of how feedback is delivered, nothing happens unless the receiver accepts the feedback and decides to do something with it. 241

Page 409

Becoming a Better Receiver

Becoming a better receiver takes some effort. Our model of career readiness reveals that you need to apply seven competencies: social intelligence, emotional intelligence, ownership/accepting responsibility, proactive learning orientation, positive approach, self-awareness, and openness to change (see  Figure 9.6 ). Use these competencies while putting the following steps into action:

FIGURE 9.6  Model of career readiness

McGraw-Hill Education

Step 1: Identify Your Tendencies

You have received feedback many times during your life and most likely developed patterns of responding. Do you tend to argue? Do you defend yourself and dispute the facts? Do you create a diversion and blame someone else? Do you smile but hide your anger? Do you have a knee-jerk response to reject feedback but then consider its merits at a later point in time? The career readiness competency of taking ownership/accountability reminds us how important it is to take responsibility for our actions. This underscores the value of self-awareness, another career readiness competency, about our typical way of responding to negative feedback. 242

Step 2: Learn How to Listen

Your brain’s biology will jump into action upon receiving negative feedback. The amygdala, which acts like an alarm bell, suggests “threat,” which in turn makes us hypervigilant to criticism and shuts down our ability to listen. This is unfortunate because it is essential to listen carefully and not interrupt when receiving negative feedback. Your goal during this process is to remain silent and strive to understand what is being communicated. NPR correspondent and seasoned journalist Celeste Headlee has made her living interviewing people—meaning she spends a lot of time listening, sometimes to people she disagrees with. She provides two key pieces of advice on listening that we think are applicable here: 243

Page 410

1. Always assume you have something to learn. By approaching a conversation this way, especially one in which we are receiving negative feedback, we can allow ourselves to be less defensive and more open to information. This doesn’t mean we need to agree with the information—only that we are open to hearing and understanding another person’s viewpoint.

2. Listen with the intent to understand, rather than reply. We tend to think of how we want to respond when someone is speaking to us, instead of simply listening and trying to understand. In doing this, we often miss critical pieces of information.

Once you have listened and fully understand what’s been said, then you can focus on determining things such as whether what’s being said is fact or opinion. That your work was poor quality is an opinion. That your report contained five misspelled words is a fact. Distinguishing facts from opinion during an interaction enables you to respond more effectively. Other things to consider are the accuracy of the information and the source’s intention. The point is to listen and respond to those whose aim is to help you develop and improve. 244

Step 3: Try Self-Compassion Instead of Defensiveness

Defensiveness  occurs when people perceive they are being attacked or threatened. A neuroscience expert noted the amygdala “accesses emotional memories that identify a given stimulus as potentially threatening and triggers the emotional fear response that sets the fight-or-flight biobehavioral response in motion.” 245  This in turn leads to defensive listening and destructive behaviors such as shutting down or being passive-aggressive, standing behind rules or policies, creating a diversion, or counterattacking.

Self-compassion  is defined as the tendency to be understanding, kind, and warm toward yourself in the process of pain or failure, instead of being self-critical or over-identifying with negative emotions. 246  Self-compassion is associated with, among many other positive outcomes, less defensiveness in the face of information that presents a threat to your self-concept. Recent studies suggest that self-compassion is also related to amygdala activity and developing more of it has important mental health benefits.

Remember to allow yourself to feel whatever it is you are feeling, while keeping in mind your sense of self-worth. When you are ready, it is usually helpful to ask questions such as, “I want to be sure I understand what you’re saying. Do I have it right that you feel . . .?” 247  Asking questions quiets the amygdala and allows you to gain more insight about the threatening message.

Step 4: Ask for Feedback

Your emotional triggers are less likely to be activated if you seek feedback rather than wait for it to be delivered. Look for opportunities to ask for bite-sized pieces of information about your behavior or performance as you work. Smaller doses are less threatening. A simple way is to ask someone for one thing you did well on a project and one thing that could be improved. Remember that most of us don’t receive all of the information we need to improve our performance, and one way to change this is to ask for feedback. 248  Engaging in this behavior is also likely to improve your image because research shows that explicitly seeking performance feedback results in higher performance ratings. 249

Step 5: Practice Being Mindful

As defined in  Chapter 7 , mindfulness is “the awareness that emerges through paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to the unfolding of experience moment by moment.” 250  Mindfulness builds  psychological capital —a positive state of psychological development that is characterized by high levels of hope, resiliency, optimism, and self-efficacy—and it can help you to be a better receiver of feedback. 251  Meditation is a great method for increasing your general level of mindfulness. (Refer to  Chapter 7  for a refresher on how to practice mindfulness meditation.) ●

Key Points

9.1 Strategic Human Resource Management

· Human resource (HR) management is the process of planning for, attracting, developing, and retaining an effective workforce.

· Strategic human resource management (HRM) is the process of designing and implementing systems of policies and practices that align an organization’s human capital with its strategic objectives.

· Two concepts important to strategic HRM are (1) human capital and (2) social capital.

· Talent management and high performance work systems are two strategic HRM approaches.

9.2 Recruitment and Selection: Putting the Right People into the Right Jobs

· Recruiting is the process of locating and attracting qualified applicants for job openings. Recruiting is of three types: internal, external, and hybrid.

· The selection process is the screening of job applicants to hire the best candidates. Three types of selection tools are background information, interviewing, and employment tests.

· Background information is ascertained through application forms, resumes, and background checks.

· Interviewing takes three forms: (1) unstructured, (2) structured situational, and (3) structured behavioral-description.

· Employment tests are the standardized devices organizations use to measure specific skills, abilities, traits, and other tendencies.

9.3 Managing an Effective Workforce: Compensation and Benefits

· Compensation has three parts: wages or salaries, incentives, and benefits.

· In the category of wages or salaries, the concept of base pay consists of the basic wage or salary paid to employees in exchange for doing their jobs.

· Incentives include commissions, bonuses, profit-sharing plans, and stock options.

· Benefits are additional nonmonetary forms of compensation, such as health insurance, retirement plans, and family leave.

Page 412

9.4 Onboarding and Learning and Development

· Companies often perform what is known as onboarding, a process designed to integrate and transition employees into new jobs and organizations through familiarization with corporate policies, procedures, cultures, and politics and clarification of work-role expectations and responsibilities.

· Learning and development entails a process for educating employees in the skills they need to do their jobs today and in the future.

· There are five steps in the learning and development process: (1) assessment, (2) objectives, (3) selection, (4) implementation, and (5) evaluation.

9.5 Performance Management

· Performance management consists of four steps: (1) define performance, (2) monitor and evaluate performance, (3) review performance, and (4) provide consequences.

· Performance appraisal consists of assessing an employee’s performance and providing them with feedback. Appraisals are of two general types—objective and subjective.

· Performance feedback is one of the most important parts of the manager’s job.

9.6 Managing Promotions, Transfers, Disciplining, and Dismissals

· Managers must manage promotions, transfers, disciplining, and dismissals, which often involve replacing an employee with a new employee.

· In considering promotions, managers must be concerned about fairness, nondiscrimination, and other employees’ resentment.

· Transfers, or moving employees to a different job with similar responsibility, may take place in order to solve organizational problems, broaden managers’ experience, retain managers’ interest and motivation, and solve some employee problems.

· Poor-performing employees may need to be disciplined or demoted.

· Dismissals may consist of layoffs, downsizings, or firings.

· Exit interviews, nondisparagement agreements, and employment at will are three important parts of these processes.

9.7 The Legal Requirements of Human Resource Management

· Four areas of human resource law that any manager needs to be aware of are labor relations, compensation and benefits, health and safety, and equal employment opportunity.

· Labor relations are dictated in part by the National Labor Relations Board, which enforces procedures whereby employees may vote to have a union and for collective bargaining. Collective bargaining consists of negotiations between management and employees about disputes over compensation, benefits, working conditions, and job security.

· Compensation and benefits are covered by the Social Security Act of 1935 and the Fair Labor Standards Act, which established minimum wage and overtime pay regulations.

· Health and safety are covered by the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, among other laws.

9.8 Labor–Management Issues

· Labor unions are organizations of employees formed to protect and advance their members’ interests by bargaining with management over job-related issues.

· Among the issues unions negotiate are the union security clause, which states that workers must join the union or at least pay benefits to it.

· The four types of workplaces are closed shop (now illegal), union shop, agency shop, and open shop. Twenty-seven states have right-to-work laws that prohibit employees from being required to join a union as a condition of employment.

9.9 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· Becoming a better receiver of feedback requires using seven career readiness competencies: social intelligence, emotional intelligence, ownership/accepting responsibility, proactive learning orientation, positive approach, self-awareness, and openness to change.

· There are five steps to becoming a better receiver of feedback: (1) identify your tendencies, (2) learn how to listen, (3) try self-compassion instead of defensiveness, (4) ask for feedback, and (5) practice being mindful.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. What is human resource management and its purpose, and what are the two types of fit important to it?

2. What is performance management, and what are the four steps in it?

3. Explain how strategic human resource management is related to organizational culture, structure, and strategy.

4. What are the three types of recruiting, and how do the three types of selection tools work?

5. Differentiate among the three types of compensation.

6. Describe onboarding, learning, and development.

7. Explain the difference between objective and subjective performance appraisals, and describe 360-degree feedback appraisal and forced ranking.

8. What are the four areas of human resource law a manager needs to be aware of?

9. Explain the concepts of discrimination, affirmative action, sexual harassment, and bullying.

10. What are the principal labor–management issues?

Page 413

Management in Action

Difficulties Attracting and Retaining Human Capital in the Nursing Profession

Imagine a job that pays well above national averages and provides many opportunities for continuing education, specialization, and career advancement. It allows you to be active every day and to make a real difference in others’ lives, along with the kind of scheduling flexibility some describe as “fantastic!” 252  Would you sign up? Strong salaries, lifelong learning opportunities, three-day workweeks, and meaningful work are common facets of a nursing career. And yet, hospitals consistently report nursing shortages stemming from both a lack of applicants and extremely high turnover rates. Turnover seems particularly high among newly minted registered nurses (RNs), with data suggesting approximately 17% of new nurses quit their first job within a year. 253  With all the positives associated with the career, why do hospitals have such a hard time attracting and retaining nurses?

COMPENSATION

Nursing is one of the college majors with the highest starting salaries, with new RNs earning an average of almost $71,000 annually. 254  This salary is competitive when compared to the $51,000 overall average starting salary for new college graduates and the U.S. median annual income of around $61,000. 255  RNs can earn six-figure annual incomes if they take night or overtime shifts or work as traveling nurses. 256

But many RNs feel their salaries do not compensate them for the level of responsibility and the physical and emotional demands of the job. 257  One of the primary reasons cited for high nurse turnover, particularly in early careers, is that new nurses don’t have a realistic understanding of job demands going in. 258  Many quickly recognize that good pay isn’t enough to offset other job factors. As one nurse put it, “Nursing ain’t for sissies, and if you choose nursing for the monetary benefits and not because you love the profession or love people, you will not stay.” 259

The gender pay gap is another compensation issue in the nursing profession. Although women account for 88% of nurses, female RNs earn around $6,000 less per year than their male colleagues. 260  Male RNs also enjoy significant career advancement and mobility advantages over female RNs, an effect described as a “glass escalator” that takes males in female-dominated professions “straight to the top” of the career ladder while their female counterparts spend their careers climbing lower rungs. 261

INTERPERSONAL TREATMENT

It’s not uncommon for nurses to experience verbal and physical abuse on the job. The mistreatment stems from three primary sources: doctors, other nurses, and patients.

The American Medical Association says doctors and nurses have an ethical obligation to work together and coordinate their efforts to ensure patients receive needed care. 262  In spite of this advice and the extensive training, skills, and knowledge nurses possess, they operate in an environment where doctors repeatedly question their competence. In a social media rant that went viral, Florida anesthesiologist Dr. David Glener said nurse practitioners were “useful but only as minions.” 263

Bullying is a problem among peers. Studies suggest that 40% of nurses have been bullied by other nurses. Nurse-on-nurse bullying isn’t harmful just to the nurses who experience it—it’s also detrimental to patient care. 264  As one chief nursing officer put it, “There’s a direct link between bullying and poor patient outcomes,” adding, “staff gets distracted by a strong personality or derailed by a bully, and it takes their focus away from providing quality care.” 265

Patients are a third source of nurse mistreatment. Nurse Suzanne Carroll said, “As nurses, I’m willing to bet that most of us have experienced sexual harassment at some point during our careers.” 266  The reason? According to a nurse practitioner in a recent interview there’s a persistent culture that allows patients to abuse nurses and pressures nurses to tolerate it. She said, “After a while, you learn to expect these things, but it is the repeated abuse that burns you out. You get so used to it that it becomes normal. The constant message of, ‘the patient comes first,’ I think, contributes to how we respond, or don’t respond in these situations.” 267  Abuse can also turn physical, with survey data suggesting that between one in four of nurses suffers violence from patients, their visitors, or their families. 268

INJURIES ON THE JOB

Nurses experience frequent and serious work-related injuries. The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) indicates that around 25,000 injuries are reported annually among nursing employees, with most stemming from the daily work of moving and lifting patients. 269  In spite of a long-held tradition of teaching safe lifting techniques to nursing students, decades of data now show there is no safe technique for manually lifting patients. 270

Some hospitals have invested in nursing staff physical safety by purchasing specialized lifting equipment similar to that used to lift heavy parts in manufacturing facilities. Studies suggest that implementing these devices can reduce nurse low back pain by almost 50%. 271  In spite of data on the sheer volume of injuries and the methods that can substantially reduce injuries, says one article, “hospitals still are not employing enough assistive devices to help move patients, and that’s a major reason why healthcare workers have one of the highest rates of occupational musculoskeletal injuries in the U.S.” 272

Page 414

RESPONSES

Both patient outcomes and the bottom line suffer when nursing departments are understaffed. 273  Still, nurses continue to feel that hospital administrators undervalue their health and safety. Even so, their commitment and dedication to patient care persists, and this was never more evident than during the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic. Nurses around the country worked grueling hours in understaffed units, often without access to proper personal protective equipment, and put themselves and their families at risk every day. 274  Dr. Paul Dohrenwend, assistant chief of emergency medicine at Kaiser Permanente San Diego, said, “Nurses are the underappreciated heroes of this crisis.” He added, “I thank everyone who’s working to help get through this. I commend the scientists at big pharmaceutical companies who are developing better tests and vaccines. I thank the teachers setting up remote classes and the managers making tough business decisions. Everyone is playing a part—but none are more important than the nurses.” 275

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the perspective of a hospital administrator?

2. What role do you believe hospital administrators have played in contributing to nursing shortages and high nurse turnover?

3. What can hospitals do to increase nurse supply and retention rates?

Application of Chapter Content

1. What could hospitals do during recruitment and selection to help with nurse retention?

2. What type of learning or development might hospitals offer to help reduce nurse turnover?

3. What steps could hospitals take to ensure male and female nurses are given equal opportunities in compensation and promotion decisions?

4. Do hospitals have a legal and/or ethical responsibility to invest more money in equipment to prevent work-related nursing injuries? Why or why not?

5. What do you think are the primary reasons nurses experience so much mistreatment on the job, and what can hospitals and nurses do to decrease these incidents?

6. Why do you think so many nurses continue to work, despite the many challenges they face and the lack of safety on the job?

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Should Noncompete Agreements Be Legal?

This challenge considers the human resource policy of asking new hires to sign a noncompete agreement. Noncompete agreements (NCAs) are “employment provisions that ban workers at one company from going to work for, or starting, a competing business within a certain period of time after leaving a job.” 276  In other words, the agreement prohibits the person signing it from working with another company that could be viewed as a competitor. The concept was born from the idea that when employees leave an organization, they might take trade secrets and other important information and use it to help a competitor gain a competitive advantage. 277

Critical Intervention Services (CIS), a private security firm in Florida, sued Michael Kenny for violating a noncompete agreement after Kenny worked as a security guard for the company for 13 days. Shortly after starting the job, the veteran and single father was unable to find child care during his 7 p.m. to 7 a.m. shift. Kenny alleged that when he asked for a different shift, the company told him to either work his assigned shift or quit. CIS alleged that Kenny “went to work, not only for a direct competitor, but for an existing CIS client,” and that he now had specialized security knowledge from the training he had participated in. 278

Jessica Bell signed a noncompete agreement in a “stack of paperwork” she received when she joined Citrix software company in Raleigh, North Carolina. Bell got wind of potential layoffs at Citrix about two years into the job and began searching for employment with other companies. She took a position with Egnyte, a Silicon Valley–based tech firm that had recently opened a sales office in Raleigh. A few weeks into her new job, Bell and six other former Citrix employees working for Egnyte received letters from Citrix informing them that they were violating the noncompete clause. Egnyte filed suit against Citrix, asking that the court rule the noncompete agreements were overly broad and therefore unenforceable.

Page 415

Citrix countersued Egnyte and the seven employees, stating that Egnyte had hired the former Citrix workers “in order to engage in unfair competition with Citrix.” Egnyte vowed to foot the legal bill for all seven employees and maintained that it hired them on the basis of talent, not to steal Citrix’s intellectual property or customers. Bell said, “I certainly didn’t think this would have implications and that they would have any control or power over my ability to feed my family essentially after I left Citrix.” 279  She noted an obvious misunderstanding about what she was agreeing to when she signed Citrix’s noncompete clause.

The incidence of noncompete lawsuits has nearly tripled since 2000, and their legality varies by state. 280  About 20% of U.S. workers have signed such agreements. Noncompete clauses have even extended to lower-level jobs; approximately 14% of employees who make less than $40,000 a year are bound by them. 281

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

Should companies be allowed to force employees to sign noncompete agreements?

1. Of course. Every company needs to protect its proprietary and confidential information.

2. In moderation. I agree that it makes sense to protect proprietary information like formulas, equations, trade secrets, and intellectual property for certain occupations or industries. But this should not apply to all jobs, such as working in a sandwich shop.

3. No. They should be against the law because they prohibit people from finding employment.

4. Invent other options. Explain.

Page 416

10

Organizational Change and Innovation

Lifelong Challenges for the Exceptional Manager

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 10-1 Discuss what managers should know about organizational change.

2. LO 10-2 Discuss three forms of change, Lewin’s change model, and the systems approach to change.

3. LO 10-3 Describe the purpose of organizational development.

4. LO 10-4 Describe the approaches toward innovation and components of an innovation system.

5. LO 10-5 Discuss ways managers can help employees overcome fear of change.

6. LO 10-6 Review the different ways to increase the career readiness competency of openness to change.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

In this chapter, we consider the nature of change in organizations, including the two types of change—reactive and proactive—and the forces for change originating outside and inside the organization. Next we explore forms and models of change. We then describe organizational development and discuss how you can manage employee fear and resistance to change. After discussing how to promote innovation within an organization, we conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on how to improve the career readiness competency of openness to change.

Page 417

How Can I Be More Creative at Work?

Creativity  is the process of generating novel ideas 1

Do you think of yourself as creative? If you answered no, perhaps you thought the question was about whether you can draw, paint, compose music, design clothes, write poetry, or act in plays. But as creative and rewarding as those endeavors are, they are not the only ways in which your innate creativity can express itself. Neuroscience research shows that creative thought engages many different areas of the brain, and that the old right-brain/left-brain theory of the creative process has been a bit overrated. 2  That means that no matter how we think we’re “wired,” we all have the potential to be imaginative, innovative thinkers just by learning to look at things a little differently.

Creativity is a talent regularly sought by organizations. Indeed, a recent LinkedIn Learning report ranks creativity as the #1 most important soft skill demanded in today’s workplace. 3  There are many fun and simple ways you can leverage your career readiness competencies of proactive learning, positive approach, problem solving, and self-motivation to continually stretch and develop your own creative ability over time. Try a few of the following to increase four career readiness competencies that drive your creativity:

Proactive Learning

Nothing fires up the imagination like curiosity. Use your proactive learning orientation to foster the habit of fearlessly asking questions about how everyday things work or where they come from and why. 4  Choose one or two questions at a time and look for answers in books, articles, nearby conferences or panel discussions, free or low-cost classes, podcasts, and TED Talks. 5  Your questions don’t have to be about academic or work-related subjects, either. Learn a new sport. Take up a musical instrument. Join a chorus. As long as you’re learning new things, you are keeping your creative muscle active. The Hope Lab, an organization dedicated to using technology to improve health outcomes for teens and young adults, has long maintained a culture of curiosity and innovation. One of the many ways it does so is by encouraging and helping pay for employees to take outside courses in everything from cooking to photography. 6

Positive Approach

Positive feelings like gratitude, hope, joy, and empathy have been shown to build creative thinking. 7  You can actively cultivate these feelings with a little mindfulness. For instance, keep a “gratitude journal” by writing down one thing each day that you’re grateful for, no matter how small. Elevate your capacity for joy by celebrating often, honoring even small events like a good grade on a test. Or, instead of wishing someone a happy birthday on social media and moving on, stop to make a phone call or take the person out for coffee or lunch. Reward yourself with a special meal if you’ve achieved a small milestone in your life. And don’t sit still. Among its many benefits for physical health, exercise—even a simple bike ride or a walk outdoors—can also reinforce positive feelings. 8  Another aspect of positive approach is willingness to risk failure. “Studies show that you have a greater chance of success if you stick your neck out. Be a creative risk taker, step into the unfamiliar and unpredictable, and stretch beyond customary bounds,” says a writer in  Psychology Today, “Accept failure with open arms, learn from it, and take the perspective that failure happens  for you, not  to you.” 9  Stretching outside your comfort zone is what creativity is all about.

Problem Solving

Hone your creative problem-solving skills by looking for challenges you can practice solving now. You don’t have to wait for your boss or professor to give you a difficult assignment to start becoming better at this. Try learning to play chess, for instance. Its reliance on repeated patterns will strengthen your predictive abilities, and research has shown that chess players also demonstrate more than normal originality and flexibility of thought. 10  Not a fan of board games? Read detective novels by writers such as Agatha Christie or Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, still among the most widely read English-language writers of all time, or any of their more recent peers (search on Google or ask any librarian or bookseller). Or you can solve crosswords and other pencil-and-paper puzzles. All these activities will give your deductive and predictive powers a helpful workout.

Self-Motivation

Finally, setting creativity goals ignites the motivation to increase your level of creativity. A “personal creativity goal refers to the personal standard or aspiration that one’s own job output should be creative,” according to a team of creativity experts. 11  Setting a creativity goal will direct your attention and efforts at finding creative ways to perform your job. It will also impress your boss.

For Discussion Which of the above recommendations interest you? In what ways can you improve your creative skills, and what specific activities are you willing to commit to in order to increase your creativity?

Page 418

10.1 The Nature of Change in Organizations

THE BIG PICTURE

Two types of change are reactive and proactive. Forces for change may consist of forces outside the organization—demographic characteristics; technological advancements; shareholder, customer, and broader stakeholder concerns; and social and political pressures. Or they may be forces inside the organization—human resource concerns and managers’ behavior.

LO 10-1

Discuss what managers should know about organizational change.

“With so much technological advancement causing disruption in the market, there is much more desire for people who are strategic, innovative, customer-focused, and can adapt quickly,” said Tom Giella, chair of health care for Korn Ferry. 12

Change is truly all around us, and part of a manager’s job is to identify the opportunities for change. Managers also need to understand the predominant forces driving change in today’s organizations.

Fundamental Change: What Will You Be Called On to Deal With?

“It is hard to predict, especially the future,” physicist Niels Bohr is supposed to have quipped.

But it is possible to identify and prepare for the future that has already happened, in the words of management theorist Peter Drucker. 13  Among the trends: Millennials will continue to be early adopters of new technology. Women will be a dominant force in the global marketplace. More people will move from rural to urban areas. Social networks will replace traditional institutions in driving change. Consumers will grow more informed, changing the power balance in the marketplace. A rising developing-world middle class will fuel global consumer spending. Spending on health and wellness will soar. Starting a new business will become easier. Niche markets will flourish. Cloud computing will do away with the brick-and-mortar office. Data will be critical for competitive advantage. Smart machines will get smarter. 14  There are also some supertrends specifically shaping the future of business:

1. The marketplace is becoming more segmented.

2. Competitors offering specialized solutions require us to get our products to market faster.

3. Some companies are unable to survive disruptive innovation.

4. Offshore suppliers are changing the way we work.

5. Knowledge, not information, is becoming the new competitive advantage. 15

1. The Marketplace Is Becoming More Segmented and Moving toward More Niche Products

In the recent past, managers could think in terms of mass markets—mass communication, mass behavior, and mass values. Now we have “demassification,” with customer groups becoming segmented into smaller and more specialized groups responding to more narrowly targeted commercial messages.

These marketing messages may even be shaped and personalized by artificial intelligence (AI) technology, allowing bots, for instance, to engage in conversations with individually targeted consumers or small groups of consumers. Some suggest that this kind of customer-centric marketng can help create relationships that result in loyal customers and repeat business. 16  The Configurator Database is a popular hub for consumers seeking customizable goods:

Page 419

Configurator Database Example: The Configurator Database provides links to more than 1,300 configurators—companies that allow customers to design products according to their individual preferences and needs. 17  The brands range from mainstream to luxury in industries including food, pet supplies, and apparel. For example:

· Rolex—customers can select from a list of watch models, materials, dials, and bracelets to build a unique luxury timepiece.

· Xbox Design Lab—gamers can customize their controller’s body, triggers, d-pad, ABXY buttons, and other options. There’s even engraving available. In all, over 1 billion possible combinations exist. 18

· My Cereal Mix—health-conscious consumers can build their own breakfast cereal by choosing from different bases, nuts, seeds, dried fruits, and extras like cacao nibs and coconut chips.

2. More Competitors Are Offering Targeted Products, Requiring Faster Speed-to-Market

Julie Bashkin, a McKinsey & Company senior external adviser, said many of the big, established companies McKinsey works with are experiencing a “head slap” moment because the start-ups that didn’t concern them five years ago are now coming out in a “bee swarm.” She added, “[T]hey seem to have come out of nowhere, and they seem to be moving fast with no resources. And they seem not to be weighed down by the baggage of their own success, like our big clients are.” 19  Some of these competitors may be in and out of a market in a matter of days or months—like pop-up stores, “here today, gone tomorrow” retailers, such as those selling Halloween products. Consider how Hasbro has responded to this trend.

Hasbro Example: Hasbro established its “Quick Strike” team to develop toys and games in response to social media trends. In one instance, the team developed Hasbro’s “Speak Out” game when Internet videos of people trying to pronounce words while wearing dental mouth guards went viral. 20  Speak Out went from concept to market in 11 weeks. “We’ve since expanded this approach to our broader organization,” said president and COO John Frascotti, adding, “All of this is resulting in a faster, more nimble and more efficient product-to-market process.”

Hasbro developed Speak Out in response to a viral internet challenge. The game hit store shelves less than three months after the company’s Quick Strike team first began working on the concept. Capitalizing on social media trends in this way requires a level of agility that established, market-leading firms often struggle to achieve.

DreamToys/Shutterstock

3. Some Traditional Companies May Not Survive Radical Change

In The Innovator’s Dilemma: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail, Clayton M. Christensen, the late Harvard Business School professor, argued that when successful companies are confronted with a giant technological leap that transforms their markets, all choices are bad ones.

Indeed, he thought, it’s very difficult for an existing successful company to take full advantage of a technological breakthrough such as digitalization—what he called disruptive innovation. 21  Some companies that have the resources to survive disruption—to build “the next big thing”— fail to do so—while others are able to pivot successfully. The movie industry is currently experiencing the effects of this supertrend as described in the  Example box .

Page 420

EXAMPLE
Radical Change: Going to the Movies

The business model between movie studios and movie theaters has remained largely unchanged for over a century. 22  Studios produce films, then movie theaters get exclusive rights to show the films for some period of time (usually several months). Proceeds from ticket sales are split between the two entities in an arrangement that typically involves each party receiving between 40 and 60%. 23

But in recent years people have begun to question whether this business model still makes sense. Streaming platforms like Netflix, Hulu, and Amazon are producing their own content, skipping theater releases altogether, and cinema visits have dipped to their lowest levels in two decades. 24

Theaters’ Attempts to Ward Off Changes

The big players in the theater business—AMC, Cinemark, and Regal—have invested heavily in customer amenities in an effort to retain and regain business. For example, moviegoers can now reserve seats in advance (no more being relegated to the dizzying front row if you arrive a few minutes late), and seats recline for a more comfortable movie-watching experience. In addition, many theaters have added full bars and restaurants, and loyalty programs have helped build repeat business.

These recent improvements have centered around research that suggests today’s consumers are looking—and are willing to pay for—experiences. 25  According to AMC, investments in experiences have started to pay off—the chain reported a significant increase in ticket sales in the third quarter of 2019. 26  There’s also plenty of anecdotal evidence to suggest that people who had given up on going to the movies have reconsidered. Said one Wall Street Journal reporter of his reluctant trip to see Frozen 2 with his wife and five children, “We walked into an Emagine theater 10 miles from our house after dropping $10 a ticket ($9 for the kids) to reserve big cushy recliners with built-in heaters and ordering our pizzas and popcorn on an iPhone. It took that one visit to rekindle a love for the big screen.” 27

New Developments

But as theaters were investing millions in upgrades, studios were engaged in another conversation. Specifically, studios were questioning whether their businesses could be equally—or even more—viable, if they released films directly to consumers. Would a family of four, for example, be willing to spend $30 to $50 to watch a new release from the couch instead of spending up to twice that amount to see the movie in a theater? 28

Indeed, movie studios could reduce their costs by up to 50% if they simply cut out theaters and adopted a direct-to-consumer model. 29  But the top players in the industry have been hesitant to test out the prospect. Then the COVID-19 pandemic caused a chain of events that some believe could permanently change the movie industry as we know it. In April 2020, Americans sat in their houses, movie theaters were shut down, and millions of kids were disappointed that they wouldn’t get to see the new Trolls movie in the theater as planned. Universal used the opportunity to test the waters and released Trolls World Tour directly to streaming platforms as a 48-hour, $19.99 rental. After three weeks, the studio had made more money from the film than it had during the five months its original Trolls movie spent in movie theaters.

Universal CEO Jeff Shell said, “The results for ‘Trolls World Tour’ have exceeded our expectations and demonstrated the viability of PVOD [premium video on demand]. As soon as theatres reopen, we expect to release movies on both formats.” 30  AMC president and CEO Adam Aron quickly responded that AMC would no longer show any Universal films in its theaters if Universal went through with the new arrangement. In a letter to the studio, Aron said “radical change by Universal to the business model that currently exists between our two companies represents nothing but downside for us and is categorically unacceptable to AMC Entertainment.” 31

What Happens Next?

Have we seen the end of the movie theater industry as we know it? According to one columnist, it’s not a question of “if” movie theaters will become extinct, but “when.” 32  Others are confident that multiple modes of movie watching can successfully co-exist and that there is still a massive contingent that will indeed continue to want to go to the movies. 33

YOUR CALL

Do you think we are on the brink of a radical change in the movie industry? How should theaters respond if they want to continue to survive in an increasingly streaming world?

4. Offshore Suppliers Are Changing the Way We Work

As we said in  Chapter 2 , globalization and outsourcing are transforming whole industries and changing the way we work. China, India, Mexico, the Philippines, and other countries possess workers and even professionals willing to work twice as hard for half the pay, giving U.S. businesses substantial labor savings. While unquestionably some U.S. jobs have been lost, others have become more productive. Some engineers and salespeople, for example, have been liberated from routine tasks and can spend more time innovating and dealing with customers.

Uruguay Example: Did you know that Uruguay is one of the largest software exporters per-capita in the world? It has been called the “Silicon Valley of South America,” and cities like Montevideo, Uruguay’s capital, are brimming with IT entrepreneurs and tech start-ups. The right combination of talent, infrastructure, and incentives makesthe country an ideal choice for companies looking to outsource IT functions. U.S. businesses also benefit from Uruguay’s physical and time-zone proximity. 34

Page 421

But as some jobs have moved cross-border, dozens in aerospace, chemicals, and other industries are moving to the United States. Here are two examples:

Company Examples: German automaker Daimler AG (Mercedes) manufactures SUVs for both its global and domestic markets in Tuscaloosa County, Alabama. The company employs almost 4,000 people in the region directly, and more than 20,000 people indirectly. 35  Pietro Fiorentini, an Italian company, makes natural gas metering and pressure regulating equipment in West Virginia. 36

5. Knowledge, Not Information, Is Becoming the New Competitive Advantage

In 2012, an Intel white paper predicted that “a technological change tsunami is rolling towards us that will wash away many previous perceptions of the world. The way we work will be swept into this new reality, and the knowledge worker is positioned to be the primary agent of change.” 37  Was this prediction about the importance of knowledge workers accurate? Indeed, McKinsey research shows that knowledge jobs continue to grow in today’s economy, and one analyst at Forrester recently suggested that jobs requiring empathy, intuition, and mental agility (all of these are components of the career readiness competencies shown in  Table 1.2 ) will add approximately 300,000 jobs to the economy by 2030. 38  Two key points about knowledge work to consider:

· The definition of knowledge work has changed—As information technology does more of the work formerly done by humans, even in high-tech areas (such as sorting data for relevance), many low-level employees previously thought of as knowledge workers are now being recognized as “data workers,” who contribute very little added value to the processing of information. Unlike routine information handling, knowledge work is analytic and consists of problem solving and abstract reasoning—exactly the kind of task required of skillful managers, professionals, salespeople, and financial analysts.

· AI has not replaced knowledge workers—The rise of knowledge workers is accelerating despite the proliferation of automation. 39  Indeed, the number of people in knowledge-work jobs—nonroutine cognitive occupations—now exceeds 1 billion across the globe. 40  According to one expert, rather than eliminate knowledge work, AI “empowers workers to do things that only humans can do.” 41

In industries where companies are struggling to compete with foreign manufacturers or bigger rivals that outsource their labor, AI could even save jobs by increasing knowledge workers’ productivity and opportunities to make strategic contributions. Consider the example of a California-based furniture finishing company.

Professional Finishing Example: When Professional Finishing co-owner Dawn White announced plans to add a new robotic arm to the company’s facility, one employee quickly piped in, “Hey let me know when the robot’s up and running and I’ll just quit.” But the employee didn’t lose his job, nor did anyone else. Instead, workers’ productivity quadrupled, and many became robot operators and technicians. The robot took over some of the more physically demanding tasks common in furniture finishing and has allowed the human employees to focus on more delicate and intricate tasks. 42

For companies like Professional Finishing, AI has enhanced rather than replaced, workers’ jobs.

Courtesy of Professional Finishing

Page 422

Two Types of Change: Reactive and Proactive

Most CEOs, general managers, and senior public-sector leaders agree that incremental changes are no longer sufficient in a world that is operating in fundamentally different ways. Life in general, they say, is becoming more complex, and the firms that are able to manage that complexity are the ones that will survive in the long term. 43  Clearly, we are all in for an interesting ride.

As a manager, you will typically have to deal with two types of change: reactive and proactive.

1. Reactive Change: Responding to Unanticipated Problems and Opportunities

When managers talk about “putting out fires,” they are talking about  reactive change,  making changes in response to problems or opportunities as they arise.

Reactive change can engender resistance, as was the case for some religious communities during the COVID-19 pandemic. Check out the  Example box  (we discuss resistance to change in detail in  Section 10.5 .)

EXAMPLE
Reactive Change: Religious Practices During COVID-19

Gathering as a community is a hallmark of many religious traditions. But when governors issued shelter-in-place orders for their states during COVID-19, faith communities quickly had to figure out new ways to connect with members, maintain important practices, and celebrate holidays while quarantined.

The timeframe of the pandemic presented a particularly difficult challenge because of the abundance of religious holy days it affected. The Jewish community was preparing to celebrate Purim, and, soon after, Passover; Hindus were gearing up for a month of Holi festivities; Christians were looking forward to Easter; and for Muslims, Ramadan—the most sacred month in the Islamic faith—was set to begin on April 23.

Brie Loskota, executive director for USC’s Center for Religion and Civic Culture, said, “We’re in like the religious sweeps week for the month of April,” but added, “One thing that people often forget about religious life is it’s actually remarkably adaptive.” 44

Reactive Changes

Here are a few examples of the ways religious communities adapted their traditions during the pandemic:

· For many members of the Muslim faith, adapting to the quarantine meant holding remote Iftar gatherings—breaking the daily Ramadan fast—with friends and family over Zoom.  45

· Jewish faith leaders reminded their congregations that the expectation that observant members hear the Megillah—the Book of Esther—read aloud in person was not as important as preserving life. Many synagogues offered livestreams of their Purim services instead. 46

· Some Hindus used the Likee video-sharing platform to participate in #HoliHai2020. The campaign gave Hindus the chance to “play Holi” and experience the colors of the festival through their phones while remaining safely quarantined.

Religious observances took on new forms in reaction to COVID-19. Communal traditions like Shabbat meals, Iftar dinners, and playing Holi went virtual as the world responded to concerns about virus transmission. What reactive changes did you experience in your own life as a result of the pandemic? What did you learn from those experiences?

vipman/Shutterstock, Fabian Strauch/Getty Images, powerofforever/Getty Images

Page 423

Resistance to Change

While the majority of religious communities adapted to the quarantine, some resisted. For example, pastor Tony Spell of the Life Tabernacle church in Central, Louisiana, refused to cooperate with Governor John Bel Edwards’ statewide stay-at-home order and instead continued to hold services. Livestream video showed that most of his congregants were neither wearing face masks nor following social distancing protocol during these gatherings. 47  Police issued multiple citations and eventually arrested Spell for aggravated assault after he drove a bus toward one of the protestors standing outside of his church. They released him on bond and placed him under house arrest, but Spell continued to hold services at his church, even showing off his ankle monitor to church members.

YOUR CALL

How have you reacted to sudden changes in the past? Have you shown resistance? Adaptability? What do you think this means for your career readiness?

2. Proactive Change: Managing Anticipated Problems and Opportunities

In contrast to reactive change,  proactive change , or planned change, involves making carefully thought-out changes in anticipation of possible or expected problems or opportunities. 48  The anticipation of increased automation has spurred proactive changes in the aerospace manufacturing industry. Consider the example of Airbus.

Airbus Example: The process for manufacturing passenger jets has changed very little over time. Much of the work is still done by hand, and rigorous safety standards and government certification requirements mean that precision, rather than efficiency, is paramount. But Airbus recently built a new facility for its A320 model that will help the company keep up with increasing demand while simultaneously readying itself for the future. Robots and remote-control-operated assembly platforms stand in the place of fixed cranes and assembly lines, and 20% fewer workers are needed to complete the job. Further, the open layout of the facility ensures maximum flexibility for any future changes to the manufacturing process. Experts believe that increases in automation across the industry will continue to unfold very slowly, and Airbus plans to be prepared. Said CEO Guillaume Faury, “This is one of the building blocks of our digital trajectory and robotization of our production.” 49

As we’ve stated, change can be hard, and the tools for survival are the career readiness competencies of personal adaptability and openness to change. We also know that organizations like to hire people who are adaptable and willing to accept change. How well do you think you fare in this regard? You can find out by taking  Self-Assessment 10.1 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 10.1
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Openness to Change at Work

The following survey was designed to assess your attitudes toward change at work. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 10.1 in Connect.

1. Where do you stand when it comes to your attitude toward change? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Based on your three lowest scoring survey items, how might you foster a more positive attitude toward change? Be specific.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of openness to change?

The Forces for Change Outside and Inside the Organization

How do managers know when their organizations need to change? The answers aren’t clear-cut, but you can get clues by monitoring the forces for change—both outside and inside the organization. (See  Figure 10.1 .)

Page 424

FIGURE 10.1  Forces for change outside and inside the organization

Forces Originating Outside the Organization

External forces consist of four types, as follows.

1. Demographic Characteristics

Earlier we discussed the demographic changes occurring among U.S. workers, with the labor force becoming more diverse. Example: The number of young Americans aged 18 to 34 living with their parent(s) (rather than in a household shared with a spouse or partner) has increased by 1 million in the past two decades. 50  How might this affect their spending habits?

2. Technological Advancements

Technology  is not just computer technology; it is any machine or process that enables an organization to gain a competitive advantage in changing materials used to produce a finished product. Ginni Rometty, former CEO of IBM, recently said, “We face an imminent and profound transformation of the workforce over the next five to 10 years as analytics and artificial intelligence change job roles at companies in all industries,” adding that she expects AI will change “100 percent of jobs” in the coming decade. 51

One industry in which technology has already led to widespread changes is winemaking. According to a recent article, “Artificial intelligence touches everything in winemaking from the soil analysis at the vineyards to how consumers select the right vintage to go with dinner.” 52  Here are a few examples:

Winemaking Industry Example: Some winemakers now use drones equipped with infrared cameras to pinpoint irrigation needs, damage, and diseases in their vineyards. At Symington Family Estates in Portugal, a robot called VineScout paces up and down rows of grapevines recording key agricultural data. The French vineyard Château Mouton-Rothschild worked with Naio technologies to develop its robot—Ted—which it uses to weed and spray vines. 53  In terms of consumers, more than 25% rely on apps in making wine selections, and technology is playing an increasing role in predicting which wines will be pleasing to specific consumers. 54

Page 425

3. Shareholder, Customer, and Broader Stakeholder Concerns

A firm’s shareholders, customers, and broader stakeholders can all exert significant pressure for change. As you learned in Learning Module 1, in recent years, much of this pressure has centered on shifting perspectives about the purpose of a corporation and whether a firm’s obligations go beyond shareholder wealth creation to include shared value and sustainable development. 55

· Shareholders have begun to be more active in pressing for organizational change. Some shareholders may form a  B corporation , or  benefit corporation , in which the company is legally required to adhere to socially beneficial practices, such as helping consumers, employees, or the environment. Among the leading B Corps in the United States are Patagonia, Eileen Fisher, Allbirds, Bombas, Ethique, and Uncommon Goods. 56  Shareholders in the oil and gas industry have recently called for their firms to do more to tackle climate change:

Oil and Gas Example: Shareholders at major oil and gas companies have demanded more action on climate change at recent investor meetings. In 2019 over 99% of BP shareholders voted in favor of a proposal requiring the company to disclose more data on its carbon emissions and the alignment between its strategy and the goals of the Paris Climate Agreement. 57  Forty-one percent of shareholders at Exxon recently voted in favor of a similar proposal. Analysts believe that Exxon shareholders will increase these numbers to 50% within a matter of a few years. 58

Drones, such as this one pictured over a vineyard, can gather agricultural information with incredible speed. This technological advancement has enabled some winemakers to visually inspect their vineyards for diseases and other issues at a rate of up to an acre per minute. How many human workers do you think it would take to perform the same task in the same amount of time?

freeprod/123RF

· Customers are also becoming more demanding. As discussed in previous chapters, younger generations are more inclined to buy from a company if it is genuinely connected to a meaningful cause. Social impact consultant Meredith Ferguson said, “Young consumers today don’t just want to just see brands take a stand on social issues, they want them to act on that stand—from the inside out.” 59

Gina Bulla—Senior Director of Brand Marketing and Insights for The Atlantic—educated Advertising Week Europe attendees in 2019 about responding to the unique demands of Gen Z consumers.

AWEurope/Shutterstock

Gen Z Example: Members of Gen Z may not have the buying power of Millennials or Gen Xers, but they have made it known that they are not afraid to use their voices to demand more from corporations. Research suggests that memes have become one of Gen Z’s favorite modes of brand activism. Experts like the University of Maryland’s Dr. Amna Kirmani suggest that this type of negative word of mouth is emerging as powerful form of consumer leverage. 60

· Broader stakeholders’ needs are becoming increasingly important for many corporations. The model of creating shared value (CSV) we presented in Learning Module 1 demonstrates how firms can simultaneously tackle global social issues and maximize shareholder wealth. Recent research suggests consumers may form deeper connections with brands that they perceive as creating shared value. 61

Page 426

To The Market Example: Jane Mosbacher Morris founded To The Market to connect corporations and consumers with more ethical and sustainable supply chains. Specifically, companies such as Target and Bloomingdale’s partner with Mosbacher Morris’ company to source accessories, home goods, and apparel made by members of vulnerable and underrepresented communities. 62  During the COVID-19 pandemic, the company called on its existing capabilities and relationships to fulfill orders for more than 2 million units of personal protective equipment (PPE). 63

4. Social and Political Pressures

Social events can create great pressures. Consider the example of soda taxes.

Soda Taxes Example: Poor diet choices, such as reliance on sugary sodas, have led to more than 42% of U.S. adults and almost 20% of children from ages 2 to 19 being obese, which in turn has contributed to an epidemic of type 2 diabetes. 64  Several big U.S. cities, including Philadelphia, Boulder, San Francisco, Seattle, and Berkeley, have already passed special taxes on soda, often against well-funded opposition from soda companies. 65  Many are watching the UK with interest. Its two-tier soda tax, unlike others designed to raise revenue or discourage the purchase of soda, encourages soda makers to reduce the sugar content of their products to avoid the tax. It seems to be working, and proponents are now calling for a similar tax on baked goods like cakes and biscuits. 66

Forces Originating Inside the Organization

Internal forces affecting organizations may be subtle, such as low job satisfaction, or more dramatic, such as constant labor–management conflict. Internal forces may be of the two following types: human resource concerns and managers’ behavior.

1. Human Resource Concerns

Is there a gap between the employees’ needs and desires and the organization’s needs and desires? Job dissatisfaction—as expressed through high absenteeism and turnover—can be a major signal of the need for change. Recall from  Chapter 9  that as the firm’s strategy evolves, a strategic HRM perspective suggests the need to evaluate existing human and social capital and the HR practices being used to generate them. The right HR practices are the ones that generate the social processes and behaviors the organization needs to accomplish its goals.

Labor Strikes Example: One way employees express their dissatisfaction in order to effect change is through labor strikes. In 2018, approximately 485,000 workers went on strike—the highest number since the 1980s. 67  They included teachers, hotel workers, and auto workers. Some experts believe recent labor strikes are, in part, a reaction to the prevalence of the gig economy. Workers often maintain their income by jumping from one temporary job to another, but they are beginning to want options for a path to permanent, stable employment. 68

2. Managers’ Behavior

Excessive conflict between managers and employees or between a company and its customers is another indicator that change is needed. Perhaps there is a personality conflict, so that an employee transfer may be needed. Or perhaps some interpersonal training is required. Behavior issues often persist until stakeholders—be they customers, associates, or society at large—decide that enough is enough. Consider the example of Ken Fisher.

Ken Fisher Example: In late 2019, billionaire Ken Fisher, founder of Fisher Investments, made inappropriate remarks while addressing attendees at a money-management conference. Among other things, Fisher likened winning new clients to “trying to get into a girl’s pants,” and his comments quickly went viral on social media. In an initial interview with Bloomberg, Fisher said his only regret was “I regret I accepted that speech invitation, because it was kind of a pain in the neck.” 69  Later, after increased pressure, Fisher issued a statement saying, “Some of the words and phrases I used during a recent conference to make certain points were clearly wrong and I shouldn’t have made them. I realize this kind of language has no place in our company or industry. I sincerely apologize.” 70  ●

Page 427

10.2 Forms and Models of Change

THE BIG PICTURE

This section discusses the three forms of change, from least threatening to most threatening: adaptive, innovative, and radically innovative. It also describes Lewin’s three-stage change model: unfreezing, changing, and refreezing. Finally, it describes the systems approach to change: inputs, target elements of change, and outputs.

LO 10-2

Discuss three forms of change, Lewin’s change model, and the systems approach to change.

As we mentioned in  Section 10.1 , change may be forced upon an organization—reactive change, requiring you to make adjustments in response to problems or opportunities as they arise.

We are, however, in favor of proactive or planned change, which occurs when an organization tries to get out in front of impending demands. Being proactive involves making carefully thought-out changes in anticipation of possible problems or opportunities.

As a manager, particularly one working for an American organization, you may be pressured to provide short-term, quick-fix solutions. But when applied to organizational problems, this approach usually doesn’t work: Quick-fix solutions have little staying power. Managers should rely on established science in order to effectively manage and implement proactive organizational change. This requires an understanding of the different forms of change, as well as two different models that can be applied systematically to the change process (all of which are discussed in this section).

Three Forms of Change: From Least Threatening to Most Threatening

Whether organizational change is administrative or technological, it can be adaptive, innovative, or radically innovative, depending on (1) the degree of complexity, cost, and uncertainty and (2) its potential for generating employee resistance. 71

Least Threatening: Adaptive Change—“We’ve Seen Stuff Like This Before”

Adaptive change  is the reintroduction of a familiar practice—the implementation of a form of change that has already been experienced within the same organization. Of the three forms of change discussed in this section, adaptive change is the:

· Easiest to implement successfully. This form of change is lowest in complexity, cost, and uncertainty.

· Least threatening to employees. Because it is familiar, adaptive change is likely to create the least resistance.

Adaptive change is fairly common and often arises due to predictable, seasonal fluctuations in demand. Two hypothetical examples are:

Examples: During the annual Labor Day sale, a department store may ask its sales employees to work 12 hours a day instead of the usual 8. During tax-preparation time, a store’s accounting department may require an increase in work hours.

Page 428

Somewhat Threatening: Innovative Change—“This Is Something New for This Company”

Innovative change  is the introduction of a practice that is new to the organization. Innovative change is:

· Moderately difficult to implement. This form of change is characterized by moderate complexity, cost, and uncertainty.

· Somewhat threatening to employees. Because it is less familiar than adaptive change, innovative change is apt to trigger some fear and resistance among employees.

Innovative changes may arise when an organization adopts a policy or practice that other organizations have embraced, but that is new for the firm.

Example: If a department store decides to adopt a new practice among its competitors by staying open 24 hours a day, requiring employees to work flexible schedules, it may be felt as moderately threatening.

Very Threatening: Radically Innovative Change—“This Is a Brand-New Thing in Our Industry”

Radically innovative change  introduces a practice that is new to the industry. Radically innovative change is:

· Very difficult to implement. It is the most complex, costly, and uncertain form of change.

· Highly threatening to employees. It will be felt as extremely threatening to managers’ confidence and employees’ job security and may well tear at the fabric of the organization. 72

Example: Educators all over the world experienced radically innovative change when they suddenly were forced to deliver all of their course content remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic. While remote course delivery wasn’t a new idea, most faculty had little to no experience with it. This was particularly true for K–12 educators who were steeped in a centuries-old tradition of teaching students face-to-face. Many educators found the possibility that their jobs could be permanently changed highly threatening.

Lewin’s Change Model: Unfreezing, Changing, and Refreezing

Most theories of organizational change originated with the landmark work of social psychologist Kurt Lewin. Lewin developed a model with three stages—unfreezing, changing, and refreezing—to explain how to initiate, manage, and stabilize planned change. 73  (See  Figure 10.2 .) Throughout this section, we illustrate Lewin’s model of change with the example of how Walmart successfully introduces robots into its stores. 74

FIGURE 10.2  Lewin’s model of change

Page 429

1. “Unfreezing”: Creating the Motivation to Change

In the unfreezing stage, managers try to instill in employees the motivation to change, encouraging them to let go of attitudes and behaviors that are resistant to innovation. For this “unfreezing” to take place, employees need to become dissatisfied with the old way of doing things. Managers also need to reduce the barriers to change during this stage.

Walmart Example: Bossa Nova inventory robots—autonomous devices that travel up and down retail store aisles checking inventory, identifying misplaced items, and discovering pricing issues—are currently at work in at least 1,000 Walmart stores. How does the company manage the unfreezing stage and convince store employees to adopt the change each time it introduces a robot in a new location? Bossa Nova co-founder and chief technology officer Sarjoun Skaff said, “In general terms, we position the robot as a productivity tool, the modern equivalent of a bar-code scanning gun. We see the robot viewed as a tool or even as a part of the team.” 75  Walmart’s VP of Innovations, John Crecelius, said that the company has not had a hard time convincing employees that there is an “opportunity for the new technology to free them up from focusing on tasks that are repeatable, predictable and manual.” 76

2. “Changing”: Learning New Ways of Doing Things

In the changing stage, employees need to be given the tools for change: new information, new perspectives, new models of behavior. Managers can help here by providing benchmarking results, role models, mentors, experts, and training. Change is more likely to be accepted if employees possess the career readiness competencies of proactive learning orientation and openness to change. 77

Here, a Bossa Nova inventory robot roams the aisles of a Walmart store. Do you think you’d like to work alongside one of these robots?

Daniel Dorsa/Redux Pictures

Walmart Example: In the changing stage, Walmart invested heavily in training its employees to work alongside the robots. Accenture’s managing director H. James Wilson said, “Walmart showed the importance of a ‘getting to know you’ period,” adding, “A worker may feel it’s an ethical violation if they don’t get a proper introduction to their new AI colleague. Doing a week- or month-long demo helps workers understand how the AI works, which tasks it will handle, and so forth.” 78

3. “Refreezing”: Making the New Ways Normal

In the refreezing stage, employees need to be helped to integrate the changed attitudes and behavior into their normal ways of doing things. Managers can assist by encouraging employees to exhibit the new change and then, through additional coaching and modeling, by reinforcing the employees in the desired change, as we’ll discuss in  Section 10.5 .

Walmart Example: In the refreezing stage, Walmart employees who work with the robots have, according to one report from MIT, wholeheartedly embraced the chance. 79  Bossa Nova’s chief business officer Martin Hitch said, “This boring, repetitive task of scanning the shelves—we have yet to meet someone who has liked to do that. Employees instantly become the advocates for the robot.” Store employees have competitions to name their robots before giving each its own Walmart name tag. Finally, said Hitch, employees have taken to defending the robots by educating shoppers about their benefits.

Page 430

A Systems Approach to Change

Change creates additional change—that’s the lesson of systems theory. Promoting someone from one group to another, for instance, may change the employee interactions in both (as from cordial to argumentative, or the reverse). Adopting a team-based structure may require changing the compensation system to pay bonuses based on team rather than individual performance. A systems approach to change presupposes that any change, no matter how small, has a rippling effect throughout an organization. 80

· A system, you’ll recall from  Chapter 2 , is a set of interrelated parts that operate together to achieve a common purpose. The systems approach can be used to diagnose what to change and determine the success of the change effort.

· The systems model of change consists of three parts: (1) inputs, (2) target elements of change, and (3) outputs. (See  Figure 10.3 .)

FIGURE 10.3  Systems model of change

Sources: Based on A. Kinicki, Organizational Behavior: A Practical, Problem-Solving Approach (New York: McGraw-Hill Education, 2021), Figure 16.6, p. 648, which was adapted from D. R. Fuqua and D. J. Kurpius, “Conceptual Models in Organizational Consultation,” Journal of Counseling and Development, July–August 1993, pp. 602–618; D. A. Nadler and M. L. Tushman, “Organizational Frame Bending: Principles for Managing Reorientation,” Academy of Management Executive, August 1989, pp. 194–203.

Inputs: “Why Should We Change, and How Willing and Able Are We to Change?”

“Why change?” A systems approach always begins with the question of why change is needed at all—what the problem is that needs to be solved. (Example: “Why change? Because our designers are giving us terrible products that we can’t sell.”)

Whatever the answer, the systems approach must make sure the desired changes align with the organization’s mission statement, vision statement, and strategic plan—subjects we discussed in  Chapter 5 . 81

Page 431

A second question is “How willing and able are management and employees to make the necessary change?”  Readiness for change  is defined as the beliefs, attitudes, and intentions of the organization’s staff regarding the extent of the changes needed and how willing and able they are to implement them. 82  Readiness has four components:

1. How strongly the company needs the proposed change.

2. How much the top managers support the change.

3. How capable employees are of handling the change.

4. How pessimistic or optimistic employees are about the consequences of the result.

Self-Assessment 10.2  will help you gauge your readiness for change. You can also use it to measure the readiness of an organization to which you belong.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 10.2
CAREER READINESS
What Is Your Readiness for Change?

If your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 10.2 in Connect, think of a change at school, work, or another area of your life. Take Self-Assessment 10.2 to learn the extent of your readiness for change, or that of the organization in which the change needs to occur.

1. Of the four components, which is the lowest?

2. How do you think this result will affect the success of the particular change? Be specific.

3. Who seems to be most ready, you (components 1 and 2) or the organization (components 3 and 4)?

4. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of personal adaptability?

Target Elements of Change: “Which Levers Can We Pull That Will Produce the Change We Want?”

The target elements of change represent four levers that managers may use to diagnose problems (such as “Our designers are too inbred and don’t look outside the company for ideas”) and identify solutions (such as “We need new managers and new blood in the Design Group”).

As  Figure 10.3  shows, the four target elements of change (the four levers) are

1. People—their knowledge, ability, attitudes, motivation, and behavior.

2. Organizational arrangements—such as policies and procedures, roles, structure, rewards, and physical setting.

3. Methods—processes, workflow, job design, and technology.

4. Social factors—culture, group processes, interpersonal interactions, communication, and leadership.

Two things are important to realize:

· Any change made in each and every target element will ripple across the entire organization. For example, if a manager changes a system of rewards (part of the organizational arrangements) to reinforce team rather than individual performance, that change is apt to affect organizational culture (one of the social factors).

· All organizational change ultimately affects the people in it and vice versa. Thus, organizational change is more likely to succeed when managers carefully consider the prospective impact of a proposed change on the employees.

Page 432

Outputs: “What Results Do We Want from the Change?”

Outputs represent the desired goals of a change, which should be consistent with the organization’s strategic plan. Results may occur at the organizational, group, or individual level (or all three) but will be most difficult to effect at the organizational level because changes will mostly likely affect a wide variety of target elements.

Feedback: “How Is the Change Working and What Alterations Need to Be Made?”

Not all changes work out well, of course, and organizations need to monitor their success. This is done by comparing the status of an output such as employee or customer satisfaction before the change to the same measurable output sometime after the change has been implemented.

Force-Field Analysis: “Which Forces Facilitate Change and Which Resist It?”

In most change situations being considered, there are forces acting for and against the change.  Force-field analysis  is a technique to determine which forces could facilitate a proposed change and which forces could act against it. Force-field analysis consists of two steps:

1. Identify thrusters and counterthrusters. The first step is to identify the positive forces (called thrusters) and the negative forces (called counterthrusters). We recommend brainstorming them separately, and then selecting the top three to five in each category.

2. Remove the most important negative forces and increase positive forces. The second step may sound simple, but it can be tricky to identify the forces at work.

Consider the  Example box  of how researchers used a force-field analysis to better understand whether change efforts would work in and around South Africa.

EXAMPLE
Building “Sustainable, Drought-Resistant Communities” for the Basotho Population

A recent academic study applied force-field analysis to the Basotho population in and around South Africa. 83  According to the researcher, over 80% of the Basotho depend on rain-fed agriculture to earn a living. Unfortunately, this area is extremely vulnerable to drought, and should one occur, the impacts would be absolutely devastating. The research asked whether a plan to build “sustainable, drought-resistant communities” by creating nonagricultural employment opportunities would be successful with this population.

Researchers recently used force-field analysis to predict whether initiatives to encourage more nonagricultural ventures among the Basotho population in and around South Africa would be successful. Although the area is highly drought-prone, more than 75% of the Basotho population remains financially reliant on rainfed agriculture. Understanding the forces working for and against change is vital for change efforts of this scale.

Edwin Remsberg/Getty Images

Step One: Identify Thrusters and Counterthrusters

The study identified the forces that would both enable and hinder this effort:

· Thrusters

· Current lack of rainfall

· Land degradation

· Soil erosion

· High unemployment levels

· Large households who would benefit from current/future employment opportunities

· Counterthrusters

· Low levels of education

· Lack of interest in disaster and development causes

Page 433

Step Two: Remove the Most Important Negative Forces and Increase Positive Forces

The researchers provided several recommendations for moving the change in a positive direction, including:

1. Education outreach—beginning with members of the population who are aware of the importance of environmental issues.

2. Community capacity-building projects—leadership training, job and trade certifications, and other opportunities for competency development that involve all local institutions capable of teaching skills. These include driving schools, restaurants, and local educational institutions.

The researchers believed there would be tremendous positive ripple effects (what you might recognize as the creation of shared value) if these objectives were successfully implemented. For example, increased education and capacity-building could lower the population’s currently high HIV/AIDS rates and reduce the use of misguided soil management techniques, reduce the deforestation caused by an overreliance on wood for energy in low socioeconomic status households, and encourage the development of significant infrastructure and industry for the Basotho population.

YOUR CALL

Have you ever faced a difficult change effort? How would a force-field analysis have helped you to better evaluate the situation and make important decisions?

Applying the Systems Model of Change

There are two different ways to apply the systems model of change:

1. As an aid during the strategic planning process. Once a group of managers identifies the organization’s vision and strategic goals, group members can consider the target elements of change when developing action plans to support the accomplishment of goals.

Lego Example: Lego went from the brink of death in the early 2000s to being named the #1 toy brand in the world in 2019 and the world’s most reputable company in 2020. The company’s reinvention has been called “the greatest turnaround in corporate history.” 84  After a string of failed attempts to overhaul its image and move away from the little plastic brick synonymous with the company’s name, Lego’s executives realized that removing the brick was not an option. Instead, they had to figure out how to innovate around their namesake product, and they ultimately did so by connecting their physical products with a limitless virtual universe. 85  Recent analyses credit the company’s former CEO, Vig Knudstorp, with masterminding the reinvention. Examples of the target elements most critical to the transformation include:

· Organizational arrangements—Knudstorp offloaded businesses in which the company had little expertise, including Legoland parks, and focused on building new digital content such as movies and TV shows.

· Methods—Knudstorp switched to an outsourcing model for areas with high potential for value add from outside experts. Said one analyst, “What’s made them successful over the past 10 years is their ability to create . . . by partnering with brilliant people. They’ve said: ‘We might not make as much money if we outsource it, but the product will be better.’” 86

· People—Knudstorp leveraged people—both inside and outside the organization—to assist in the company’s transformation. Dr. Anne Flemmert Jensen, former senior director of Lego’s Global Insights group, said that her team helped Lego evolve by spending “all our time travelling around the world, talking to kids and their families and participating in their daily lives.” Knudstorp also instituted crowdsourcing, and the company gives 1% of a product’s net sales to the person who invented the idea for it. (We discuss crowdsourcing in more detail in  Section 10.4 .)

2. As a diagnostic framework to identify the causes of an organizational problem and propose solutions. We highlight this application by considering a consulting project conducted by one of your authors, Angelo Kinicki.

Page 434

Example: Dr. Kinicki was contacted by the CEO of a software company and asked to figure out why the presidents of three divisions were not collaborating with each other—the problem. It seemed two of the presidents had submitted the same proposal for a $4 million project to a potential customer. The software company did not get the work because the customer was appalled at having received two proposals from the same firm. Kinicki decided to interview employees by using a structured set of questions that pertained to each of the target elements of change. The interviews revealed that the lack of collaboration among division presidents was due to the reward system (an organizational arrangement), a competitive culture and poor communications (social factors), and poor workflow (a methods factor). Kinicki’s recommendation was to change the reward system, restructure the organization, and redesign the workflow. ●

10.3 Organizational Development: What It Is, What It Can Do

THE BIG PICTURE

Organizational development (OD) is a set of techniques for implementing change, such as improving performance, revitalizing organizations, and adapting to mergers. OD has three steps: diagnosis, intervention, and evaluation. Four factors have been found to make OD programs effective.

LO 10-3

Describe the purpose of organizational development.

Organizational development (OD)  is a set of techniques for implementing planned change to make people and organizations more effective. Note the inclusion of people in this definition. OD focuses specifically on people in the change process. (Some scholars apply the term “organizational development” to techniques designed to improve organizational effectiveness and the term “change management” to techniques designed to improve people effectiveness—techniques that will help them, in one definition, to adopt “new mindsets, policies, practices, and behaviors to deliver organizational results.”) 87

Often OD is put into practice by a person known as a  change agent , a consultant with a background in behavioral sciences who can be a catalyst in helping organizations deal with old problems in new ways. Other organizations actually employ organizational development specialists who help the company to lead and manage change.

Whether they are change agents, OD specialists, or other types of experts, the people who help organizations implement change must work to understand both the interpersonal and situational factors that have shaped the organization and that continue to influence its decision makers. 88

What Can OD Be Used For?

OD can be used to address the following three matters.

1. Improving Individual, Team, and Organizational Performance

Conflict is inherent in most organizations. Sometimes an OD expert, perhaps in the guise of an executive coach, can help advise on how to improve relationships or other issues within the organization.

Page 435

Start-Up Example: Successful tech entrepreneur Jeff Wald said in a recent interview, “I’ve counted Fred Wilson as an investor, raised over $60 million in funding and sold my start-up WorkMarket to ADP. . . . But before all that, earlier on in my career, I had a start-up implode, leaving me bankrupt, depressed, and on the verge of moving back in with my parents.” 89  Wald’s first start-up, Spinback, was eventually acquired by Salesforce, but his memories of the company consist mostly of the constant conflict between two of his co-founders that eventually turned into a nasty legal battle. Wald later also experienced conflict with his WorkMarket co-founder and revealed that these types of interpersonal issues are incredibly common in the start-up community. Wald’s board eventually forced him to hire a coach—an idea he first scoffed at, but that he now credits with helping him to move past his business failures and grow into a better leader and co-worker.

2. Revitalizing Organizations

Technology is changing so rapidly that nearly all modern organizations are having to adopt new ways of doing things in order to survive. OD can help by opening communication, fostering innovation, and dealing with stress.

Pacific Surf School Example: At Pacific Surf School in San Diego, instructors’ ultra-chill attitudes were causing process issues and inefficiencies. The owners felt that surfing class time could be used more efficiently, and they hired the Lean Enterprise Institute (LEI) to teach instructors to apply lean principles (a set of five steps aimed at improving workforce efficiency and delivering value quickly) to their work. Within a short time, Pacific Surf School was able to increase class sizes by 50%, and students were spending more time on the water. Instructors also found more time to deal with issues like surfboard repairs. 90

OD can help employees in all sorts of companies to adapt to changes and implement improved practices and techniques. OD for the instructors at Pacific Surf School translated into more surfers, more time catching waves, and more time to solve important problems.

Matthew Micah Wright/Getty Images

3. Adapting to Mergers

Mergers and acquisitions (M&A) are associated with increased anxiety, stress, absenteeism, turnover, and decreased productivity. 91  They’re also quite common—in the United States alone, more than 12,000 M&A transactions occurred in 2019. 92  Imagine how employees at Sprint and T-Mobile must have felt as they waited two years for their firms to merge. It’s likely employees at both firms encountered one or more of the multiple articles predicting “massive job cuts” as a result of the transaction. 93  OD experts are often called upon in such situations to help integrate two firms with varying cultures, products, and procedures.

How OD Works

Like physicians, OD managers and consultants follow a medical-like model. (Or to use our more current formulation, they follow the rules of evidence-based management.) They approach the organization as if it were a sick patient, using diagnosis, intervention, and evaluation:

· Diagnosing the organization’s ills.

· Prescribing treatment or intervention.

· Monitoring or evaluating progress.

If the evaluation shows that the procedure is not working effectively, the conclusions drawn are then applied (via a feedback loop) to refining the diagnosis, and the process starts again. (See  Figure 10.4 .)

Page 436

FIGURE 10.4  The OD process

Sources: Adapted from W. L. French and C. H. Bell Jr., Organization Development: Behavioral Interventions for Organizational Improvement (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 1978); E. G Huse and T. G. Cummings, Organizational Development and Change, 3rd ed. (St. Paul: West, 1985).

1. Diagnosis: What Is the Problem?

To carry out the diagnosis, OD consultants or managers use some combination of questionnaires, surveys, interviews, meetings, records, and direct observation to ascertain people’s attitudes and to identify problem areas. A problem is defined as a gap between an outcome or result desired by managers and the actual status of the outcome or result. For example, if your goal was to lose 10 pounds over 6 months and you only lost five, your problem is to lose five more pounds.

2. Intervention: What Shall We Do about It?

“Treatment,” or  intervention , is the attempt to correct the diagnosed problems. Often this is done using the services of an OD consultant who works in conjunction with management teams. Some OD activities for implementing planned change include:

· Communicating survey results to employees to engage them in constructive problem solving.

· Observing employee communication patterns and teaching employees skills to improve them.

· Helping group members learn to function as a team.

· Stimulating better cohesiveness among several work groups.

· Improving work technology or organizational design.

Coaching is often employed to improve interpersonal relationships and leadership. 94  According to recent studies, between 21 and 40% of Fortune 500 companies currently use executive coaching, and U.S. companies alone spend around $166 billion each year on leadership development. 95  Studies suggest that executive coaching and leadership development programs positively impact leaders’ self-efficacy beliefs, transformational leadership behaviors, and career satisfaction. Subordinates of executives who participate in these programs express lower turnover intentions and higher approval of their leaders. 96

3. Evaluation: How Well Has the Intervention Worked?

An OD program needs objective evaluation to see if it has done any good. Answers may lie in hard data about absenteeism, turnover, grievances, and profitability, which should be compared with earlier statistics. The change agent can use questionnaires, surveys, interviews, and the like to assess changes in employee attitudes.

4. Feedback: How Can the Diagnosis and Intervention Be Further Refined?

If evaluation shows that the diagnosis was wrong or the intervention was not effective, the OD consultant or managers need to return to the beginning to rethink these two steps.

Page 437

The Effectiveness of OD

Among organizations that have practiced organizational development are American Airlines, B.F. Goodrich, General Electric, Honeywell, ITT, Procter & Gamble, Prudential, Texas Instruments, and Westinghouse Canada—companies covering a variety of industries.

Research has found that OD is most apt to be successful under the following circumstances:

1. Multiple Interventions

OD success stories tend to use multiple interventions. 97  Goal setting, feedback, recognition and rewards, training, participation, and challenging job design have had good results in improving performance and satisfaction. 98

2. Management Support

OD is more likely to succeed when top managers give the OD program their support and are truly committed to the change process and the desired goals of the change program. 99  Using employee feedback during the change process is one way to demonstrate this support. 100

3. Goals Geared to Both Short- and Long-Term Results

Change programs are more successful when they are oriented toward achieving both short-term and long-term results. Managers should not engage in organizational change for the sake of change. Change efforts should produce positive results. 101

By now you know that organizations are having trouble finding career-ready employees. Although new college graduates rate themselves as being proficient in a range of important career readiness competencies, employers indicate that the majority of new hires do not possess adequate levels of these competencies. 102  Recent research suggests that employers are particularly troubled by new hires’ lack of soft skills, such as critical thinking/problem solving, teamwork, leadership, creativity, and adaptability. 103

Let’s consider the interventions organizations are using to solve this problem.

EXAMPLE
Career Readiness Interventions

Organizations are addressing career readiness gaps from multiple angles. These include:

· In-house training—more than one-third of the managers and executives surveyed in a recent study said their organizations have either already begun reskilling employees or are in the process of developing reskilling programs. 104

Example: In 2019, Salesforce launched a customizable version of its gamified training platform, myTrailhead. Organizations can purchase a license and configure the platform to their own training needs, and employees can earn badges and credentials for developing various soft skills. 105

· Certifications—more than 26,000 employers in the United States have partnered with ACT WorkKeys to source applicants who have earned the organization’s National Career Readiness Certificate (NCRC). 106

Example: Glen Raven Custom Fabrics partnered with ACT WorkKeys to refine its hiring process and create a skilled talent pipeline. The company has filled 300 positions with employees who have earned, among other things, the NCRC.

· Collaborations—companies are increasingly likely to collaborate with colleges and universities in an effort to build a more career ready workforce. An important way that these collaborations can build important competencies is through internship programs that are designed specifically to address these skills gaps. 107

Example: Intel collaborates with faculty at several universities to develop open-source skill-development programs. 108

YOUR CALL

Which of these important soft skills do you think is most important? How would you rate your level of this skill? What might you do to further develop your soft skills?

4. OD Is Affected by Culture

OD effectiveness is affected by cross-cultural considerations. Thus, an OD intervention that worked in one country should not be blindly applied to a similar situation in another country. 109  ●

Page 438

10.4 Organizational Innovation

THE BIG PICTURE

Managers agree that the ability to innovate affects long-term success, and you will undoubtedly be asked to help your employer achieve this. This section provides insights into the ways organizations approach the goal of innovation. After discussing approaches toward innovation pursued by companies, we review the need to create an innovation system.

LO 10-4

Describe the approaches toward innovation and components of an innovation system.

We live in a time of technological advancement that is creating transformative changes in the way we live, work, and play. Organizations are feeling both the opportunity and the pinch of this reality. Consider the situation faced by retail clothing companies now that Americans have gone from spending 5.9% of their income on clothing in 1987 to just 3.1% in recent years. Analyst Kayla Marci noted that “the lines between workwear and everyday apparel are becoming more blurred.” Said Shawn Grain Carter, professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology, “Tea, the Saturday and Sunday Sabbath, a wedding, a funeral . . . What are you going to get dressed up for? Whereas baby boomers always had clothes for career, clothes for socializing and clothes for special occasions, I can wear my sneakers to every single event.” 110

Do you have a need for work-appropriate clothing? How about pieces that you can wear to the gym? Perhaps a few additional items for going out on the town? What if a single outfit worked in all three of these settings? Clothing retailers have long relied on a consumer desire for occasion-specific clothing, but many of the clothing items that satisfy today’s definition of business casual can take workers from a light morning workout to an afternoon board meeting to an evening social event. Can you see the need for innovation in this industry?

Dean Drobot/Shutterstock, Djomas/Shutterstock, Pepsco Studio/Shutterstock, ASDF_MEDIA/Shutterstock

Is the retail clothing industry an anomaly or is the need to innovate widespread? It’s widespread! Results from a recent survey of 1,500 leaders showed that about 79% viewed innovation as key to their company’s success. 111

Innovation (as defined in  Chapter 1 ) occurs when a new solution to an existing problem is valuable enough that consumers are willing to pay for it. 112  This definition underscores that innovations must be both novel and useful. We now take a closer look at innovation and the way organizations foster it. You will learn that innovation is more likely to occur when organizations create and support a system of innovation, which includes tailoring the characteristics of the physical environment to support innovation.

Approaches to Innovation

We can classify innovations by crossing their type with their focus, producing four distinct types. (See  Figure 10.5 .)

FIGURE 10.5  Approaches toward innovation

The Type of Innovation

Managers often need to improve a product or service they offer in response to competition or customer feedback. This response often amounts to a technological innovation. Or managers may need to improve the process by which a product is made or a service is offered. This need typically leads to a process improvement.

More specifically, a  product innovation  is a change in the appearance or functionality/performance of a product or a service or the creation of a new one. W. L. Gore recently looked to product innovation to jolt the company out of what its former CTO called “a stall point.” 113

Page 439

W. L. Gore Example: You may recognize W. L. Gore & Associates (Gore) as the company that manufactures Gore-Tex—the waterproof fabric used by companies like Patagonia, The North Face, and L.L.Bean. But the company’s latest project is a far cry from outdoor apparel. Gore is currently working on developing a revolutionary type of corneal transplant with the same polymer it uses in surgical patches. The material has the right transparency, is flexible, and bends light just like human corneal tissue. The implant is revolutionary because (1) it is inert and therefore won’t be rejected by the donor’s body, and (2) it integrates itself into the donor’s eyeball. The company hopes to bring the product to market by 2026. 114

process innovation  is a change in the way a product or a service is conceived, manufactured, or distributed. McDonald’s is experimenting with two process innovations:

McDonald’s Example: Food delivery is expected to be a $76 billion business by 2022. McDonald’s wants to ensure customers can experience their Big Mac meals and fries still piping hot by engaging drones to deliver its meals. The company is partnering with Uber Elevate (Uber’s aerial division) and is hoping to gain FAA approval for broad implementation by 2023. 115  The chain is also experimenting with robotic fryers that it hopes will free up its workers to focus more on customer service. 116

The Focus of the Innovation

The focus continuum measures the scope of the innovation.

Improvement innovations enhance or upgrade an existing product, service, or process. These types of innovations are often incremental and are less likely to generate significant amounts of new revenue at one point in time. Stitch Fix has used improvement innovation to remain competitive in recent years.

Stitch Fix Example: CEO Katrina Lake is capitalizing on her company’s data analytics abilities to increase the personalization of customers’ experiences. Now, instead of just receiving a box with five new items each month, customers can opt-in to the company’s “Shop Your Looks” sub-service that periodically recommends an additional piece based on the items they already own. The service adds value by continuing to build customers’ wardrobes around previous purchases, and the company will benefit from increased impulse purchases. 117

In contrast, new-direction innovations take a totally new or different approach to a product, service, process, or industry. These innovations focus on creating new markets and customers and rely on developing breakthroughs and inventing things that didn’t already exist. Orbital Insight is an example.

Page 440

Orbital Insight Example: Orbital Insights uses satellite images to watch, capture, and analyze activity on Earth. It can, for example, tell you how many cars drove in and out of a particular shopping center parking lot over a busy weekend, or monitor production at a factory. Founder and CEO James Crawford said that his company’s analyses provide more accurate data than traditional measures of economic activity. The technology is powered by AI, and Orbital recently launched a consumer version called Orbital Go that allows users to research answers to their own questions about what’s happening on the planet. 118

Product innovations in athletics are nothing new. Improvements in equipment have led to, for example, faster swimmers, longer golfers, and more accurate archers over the years. Still, governing bodies that preside over various sports often must determine whether their athletes are engaging in something called technology doping—using equipment that offers an unfair competitive advantage—as was the case with Nike’s Vaporfly technology. At what point do you think innovation crosses a line in professional sports?

Nattawit Khomsanit/Shutterstock

Can an Innovation Go Too Far?

Are all innovations good innovations, or is it possible for innovation to cross a line? This is a question that businesses will continue to confront as technology evolves and allows us to do things that were once not possible. This question arose recently when two runners shattered existing marathon records.

Nike Example: In fall of 2018, Eliud Kipchoge became the first person in history to run a marathon in less than 2 hours. One day later, Brigid Kosgei broke the women’s world record to become the fastest woman in history. Both runners were wearing Nike shoes with the company’s Vaporfly technology, which featured cutting-edge foam soles and embedded carbon fiber plates. According to Nike, the technology decreased a runners’ effort by at least 4%. Track and field regulators grappled with the question of whether to allow this type of technology in official races going forward, and a 2020 World Athletics ruling ultimately limited both the thickness of foam soles and the number of embedded plates allowable in competition road shoes. 119

An Innovation System: The Supporting Forces for Innovation

Innovation won’t happen as a matter of course. It takes dedicated effort and resources, and the process must be nurtured and supported. Organizations do this best by developing an innovation system. An  innovation system  is a set of mutually reinforcing structures, processes, and practices that drive an organization’s choices around innovation and its ability to innovate successfully. 120

Research and practice have identified seven components of an innovation system: innovation strategy; committed leadership; innovative culture and climate; required structure and processes; necessary human capital; human resource policies, practices, and procedures; and appropriate resources. 121  (See  Figure 10.6 .)

Page 441

FIGURE 10.6  Components of an innovation system

Do the components of an innovation system look familiar to you? If so, you’re probably remembering our discussions in  Chapters 8  and  9 . Specifically, in these previous chapters, you learned that leadership is needed to align an organization’s culture, structure, and HR practices so that they work together to support firm strategy. These important elements are also presented here as part of an organization’s innovation system, and here too, they must be aligned and integrated for innovation to blossom, hence the dual-headed arrows in  Figure 10.6 .

Create an Innovation Strategy

Many companies fail in their improvement efforts because they lack an innovation strategy. 122  An  innovation strategy , which amounts to a plan for being more innovative, requires a company to integrate its innovation activities into its business strategies. This integration encourages management to invest resources in innovation and generates employee commitment to innovation across the organization.

Consider the example of how Reckitt Benckiser innovates using a well-defined strategy.

Reckitt Benckiser Example: Reckitt Benckiser (RB) is the British company that owns brands such as Lysol, Woolite, and Clearasil. Its innovation strategy is characterized by small, incremental improvements. Specifically, rather than pursue massive innovations, RB focuses on taking its most successful products and tweaking them in modest ways that better solve consumers’ problems. For example, the company’s Finish dish detergent brand has gone from Finish 2-in-1, to Finish 3-in-1, to Finish All-in-1. With each iteration, RB made a small but valued improvement, and the company’s sales and profits from the product have continued to increase. 123

Commitment from Senior Leaders

One of the biggest lessons we have learned from our consulting experience is that the achievement of strategic goals is unlikely without real commitment from senior leaders. 124  Mars CEO Grant Reid is acutely aware of his role in supporting innovation.

Mars Example: “We’ve been in business for 107 years” said Mars CEO Grant Reid in a recent interview. “My job is to make sure that I’m setting us up for the next 100 years.” 125  Innovation is essential for a company of this age to remain competitive, and Mars is committed to innovating in ways that create shared value for everyone in its supply chain. The company has pledged $1 billion toward achieving its sustainability goals.

Page 442

Foster an Innovative Culture and Climate

Results of a recent McKinsey survey suggest that more than 90% of executives are unhappy with their firms’ innovation performance. Several factors serve as barriers to innovation, but one of the key obstacles is inertia—defined in LM 1 as an organization’s resistance to making the strategic changes necessary to remain competitive in a changing environment. 126  Toys R Us suffered from inertia when it failed to invest in its own e-commerce experience and opted instead to sell its toys on Amazon, which ultimately drove all of its business to other toy vendors on Amazon. 127  Explained one executive, firms are “organized to deliver predictable, reliable results—and that’s exactly the problem.” 128

Organizations that wish to create new products and ideas need an innovative culture and climate. 129  Academic research findings reflect the fact that innovation requires experimentation, failure, and risk taking, and these are all aspects of an organization’s culture. 130  Many senior leaders understand this link.

The legendary 3M Chairman William McKnight once said, “The best and hardest work is done in the spirit of adventure and challenge. . . . Mistakes will be made.” Pixar President Ed Catmull has a similar viewpoint: “Mistakes aren’t a necessary evil. They aren’t evil at all. They are an inevitable consequence of doing something new . . . and should be seen as valuable.” 131  Who are the most innovative companies in the United States? See  Table 10.1  for a list of Fast Company magazine’s most innovative companies and see how many you know.

1. Snap

2. Microsoft

3. Tesla

4. Big Hit Entertainment

5. HackerOne

6. White Claw

7. Shopify

8. Canva

9. Roblox

10. Zipline

11. Kaios Technologies

12. Beyond Meat

13. Bravado

14. Meesho

15. Spotify

TABLE 10.1  The Most Innovative Companies

Table Summary: Table summarizes the fifteen most innovative companies.

Source: “The World’s 50 Most Innovative Companies 2020,” Fast Company, https://www.fastcompany.com/most-innovative-companies/2020 (accessed May 8, 2020).

Have you worked for a company that has an innovative climate? Are you wondering what it takes to create such a climate? If yes, take the innovation climate  Self-Assessment 10.3 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 10.3
How Innovative Is the Organizational Climate?

Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 10.3 in Connect.

1. What is the level of innovation? Are you surprised by the results? Explain.

2. Select the three lowest survey item scores. Use the content of these items to recommend what the company could do to become more innovative.

Required Structure and Processes

Organizational structure and internal processes can promote innovation if they foster collaboration, cross-functional communication, and agility. Flagship Pioneering is a good example.

Flagship Pioneering Example: Flagship Pioneering (FP) creates new ventures based on cutting-edge, or “pioneering,” science. FP uses a formal process to evaluate opportunities for innovation. Exploration begins with the identification of a major social issue followed by a deep dive into the existing literature. Teams formulate hypotheses throughout this stage and work through them with a group of scientific advisers. The key rule at this stage is that every idea is entertained as long as its execution would create value. Later in the process, scientists run experiments designed to expose holes in the ideas, and employees are taught to respect what the data ultimately show. 132

Organizational processes are an organization’s capabilities in management, internal processes, and technology that turn inputs into outcomes. Processes play a critical role in innovation. The design and consulting firm IDEO, for example, employs a unique process when it helps companies to innovate (see the  Example box ).

Page 443

EXAMPLE
IDEO’s Approach to Innovation

IDEO (pronounced “EYE-dee-oh”) is a unique, award-winning, and highly respected and influential global design firm. The company has more than 700 employees in nine offices, both in major U.S. cities and overseas in London, Munich, Shanghai, and Tokyo. 134  It is responsible for such innovative products as the first mouse for Apple, heart defibrillators that guide a user through the steps, and TiVo’s “thumbs up–thumbs down” button. An intense focus on end-user behavior is the foundation of all the company does and is embedded in the three steps of its design thinking. The steps are inspiration, ideation, and implementation. 135

IDEO has successfully applied its design thinking innovation approach to a wide variety of problems, including reducing the enormous amount of food waste that occurs each year in the food industry.

Ian Allenden/123RF

· Inspiration. As defined by David Kelley, IDEO’s legendary founder, inspiration is the problem or opportunity that motivates the search for solutions.

· Ideation. Ideation is the process of generating, developing, and testing ideas.

· Implementation. The final step, implementation, links the problem’s solution to people’s lives.

Observing user behavior and working with prototypes are important aspects of each step. They help IDEO’s diverse problem-solving teams both define client problems and gauge the effectiveness of their solutions.

Thinking Like a Designer

The company’s consulting approach to products, services, processes, and strategy brings together what is desirable from a human point of view with what is technologically feasible and economically viable. It also allows people who are trained as designers to use creative tools to address a vast range of challenges. The goal: to tap into abilities we all have that are overlooked by more conventional problem-solving practices. Thinking like a designer relies on our ability “to be intuitive, to recognize patterns, to construct ideas that are emotionally meaningful as well as functional, and to express ourselves through means beyond words or symbols.” 136

Design Thinking Your Way to Innovative Solutions: Beyond Product Design

IDEO’s design thinking has been so successful that many nonbusiness and nonproduct organizations are now engaging the company. For instance, IDEO recently partnered with the Rockefeller Foundation to help combat food waste. The goal of the project was to “help reduce the 1.3 billion tons of food wasted every year and equip food industry players with the design principles and support to cut waste further.” 137  The collaboration generated multiple innovations, such as an online platform called the Food Waste Alliance where participants could continue to be engaged with the latest innovations in reducing food waste.

YOUR CALL

What is appealing to you about IDEO? To what extent does IDEO’s approach to design force companies to use the seven components of an innovation system (see  Figure 10.6 )? Explain.

Crowdsourcing , defined as the practice of obtaining needed services, ideas, or content by soliciting contributions from a large group of people typically via the Internet, is being used by more companies to help innovate.

Enable Makeathon Example: The Enable Makeathon is a contest sponsored by the Global Disability Innovation Hub. Its purpose is to accelerate the innovation of assistive technology for people with disabilities. The 2018 winning idea was Bleetech—a low-cost, digital encyclopedia for the hearing impaired. The platform allowed users to sign questions and receive answers back in sign language. 133

Page 444

Develop the Necessary Human Capital

We defined human capital in  Chapter 9  as the productive potential of an individual’s knowledge and actions. Research has identified several employee characteristics that can help organizations innovate. For example, innovation has been positively associated with the individual characteristics associated with creativity, creative-thinking skills, intrinsic motivation, the quality of the relationship between managers and employees, and international work experience. 138

Hackerone Example. Companies like AT&T, Hyatt, Goldman Sachs, and Capital One hire HackerOne when they want to be sure their users’ information is protected according to the highest security standards. This company doesn’t build network security systems. Rather, HackerOne hires skilled hackers to test the vulnerability of its clients’ existing systems. Organizations reward these benevolent hired hackers for finding security weaknesses before malicious hackers discover them. 139

Human Resource Policies, Practices, and Procedures

Human resource (HR) policies, practices, and procedures need to be consistent with and reinforce the other six components of an innovation system. Here’s what research tells us about the alignment of HR with the overall innovation system:

· Alignment is related to valued outcomes. Companies that align HR with the other components of the innovation system are more likely to be innovative and to have higher financial performance. 140

· Performance management and incentives are often not designed to foster innovation. A company’s performance management and incentive system are often at odds with an innovation culture and climate. Companies need to align their reward and recognition systems with innovation-related goals. 141

Bringing people from different disciplines together to both brainstorm and train is a good way for a firm to foster the collaboration needed for innovation. Collaboration creates opportunities for communication and, thus, ideation, between unlikely parties. Collaboration also provides a safe space for risk taking. Economist John Galbraith once said, “In any great organization it is far, far safer to be wrong with the majority than to be right alone.” 142  Galbraith is telling us that it takes courage and the “right” organizational culture to be innovative.

CarMax Example. CarMax generates innovation through its cross-functional product teams. These teams consist of 7 to 9 members, and each must include at least one user-experience expert, one product manager, and one lead developer or engineer. The remaining members can come from any department. Teams work in short spurts and make short progress presentations every two weeks. This schedule encourages teams to take risks and learn from mistakes at a fairly quick pace. 143

Appropriate Resources

Organizations need to put their money where their mouths are. If managers want innovation, they must dedicate resources to its development. Resources can include people, dollars, time, energy, knowledge, and focus.

Amazon Example: Amazon recently pledged that it would invest $700 million to upskill its workforce by 2025. Machine Learning University is one of a list of possible initiatives that employees can participate in. It was designed to encourage innovation by giving employees the skills necessary to work with and create AI. 144  ●

Page 445

10.5 The Threat of Change: Managing Employee Fear and Resistance

THE BIG PICTURE

This section discusses the causes of resistance to change and the reasons employees fear change.

LO 10-5

Discuss ways managers can help employees overcome fear of change.

As we mentioned in  Section 10.1 , change may be forced upon an organization—reactive change, requiring you to make changes in response to problems or opportunities as they arise. Or an organization may try to get out in front of changes—proactive change, or planned change, which involves making carefully thought-out changes in anticipation of possible problems or opportunities.

What, then, are effective ways to manage organizational change and employees’ fear and resistance to it? In this section, we discuss the following:

· The causes of resistance to change.

· Why employees resist change.

The Causes of Resistance to Change

Resistance to change  is an emotional/behavioral response to real or imagined threats to an established work routine. Resistance can be as subtle as passive resignation and as overt as deliberate sabotage. As you will learn, change experts believe that resistance does not primarily reside within the individual but instead is a result of the context in which change occurs. 145

Resistance can be considered to be the interaction of three causes. (See  Figure 10.7 .) They are

1. Employee characteristics.

2. Change agent characteristics.

3. The change agent–employee relationship.

FIGURE 10.7  A model of resistance to change

Source: Adapted from R. Kreitner and A. Kinicki. Organizational Behavior, 9th ed. (Burr Ridge, IL: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2010), p. 549.

For example, an employee’s resistance is partly based on his or her perception of change, which is influenced by the attitudes and behaviors exhibited by the change agent and the level of trust between the change agent and the employee. 146

Page 446

Let us consider these three sources of resistance.

1. Employee Characteristics

The characteristics of a given employee consist of his or her individual differences (discussed in  Chapter 11 ), actions and inactions, and perceptions of change. 147  The next section discusses a variety of employee characteristics that relate to resistance to change. One of them involves personal adaptability, the career readiness competency that one columnist recently called an “underrated superpower in business.” 148  How adaptable are you? You can find out by taking  Self-Assessment 10.4 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 10.4
CAREER READINESS
How Adaptable Are You?

The following survey was designed to assess your level of adaptability. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 10.4 in Connect.

1. What is your level of adaptability? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Based on your scores, identify three things you can do to increase your level of adaptability. Explain.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of personal adaptability?

2. Change Agent Characteristics

The characteristics of the change agent—the individual who is a catalyst in helping organizations change—also consist of his or her individual differences, experiences, actions and inactions, and perceptions of change. Such characteristics that might contribute to employee resistance to change include leadership style, personality, tactfulness, sense of timing, awareness of cultural traditions or group relationships, and ability to empathize with the employee’s perspective. 149

3. Change Agent–Employee Relationship

As you might expect, resistance to change is reduced when change agents and employees have a trusting relationship—faith in each other’s intentions. Mistrust, on the other hand, encourages secrecy, which begets deeper mistrust, and can doom an otherwise well-conceived change. 150

Ten Reasons Employees Resist Change

Whether changes are adaptive, innovative, or radically innovative, employees may resist change for all kinds of reasons. Ten of the leading reasons for not accepting change are as follows. 151

1. Individuals’ Predisposition toward Change

How people react to change depends a lot on how they learned to handle change and ambiguity as children. If a child’s parents were patient, flexible, and understanding, and if she learned there were positive outcomes associated with the loss of immediate gratification, then as an adult she may be more likely to associate making changes with love and approval. Conversely, if a child’s parents were unreasonable and unyielding, forcing him to do things (piano lessons, for example) that he didn’t want to do, then as an adult he may be distrustful of making changes if he associates them with demands for compliance. 152

2. Surprise and Fear of the Unknown

When radically different changes are introduced without warning—for example, without any official announcements—the office rumor mill will go into high gear, and affected employees will become fearful of the implications of the changes. It is essential for change leaders to explain the rationale for change, to educate people about the personal implications of change, and to garner commitment to change. 153

Page 447

3. Climate of Mistrust

Trust involves reciprocal faith in others’ intentions and behavior. Mistrust encourages secrecy, which causes deeper mistrust, putting even well-conceived changes at risk of failure. Managers who trust their employees make the change process an open, honest, and participative affair. All told, employees who feel fairly treated by managers during change are less likely to resist. 154

4. Fear of Failure

Intimidating changes on the job can cause employees to doubt their capabilities. Self-doubt erodes self-confidence and cripples personal growth and development.

5. Loss of Status or Job Security

Administrative and technological changes that threaten to alter power bases or eliminate jobs—as often happens during corporate restructurings that threaten middle-management jobs—generally trigger strong resistance.

6. Peer Pressure

Even people who are not themselves directly affected by impending changes may actively resist in order to protect the interests of their friends and co-workers.

7. Disruption of Cultural Traditions or Group Relationships

Whenever individuals are transferred, promoted, or reassigned, it can disrupt existing cultural and group relationships. 155

8. Personality Conflicts

Just as a friend can get away with telling us something we would resent hearing from an adversary, the personalities of change agents can breed resistance.

9. Lack of Tact or Poor Timing

Introducing changes in an insensitive manner or at an awkward time can create employee resistance. Employees are more apt to accept changes when managers effectively explain their value, as, for example, in demonstrating their strategic purpose to the organization.

10. Nonreinforcing Reward Systems

Employees are likely to resist when they can’t see any positive rewards from proposed changes, as, for example, when one is asked to work longer hours without additional compensation.

Where do you stand on change? Are you open to change and embrace it, or do you have tendencies to resist? The following self-assessment assesses the extent to which you resist change, which is the opposite of the career readiness competency of openness to change. Given that employers are looking for people who accept and embrace change, this assessment provides you good feedback about your attitudes toward change. If your scores indicate resistance, you should consider what can be done to move your attitudes in a more positive direction. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 10.5
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Resistance to Change

The following survey was designed to assess your resistance to change. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 10.5 in Connect.

1. Are you more or less willing to accept change? Discuss.

2. Based on your scores, identify three things you can do to lower your resistance to change. These changes may involve new thoughts or beliefs or the display of new behaviors.

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of openness to change?

Page 448

10.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 10-6

Review the different ways to increase the career readiness competency of openness to change.

“Be open to change, and be willing to lean in and learn new skills,” says Angelina Darrisaw, founder of the career coaching firm C-Suite Coach. 156  What do we know about the career readiness competency of openness to change (shown in  Figure 10.8  below)?

FIGURE 10.8  Model of career readiness

McGraw-Hill Education

· It is an important career readiness competency. Openness to change is the career readiness competency most related to the concepts discussed in this chapter. It is an “other characteristic” from the model shown below and was defined in  Table 1.2  as “flexibility when confronted with change, ability to see change as a challenge, and willingness to apply new ideas, processes, or directives.”

· It is necessary for organizational change. Employers desire this competency because of the constant need for organizations to adapt, change, and respond in novel or innovative ways to competitors.

· It leads to positive work outcomes for you. Openness to change supports employees’ continuous learning and job satisfaction while reducing workplace annoyances and intentions to quit. 157  Openness to change is worth cultivating in yourself now and throughout your career.

So how can you become more open to change? What gets in your way? We answer these questions by first explaining the application of self-affirmation theory. We then review how self-compassion assists in promoting openness to change.

Page 449

Applying Self-Affirmation Theory

When we speak of not being open to change, we are concerned about more than just organizational change or feedback from a boss or colleague. Your openness to change affects your social interactions with friends, colleagues, loved ones, and even strangers during controversial conversations on topics like politics, the value of unions, immigration policy, the #MeToo movement, and sexual orientation. 158

We explain self-affirmation theory in three parts:

1. We have an innate need to maintain a positive overall self-view. What causes us to be closed-minded about controversial topics or feedback about our behavior? According to self-affirmation theory, we all possess a strong desire to maintain a “global” or overall sense of self-integrity. In simpler terms, this means that as humans, we really want to see ourselves as generally good and virtuous people who behave in appropriate ways. 159

2. When our positive self-view is threatened, we switch to self-protective mode. Two renowned psychologists note: “Much research suggests that people have a ‘psychological immune system’ that initiates protective adaptations when an actual or impending threat is perceived.” 160  The goal of these mechanisms is to restore self-worth.

3. We can maintain our self-view in two ways (and one is definitely the better choice). When our self-view is threatened, we naturally attempt to protect it. Say, for example, that you get caught in a lie. Even though deep down you know you have behaved dishonestly, your psyche will do everything it can to keep on seeing itself as good and virtuous. The key message of self-affirmation theory is—don’t fight the urge to affirm your self-view in this situation, but rather, work with it. Specifically, when you experience a threat to your self-view, remind yourself that you can choose to respond in one of two ways:

· Option 1: Maintain your self-view by denying any information that is related to the threat.

What would this look like? In the case of our example, probably an internal dialogue that includes phrases like “how dare they accuse me of lying,” or “it wasn’t really a lie; it was simply an omission of the whole truth,” or “I didn’t have a choice but to be dishonest.” Notice here that you are still talking about the threat and are making statements that relate directly to it. Unfortunately, you are also taking a defensive and closed-off stance that is preventing you from learning and growing.

· Option 2: Maintain your self-view AND increase your openness to change by affirming facets of your self-view that are unrelated to the threat.

What would this look like? In the case of our example, you might choose an internal dialogue that goes something like “I am a loyal friend,” or “I have compassion for others,” or “I am a great teammate.” Notice here that you are (1) making positive statements about yourself that you believe to be true and (2) avoiding the topic of the actual threat.

Which option do you think is the better choice? Research on this theory has firmly documented that while either of these options will help you to restore your self-view, the second option is better because it allows you to feel good about yourself while still remaining open to change and the possibility of personal growth and learning. This is because your use of these positive “self-affirmations” makes it easier for the two voices in your head to coexist—you can make a poor choice (i.e., tell a lie) and still remind yourself that you are good. One mistake doesn’t have to define you! 161

Self-affirmations  such as the ones listed above are defined as positive statements that impact your subconscious mind by drawing attention to your values and positive attributes and away from negative self-perceptions. 162  Self-affirmations flip our close-minded thoughts from negativity to positivity. Sample affirmations include:

Page 450

· “My work does not define me; I’m a good person.”

· “I learn from mistakes.”

· “I can accomplish whatever I put my mind to.”

· “I love my job and know that I am making a difference.”

· “I’m not perfect, but I stick to my values.”

· “I’m ethical.”

· “I know I can do well, just like I did on the XYZ project.”

If you want to increase your openness to either personal or work-related change, or to comments being made about a controversial subject such as immigration, try using self-affirmations when you feel threatened or get defensive. For example, if someone tells you that your views about immigration are naive, avoid the temptation to tell yourself, “I am not wrong about this because I am very well informed on the topic.” Instead, try an affirmation that’s not related to the immigration conversation—or to politics in general—at all. For example, “I am proud of my dedication to my physical health.” And remember, being more open to change doesn’t mean that you have to change your views—it simply means that you are always willing to consider views that are different from your own.

Practicing Self-Compassion

In  Chapter 9  we defined self-compassion as the tendency to be understanding, warm, and kind to yourself when you experience pain or failure, rather than being self-critical or over-identifying with negative emotions. Dr. Christine Carter defines self-compassion as “gentleness with yourself.” Here is what she had to say about using self-compassion to increase openness to self-development.

We think that if we speak critically to ourselves, we will improve, but all the research shows with absolute certainty that self-criticism does not improve performance. It blocks your ability to learn from the situation and creates a stress response in which fight or flight are your only options. Personal growth is not on the menu when you are self-critical. 163

When you are overly hard on yourself your body experiences distress—over time, you may experience symptoms such as anxiety, burnout, and depression. 164  When you have compassion for yourself, however, you let go of the need to be perfect, making it easier to increase your openness to change or your career readiness competency of positive approach. It allows us to “give ourselves the same kindness and care we’d give to a good friend,” according to psychologist Kristen Neff. 165  Self-compassion protects self-identity by allowing you to appreciate the difference between being a bad person and making a bad decision. As noted in Psychology Today, “When you have self-compassion, you understand that your worth is unconditional.” 166  This in turn makes it easier to accept feedback from others, to consider alternative viewpoints from your own, to own up to your mistakes, and to empathize with others. 167

Try the following suggestions in pursuit of more self-compassion:

1. Practice self-kindness. Replace perfectionism and self-judgment with forgiveness and kindness. Accept your imperfections and talk to yourself as you would to a loved one.

2. Remind yourself that you’re not alone. Psychotherapist Megan Bruneau reminds us that “to feel is to be human, and that whatever [we’re] going through is also being experienced by millions of others. If we can recognize our shared humanity—that not one of us is perfect—we can begin to feel more connected to others, with a sense that we’re all in this together.” 168

3. Practice mindfulness meditation. Mindfulness is a state of being present nonjudgmentally. Meditation can help you achieve this state and avoid the negative thoughts that inhibit openness to change. 169  ●

Key Points

10.1 The Nature of Change in Organizations

· Among supertrends shaping the future of business: (1) The marketplace is becoming more segmented and moving toward more niche products. (2) More competitors are offering targeted products, requiring faster speed-to-market. (3) Some traditional companies may not survive radical change. (4) China, India, and other offshore suppliers are changing the way we work. (5) Knowledge, not information, is becoming the new competitive advantage.

· Two types of change are reactive and proactive.

· Forces for change may consist of forces outside the organization (external forces) or inside it (internal forces).

10.2 Forms and Models of Change

· Organizational change can be adaptive, innovative, or radically innovative.

· Kurt Lewin’s change model has three stages—unfreezing, changing, and refreezing—to explain how to initiate, manage, and stabilize planned change.

· A systems approach to change consists of three parts: inputs, target elements of change, and outputs, plus a feedback loop.

· Force-field analysis is a technique to determine which forces could facilitate a proposed change and which forces could act against it.

10.3 Organizational Development: What It Is, What It Can Do

· Organizational development (OD) is a set of techniques for implementing planned change to make people and organizations more effective.

· The OD process follows three-steps: (1) diagnosis, (2) intervention, and (3) evaluation.

· Four factors that make OD work successfully are (1) multiple interventions are used, (2) top managers give the OD program their support, (3) goals are geared to both short- and long-term results, and (4) OD is affected by culture.

10.4 Organizational Innovation

· Innovation is the creation of something new and useful that gets commercialized.

· Crossing the types of innovation with the focus on the innovation results in four approaches to innovation.

· Innovation can produce new products or new processes and can vary in focus from improvement to new directions.

· An innovation system’s seven components are (1) an innovation strategy; (2) commitment from senior leaders; (3) an innovative culture and climate; (4) required structure and processes; (5) necessary human capital; (6) appropriate resources; and (7) human resource policies, practices, and procedures.

10.5 The Threat of Change: Managing Employee Fear and Resistance

· Resistance to change is an emotional/behavioral response to real or imagined threats to an established work routine.

· Ten reasons employees resist change are as follows: (1) individuals’ predisposition toward change, (2) surprise and fear of the unknown, (3) climate of mistrust, (4) fear of failure, (5) loss of status or job security, (6) peer pressure, (7) disruption of cultural traditions or group relationships, (8) personality conflicts, (9) lack of tact or poor timing, and (10) nonreinforcing reward systems.

10.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· There are two key methods for improving your openness to change: self-affirmation theory and self-compassion.

Page 452

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. What are the two principal types of change?

2. Describe the four external forces for change and two internal forces for change.

3. How does Kurt Lewin’s model of change work?

4. What is the organizational development process?

5. What’s the difference between a product innovation and a process innovation?

6. Explain four approaches to innovation.

7. What are four steps for fostering innovation?

8. Employee resistance can be considered to be the interaction of what three causes?

9. There are 10 reasons employees resist change. What are they?

10. How can you increase the career competency of openness to change?

Management in Action

Were Deadly COVID-19 Outbreaks aboard Carnival Cruise Ships the Result of Managers’ Resistance to Change?

This case examines the COVID-19 outbreaks that occurred aboard Carnival cruise ships in the spring of 2020. By the end of April, the outbreaks had resulted in more than 1,500 positive cases of the virus and at least 39 deaths. 170  Let’s begin by considering a timeline of events so that you can evaluate the behavior and decisions made by Carnival’s leadership.

TIMELINE OF EVENTS

January 30: Carnival ship Costa Smeralda is docked near Rome. All 6,000 passengers and 1,000 crew members are quarantined after a woman and her partner became ill with symptoms that could be COVID-19.

February 1, 11:21 pm: The Carnival Diamond Princess is sailing around Asia when a representative from the company’s sanitation vendor sends an e-mail to the chief administrative officer and a guest services account. The purpose of the e-mail is to alert the Diamond Princess crew that a woman in Hong Kong, who has recently been aboard the ship, had tested positive for COVID-19.

February 2, 11:33 am: Records show that Carnival’s chief medical officer, Grant Tarling, sends an e-mail to Hong Kong health authorities with the subject line “Confirmed COVID-19 Case.” In the e-mail, Tarling lists the infected passenger’s name, age, and Princess Margaret Hospital room number.

February 2, 6:44 pm: According to statements from Carnival after-the-fact, this is when Tarling is actually made aware of the confirmed COVID-19 case.

February 3, 6:00 pm: Diamond Princess Captain Gennaro Arma announces to the ship’s passengers that they may have been exposed to COVID-19. He adds that no one on board has reported illness but that they should avoid close contact with anyone showing respiratory distress, follow proper hand-washing protocol, and contact the ship’s infirmary if they begin to feel symptoms. According to some of the ship’s passengers, the crew continues to promote social activities, guests enjoy bars and buffets, people steam in saunas, and the evening’s opera goes on as planned.

February 3: Evening: The Diamond Princess arrives in Yokohama. Japanese health workers immediately begin conducting medical screenings of the passengers.

February 3: Also on this day, news reports of countries denying entry to cruise ships around the world begin to surface.

February 4: Carnival spokesman says in statements after-the-fact that by this day the staff has discontinued “most” scheduled activities.

February 5: Japanese officials institute a ship-wide quarantine requiring passengers to stay in their cabins until further notice. According to Carnival CEO Arnold Donald, on this day he takes control of the company’s response to the illness but had been made aware of it previously.

February 27: There are now 696 confirmed cases of COVID-19 aboard the Diamond Princess.

March 4: As the Carnival Grand Princess heads to Mexico, passengers receive a notification from the office of Grant Tarling under their cabin doors. The message says that the CDC is looking into a “small cluster” of COVID-19 cases in California that may be tied to the ship. The Grand Princess makes a U-turn and heads back toward California. Passengers notice that crew members are wearing gloves and setting out hand sanitizing stations. Events on the ship go on as planned, including swimming, card games, dance classes, concerts, and an evening show.

Page 453

March 5: Grand Princess captain John Smith announces a quarantine over the ship’s loudspeaker. All passengers must return to their cabins indefinitely. According to some passengers, many detour to the buffet before complying.

March 8: The CDC issues a public health advisory to warn U.S. citizens to avoid all cruise ship travel.

March 9: The Grand Princess docks in Oakland, California, and is immediately commandeered by the CDC. For the next 2 weeks, passengers shelter in place in their cabins and helicopters drop supplies and COVID-19 tests down to the ship’s decks.

March 25: Of the 1,103 tests conducted, 103 have come back positive, 699 have come back negative, and the remaining are pending. 171  [After this date, no additional test results are publicized.]

EXECUTIVES’ RESPONSES

Many have wondered why Carnival wasn’t quicker and stricter with quarantines aboard its ships. After all, throughout the crisis, the CDC repeatedly warned that viral outbreaks would be particularly difficult to contain on cruises for several reasons (e.g., age and health of passengers, close physical proximity throughout the ship, shared staff quarters, etc.). CEO Arnold Donald maintained that the rate at which COVID-19 spread was the same in “an airport terminal, a subway station, a restaurant, a theater, a stadium,” and that any evidence of a higher infection rate had “Nothing to do with cruise ships.” At one point, Carnival’s chief communications officer Roger Frizzell defended the company’s position by passing around a Buzzfeed article that reported on multiple COVID-19 deaths having resulted after a family funeral service. (The CDC estimated infection rates aboard the affected ships at close to 20%, while the infection rate for the general population was closer to 3%.)

Carnival’s executives maintained a sense of pride in their response to the viral outbreaks. Donald told reporters, “It wasn’t like there were protocols, and that this was established. You’re at sea, you’re moving people around, and the rules are changing as you go.” He added, “This is a generational global event—it’s unprecedented. . . . Nothing’s perfect, OK?”

Jan Swartz, president of Princess Cruises, thinks the company did everything it could have been expected to do. “It’s very easy and Monday morning, you know, 20/20 hindsight, to say what’s the view of what should have been occurring,” said Swartz, adding “We did our best to take care of people.” She believes the company’s response may even have improved its reputation with some of its customers. “There are many loyal Princess guests who have told us that this has actually cemented Princess as their No.-1 vacation choice.”

BACKLASH

John Padgett, Carnival’s chief experience and innovation officer, told reporters that the company’s executives were aware of the magnitude of the virus as far back as January 25. Padgett had been in contact with one of the company’s manufacturers in Wuhan and had learned details about the virus that he discussed with the team, including Donald. “The biggest thing about that—it’s a learning I don’t think I’ll ever forget, and we shared it with Arnold when we were talking—is that we actually had insight into the global situation much earlier than most.”

If Carnival’s executives had chosen to make different decisions during the outbreaks, it’s possible that the lives and health of numerous passengers could have been spared. In addition, executives’ decisions had wider-ranging impacts. Said Cindy Friedman, epidemiologist and head of the CDC cruise ship task force, “If these ships had stopped sailing, our large team could all be working on helping states and local public health authorities with their community outbreaks.”

By July of 2020, Congress had opened an investigative probe to examine Carnival’s response, the Australian police were conducting a criminal investigation to determine whether the company had purposefully lied to authorities about passengers’ health in order to dock one of its ships in Sydney, and Carnival was facing multiple individual and class-action lawsuits. 172

Arnold remained confident that consumer demand for cruises would bounce back after all the “negative noise” had a chance to die down.

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the CDC’s perspective?

2. What are some of the causes of this problem?

3. Do you think Carnival CEO Arnold Donald should be held personally liable? Explain your rationale.

Application of Chapter Content

1. Using  Figure 10.1 , describe the forces for change both inside and outside Carnival during the outbreaks.

2. Does Carnival need adaptive, innovative, or radically innovative change? Explain.

3. Utilize Lewin’s model of change ( Figure 10.2 ) as a blueprint to describe how Carnival’s executives might inspire change at Carnival.

4. Use a force-field analysis to explain the changes that did and did not occur at Carnival during the outbreaks.

5. Think about the outbreaks of COVID-19 aboard Carnival cruise ships and utilize the organizational development process ( Figure 10.4 ) to remedy the issue.

6. What specific reasons can you see for Carnival executives’ resistance to change? Explain.

Page 454

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Does Clearview Technology Violate Rights?

What if there were an easy way for police to locate suspects? Would law enforcement find this valuable? These are questions one company asked when they created an innovative solution for identifying people using AI.

Clearview AI has amassed a database of nearly 3 billion photographs from the Internet. The database is almost seven times bigger than that of the FBI, and Clearview’s technology allows for almost instant identification of anyone in its database with just a simple face scan. The company says that all of its photos are obtained from sites where users have shared them publicly.

According to various sources, hundreds of companies, including 600 law enforcement agencies, are already using Clearview’s face scanning app. 173  In Indiana, state police officers supposedly used Clearview to identify a shooter who had been captured on cell phone video within 20 minutes. 174  The Raleigh, North Carolina, police department allegedly paid $2,500 for a year-long subscription to the database. 175

Others have expressed grave concern about the potential for Clearview’s technology to violate civil rights. YouTube, LinkedIn, PayPal, Twitter, and Facebook have all sent cease-and-desist letters to prohibit the company from mining images from their sites. In Congress, Senator Ed Markey sent a letter to Clearview’s founder to demand that the company release certain information. In the letter Markey noted, “The ways in which this technology could be weaponized are vast and disturbing. Using Clearview’s technology, a criminal could easily find out where someone walking down the street lives or works. A foreign adversary could quickly gather information about targeted individuals for blackmail purposes.” 176  Numerous studies have also demonstrated that AI facial recognition technology is significantly affected by racial bias.

Several groups have filed class action lawsuits against Clearview for violation of, for example, state biometrics and computer crimes laws.

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

How would you rule if you were a judge deciding whether to continue to allow Clearview technology to remain on the market?

1. I would side with Clearview. If citizens choose to post photographs on the Internet without protecting their security, then Clearview has the right to find and save those photos.

2. I would side with the plaintiffs. Companies do not automatically have the right to obtain photographs from the Internet, and law enforcement agencies should not use technology that has proven bias issues.

3. I’m not sure who is right or wrong. I don’t like the idea of wrongfully identifying and accusing people as criminals, but I also see the potential benefits of such a program for society.

4. Invent other options.

PART 5 • LEADING

Page 456

11

Managing Individual Differences and Behavior

Supervising People as People

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 11-1 Describe the importance of personality and individual traits in the hiring process.

2. LO 11-2 Explain the effects of values and attitudes on employee behavior.

3. LO 11-3 Describe the way perception can cloud judgment.

4. LO 11-4 Explain how managers can deal with employee attitudes.

5. LO 11-5 Identify trends in workplace diversity that managers should be aware of.

6. LO 11-6 Discuss the sources of workplace stress and ways to reduce it.

7. LO 11-7 Describe how to develop the career readiness competencies of positive approach and emotional intelligence.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

This first of five chapters on leadership discusses how to manage for individual differences and behaviors. We describe personality and individual behavior; values, attitudes, and behavior; and specific work-related attitudes and behaviors managers need to be aware of. We next discuss distortions in perception and consider what stress does to individuals. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on the career readiness competencies of a positive approach and emotional intelligence.

Page 457

Making Positive First Impressions

The power of perception is so well known that we consciously try to manage other people’s perceptions to ensure their first impression of us is a positive one. As we’ll see below, some of the influences on others’ perceptions of us that we can’t control are unconscious biases about race, age, and gender; the weight of internal influences like the kind of day someone is having (called the fundamental attribution error); the inclination to be influenced by the most recent event or person encountered (the recency error); and the tendency to weigh early information most heavily (the primacy effect). And thanks to the confirmation bias, “people see what they expect to see.” 1  But still, a great deal of someone’s first impression of you is yours to control.

Creating positive first impressions is important in job or client interviews and other social situations. A writer for  The Wall Street Journal noted, “[F]irst impressions are formed in milliseconds based on instinctive responses in the brain’s emotion-processing center, the amygdala.” 2  Studies say you have between 7 and 30 seconds to make a good impression. 3  The good news is that you can influence these perceptions by using the following suggestions and your career readiness skills of positive approach and self-awareness.

Be Prepared

Be ready to ask and answer questions in job interviews. This shows your eagerness to contribute as soon as possible. 4  When meeting new co-workers, subordinates, clients, or company executives, the same advice applies. You’ll need to reflect on your strengths and weaknesses relative to the job you are seeking. This preparation is part of the career readiness competency of self-awareness. There’s no substitute for the confidence you’ll gain from having done your homework on both the company and yourself!

Stand (or Sit) Straight and Smile

Your body language conveys your confidence and invites others to feel confident in you as well. Lift your chin, straighten your back, and avoid crossing your arms or legs. 5  Dropping your shoulders and keeping them relaxed can improve the tone of your voice to further support the positive image you want to portray. Smiling suggests a friendly and open personality most people can readily warm to.

Look for Common Ground

It’s only natural for us to like people who are similar to us in some way. Even a small link like a common interest in sports, music, or travel can help form a bond that will allow more positive associations to form as you communicate. You can indicate your interest in the other person by asking a few polite, open-ended questions to uncover such common ground. 6  “The better you make the other person feel, the more they’ll be inclined to have a positive impression of you.” 7

Keep Up the Good Work

Once you’ve landed a job or a client account, continue solidifying the good impression you’ve made by being consistently reliable, prompt, humble, willing to learn, open to new experiences, and eager to be part of the team. These are all part of the career readiness competency of positive approach. Remember to ask for help when you need it and say thank you when it’s given. 8

If All Else Fails

Sometimes, despite our efforts, we fail to show our best selves. Perhaps we fumble the answer to an interview question, show up for a work event in the wrong clothes, or tell a crowd of new co-workers a joke that falls flat. An unqualified disaster? It doesn’t have to be. Experts suggest giving yourself a little time to recover and then taking steps to remedy the negative impression by explaining what happened, presenting plenty of strong evidence in your favor, and asking for a second chance. Be prepared to spend time repairing the relationship, but don’t give up. 9

For Discussion What might you ask to create common ground with someone you are meeting for the first time? What can you say during a job interview to convey the impression that you are a positive and flexible person?

Page 458

11.1 Personality and Individual Behavior

THE BIG PICTURE

Personality consists of stable psychological and behavioral attributes that give you your identity. We describe five personality dimensions and five personality traits that managers need to be aware of to understand workplace behavior.

LO 11-1

Describe the importance of personality and individual traits in the hiring process.

In this and the next four chapters we discuss the third management function (after planning and organizing)—namely, leading. Leading, as we said in  Chapter 1 , is defined as motivating, directing, and otherwise influencing people to work hard to achieve the organization’s goals.

How would you describe yourself? Are you outgoing? aggressive? sociable? tense? passive? lazy? quiet? Whatever the combination of traits, which result from the interaction of your genes and your environment, they constitute your personality. More formally,  personality  consists of the stable psychological traits and behavioral attributes that give a person his or her identity. 10  As a manager, you need to understand personality attributes because they affect how people perceive and act within the organization. 11

The Big Five Personality Dimensions

In recent years, the many personality dimensions have been distilled into a list of factors known as the Big Five. 12  The  Big Five personality dimensions  are (1) extroversion, (2) agreeableness, (3) conscientiousness, (4) emotional stability, and (5) openness to experience.

· Extroversion: How outgoing, talkative, sociable, and assertive a person is.

· Agreeableness: How trusting, good-natured, cooperative, and soft-hearted someone is.

· Conscientiousness: How dependable, responsible, achievement-oriented, and persistent someone is.

· Emotional stability: How relaxed, secure, and unworried a person is.

· Openness to experience: How intellectual, imaginative, curious, and broad-minded someone is.

Pre-employment psychometric testing, which includes personality testing, has grown into an industry estimated to be worth $2 billion a year. This has been fueled by employers’ increased desire to identify candidates in all fields with the career readiness skills they seek. 13  Companies are applying these assessments “not only to make more informed decisions when employing new people, but also to gauge existing employees’ performance and ability as well as a tool for personal development and growth,” says Joanne Bondin, director of MISCO, Malta’s leading knowledge-based independent consulting firm. 14  Over 75% of Fortune 500 companies use these tests at different stages of the recruitment process, believing that hiring decisions will be more accurate and predictive of high performers. 15  But are they? Research finds the following:

Page 459

· Conscientiousness has the most consistent relationships with important outcomes such as task performance, leadership behavior, supervisor-rated liking, resilience, and lower unemployment. 16

· Highly conscientious individuals are more likely to be perfectionists—those striving for flawlessness. This can be a disadvantage, as perfectionism tends to have a negative impact on job performance. 17

· Extroversion is closely related to higher levels of motivation, positivity, well-being, and interpersonal savviness, which lead to higher job performance. 18

· Individuals high on conscientiousness, agreeableness, and emotional stability are less likely to engage in workplace deviance. 19

Choose wisely. The most common form of personality testing is the self-report measure. This type of test relies on information provided by participants through multiple-choice questions.

SIAATH/Shutterstock

Where do you think you stand in terms of the Big Five? You can find out by completing  Self-Assessment 11.1 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.1
CAREER READINESS
Where Do You Stand on the Big Five Dimensions of Personality?

This survey is designed to assess your personality, using the Big Five index. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.1 in Connect.

1. What is your personality profile, according to the Big Five?

2. Which of the Big Five is most likely going to help you achieve good grades in your classes and gain employment after graduation?

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you have self-awareness regarding your personality?

Core Self-Evaluations

core self-evaluation (CSE)  represents a broad personality trait comprising four positive individual traits: (1) self-efficacy, (2) self-esteem, (3) locus of control, and (4) emotional stability. Managers need to be aware of these personality traits as they are related to employees’ work attitudes, intrinsic motivation, creativity, ethical leadership, and performance. 20

1. Self-Efficacy: “I Can/Can’t Do This Task”

Self-efficacy  is the belief in one’s personal ability to do a task. This is about your personal belief that you have what it takes to successfully complete a specified task in a specific situation. This characteristic has been expanded into a broader motivational trait labeled generalized self-efficacy.  Generalized self-efficacy  represents the belief in one’s general ability to perform across different situations.” 21  It is a career readiness competency desired by employers.

Have you noticed that those who are confident about their ability tend to succeed, whereas those preoccupied with failure tend not to? Indeed, high expectations of self-efficacy have been linked to all kinds of positives, including academic performance, work performance, lower burnout, job satisfaction, and motivation. 22  One recent study of accounting students, for instance, found a significant positive association between self-efficacy and job performance. 23

Page 460

Among the implications for managers are the following:

· Assign jobs accordingly. Complex, challenging, and autonomous jobs tend to enhance people’s perceptions of their self-efficacy. Boring, tedious jobs generally do the opposite.

· Develop employees’ self-efficacy and generalized self-efficacy. Self-efficacy is a quality that can be nurtured. Employees with low self-efficacy need lots of constructive pointers and positive feedback. 24  Goal difficulty needs to match individuals’ perceived self-efficacy, but goals can be made more challenging as performance improves. 25  Small successes need to be rewarded. Employees’ expectations can be improved through guided experiences, mentoring, and role modeling. 26  It’s also important to monitor employees’ generalized self-efficacy because it impacts all aspects of our lives. For example, low generalized self-efficacy can foster  learned helplessness , the debilitating lack of faith in your ability to control your environment. 27  High generalized self-efficacy, on the other hand, is positively linked to job performance and satisfaction. 28  This is particularly true for entrepreneurs and even athletes. 29

Yes, I can! Believing you can succeed at something can assist you in actually performing well. Have there been times when you doubted your ability to perform a task? What was the end result?

Jacob Lund/Shutterstock

Would you like to enhance your generalized self-efficacy as way to improve your academic performance? If so, you can assess your generalized self-efficacy and learn about ways to apply the results by taking  Self-Assessment 11.2 . Results may enhance your confidence at achieving both your personal and work-related goals.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.2
CAREER READINESS
What Is Your Level of Generalized Self-Efficacy?

This survey is designed to assess your generalized self-efficacy. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.2 in Connect.

1. What is your level of generalized self-efficacy?

2. Examine the three lowest item scores and determine the issues that are lowering your level of efficacy. What might you do to improve your generalized self-efficacy based on this determination?

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of generalized self-efficacy?

Page 461

2. Self-Esteem: “I Like/Dislike Myself”

How worthwhile, capable, and acceptable do you think you are? The answer to this question is an indicator of your  self-esteem , the extent to which people like or dislike themselves, their overall self-evaluation. 30  Research offers some interesting insights about how high or low self-esteem can affect people and organizations.

· People with high self-esteem. Compared to people with low self-esteem, people with high self-esteem are more apt to handle failure better and to become leaders. They also are less likely to be depressed, experience employment gaps, and engage in counterproductive behavior at work. 31  However, when faced with pressure situations, people with high self-esteem have been found to become egotistical and boastful. 32

· People with low self-esteem. Conversely, low self-esteem people confronted with failure have been found to have focused on their weaknesses and to have had primarily negative thoughts. 33  Moreover, they are more dependent on others and are more apt to be influenced by them and to be less likely to take independent positions.

Can self-esteem be improved? According to one study, “low self-esteem can be raised more by having the person think of desirable characteristics possessed rather than of undesirable characteristics from which he or she is free.” 34  Some ways in which managers can build employee self-esteem are shown below. (See  Table 11.1 .)

· Reinforce employees’ positive attributes and skills.

· Provide positive feedback whenever possible.

· Break larger projects into smaller tasks and projects.

· Express confidence in employees’ abilities to complete their tasks.

· Provide coaching whenever employees are seen to be struggling to complete tasks.

TABLE 11.1  Some Ways That Managers Can Boost Employee Self-Esteem

Table Summary: Table summarizes five ways that managers can boost employee self-esteem.

3. Locus of Control: “I Am/Am Not the Captain of My Fate”

As we discussed briefly in  Chapter 1 locus of control  indicates how much people believe they control their fate through their own efforts. If you have an internal locus of control, you believe you control your own destiny. If you have an external locus of control, you believe external forces control you.

Research shows internals and externals have important workplace differences. Internals exhibit less anxiety, greater work motivation, and stronger expectations that effort leads to performance. They also are better leaders and obtain higher salaries. 35  Most importantly, one’s internal locus of control can be improved by managers providing more job autonomy to employees. 36

These findings have two important implications for managers:

· Expect different degrees of structure and compliance for each type. Employees with internal locus of control will probably resist close managerial supervision. Hence, they should probably be placed in jobs requiring high initiative and lower compliance. By contrast, employees with external locus of control might do better in highly structured jobs requiring greater compliance.

· Employ different reward systems for each type. Since internals seem to have a greater belief that their actions have a direct effect on the consequences of that action, internals likely would prefer and respond more productively to incentives such as merit pay or sales commissions. (We discuss incentive compensation systems in  Chapter 12 .)

Page 462

4. Emotional Stability: “I’m Fairly Secure/Insecure When Working under Pressure”

Emotional stability  is the extent to which people feel secure and unworried and how likely they are to experience negative emotions under pressure. People with low levels of emotional stability are prone to anxiety and tend to view the world negatively, whereas people with high levels tend to show better job performance.

Emotional Intelligence: Understanding Your Emotions and the Emotions of Others

Emotional intelligence (EI) has been defined as “the ability to carry out accurate reasoning about emotions and the ability to use emotions and emotional knowledge to enhance thought.” 37  Said another way,  emotional intelligence  is the ability to monitor your and others’ feelings and to use this information to guide your thinking and actions. 38  It is a career readiness competency desired by employers and was first introduced in 1909. Since that time some claim EI to be the secret elixir to happiness and higher performance. In fact, CareerBuilder found that 71% of employers value an employee’s emotional intelligence over their IQ. 39  Does research also hold emotional intelligence in such high regard?

What Do We Know about EI?

Recent research underscores the importance of developing higher EI, but it does not fully confirm its lofty expectations. EI was moderately associated with (1) better social relations and well-being, (2) job satisfaction, (3) better emotional control, (4) conscientiousness and self-efficacy, (5) organizational citizenship behavior, and (6) self-rated performance. Interestingly, EI was not found to be a driver of supervisory ratings of performance. 40  Daniel Goleman, a psychologist who popularized the trait of EI, concluded that it is composed of four key components: self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, and relationship management. 41  (See  Table 11.2 .)

TRAIT

DESCRIPTION

RELATED CAREER READINESS COMPETENCIES

Self-awareness

The most essential trait. This is the ability to read your own emotions and gauge your moods accurately, so you know how you’re affecting others.

· Self-Awareness

Self-management

This is the ability to control your emotions and act with honesty and integrity in reliable and adaptable ways. You can leave occasional bad moods outside the office.

· Resilience

· Personal Adaptability

Social awareness

This includes empathy, allowing you to show others that you care, and organizational intuition, so you keenly understand how your emotions and actions affect others.

· Cross-Cultural Competency

· Social Intelligence

Relationship management

This is the ability to communicate clearly and convincingly, disarm conflicts, and build strong personal bonds.

· Oral/Written Communication

· Teamwork/Collaboration

· Networking

· Showing Commitment

· Service/Others Orientation

TABLE 11.2  The Traits of Emotional Intelligence

Table Summary: Table divided into three columns summarizes the traits of emotional intelligence. Column headers are from left to right as: trail, description and related career readiness competencies.

Page 463

Can You Raise Your EI?

Table 11.2  shows that the underlying traits of EI are developed by focusing on the related career readiness competencies we introduced in  Chapter 1 . As you can see, the skills are interrelated. This means improving your EI requires you to master more than one career readiness competency.

Is there any way to raise your own emotional intelligence, to sharpen your career readiness? Although parts of EI represent stable traits that are not readily changed, other aspects, such as using empathy, can be developed. 42  Two suggestions for improvement are as follows:

· Develop awareness of your EI level. Becoming aware of your level of emotional intelligence is the first step. The self-assessment on the following page can be used for this purpose.

· Learn about areas needing improvement. The next step is to learn more about those EI aspects in which improvement is needed. For example, to improve your skills at using empathy, find articles on the topic and try to implement their recommendations. One such article suggests that empathy in communications is enhanced by (1) trying to understand how others feel about what they are communicating and (2) gaining appreciation of what people want from an exchange. 43  The  Practical Action box  illustrates how technology is used to develop empathy, a key component of EI. ●

PRACTICAL ACTION
Using Technology to Develop Empathy

Emotional intelligence is one of the most important skills a job candidate can have, and empathy is a key component of EI. 44  To empathize means to understand and even experience others’ perspectives and feelings. 45  Empathy drives performance, increases engagement, helps us build relationships, decreases turnover, improves customer service, and fosters teamwork. 46

Many experts believe we can develop our EI. But until recently, suggestions have consisted mostly of generic advice such as “develop an understanding of your own emotions” 47  or “put yourself in the other person’s shoes.” 48  Emerging technology is providing more immersive, and therefore realistic, methods for increasing EI. Let’s look at two types.

Virtual Reality Based Empathy Training

Empathetic employees provide a higher level of customer service, are more collaborative, and produce more sales than less empathetic employees. Corporate training company SweetRush developed a virtual hotel so corporate managers could experience what it felt like working in lower-level positions. The thought was that this experience would motivate managers to be more empathetic with colleagues working at the front desk or cleaning a guest room. “They don’t understand what those people’s jobs are like, yet they are making decisions for those people day in and day out,” says John Carlos Lozano, chief creative officer at SweetRush. 49

Relias, a health care talent company, also uses virtual reality to develop employee empathy. The company launched an empathy course for caregivers of dementia patients. The course allows caregivers to have a challenging, virtual experience with someone with limited cognitive ability. The program also imitates sound problems, replicating someone with hearing loss. Dana Thomas, vice president of content development at Relias, says the training is having a positive impact on both caregivers and their supervisors. 50

App Based Empathy Training

The Translator app wants to help employees increase their “empathy muscle.” Users provide personal information including gender, sexual orientation, and race to create an identity profile. The app then designs lessons—including audio exercises, simulations, and games—to teach users about other identities that are different from their own. For example, a white male worker might experience what it feels like to be a woman of color in a board meeting. This may include being called “honey” and having others ask her to get coffee because they assume she’s a secretary. “It’s amazing . . . how much people’s attitude and behavior shifts,” says Natalie Egan, Translator’s CEO. 51

Random App of Kindness (RAKi) is a free app that consists of nine minigames designed to improve specific aspects of users’ empathy. These include emotion recognition, response inhibition, and caring for others’ needs. The app takes interventions that have previously been used to increase empathy in face-to-face settings and translates them into easily accessible smartphone games. 52

Your Call

Do you believe that virtual reality, simulations, and games can help increase employees’ empathy? What else can you do to develop this skill?

Page 464

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.3
CAREER READINESS
What Is Your Level of Emotional Intelligence?

The following survey is designed to assess your emotional intelligence. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.3 in Connect.

1. How do you stand on the five dimensions of emotional intelligence?

2. Use the scores from the items to identify your strengths and liabilities.

3. Identify two ways you can increase your emotional intelligence.

4. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of emotional intelligence?

11.2 Values, Attitudes, and Behavior

THE BIG PICTURE

Organizational behavior (OB) considers how to better understand and manage people at work. In this section, we discuss individual values and attitudes and how they affect people’s actions and judgments.

LO 11.2

Explain the effects of values and attitudes on employee behavior.

If you look at a company’s annual report or at a brochure from its corporate communications department, you are apt to be given a picture of its formal aspects: Goals. Policies. Hierarchy. Structure.

Could you exert effective leadership if the formal aspects were all you knew about the company? What about the informal aspects? Values. Attitudes. Personalities. Perceptions. Conflicts. Culture. Clearly, you need to know about these hidden, “messy” characteristics as well. (See  Figure 11.1 .)

FIGURE 11.1  Formal and informal aspects of an organization

Organizational Behavior: Trying to Explain and Predict Workplace Behavior

The informal aspects are the focus of the interdisciplinary field known as  organizational behavior (OB) , which is dedicated to better understanding and managing people at work. In particular, OB tries to help managers not only explain workplace behavior but also predict it. This is so managers can better lead and motivate their employees to perform productively. OB looks at two areas:

· Individual behavior. This is the subject of this chapter. We discuss such individual attributes such as values, attitudes, personality, perception, and learning.

· Group behavior. This is the subject of later chapters, particularly  Chapter 13 , where we discuss norms, roles, and teams.

Let’s begin by considering individual values, attitudes, and behavior.

Values: What Are Your Consistent Beliefs and Feelings about All Things?

Values  are abstract ideals that guide one’s thinking and behavior across all situations. 53  Lifelong behavior patterns are dictated by values that are fairly well set by the time people are in their early teens. After that, however, one’s values can be reshaped by significant life-altering events. This includes having a child; undergoing a business failure; or surviving the death of a loved one, a war, or a serious health threat.

Page 465

From a manager’s point of view, it’s helpful to know that values represent the ideals that underlie how we behave at work. Ideals such as concern for others, self-enhancement, independence, and security are common values in the workplace. 54  Managers who understand an employee’s values are better suited to assign them to meaningful projects and to help avoid conflicts between work activities and personal values. 55

Attitudes: What Are Your Consistent Beliefs and Feelings about Specific Things?

Values are abstract ideals—global beliefs and feelings—that are directed toward all objects, people, or events. Values tend to be consistent both over time and over related situations.

By contrast, attitudes are beliefs and feelings that are directed toward specific objects, people, or events. More formally, an  attitude  is defined as a learned predisposition toward a given object. 56  It is important for you to understand the components of attitudes because attitudes directly influence our behavior. 57

It’s not personal. Do you think managers should be giving employees personal advice? What would you do if someone at work asked for your thoughts on a personal problem they are having?

Pressmaster/Shutterstock

Example: Job satisfaction is moderately associated with performance and strongly related to employee turnover. 58  Unhappy workers are less likely to demonstrate high performance, while happy workers are less likely to quit. This is why it is important for managers to track employees’ attitudes and to understand their causes. For example, a survey conducted by 15Five, an employee performance management software maker, found that Gen Zers are looking for more than just a paycheck and vacation time to be happy on the job. These individuals want weekly meetings with conscientious managers who appreciate both their work and personal lives. In fact, 75% of Gen Zers have asked for personal advice during 1-on-1s with their managers. Employees without these scheduled weekly meetings experienced “a lack of trust, communication, and overall mental well-being.” 59

The Three Components of Attitudes: Affective, Cognitive, and Behavioral

Attitudes have three components—affective, cognitive, and behavioral. 60

· The affective component—“I feel.” The  affective component of an attitude  consists of the feelings or emotions one has about a situation. How do you feel about people who talk loudly on cell phones in restaurants? If you feel annoyed or angry, you’re expressing negative emotions, or affect. (If you’re indifferent, your attitude is neutral.)

· The cognitive component—“I believe.” The  cognitive component of an attitude  consists of the beliefs and knowledge one has about a situation. What do you think about people in restaurants talking on cell phones? Is what they’re doing inconsiderate, acceptable, even admirable (because it shows they’re productive)? Your answer reflects your beliefs or ideas about the situation.

· The behavioral component—“I intend.” The  behavioral component of an attitude , also known as the intentional component, is how one intends or expects to behave toward a situation. What would you intend to do if a person talked loudly on a cell phone at the table next to you? Your action may reflect your negative or positive feelings (affective), your negative or positive beliefs (cognitive), and your intention or lack of intention to do anything (behavioral).

Page 466

All three components are often manifested at any given time. For example, if you call a corporation and get one of those telephone-tree menus (“For customer service, press 1 . . .”) that never seem to connect you to a human being, you might be so irritated that you would say

· “I hate being given the runaround.” [affective component—your feelings]

· “That company doesn’t know how to take care of customers.” [cognitive component—your perceptions]

· “I’ll never call them again.” [behavioral component—your intentions]

A positive approach is one of the career readiness competencies desired by employers. 61  We defined this attitude in  Chapter 1  as the “willingness to accept developmental feedback, to try and suggest new ideas, and to maintain a positive attitude at work.” Research shows that positive supervisors are more likely to promote positive behaviors in employees. 62  This is important because those who are not positive at work or school are less likely to receive help from those around them. They also have lower levels of performance, citizenship behavior, and creativity. 63

You can see why employers want to hire candidates with a positive attitude. Where do you think you stand on being positive at work? Find out by taking  Self-Assessment 11.4 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.4
CAREER READINESS
Do You Have a Positive Approach at Work?

The following survey is designed to assess the extent you possess a positive approach or attitude at work. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.4 in Connect.

1. How do you stand on the two dimensions underlying a positive approach?

2. Based on individual item scores, identify one strength and one weakness for the dimensions of positive attitude and feedback seeking and acceptance. Now discuss the actions you might take to improve your weaknesses.

3. What things might you say in an interview to demonstrate that you possess this career readiness competency?

When Attitudes and Reality Collide: Consistency and Cognitive Dissonance

One of the last things you want, probably, is to be accused of hypocrisy—to be criticized for saying one thing and doing another. Like most people, you no doubt want to maintain consistency between your attitudes and your behavior.

But what if a strongly held attitude bumps up against a harsh reality that contradicts it? Suppose you’re extremely concerned about getting AIDS, which you believe you might get from contact with body fluids, including blood. Then you’re in a life-threatening auto accident in a third-world country and require surgery and blood transfusions—including transfusions of blood from (possibly AIDS-infected) strangers in a blood bank. Do you reject the blood to remain consistent with your beliefs about getting AIDS?

In 1957, social psychologist Leon Festinger proposed the term  cognitive dissonance  to describe the psychological discomfort a person experiences between his or her cognitive attitude and incompatible behavior. 64  Because people are uncomfortable with inconsistency, Festinger theorized they will seek to reduce the “dissonance,” or tension, of the inconsistency. How they deal with the discomfort, he suggested, depends on three factors:

Page 467

· Importance. How important are the elements creating the dissonance? Most people can put up with some ambiguities in life. For example, many drivers don’t think obeying speed limits is very important, even though they profess to be law-abiding citizens. People eat fried foods, even though they know that ultimately those foods may contribute to heart disease.

· Control. How much control does one have over the matters that create dissonance? A juror may not like the idea of voting for the death penalty but believe that he or she has no choice but to follow the law in the case. A taxpayer may object to their taxes being spent on, say, special-interest corporate welfare for a particular company but not feel that he can withhold taxes.

· Rewards. What rewards are at stake in the dissonance? You’re apt to cling to old ideas in the face of new evidence if you have a lot invested emotionally or financially in those ideas. If you’re a police officer who worked 20 years to prove a particular suspect guilty of murder, you’re not apt to be very accepting of contradictory evidence after all that time.

The  Practical Action box  provides an example of three key methods Festinger suggested to reduce cognitive dissonance.

PRACTICAL ACTION
Reducing Cognitive Dissonance through Cognitive Reframing

College students feel a lot of pressure to be bright, intellectual, and capable of juggling all their newfound freedoms and responsibilities. But many also experience high levels of stress as they try to keep it all together. For those who struggle with additional, often invisible stressors such as anxiety, depression, and cognitive challenges and learning disabilities like dyslexia and attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), navigating the college experience can feel downright overwhelming. 65  The negative thoughts, feelings, and inner dialogue that often accompany these experiences can lead to further stress and can affect students’ ability to succeed in college. 66

Virgin Group CEO Richard Branson

Will Oliver/Shutterstock

How can you reduce the cognitive dissonance you experience as a result of high-performance expectations coupled with high stress in college? You can use a therapeutic technique called cognitive reframing (or cognitive restructuring) to identify, challenge, and modify negative thoughts. 67  Learning to reframe destructive thoughts is a critical life skill that will help you lower your stress by promoting a greater sense of peace and control. 68  Cognitive reframing also fosters innovation. 69

Give Yourself Some Advice

Virgin Group CEO Richard Branson struggled so much with dyslexia in high school that he dropped out. Now Branson is part of the global charity Made By Dyslexia, which aims to help people reframe dyslexia “as a positive influence in their lives.” “My dyslexia has shaped Virgin right from the very beginning and imagination has been the key to many of our successes,” says Branson. 70  The self-made billionaire suggests people struggling with cognitive differences write a letter to their younger selves explaining that the challenges they face are assets and unique capabilities rather than flaws. In Branson’s letter to his teenage self, he says to “use your alternative ways of thinking to be creative and think bigger.” 71

Page 468

Ask Yourself a Few Questions

Another useful technique for reframing your thoughts is called the ABCDEs of Cognitive Restructuring. 72  When you begin to feel like you aren’t good enough, smart enough, or capable enough to succeed in college because of stress or invisible challenges, use this five-step process:

A. Name the event or problem. For example:

I have four exams in one week and my grades are important to me. I don’t know how to tackle the challenge of studying in order to earn a high grade on all the exams.

B. List your beliefs about the event or problem.

I don’t have enough time to study for all these exams. I will either need to focus on studying for one or two and accept poor performance on the others, or study just enough for each exam to get passing grades on all four.

C. Identify the consequences of your beliefs.

I won’t earn the grades I want to earn in all four courses and my GPA will drop. This can reduce my ability to get a good job.

D. Formulate a counterargument to your initial thoughts and beliefs. Pessimistic thoughts are generally overreactions, so the first step is to correct inaccurate or distorted thoughts.

I have not considered creative methods for studying and performing well on all my exams. I may not be able to assemble thorough study guides for all four, but I know others in my classes are in the same boat, and we may be able to combine our materials and work as a group to study for these exams. I also could ask my professors for advice on narrowing down the content for studying. The worst-case scenario is that I don’t earn As on all four exams and I use this experience to learn to prepare earlier for future exams. One bad exam grade may not mean I am unable to earn a high final course grade or find a good job after graduation.

E. Describe how energized and empowered you feel at the moment.

I’m motivated to do as well as I can on these exams. I got into college and have made it this far. There is no reason I can’t continue to be a successful student and go on to have a great career.

These questions will help you to identify destructive thought patterns, evaluate their merit, neutralize those that are unrealistic, and work to find solutions to the things causing your stress.

YOUR CALL

Do you struggle with high levels of stress because of your workload, responsibilities, a cognitive difference, or some other invisible challenge such as anxiety or depression that sometimes gets the better of your self-esteem? Which of the preceding suggestions would help you to reframe your experiences in a more positive light?

Behavior: How Values and Attitudes Affect People’s Actions and Judgments

Values (global) and attitudes (specific) are generally in harmony, but not always. For example, a manager may put a positive value on helpful behavior (global) yet may have a negative attitude toward helping an unethical co-worker (specific). Together, however, values and attitudes influence people’s workplace  behavior —their actions and judgments. ●

11.3 Perception and Individual Behavior

THE BIG PICTURE

Perception, a four-step process, can be skewed by five types of distortion: stereotyping, implicit bias, the halo effect, the recency effect, and causal attribution. We also consider the self-fulfilling prophecy, which can affect our judgment as well.

LO 11.3

Describe the way perception can cloud judgment.

If you were a smoker, which warning on a cigarette pack would make you think more about quitting? “Smoking seriously harms you and others around you”? A blunt “Smoking kills”? Or a stark graphic image showing decaying teeth?

Page 469

This is the kind of decision public health authorities in various countries are wrestling with. (One study found that highly graphic images about the negative effects of smoking had the greatest impact on smokers’ intentions to quit.) 73  These officials, in other words, are trying to decide how perception might influence behavior.

The Four Steps in the Perceptual Process

Perception  is the process of interpreting and understanding one’s environment. The process of perception is complex, but it can be boiled down to four steps. 74  (See  Figure 11.2 .)

FIGURE 11.2  The four steps in the perceptual process

In this book we are less concerned about the theoretical steps in perception than in how perception is distorted, because this has considerable bearing on the manager’s judgment and job. In any one of the four stages of the perception process, misunderstandings or errors in judgment can occur. Perceptual errors can lead to mistakes that can be damaging to yourself, other people, and your organization.

Five Distortions in Perception

Although there are other types of distortion in perception, we will describe the following: (1) stereotyping, (2) implicit bias, (3) the halo effect, (4) the recency effect, and (5) causal attribution.

1. Stereotyping: “Those Sorts of People Are Pretty Much the Same”

If you’re a tall African American man, do people make remarks about basketball players? If you’re of Irish descent, do people believe you drink a lot? If you’re Jewish, do people think you’re money-oriented? If you’re a woman, do people think you’re automatically nurturing? All these are stereotypes.  Stereotyping  is the tendency to attribute to an individual the characteristics one believes are typical of the group to which that individual belongs. 75  Stereotyping doesn’t have to be linked to only one group. Sometimes, we link multiple stereotypes together, causing the stereotype to get better or worse. For example, if someone negatively stereotypes African Americans and females, that person may attribute even worse characteristics to an African American female. On the other hand, linking can mitigate the negative effects of a stereotype. If someone for instance negatively stereotypes females, but positively stereotypes Asians, that person may not negatively perceive an Asian female. 76

Principal areas of stereotyping that should be of concern to you as a manager are (1) sex-role stereotypes, (2) age stereotypes, and (3) race/ethnicity stereotypes. (People with disabilities, discussed in  Section 11.5 , also are apt to be stereotyped.)

Page 470

Sex-Role Stereotypes

A sex-role stereotype is the belief that differing traits and abilities make males and females particularly well suited to different roles. In the early days of the tech industry, for instance, computer programming was considered on par with secretarial work. This meant programmers were typically women. The need for higher-skilled and better-paid workers increased as the field became more complex. Guess what happened? Programming was upgraded to “men’s work” as it was deemed too advanced for women. Some believe that the male-dominated tech industry today is the result of this stereotype. 77

Certain personality traits also can be seen as positive for one gender, but negative for the other. Results from a recent Pew Research survey are a good example. Respondents viewed the term “powerful,” an important leadership trait, as positive when describing a male and overwhelmingly negative when describing a female. On the flip side, “compassion” and “caring” were seen as positive traits for women, but more negatively for men. 78  Another recent study demonstrated that entrepreneurs displaying stereotypically female traits (warmth, sensitivity, and emotionality) were less likely to have a proposal accepted by venture capitalists than those exhibiting masculine traits (forcefulness, aggressiveness, and assertiveness). This was true even when the content of the pitch was the same. 79

Secretary stereotyping. A 1950s IBM magazine advertisement for electric typewriters. The ad features a woman saying “that’s the job for me.” These types of ads, signaling that women should be secretaries, were common in the 1950s.

The Advertising Archives/Alamy Stock Photo

A summary of research revealed the following findings:

· Women perceived more sex-based mistreatment than men, and racial minorities similarly perceived more race-based mistreatment than whites. On the positive side, however, perceptions of sex and race differences have decreased over time. 80

· Shareholders were more likely to criticize the actions of a woman CEO compared to her male counterparts regardless of the organization’s performance. They also were more likely to tell a woman CEO how to manage the firm. 81

· Male humor was perceived as more functional and less disruptive than humor expressed by females. 82

· Women were less likely to be selected for promotions and prestigious positions even if their performance was the same as their male counterparts. 83

· Less attractive female leaders were judged as being more truthful than attractive women. As a result, attractive women may find it more difficult to elicit high levels of loyalty, organization commitment, performance, and organizational citizenship behavior from their followers. Males generally did not face this issue regardless of their perceived attractiveness. 84

Age Stereotypes

Another example of an inaccurate stereotype is the belief that older workers can’t master new skills, are not engaged, and don’t have work–life balance. Recent studies refuted all these negative beliefs, but two-thirds of individuals age 45 to 74 still experience age-related discrimination. 85  This finding is problematic because 25% of all U.S. workers are predicted to be over the age of 55 by 2025, and the Transamerica Center for Retirement Studies found that more than half the nation’s baby boomers plan to work beyond the age of 65. 86  Further, the labor force of workers aged 65 to 75 and up is expected to grow faster through 2024 than any other, between 4.5 and 6.4% per year, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. 87  Aptive Environmental, a pest solutions provider, is a good example of an organization that is ready for the boom in older workers.

Aptive Environmental Example: Aptive Environmental has locations in more than 3,700 cities nationwide. The company believes that “people make great companies, not the other way around.” One of its core values is to “Elevate the Tribe,” which means building a positive environment through kindness and loyalty. This extends to older employees as well. Reviewers on employment website Monster claim, “The respect for elders . . . is off the charts.” Another employee mentioned, “It’s awesome to learn from the older employees within the office. They really care about curating the next generations.” Aptive Environmental is seeing results as part of their initiative to care for older workers. The company is the fastest-growing pest solutions provider in its industry and ranks #28 in Entrepreneur’s “2019 Best Companies in America.” 88

Eliminating malaria. In addition to focusing on its employees, Aptive Environmental is also focusing on stopping the spread of malaria by mosquitoes. The company dedicates a portion of its profits to provide assistance to countries with the greatest need to combat the disease.

welcomia/Shutterstock

Page 471

Race/Ethnicity Stereotypes

Consider the stereotypes Dr. Sutton-Ramsey encountered while tending to an emergency room patient at Bellevue Hospital in Manhattan. When the doctor, who is African American, entered the patient’s room, the patient’s mother “demanded that a physician come in,” according to The Wall Street Journal. “Well, you’ve got one, I’m here,” said Dr. Sutton-Ramsey. The mother did not believe him and asked to see the physician in charge. The supervisor, who also was black, entered and asked how to be of assistance. “The patient ended up refusing medical care and left the emergency room.” 89

Studies of race-based stereotypes have demonstrated that people of color experience more perceived discrimination and less psychological support than whites. 90  Perceived racial discrimination also was associated with more negative work attitudes, physical health, psychological health, and organizational citizenship behavior. 91  Some of the experiences whites tend to take for granted at work that people of color may not experience include: 92

· Being consistently in the racial majority.

· Having plenty of role models of their own race.

· Being heard in meetings without having to assert themselves.

· Making mistakes without other people offering race-related excuses for them.

· Succeeding without being hailed as an example of “progress.”

· Not being asked to present the “white perspective” on a problem.

· Not having to worry about whether race will impede their career.

Not all race-based stereotypes are considered negative. For example, Asian Americans suffer from the model minority stereotype. This stereotype holds that Asian Americans are a “uniformly high achieving racial minority that has assimilated well into American society through hard work, obedience to social mores and academic achievement.” As a consequence, many Asian Americans’ suffering is “unseen, largely ignored, and overlooked,” according to Vivian Tseng, senior vice president of the William T. Grant Foundation. 93

Organizations have attempted to mitigate racial and ethnic stereotypes through diversity training, promoting positive diversity values, and reducing stereotypical cues in the workplace. Research points to another solution as well: Confront the perpetrator. One study showed that minorities who confronted prejudice in the workplace subsequently experienced more positive relationships with the perpetrator. 94

2. Implicit Bias: “I Really Don’t Think I’m Biased, but I Just Have a Feeling about Some People”

Consider the cause of the following research findings: 95

· White applicants get around 50% more call-backs than black applicants with the same resume.

Page 472

· College professors are 26% more likely to respond to a student e-mail when signed by Brad (typical white name) rather than Lamar (typical African American name).

· Physicians recommend less pain medications for black patients than whites when addressing the same injury.

Do you think these outcomes are the result of explicit or implicit bias?  Explicit bias  refers to the attitudes or beliefs that affect our understanding, actions, and decisions in a conscious manner. 96  “I don’t let any teenage black men wearing hoodies come into my store; they might hold me up” is an example of explicit bias. Today, managers are unlikely to say white applicants should be chosen over black ones, and doctors don’t claim that black patients feel less pain than white ones. What is happening is implicit rather than explicit. 97   Implicit bias  is defined as the attitudes or beliefs that affect our understanding, actions, and decisions in an unconscious manner. 98  More than 85% of Americans consider themselves to be unprejudiced, but researchers conclude that most hold some degree of implicit racial bias. 99  Field experiments demonstrated that implicit bias affected employment decisions, courtroom decisions, and use of technology.

Implicit Bias in Employment Decisions

Implicit bias appears to affect employment-related decisions. A recent study showed that racism led to discriminatory decisions in hiring and performance evaluations. Ageism also was found to impact discriminatory hiring decisions. 100  Other studies have shown that supervisors are more likely to rely on gender, race, and other stereotypes when provided with ambiguous, open-ended performance evaluation questions. 101

Judicial bias. Do you think judges are biased against black defendants? If so, how can this bias be eliminated?

Renee Jones Schneider/Alamy Stock Photo

Implicit Bias in the Courtroom

The Sarasota Herald-Tribune reviewed 80 million electronic criminal records in multiple Florida databases in 2017. It found that judges across the state sentenced black defendants to far more time behind bars than white defendants. This was true even when the defendants committed the same crimes and had similar criminal histories. Some judges in the state were “incredulous and ashamed.” 102

Implicit Bias and Technology

Studies have found that people have implicit biases toward new information technology. Implicit biases about new information technology focus on abstract and unseen characteristics while biases about humans tend to be based on concrete and visible characteristics. Often times, managers believe that new technology is mysterious, nonhuman, and complex, which may erroneously lead them to believe it is superior to existing methods. This is an important implicit bias to be aware of as we are living in a society that is increasingly reliant on technology. 103  One way to reduce this bias is to master the career readiness competency of information technology application, which we introduced in  Chapter 1 . This will allow you to more effectively evaluate new information technology. (See  Table 1.2 .)

If changing explicit bias is difficult, taking steps to root out implicit bias is even harder. Nevertheless, police departments, in particular, are taking great steps forward, requiring intergroup contact, positive feedback, clear norms of behavior, and similar matters. 104

Page 473

3. The Halo Effect: “One Trait Tells Me All I Need to Know”

We often use faces as markers for gender, race, and age, but face and body characteristics can lead us to fall back on cultural stereotypes. For example, height has been associated with perceptions of prosperity—high income—and occupational success. Excess weight can be stereotypically associated with negative traits such as laziness, incompetence, and lack of discipline. 105  These examples illustrate the  halo effect , in which we form an impression of an individual based on a single trait. (The phenomenon also is called the horn-and-halo effect because not only can a single positive trait be generalized into an array of positive traits, but the reverse also is true.)

As if we needed additional proof that life is unfair, it has been shown that attractive people generally are treated better than unattractive people. Studies show that attractive workers make about 12% more money than unattractive ones, good-looking real estate agents sell more houses, and attractive CEOs bring better stock returns for their companies. Attractive political candidates even win more elections. 106  Clearly, however, if a manager fails to look at all of an individual’s traits, he or she has no right to complain if that employee doesn’t work out.

EXAMPLE
The Halo Effect: Body Weight and Careers

Lulu Hunt Peters was an overweight child and, by early adulthood, weighed 200–220 pounds. She earned a medical degree from the University of California–Berkeley and dropped 70 pounds by adopting a strict low-calorie diet. Her book, Diet & Health: With Key to the Calories, sold millions of copies and became the first ever weight-loss book to make the best-seller list. All this happened before the year 1920. 107

Peters’ writings introduced a novel concept to a nation that had most recently been concerned that its citizens didn’t have enough to eat during wartime. Her message was that being overweight was bad and resulted from individual choices to eat too much and exercise too little. 108  Peters saw obesity as shameful and believed dieting and remaining thin were signs of self-control. Her book even suggested that people who were unable to resist the temptations of food were likely to be immoral in their other behaviors as well. 109  Around this same time, in the early 20th century, Hollywood began to adopt similar ideals, and to this day the Western preference for thinness remains.

Does Higher Weight Equate to Lower Competence?

According to research, organizational decision makers use weight as a substitute for evaluating personal factors that predict work motivation, behavior, and ability. Specifically, there is a strong tendency to equate higher weight with laziness, sloppiness, unprofessionalism, and lower levels of intelligence, conscientiousness, self-discipline, productivity, and competence. 110  In short, organizations view overweight applicants and workers as less capable and less desirable. 111

These generalizations about weight affect workers in virtually every aspect of organizational life. Almost half of employers say they are less inclined to hire obese candidates. Managers evaluate overweight workers more negatively than thin workers and judge them as less viable for supervisory and leadership roles. Workers who carry more weight typically have lower starting pay and also are more likely to experience bullying and harassment in the workplace. 112  Clearly, body weight activates a halo effect.

The Halo Misperception

Discrimination against overweight individuals stems largely from the misconception that body size is always the result of poor personal choices. 113  In truth, body size tells us very little in the absence of information about a person’s genetics, general health profile, bone structure, and many other factors.

YOUR CALL

Do you allow weight to influence your judgments about others’ abilities and characteristics? How can you suppress this bias in your role as a manager?

4. The Recency Effect: “The Most Recent Impressions Are the Ones That Count”

The  recency effect  is the tendency to remember recent information better than earlier information, perhaps because when you activate your recall, the later recollections are still present in working memory. 114  You see this misperception often operating among investors (even professionals), who are more likely to buy a stock if they see something about it in the news or if it has a high one-day return. 115

Page 474

5. Causal Attributions

Causal attribution  is the activity of inferring causes for observed behavior. Rightly or wrongly, we constantly formulate cause-and-effect explanations for our own and others’ behavior. Attributional statements such as the following are common: “Amir drinks too much because he has no willpower, but I need a few drinks after work because I’m under a lot of pressure.”

Even though our causal attributions tend to be self-serving and are often invalid, it’s important to understand how people formulate attributions because they profoundly affect organizational behavior. Take for instance a supervisor evaluating an employee with poor performance. The supervisor may reprimand the employee if they believe the poor performance is due to a lack of effort. Or training might be deemed necessary if the supervisor attributes the poor performance to a lack of ability. Finally, the supervisor may attribute the poor performance to bad luck, such as a natural disaster or a virus that has effectively shut down the country. This may lead to the poor performance being excused. 116

As a manager, you need to be alert to two attributional tendencies that can distort one’s interpretation of observed behavior—the fundamental attribution bias and the self-serving bias.

· Fundamental attribution bias. In the  fundamental attribution bias , people attribute another person’s behavior to his or her personal characteristics rather than to situational factors.

Example: If someone cuts you off while driving, you are more likely to conclude that the driver is a jerk instead of considering the rationale for their reckless driving. It could be that the driver was rushing to get to the hospital.

· Self-serving bias. In the  self-serving bias , people tend to take more personal responsibility for success than for failure. Research shows that employees tend to rely on this bias when performance results are public. 117

Examples: You get an A on an exam and conclude that it’s due to your level of studying. Had you received a poor grade, you would more likely conclude that the professor wrote a poor exam or didn’t effectively teach the subject matter. Another example occurs in car accidents, when both parties tend to blame the other driver. 118

The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy, or Pygmalion Effect

The  self-fulfilling prophecy , also known as the Pygmalion (“pig-mail-yun”) effect, describes the phenomenon in which people’s expectations of themselves or others lead them to behave in ways that make those expectations come true.

Expectations are important. An example is a waiter who expects some poorly dressed customers to be stingy tippers, who therefore gives them poor service and so gets the result he or she expected—a much lower tip than usual. Research has shown that by raising managers’ expectations for individuals performing a wide variety of tasks, higher levels of achievement and productivity can be achieved. 119

The lesson for you as a manager is that when you expect employees to perform badly, they probably will, and when you expect them to perform well, they probably will. (In the G. B. Shaw play Pygmalion, a speech coach bets he can get a lower-class girl to change her accent and her demeanor so that she can pass herself off as a duchess. In six months, she successfully “passes” in high society, having assumed the attributes of a woman of sensitivity and taste.)

Research shows that the effect of the self-fulfilling prophecy can be quite strong. 120  That is, managerial expectations powerfully influence employee behavior and performance. Among the things managers can do to create positive performance expectations: Recognize that everyone has the potential to increase his or her performance. Introduce new employees as if they have outstanding potential. Encourage employees to visualize the successful execution of tasks. Help them master key skills. 121  ●

Page 475

EXAMPLE
“What’s within You Is Stronger Than What’s in Your Way” 122

Erik Weihenmayer was diagnosed with an eye disease called juvenile retinoschisis at age 4 and was completely blind by his freshman year of high school. He recalls that, at the time, “I was afraid that I wasn’t going to be able to participate in life.” 123  But instead of shielding him from opportunities, his parents encouraged him to take up all the activities his peers were tackling. 124  Weihenmayer joined his high school wrestling team and went on to represent Connecticut in the National Junior Freestyle Wrestling Championships. 125  He also realized that the keen tactile senses he’d developed due to the loss of his sight made him especially suited for rock climbing, a hobby that eventually blossomed into a lifelong passion.

Erik Weihenmayer

Imke Lass/Redux Pictures

In 2001, Weihenmayer became the first blind person to summit Mount Everest. 126  Although Himalayan experts strongly discouraged him from attempting the climb because of his blindness, he persisted. He recalls, “They were judging me on the basis of one thing that they knew about me and that was being blind. But they didn’t realize that there are a dozen other attributes that contribute to whether you’re a good mountaineer or not.” 127  Weihenmayer acknowledges that life isn’t always easy but believes strongly that “People have the inner resources to become anything they want to be. Challenge just becomes the vehicle for tapping into those inner resources.” 128  By 2008, he had earned the distinction of being one of only a few hundred people in history to complete the seven summits, meaning he has climbed to the top of the highest mountain on each of the seven continents. 129

Weihenmayer is the co-founder of an organization called No Barriers, which aims to help those with challenges live rich and meaningful lives. 130  He believes that all of us should make the conscious decision to do the things that make us uncomfortable and live our most extraordinary lives, in spite of our fears or the beliefs we often allow to limit us. 131  He receives many letters from parents of children who are blind or have other disabilities, asking for guidance. His advice? “The key is to really have tremendously high expectations and to teach kids how to be self-sufficient and confident and give them the skills that they need to succeed.” 132

YOUR CALL

Have you allowed yourself to be limited by certain expectations? What is something you’ve wanted to do but have been afraid to try because you don’t believe you can?

11.4 Work-Related Attitudes and Behaviors Managers Need to Deal With

THE BIG PICTURE

Attitudes are important because they affect behavior. Managers need to be alert to the key work-related attitudes having to do with engagement, job satisfaction, and organizational commitment. Among the types of employee behavior they should attend to are their prosocial behaviors, on-the-job performance and productivity, and absenteeism and turnover.

Page 476

LO 11-4

Explain how managers can deal with employee attitudes.

”Keep the employees happy,” we often hear. It’s true that attitudes are important, the reason being that attitudes affect behavior. But is keeping employees happy all that managers need to know to get results? We discuss motivation for performance in the next chapter. Here, let us consider what managers need to know about key work-related attitudes and behaviors.

Three types of attitudes managers are particularly interested in are (1) employee engagement, (2) job satisfaction, and (3) organizational commitment.

1. Employee Engagement: How Connected Are You to Your Work?

Research on job involvement has evolved into the study of an individual difference called  employee engagement,  defined as a “mental state in which a person performing a work activity is full immersed in the activity, feeling full of energy and enthusiasm for the work.” 133  Employers, consultants, and academics have actively studied the causes and consequences of employee engagement given its potential for increasing individual, group, and organizational performance. 134  Let’s consider what we’ve learned.

What Percentage of Employees Are Fully Engaged at Work?

The ADP Research Institute attempted to answer this question by surveying over 19,000 employees around the world in 2015 and 2018. Results are shown in  Figure 11.3 . 135

FIGURE 11.3  Fully engaged employees around the world

Source: Data obtained from M. Hayes, F. Chumney, C. Wright, and M. Buckingham, “The Global Study of Engagement Technical Report,” ADP Research Institute, 2019.

Results in  Figure 11.3  reveal a high of 22% in India for 2018 in contrast to a low of 6% in China. The U.S. workforce had approximately 17% of employees fully engaged. The good news from this study is that employee engagement increased in most countries between 2015 and 2018. The bad news is that the global engagement average was only 15.9%. This means that roughly 84% of these employees were not fully engaged. What do you think is the impact of disengagement on important outcomes like performance, customer satisfaction, quality, or profits?

Page 477

Outcomes Associated with Employee Engagement

Consulting firms such as Gallup, Hewitt Associates, and BlessingWhite have been in the forefront of collecting proprietary data supporting the practical value of employee engagement. For example, Gallup estimates that an organization whose employees are highly engaged can achieve 10% higher customer satisfaction/loyalty, 20% more productivity, and 21% greater profitability. 136  Other recent academic studies similarly showed a positive relationship between employee engagement, performance, and physical and psychological well-being and corporate-level financial performance, customer satisfaction, and control. 137  Waffle House, for example, is using the power of employee engagement.

Waffle House Example: The Waffle House, a 24-hour budget diner, has locations in 25 states, does not advertise, rarely changes its menu, and refused to take credit cards until 2006. What the Waffle House is known for is its robust employee support system. It provides managers bonuses for keeping turnover low and discourages them from overworking people. The restaurant’s business model is based on cultivating regular diners. This means the company is looking for employees who smile and are ready to make easy conversation. “You will not be able to fake it,” says Randy Coleman, a Waffle House restaurant manager. Waffle House is reaping the benefits of increased employee engagement as a result of its policies. Its employee-owned stock has increased 57 years in a row and the company is opening around 50 new restaurants a year. 138

Engagement with a side of toast. A Waffle House employee serves diners in Nashville, Tennessee. As a diner, are you able to tell if restaurant staff are engaged?

Nathan Morgan/Redux Pictures

How Can Managers Increase Employee Engagement?

There are four research-proven ways for managers to increase employee engagement. Let’s explore them:

· Design meaningful work. People are engaged when their work contains variety and when they receive timely feedback about performance. Studies show that it is particularly important for employees to be assigned meaningful work that fully employs their skills. 139  For example, some law firms include pro bono time to serve those in poverty as part of each lawyer’s job. Select financial brokerages follow the same practice, allowing brokers the opportunity to provide free or discounted advice to underprivileged parents who are sending their kids to college. 140

Page 478

· Improve supervisor-employee relations. People are more engaged when their manager is supportive and maintains a positive, trusting relationship with them. 141  A recent study found that managers who ignore negative employee emotions, such as anger, lose an opportunity to gain valuable feedback and reduce employee stress and frustration. 142  McDonald’s is an example of a company that is taking these findings seriously. The restaurant chain has “stay” meetings, allowing supervisors to feel out employee pain points and build closer relationships with them. The company has found that stay meetings reduce the need for “exit meetings” or exit interviews. 143

· Provide learning and development opportunities. A study by Udemy for Business found a strong connection between employee engagement and learning opportunities. The more employees were able to develop their technical and soft skills, the better they felt about their jobs. The study found that the optimal level of learning was between 31 to 50 hours per year, after which engagement decreased. This was most likely because employees still needed time to focus on their day jobs. 144  1-800 GOT JUNK is a Canadian junk removal franchise that is known for its “A-Player Development Program.” Employees are able to take classes on franchise development and strategic planning as part of the program. 145

· Reduce stressors.  Stressors  are environmental characteristics that cause stress. Studies show that engagement is lower and burnout is higher when employees are confronted with stressors they perceive are out of their control. 146  Take for instance the impact the COVID-19 pandemic had on doctors, nurses, and other hospital workers who could not access critical supplies such as face masks, gowns, and hand sanitizer as waves of infected patients came through their doors. These employees not only had to save the lives of their patients, but also keep themselves safe without proper gear. “Most physicians have never seen this level of angst and anxiety in their careers,” said Dr. Stephen Anderson, a 35-year veteran of emergency rooms. 147

Would you like to get better grades in your classes? One way to do that involves increasing your employee engagement. You can assess your level of engagement with your studies and consider methods to enhance it by taking  Self-Assessment 11.5 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.5
CAREER READINESS
To What Extent Are You Engaged in Your Studies?

The following survey was designed to assess your level of engagement in your studies. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.5 in Connect.

1. What is your level of engagement?

2. Find your three lowest-rated items. Based on the content of these items, what can you do to improve your level of engagement? Hint: Doing this requires you to identify the cause of the low ratings for each item.

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of self-motivation?

2. Job Satisfaction: How Much Do You Like or Dislike Your Job?

Job satisfaction  is the extent to which you feel positive or negative about various aspects of your work. Most people don’t like everything about their jobs. Their overall satisfaction depends on how they feel about several components, such as work, pay, promotions, co-workers, and supervision. 148  Among the key correlates of job satisfaction are stronger motivation, performance, job involvement, organizational commitment, and life satisfaction and less absenteeism, tardiness, turnover, and perceived stress. 149

Page 479

A recent study by CNBC/Survey Monkey indicates that an impressively high 85% of U.S. employees are somewhat or very satisfied with the jobs. 150  But what is the relationship between job satisfaction and job performance—does more satisfaction cause better performance, or does better performance cause more satisfaction? This is a subject of much debate among management scholars. 151  One comprehensive study found that (1) job satisfaction and performance are moderately related, meaning that employee job satisfaction is a key work attitude managers should consider when trying to increase performance, but (2) the relationship between satisfaction and performance is complex and it seems that both variables influence each other through a host of individual differences and work-environment characteristics. 152

How satisfied are you with the job you are in now, if you have one, or the last job you had? You can find out by taking  Self-Assessment 11.6 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.6
How Satisfied Are You with Your Present Job?

The following survey was designed to assess how satisfied you are with your current job, or a previous job, if you’re not presently working. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.6 in Connect.

1. What is your level of satisfaction with recognition, compensation, and supervision?

2. If you have low to medium satisfaction with any aspect of the job, identify what can be done to increase your job satisfaction. Be sure to consider what you can do, what your boss might do, or what the organization might do. Be specific.

3. Organizational Commitment: How Much Do You Identify with Your Organization?

Organizational commitment  reflects the extent to which an employee identifies with an organization and is committed to its goals. It is important because research shows a significant positive relationship between organizational commitment and job satisfaction, performance, turnover, and organizational citizenship behavior—discussed in the next section. 153  Thus, if managers are able to increase job satisfaction, employees may show higher levels of commitment, which in turn can elicit higher performance and lower employee turnover. 154

Important Workplace Behaviors

Why is it important for you to understand how to manage individual differences? Quite simply, so that you can influence others’ behavior. Whether working on a student class project, or a project for your employer, your success partly depends on your ability to influence others’ behavior.

One important classification of behavior is  prosocial behavior (PSB) , defined as voluntary behavior intended to benefit another, such as helping, donating, sharing, and comforting. 155  Do you engage in PSB? Whether or not you do,  Figure 11.4  explains the driver of PSB and its consequences.

Page 480

FIGURE 11.4  Model of prosocial behavior

Figure 11.4  reveals that PSB is driven by the individual difference of  prosocial motivation (PSM),  which represents the desire to promote the well-being of others. 156  PSM explains why Microsoft founder Bill Gates is so committed to helping others through the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

Bill Gates Example: Philanthropist Bill Gates and his wife Melinda Gates established the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation in 2000. The organization is the largest private foundation in the world with over $46 billion in assets. The foundation helps people around the world lead healthy and productive lives by lifting communities out of hunger and extreme poverty. 157  Bill Gates accumulated his wealth as the co-founder, CEO, and president of Microsoft, where he was known to be a leader who inspired his followers. 158  He believes his time at Microsoft gathering teams of engineers and learning how they are inspired to be the reason he now has the “superpower” of transformational leadership. He is using this superpower to motivate those working on vaccines for diseases such as HIV and COVID-19. 159  Gates’s success at Microsoft and at his foundation is largely attributed to his high level of conscientiousness, positivity, and empathy, according to Business Insider. 160

Presidential achievement. Former President Barack Obama (right) awards the Presidential Medal of Freedom to Bill Gates (center) and his wife Melinda Gates (left) in 2016. The medal is the highest civilian award of the United States.

Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images

Page 481

Studies show that PSM may be the reason you help colleagues in the workplace, volunteer to do things that aren’t part of your job responsibilities, and remain committed to your employer during hard times. Indeed, it is no surprise that organizations can benefit from boosting employees’ PSM. 161

Returning to  Figure 11.4 , researchers discovered that PSM leads to increased PSB. Although there are many forms of PSB,  Figure 11.4  shows those that are particularly relevant for today’s organizations. Research reveals that PSM was positively associated with organizational citizenship behaviors (discussed shortly), being proactive, mentoring others, volunteering, sharing knowledge with others, and being compassionate. What organization wouldn’t want to see its employees display these positive behaviors? PSM also lead to a decrease in counter productive work behaviors (discussed shortly). 162  PSBs are most important to managers because they foster higher productivity and lower turnover (see  Figure 11.4 ).

Notice the two-headed arrow between PSB and workplace behaviors. This illustrates the fact that PSBs not only lead to positive workplace behaviors, but positive workplace behaviors encourage people to engage in PSBs. For example, studies demonstrate that high performing work environments increase organizational citizenship behaviors. 163

Sadly, PSM can sometimes be so strong that individuals engage in prosocial behaviors at personal cost. 164  Li Wenliang, a Wuhan doctor, is a good example of someone who demonstrated prosocial behaviors in the face of danger.

Dr. Li Wenliang

Li/Ropi/Newscom

Dr. Wenliang Example: Dr. Li Wenliang proactively tried to stop the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic in Wuhan, China, by warning others about the virus weeks before the government acknowledged it. After his messages went viral, Wenliang was reprimanded by Wuhan Police for his whistleblowing and threatened with jail time if he continued “rumor-mongering.” The ophthalmologist returned to work at Wuhan Central Hospital after his encounter with police—putting his own safety at risk—with the hopes of saving others. Unfortunately, he died from the virus a few weeks later. 165

Page 482

We now focus on the two most frequently studied examples of PSB: organizational citizenship behaviors and counterproductive work behaviors. We’ll then discuss the workplace behaviors of performance and turnover.

Organizational Citizenship Behaviors

One key outcome of increased PSM is increased  organizational citizenship behaviors (OCBs),  which are those employee behaviors that are not directly part of employees’ job descriptions—that exceed their work-role requirements. 166  Examples include conscientiousness (working hard), sportsmanship (being positive during challenging times), civic virtue (working for the good of the organization), courtesy (respecting coworkers), and altruism (helping others). 167  Studies demonstrate a significant and moderately positive correlation between organizational citizenship behaviors and job satisfaction, productivity, efficiency, and customer satisfaction. 168  However, research also shows that although organizational citizenship behaviors should be promoted in the workplace, employees should not be pressured to engage in these behaviors. Pressuring employees is bad because it makes people believe they are being asked to perform more duties than expected, which makes them more reluctant to engage in them. Thus, providing employees with autonomy in determining whether, to whom, when, and how to help others is a simple way to encourage OCBs. 169

Counterproductive Work Behaviors

Just as PSM increases OCBs, it also reduces  counterproductive work behaviors (CWBs) , which are types of behavior that harm employees and the organization as a whole. 170  Such behaviors may include absenteeism and tardiness, drug and alcohol abuse, and disciplinary problems but also extend to more serious acts such as accidents, sabotage, sexual harassment, violence, theft, and white-collar crime. 171  Some 98% of workers say they have witnessed or experienced uncivil behavior at their jobs. 172

Clearly, if an employee engages in some kind of CWB, the organization needs to respond quickly and appropriately, defining the specific behaviors that are unacceptable and the requirements for acceptable behavior. 173  The problem, however, is that managers and co-workers do not have adequate opportunity to observe CWBs. 174  That’s why it is more desirable to take preventive measures. 175  One way is to screen for CWB during the hiring process. For instance, it’s been found that applicants scoring higher on cognitive ability (intelligence) tests are less likely to be involved in violence and property damage after they are hired. 176  Employees also are less likely to engage in CWB if they have satisfying jobs that offer autonomy, are treated fairly, aren’t ostracized or asked to do tasks that fall outside their roles, and don’t supervise too many people. 177  Finally, leader characteristics impact employee behavior too. 178  For example, a recent study found that leader narcissism contributed to employee CWBs. 179  The  Example box  discusses an unfortunate result of CWBs—a toxic workplace.

EXAMPLE
The Toxic Workplace: “Rudeness Is Like the Common Cold” 180

Incivility. Rudeness. Jerks at work. They’re all forms of counterproductive work behaviors or CWBs, and they’re the bane of the office.

“Nothing is more costly to an organization’s culture than a toxic employee,” says management professor Christine Porath. “Rudeness is like the common cold—it’s contagious, spreads quickly, and anyone can be a carrier.” 181  Researcher Trevor Foulk concurs. “If someone is rude to me,” he says, “it is likely that in my next interaction I will be rude to whomever I am talking to. You respond to their rudeness with your own rudeness.” 182

Sapping Energy and Productivity

Management professor Gretchen Spreitzer believes that difficult co-workers are “de-energizers” who spread their dispiriting attitude to others. “They leave you feeling depleted, fatigued, and exhausted.” 183  A study supported this conclusion. People experiencing incivility from a co-worker ended up with fewer resources for controlling their own impulses later on. The more someone had to interact with a de-energizer, the more likely that person was rude to others. 184

Examples of incivility include snippy remarks, interruptions, eye-rolling, and berating another employee for being late. 185  Toxic bosses may demoralize employees by such actions as “walking away from a conversation because they lose interest; answering calls in the middle of meetings without leaving the room; openly mocking people by pointing out their flaws or personality quirks in front of others,” and similar incivilities, says Porath. 186

Who’s Most Likely to Be Uncivil?

Research has found that women tend to be the victims of incivility more than men. Men, however, aren’t usually the instigators. In fact, a recent study found that the perpetrators of incivility toward women tend to be other women. 187  Another study found that managers perceived victims of rudeness at work as having been the cause of incivility, even when they’d done nothing wrong. Even worse, this bias negatively impacted the manager’s assessment of the victim’s job performance. Victims, therefore, received less compensation and fewer promotions, adding insult to injury. 188

The Price of Incivility

People who engage in negative and harmful behavior can hurt an organization’s bottom line. 189  In fact, “avoiding a toxic employee can save a company more than twice as much as bringing on a star performer—specifically, avoiding a toxic worker was worth about $12,500 in turnover costs,” says one writer. 190

A study demonstrated that the costs of incivility are diminished well-being and job satisfaction, as well as increased job stress and withdrawal. 191  What’s more, research suggests that it only takes one uncivil co-worker to cause feelings of isolation, job insecurity, and even health problems in others. 192  “The truth is that rude, abusive, harassing, and bullying behavior has been costing organizations big-time for decades,” says Carrie Penman, chief compliance officer of NAVEX Global. 193

YOUR CALL

If you were working in a toxic workplace and had to stay there for a while, what would you do to make things better?

Page 483

In addition to the general positive effects of PSBs, managers are encouraged to foster PSBs because they are associated with increased performance and productivity, as well as decreased absenteeism and turnover. 194

Performance and Productivity

Every job has certain expectations, but in some jobs performance and productivity are easier to define than in others. How many contacts should a telemarketing sales rep make in a day? How many sales should he or she close? Often a job of this nature will have a history of accomplishments (from what previous job holders have attained), so that it is possible to quantify performance behavior.

However, an ad agency account executive handling major clients such as a carmaker or a beverage manufacturer may go months before landing this kind of big account. Or a researcher in a pharmaceutical company may take years to develop a promising new prescription drug.

In short, the method of evaluating performance must match the job being done.

Absenteeism and Turnover

Should you be suspicious of every instance of absenteeism? Of course, some absences—illness, death in the family, or jury duty, for example—are legitimate. However, a lot of no-show behavior is related to job dissatisfaction. 195  One study of around 6,000 employees found that 40% called in sick simply because they didn’t feel like going to work that day. The top three reasons for employees taking bogus sick days are for doing personal errands, catching up on sleep, and relaxing. 196

Acting sick. A significant number of employees take bogus sick days because they don’t feel like going to work. Do you believe companies should do more to validate if an employee is really sick?

Dmytro Zinkevych/Shutterstock

Absenteeism may be a precursor to turnover, which, as we saw in  Chapter 9 , is when an employee abandons, resigns, retires, or is terminated from a job. Every organization experiences some turnover, as employees leave for reasons of family, better job prospects, or retirement. However, except in low-skill industries, a continual revolving door of new employees is usually not a good sign, because replacement and training are expensive. The Society for Human Resource Management estimated the average dollar cost of hiring a new employee to be $4,129 and put the time investment at 42 days. 197  That dollar amount may be a conservative estimate. Gallup suggests the cost of replacing a highly skilled employee can be as high as two times the employee’s annual salary. As a consequence, voluntary turnover costs U.S. businesses $1 trillion a year. 198  The turnover challenge extends to losing temporary workers—individuals who sign contracts with predetermined end dates. In fact, research finds that temporary workers often develop organization-specific knowledge that is hard to replace. 199

Experience demonstrates five practical ways to reduce turnover: (1) Base hiring decisions on the extent to which an applicant’s values fit the organization’s values. (2) Provide post-hiring support, which is referred to as onboarding. As we mentioned in  Chapter 9 , onboarding programs help employees to integrate and transition to new jobs by making them familiar with corporate policies, procedures, culture, and politics by clarifying work-role expectations and responsibilities. 200  (3) Focus on enhancing employee engagement and social networks. 201  (4) Incorporate realistic job previews (RJPs, discussed in  Chapter 9 ) into the hiring process. (5) Offer employees benefits, such as flexible work hours (discussed in  Chapter 12 ), that meet their needs and values. 202

Page 484

Increasing PSBs

Managers can increase PSBs in their organizations by fostering PSM (See  Figure 11.4 .). This can be done by focusing on the drivers of PSM. Researchers believe there are two broad categories of drivers: dispositions and traits (internal to you) and situational and environmental factors (external to you). 203  We’ll look at each individually and provide an example of how managers can strengthen each type of driver.

· Dispositions and traits include personality, values, self-esteem, empathic concern, positive emotions, feelings of competence, and humility. As a manager, one way you can improve this driver is by recruiting individuals with traits associated with PSM. Take for instance conscientiousness and agreeableness, which you learned about in  Section 11.1 . Research finds that high levels of these traits increase PSM. 204  Another way you can improve this driver is by providing opportunities for your employees to learn and develop some of these dispositions on and off-the-job, which we discussed in  Chapter 9 .

· Situational and environmental factors can foster PSM. For example, you will learn in  Chapter 12  that jobs can be designed or structured in such a way that employees feel like they are doing meaningful work and that they are responsible for work outcomes. Both of these psychological states can fuel PSM. 205  Other situational and environmental factors include concepts we have discussed in the past, or will discuss in future chapters: organizational culture ( Chapter 8 ), HR practices ( Chapter 9 ) procedural justice ( Chapter 12 ), norms ( Chapter 13 ), servant leadership ( Chapter 14 ), and transformational leadership ( Chapter 14 ).

Putting it all together, the best companies understand that fostering PSM requires a two-pronged approach. First, organizations need to have HR practices in place that will lead to the recruitment or development of employees with traits and dispositions conducive to PSM. Second, companies need to develop jobs, policies, and an overall culture that lead to PSM. As a result, organizations will not only reap the performance-related benefits of PSB, but they will have employees who genuinely care about others. ●

11.5 The New Diversified Workforce

THE BIG PICTURE

One of today’s most important management challenges is working with stakeholders of all sorts who vary widely in diversity—in age, gender, race, religion, ethnicity, sexual orientation, capabilities, and socioeconomic background. Managers also should be aware of the differences between internal and external dimensions of diversity and barriers to diversity.

LO 11-5

Identify trends in workplace diversity that managers should be aware of.

Might you hold a few preconceptions that are worth examining? Here’s a reality check:

· Assumption: Illegal immigrants dramatically affect the U.S. economy. No, says the American Immigration Council. Undocumented immigrants represent less than 5% of the civilian workforce. 206

· Assumption: The racial wage gap has just about disappeared. Unfortunately not, suggests a study of 1.8 million salaries of white men and men of color. African American men earn $0.87 for every dollar a white man earns. Hispanic or Latino workers earn $0.91 for every dollar earned by a white man. 207

· Assumption: Young workers earn less than they used to. Yes, evidently. Federal Reserve data shows that Millennials earn 20% less today than 25–34-year-olds did in 1989. Another study found that the ability for children to earn more than their parents did has dropped by more than 40% since the 1940s. 208

Page 485

The United States is becoming more diverse in its ethnic, racial, gender, and age makeup. The trends that will shape the United States in the next few decades include (1) having more older people than children for the first time, (2) the current white majority becoming a minority, (3) there no longer being any single ethnic or racial majority, (4) millennials making up 75% of the workforce, (5) a rise in women participating in the workforce (particularly in senior leadership positions), (6) a drop in the share of middle-class households, and (7) a rise in the number of people who describe themselves as unaffiliated with any organized religion. 209

Diversity enriches. A diverse population in a company can provide ideas, experience, and points of view that strengthen the business culture. What has been your experience, if any, with a diverse workplace?

Flamingo Images/Shutterstock

These upcoming trends require leaders to take a closer look at their current diversity practices so they remain competitive. “At Morgan Stanley, diversity is an opportunity—for clients, employees and the firm. By valuing diverse perspectives, we can better serve our clients while we help employees achieve their professional objectives,” says James Gorman, the company’s chairman and CEO. 210  Research finds that effective diversity practices are essential for an organization’s success, yet many firms do not successfully manage them. 211  Let’s explore this issue in more detail.

How to Think about Diversity: Which Differences Are Important?

Diversity  represents all the ways people are unlike and alike—the differences and similarities in age, gender, race, religion, ethnicity, sexual orientation, capabilities, and socioeconomic background. Note here that diversity is not synonymous with differences. Rather, it encompasses both differences and similarities. Recent studies demonstrate that you should manage both simultaneously, with an understanding that diversity is complex and changes over time. 212

Page 486

To help distinguish the important ways in which people differ, diversity experts Lee Gardenswartz and Anita Rowe have identified a “diversity wheel” consisting of four layers of diversity: (1) personality, (2) internal dimensions, (3) external dimensions, and (4) organizational dimensions. (See  Figure 11.5 .)

FIGURE 11.5  The diversity wheel

Four layers of diversity

Source: From Diverse Teams at Work by Lee Gardenswartz and Anita Rowe. Copyright 2003, Society for Human Resource Management, Alexandria, VA.

Let’s consider these four layers:

Personality

At the center of the diversity wheel is personality. It is at the center because, as we said in  Section 11.1 , personality is defined as the stable physical and mental characteristics responsible for a person’s identity.

Internal Dimensions

Internal dimensions of diversity  are those human differences that exert a powerful, sustained effect throughout every stage of our lives: gender, age, ethnicity, race, sexual orientation, and physical abilities. 213  These are referred to as the primary dimensions of diversity because they are not within our control, for the most part. Yet they strongly influence our attitudes, expectations, and assumptions about other people, which in turn influence our own behavior.

Page 487

What characterizes internal dimensions of diversity is that they are visible and salient in people. And precisely because these characteristics are so visible, they may be associated with certain stereotypes—for instance, that certain ethnic groups carry viruses.

Viral Outbreak Example: The COVID-19 pandemic caused an outbreak of prejudice against East Asian communities (the first reported case of the virus was in Wuhan, China). “If you are seen to be Asian [even] if you are not coughing or displaying symptoms, people naturally walk away from you,” according to Brian Wong, a Rhodes Scholar from Hong Kong. This denigration of certain populations is nothing new. Africans were targeted during the 2014 Ebola outbreak because the virus was first detected in Congo. Middle Easterners also faced discrimination in 2012 during the Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS) outbreak. “Stigma, to be honest, is more dangerous than the virus itself,” said WHO director-general Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. The WHO now opts against denoting geographic locations when naming new viruses in order to reduce such stigma. 214

Human targets. The first reported case of the COVID-19 pandemic was in China, which led to discrimination against East Asians around the world.

asiandelight/Shutterstock

External Dimensions

External dimensions of diversity  include an element of choice; they consist of the personal characteristics that people acquire, discard, or modify throughout their lives: educational background, marital status, parental status, religion, income, geographic location, work experience, recreational habits, appearance, and personal habits. They are referred to as the secondary dimensions of diversity because we have a greater ability to influence or control them than we do internal dimensions.

Veterans Example: External dimensions exert a significant influence on our perceptions, behavior, and attitudes. Take for instance the roughly 245,000 U.S. veterans who leave the military annually. The transition to civilian life can be difficult due to the mental and physical toll war has taken on many of them. Moreover, many organizations see veterans as blindly having followed orders during their military service and not having leadership skills. This perception “couldn’t be further from the truth,” says Jim Farrell, senior vice president of operations at PepsiCo. Farrell, a former U.S. Army officer, believes veterans know how to think on their feet and balance the needs of teammates while accomplishing the mission. Toby Johnson, is a good example of how veterans can transition from military service to corporate America. Johnson was an Apache helicopter pilot during the early 2000 Iraqi invasion before returning to the United States and studying business. She landed her first job managing a Frito Lay factory in Pennsylvania and is now the company’s vice president of sales operations. 215

Organizational Dimensions

Organizational dimensions include management status, union affiliation, work location, seniority, work content, and division or department.

Trends in Workforce Diversity

How is the U.S. workforce apt to become more diverse in the 21st century? Let’s examine five categories on the internal dimension—age, gender, race/ethnicity, sexual orientation, and physical/mental abilities—and one category on the external dimension, educational level.

Age: More Older People in the Workforce

Millennials have replaced baby boomers as the largest adult generation in the United States. 216  Yet they will find many older workers working alongside them. Over 20% of adults over 65 were either working or looking for work in 2019, compared to 10% in 1985. These older workers also were more educated—53% had at least a college degree, compared to 25% in 1985. 217

Not only are older workers staying in the workforce longer, but a trend called “unretirement” also is becoming more common, say economists. Recent surveys have found that, thanks to longer life spans, employers’ desire for experienced talent, and better health, more than half of workers approaching retirement in the next five years expect they will return to work. 218  While income is sometimes the reason, an economist from Harvard Medical School found three other motivators in data from a national study: a sense of purpose, mental stimulation, and social engagement. 219

Page 488

Age is just a number. An engineer (left) shows equipment to an apprentice (right). What benefits do you see to people of different generations working together?

Shutterstock

Though many older workers either stay in the workforce or want to come back after retirement, they still face many challenges. For example, around 56% of workers over 50 are pushed out of jobs before they plan to retire. Older workers are going to great lengths to conceal their age as a result. Many shorten their work histories on social media and in conversations, others forgo displaying photographs of their grandchildren, and some even get cosmetic surgery. “There hasn’t yet been a groundswell of consciousness-raising about age the way there is about gender, race and sexual preference,” says Kathleen Christensen, director of the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation’s working longer project. For instance, just 8% of CEOs said their diversity and inclusion strategies included a conversation about age, according to a PwC study. 220  These results are alarming in light of research that demonstrates age-inclusive firm strategies help older workers maintain or improve their well-being, engagement, and performance. 221

Do you have much experience being around older people? How do you feel about the idea of working with them? To find out, try  Self-Assessment 11.7 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.7
CAREER READINESS
What Are Your Attitudes about Working with Older Employees?

The following survey was designed to assess your attitudes about working with older employees. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.7 in Connect.

1. What is the quality of your relationships with older employees? How about your satisfaction with working with older people?

2. How might the quality of relationships with older employees affect your performance and promotability?

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you can work with people of all ages?

Gender: More Women Working

Women constituted the majority of the workforce (50.04%) at the start of 2020 for the first time in history. They also were awarded more college degrees than men, earning 57.3% of bachelor’s, 59.4% of master’s, and 53.3% of doctorate degrees. 222  Women also outnumbered men in medical school (50.5%) and law school (51.3%). 223  In addition, more businesses are now owned by women. They currently own more than 12 million businesses, which earn about $1.8 trillion annually. 224  Finally, women are gaining some ground in the top rungs of business. In 2020, women held 28 CEO positions in the Standard & Poor’s 500 companies. 225

Page 489

Though these are uplifting statistics, the pay gap between men and women still exists. Specifically, women earned $0.81 cents for each dollar a man made in 2018. 226  This is particularly alarming because the percentage of families with children, who are headed by a single mother, nearly doubled between 1974 and 2015. 227  Factors contributing to the gap’s persistence include education attainment, work experience, and gender discrimination. On this last point, around 42% of women say they have experienced gender discrimination at work, according to a Pew Research Center survey. 228

Many countries have taken steps to fix the gender wage gap by implementing transparency laws. These laws require employers to disclose annual salaries, allowing women workers to see how much their male counterparts are making doing the same job. A recent study found that pay transparency laws did in fact reduce the gender pay gap, particularly in unionized workplaces that could quickly act on the information. 229

The obstacles to women’s progress are collectively known as the  glass ceiling —the metaphor for an invisible barrier preventing women and minorities from being promoted to top executive jobs. Women are more likely than men to complete a college degree by the time they are 31, 230  so what factors are holding women back? Let’s explore three.

· Overwork. One study found that the crushing culture of overwork disproportionately penalized women. This is because women are encouraged to take accommodations, such as going part-time or shifting to internally facing roles, when there are competing work–family demands. 231  Research suggests that companies find ways to keep employees involved with the organization when utilizing accommodations, such as letting mothers retain their laptops when on maternity leave. 232  This flexibility can increase female employee engagement and reduce stress. 233

· Stereotyping. Experts believe that unconscious biases, often ingrained in corporate culture, put the brakes on the advancement of women. 234  These biases are implicit because they are unconscious, as we discussed earlier in the chapter. “If we want to change our behavior, we first need to understand the beliefs and assumptions in our company culture that underpin that behavior,” says Caroline Gosling, an organizational change consultant. 235  Studies suggest three strategies, among many others, for changing this culture. First, companies need to ensure that senior leaders explicitly support gender balance. Second, organizations should seek out high performers (stars) who can provide effective mentoring for female leaders. Finally, there should be greater fairness and transparency regarding policies related to hiring and promotion. 236

Female leadership. Marillyn Hewson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Lockheed Martin Corporation, during an Economic Club of Washington event. Hewson oversees a company with revenues exceeding $59 billion and over 100,000 employees.

Kris Tripplaar/Newscom

· Flawed facts. Only one in five women make it to the C-suite while research has found that men and women are very similar in confidence, appetite for risk, and negotiating skills. 237  This may be because men tend to sing their own praises more than women do. For example, one study found that men were 21% more likely to use stronger, more positive language about themselves than women. 238  And though men may praise themselves more, research does not support these praises. In fact, recent studies have found that peers, subordinates, and bosses believe women outperform men on key leadership competencies such as taking initiative, building relationships, collaboration and teamwork, and integrity and honesty. 239  Other studies have found that companies with more women executives have better financial performance, decision-making, and productivity. 240  One such study, by the Credit Suisse Research Institute, concluded that “the higher the percentage of women in top management, the greater the excess returns for shareholders.” 241  We discuss women in leadership further in  Chapter 14  and women and communication in  Chapter 15 .

Page 490

Race and Ethnicity: More People of Color in the Workforce

The non-Hispanic white population in the United States is projected to decrease by 19 million people by 2060. In addition, whites are projected to change from 76.9% in 2016 to 68% in 2060; African Americans from 13.3% to 15%; Asians from 5.7% to 9.1%; Hispanics or Latinos from 17.8% to 27.5%; and American Indian/Alaskan Native from 1.3% to 1.4%. 242  People of color have hit the glass ceiling, with whites holding more of the managerial and professional jobs. In addition, two other trends show that U.S. businesses need to do a lot better by minority populations.

First, minorities tend to earn less than whites. Median household income in 2018 was $41,361 for African Americans and $51,450 for Hispanics. It was $70,642 for non-Hispanic whites. (Asians had the highest median income, at $87,194.) 243  A recent study uncovered why there may be such an income gap between African Americans and whites. The study found that employers are less likely to negotiate higher salaries with African American candidates, leading to significantly lower starting salaries than white job seekers. 244  Another trend supported by research is that minorities experienced more perceived discrimination, racism-related stress, and less psychological support than whites did. 245

Some organizations have turned to tokenism to increase the visibility of minorities.  Tokenism  is the practice of doing something symbolic to prevent criticism and give the appearance that people are being treated fairly. 246  An organization may for instance recruit a small number of people from underrepresented groups in order to give the appearance of equality within a workforce. Studies show that tokenism has a negative impact on performance but may at times be unavoidable. In these cases, managers should ensure that all team members feel respected and included. 247

Reversing these practices is important as effectively managing race and ethnic diversity in an organization increases its chances of success. For example, a study by McKinsey found that “companies in the top-quartile for ethnic and cultural diversity on their executive teams are 33 percent more likely to have industry-leading profitability.” 248  Another study found that when workplace teams resemble their customers, the team is “more than twice as likely to innovate effectively for their end users.” 249

Sexual Orientation: LGBTQ People Become More Visible

It is difficult to accurately estimate the number of people in the United States who identify as part of the LGBTQ (lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer) community. A Gallup poll adults 18 and older in the U.S. found 4.5% of so identified, or about 11 million people, up from 8.3 million in 2012. 250

One likely reason it is difficult to estimate the LGBTQ population is that surveys on the topic have used different definitions of the terms and asked inconsistent questions. 251  Another is the possibility that negative attitudes about non-normative sexuality have made people reluctant to identify themselves as LGBTQ. In fact, a report by the Human Rights Campaign Foundation found that almost half of all LGBTQ Americans remain closeted in the workplace. 252  This is a concerning statistic as recent research shows that being your true self at work increases productivity, job satisfaction, work engagement, and well-being. 253

Page 491

Transgender  is a term for people whose sense of their gender differs from what is expected based on the sex characteristics with which they are born. 254  That is, these are the estimated 1.3 million adults who feel their bodies and genders do not match, that the gender label they received at birth does not fit. 255  They may use labels such as gender fluid and nonbinary.

People in the United States have become more supportive of gay and lesbian rights over time, with 73% saying in 2019 that society should accept homosexuality, up from 56% 10 years before. 256  No doubt things will change further, since the U.S. Supreme Court made it clear in June 2015 that marriage is no longer solely a legal union between a man and a woman. “The right to marry is a fundamental right inherent in the liberty of the person,” Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote (in Obergefell v. Hodges) in support of the majority ruling that states may not refuse to marry same-sex couples. “Under the Due Process and Equal Protection Clauses of the Fourteenth Amendment couples of the same sex may not be deprived of that right and that liberty.” 257

Meanwhile the pay gap that used to hold for gay and bisexual men has disappeared, and according to one report, gay men now earn on average 10% more than straight men in similar employment. 258  While studies are inconclusive, it appears that lesbian women have enjoyed a pay advantage over straight women (though not over men of any sexual orientation) and continue to do so, possibly because of career choices they make and the fact that women earn lower salaries overall. 259

Provisions of the Affordable Care Act made it illegal for federally funded health care providers to discriminate against the LGBTQ community, but one-third of transgender people reported in a study that they had experienced at least one negative interaction with a health care provider. This ranged from denial of treatment to physical assault. 260  Another study found that 20% of LGBTQ adults have avoided seeking medical care out of fear of discrimination. 261  And, despite the changing social and legal landscape, “between 11 percent and 28 percent of LGBQ workers report losing a promotion simply because of their sexual orientation.” Moreover, in a study of almost 28,000 transgender U.S. workers, 67 percent reported being fired, forced to resign, not hired, or denied a promotion in the past year. 262  Forty-two percent of LGBTQ people in a recent study reported using “vague language” to discuss their relationships, and 37% said they had hidden such a relationship to avoid being discriminated against. “When you’re perceived as feminine—whether you’re a woman or a gay man,” said one gay man at a Fortune 500 company, “you get excluded from relationships that improve your career.” 263

Disability. Everyone recognizes the wheelchair as signifying that a person has a disability, but other disabilities are not easily identified—and may not invite understanding. Do you think that mental disabilities, for example, should be accommodated in employment? If you were subject to mood swings, do you think that would prevent you from doing your job effectively?

Disability Images/Blend Images LLC

People with Differing Physical and Mental Abilities

About 61 million people, or 25% of the U.S. population, have a disability that impacts major life activities, according to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 264  However, only about 30% of those between 16 and 64 are employed, and the unemployment rate for those with a disability is double that of those without. 265

Since 1992 the  Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)  has prohibited discrimination against people with disabilities and requires organizations to reasonably accommodate an individual’s disabilities. 266  Research shows that the ADA has helped narrow the disability employment gap, but more work remains to be done. 267  In a recent survey of more than 3,000 supervisors by the nonprofit Kessler Foundation, only 28% of respondents said their organizations have disability hiring goals. One problem the supervisors reported was their perception that upper management was less committed to providing the training and accommodations that would be required for employees who required them. 268  Yet, according to Helena Berger, president of American Association of People with Disabilities, “having a disability may make you a better problem solver. You may be more innovative.” 269

Page 492

Studies confirm that organizations can benefit from hiring those with disabilities. These benefits include increased profitability, innovation, and overall competitive advantage, as well as a more inclusive work culture. 270  Organizations can hire those with disabilities in greater numbers and take advantage of these benefits by (1) creating partnerships with organizations that work on behalf of those with disabilities, (2) highlighting stories of people with disabilities doing jobs that people assume they cannot do, and (3) collaborating with offices of disability services on college and university campuses to identify opportunities for graduating students with disabilities. 271

Educational Levels: Mismatches between Education and Workforce Needs

Two important mismatches between education and workplace are these:

· College graduates may be in jobs for which they are overqualified. According to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, about a third of all college graduates are overqualified for their jobs. 272  In other words, a great many college graduates are  underemployed —working at jobs that require less education than they have. This number is higher than previous periods of similar economic growth, but experts believe the situation will be temporary for many. These individuals will see increased earnings as they gain more experience in their fields. 273

· High-school dropouts and others may not have the literacy skills needed for many jobs. A recent study found that 5.4% of all people in the United States between the ages of 16 and 24 had dropped out of high school in 2017. Men have a higher dropout rate than women (6.4% versus 4.4%) and American Indian/Alaska Native youth have the highest rate of any ethnicity. 274  If, as has been alleged, more than three-quarters of the American workforce reads below ninth-grade level, that is a problem for employers, because about 70% of the on-the-job reading materials are written at or above that level. 275

Barriers to Diversity

Some barriers are erected by diverse people themselves. In the main, however, most barriers are put in their paths by organizations. 276  When we speak of “the organization’s barriers,” we are, of course, referring to the people in the organization—especially those who may have been there for a while—who are resistant to making it more diverse.

Resistance to change, which was discussed in  Chapter 10 , is an attitude that all managers come up against from time to time, and resistance to diversity is simply one variation. It may be expressed in the following six ways.

1. Stereotypes and Prejudices

Ethnocentrism  is the belief that your native country, culture, language, abilities, or behavior is superior to those of another culture. When differences are viewed as being weaknesses—which is what many stereotypes and prejudices ultimately come down to—this may be expressed as a concern that diversity hiring will lead to a sacrifice in competence and quality.

Page 493

2. Fear of Discrimination against Majority Group Members

Some employees are afraid that attempts to achieve greater diversity in their organization will result in bias against the majority group—that more black or Asian employees will be promoted to fire captain or police lieutenant, for example, over the heads of supposedly more qualified whites. Google recently fired an engineering employee for writing a long memo, which was soon made public, about why women (in his view) are not inherently suited for jobs in technology. The fired employee has sued Google, claiming the company discriminates against conservative white men. 277  A similar case happened with a white recruiter from YouTube. He claimed the company retaliated “against him after he complained that the video site discriminated against white and Asian male applicants in favor of hiring blacks, Hispanics and women.” Alphabet Inc., parent company of Google and YouTube, told The Wall Street Journal that it would defend itself in both cases. 278

3. Resistance to Diversity Program Priorities

Some companies, such as SAP, Procter & Gamble, and Levi Strauss & Co., have taken aggressive diversity approaches, such as offering special classes teaching tolerance for diversity and seminars in how to get along. 279  Some employees may see diversity programs as distracting them from the organization’s “real work.” In addition, they may be resentful of diversity-promoting policies that are reinforced through special criteria in the organization’s performance appraisals and reward systems.

4. A Negative Diversity Climate

Diversity climate  represents employees’ perceptions about the extent to which an organization supports diversity. 280  Diversity climate is positive when employees view the organization as being fair to all types of employees, which promotes employee loyalty and overall firm performance. 281  It also enhances psychological safety.  Psychological safety  reflects the extent to which people feel free to express their ideas and beliefs without fear of negative consequences. 282  “Psychological safety isn’t about being nice,” says Amy Edmondson, who first coined the term. “It’s about giving candid feedback, openly admitting mistakes, and learning from each other.” 283  Research shows that psychological safety improves team and organizational performance, creativity, and organizational engagement. 284

5. Lack of Support for Family Demands

In 2018, nearly 7 in 10 American children lived in families with two parents. 285  In 63% of such families, both parents worked; in 29.5%, only the father worked; and in 5%, only the mother worked. 286  Yet in a great many households, it is still women who primarily take care of children, as well as other domestic chores. When organizations aren’t supportive in offering flexibility in hours and job responsibilities, these women may find it difficult to work evenings and weekends or to take overnight business trips. A few companies—such as Starbucks, McDonald’s, IBM, AT&T, and Walmart—have begun offering or improving existing paid family leave policies, a benefit 94% of respondents recently told a Pew Center survey they thought would help families. 287  Congress recently passed the “Federal Employee Paid Leave Act,” which grants federal employees up to 12 weeks of paid family leave for the birth, adoption, or foster of a new child. 288

6. A Hostile Work Environment for Diverse Employees

Hostile work environments are characterized by sexual, racial, and age harassment and can be in violation of Equal Employment Opportunity law, such as Title VII of the Civil Rights Act. 289  Whether perpetrated against women, men, older individuals, or LGBTQ people, hostile environments are demeaning, unethical, and appropriately called “work environment pollution.” A recent example involves Brinker Restaurant Corp, which owns Chili’s and Maggiano’s Little Italy restaurant chains. The company was sued by the Equal Opportunity Employment Commission (EOEC) in 2019 for subjecting female employees to “inappropriate touching, sexual gesturing and verbal harassment” and then retaliating against them if they complained. The company reached an agreement with the EOEC in 2020, agreeing to provide the women $150,000 and vowing to change employment practices that lead to a hostile work environment. 290  Data from the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission revealed that almost a third of the 72,675 complaints it received in 2019 involved sex. 291  You certainly won’t get employees’ best work if they believe the work environment is hostile toward them.

Page 494

Ultimate Software is a good example of a company that has attempted to effectively manage diversity by overcoming these six barriers. ●

EXAMPLE
Ultimate Software’s “People First” Culture

Ultimate Software is #2 on Fortune magazine’s list of the Best Places to Work and has been included in the top 10 for four years in a row. The company specializes in cloud-based people management solutions and prides itself on putting “People First” in an inclusive environment that fosters respect for every employee. 292  “At Ultimate, it’s the individual strengths, unique experiences, diverse views, and creative ideas of our people that make us who we are—working together and thriving as one team,” says Vivian Maza, the company’s chief people officer. 293  Here are some of the ways Ultimate is winning at diversity management.

Health and Family Benefits

Ultimate pays 100% of its employees’ health care premiums (medical, dental, vision), including coverage for costly fertility treatments. These benefits extend to families, including same-sex married couples. Employees enjoy paid maternity/paternity/adoption leave, and unlimited paid time off means they can worry less about taking time away from work to address personal or family needs. 294

Communities of Interest

The company prides itself on its five unique communities of interest: PRIDEUS (People Respecting Individual Differences Empower Ultimate Software), Women in Leadership, UltiVETS, UltiHOPE, and Women in Technology. These informal groups give employees opportunities for socializing, professional networking, and community service, and they provide professional development, diversity trainings (such as on transgender sensitivities), and peer-support groups for minorities in leadership positions. 295  All the communities are inclusive, meaning that anyone who considers him or herself an “ally” of the individuals represented in the groups is welcome to join.

Members also volunteer and raise money for nonprofit organizations and ally communities. For example, Ultimate’s PRIDEUS group partnered with the Miami HEAT to sponsor the annual Loud and Proud Dance Party in South Florida, an event celebrating life and diversity for the LGBTQ+ community. 296  The Women in Leadership group sponsors the “Athena Scholarship,” which gives two $20,000 college scholarships each year to daughters of Ultimate employees who are pursuing college careers in technology or who demonstrate superior leadership skills in their schools or communities. 297

Technology

Ultimate promotes diversity and fosters inclusion in its workplace through cutting-edge technology. Its main cloud-based offering, award-winning UltiPro, aims to help other companies do the same. UltiPro’s advantage is that it integrates virtually all a company’s HR needs into one seamless, inclusive platform that simplifies and elevates performance management using cutting-edge data capabilities. It provides managers with up-to-date, unbiased information needed for employment decisions, and it keeps employees on track toward their performance and career goals by recommending, and often providing, necessary trainings and professional development opportunities. The platform supports the unique cultural, fiscal, language, and legal/compliance needs for multiple users in multiple locations across the country or globe. 298

Ultipro is designed to help companies clear many common diversity management hurdles. Its business intelligence tools can capture rich data across multiple levels to assess whether the organization is meeting strategic diversity goals. 299  Its intuitive design and cultural adaptability make it user-friendly for workers of all ages, digital competencies, and backgrounds. Its reliance on quantifiable metrics reduces the influence of unconscious biases in decision making. 300  The platform also overcomes social networking barriers separating diverse workers by identifying, recommending, and facilitating connections and mentorships between employees. 301  Finally, its UltiPro Perception tool helps mitigate one of the key diversity management issues in organizations by giving employees an accessible and anonymous way to voice needs, concerns, and opinions to upper management. 302

YOUR CALL

Which of an organization’s diversity management initiatives will be most important to you when you are interviewing for jobs? To what extent would Ultimate’s diversity programs help recruit the best talent?

Page 495

11.6 Understanding Stress and Individual Behavior

THE BIG PICTURE

Stress is what people feel when enduring extraordinary demands or opportunities and are not sure how to handle them. There are six sources of stress: individual differences, individual task, individual role, group, organizational, and nonwork demands. We describe some consequences of stress and discuss three methods organizations use to reduce it.

LO 11.6

Discuss the sources of workplace stress and ways to reduce it.

Stress  is the tension people feel when they are facing or enduring extraordinary demands, constraints, or opportunities and are uncertain about their ability to handle them effectively. 303  Stress is the feeling of tension and pressure; the source of stress is called a stressor. Stress is generally caused by situations like overwork, unpredictable schedules and night shifts, unsafe workplaces, low wages, layoffs of colleagues, conflict at work, and family worries like the need to care for ill relatives while working. 304

In this section we’ll first consider what managers need to know about the sources and toll of job-related stress. The focus then turns to how organizations can reduce stressors. We’ll conclude by discussing corporate wellness programs.

The Toll of Workplace Stress

Although stress, and our response to it, are highly personal events, here are some alarming statistics: 305

· Around 83% of working U.S. adults suffer from work-related stress causing up to $300 billion in business losses, according to the American Institute of Stress.

· A 2019 Gallup poll found that Americans are “among the most stressed-out populations in the world” with over half of the population experiencing stress during the day.

· The U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) report that stress is the leading workplace health problem.

· Around 62% of workers report that their work is the biggest stressor in their life.

· An estimated 1 million people are absent from the U.S. workplace each day due to stress-related factors.

Stress can cause conflicts and distraction at work; make you fatigued all the time; and generate problems like cardiovascular disease, chronic back pain, anxiety, and insomnia. 306

From an organizational perspective, workplace stress diminishes positive emotions, job satisfaction, organizational commitment, and job performance and increases alcohol and illicit drug use, workplace deviance, and job turnover. 307  Indeed, historically researchers have generally believed that there is an inverted U-shaped relationship between stress and performance. (See  Figure 11.6 .) That is, low levels of stress lead to low performance (because people are not “charged up” to perform), but high levels of stress also lead to an energy-sapping fight-or-flight response that produces low performance. Optimal performance, according to this hypothesis, results when people experience moderate levels of stress. 308

Page 496

FIGURE 11.6  Stress and performance

While a moderate amount of stress can have some health and behavioral benefits, 309  excess or negative stress reveals itself in three kinds of symptoms:

· Physiological signs: Lesser physiological signs are sweaty palms, restlessness, backaches, headaches, upset stomach, and nausea. More serious signs are hypertension and heart attacks.

· Psychological signs: Psychological symptoms include forgetfulness, boredom, irritability, nervousness, anger, anxiety, hostility, and depression. Research shows that 40% of Americans suffer from anxiety during the work day. 310

· Behavioral signs: Behavioral symptoms include sleeplessness, changes in eating habits, and increased smoking/alcohol/drug abuse. 311  Studies show that when leaders don’t get sleep they are more likely to be inpatient and abusive while also less charismatic. 312

If stress is extreme, burnout can result.  Burnout  is a state of emotional, mental, and even physical exhaustion, expressed as listlessness, indifference, or frustration. Factors contributing to burnout include “always-on” work cultures, advanced technology, demanding bosses, difficult clients, and inefficient co-workers. 313  Clearly, the greatest consequence is reduced productivity. Research demonstrates that overstressed employees are apt to call in sick, get injured or have accidents, and have poor work performance. 314

How Does Stress Work?

Stress has both physical and emotional components. Physically, according to Canadian researcher Hans Selye, considered the father of the modern concept of stress, stress is “the nonspecific response of the body to any demand made upon it.” 315  Emotionally, stress has been defined as the feeling of being overwhelmed, “the perception that events or circumstances have challenged, or exceeded, a person’s ability to cope.” 316

Stressors can be hassles, or simple irritants, such as misplacing or losing things, having concerns about one’s physical appearance, and having too many things to do. For example, a frustrating morning commute was found to create stress and impair performance. 317  Stressors also can be crises, such as responding to a hurricane, global pandemic, stock market crash, or school shooting. These types of stress put your body and brain on red alert. “As our bodies get ready for responding to threat with a flight-or-flight response, that affects our cognition and perception,” says psychologist Mauricio Delgado. “It narrows our attention and focus.” 318  There also are strong stressors, which can dramatically strain a person’s ability to adapt—for example, extreme physical discomfort, such as chronic severe back pain.

Stressors can be both negative and positive. That is, being fired or getting divorced can be a great source of stress, but so can being promoted or getting married. As Selye writes, “It is immaterial whether the agent or the situation we face is pleasant or unpleasant; all that counts is the intensity of the demand for adjustment and adaptation.” 319  In addition, Selye distinguished between bad stress (what he called “distress”), in which the result of the stressor can be anxiety and illness, and good stress (“eustress,” pronounced yu stress), which can stimulate a person to better coping and adaptation, such as performing well on a test. 320  In this discussion, however, we are mainly concerned with how stress negatively affects people and their performance.

Page 497

The Sources of Job-Related Stress

There are six sources of stress on the job: (1) demands created by individual differences, (2) individual task demands, (3) individual role demands, (4) work–life conflict, (5) group demands, and (6) organizational demands.

1. Demands Created by Individual Differences: The Stress Created by Genetic or Personality Characteristics

Some people are born worriers, those with a gene mutation (known as BDNF) that Yale researchers identify with people who chronically obsess over negative thoughts. 321  Others are impatient, hurried, deadline-ridden, competitive types with the personality characteristic known as  Type A behavior pattern , meaning they are involved in a chronic, determined struggle to accomplish more in less time. 322  Type A behavior has been associated with increased performance in the work of professors, students, and life insurance brokers. 323  However, it also has been associated with greater cardiovascular activity and higher blood pressure, as well as to heart disease, especially for individuals who showed strong feelings of anger, hostility, and aggression. 324

2. Individual Task Demands: The Stress Created by the Job Itself

Some occupations are more stressful than others. 325  Being a retail store manager, for instance, can be quite stressful for some people. 326  But being a home-based blogger, paid on a piecework basis to generate news and comment, may mean working long hours to the point of exhaustion. 327  Jobs that require “emotional labor”—pretending to be cheerful or smiling all the time, no matter how you feel—can be particularly demanding. 328

Low-level jobs can be more stressful than high-level jobs because employees often have less control over their lives and thus have less work satisfaction. Being a barista, day care teacher, hotel concierge, or purchasing agent, jobs that don’t usually pay very well, can be quite stressful. 329

3. Individual Role Demands: The Stress Created by Others’ Expectations of You

Roles  are sets of behaviors that people expect of occupants of a position. Stress may come about because of role overload, role conflict, and role ambiguity. 330

· Role overload: Occurs when others’ expectations exceed your ability. Example: If you as a student are carrying a full course load plus working two-thirds time plus trying to have a social life, you know what role overload is—and what stress is. Similar things happen to managers and workers.

· Role conflict: Occurs when someone feels torn by the different expectations of important people in one’s life. Example: Your supervisor says the company needs you to stay late to meet an important deadline, but your family expects you to be home for your child’s birthday party.

· Role ambiguity: Occurs when others’ expectations are unknown. Example: You find your job description and the criteria for promotion vague, a complaint often voiced by newcomers to an organization.

Jobs with high task and role demands but low levels of personal control are particularly troublesome. In these cases, people are likely to find that their efforts to complete work activities are blocked, resulting in persistent stress, discomfort, and burnout. The problem is that individuals do not have the resources, power, or authority to influence the way the work gets done or the timelines for completion. 331  A seven-year study of people working in jobs with low control and high job demands experienced a “15.4% increase in the odds of death compared to low job demands. For those in high control jobs, high demands are associated with a 34% decrease in the odds of death compared to low job demands.” 332

Page 498

Have you ever felt like this person? Many jobs are stressful, some because people’s lives are at stake (military personnel, firefighters, police officers), some because they are highly deadline-driven (event coordinators, public relations executives). What techniques do you use to manage stress? Do you ever just ignore it and plow through your daily activities?

Andrey_Popov/Shutterstock

4. Work–Family Conflict

Work–family conflict  occurs when the demands or pressures from work and family domains are mutually incompatible. 333  Work and family can conflict in two ways: Work responsibilities can interfere with family life, and family demands can interfere with work responsibilities. 334

For instance, an employee who is caring for an aging mother skips a department meeting to take his mother to a doctor’s appointment (family interferes with work). Perhaps another day he works late to finish a report on time and has to reschedule his mother’s follow-up appointment (work interferes with family).

Both these types of conflicts matter because their effects spill over both at home and at work causing a host of health issues. 335  Moreover, studies indicate that more than half of all employees believe that work–family balance is very important. 336  From a management perspective, we recommend that organizations strive to reduce stressors, increase employee engagement, and implement wellness programs to assist employees in balancing their work and family demands. 337  Wellness programs are discussed in the next section.

Recent research suggests that supervisors and senior executives should be cautious about work–life decisions that are only focused on their own ideologies (e.g., mothers should be primary caregivers to newborns) because preferences such as these can lead to negative outcomes. 338  For example, companies like American Express, Lululemon, Prudential, and Netflix have implemented gender-neutral parental-leave policies to help parents balance responsibilities associated with a newborn. Netflix, for instance, has raised the bar across the organization, allowing employees to take a full year of paid time off after the birth of a child. 339

5. Group Demands: The Stress Created by Co-workers and Managers

Even if you don’t particularly care for the work you do but like the people you work with, that feeling can be a great source of satisfaction and prevent stress. When people don’t get along, that can be a great stressor. Even if you have stress under control, a co-worker’s stress might bother you, diminishing productivity. 340

In addition, managers can create stress for employees. A boss who consistently engages in workplace behaviors like overt self-promotion, unwillingness to listen, a tendency to make unreasonable demands, lying, unfair decision making, and a general lack of ethics can become a source of stress. 341

6. Organizational Demands: The Stress Created by the Environment and Culture

The physical environments of some jobs are great sources of stress: poultry processing, asbestos removal, coal mining, firefighting, police work, ambulance driving, and so on. Even white-collar work can take place in a stressful environment, with poor lighting, too much noise, improper placement of furniture, and lack of privacy.

Page 499

An organizational culture that puts high-pressure work demands on employees will fuel the stress response. One stressor that companies are beginning to recognize as a two-edged sword is the way in which communication technologies make it possible for even corporate employees to be on call around the clock, able or even encouraged to answer e-mails and other messages at night, on the weekend, and even on vacation. 342  To counter the stress-inducing effects of never getting away from the office, PwC uses a pop-up note to remind employees that they’re checking their work e-mail on the weekend. 343  Health care consulting firm Vynamic discourages employees from both sending and responding to e-mails between 10 at night and 7 in the morning. “Stress was showing up as a challenge for our team—an area that we weren’t really making improvements on,” said CEO Dan Calista. “Through some conversations about the abundance of e-mail and the always-being-on nature of our jobs, we realized that this could be a great opportunity to create a structured way to disconnect on a regular basis, not just for vacations.” 344

European companies have taken stronger action. Volkswagen blocks after-hours e-mails to employees’ phones, and Daimler deletes e-mails sent to employees who are on vacation. 345  Porsche is considering following their example by returning out-of-hours e-mails to the senders. Said one executive in favor of the change, “To read and reply to e-mails from the boss during the evenings is unpaid working time which increases stress—that’s just not acceptable.” 346  France has gone even further, effectively banning work e-mails during certain after-work hours for companies with more than 50 employees, adopting a new “right to disconnect” law similar to one already enacted in Germany in 2014. 347

Reducing Stressors in the Organization

There are all kinds of  buffers , or administrative changes, that managers can make to reduce stressors and improve employee well-being. 348  This section reviews six recommendations, starting with attempts to help people develop their resilience.

James Dyson with the Dyson Hot fan heater.

Dyson/Shutterstock

· Build resilience. Resilience represents the capacity to consistently bounce back from adversity and to sustain yourself when confronted with challenges. 349  It is a career readiness competency desired by employers. Do you think people are born resilient, or is it something that is learned over time? The consensus is that it represents a capacity that is developed over time. 350  Consider the example of inventor James Dyson. Dyson spent five years testing more than 5,000 versions of what he hoped would be a better vacuum cleaner that operated on the same principle as a cyclone. Today, his company, named after him, markets the Dual Cyclone bagless vacuum and almost 60 other products. His net value is over $13 billion. 351

Page 500

Resilience assists you in achieving goals by encouraging positive thinking in the face of setbacks and challenges. That is one reason it represents a career readiness competency desired by employers. To what extent do you possess the career readiness competency of resilience? Find out by taking  Self-Assessment 11.8 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 11.8
CAREER READINESS
What Is Your Level of Resilience?

The following survey was designed to assess your level of resilience. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 11.8 in Connect.

1. What is your level of resilience?

2. Looking at your item scores, identify the three areas where you scored lowest. Now, propose one idea for improving each these aspects of resilience. Be specific.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess this career readiness competency?

Some strategies for building resilience are practicing mindfulness, which helps reduce stress, learning how to prioritize incoming information so you will process it more effectively and make better decisions, taking frequent short breaks from work to restore your focus, and mentally detaching from problems so you can respond to them rather than reacting emotionally. 352  Other recommendations include practicing optimism, using cognitive reframing when faced with challenges, remembering your comebacks from adversity, supporting others, and getting the proper amount of sleep. 353

· Roll out employee assistance programs.  Employee assistance programs (EAPs)  include a host of programs aimed at helping employees to cope with stress, burnout, substance abuse, physical and mental health-related problems, family and marital issues, and any general problem that negatively influences job performance. 354  These assistance programs are especially important when it comes to employee mental health. Take for instance the percentage of workers reporting very good or excellent mental health, which differs across generations:

· Gen Zers:    45%

· Millennials: 56%

· Gen Xers:    51%

· Boomers:     70%

The figures show that Gen Zers are the least likely to report a high level of mental health compared to other generations. This is a concern given the fact that Gen Zers, who started entering the workforce in 2019, are now the most populous generation. 355

· Recommend a holistic wellness approach. A  holistic wellness program  focuses on self-responsibility, nutritional awareness, relaxation techniques, physical fitness, and environmental awareness. This approach goes beyond stress reduction by encouraging employees to try to balance physical, mental, and social well-being by accepting personal responsibility for developing and adhering to a health promotion program. Google’s wellness program is discussed in the  Example box .

· Create a supportive environment. Job stress often results because employees work under poor supervision and lack freedom. Wherever possible, it’s better to keep the organizational environment less formal, more personal, and more supportive of employees. Mentoring also can help reduce stress—for both mentors and mentees. 369  Some companies are helping employees relieve financial worries by paying them small amounts of money as an incentive to set cash aside in an emergency fund. 370

· Make jobs interesting. Stress also results when jobs are routinized and boring. It’s better to try to structure jobs so that they allow employees some freedom and variety. 371

· Make career counseling available. Companies such as IBM make career planning available, which reduces the stress that comes when employees don’t know what their career options are and where they’re headed. ●

Page 501

EXAMPLE
Google’s Wellness Initiatives

It’s hard to find an article on successful corporate wellness programs that doesn’t mention Google. The company’s approach has become a gold standard against which other companies measure success in this arena. 356  Google clearly cares about its employees’ well-being and quality of life. Here are some of the statements Google makes to its employees with its wellness initiatives.

Googling food. Employees at Google headquarters in Mountain View, California can choose a free lunch from 15 different cafes on campus. What other company perks can help destress the workday?

Erin Siegal/Redux Pictures

We Want Employees to Feel Good

Google offers a variety of onsite services to help employees feel better when they’re not at their best, including physicians, physical therapists, and chiropractors. 357  Some managers reward employees with massage credits to cash in with one of the onsite masseurs, and the company encourages those in need of some extra zzz’s to take a snooze in one of its nap pods. 358

Google encourages employees to be proactive about their health with perks like reduced health insurance premiums for those who pursue fitness and a host of opportunities to do so during the workday. Googlers have access to free fitness centers, exercise classes, and bicycles and are encouraged to play intramural sports. Standing desks keep employees up and active, and workplace showers make workers feel more comfortable after riding bikes to work or breaking a sweat during workday exercise. 359

We Want Employees to Eat Well

Working at Google means having access to three healthy meals a day, plus healthy snacks, for free. The corporate office houses more than 30 eateries and cafés that serve a variety of entrees, juices, and snack options. 360  Color-coding nudges employees to make good choices; green or transparent containers hold healthier options like vegetables, and red or opaque ones hold options like croutons and cookies. 361  One employee said having the food options “saves me time and money, and helps me build relationships with my colleagues.” 362  If free food wasn’t enough, the company also offers its employees free cooking classes. 363

We Want Employees to Have Fun and Learn New Things

Google employees get to have fun at work. They have access to LEGO stations, ping-pong tables, bowling alleys, and arcade machines and can travel between floors using slides instead of elevators or stairs. 364

We Want Employees to Stress Less

Google does its part to ensure its employees are able to manage the stresses of daily life. There’s a mindfulness meditation program for those who want to meditate and a concierge service that runs errands so employees have fewer demands to satisfy outside work. 365  Employees can even get free onsite haircuts. 366  Google tries to take care of life’s bigger worries too. Surviving spouses receive 50% of their deceased loved one’s salary for 10 years, and each child gets $1,000 per month until the age of 19. 367  Employees also have access to financial planning services and advisors to help them plan for the future. 368

YOUR CALL

Which of Google’s wellness perks are most appealing to you? How important will a corporate wellness program be for you when you are choosing an employer?

Page 502

11.7 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 11-7

Describe how to develop the career readiness competencies of positive approach and emotional intelligence.

This chapter has implications for developing at least six competencies associated with our model of career readiness (see  Figure 11.7 ): self-awareness, generalized self-efficacy, social intelligence, emotional intelligence, positive approach, and resilience. This section focuses on developing the attitude of positive approach and improving emotional intelligence.

FIGURE 11.7  Model of career readiness

©2022 Kinicki & Associates, Inc.

Fostering a Positive Approach

A positive approach represents a willingness to accept developmental feedback, to try and suggest new ideas, and to maintain a positive attitude at work. Maintaining a positive approach is hard given the hustle and bustle of life and employers’ increased expectations for employees. We recommend a two-step approach for developing a positive approach.

Step 1: Identify Potentially Bad Attitudes

We all have bad days or stressful moments. The purpose of this step is to identify the types of negative behaviors that tend to crop up when you have a bad day or a stressful moment. This awareness can help you replace potentially negative behaviors with positive ones. Answer the following questions. 372

Page 503

· Are you a porcupine? Porcupines send out verbal and nonverbal messages that say, “Stay away from me.”

· Are you an entangler? Entanglers want to involve others in their interests. They push their concerns and want to be heard, noticed, and listened to.

· Are you a debater? Debaters like to argue even if there is no issue to debate.

· Are you a complainer? Complainers point out the problems in a situation but rarely provide solutions of their own.

· Are you a blamer? Blamers are like complainers but point out negatives aimed at a particular individual.

· Are you a stink bomb thrower? Stink bomb throwers like to make sarcastic or cynical remarks, use nonverbal gestures of disgust or annoyance, and sometimes yell or slam things.

Based on your answers, which bad behaviors do you tend to exhibit? Now consider how these behaviors may be perceived by others. It won’t be positive. How can you catch yourself starting to behave in these negative ways? Finally, what can you do to replace these negative tendencies with positive ones? Be specific.

Step 2: Identify “Good Attitude” Behaviors

This step aims to assist you in breaking down the concept of “good attitudes” into specific behaviors. Once you identify the behaviors, your task is to focus on displaying them at work. Follow these recommendations: 373

· Begin by defining what it means to have a good attitude. Think of people you know who display great attitudes. Next, generate a list of the characteristics they possess and the positive behaviors they exhibit at work.

· Take the first item on your list and break it down into smaller behavioral components. Describe it; then describe it some more. For example, if being “pleasant to others” is an example of a good attitude, describe what this looks like. A pleasant person says hello to all colleagues. Describing this further leads to, “She walks over to each person’s desk in the morning and says, ‘Hello, did you have a good evening?’” Describing it further shows that this person occasionally brings breakfast treats such as sweet rolls to share.

· Repeat the above step for each item on your “good attitude” list.

· Review the list of detailed behaviors and identify any themes. Are there any recurring behaviors, expressions, or gestures?

· Select a minimum of three behavioral themes or specific behaviors you want to focus on over the next two weeks. Consider situations in which these behaviors might be exhibited.

· Exhibit the targeted behaviors in the targeted situations. Observe how people react to you when you exhibit these positive behaviors. If the reaction is not positive, consider why.

· Repeat the last two steps for another set of behaviors.

Self-Managing Your Emotions

Self-management is a trait of emotional intelligence. It reflects the ability to control your emotions and act with honesty and integrity in reliable and adaptable ways. Here are some tips for enhancing this ability. 374

Page 504

· Identify your emotional triggers and physiological responses. What words, sayings, or situations cause your emotions to ramp up? Do you get nervous before a presentation or when meeting strangers? Keeping a journal is good way to identify your emotional triggers. Simply take a few minutes during the day to jot down your feelings and what caused them. For example, one of your authors knows that he tends to react emotionally when people use judgmental or derogatory words to describe other people or when someone is lying. His body lets him know because he feels flushed or his heart starts to beat faster. This awareness enables him to notice his “emotionality” and to focus on reducing it.

· Engage in emotional regulation. Pausing and reflecting is a good solution. When you sense heightened emotions, stop and take a couple of deep breaths. This will relax the emotional brain and engage the thinking brain, thereby allowing you to react in a less emotional manner. 375

· Channel your emotions. Letting off steam is fine; just be sure to do it at the right place and time. Venting with a trusted friend is more effective than yelling at someone at work. Exercise is another way to fend off the potential stressors and emotions associated with being busy or overburdened.

· Practice mindfulness. Mindfulness encourages closer contact with life, allowing you to have greater awareness, understanding, acceptance of emotions, and ability to modify unpleasant moods. As such, research shows mindfulness improves well-being, performance, citizenship behavior, leadership, and teamwork. It also reduces stress. 376  As we discussed in  Chapter 1 , meditation is a great way to practice mindfulness. There also are mindfulness apps available, such as the VGZ Mindfulness Coach. Some companies, such as Aetna, offer workplace mindfulness training as well. 377  ●

Key Points

11.1 Personality and Individual Behavior

· Personality consists of the stable psychological traits and behavioral attributes that give a person his or her identity. There are five personality dimensions and five personality traits that managers need to be aware of to understand workplace behavior.

· The Big Five personality dimensions are extroversion, agreeableness, conscientiousness, emotional stability, and openness to experience.

· A core self-evaluation represents a broad personality trait comprising four positive individual traits: (1) Self-efficacy is the belief in one’s personal ability to do a task. Low self-efficacy is associated with learned helplessness, the debilitating lack of faith in one’s ability to control one’s environment. (2) Self-esteem is the extent to which people like or dislike themselves. (3) Locus of control indicates how much people believe they control their fate through their own efforts. (4) Emotional stability is the extent to which people feel secure and unworried and how likely they are to experience negative emotions under pressure.

· Emotional intelligence is defined as the ability to monitor your and others’ feelings and use this information to guide your thinking and actions.

11.2 Values, Attitudes, and Behavior

· Values must be distinguished from attitudes and from behavior. Values are abstract ideals that guide one’s thinking and behavior across all situations.

· Attitudes are defined as learned predispositions toward a given object. Attitudes have three components. The affective component consists of the feelings or emotions one has about a situation. The cognitive component consists of the beliefs and knowledge one has about a situation. The behavioral component is how one intends or expects to behave toward a situation.

· When attitudes and reality collide, the result may be cognitive dissonance, the psychological discomfort a person experiences between his or her cognitive attitude and incompatible behavior.

11.3 Perception and Individual Behavior

· Perception is the process of interpreting and understanding one’s environment. There are five distortions of perception. They are: (1) stereotyping, the tendency to attribute to an individual the characteristics one believes are typical of the group to which that individual belongs; (2) implicit bias, which refers to the attitudes or beliefs that affect our understanding, actions, and decisions in an unconscious manner; (3) the halo effect, the forming of an impression of an individual based on a single trait; (4) the recency effect, the tendency to remember recent information better than earlier information; and (5) causal attribution, the activity of inferring causes for observed behavior.

Page 506

· The self-fulfilling prophecy (Pygmalion effect) describes the phenomenon in which people’s expectations of themselves or others lead them to behave in ways that make those expectations come true.

11.4 Work-Related Attitudes and Behaviors Managers Need to Deal With

· Managers need to be alert to work-related attitudes having to do with (1) employee engagement, an individual’s involvement, satisfaction, and enthusiasm for work; (2) job satisfaction, the extent to which you feel positive or negative about various aspects of your work; and (3) organizational commitment, reflecting the extent to which an employee identifies with an organization and is committed to its goals.

· Prosocial behavior is voluntary behavior intended to benefit another, such as helping, donating, sharing, and comforting. It is driven by the individual difference of prosocial motivation (PSM), defined as the drive to benefit others. Two behaviors related to prosocial behaviors are organizational citizenship behaviors and counterproductive citizenship behaviors. Prosocial behaviors impact an organizations performance, productivity, absenteeism, and turnover.

11.5 The New Diversified Workforce

· Diversity represents all the ways people are alike and unlike—the differences and similarities in age, gender, race, religion, ethnicity, sexual orientation, capabilities, and socioeconomic background.

· There are two dimensions of diversity: (1) Internal dimensions of diversity are those human differences that exert a powerful, sustained effect throughout every stage of our lives: gender, ethnicity, race, physical abilities, age, and sexual orientation. (2) External dimensions of diversity consist of the personal characteristics that people acquire, discard, or modify throughout their lives: personal habits, educational background, religion, income, marital status, and the like.

· By now the vocabulary surrounding LGBTQ issues has changed considerably. Transgender is an umbrella term for people whose sense of their gender differs from what is expected based on the sex characteristics with which they are born.

· There are six ways in which employees and managers may express resistance to diversity: (1) Some express stereotypes and prejudices based on ethnocentrism, the belief that one’s native country, culture, language, abilities, or behavior is superior to that of another country. (2) Some employees are afraid of discrimination against majority group members. (3) Some employees see diversity programs as distracting them from the organization’s supposed “real work.” (4) There may be a negative diversity climate, defined as the employees’ aggregate perceptions about the organization’s diversity-related formal structure characteristics and informal values and their feelings of psychological safety, the extent to which they feel free to express ideas without negative consequences. (5) Organizations may not be supportive of flexible hours and other matters that can help employees cope with family demands. (6) Organizations may show lack of support for career-building steps for diverse employees.

11.6 Understanding Stress and Individual Behavior

· Stress is the tension people feel when they are facing or enduring extraordinary demands, constraints, or opportunities and are uncertain about their ability to handle them effectively. The source of stress is called a stressor.

· There are six sources of stress on the job: (1) Demands created by individual differences may arise from a Type A behavior pattern, meaning people have the personality characteristic that involves them in a chronic, determined struggle to accomplish more in less time. (2) Individual task demands are the stresses created by the job itself. (3) Individual role demands are the stresses created by other people’s expectations of you. Roles are sets of behaviors that people expect of occupants of a position. Stress may come about because of role overload, role conflict, or role ambiguity. Work–life conflict falls in this category. (4) Group demands are the stresses created by co-workers and managers. (5) Organizational demands are the stresses created by the environment and culture of the organization. (6) Nonwork demands are the stresses created by forces outside the organization, such as money problems or divorce.

· Positive stress can be constructive. Negative stress can result in poor-quality work; such stress is revealed through physiological, psychological, or behavioral signs. One sign is burnout, a state of emotional, mental, and even physical exhaustion.

· There are buffers, or administrative changes, that managers can make to reduce the stressors that lead to employee burnout, such as adding extra staff or giving employees more power to make decisions. Some general organizational strategies for reducing unhealthy stressors are to roll out employee assistance programs, recommend a holistic wellness approach, create a supportive environment, make jobs interesting, and make career counseling available.

Page 507

11.7 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· A two-step approach is used to develop a positive approach at work. The first is to identify the types of negative behaviors that crop up during bad or stressful days. The second step is to identify and exhibit “good attitude” behaviors.

· You can increase your emotional intelligence by developing the ability to manage emotions. Four tips are: (1) identify your emotional triggers and physiological response, (2) engage in emotional regulation, (3) channel your emotions, and (4) practice mindfulness.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. What are the Big Five personality dimensions?

2. What are four personality traits managers need to be aware of to understand workplace behavior?

3. How is emotional intelligence defined?

4. How do you distinguish values from attitudes and behavior?

5. What is the process of perception?

6. What are five types of distortion in perception, and what is the Pygmalion effect?

7. What are three work-related attitudes managers need to be conscious of?

8. How can managers increase prosocial behaviors?

9. Explain the two dimensions of diversity.

10. What are six sources of stress on the job?

Management in Action

Emotional Baggage at Away

Luggage designer, manufacturer, and retailer Away was founded in 2015 by Stephanie Korey and Jennifer Rubio. Their goal was to create stylish luggage that cost less than existing brands because it would be sold directly to consumers, eliminating the middleman. Its first product was a four-wheel, hard-shell bag that fit into an overhead compartment, came in 10 colors, and cost $225 (a similar item from Tumi cost $525).

The female-founded start-up was a hit and the company reached a valuation of $1.4 billion in 2019. Korey, who led the company as CEO, was featured on the cover of Forbes’s “30 under 30” issue and credited with designing a unique sales strategy. This strategy included 1,000 influencers pushing the brand on Instagram, keeping it top of mind for travelers. 378

Korey soon became even more famous for her ambitious attitude, but not in a good way. A series of reports from former employees told a workplace horror story, uncovering a “cutthroat culture” where employees were regularly “brutally criticized.” As a result, a negative light was shone on the online luggage retailer and Korey was forced to temporarily resign. 379

Let’s inspect Away’s baggage.

ABUSIVE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

Employees are attracted to Away’s mission, which promises a lifestyle of inclusion and nice vacations. “In my mind, it’s a trivial product but the brand is more than just luggage. . . . It’s about travel,” says Avery, a former employee who blew the whistle on the company’s toxic practices (her last name has not been published). Away’s core values include being thoughtful, customer-obsessed, iterative, empowered, accessible and in it together. But Avery and other employees say the company’s globally minded mission and values are just a smokescreen to get employees to work harder and cope with the resulting stress. They claim the following:

· Empowered means don’t schedule time off, no matter how much you’ve been working.

· Customer-obsessed equals do whatever it takes to make the customer happy, even if it costs you your well-being.

· In it together means exploiting the fact that employees are close. For example, if one person is forced to work evenings, weekends, and holidays, the entire team does so in solidarity. 380

Part of Away’s accessible core value is to use Slack, an instant-messaging platform designed for workplaces. Slack users can utilize public or private channels of communication to discuss workplace issues and tasks that need to be completed. Away, though, has made it clear that privacy isn’t an option. The company not only asks employees to refrain from private Slack messages, it reportedly bans them from using e-mail to communicate with one another. The company calls it transparency; employees call it surveillance. And Away has done a good job of making its employees’ point for them. Korey, for instance, fired several employees after reading their complaints about the company’s diversity practices in a private LGBTQ channel they had started. 381

Page 508

Employee stress isn’t just coming from the feeling of being watched. Former employees paint a picture of a company that demanded they work exceedingly long hours and limit time off for entire months at a time. For example, when Away introduced new luggage customization options, about 4,000 customer inquiries went unanswered, even as some Away employees logged 16-hour days. These types of situations happen “because senior leaders love coming up with ideas, but hate what happens to their profit margins when they hire more people,” according to Bloomberg. 382  Overworked Away employees who couldn’t keep up by answering messages immediately, even late at night or on weekends, would receive a public reprimand on Slack, worsening their mental state. It was “like having your pants pulled down in front of the company,” a former employee told Business Insider. 383

AWAY MAKES CHANGES . . . SORT OF

Away decided to act in response to the bad press it was getting. CEO Korey released an apology after viewing screenshots of her Slack messages, particularly one in which she called a manager “brain dead.” “I can imagine how people felt reading those messages from the past, because I was appalled to read them myself. . . . I am sincerely sorry for what I said and how I said it. It was wrong, plain and simple.” Away took it a step further, forcing Korey to resign and appointing Lululemon COO Stuart Haselden as the new CEO. A few days later, the company changed course. It attacked the media for its reporting on the toxic culture and announced that Korey would be staying on with Haselden as co-CEO. 384  Korey also is “exploring legal options” against The Verge, which was the first media outlet to publish former employee criticism. (She claims the outlet started a “social media mob.”) 385

IS THE COVERAGE FAIR?

Some experts agree with Away’s reversal, calling the news coverage of Korey a “hit piece” and saying “people are getting soft.” 386  In fact, Korey wasn’t demanding of others what she did not demand of herself. The same former employees who complained to the press never denied their leader’s work ethic. Korey was always in the office, managed all the company’s operations, and was regularly online past midnight. Moreover, she believed she was helping her employees’ growth and development by providing clear and blunt feedback. 387

Management expert and former Mozilla executive Melissa Nightingale points to the fact that most employee complaints came from Away’s customer experience (CX) team. She believes CX is “the lifeblood of our orgs” but is often ignored by leaders like Korey and told to suck it up (because that’s what Korey would do). “We burn them [CX] out and we totally know it,” says Nightingale. 388

Lambda School founder Austen Allred, a critic of how Korey is being treated, believes that the same issues could be uncovered at “something like 99%” of all high-growth start-ups, should a reporter go looking for it. It’s true, Away’s culture allowed it to grow at hyper speed, forming a cult-like following with celebrities and Millennials. Former employees say Away’s growing pain is different though. They believe the company sold them a bill of goods, promising to disrupt the travel industry, but instead disrupted their family dinners and long-distance travel plans. 389

Away, it seems, has become a brand consumers adore, instigates a culture people fear, and produces former employees who are burned out. Does its leader see a problem with this picture?

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from co-CEO Haselden’s point of view? Do you believe co-CEO Korey has a different point of view?

2. What do you think Away needs to do to reduce employee stress and burnout?

Application of Chapter Content

1. Use the Big Five personality dimensions to describe co-CEO Korey. Justify your description.

2. How would you characterize co-CEO Korey’s emotional intelligence?

3. How does the company view employees who want to take time off or who do not immediately answer messages? Use attributional tendencies in your analysis.

4. What impact does Away’s culture have on employee engagement, job satisfaction, and organizational commitment? Explain.

5. Which barriers to diversity is Away displaying?

6. What sources of job-related stress exist at Away? How can these be remedied?

Page 509

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Should Airlines Accommodate Oversized People?

Traveling on an airplane can be extra difficult for overweight and tall people. The width of an average airplane seat has decreased from 18.5 inches in the early 2000s to around 17 inches. 390  Given individual differences in hip width, this can be a problem, particularly for women. The Civilian American and European Surface Anthropometry Resource Project (Caesar) investigated the issue, backed by funding from a consortium of scientific research organizations and engineering and aerospace companies.

The Caesar project measured more than 4,000 people from the United States and Europe and uncovered the following: “The hip breadth of men in the 95th percentile of the population, i.e., on the very big side, measures 17.6 inches.” This means that 95% of all men can fit into a standard Airbus seat. In contrast, females face a different situation. According to Caesar’s report, “the hip breadth of women in the 90th percentile is 19.2 inches, and those in the 95th percentile have hips measuring 22.4 inches.” 391  The core skeletal system is the reason for the difference between men and women. Females simply have a larger pelvis than men.

Seat pitch, the distance between seat backs, also is decreasing. This makes for less leg room for all people. The typical seat pitch in economy class has narrowed from 35 to 31 inches, with some airlines offering as little as 28 inches of leg room. 392

Do you think airlines should be bound by minimum seat size and leg room standards? The advocacy group Flyers Rights has campaigned for federally regulated seat sizes, citing concerns such as inability to quickly evacuate aircraft and health hazards like deep vein thrombosis. 393  Although there are currently no such regulations in the United States, federal judges recently ordered the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to review commercial airline seat sizes and pitch. 394  Some people believe that forcing airlines to establish bigger, standard seat sizes ultimately increases fares. Industry group Airlines for America opposes the idea, for instance. “The group notes that the FAA should regulate seat size for safety, but should not substitute its judgments for market forces on what people are willing to pay.” 395  Others believe airlines should focus more on passenger comfort than profit. “There is an industry standard, and, within that standard, the obsession is profit,” says Kimberly Dark, the author of Fat, Pretty, and Soon to Be Old: A Makeover for Self and Society. 396

The trends are clear. In general, airlines are adding seats while decreasing seat width and pitch. These changes clearly affect taller, wider, and heavier individuals and may even pose health risks to passengers. “I don’t think airlines are recognizing the size of Americans,” a frequent flyer tells The Wall Street Journal. 397  Samoa Air is resolving this issue by charging fees based on passengers’ weight. Does this seem ethical?

The question to consider is whether seat width and pitch should be regulated by law or determined by market forces.

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

1. I recommend creating a national standard for airline seats based on the average passenger as opposed to using gender as part of the computation. I would standardize seat width based on passengers’ average hip size. I also would standardize seat pitch so that it accommodates passengers’ average height. Once this is done, I would charge passengers a special fee for more space.

2. Let market forces determine the design of airplanes and fares. The government should stay out of this issue. For example, Airbus’s A220 expanded seat width to 18.5 inches and included 19 inches for the middle seat. 398

3. Because women, on average, have larger hip breadth than men, it is not fair to base fees on the size of a seat. This would disadvantage women. I would standardize seat width based on the average size of women. People can pay extra fees if they want additional seat width or pitch.

4. Invent other options.

Page 510

12

Motivating Employees

Achieving Superior Performance in the Workplace

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 12-1 Explain the role of motivation in accomplishing goals.

2. LO 12-2 Identify the needs that motivate most employees.

3. LO 12-3 Discuss similarities and differences among three process theories.

4. LO 12-4 Compare different ways to design jobs.

5. LO 12-5 Discuss how to use four types of behavior modification.

6. LO 12-6 Discuss the role of compensation in motivating employees.

7. LO 12-7 Describe how to develop the career readiness competency of self-motivation.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

This chapter discusses motivation from four perspectives: content (theories by Maslow, McClelland, Deci and Ryan, and Herzberg), process (equity, expectancy, and goal-setting theories), job design, and reinforcement. We then consider rewards for motivating performance and conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on how to enhance the career readiness competency of self-motivation.

Page 511

Managing for Motivation: Building Your Own Motivation

Are you putting something off right now because you just haven’t felt inspired to tackle it? Self-motivation is critical for work success because it drives performance, particularly in work situations where you’re expected to apply good work habits and focus in order to be productive without constant supervision. 1  Consider that one study found organizations were 21% more profitable when their employees were self-motivated. 2  This finding supports employers’ desire to hire people with the career readiness competency of self-motivation. You certainly want to possess this attitude.

Here are some suggestions for honing your self-motivation (and getting to that task you’ve been putting off). 3

1. Reframe your reason

Perhaps you’ve having trouble accomplishing an objective because you haven’t thought through why you’re really aiming for it. A goal to look for a job in a particular field because one of your friends is or because someone said it was exciting may not be enough to ignite your inner drive. Try reframing the goal in terms that invoke your own values rather than someone else’s: “I want to work at this company because I think it’s a good match for my computational thinking, new media literacy, and written communication skills.” 4

2. Be realistic

Realistic goals aren’t necessarily easy ones; the American Psychological Association reports that when we set goals that are challenging, we’re 90 percent more likely to achieve them. 5  Realistic goals are specific. “I want to get a good job in an exciting field” is broad. “I want to get an entry-level job with a marketing research company” is specific and, therefore, realistic.

3. Set interim goals

At the same time, you shouldn’t set yourself up to try accomplishing a big goal in one grand gesture. Break your big goal down into smaller ones, each with a date attached, to lay out a plan of smaller steps you can follow that all lead in the same direction. “I will draft my resume by the end of this month,” and “During the two weeks after that, I will ask three people to critique and proofread it for me,” are good interim goals toward your ultimate objective of finding an entry-level marketing job.

4. Celebrate ongoing achievements

Applaud yourself for reaching each of the milestones you’ve set. Few things are as motivating as rewards, and because each step you accomplish in your plan is bringing you closer to your big goal, each is worth a celebration. Treat yourself to something you’ve wanted or take time off to do something fun. You’ve earned it.

5. Hold yourself accountable

It’s one thing to celebrate success, but if there are no consequences for failure, motivation can drag. A mentor who encourages you and checks in on your progress can give your forward momentum a regular boost. No mentor? Create your own by simply letting a friend know your goal and keeping that person up to date as you proceed through your plan. Dominican University psychology professor Dr. Gail Matthews recently studied 149 adults of all ages in businesses and other organizations in the United States and abroad. She found that well over 70% of those who used a weekly e-mail to report their goal achievement to a friend either completely accomplished their goal or got more than halfway there. Of those who didn’t check in with anyone, only 35% achieved as much. 6

6. Envision success

While you should anticipate setbacks (and forgive yourself for them), keeping the finish line in mind and regularly imagining yourself crossing it will soon become a mental habit that reinforces your positive approach and builds your professionalism and work ethic.

7. Create a “brag book”

Start a journal that contains notes about your successes. This aids your recall of “rock star performance,” which in turn fuels your self-confidence. 7  Self-confidence drives self-motivation and the associated desire to complete your short- and long-term projects. It also provides behavioral examples of your performance and career readiness competencies to discuss during job interviews.

For Discussion Are you currently using any of these strategies? If not, which ones can you adopt now to achieve your most immediate goals?

Page 512

12.1 Motivating for Performance

THE BIG PICTURE

Motivation is defined as the psychological processes that arouse and direct people’s goal-directed behavior. There are four major perspectives that offer different explanations for how to motivate employees. They are content theories, process theories, job design, and reinforcement theory.

LO 12-1

Explain the role of motivation in accomplishing goals.

What would make you rise a half hour earlier than usual to ensure you got to work on time—and to perform your best once there? Among the possible inducements (such as those offered by SAS, Qualtrics, and HEB): free food, onsite laundry, four-day workweeks, child-care assistance, gym memberships, tuition reimbursement, and free transportation. 8

How about repayment of your student loans—that’s a big one! Currently, workers under age 40 carry almost 65% of the $1.5 trillion in outstanding student loan debt, and a recent study found that 86% of younger workers would stay with a company for at least five years if the firm provided help with loan repayment. 9  Madeline McIntosh, CEO of Penguin Random House, said that her company’s decision to offer unique benefits like student loan repayment “helps turn entry-level hires into lifetime employees,” and thinks this program has “outsized emotional or psychological benefits for employees.” 10  Only 4 to 8% of companies currently offer this perk, but large employers like Fidelity Investments, Staples, PwC, and Aetna are joining them. 11

Whether employment rates are high or low, there are always companies, industries, and occupations in which employers feel they need to bend over backward to retain their human capital.

How would you like for your employer to repay some of your student loan debt? More and more companies are offering this benefit to incentivize younger workers.

Brian A Jackson/Shutterstock

Motivation: What It Is, Why It’s Important

Why do people do the things they do? The answer is this: They are mainly motivated to fulfill their wants and needs.

What Is Motivation and How Does It Work?

Motivation  is defined as the psychological processes that arouse and direct goal-directed behavior. 12  Motivation is difficult to understand because you can’t actually see it or know it in another person; it must be inferred from one’s behavior. Nevertheless, it’s imperative that you as a manager understand the process of motivation if you are to guide employees in accomplishing your organization’s objectives.

Page 513

The way motivation works is complex because motivation is the result of multiple personal and contextual factors. (See  Figure 12.1 .)

FIGURE 12.1  An integrated model of motivation

The individual personal factors that employees bring to the workplace range from personality to attitudes, many of which we described in  Chapter 11 . The contextual factors include organizational culture, structure, cross-cultural values, the physical environment, and other matters we discuss in this chapter and others throughout the text (e.g., Chapter 8— Figure 8.1 ; Chapter 9— Figure 9.2 ). Both categories of factors influence an employee’s level of motivation and engagement at work.

However, motivation can also be expressed in a simple model—namely, that people have certain needs that motivate them to perform specific behaviors for which they receive rewards that feed back and satisfy the original need. (See  Figure 12.2 .)

FIGURE 12.2  A simple model of motivation

For example, as an hourly worker you desire more money (need), which impels you (motivates you) to work more hours (behavior), which provides you with more money (reward) and informs you (feedback loop) that working more hours will fulfill your need for more money in the future.

Page 514

Rewards (as well as motivation itself) are of two types—extrinsic and intrinsic. 13  Managers can use both to encourage better work performance. Let’s discuss each of these and consider how employers use both extrinsic and intrinsic motivation to decrease employee tobacco use.

· Extrinsic rewards—rewards given by others. An  extrinsic reward  is the payoff, such as money, a person receives from others for performing a particular task. Extrinsic motivation is driven by receiving a valued reward from another person or entity. 14

Wellness Incentives Example: Companies are trying to reduce health care costs by paying employees to quit smoking. 15  Research suggests that these efforts can pay off—with recent studies showing that employees are three times more likely to successfully kick their smoking habits when they receive cash incentives. Further, almost 20% of firms now require employees who smoke to pay higher insurance premiums. 16  For example, at Kitsap Mental Health Services, smokers pay a $100 monthly health insurance surcharge.

· Intrinsic rewards—a reward given to yourself. An  intrinsic reward  is the satisfaction, such as a feeling of accomplishment, a person receives from performing the particular task itself. An intrinsic reward is an internal reward; the payoff comes from pleasing yourself. 17

Disney Example: The Walt Disney Company asks its employees to imagine how children would feel if they saw a beloved character such as Belle or Mickey Mouse smoking on a break. This approach is meant to show employees that they fulfill an important purpose with their jobs. For Disney employees, then, work has meaning, and they feel a sense of pride in themselves when they quit smoking and contribute to the greater good by setting a positive example for children. 18

One of the intrinsic rewards that Disney employees—particularly those in character—experience is the sense of pride that comes with being a positive role model for so many admiring children.

Jason Kempin/Getty Images

Page 515

What types of rewards do you prefer to receive at work? Take  Self-Assessment 12.1  to find out whether you are more motivated by extrinsic or intrinsic rewards.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 12.1
CAREER READINESS
Are You More Interested in Extrinsic or Intrinsic Rewards?

The following survey was designed to assess extrinsic and intrinsic motivation. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 12.1 in Connect.

1. What is more important to you, extrinsic or intrinsic rewards? Are you surprised by the results?

2. How can you use the results to increase your motivation to obtain good grades in your classes?

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate your self-awareness regarding the rewards that motivate you?

We all are motivated by a combination of extrinsic and intrinsic rewards. Which type of reward is more valuable to you? Answering this question can help you generate self-motivation and higher performance while also increasing the career readiness competency of self-awareness.

Why Is Motivation Important?

It seems obvious that organizations would want to motivate their employees to be more productive. But motivation also plays a role in influencing a host of outcomes, including employee engagement, organizational citizenship, absenteeism, and service quality. 19  In order of importance, you as a manager want to motivate people to:

1. Join your organization. You need to instill in talented prospective workers the desire to come to work for you.

2. Stay with your organization. Whether you are in good economic times or bad, you always want to be able to retain good people.

3. Show up for work at your organization. In many organizations, absenteeism and lateness are tremendous problems.

4. Be engaged while at your organization. Engaged employees produce higher-quality work and better customer service.

5. Do extra for your organization. You hope your employees will perform extra tasks above and beyond the call of duty (be organizational “good citizens”).

The Four Major Perspectives on Motivation: An Overview

There is no theory accepted by everyone as to what motivates people. In this chapter, therefore, we present the four principal perspectives. From these, you may be able to select what ideas seem most workable to you. The four perspectives on motivation are (1) content, (2) process, (3) job design, and (4) reinforcement, as described in the following four main sections.

The following is a quick overview of these four perspectives and the theories that utilize each.

1. Content theories emphasize needs as motivators.

· Maslow’s hierarchy of needs has five levels to be met in order.

· McClelland’s acquired needs theory posits three needs, for achievement, affiliation, and power.

· Deci and Ryan’s self-determination theory assumes people seek innate needs of competence, autonomy, and relatedness in order to grow.

· Herzberg’s two-factor theory differentiates hygiene factors and motivators that determine work satisfaction and dissatisfaction.

Page 516

2. Process theories focus on the thoughts and perceptions that motivate behavior.

· Equity/justice theory proposes that people seek fairness and justice in their interactions and relationships.

· Expectancy theory says people are motivated by how much they want something and how likely they think it is they will get it.

· Goal-setting theory says goals that are specific, challenging, and achievable will motivate behavior.

3. Job design theories focus on designing jobs that lead to employee satisfaction and performance.

· Scientific management theory attempted to fit people to jobs by reducing the number of tasks workers had to perform to achieve a goal.

· Job enlargement and job enrichment are ways to fit jobs to people by offering more variety, challenges, and responsibility.

· The job characteristics model is an outgrowth of job enrichment that traces the effect of five job characteristics on employees’ psychological states and work outcomes.

4. Reinforcement theory is based on the notion that motivation is a function of behavioral consequences and not unmet needs. ●

12.2 Content Perspectives on Employee Motivation

THE BIG PICTURE

Content perspectives are theories emphasizing the needs that motivate people. Needs are defined as physiological or psychological deficiencies that arouse behavior. The content perspective includes four theories: Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, McClelland’s acquired needs theory, Deci and Ryan’s self-determination theory, and Herzberg’s two-factor theory.

LO 12-2

Identify the needs that motivate most employees.

Content perspectives , also known as need-based perspectives, are theories that emphasize the needs that motivate people. Content theorists ask, “What kind of needs motivate employees in the workplace?”  Needs  are defined as physiological or psychological deficiencies that arouse behavior. They can be strong or weak, and because they are influenced by environmental factors, they can vary over time and from place to place.

In addition to McGregor’s Theory X/Theory Y (see  Chapter 2 ), content perspectives include four theories:

· Maslow’s hierarchy of needs theory.

· McClelland’s acquired needs theory.

· Deci and Ryan’s self-determination theory.

· Herzberg’s two-factor theory.

Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs Theory: Five Levels

In 1943, as one of the first researchers to study motivation, Abraham Maslow (mentioned previously in  Chapter 2 ), put forth the  hierarchy of needs theory , which proposes that people are motivated by five levels of needs: (1) physiological, (2) safety, (3) love, (4) esteem, and (5) self-actualization. 20  (See  Figure 12.3 .)

1. Physiological need—the most basic human physical need: Need for food, clothing, shelter, comfort, self-preservation. Workplace example: these are covered by wages.

2. Safety need: Need for physical safety, emotional security, avoidance of violence. Workplace examples: health insurance, job security, work safety rules, pension plans satisfy this need.

3. Love need: Need for love, friendship, affection. Workplace examples: office parties, company softball teams, management retreats.

4. Esteem need: Need for self-respect, status, reputation, recognition, self-confidence. Workplace examples: bonuses, promotions, awards.

5. Self-actualization need—the highest level need: Need for self-fulfillment: increasing competence, using abilities to the fullest. Workplace example: sabbatical leave to further personal growth.

FIGURE 12.3  Maslow’s hierarchy of needs

Page 517

The Five Levels of Needs

In proposing this hierarchy of five needs ranging from basic to highest level, Maslow suggested that needs are never completely satisfied. That is, our actions are aimed at fulfilling the “deprived” needs—those that remain unsatisfied at any point in time. Thus, for example, once you have achieved safety (security), which is the second most basic need, you will then seek to fulfill the third most basic need—love (belongingness).

To be successful, today’s organizations must serve a much greater purpose than simply providing work for pay. Younger generations of workers are increasingly drawn to companies that provide opportunities for work–life balance, interpersonal relationships, and social activism. Which needs to do you hope to be able to meet through your work in an organization?

zeljkosantrac/E+/Getty Images

According to HR professional Ankita Poddar, modern organizations have to go beyond fulfilling Maslow’s lower-level needs if they want to achieve competitive advantage. Said Poddar, “In a generation where benefits like working from home, free food and sleep pods are considered necessities, organizations have begun to realize that there lies a space unexplored; that when all basics are covered, employees are drawn to organizations that do good.” 21  Indeed, the love, esteem, and self-actualization needs represented in Maslow’s hierarchy inform many leading organizations’ motivational toolkits. For example, employees at companies like IKEA, Danone (Dannon), Bosch, Natura, and Lavazza know that the work they do connects them to the greater social purpose of making the world a better and healthier place. 22

Page 518

Using the Hierarchy of Needs Theory to Motivate Employees

What should managers know about using the hierarchy of needs theory to motivate their employees?

1. Research does not clearly support Maslow’s theory—although it remains popular among managers and management educators. Organizations should use caution when applying Maslow’s hierarchy, as studies have repeatedly demonstrated that it presents, at best, an oversimplified view of the impact of needs on human motivation. 23

2. Maslow’s work made an important contribution—his work demonstrated that workers have needs beyond that of just earning a paycheck.

3. Physiological and safety needs are still a necessary foundation—to the extent the organization permits, managers should first try to meet employees’ level 1 and level 2 needs, of course, so that employees won’t be preoccupied with them. Says one HR expert, “You don’t get productive employees if they can’t afford to live.” 24  This is why more companies now focus on paying a “livable wage” that is higher than the legally mandated minimum wage. 25

McClelland’s Acquired Needs Theory: Achievement, Affiliation, and Power

David McClelland, a well-known psychologist, proposed the  acquired needs theory , which states that three needs—achievement, affiliation, and power—are major motives determining people’s behavior in the workplace. 26  Managers are encouraged to recognize three needs in themselves and others and to attempt to create work environments that are responsive to them.

The Three Needs

McClelland’s theory makes two important assumptions about the needs for achievement, power, and affiliation:

1. Needs are learned—acquired needs theory suggests that we are not born with our needs; rather, we learn them from our culture and early life experiences. 27

2. One need often dominates—the theory suggests that one of the three needs tends to be dominant in each of us, although some individuals have a more balanced set of needs. For example, some people have a higher need for power than for affiliation or achievement. 28  (See  Figure 12.4 .)

FIGURE 12.4  McClelland’s three needs

· Need for achievement—“I need to excel at tasks.” This is the desire to excel, to do something better or more efficiently, to solve problems, to achieve excellence in challenging tasks. 29

· Need for affiliation—“I need close relationships.” This is the desire for friendly and warm relations with other people. 30

· Need for power—“I need to control others.” This is the desire to be responsible for other people, to influence their behavior or to control them. 31

McClelland identifies two forms of the need for power—personal and institutional.

1. Personal power—the negative kind is the need for personal power, as expressed in the desire to dominate others, and involves manipulating people for one’s own gratification.

2. Institutional power—the positive kind, characteristic of top managers and leaders, is the desire for institutional power, as expressed in the need to solve problems that further organizational goals.

Where do you think you stand in terms of being motivated by these three needs? You can find out by completing  Self-Assessment 12.2 .

Page 519

SELF-ASSESSMENT 12.2
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Acquired Needs

The following survey was designed to assess your motivation in terms of acquired needs. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 12.2 in Connect.

1. What is the order of your most important needs? Are you surprised by this result?

2. Given that achievement and power needs are associated with career advancement, how might you increase these two need states?

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you have a high need for achievement?

Using Acquired Needs Theory to Motivate Employees

As a manager, you can apply acquired needs theory by appealing to the preferences associated with each need. Consider the following recommendations.

Need for Achievement People motivated by the need for achievement prefer: 32

· Working on challenging, but not impossible, tasks or projects.

· Situations in which good performance relies on effort and ability rather than luck.

· Being rewarded for their efforts.

· Receiving a fair and balanced amount of positive and negative feedback to improve their performance.

Need for Power People who have a high need for power are more likely to enjoy: 33

· Being in control of people and events and being recognized for this responsibility.

· Work that allows them to control or have an effect on people and be publicly recognized for their accomplishments.

Need for Affiliation Those who tend to seek social approval and satisfying personal relationships may have a high need for affiliation. These individuals: 34

· May not be the most efficient managers because at times they will have to make decisions that will make people resent them.

· Tend to prefer work, such as sales, that provides for personal relationships and social approval.

Deci and Ryan’s Self-Determination Theory: Competence, Autonomy, and Relatedness

Developed by University of Rochester psychologists Edward Deci (pronounced “Dee-see”) and Richard Ryan,  self-determination theory  assumes that people are driven to try to grow and attain fulfillment, with their behavior and well-being influenced by three innate needs: competence, autonomy, and relatedness. 35

Focus on Intrinsic Motivation

Self-determination theory focuses primarily on intrinsic motivation and rewards (such as feeling independent) rather than on extrinsic motivation and rewards (such as money or fame). Intrinsic motivation is important because: 36

· It is longer lasting than extrinsic motivation.

· It has a more positive impact on task performance than extrinsic motivation.

Page 520

The Three Innate Needs

To achieve psychological growth, according to the theory, people need to satisfy the three innate (that is, inborn) needs of competence, autonomy, and relatedness:

1. Competence—“I want to feel a sense of mastery.” People need to feel qualified, knowledgeable, and capable of completing a goal or task and to learn different skills. 37

2. Autonomy—“I want to feel independent and able to influence my environment.” People need to feel they have freedom and the discretion to determine what they want to do and how they want to do it. 38

3. Relatedness—“I want to feel connected to other people.” People need to feel a sense of belonging, of attachment to others. 39

Using Self-Determination Theory to Motivate Employees

Managers can apply this theory by engaging in leader behavior that fosters the experience of competence, autonomy, and relatedness. 40  Following are some specific suggestions:

· Competence. Managers can provide tangible resources, time, contacts, and coaching to improve employee competence, making sure that employees have the knowledge and information they need to perform their jobs.

Mascoma Bank Example: To increase competence, Mascoma Bank, headquartered in Lebanon, New Hampshire, partners with local universities to offer its employees learning opportunities that go beyond what the company itself can make available to them. Mascoma aims to pay employees back for the time and energy they put into their jobs with a mutual investment that includes both personal and professional development. 41

· Autonomy. To enhance feelings of autonomy, managers can develop trust with their employees and empower them by delegating meaningful tasks to them. An example of this is an approach called a results-only work environment (ROWE). A ROWE focuses on results rather than on when or how work is done, which gives employees a great deal of freedom.

Appriss Example: Louisville, KY–based Appriss software company tells employees in its benefits manual, “We won’t micro manage you, we expect you to manage yourself.” Under the company’s ROWE, employees can work remotely and request unlimited time off, which the manual claims “respects our employees’ needs to balance work with their other responsibilities and interests, while trusting them to be accountable for performance.” 42

· Relatedness. Many companies, such as Veterans United Home Loans, use camaraderie to foster relatedness.

Veterans United Home Loans Example: Veterans United Home Loans (VUHL) is a certified “Great Place to Work” and was Fortune’s #17 Best Company to Work For in 2020. When VUHL employees were surveyed about why they loved working for the company, the words most frequently repeated in their responses included “people,” “family,” “community,” and “everyone.” One way that managers build camaraderie at VUHL is by creating personalized 15-minute birthday celebrations for each employee throughout the year. Parties center on something about which employees are passionate. For example, for a comedy-club loving employee’s birthday party, everyone in the office came up with an original joke. 43

Are you feeling motivated in this course? To what extent does the instructor for this course satisfy your needs for competence, autonomy, and relatedness? You can find out by taking  Self-Assessment 12.3 .

Page 521

SELF-ASSESSMENT 12.3
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Needs for Self-Determination

The following survey was designed to assess the extent to which an instructor is satisfying your needs for self-determination. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 12.3 in Connect.

1. Are your needs being met? Do the results make sense in terms of your level of motivation in this course?

2. Based on the results, identify two things you might do to increase your motivation.

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate your self-awareness of your needs for competence, autonomy, and relatedness?

Employees at Veterans United Home Loans are drawn to the sense of community and relatedness that the organization fosters. One type of activity that helps VUHL workers feel connected to others is volunteering. Here, VUHL employees are spending time assembling boxes of items for non-profit organizations on Martin Luther King Jr Day.

Courtesy of Veterans United Home Loans

Herzberg’s Two-Factor Theory: From Dissatisfying Factors to Satisfying Factors

Frederick Herzberg arrived at his needs-based theory as a result of a landmark study of 203 accountants and engineers who were interviewed to determine the factors responsible for job satisfaction and dissatisfaction. 44  Two key findings from Herzberg’s study informed the two-factor theory:

1. Job satisfaction was more frequently associated with achievement, recognition, characteristics of the work, responsibility, and advancement.

2. Job dissatisfaction was more often associated with working conditions, pay and security, company policies, supervisors, and interpersonal relationships.

The result was Herzberg’s  two-factor theory , which proposed that work satisfaction and dissatisfaction arise from two different factors—work satisfaction from motivating factors and work dissatisfaction from hygiene factors.

Hygiene Factors versus Motivating Factors

In Herzberg’s theory, the hygiene factors are the lower-level needs, and the motivating factors are the higher-level needs. The two areas are separated by a zone in which employees are neither satisfied nor dissatisfied. (See  Figure 12.5 .)

Page 522

FIGURE 12.5  Herzberg’s two-factor theory: satisfaction versus dissatisfaction

· Hygiene factors—“Why are my people dissatisfied?” The lower-level needs,  hygiene factors , are factors associated with job dissatisfaction—such as salary, working conditions, interpersonal relationships, and company policy—all of which affect the job context in which people work.

According to Herzberg’s two-factor theory, working conditions represent important hygiene factors—things that can lead to job dissatisfaction. Do you think that you would feel unhappy in your job if you had to work under these lighting conditions for 8 hours each day?

Gill Thompson/Shutterstock

Page 523

· According to the theory, hygiene factors don’t make people happy, but they can drive considerable dissatisfaction when they are absent or problematic. For example, workers are not likely to be motivated to work harder because their office has great lighting, but poor lighting can make workers absolutely miserable. 45

REI Example: regularly rated as one of the top companies to work for by Fortune (No. 60 in 2020), REI is a good example. The company offers paid sabbaticals, paid sick days, and health insurance for both full- and part-timers. 46  The company’s rate of part-time employee turnover, about 37%, is far lower than the industry average of 65%. 47

· Motivating factors—“What will make my people satisfied?” The higher-level needs,  motivating factors , or simply motivators, are factors associated with job satisfaction—such as achievement, recognition, responsibility, and advancement—all of which affect the job content or the rewards of work performance. Motivating factors—challenges, opportunities, recognition—must be instituted, Herzberg believed, to spur superior work performance. Southwest Airlines is a great example.

Southwest Airlines Example: An example of a motivating factor would be to give workers more control over their work. When a Southwest flight was delayed for several hours recently, the gate agents decided to hold contests between the passengers, including a paper airplane contest and one for “worst driver’s license photo.” 48  The agents gave $25 airline vouchers and Southwest gear to the winners. When boarding finally began, the passengers applauded the employees. Southwest is known for empowering its employees to do whatever it takes to deliver unparalleled customer service, and it rewards them with a generous annual profit-sharing program. Said CEO Gary Kelly, “Our people are our greatest asset, and they deserve all the credit for our continued success,” adding, “The vast majority of our employees describe their work as ‘a calling,’ and it’s an honor to be able to recognize them for their passion, dedication, and their contributions.” 49

Using Two-Factor Theory to Motivate Employees

During the Great Recession, with fewer jobs available, many people felt they were stuck in jobs they disliked—only 39% said they were happy with their positions in 2009, according to a survey by the Conference Board. 50  In the midst of a strong economic recovery in 2019, in contrast, a survey of 9,000 workers found that 85% of U.S. employees were somewhat or very satisfied with their jobs; the contributing factor cited by the largest percentage of these survey respondents was “meaningfulness.” 51  This finding supports the motivating factors component of Herzberg’s theory.

Employee engagement is declining in developed countries, however, according to Gallup’s State of the Global Workplace report. “Organizations and institutions have often been slow to adapt to the rapid changes produced by the spread of information technology, the globalization of markets for products and labor, the rise of the gig economy, and younger workers’ unique expectations.” Also according to the report, “Business and political leaders must recognize when traditional patterns in management practices, education or gender roles, for example, become roadblocks to workers’ motivation and productivity and when selectively disrupting tradition will help clear a path to greater prosperity and transformed company cultures.” 52

There will always be some employees who dislike their jobs, but the basic lessons of Herzberg’s research are that you should:

1. First eliminate dissatisfaction by making sure that hygiene factors such as working conditions, pay levels, and company policies are reasonable.

2. Next concentrate on spurring motivation by providing desired opportunities for achievement, recognition, responsibility, and personal growth (motivating factors).

Page 524

Positive hygiene factors include allowing pets at work; offering video game arcades, fitness classes, and intramural sports (volleyball, soccer); and providing a library of free movies, books, and magazines. 53  Motivating factors include things like employee recognition, career counseling, and opportunities for growth, learning, and development.

Google Example: If you work at Google, you’ll have paid maternity/paternity leave, on-site physicians, legal aid, and travel assistance—and if you die, the company will pay your family half your salary for a decade. 54  In addition to these hygiene factors, you’ll also receive paid time off for volunteering and an abundance of opportunities to learn new skills and share your unique skills with your co-workers. 55

The four needs theories are compared in  Figure 12.6 . Note how acquired needs theory (McClelland) and self-determination theory (Deci and Ryan) focus only on higher-level needs. ●

FIGURE 12.6  A comparison of needs and satisfaction theories: Maslow hierarchy of needs, McClelland acquired needs, Deci and Ryan self-determination, and Herzberg two-factor

12.3 Process Perspectives on Employee Motivation

THE BIG PICTURE

Process perspectives, which are concerned with the thought processes by which people decide how to act, have three viewpoints: equity/justice theory, expectancy theory, and goal-setting theory.

LO 12-3

Discuss similarities and differences among three process theories.

Process perspectives  are concerned with the thought processes by which people decide how to act—how employees choose behavior to meet their needs. Whereas need-based perspectives simply try to understand employee needs, process perspectives go further and try to understand why employees have different needs, what behaviors they select to satisfy them, and how they decide if their choices were successful.

In this section we discuss three process perspectives on motivation:

· Equity/justice theory.

· Expectancy theory.

· Goal-setting theory.

Page 525

Equity/Justice Theory: How Fairly Do You Think You’re Being Treated in Relation to Others?

Fairness—or, perhaps equally important, the perception of fairness—can be a big issue in organizations. For example, if, as a salesperson for Target, you received a 10% bonus for doubling your sales, would that be enough? What if other Target salespeople received 15%? And how about what the larger market is paying people with your competencies? “It tends to be whether you feel that you’re being paid a fair market value,” said Andrew Challenger, vice president at the oldest staffing firm in the country. Challenger added, “So if you have two master’s degrees and you’re a programmer and you have a really high value in the [labor] market and you’re being paid $100,000 when you think you should be paid $120,000, you’re not going to be particularly satisfied.” 56  Equity/justice theory says you’ll compare yourself, and your pay, to market data as well.

Equity theory  is a model of motivation that explains how people strive for fairness and justice in social exchanges or give-and-take relationships. Pioneered by psychologist J. Stacey Adams, equity theory is based on the idea that employees are motivated to see fairness in the rewards they expect for task performance and are motivated to resolve feelings of injustice. 57  We will discuss Adams’s ideas and their application, then discuss the extension of equity theory into what is called justice theory. We conclude by discussing how to motivate employees with both equity and justice theory.

Equity theory is based on cognitive dissonance (see  Chapter 11 ), the psychological discomfort people experience between their cognitive attitude and incompatible behavior. According to equity theory:

· Discomfort is motivating— it’s suggested that the discomfort caused by cognitive dissonance motivates us to take action to maintain consistency between our beliefs and our behavior. One expert noted, “People make work decisions based on what they’re being paid and what others around them are being paid,” adding, “If the person above me is making a lot more money than I am, but I feel like I could work harder and get promoted to get the same salary, I will be motivated to do that.” 58

· We correct discomfort in one of several ways—when we are victimized by unfair social exchanges (“I was way overcharged for that car repair!”), our resulting cognitive dissonance prompts us to correct the situation—whether it’s slightly changing our attitude or behavior (“That shop is going to get my worst rating on Yelp”) or, at the extreme, committing sabotage or workplace violence. 59

Fairness matters to us, and we can see equity theory play out all around us. Consider the example of how Americans react to CEO pay.

CEO Compensation Example: The median compensation for a U.S. CEO is about $12.1 million, and most Americans (86%) believe CEOs are paid too much relative to the average worker. 60  How, then, might employees respond to knowing that the average pay for top CEOs in 2019 was around 278 times the average worker’s pay?  61  Some experts suggest that such imbalances are partly responsible for employee dissatisfaction, theft, turnover, and lower firm performance. 62

The Elements of Equity Theory: Comparing Your Inputs and Outputs with Those of Others

The key elements in equity theory are inputs, outputs (rewards), and comparisons. (See  Figure 12.7 .)

Page 526

FIGURE 12.7  Equity theory

How people perceive they are being fairly or unfairly rewarded.

Inputs—“What do you think you’re putting into the job?”

The inputs that people perceive they give to an organization include their

Time

Effort

Training

Experience

Education

Intelligence

Creativity

Seniority

Status

Social capital

Outputs or Rewards—“What do you think you’re getting out of the job?”

Outputs are the rewards that people receive from an organization, and they include

Pay

Benefits

Praise and recognition

Bonuses

Promotions

Status perquisites

Comparison—“How do you think your ratio of inputs and rewards compares with those of others?”

Equity theory suggests that people compare the ratio of their own outcomes to inputs against the ratio of someone else’s outcomes to inputs. 63

· When employees compare the ratio of their inputs and outputs (rewards) with those of others—whether co-workers within the organization or even other people in similar jobs outside it—they follow the comparison with a judgment about fairness.

Page 527

· When employees perceive there is equity, they are satisfied with the ratio and don’t change their behavior.

· When employees perceive there is inequity, they feel resentful and act to change the inequity.

Using Equity Theory to Motivate Employees

Adams suggests that employees who feel they are being under-rewarded relative to their inputs will respond to the perceived inequity in one or more of the following negative ways:

· Reducing their inputs. (“I’m just going to do the minimum required.”)

· Trying to change the outputs or rewards they receive. (“If they won’t give me a raise, I’ll just take stuff.”)

· Distorting the inequity. (“They’ve never paid me what I’m worth.”)

· Changing the object of comparison. (“They think I don’t work as hard as Bob? He’s a slacker compared to Sid.”)

· Leaving the situation. (“I’m outta here!”)

By contrast, employees who think they are treated fairly are:

· More likely to support organizational change.

· More apt to cooperate in group settings.

· Less apt to turn to arbitration and the courts to remedy real or imagined wrongs.

The Elements of Justice Theory: Distributive, Procedural, and Interactional

Beginning in the late 1970s, researchers in equity theory began to expand into an area called organizational justice, which is concerned with the extent to which people perceive they are treated fairly at work. Three different components of organizational justice have been identified: distributive, procedural, and interactional. 64

· Distributive justice—“How fair are the rewards that are being given out?  Distributive justice  reflects the perceived fairness of the resources and rewards being distributed or allocated among employees. Employees perceive distributive justice when they believe that the organization has given them a fair share of rewards and resources. 65

· Procedural justice—“How fair is the process for handing out rewards?”  Procedural justice  is defined as the perceived fairness of the process and procedures used to make allocation decisions. Employees have stronger feelings of procedural justice when they have a chance to voice their opinions about workplace procedures, and when those procedures are applied accurately and consistently. 66  Numerous studies have shown that procedural justice increases prosocial behaviors in organizations such as organizational citizenship behavior (discussed in  Chapter 11 ). 67

· Interactional justice—“How fair is the treatment I receive when rewards are given out?”  Interactional justice  relates to how organizational representatives treat employees in the process of implementing procedures and making decisions. 68  This form of justice is not about how decision making or procedures are perceived but rather whether people themselves believe they are being treated fairly when decisions are implemented. Employees that perceive low levels of interactional justice respond with decreased job performance and job satisfaction, and increased stress and destructive behaviors. 69  Fair interpersonal treatment necessitates that managers communicate truthfully and treat people with courtesy and respect.

Do you feel that your managers treat you fairly at your job? Take the following self-assessment to find out.

Page 528

SELF-ASSESSMENT 12.4
Measuring Perceived Fair Interpersonal Treatment

The following survey was designed to assess the extent to which you are experiencing fair interpersonal treatment at work. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 12.4 in Connect.

1. Are you being treated equitably?

2. Based on examining the three lowest scoring items, what could your manager do to improve your perceptions of equity?

3. What can you do to increase your perceptions of fair interpersonal treatment?

Using Equity and Justice Theories to Motivate Employees

It is important to remember that an individual’s perception of justice becomes their reality when applying these theories. For example, one Gallup poll revealed that 40% of Americans felt they were underpaid. 70  Your understanding of equity and justice theories can enhance your effectiveness in the following ways:

· Makes you a better manager. Knowledge of equity and justice theories will allow you to hear out and better understand employee concerns. You also can communicate reasonable expectations and make sure objective measures for rewards are well understood.

· Makes you a better co-worker. As an employee yourself, you can motivate other workers by clearly understanding and communicating opportunities to improve their situations.

Here are five practical lessons to remember about equity and justice theories.

1. Employee Perceptions Are What Count

No matter how fair management thinks the organization’s policies, procedures, and reward system are, each employee’s perception of the equity of those factors is what counts.

Meow Wolf Example: Two former employees of Meow Wolf—the immersive art installation phenomenon—sued the company for gender discrimination in 2019. In their lawsuit, the two women alleged that the company had displayed “a pattern and practice of subjecting female employees to different compensation, terms, conditions, and/or privileges of employment than their male colleagues.” Both women also believed they had been terminated because they spoke up to supervisors about being underpaid and overscrutinized relative to male employees. In response to the filing, the company stated that “We are surprised and deeply saddened by these baseless allegations, which run completely counter to our culture, and will defend against them through the legal process.” 71

Meow Wolf is known for providing eclectic, immersive, mind-bending experiences for visitors. Unfortunately, the company also recently became known for lawsuits filed by employees who perceived unfair treatment related to their gender.

Mark Ralston/Getty Images

Page 529

2. Employees Want a Voice in Decisions That Affect Them

Managers benefit by allowing employees to participate in making decisions about important work outcomes. In general, employees’ perceptions of procedural justice are enhanced when they have a voice in the decision-making process. 72   Voice  is defined as employees’ expression of work-related concerns, ideas, and/or constructive suggestions to managers. 73

Managers are encouraged to seek employee input on organizational changes that are likely to affect the workforce. This conclusion was supported by the results of a recent study of 3,915 American workers. Results showed that the majority of workers feel strongly that they should have a voice in decisions regarding their work conditions, compensation, benefits, safety, and the products and services they work on. However, this study also revealed that today’s workers have the least say when it comes to their compensation (59% reported having little to no say) and benefits (62% reported having little to no say). 74

HSBC Example: Senior executives at HSBC realized their company’s culture had become overly hierarchical and had created an environment where decisions came from the top and employees didn’t speak up. To encourage employee voice, the company instituted its Exchange, or, as it is more commonly referred to by employees, the “Shut Up and Listen” program. Through this program, managers and employees meet regularly to communicate according to three rules: (1) managers do not talk—they listen; (2) the meetings have no agenda; and (3) employees can bring up anything they choose. The company noticed that in earlier meetings, most of the topics involved issues with pay, co-workers, or other things in the work environment. But after employees grew accustomed to having a voice, the focus of the meetings shifted to topics such as how employees could better serve customers, improve products, or pursue career development opportunities. 75

3. Employees Should Be Given an Appeals Process

Giving employees the opportunity to appeal decisions that affect their welfare enhances their perceptions of distributive and procedural justice.

Student Example: Did you know that as a student you likely have access to an appeals process? Most colleges and universities have processes in place that allow students to appeal course grades if they feel they have truly been treated unfairly. For example, at one university, students can appeal grades if they believe their instructor (1) made an error in calculating their grade or recording assignment submission dates, (2) failed to apply grading procedures in an equitable and unbiased way, or (3) did not assign grades according to the procedures set forth in the course syllabus. 76

4. Leader Behavior Matters

Employees’ perceptions of justice are strongly influenced by the leadership behavior exhibited by their managers (leadership is discussed in  Chapter 14 ). Thus, it is important for managers to consider the justice-related implications of their decisions, actions, and public communications. 77

John Mackey Example: John Mackey, CEO of Whole Foods, believes companies have a higher purpose. Said Mackey in a recent interview, “To engage in conscious capitalism is to understand the purpose of business—beyond just making money.” 78  As one sign of his commitment to fairness, Mackey has capped his own salary at $1 per year since 2007. 79  Compare this to the CEO pay cited earlier.

Page 530

5. A Climate for Justice Makes a Difference

Managers need to pay attention to the organization’s climate for justice.  Justice climate  relates to the shared sense of fairness felt by the entire workgroup. Research suggests that employees in organizations with strong justice climates exhibit: 80

· Increased job satisfaction and organizational commitment.

· More helping behaviors.

· Enhanced job performance.

The discussion of equity/justice theory has important implications for your own career. For example, you could work to resolve negative inequity by asking for a raise or a promotion (raising your outputs) or by working fewer hours or exerting less effort (reducing inputs). You could also resolve the inequity cognitively, by adjusting your perceptions as to the value of your salary or other benefits (outcomes) or the value of the actual work done by you or your co-workers (inputs).

See the  Example box  to learn about how employees are speaking out against perceived justice violations.

EXAMPLE
Employee Activism

Voicing concerns can be a scary proposition because it exposes employees to increased risk. In fact, over 53.8% of the discrimination charges the EEOC received in 2019 were for retaliation, which occurs when employees are punished for asserting their and others’ rights to fair treatment in the workplace. 81  But data suggest that, in spite of the risks, employees are becoming increasingly likely to speak up in response to concerns about their workplaces. In fact, employees are speaking up not only about things that directly affect them but also about how their company policies affect others outside of the organization, which is known as employee activism.

At Lush cosmetics, upper management regularly consults with employees to figure out which social issues are most important to them, and thus, which social issues the company should pursue at the corporate level. Here, climate activism is on full display in a Lush store window in the U.K.

MediaWorldImages/Alamy Stock Photo

Younger Workers

One explanation for the increase in activism is that younger workers may be more comfortable speaking up when they are unhappy. Says one HR expert, “The floodgates for ‘having your say’ are open, particularly for younger employees coming into the workforce.” 82  Indeed, many have attributed the rise in employee activism to generational differences, and the fact that Millennials and Gen Zs will make up more than 50% of the workforce by 2030 makes this issue especially important for organizations. 83

Aversion to Hypocrisy

HR expert Peter Cappelli thinks another explanation for the increase in activism is equally likely. He believes that people—regardless of age—don’t like hypocrisy and are inclined to call it out when they see it. Said Cappelli, “A great many—and perhaps most—companies have figured out that it helps their business to appear to be socially responsible. If you present yourself that way, if your motto is ‘Don’t be evil,’ for example, and then it turns out that you are doing something that isn’t so easy to square with high moral values—such as doing business with unsavory clients or ducking sexual-harassment issues—then you look like a hypocrite.” Cappelli added that “The complaints are at least in part because you told us you (and we) were doing good—that’s partly why we came here and why we identify with you—and now you’ve sullied that, along with how I feel about myself working here.” 84

Page 531

Activism in the News

Let’s take a look at some examples of how companies have responded to employee activism in recent years.

Wayfair: Hundreds of employees at the e-commerce company walked off of the job in June 2019 after learning that their organization sold around $200,000 worth of furniture to a government contractor for use in child migrant detention facilities in Texas. In response, the company’s founder donated $100,000 to the Red Cross for people in need of basic necessities at the border. 85

Google: In November 2018, more than 20,000 Google employees participated in a walkout to call attention to the company’s handling of sexual harassment complaints. 86  Among other things, the workers demanded that Google end its mandatory arbitration policy. A year later, the demands remained mostly unmet, but many credited the walkout for a wave of activism at Google and other large tech firms in the coming year. 87

Lush: Lush Cosmetics consciously pursues employee activism through its “in-house activist,” a position currently held by Carleen Pickard. Said Pickard in an interview, “We routinely pull staff in and ask them what should be the issue to work on.” 88  Pickard’s job is to gather workers’ insights, formulate ideas for campaigns, and educate the company’s workers about avenues it chooses to pursue.

Summary

Regardless of the reason, employees are speaking up more than ever before, and social media is making activism easier and more widespread. Some suggest employee activism may be a good wake-up call for organizations. Said one expert, “Employee voice is the cheapest smoke alarm you can buy.” 89  When organizations’ actions don’t align with their values, they can expect employees to call them out. 90

YOUR CALL

What do you think about the increase in employee activism? Have you ever spoken out against a company you worked for? Can you see yourself doing so in the future? Why or why not?

Expectancy Theory: How Much Do You Want and How Likely Are You to Get It?

Victor Vroom’s  expectancy theory  boils down to deciding how much effort to exert in a specific task situation. This choice is based on a two-stage sequence of expectations—moving from effort to performance and then from performance to outcomes. 91

The Three Elements: Expectancy, Instrumentality, and Valence

What determines how willing you (or an employee) are to work hard at tasks important to the success of the organization? The answer, says Vroom, is that you will do what you can do when you want to.

Your motivation, according to expectancy theory, involves the relationship between your effort, your performance, and the desirability of the outcomes (such as pay or recognition) you receive for your performance. These relationships, which are shown in the following illustration, are affected by the three elements of expectancy, instrumentality, and valence. (See  Figure 12.8 .)

FIGURE 12.8  Expectancy theory: The major elements

1. Expectancy—“Will I Be Able to Perform at the Desired Level on a Task?”

Expectancy  is the belief that a particular level of effort will lead to a particular level of performance. This is called the effort-to-performance expectancy.

Page 532

· High expectancy: “The more hours I spend studying for this class, the higher my grade will be.” This statement reflects high expectancy. That is, you believe your efforts matter in producing results.

· Low expectancy: “Regardless of how much I practice, I am never going to be able to dunk a basketball because I am 5’4”.” This statement reflects low expectancy. That is, you do not see a link between your efforts and your ability to perform the task.

2. Instrumentality—“What Outcome Will I Receive if I Perform at This Level?”

Instrumentality  is the expectation that successful performance of the task will lead to the outcome desired. This is called the performance-to-reward expectancy.

Some organizations motivate managers by tying executive compensation to measures of firm success. However, it can be difficult for managers to see a direct link between their work and their firms’ overall performance. In other words, instrumentality may be low because even when executives feel they are doing a “good job,” it may not show in their firms’ broad performance data, and thus, they may not be rewarded. In addition, lower-level employees may see these arrangements as unfair, given that executives are often rewarded huge sums of money for gains that were produced by others. Some companies take specific measures to address these issues.

GE Example: GE linked its executives’ annual bonuses to the firm’s overall performance for 125 years. But in 2018, the company revamped the program to increase instrumentality and perceptions of fairness. GE executives’ bonuses are now tied to the performance of their specific units, rather than overall firm performance. 92

3. Valence—“How Much Do I Want the Outcome?”

Valence  is value, the importance a worker assigns to the possible outcome or reward. Consider what motivates you to study for one of your courses. If you had a quiz tomorrow and it was worth 2 points (out of a possible 1000 total course points), would you exert as much effort studying as you would if the quiz were worth, say, 100 points? Probably not—because you likely don’t care about 2 points nearly as much as you care about 100 points. Managers need to consider the valence of the rewards they offer for specific employees.

Page 533

Worker Rewards Example: There are now five generations of workers in any given organization. Do you think they are all motivated by the same rewards? Evidence suggests that aside from salary (which seems to motivate most people to some degree) different generations of workers prefer different rewards. Among the more widely accepted ideas for the rewards preferred by each generation are: 93

· Traditionalists (1927–1945): Prestigious job titles, praise for their loyalty, appreciation.

· Baby Boomers (1946–1964): Health insurance, working for someone they respect, authority, prestigious perks like parking spaces and posh offices, recognition.

· Generation X (1965–1980): Job security, challenge, mentoring, flexibility, opportunities for remote work, stock options.

· Millennials (1981–1996): Challenge, pursuing their passions, skills training (particularly new technology), feedback.

· Generation Z (1997–): Pursuing their passions, job security, flexible schedules, instant feedback.

For your motivation to be high, you must be high on all three elements—expectancy, instrumentality, and valence. If any element is low, your motivation goes down.

Using Expectancy Theory to Motivate Employees

The principal problem with expectancy theory is that it is complex. Even so, the underlying logic is understandable, and research supports its use as a motivational tool. 94

When attempting to motivate employees, managers should ask the following questions:

· What rewards do your employees value? As a manager, you need to get to know your employees and determine what rewards (outcomes) they value, such as pay raises or recognition.

· What are the job objectives and the performance level you desire? You need to clearly define the performance objectives and determine what performance level or behavior you want so that you can tell your employees what they need to do to attain the rewards.

· Are the rewards linked to performance? You want to reward high performance, of course. Thus, employees must be aware that X level of performance within Y period of time will result in Z kinds of rewards. In a team context, however, research shows that it is best to use a combination of individual and team-based rewards. 95

· Do employees believe you will deliver the right rewards for the right performance? Your credibility is on the line here. Your employees must believe that you have the power, the ability, and the will to give them the rewards you promise for the performance you are requesting.

Goal-Setting Theory: Objectives Should Be Specific and Challenging but Achievable

We have been considering the importance of goal setting since first introducing the topic in  Chapter 5 Goal-setting theory  suggests that employees can be motivated by goals that are specific and challenging but achievable. According to Edwin Locke and Gary Latham, the psychologists who developed the theory, it is natural for people to set and strive for goals; however, the goal-setting process is useful only if people understand, accept, and are committed to the goals. 96

Page 534

The Four Motivational Mechanisms of Goal-Setting Theory

Setting goals helps motivate because goals: 97

1. Direct attention: Goal setting directs your attention toward goal-relevant tasks and away from irrelevant ones.

2. Regulate effort: The effort you expend is generally proportional to the goal’s difficulty and time deadlines.

3. Increase persistence: Goal setting makes obstacles become challenges to be overcome, not reasons to fail.

4. Foster the use of strategies and action plans: The use of strategies and action plans make it more likely that you will realize success.

Stretch Goals

Companies committed to break-out growth sometimes adopt  stretch goals , which are goals beyond what they actually expect to achieve. Rationales for stretching include: 98

· Forcing people out of their comfort zones to achieve more.

· Building their confidence when they succeed.

· Insulating the company against future setbacks.

· Accepting the challenge of higher performance standards.

Companies like Google, Apple, Airbus, and 3M have all reported success with “wildly daring objectives.” 99  Individuals, too, can benefit from setting stretch goals. Consider the young entrepreneur in the  Example box  the next time you think you can’t do something difficult.

EXAMPLE
Dr. Anne-Marie Imafidon: From Child Prodigy to Stemette

As a 9-year-old student, Anne-Marie Imafidon was a challenge for her teachers. “I wasn’t like a terror, I was just all over the place, a class clown,” said Imafidon, adding, “I was kind of winding them up, because I don’t sit still.” 100  By the time she was 10, her school decided that she should sit for her GCSEs (British college entrance exams) in math and IT. She passed—becoming one of the youngest people ever to do so—and by 20 she had become one of the youngest people in history to receive a master’s degree from the University of Oxford in mathematics and computer science (where she was one of only three women in a class of 70). 101

Stemettes founder Dr. Anne-Marie Imafidon has a goal of encouraging so many women to pursue STEM careers that her organization will eventually be unnecessary.

Shutterstock

Stemettes

Dr. Imafidon founded Stemettes in 2013. The organization exists to encourage girls between the ages of 5 and 22 to pursue careers in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and math) fields. Since 2013, nearly 45,000 young women have attended the organization’s free workshops and events. 102  Now at 30 years old, Imafidon has one ultimate goal for Stemettes: one day it won’t exist because it will no longer need to. 103  She sees a couple of things as especially important in accomplishing this goal:

· Changing stereotypes. Dr. Imafidon thinks that social expectations arising from stereotypes (such as the idea that “tech” people are nerdy white males like the characters in The Big Bang Theory) are one of the biggest barriers to young women entering STEM fields. Said Imafidon, “Those kinds of things that we have, that then pervade into when decisions are being made by those young girls, so whether it’s what their teachers say to them, what their parents might say to them, what their peers say to them . . . and there’s nothing really that says the opposite.” 104  Stemettes works to counter these stereotypes and show young women that they have just as much of a place in STEM as anyone else.

Page 535

· Telling true stories. Dr. Imafidon acknowledges that any stories of smart women in pop culture are helpful; she sees true stories as particularly important. She referenced the film Hidden Figures as an example, saying that while it’s nice to see fictional examples of female scientists, “It’s even cooler to know that your teacher’s grandma probably helped stop the war by being a code-breaker at Bletchley.”

YOUR CALL

Have you ever thought about trying to achieve something extraordinarily difficult? Did you pursue the goal, or did you shy away?

Other managers find, however, that this type of goal has drawbacks and should be used with care. 105  For example, stretch goals:

· Can demotivate employees because they set aims that seem unattainable.

· Can encourage unethical behavior as employees try to reach the goals in whatever way possible.

· Can lead companies to take unnecessary risks.

Many people believe that the use of stretch goals contributed to the emissions scandal at Volkswagen. 106  Recent research seems to confirm that stretch goals can have unintended negative consequences. According to the authors of one study, “when managers focus more on goal attainment than on how goals are attained, the resulting environment may facilitate unethical behavior to achieve those goals.” 107

Two Types of Goal Orientations

The concept of goal orientation proposes that we may have one of two reasons for trying to achieve a goal depending on our orientation.

The  learning goal orientation  sees goals as a way of developing competence through the acquisition of new skills. Research on goal preferences suggests that people with a strong learning goal orientation

· Appreciate opportunities to enhance their skills, such as through training, performance feedback, and the assignment of challenging tasks.

· Are a great fit for jobs that call for creativity, willingness to embrace new ideas or adaptability to new environments, making effective use of performance feedback, and taking a proactive, problem-solving approach.

The  performance goal orientation  views goals as a way of demonstrating and validating a competence we already have by seeking the approval of others. Research suggests that those with a strong performance orientation may be less willing to take on new challenges for fear of failure and may set lower goals for themselves to avoid making themselves vulnerable to criticism. In a separate study the performance goal orientation was found to be “either unrelated or negatively related to performance” on the job. 108

The possibility of failure is always present, but those with a strong performance orientation may find that it holds them back professionally because it lets them settle for achieving less. Among those who faced and overcame their fear of failure—and indeed the reality of failure—are:

· Beyoncé, who at age 9 lost a singing competition that would have brought her a recording contract.

· Thomas Edison, who famously said that failing thousands of times was simply a way of discovering what would not work.

· Fashion designer Donna Karan (“I failed draping!”).

· Best-selling writer Stephen King, who from his teen years saved his rejection slips in order to motivate himself to keep trying.

Page 536

Michael Jordan has said, “I’ve missed more than 9,000 shots in my career. I’ve lost almost 300 games. Twenty-six times I’ve been trusted to take the game winning shot and missed. I’ve failed over and over and over again in my life. And that is why I succeed.” For those who fear failing lest they be judged, Theodore Roosevelt had this to say, “It is not the critic who counts,” but rather the doer of deeds, “who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at the worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly, so that his place shall never be with those cold and timid souls who neither know victory nor defeat.” 109

Everyone deals with failure. Did you know that Beyoncé, along with the group Girls Tyme, lost to another group on Star Search in 1993? That didn’t stop her from pursuing her passion, and she has 24 Grammy Awards (and 70 nominations) to show for it. In 2020, Time magazine named Beyoncé one of the 100 most influential women of the past century.

Picturegroup/Shutterstock

You may recall that a proactive learning orientation is a career readiness competency desired by employers: It’s the same type of attitude as a learning goal orientation. We provided  Self-Assessment 5.3  to assess the extent to which you possess this competency.

Some Practical Results of Goal-Setting Theory

A goal is defined as an objective that a person is trying to accomplish through his or her efforts. Goal-setting experts Locke and Latham proposed the following recommendations when implementing a goal-setting program. 110  To result in high motivation and performance, according to recent research, goals must have a number of characteristics, as follows.

1. Goals Should Be Specific

Goals that are specific and difficult lead to higher performance than general goals like “Do your best” or “Improve performance.” This is why it is essential to set specific, challenging goals. 111  Goals such as “Sell as many cars as you can” or “Be nicer to customers” are too vague. Instead, goals need to be specific—usually meaning quantitative, as in:

· “Boost your revenues 25%.”

· “Cut absenteeism by 10%.”

You can find examples of specific goals in most organizations. Consider Pacific Gas & Electric.

PG&E Example: Pacific Gas & Electric adhered to this recommendation in its updated wildfire prevention, safety, and public safety power shutoff (PSPE) programs. Specific goals for 2020 included: “Installing 592 automated sectionalizing devices on distribution lines with the aim of reducing the number of communities without power during a PSPS event,” and “Adding 23 transmission switches capable of redirecting power and keeping substations and transmission lines energized in some areas during a PSPE event.” 112

2. Certain Conditions Are Necessary for Goal Setting to Work

In order for goal setting to be effective, people must: 113

· Have the abilities and resources needed to achieve the goal.

· Be committed to the goal. Goal commitment can be fostered by allowing employees to participate in the process of establishing goals.

3. Goals Should Be Linked to Action Plans

An action plan outlines the activities or tasks that need to be accomplished in order to obtain a goal and reminds us of what we should be working on. Both individuals (such as college students) and organizations are more likely to achieve their goals when they develop detailed action plans. 114

Page 537

Calvary Public Hospital Example: Calvary Public Hospital in Bruce, Australia, has a strategic focus on palliative care. Health care workers in this field of medicine—one of the fastest-growing medical specialties—help people with terminal illnesses to have better quality of life, less stress, and less suffering. Included in the hospital’s strategic action plan are both strategic goals and action plans. For example, one goal is “Be the thought leader in palliative and end of life care, influencing how the sector thinks about and approaches this.” The corresponding action plan for this goal is “Continue to drive the palliative and end of life care strategy. Publicly promote Calvary’s approach to end of life care.” 115

4. Performance Feedback and Participation in Deciding How to Achieve Goals Are Necessary but Not Sufficient for Goal Setting to Work

Feedback and participation enhance performance only when they lead employees to set and commit to a specific, difficult goal.

Johnson & Johnson Example: In 2018, J&J set a goal to “help 100,000+ employees be at their personal best when it comes to their health and well-being by 2020.” 116  The company engages several targeted mechanisms for gaining and maintaining employee commitment to health goals. Specifically, these are:

· Culture. At J&J, executives and managers work to infuse the culture with health and wellness.

· Connection. J&J uses a unique, confidential platform for engaging employees with information about health and wellness. The platform tracks, among other things, physical activity, which employees can cash in for things like additional fitness classes. Employees can see a variety of choices for pursuing wellness goals through the platform and can tailor their own experiences.

· Communication. The company communicates regularly with employees about the steps being taken to increase healthy eating and the progress being made toward wellness goals. There are also continued opportunities for employees to receive training and education about health initiatives.

Goals lead to higher performance when you use feedback and participation to stay focused and committed to a specific goal. Some of the preceding recommendations are embodied in the advice we presented in  Chapter 5 —namely, that goals should be SMART: specific, measurable, attainable, results-oriented, and have target dates. ●

12.4 Job Design Perspectives on Motivation

THE BIG PICTURE

Job design, the division of an organization’s work among employees, applies motivational theories to jobs to increase performance and satisfaction. The traditional approach to job design is to fit people to jobs; the modern way is to fit jobs to the people, using job enrichment and approaches based on Herzberg’s landmark two-factor theory, discussed earlier in this chapter. The job characteristics model offers five job attributes for better work outcomes.

LO 12-4

Compare different ways to design jobs.

According to one news source, between 43 and 53% of workers are bored with their jobs. 117  Have you ever been bored at work? Is there anything that can be done about this?

Job design  is (1) the division of an organization’s work among its employees and (2) the application of motivational theories to jobs to increase satisfaction and performance. There are two different approaches to job design—one traditional, one modern—that can be taken in deciding how to design jobs. The traditional way is fitting people to jobs; the modern way is fitting jobs to people. 118

Page 538

Fitting People to Jobs

Fitting people to jobs is based on the assumption that people will gradually adapt to any work situation. Even so, jobs must still be tailored so that nearly anyone can do them. This is the approach often taken with assembly-line jobs and jobs involving routine tasks. For managers the main challenge becomes “How can we make the worker most compatible with the work?”

One technique is  scientific management , the process of reducing the number of tasks a worker performs. When a job is stripped down to its simplest elements, it enables a worker to focus on doing more of the same task, thus increasing employee efficiency and productivity. This may be especially useful, for instance, in designing jobs for mentally disadvantaged workers, such as those jobs managed by Goodwill Industries. However, research shows that simplified, repetitive jobs lead to job dissatisfaction, poor mental health, and a low sense of accomplishment and personal growth. 119

Fitting Jobs to People

Fitting jobs to people is based on the assumption that people are underutilized at work and that they want more variety, challenges, and responsibility. This philosophy, an outgrowth of Herzberg’s theory, is one of the reasons for the popularity of work teams in the United States. The main challenge for managers is “How can we make the work most compatible with the worker so as to produce both high performance and high job satisfaction?”

Two techniques for this type of job design are (1) job enlargement and (2) job enrichment.

Job Enlargement: Putting More Variety into a Job

The opposite of scientific management,  job enlargement  consists of increasing the number of tasks in a job to increase variety and motivation. For instance, the job of installing flat screens in television sets could be enlarged to include installation of the circuit boards as well. Three important points about job enlargement:

· Proponents claim job enlargement can improve employee satisfaction, motivation, and quality of production.

· Research suggests job enlargement by itself won’t have a significant and lasting positive effect on job performance. After all, working at two boring tasks instead of one doesn’t add up to a challenging job.

· Job enlargement is just one tool of many that should be considered in job design. 120

Job Enrichment: Putting More Responsibility and Other Motivating Factors into a Job

Job enrichment is the practical application of Herzberg’s two-factor motivator-hygiene theory of job satisfaction. 121  Specifically,  job enrichment  consists of building into a job such motivating factors as responsibility, achievement, recognition, stimulating work, and advancement.

However, instead of the job-enlargement technique of simply giving employees additional tasks of similar difficulty (known as horizontal loading), with job enrichment employees are given more responsibility (known as vertical loading). 122

3M Example: At 3M, managers know their job is to “hire good people, and leave them alone.” 123  The company gives its employees the freedom to chase after crazy ideas—and fail at them—if learning is part of the process. In order to fuel this innovative spirit with employees at all levels, the company instituted its “dual ladder system” to give successful workers the choice of how to advance their careers. The system prevents employees from taking on management positions out of obligation and instead provides workers with the choice to pursue advanced and additional responsibilities in either a science/product development track or a management track.

Page 539

The Job Characteristics Model: Five Job Attributes for Better Work Outcomes

Developed by researchers J. Richard Hackman and Greg Oldham, the job characteristics model of design is an outgrowth of job enrichment. 124  The  job characteristics model  consists of

· Five core job characteristics that affect

· Three critical psychological states of an employee, that in turn affect

· Work outcomes—the employee’s motivation, performance, and satisfaction.

The model is illustrated in  Figure 12.9 .

FIGURE 12.9  The job characteristics model

Source: From J. Richard Hackman and Greg R. Oldham, Work Redesign, 1e ©1980.

Five Job Characteristics

The five core job characteristics are skill variety, task identity, task significance, autonomy, and feedback.

1. Skill Variety—“How Many Different Skills Does Your Job Require?”

Skill variety describes the extent to which a job requires a person to use a wide range of different skills and abilities.

EXAMPLE: The skill variety required by an executive chef is higher than that for a coffeehouse barista.

Page 540

2. Task Identity—“How Many Different Tasks Are Required to Complete the Work?”

Task identity describes the extent to which a job requires a worker to perform all the tasks needed to complete the job from beginning to end.

She appears to be immersed in her work. Effective job design can do the same thing for you.

Inmagineasia/Getty Images

EXAMPLE: The task identity for a craftsperson who goes through all the steps to build a stained-glass window is higher than it is for an assembly-line worker who installs just the backup cameras on cars.

3. Task Significance—“How Many Other People Are Affected by Your Job?”

Task significance describes the extent to which a job affects the lives of other people, whether inside or outside the organization.

EXAMPLE: A technician who was responsible for keeping a hospital’s ventilator equipment working during the COVID-19 pandemic had higher task significance than a person unloading boxes of cereal in a grocery stockroom.

4. Autonomy— “How Much Discretion Does Your Job Give You?”

Autonomy describes the extent to which a job allows an employee to make choices about scheduling different tasks and deciding how to perform them.

EXAMPLE: College-textbook salespeople have lots of leeway in planning which campuses and professors to call on. Thus, they have higher autonomy than do toll-takers on a bridge, whose actions are determined by the flow of vehicles.

5. Feedback—“How Much Do You Find Out How Well You’re Doing?”

Feedback describes the extent to which workers receive clear, direct information about how well they are performing the job.

EXAMPLE: Professional basketball players receive immediate feedback on how many of their shots are going into the basket. Engineers working on new highway systems may go years before learning how effective their performance has been.

How the Model Works

According to the job characteristics model:

· The five core characteristics affect a worker’s motivation because they affect three critical psychological states (refer to  Figure 12.9  again):

1. Meaningfulness of work.

2. Responsibility for results.

3. Knowledge of results.

· In turn, these positive psychological states fuel important outcomes, including high motivation, high performance, high satisfaction, and low absenteeism and turnover.

Research shows that experienced meaningfulness is the most important psychological state. 125  Studies suggest that meaningfulness is so important, in fact, that 90% of workers would be willing to give up some of their pay if they were able to engage in more meaningful work. 126

One other element—shown at the bottom of  Figure 12.9 —needs to be discussed: contingency factors. This refers to the degree to which a person wants personal and psychological development. Job design works when employees are motivated; to be so, they must have three attributes:

Page 541

1. Necessary knowledge and skill.

2. Desire for personal growth.

3. Context satisfactions—that is, the right physical working conditions, pay, and supervision.

Job design works. But keep in mind that it is not for everyone. It is more likely to work when people have the required knowledge and skills, when they want to develop, and when they are satisfied with their jobs. 127

Applying the Job Characteristics Model

There are three major steps to follow when applying the model.

· Diagnose the work environment to see whether a problem exists. This typically involves calculating a job’s so-called motivating potential score (MPS)—the potential for a specific job to influence workers’ motivation levels and job behaviors. 128

· Determine whether job redesign is appropriate. If the MPS is low, an attempt should be made to determine which of the core job characteristics is causing the problem. You should next decide whether job redesign is appropriate. Job design is most likely to work in a participative environment in which employees have the necessary knowledge and skills.

· Consider how to redesign the job. Here you try to increase those core job characteristics that are problematic.

Physicians Example: The combination of electronic health record (EHR) requirements and a ballooning doctor shortage have meant that primary care doctors are handling a rapidly growing volume of administrative tasks along with an increased patient load (sometimes seeing as many as one patient every 11 minutes). As a result, fewer than 50% of the 8,700 physicians surveyed in a recent study reported being happy in their jobs. 129  Physicians’ #1 complaint was time-consuming record-keeping requirements, which 66% of respondents said have eaten away at the time they have available to spend with patients.

In response to these problems, some physicians have taken to redesigning their own jobs. Specifically, many are adopting a “direct primary care” (DPC) model that cuts out insurance companies and, thus, much of the paperwork and regulation that can strip physicians of feelings of autonomy and task significance. According to the Direct Primary Care Coalition website, “It works. Since 2009, almost 1,200 new DPC practices have emerged and employers, unions, and even health plans now rely on DPC doctors to provide better care for their employees. Employers report their cost of providing health care goes down by as much as 20%. Patients love the care they get. Doctors love doing what they were trained to do instead of filling out insurance forms.” 130  ●

The “direct primary care” model represents an attempt to drastically redesign primary care physicians’ jobs. Which critical psychological states do you think are likely to increase in doctors who are able to spend significantly more time with their patients and significantly less time filling out paperwork? How might this impact patient outcomes?

Shutterstock

Page 542

12.5 Reinforcement Perspectives on Motivation

THE BIG PICTURE

Reinforcement theory suggests behavior will be repeated if it has positive consequences and won’t be if it has negative consequences. This section also describes how to use four techniques—positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, extinction, and punishment—to modify employee behavior.

LO 12-5

Discuss how to use four types of behavior modification.

When businesses were forced to abruptly shut their doors in mid-March of 2020, ChefStable, part owner of more than 20 restaurants, had to lay off around 700 workers. But as the group’s restaurants adapted to a new delivery and curbside takeout model, a portion of their business returned, and they sought to rehire some of their workers. The problem was, many of their former employees were making more money from a combination of unemployment benefits and weekly $600 Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation checks than they had in their jobs—almost $400 more per week, to be precise. ChefStable would have had to offer a $25.40 hourly wage to its line cooks to match the temporary unemployment bonus. This story underscores the power of consequences in determining people’s actions. 131

The reinforcement perspective, which was pioneered by Edward L. Thorndike and B. F. Skinner, is concerned with how consequences affect behavior. 132  Two ideas form the foundation of the reinforcement perspective:

1. Skinner’s concept of operant conditioning—the process of controlling behavior by manipulating its consequences, which is rooted in...

2. Thorndike’s  law of effect —which says behavior with favorable consequences tends to be repeated, while behavior with unfavorable consequences tends to disappear. 133

From these underpinnings arose  reinforcement theory , which attempts to explain behavior change by suggesting that behavior with positive consequences tends to be repeated, whereas behavior with negative consequences tends not to be repeated. The use of reinforcement theory to change human behavior is called behavior modification.

The Four Types of Behavior Modification: Positive Reinforcement, Negative Reinforcement, Extinction, and Punishment

Reinforcement  is anything that strengthens the likelihood that a given behavior will be repeated in the future.

There are four types of behavior modification: (1) positive reinforcement, (2) negative reinforcement, (3) extinction, and (4) punishment. (See  Figure 12.10 .)

Page 543

FIGURE 12.10  Four types of behavior modification

These are different ways of changing employee behavior.

Positive Reinforcement: Strengthens Behavior

Positive reinforcement  is the introduction of positive consequences to strengthen the likelihood that a particular behavior will occur again in the future.

Example: A supervisor who has asked a salesperson to sell more policies might reward successful performance by saying, “It’s great that you exceeded your sales quota, and you’ll get a bonus for it. Maybe next time you’ll sell even more and will become a member of the Circle of 100 Top Sellers and win a trip to Paris as well.” Note the rewards: praise, more money, recognition, awards. Presumably this will strengthen the behavior and the sales rep will work even harder in the coming months.

Negative Reinforcement: Also Strengthens Behavior

Negative reinforcement  is removal of a negative stimulus to strengthen the likelihood that a particular behavior will occur again in the future.

Example: A supervisor who has been pestering a salesperson might say, “Now that you’ve exceeded your quota, I’ll get off your case and stop the pestering.” Note that the removal of the supervisor’s negative statements is meant to increase the likelihood that the salesperson will continue to meet their quota.

Page 544

Extinction: Weakens Behavior

Extinction  decreases the likelihood that a particular behavior will occur again in the future by ignoring it or making sure it is not reinforced.

Example: You fail to answer a call from a telemarketer because you want the person to stop calling. By ignoring the call, you hope the person on the other end will give up trying to reach you.

Punishment: Also Weakens Behavior

Punishment  decreases the likelihood that a behavior will occur again in the future by presenting something negative or withdrawing something positive.

Example: The U.S. Department of Transportation now fines airlines up to $27,500 per passenger for planes left on the tarmac for more than three hours. 134  This policy has reduced reported cases to historic lows. 135  Airline lobbying groups are now pressing the Trump administration to roll back the rule, however, among other passenger protections. 136  Do you think it’s a good strategy to use fear to motivate employees?

Using Behavior Modification to Motivate Employees

The following are some guidelines for using two types of behavior modification—positive reinforcement and punishment.

Positive Reinforcement

There are several aspects of positive reinforcement that should be part of your managerial toolkit:

· Reward only desirable behavior. You should give rewards to your employees only when they show desirable behavior. Thus, for example, you should give praise to employees not for showing up for work on time (an expected part of any job) but for showing up early.

· Give rewards as soon as possible. You should give a reward as soon as possible after the desirable behavior appears. Thus, you should give praise to an early-arriving employee as soon as he or she arrives, not later in the week.

· Be clear about what behavior is desired. Clear communication is everything. You should tell employees exactly what kinds of work behaviors are desirable, and you should tell everyone exactly what he or she must do to earn rewards.

· Have different rewards and recognize individual differences. Recognizing that different people respond to different kinds of rewards, you should have different rewards available. Thus, you might give a word of praise verbally to one person, text or e-mail a line or two to another person, or send a hand-scrawled note to another.

The “carrot and stick” metaphor often is used to illustrate motivation through reward and punishment. Which do you think is the better motivator—the promise of reward (carrot) or the fear of punishment (stick)? Are there times when one may be more appropriate and/or effective than the other?

Comstock Images/Alamy Stock Photo

Punishment

Unquestionably there will be times when you’ll need to threaten or administer an unpleasant consequence to stop an employee’s undesirable behavior. Sometimes it’s best to address a problem by combining punishment with positive reinforcement. Some suggestions for using punishment are as follows.

Page 545

· Punish only undesirable behavior. You should give punishment only when employees show frequent undesirable behavior. Otherwise, employees may come to view you negatively, as a tyrannical boss. Thus, for example, you should reprimand employees who show up, say, a half hour late for work but not 5 or 10 minutes late.

· Give reprimands or disciplinary actions as soon as possible. You should mete out punishment as soon as possible after the undesirable behavior occurs. Thus, you should give a reprimand to a late-arriving employee as soon as he or she arrives.

· Be clear about what behavior is undesirable. Tell employees exactly what kinds of work behaviors are undesirable and make sure the severity of the disciplinary action or reprimand matches the severity of the behavior. A manager should not, for example, dock an hourly employee’s pay if he or she is only 5 or 10 minutes late for work.

· Administer punishment in private. You would hate to have your boss chew you out in front of your subordinates, and the people who report to you also shouldn’t be reprimanded in public, which would lead only to resentments that may have nothing to do with an employee’s infractions.

· Combine punishment and positive reinforcement. If you’re reprimanding an employee, be sure to also say what he or she is doing right and state what rewards the employee might be eligible for. For example, while reprimanding someone for being late, say that a perfect attendance record over the next few months will put that employee in line for a raise or promotion. ●

12.6 Using Compensation, Nonmonetary Incentives, and Other Rewards to Motivate: In Search of the Positive Work Environment

THE BIG PICTURE

Compensation, the main motivator of performance, includes pay for performance, bonuses, profit sharing, gainsharing, stock options, and pay for knowledge. Other, nonmonetary incentives address needs that aren’t being met, such as work–life balance, growth in skills, positive work environment, and meaning in work.

LO 12-6

Discuss the role of compensation in motivating employees.

In this section we consider the tools today’s managers use to motivate superior employee performance. We begin by discussing the various monetary rewards that have dominated employee compensation models throughout recent history.

We then turn our attention to nonmonetary incentives, because we know now that employees often choose jobs for reasons other than financial compensation. Numerous research studies support the notion that workers can be equally, and sometimes even more, motivated by: 137

1. Work–life balance.

2. Personal growth.

3. A positive work environment.

4. Meaningful work.

Page 546

Are all job seekers motivated equally by the same rewards? If you answered “no,” then you are correct. Financial compensation is only one type of incentive employees seek, and for many, money is secondary to things like flexibility, meaningfulness, and growth opportunities. What are the primary rewards you will seek in a job?

Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock

Is Money the Best Motivator?

Whatever happened to good old money as a motivator?

Many workers rate having a caring boss higher than monetary benefits. 138  For working parents, flexibility may be more important than salary. 139  A recent Gallup poll found that employees are 50% happier at work when they have close relationships with their co-workers. 140  Finally, a 2019 Jobvite survey of 1,500 Americans found that career growth opportunities were more important to job seekers than financial compensation, retirement benefits, or health care. 141  Clearly, then, motivating doesn’t just involve money.

Motivation and Compensation

Most people are paid an hourly wage or a weekly or monthly salary. Both of these are easy for organizations to administer, of course. But by itself a wage or a salary gives an employee little incentive to work hard. Incentive compensation plans try to do so, although no single plan will boost the performance of all employees. (Indeed, a Wall Street Journal analysis found that the S&P 500 CEOs who earned the biggest pay increases in 2017 ran average-performing companies, and the CEOS of the top-performing companies earned average pay.) 142  What does this suggest to you about the link between pay and performance?

Characteristics of the Best Incentive Compensation Plans

In accordance with most of the theories of motivation we described earlier, for incentive plans to work, certain criteria are advisable, such as:

1. Rewards must be linked to performance and be measurable.

2. Rewards must satisfy individual needs.

3. Rewards must be agreed on by manager and employees.

4. Rewards must be believable and achievable by employees.

Popular Incentive Compensation Plans

In what way would you like to be rewarded for your efforts? Some of the most well-known incentive compensation plans are pay for performance, bonuses, profit sharing, gainsharing, stock options, and pay for knowledge.

Page 547

Pay for Performance

Also known as merit pay,  pay for performance  bases pay on one’s results. Thus, different salaried employees might get different pay raises and other rewards (such as promotions) depending on their overall job performance. Examples of pay-for-performance plans include:

· Piece rate. One standard pay-for-performance plan is payment according to a  piece rate , in which employees are paid according to how much output they produce, as is often used with farm workers picking fruits or vegetables. Piece-rate employers must comply with state and federal minimum wage laws. 143

· Sales commission. With a  sales commission  plan, sales representatives are paid a percentage of the earnings the company made from their sales, so that the more they sell, the more they are paid. The financial services company Edward Jones pays its employees a salary plus commissions on sales for the first four years and then commissions only, on a scale that increases from 9% to 40% over time. 144

Bonuses

Bonuses  are cash awards given to employees who achieve specific performance objectives. Signing bonuses are also a popular way to attract new employees, particularly in tight labor markets.

Company Examples: A recent review of available jobs showed that many organizations were offering bonuses to attract new employees. At Northwell Health, employees who successfully completed a three-month probationary period were offered a $10,000 bonus. Hyatt paid newly hired full-time room attendants a $1,000 bonus ($500 after a successful 90 days, and $500 after another three months). 145

Profit Sharing

Profit sharing  is the distribution to employees of a percentage of the company’s profits.

Publix Example: Publix supermarket chain was founded in 1930. Founder George Jenkins wanted to build the company around employee ownership and profit sharing, but the Great Depression left workers with little to nothing to invest. Jenkins decided to give each employee a $2 per-week raise, then held the money back for stock shares. Publix continues its tradition of profit sharing to this day and is now the largest employee-owned supermarket company in the United States. 146

Gainsharing

Gainsharing  is the distribution of savings or “gains” to groups of employees who reduced costs and increased measurable productivity. Gainsharing has been applied in a variety of industries, from manufacturing to nonprofit, and is said to be used in more than a quarter of Fortune 1000 companies, as well as many small- to mid-size businesses. 147  In one version (the so-called Scanlon plan), a portion of any cost savings, usually 75%, is distributed to employees.

Progressive Example: The Progressive Corporation, one of the nation’s largest insurance providers, has adopted a performance-based gainsharing plan open to all officers and employees (except temporary workers). The plan calculates payments by multiplying paid earnings by a target percentage (a figure between 1% and 150% that varies by position) and by a performance factor. 148

Stock Options

With  stock options , certain employees are given the right to buy stock at a future date for a discounted price. The motivator here is that employees holding stock options will supposedly work hard to make the company’s stock rise so that they can obtain it at a cheaper price.

Company Examples: U.S. companies that currently offer stock options include Nordstrom, WillowTree, Aflac, Real Self, Buffer, and Apple. 149

Page 548

Pay for Knowledge

Also known as skill-based pay,  pay for knowledge  ties employee pay to the number of job-relevant skills or academic degrees they earn. 150

Example: The teaching profession is a time-honored instance of this incentive, in which elementary and secondary teachers are encouraged to increase their salaries by earning additional college credit. However, firms such as FedEx also have pay-for-knowledge plans.

Nonmonetary Ways of Motivating Employees

Employees who can behave autonomously, solve problems, and take initiative are apt to be the very ones who will leave if they find their own needs aren’t being met—namely, employees crave (1) work–life balance, (2) personal growth, (3) a positive work environment, and (4) meaningful work.

The Need for Work–Life Balance

A recent article on the importance of work–life balance noted just how little of it workers currently have. “An executive at JPMorgan Chase & Co. gets unapologetic messages from colleagues on nights and weekends, including a notably demanding one on Easter Sunday. A web designer whose bedroom doubles as an office has to set an alarm to remind himself to eat during his non-stop workday. At Intel Corp., a vice president with four kids logs 13-hour days while attempting to juggle her parenting duties and her job.” 151  Indeed, nearly 40% of American professionals now work 11-hour days. In a study of thousands of workers, the biggest obstacles to work–life balance included unsupportive bosses and the pressure to be “always on” because of technology. 152

Among the employer offerings designed to cater to the desire for work–life balance (at least for some employees) are work–life benefits, flex-time, and vacation/sabbatical time.

Work–Life Benefits

Work–life benefits  consist of initiatives and programs that employers implement in an effort to help employees balance the often competing needs of their work and home lives. 153  The purpose of such benefits is to remove barriers that make it hard for people to strike a balance between their work and personal lives, such as allowing parents time off to take care of sick children.

Work–life benefits include:

· Helping employees with day care costs or even establishing onsite centers.

· Access to mental health services.

· Offering domestic-partner benefits.

· Giving job-protected leave for new parents.

· Free or reduced gym memberships.

· Providing technology, such as mobile phones and laptops, to enable parents to work at home. 154  (Unfortunately, the workplace culture often tends to discourage paid leave for parents, particularly fathers.) 155

How good are U.S. employers at making work–life benefits available? The United States actually ranks fairly low on this feature—27th out of 38 on a list of countries with the best work–life balance. 156

Flex-Time

Flex-time is a characteristic of the flexible workplace—including part-time work, a compressed workweek, job sharing, and telecommuting. Among the top 10 companies offering flex-time arrangements in 2020 were XPLANE, Square Root, and Mindflash. 157

The job performance of employees who were able to work from home improved by 13% in one nine-month flex-time experiment conducted by the National Bureau of Economic Research. 158  In another study, flexible work arrangements had a significant role in reducing chronic employee stress. 159

Page 549

Vacations and Sabbaticals

Some companies now offer unlimited paid vacation days to their employees, including Roku, Dropbox, and GE. 160  Sabbaticals—extended periods of paid time off that employees earn over several years—are another work–life benefit gaining in popularity. A few of the companies offering sabbaticals to U.S. employees are The Container Store, The Cheesecake Factory, REI, and Patagonia. 161

The Need for Personal Growth

According to a recent survey, 94% of employees would stay with a company longer if they had opportunities for learning and development. 162  Young workers in particular, having watched their parents’ layoffs and downsizing during the Great Recession, are apt to view a job as a way of gaining skills that will enable them to earn a decent living in the future. Employers have another point of view: They see it as developing human capital, which, as we saw in  Chapter 9 , is the economic or protective potential of employee knowledge, experience, and actions.

Balancing work with life. Work factors don’t always allow for life factors—sick children, school appointments, family emergencies, problems with aging parents, medical appointments, and other personal matters. People around the world are urging employees to ease the single-minded focus on jobs by introducing more flexibility and balance into their lives—work–life balance. What are the top three nonwork concerns that you might have to deal with that you hope your employer might accommodate for you?

Paul Bradbury/Getty Images

Learning opportunities can take three forms:

· Studying co-workers. Managers can see that workers are matched with co-workers from whom they can learn, allowing them, for instance, to “shadow” (watch and imitate) workers in other jobs or participate in interdepartmental task forces.

· Tuition reimbursement. Being reimbursed for partial or full tuition for part-time study at a college or university.

· Learning and development. According to Training magazine, U.S. companies spent $83 billion on employee learning and development in 2019. 163  Although instructor-led classrooms are still the dominant training method, 29.6% of learning hours were spent on online or other computer-based programs, including virtual classrooms and webcasts. Blended learning techniques accounted for about 28% of learning hours, and nearly 5% were conducted via mobile devices.

The Need for a Positive Work Environment

Wanting to work in a positive environment begins with the idea of well-being.  Well-being  is the combined impact of five elements—positive emotions, engagement, relationships, meaning, and achievement (PERMA), according to renowned psychologist Martin Seligman. 164  There is one essential thing to remember about these elements: We must pursue them for their own sake, not as a means to obtain another outcome. In other words, well-being comes about by freely pursuing one or more of the five elements in PERMA.

Flourishing  represents the extent to which our lives contain PERMA. When we flourish, our lives result in “goodness . . . growth, and resilience.” 165

· Flourishing is associated with positive outcomes like better job performance, increased organizational citizenship, lower turnover intentions, and positive mental health. 166

· Unfortunately, many people are not flourishing. For example, according to the American Institute of Stress, workplace stress “has reached near-epidemic levels,” and is contributing to increase reliance on caffeine, sugar, and anti-anxiety medication. 167  U.S. data further showed that only 11% of workplaces encourage employees to use mental health days. 168

Page 550

By contrast, positive emotions broaden your perspective about how to overcome challenges in your life—joy, for instance, is more likely to lead you to envision creative ideas during a brainstorming session. Positive emotions also build on themselves, resulting in a spreading of positive emotions within yourself and those around you. 169

What can employers do to create a positive work environment?

· Encourage managers and co-workers to express gratitude (the  Practical Action box  explains how this can be done).

· Create a positive physical setting.

· Be a thoughtful boss.

Let us consider each of these suggestions.

PRACTICAL ACTION
How Managers Can Encourage Gratitude

Psychology professor and author Robert Emmons says that gratitude is a “basic human requirement.” 170  People need to receive recognition and appreciation for the contributions they make. 171  Since we spend the majority of our waking hours at our jobs, this makes encouraging gratitude in the workplace vital, and studies suggest that gratitude increases job satisfaction, work productivity, and physical/mental health. 172  As one reporter put it, “Gratitude is the grease that makes working with others eas ier.” 173  Here are some suggestions for encouraging gratitude with your friends and colleagues.

Do you like being appreciated for a job well done? We sure do—and so do most humans, according to experts in the field of psychology. Throughout your career, and especially as a manager, remember that a little gratitude goes a long way for employees.

sirtravelalot/Shutterstock

Be Specific

One of the best ways to show others sincere appreciation is to give them praise that is specific and tied to how they have helped you or the organization achieve its goals. 174

Lucid Software created a corporate gratitude flowchart to show gratitude to its employees. Rather than generic praise, the diagram contains a personalized message of gratitude for each employee written by the manager. Each note expresses specifically what the employee does to contribute to the company, and every employee receives a copy of the full flowchart at the end of the year. 175

Use Gratitude to Build Relationships

Gratitude not only bolsters individual employees’ confidence, it also helps build partnerships across organizational boundaries.

The sales and service teams at Blinds.com came up with the “traveling department trophy” that it awards each month to the partner group that has made a noticeable impact. The trophy includes a “thank you breakfast” offering an opportunity for networking and relationship-building across divisions that may not otherwise interact. 176

Go Public

Expressions of gratitude are particularly special when you give them to your co-workers. 177  Public accolades satisfy our social and esteem needs and serve as examples to others of the kinds of work behaviors the organization values. Furthermore, studies suggest that just witnessing expressions of gratitude, even if you are not the one being praised, is enough to generate positive benefits of gratefulness. 178  Clearly, public recognition can be a useful tool.

Encourage Peer-to-Peer Gratitude

Some evidence suggests it may be more important for workers to be thanked by their peers than by their managers. Such praise may hold more weight because peers are highly familiar with what it takes to do the job well. 179

Laszlo Bock, former senior VP of people operations at Google, created a digital tool called gThanks that Google employees could use to thank each other for their contributions to the company. Any worker could show gratitude to any other worker, and Bock often printed the messages of thanks and hung them outside his office. 180

Page 551

Make It Easy for Others to Practice Gratitude

Gratitude needs to be easy to practice if you want to inject it into your organization’s culture. One company suggested keeping blank thank-you notes at the front desk that employees could grab whenever they wanted to send a note of thanks to another employee. 181

Organizations can also make it easier for customers to show gratitude to employees. Disney introduced the hashtag #CastCompliment for visitors to use to recognize any outstanding experiences they’ve had with cast members (employees) while at the park. Employees’ bosses then retweet the comments with the employees’ photographs. 182

Recognize the Power of Praise

Praise is a powerful tool no matter how you show it. Research suggests that it takes three positive comments to outweigh the impact of a single negative comment we receive. 183  Even if employees aren’t performing as well as you’d like, it may be worthwhile to consider praising the things they are doing well instead of criticizing them for faults. We are more likely to repeat good behavior, and also be motivated to improve, when our efforts and contributions are recognized and appreciated. 184

Southwest Airlines recognizes the power of praise. The company’s CEO gives a weekly “shout out” to an employee who has done an outstanding job, and Southwest’s magazine features a story about an exemplary employee each month. 185

YOUR CALL

Can you recall a time when someone expressed sincere gratitude for your contributions to a project? How did this make you feel? What creative suggestions can you come up with to encourage more gratitude in your organization?

· Positive physical settings. The cubicle, according to new research, is stifling the creativity and morale of many workers, and the bias of modern-day office designers for open spaces and neutral colors is leading to employee complaints that their workplaces are too noisy or too bland. Some businesses, such as Hewlett-Packard and Cisco, have moved beyond cubicles to completely open offices while carefully controlling noise levels with soundscaping. 186

· Thoughtful bosses. It’s said that “people don’t leave jobs, they leave managers.” 187  In fact, one study found that 75% of American workers believe that their supervisor is the “most stressful part of their workday.” 188  A Gallup study also found that about 50% of the 7,200 adults surveyed left a job “to get away from their manager.” 189  Some of these employees were well paid, but is this enough?

The Need for Meaningful Work

Workers now want to be with an organization that allows them to feel they matter. One research study reported that workers would be willing to give up 23% of their lifetime future earnings for a job that would always be meaningful. 190  On a recent Forbes list of “the 25 most meaningful jobs that pay well,” the top five were in the medical profession. 191  (See the Management in Action case at the end of the chapter for more about meaningful work in the medical profession.)

World War II concentration camp survivor Viktor Frankl, author of Man’s Search for Meaning, strongly believed that “striving to find a meaning in one’s life is the primary motivational force” for people. 192  In other words, it is the drive to find meaning in our lives that instills in us a sense of purpose and motivation to pursue goals. A legendary story is told of the cleaner at NASA who, when President Kennedy asked him what his job was, replied, “I’m helping to put a man on the moon.” 193

Page 552

Meaningfulness , then, is characterized by a sense of being part of something you believe is bigger than yourself. 194  What follows are three suggestions for building meaning into your life.

1. Identify activities you love doing. Try to do more of these activities or find ways to build them into your work role, something Andrew Babish has done.

Binging with Babish Example: Andrew Rea (a.k.a., Oliver Babish) is an American filmmaker and YouTube sensation. His cooking channel, Binging with Babish, has almost 7 million subscribers, and Rea credits it with pulling him out of a severe depression. The YouTube project allowed Rea to marry his love of filmmaking with his love of food. “Even if it hadn’t become my career and completely changed my life, the late nights spent tinkering after work would’ve been worth it,” Rea said. “I was cooking again, I was filming again, I was happy again.” 195

Binging with Babish YouTube Sensation Andrew Rea believes that the opportunity to engage with two of the things he loves most—cooking and film—has helped him to manage his depression.

Courtesy of Andrew Rea

2. Find a way to build your natural strengths into your personal and work life. Want to be more engaged with your school, work, and leisure activities? Take the time to list your highest strengths, your weaknesses, which strengths you use on a daily basis—and find what you can do to incorporate your strengths into your school, work, and leisure activities.

Lloyds Banking Group Example: At London-based, multi-billion-dollar Lloyds Banking Group, selection decisions hinge in part on the extent to which job candidates are able to apply their natural gifts on the job. Specifically, the company uses virtual reality to place applicants into job situations and then evaluates their performance according to their strengths. According to the company’s graduate and emerging-leadership development lead, Lisa Dell’Avvocato, “The more we allow candidates to reveal their natural strengths and behaviors, the more we can ensure that we align people to roles and teams where they will thrive.” 196

3. Go out and help someone. Research shows that people derive a sense of meaningfulness from helping others, that it creates an upward spiral of positivity. 197

Genentech Example: Employees at Genentech get a full week each year—Genentech Gives Back Week—to devote to volunteering. The company encourages its workers to give their time to local nonprofit organizations or to participate in company-sponsored charitable activities. Each year, the week is capped off with a concert (past performers include Justin Timberlake and Katy Perry). 198

Page 553

12.7 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 12-7

Describe how to develop the career readiness competency of self-motivation.

This chapter has clear implications for developing the career readiness attitude of self-motivation. It is an attitude within the career readiness model shown below. (See  Figure 12.11 .) The competency of self-motivation is defined as the ability to work productively without constant direction, instruction, and praise. It also includes the ability to establish and maintain good work habits and consistent focus on organizational goals and personal development. Practicing self-management is a great way to take a structured approach to increasing your self-motivation.

FIGURE 12.11  Model of career readiness

©2018 Kinicki & Associates, Inc.

Self-management entails more than just controlling your emotions. Effective self-management requires making “a conscious choice to resist a preference or habit and instead demonstrate a more productive behavior.” 199  The essence of self-management is understanding who you are, what you want in life, what you want to accomplish during your life-long journey, and then making it all happen. This pursuit of your dreams or goals is what drives the self-motivation employers are looking for.

In this section, we offer a six-step process to help you apply the principles of self-management on a daily basis. Then we offer tips on recharging to underscore the importance of balancing this intense self-effort with downtime and relaxation.

Page 554

The Self-Management Process

1. Identify Your “Wildly Important” Long-Term Goal

Your goal can be as long term as a personal vision statement or as short term such as getting a job after graduation that fits your needs and values and pays a decent salary.

· The wildly important goal is your “north star” or guiding purpose.

· Writing it down is a reminder of how you should spend your time in both the short and long term.

· State your Wildly Important Goal in terms of the SMART framework we discussed in  Chapter 5 .

2. Break Your Wildly Important Goal into Short-Term Goals

Research tells us you are more likely to achieve your Wildly Important Goal if you break it down into smaller bite-size goals. For example, if your most important long-term goal is to get a good job after graduation, this step entails identifying the major milestones you must accomplish to make that happen. They might include outcomes like:

· Maintain a GPA of 3.0.

· Increase my career readiness.

· Obtain an internship.

· Become a student leader in one organization.

· Gain work experience in my functional field of study.

· Obtain funds to pay tuition.

· Network with professionals in my field of study.

3. Create a “To-Do” List for Accomplishing Your Short-Term Goals

A “to-do” list identifies the daily activities needed to achieve your short-term goals. It is your detailed plan for achieving them. You may want to use task management software to help create and organize your tasks. For example, one of your authors has a “higher-level” task list that spans outcomes he wants to achieve for the next year. He then creates more immediate task lists every month that guide his behavior.

4. Prioritize the Tasks

A “to-do” list can get overwhelming if you don’t organize it. Organize by prioritizing the tasks in the order in which you need to complete them.

· Prioritizing in this way enables you to schedule your time to maximize your efficiency and smooth your achievement of interdependent tasks.

· There is one common error to avoid during this step. Research shows that people tend to work on “easy to complete” tasks rather than harder ones as a task list grows. This strategy actually makes you less productive because easier tasks are generally not as important as more difficult or time-consuming tasks. 200

· One useful suggestion is to rank the tasks from (1) low importance to (5) high importance.

5. Create a Time Schedule

It’s time to establish start and stop dates for each task once you have made your task list. Dates enable you to organize your schedule and monitor your progress. Here again you may find it useful to employ task management software.

6. Work the Plan, Reward Yourself, and Adjust as Needed

The best-laid plans generally have unforeseen inhibitors like illness, a car breakdown, or a crashed computer. Be flexible while working on your task plan. Finally, make the process fun by rewarding yourself for achieving various milestones. The reward should be something you value. One of your authors uses golf as his reward for completing his designated tasks.

Page 555

Recharging

Self-motivation requires the ability to maintain consistent focus and self-direction toward accomplishing important goals. But it also requires that you practice self-care and allow yourself time to recharge and re-energize each day. Unfortunately, American workers tend to focus most of their energy on the former, and very little on the latter. A recent Gallup poll revealed that almost 25% of workers experience burnout either “often” or “always,” and another 44% experience burnout some of the time. 201  We think it’s essential that you include recharging as part of your self-motivation strategy. Here are a few tips: 202

1. Figure Out What Recharging Means to You

When your smartphone or watch battery gets low, you have to put it on the charger and wait. There is no other solution—your devices have one and only one way to get their power back. But people are not devices, and the way we recharge is unique to us as individuals.

The trick is to figure out what recharging looks like for you. For example, for your author who happens to be an extravert, recharging means being social and interacting with people, whether by throwing a party for 30 friends, playing in a golf tournament, or taking a group Pilates class. For your other author who is decidedly introverted, recharging means being as far from most people as possible. She prefers having time at home in order to feel refreshed, and this might include a Netflix binge, an evening of food and drinks with immediate family or one or two close friends, or spending a weekend giving a closet the full KonMari treatment.

Don’t feel guilty about doing what you need in order to recharge. Your iPhone doesn’t apologize for needing to be plugged into the charger—and neither should you.

2. Include Mental and Physical Relaxation

Remember that recharging includes both mental and physical elements. Your body may be suffering the physical effects of stress even if you don’t immediately feel it. One way to relax both your mind and body is through mindfulness meditation (discussed in several earlier chapters).

3. Accept Kindness

Often, we feel the need to prove to others that we can take care of everything on our own. Unfortunately, this can result in turning down offers of help and kindness. Maybe you have a friend who has offered to pet-sit for the weekend so that you can go on a camping trip. Or perhaps you know someone in massage therapy school who is looking for opportunities to practice their technique. Whatever they may be, remember to accept offers of kindness that will bring you joy and relaxation. Give yourself permission to be taken care of.

Key Points

12.1 Motivating for Performance

· Motivation is defined as the psychological processes that arouse and direct goal-directed behavior.

· In a simple model of motivation, people have certain needs that motivate them to perform specific behaviors for which they receive rewards that feed back and satisfy the original need.

· Rewards are of two types: (1) extrinsic and (2) intrinsic.

· Four major perspectives on motivation are (1) content, (2) process, (3) job design, and (4) reinforcement.

12.2 Content Perspectives on Employee Motivation

· Content perspectives or need-based perspectives emphasize the needs that motivate people.

· Besides the McGregor Theory X/Theory Y (Chapter 2), need-based perspectives include (1) the hierarchy of needs theory, (2) the acquired needs theory, (3) the self-determination theory, and (4) the two-factor theory.

· The hierarchy of needs theory proposes that people are motivated by five levels of need.

· The acquired needs theory states that three needs are major motives determining people’s behavior in the workplace.

· The self-determination theory assumes that people are driven to try to grow and attain fulfillment, with their behavior and well-being influenced by three innate needs.

· The two-factor theory proposes that work satisfaction and dissatisfaction arise from two different factors: work satisfaction from so-called motivating factors, and work dissatisfaction from so-called hygiene factors.

12.3 Process Perspectives on Employee Motivation

· Process perspectives are concerned with the thought processes by which people decide how to act. Three process perspectives on motivation are (1) equity theory, (2) expectancy theory, and (3) goal-setting theory.

· Equity theory focuses on employee perceptions as to how fairly they think they are being treated compared with others. The key elements in equity theory are inputs, outputs (rewards), and comparisons.

· Equity theory has expanded into an area called organizational justice, which is concerned with the extent to which people perceive they are treated fairly at work. Three different components of organizational justice have been identified: (1) distributive justice, (2) procedural justice, and (3) interactional justice.

· Expectancy theory is based on three concepts: expectancy, instrumentality, and valence of rewards.

· Goal-setting theory suggests that employees can be motivated by goals that are specific and challenging but achievable and linked to action plans.

Page 557

12.4 Job Design Perspectives on Motivation

· Job design is, first, the division of an organization’s work among its employees, and second, the application of motivational theories to jobs to increase satisfaction and performance.

· Two approaches to job design are fitting people to jobs (the traditional approach) and fitting jobs to people (the modern approach).

· Two techniques for fitting jobs to people include (1) job enlargement and (2) job enrichment.

· An outgrowth of job enrichment is the job characteristics model, which consists of (1) five core job characteristics that affect (2) three critical psychological states of an employee that in turn affect (3) work outcomes—the employee’s motivation, performance, and satisfaction.

· The five core job characteristics are (1) skill variety, (2) task identity, (3) task significance, (4) autonomy, and (5) feedback.

12.5 Reinforcement Perspectives on Motivation

· Reinforcement theory attempts to explain behavior change by suggesting that behavior with positive consequences tends to be repeated, whereas behavior with negative consequences tends not to be repeated. Reinforcement is anything that causes a given behavior to be repeated.

· The use of reinforcement theory to change human behavior is called behavior modification.

· There are four types of behavior modification: (1) positive reinforcement, (2) negative reinforcement, (3) extinction, and (4) punishment.

12.6 Using Compensation, Nonmonetary Incentives, and Other Rewards to Motivate

· Compensation is one form of work motivator.

· Popular incentive compensation plans are (1) pay for performance, (2) bonuses, (3) profit sharing, (4) gainsharing, (5) stock options, and (6) pay for knowledge.

· There are also nonmonetary ways of compensating employees. Some employees will leave because they feel the need for work–life balance, the need to grow, the need for a positive work environment, and the need to matter. To retain such employees, nonmonetary incentives have been introduced, such as the flexible workplace.

12.7 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· Self-motivation is increased by applying six steps of self-management.

· The six steps of self-management include the following: (1) Identify your wildly important long-term goal. (2) Break your wildly important goal into short-term goals. (3) Create a “to-do” list for accomplishing your short-term goals. (4) Prioritize the tasks you need to complete. (5) Create a time schedule for completing tasks. (6) Work the plan, reward yourself, and adjust as needed.

· Self-motivation also requires recharging.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. What is motivation, and how does it work?

2. What are the four major perspectives on motivation?

3. Briefly describe the four content perspectives discussed in this chapter: hierarchy of needs theory, acquired needs theory, self-determination theory, and two-factor theory.

4. What are the principal elements of the three process perspectives: equity theory, expectancy theory, and goal-setting theory?

5. What is the definition of job design, and what are two techniques of job design?

6. Describe the five job attributes of the job characteristics model.

7. What are the four types of behavior modification?

8. What are six incentive compensation plans?

9. Discuss some nonmonetary ways of motivating employees.

10. Explain a process for using self-management to enhance the career readiness competency of self-motivation.

Page 558

Management in Action

What Motivated Workers in the Face of a Pandemic?

Sometimes it’s easy to figure out what’s going to motivate workers. But at other times it’s nearly impossible to know what would make someone want to persevere in a particular job. During the COVID-19 pandemic, health care workers across the globe stepped up and sacrificed themselves—in ways that the rest of us may never fully grasp—in order to take care of humanity. They exposed themselves and their families to the virus, they worked without proper personal protective equipment (PPE), and they kept at it during gruelingly long shifts, day after day. Reports estimated that health care workers’ infection rates were somewhere between 10% and 20% of the total cases. 203  On the surface, it seemed there were no plausible explanations for why these workers continued to show up to their jobs throughout the crisis.

JUST HOW BAD WAS IT?

Health care jobs are some of the most stressful jobs in the world. Studies of occupational stress and burnout are often conducted using health care workers because as a professional group they are exposed to extreme stressors on a consistent basis in their jobs. In fact, pre-COVID-19, 63% of hospital nurses were already experiencing significant job burnout. 204  During the pandemic, things became much worse. Some ER nurses, who typically cared for 4 to 5 patients per shift, were suddenly responsible for 25+ patients, with more than one-third on ventilators requiring highly specialized care and attention. 205

Health care workers realized quickly that they were at high risk of exposure to the virus. One nurse reported that managers gave him and his co-workers two N95 masks each week. Intended to be thrown away after each exposure to a dangerous pathogen, the masks became reusable, and nurses stored them in bags between shifts. “There’s no way you’re not getting it if you are working in the emergency room with the bare minimum protection,” he said. 206

Another nurse reported high levels of anxiety and worry surrounding health care workers’ jobs. “I would say that there is 100 percent tension in the air, nurses and health care providers are scared,” she said, adding, “They’re scared to work and are mentally and physically being torn apart by this.” 207

INCENTIVES

As health care facilities became overcrowded and worker shortages became apparent, states began announcing incentives to attract more health care workers. For example, in Arkansas, Governor Asa Hutchinson announced that nurses would receive a $1,000 monthly bonus payment during the pandemic, and that number would double to $2,000 if they worked in a facility with a confirmed case of COVID-19. 208  New York hospitals offered nurses upwards of $4,000 per week. Said one nurse who left her job in Detroit for a higher paying position in New York City, “When you’re overworked and understaffed, you’re going to go somewhere where they’re going to be more appreciative of you,” adding, “I felt like I was going to make a difference in New York.” 209

EXHAUSTION AND ILLNESS

No amount of money could have made up for the physical and mental toll that the pandemic took on health care workers. One ICU nurse experienced repeated bouts of respiratory symptoms, with COVID-19 testing coming up negative each time. She shared, “I realize that the mental anxiety that has been running through my veins for weeks on end since we’ve been talking about this is physically making me sick.” 210

Another nurse recalled passing out in her driveway after a 16-hour hospital shift in a COVID-19 unit. “I just closed my eyes for what I thought would be a minute and I woke up three hours later. I guess I was just that tired,” she said. 211

Due to the extreme precautions that health care facilities had to take in order to protect the population, most people who became gravely ill due to the virus had to face it alone, without the support of family or friends. For these people, physicians and nurses were their only connection, and for many, the last people they ever saw. Said one worker, “It’s heartbreaking as a nurse to know that you are that person’s everything and, sometimes, in their last moments . . . the weight of trying to fill the shoes of the people who can’t be there is really heavy.” 212

PRESSING ON

Somehow, through all of this adversity, thousands of health care workers continued to show up for work ready to do everything they could to help the sick. Cardiac nurse Jeff Morawski said of his time in ICU during the pandemic, “You don’t know what you’re walking into, and you don’t know if you’ll be able to walk away without being sick, yourself,” adding, “You walk in every day because you have a job to do.” 213

For many, shifts became focused on ways to keep themselves motivated, keep patients’ spirits up, and care for one another. For example, nurses and physicians kept whiteboard tallies of COVID-19 patients who had successfully come off of ventilators and recovered as a way to remind themselves that there was hope amid all the despair they were witnessing. Critical care physician and medical director of care experience for the Henry Ford Health System Dr. Rana Awdish said that she started rituals in her clinic to check in on workers each day. She explained, “Not rounds on the patients, but rounds on the nurses and physicians, and just go to them and, you know, ask the open-ended questions of what concerns you most today, you know? Do you have what you need to take care of yourself? What are you worried about? Who’s having the hardest time on your team? How can we support you?” 214  Another worker spent her time doing what she could to cheer up patients by drawing crowns, silly faces, and even Tiger King characters on her clear curved face shield before she entered their rooms (the shield had to be wiped clean with disinfectant after each visit, and each time, she drew something else for the next patient).

Page 559

Crowds of people cheered on workers in cities like New York City each night, showing support with songs and applause. One nurse said that she had never felt more appreciated or supported than she did during the pandemic. 215

THE LONG-TERM EFFECTS

In spite of the solidarity, positivity, and perseverance of health care workers amid the pandemic, real concerns exist about the long-term impacts that the crisis will have on their health. Said one expert, “A lot of people in the health care field have been struggling with burnout for a long period of time,” adding, “If people don’t have the ability to decompress or have that time to ground themselves, and care for themselves, go to the bathroom and eat good meals, see their families—especially if they’re already dealing with that level of burnout—my concern is that that burnout is going to become more severe.” 216  Indeed, Dr. Awdish predicts that a surge of post-traumatic stress disorder is likely to ripple through the health care workforce as the chaos begins to calm down and health care workers have time to process the ethical dilemmas and heartbreaking situations they dealt with in their roles. 217

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the perspective of hospital administrators?

2. What are the causes of this problem?

3. If you were a consultant to a hospital administrator, what recommendations would you make for fixing this problem?

Application of Chapter Content

1. What role did extrinsic and intrinsic motivation play in this case?

2. What were the major motivation issues at play in the health care industry according to the major needs-based theories of motivation (Maslow’s hierarchy, McClelland’s acquired needs, and Deci and Ryan’s self-determination)?

3. What do you think were the major equity issues faced by health care workers during the pandemic?

4. How might the job characteristics model explain why health care workers were motivated to perform well?

5. Which types of nonmonetary compensation do you think played a part in this case?

6. Which elements of self-motivation were evident to you as you read the case?

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Are Workplace Wellness Programs Using Proper Motivational Tools?

Workplace wellness programs (WWPs) aim to motivate employees to live healthier lifestyles. Companies encourage participation by offering insurance premium discounts, cash prizes, health club memberships, and other rewards to employees who (1) participate in the programs and (2) reach certain health goals, including smoking cessation, weight loss, and blood glucose and blood pressure reduction. 218  More than two-thirds of U.S. employers currently offer wellness programs. 219  Proponents believe WWPs ultimately save companies money by making employees healthier, thereby reducing the likelihood that employees will file costly medical claims. 220  This challenge looks at the use of health outcome–based rewards in voluntary WWPs.

Employees who choose to participate in voluntary WWPs provide personal medical data and undergo periodic health assessments to track their progress. One popular tool is the health risk appraisal, a questionnaire that gathers information about personal medical history, lifestyle choices, physiological metrics (weight, height), and family disease history, all of which are used to create a risk profile and plan of recommendations for the employees to address their health risks. Another commonly used tool, biometric screening, benchmarks and tracks employee data such as weight, body mass index (BMI), blood pressure, cardiovascular fitness, cholesterol, and blood glucose. 221

Page 560

One concern with WWPs is the risk of exposing workers’ private medical data. Employers are typically prohibited from basing employment decisions on medical information. The Americans with Disabilities Act and the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act regulate how much personal medical data, if any, an employer is allowed to ask for, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) sets strict standards for storage and access to individual health data. But wellness program vendors are often exempt from these provisions because many are not considered health care providers. Vendors may even sell health data to third parties and thus expose employees to the risk of unlawful disclosure and use of their data. 222

Another concern is that WWPs tie employee rewards to metrics that can be (1) inaccurate and/or (2) uncontrollable. For example, many WWPs use fitness trackers to monitor employees’ daily step counts and exercise frequency. But studies show that fitness trackers provide highly inaccurate and unreliable data. 223  Other popular incentives include weight loss and blood pressure/blood glucose reduction, but these metrics can fluctuate drastically in a single day and also depend on the reliability of the specific instruments used to measure them. Rewards tied to reductions in BMI are problematic because this measurement fails to account for factors such as muscle mass, body frame, and pregnancy, leaving otherwise highly fit employees at risk of being categorized as overweight or obese. 224

The metrics used in WWPs also fail to account for factors that participants may have little to no control over. Eating healthier and exercising more are positive choices with health benefits for many people, but these practices aren’t a surefire way to reduce weight and blood pressure/blood glucose in every participant. Certain medical conditions make meeting these goals extremely difficult, even with exemplary lifestyle choices.

The challenge is to decide whether organizations should tie employee rewards to employee health outcomes in voluntary WWPs.

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

1. I am not in favor of tying employee rewards to health outcomes. Collecting and protecting employee medical information presents substantial risks including possible data breaches. Employees should have equal access to low-cost, quality health care, regardless of their personal health information, risk profiles, or health improvements. I would keep the programs voluntary and not administer rewards.

2. I think it’s a good idea to tie rewards to employee health outcomes and to include waivers for employees to sign to authorize the release of their health information when they opt in to WWPs. Those who can improve their health-related outcomes should be rewarded for helping reduce the employer’s health care costs.

3. I think it is a good idea to tie rewards to employee health outcomes, provided those outcomes can be measured reliably and accurately. Also, it is only fair to reward people for meeting goals they are actually able to control. Increasing stress-relieving practices such as meditation may be a more realistic goal for someone with hypertension than blood-pressure reduction. Employers should work with employees to come up with realistic, achievable, personalized goals.

4. Invent other options.

Page 562

13

Groups and Teams

Increasing Cooperation, Reducing Conflict

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 13-1 Identify the characteristics of groups and teams.

2. LO 13-2 Describe the development of groups and teams.

3. LO 13-3 Discuss ways managers can build effective teams.

4. LO 13-4 Describe ways managers can deal successfully with conflict.

5. LO 13-5 Describe how to develop the career readiness competency of teamwork/collaboration.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

In this chapter, we consider groups versus teams and discuss different kinds of teams. We describe how groups evolve into teams and discuss how managers can build effective teams. We also consider the nature of conflict, both good and bad. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on developing the career readiness competency of teamwork/collaboration.

Page 563

Managing Team Conflict Like a Pro

Have you ever worked with a group or team that agreed about everything? Probably not. Everyone comes to a group project or assignment with different experiences, different ideas, and different expectations. Ideally, those differences bring out everyone’s creative side and lead to a great conclusion, but often conflicts arise that take a little effort to overcome. Here are some suggestions for handling group conflict at school and at work that will help you hone your career readiness competencies of oral communication, teamwork/collaboration, leadership, and social intelligence. 1

Acknowledge a Conflict Exists

Ignoring issues may help you avoid conflict in the short term but may lead to built-up resentment and future arguments. Face a conflict head-on by politely letting your teammates know you disagree with their position. Disagreements aren’t always pleasant but airing them out helps head off bigger disputes in the future.

Ask a Lot of Questions

To resolve a conflict between group members, you first need to get an accurate idea of what the disagreement is about, find out what everyone thinks about it, and gather as many suggestions for resolving the conflict as you can. Before you decide that you have the one and only answer, individually ask team members what they think and what they want to achieve. Try to understand what is driving their behavior in the conflict.

Frame the Conflict around Behavior, Not Personalities

No one likes being attacked or criticized just because they disagree. Instead of saying, “You’re holding everything up, Chris, because you’re so stubborn,” which is an attack on Chris’s personality, try saying, “If you would please hear everyone out before you make up your mind, Chris, we’ll be able to put more options on the table.” This moves the focus to a behavior Chris can change and identifies the benefit to the group from doing so.

Remind Team Members about the Group Norms

Norms establish accepted ways of behaving, and they can make or break a group. We suggest you take the time to establish group norms shortly after forming. Remind everyone that your current project or assignment requires them to put forth their best and most cooperative efforts at working together in order to achieve your collective goal. This entails setting norms of taking responsibility for tasks, keeping on schedule, and not interrupting others in team meetings.

Choose Your Words with Care

Ever heard the phrase that you catch more bees with honey than vinegar? The point is that words matter when it comes to conflict. Saying, “Christa, this work stinks, I’d get better work from a high school student,” is likely to create defensiveness and conflict. You want to stay away from an evaluative statement like this and replace it with specific, descriptive words. “Christa, your report had five computational errors, was two days late, and had five typos.” Describe rather than evaluate.

You also want to avoid absolutes like always and never. “Jose, you never complete your team assignments on time,” or “Rashad, you are always late to meetings.” Absolutes are rarely true, and they foster defensiveness and conflict.

There is a big difference between saying, “You want to redraft the whole report  but I want to stay on schedule,” and saying, “You want to redraft the whole report  and I want to stay on schedule.” The first suggests your goals aren’t compatible; the second says both sides have merit and compromise is possible.

Finally, don’t give your teammates ultimatums or make rigid demands. Saying, "You all need to get me your parts of the project by tonight or else I will just do it myself," will make you look demanding, controlling, and difficult to work with. You can build more goodwill by working with your teammates on allocating tasks and setting deadlines instead of bossing people around.

Remember Conflict Can Be Productive

It’s tempting to avoid or even fear conflict because open disagreement can be uncomfortable, but research shows that conflict isn’t always bad. For example, teams that have a high level of disagreement in decision making, but good personal relationships, have more success. 2  With this in mind, look for the reasons behind the conflict. Is it about procedures or processes that can be adjusted, about personalities, which you can encourage people to work around in the short term, or about different ways of approaching the solution? The latter can be a gold mine of creativity for the group if you practice handling conflict effectively.

For Discussion Think back to a conflict that occurred in a group or team to which you belonged. What was the real cause of the disagreement, and how was it resolved? Would you do anything differently if you could?

Page 564

13.1 Groups versus Teams

THE BIG PICTURE

Teamwork promises to be a cornerstone of future management. A team is different from a group. A group typically is management-directed, a team self-directed. Groups may be formal, created to do productive work, or informal, created for friendship. Work teams engage in collective work requiring coordinated effort. Types of teams are project teams, cross-functional teams, self-managed teams, and virtual teams.

LO 13-1

Identify the characteristics of groups and teams.

Over a quarter century ago, management philosopher Peter Drucker predicted that future organizations would not only be flatter and information-based but also organized around teamwork—and that has certainly come to pass. 3

In fact, your ability to work well as a team member is a career readiness competency desired by employers and it can affect your job opportunities and success, as well as influencing the kind of employers that might appeal to you. When applying for jobs, Gen Z employees are assessing not only their salary and benefits, but also the people they are going to be working with. A recent Glassdoor survey confirms this, finding that Gen Zers are more interested in the team they are going to work with than the work itself. 4  Organizations have found team building to be an important recruitment tool as a result of this culture shift. Take for instance Tala, a fintech company that provides financial services to underserved people and advertises its team-oriented environment to candidates. “We have team members from all walks of life, which brings in a diversity of opinions and experiences to meaningfully drive our innovation,” says Gaurav Bhargava, Tala’s vice president of credit. 5  Would you want to work on one of Tala’s teams?

Serving the underserved. Tala CEO Shivani Siroya with her team. The company has locations in Kenya, Philippines, Mexico, and India.

Ringo Chiu/Alamy Stock Photo

When you take a job in an organization, the chances are you won’t be working alone. You’ll be working with others in situations requiring teamwork. A survey of 1,300 companies found that people spend more than 50% of their time working in teams. Unfortunately, these same individuals reported that only 27% of their teams performed at high levels a majority of the time. Forty-three percent believed their teams performed optimally less than half the time. 6  Clearly, teamwork is essential for organizational success. Accounting software maker Xero is a good example of a company effectively managing teamwork.

Xero Example: Xero relies on an “inside-out” approach. This includes striving to attract the best people and creating a culture where everyone can do meaningful work. According to the company’s website, “When we get this right, our people-focused culture resonates from the inside-out, ultimately delighting and delivering to our number one priority—our more than one million customers and partners across the world.” 7

How does the company’s inside-out approach resonate at the team level? Xero’s teams have autonomy over the products they build, and they even get to choose processes and metrics that suit their needs. The software maker wants everyone on the team to have a voice, appreciates diverse viewpoints, and encourages respectful disagreement. The company accomplishes this by offering leadership and communication training. 8

Page 565

Groups and Teams: How Do They Differ?

Aren’t a group of people and a team of people the same thing? By and large, no. One is a collection of people, the other a powerful unit of collective performance. One is typically management directed, the other self-directed. Consider the differences, as follows.

What a Group Is: A Collection of People Performing as Individuals

group  is defined as (1) two or more freely interacting individuals who (2) share norms, (3) share goals, and (4) have a common identity. 9  A group is different from a crowd, a transitory collection of people who don’t interact with one another, such as a crowd gathering on a sidewalk to watch a fire. And it is different from an organization, such as a labor union, which is so large that members also don’t interact.

An example of a work group would be a collection of 10 employees meeting to exchange information about various company policies on wages and hours.

What a Team Is: A Collection of People with Common Commitment

McKinsey & Company management consultants Jon R. Katzenbach and Douglas K. Smith say it is a mistake to use the terms group and team interchangeably. Where groups have individual accountability, teams require both individual and mutual accountability in order to produce results. Thus, a  team  is defined as a small group of people working together with a common purpose, performance goals, and mutual accountability. 10  “Teams produce joint work product through the joint combinations of their members. This is what makes possible performance levels greater than the sum of all the individual bests of team members” says Katzenbach. 11

H2M Example: H2M is a good example of a team. The company is an award-winning design, architecture, and engineering firm known for its team-oriented culture. The company has earned a teamwork score of 4.9/5 on online job review board kununu and includes teamwork as a core value. H2M also believes in promoting its team-based values to new graduates. To this end, CEO Rich Humann hosts a summer internship program that includes a focus on team building. The intent of the program is to develop teamwork and collaboration skills for the next generation of H2M employees. 12

As you can see, teamwork is a soft skills career readiness competency desired by employers. It is defined as the ability to work effectively with and build collaborative relationships with diverse people, work within a team structure, and manage interpersonal conflict. How do you feel about working in teams? Would you prefer to work alone? You can examine your attitude toward teamwork by completing  Self-Assessment 13.1 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 13.1
CAREER READINESS
Attitudes toward Teamwork

The following survey was designed to assess your attitude toward teamwork. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 13.1 in Connect.

1. What is your attitude toward teamwork?

2. If you do not have a positive teamwork attitude, consider the reason and identify what you might do to foster a more positive attitude.

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the competency of teamwork/collaboration?

Page 566

Formal versus Informal Groups

Groups can be either formal or informal. 13

· Formal groups—created to accomplish specific goals. A  formal group  is a group assigned by organizations or its managers to accomplish specific goals. A formal group may be a division, a department, a work group, or a committee. It may be permanent or temporary. In general, people are assigned to them according to their skills and the organization’s requirements.

· Informal groups—created for friendship. An  informal group  is a group formed by people whose overriding purpose is getting together for friendship or a common interest. An informal group may be simply a collection of friends who hang out with one another, such as those who take coffee breaks together. It also may be as organized as a prayer breakfast, a bowling team, a service club, a company “alumni group” (for example, former Apple employees), or a voluntary organization.

What’s important for you as a manager to know is that informal groups can advance or undercut the plans of formal groups. The formal organization may make efforts, say, to speed up the plant assembly line or to institute workplace reforms. But members of informal groups who start to respect their own group over the formal organization can sabotage these efforts. This often happens over e-mails, lunch breaks, or informal gatherings, such as meeting after work for a beer. 14

Informal influence. Employee happy hours are a good opportunity for colleagues to informally get together to discuss both work and non-work issues. Some of these discussions can influence formal work groups.

Digital Vision/Getty Images

However, interestingly, informal groups also can be highly productive. “Research shows that appropriate connectivity in well-managed networks within organizations can have a substantial impact on performance, learning, and innovation,” says Rob Cross, author of A Practical Guide to Social Networks. 15  A recent study of informal groups in the pharmaceutical industry confirms this, finding that informal groups had a positive effect on productivity and motivation. They also enhanced communication, autonomy, and process innovation. 16

Types of Teams

Different types of teams have different characteristics. We can differentiate some typical teams according to their

1. Purpose.

2. Duration.

3. Level of member commitment.

Work Teams

A company’s audit team and a professional sports team have several things in common. Like all work teams, they have a clear purpose that all members share. These teams are usually permanent, and members must give their complete commitment to the team’s purpose in order for the team to succeed.

Project Teams

If you have ever completed a team project for a class, you have been part of a project team. Project teams at work are assembled to solve a particular problem or complete a specific task, such as brainstorming new marketing ideas for one of the company’s products. Members can meet just once or work together for many years, depending on the nature of the assignment, and they may meet virtually or face to face. They can come from the same or different departments or functional areas, and while serving on the project team, they continue to fulfill their primary responsibilities.

Page 567

Cross-Functional Teams

Cross-functional teams  are designed to include members from different areas within an organization, such as finance, operations, and sales. Cross-functional teams can serve any purpose, they can be work teams or project teams, and their assignment can be long or short term. A recent study found that cross-functional teams improved organizational productivity and efficiency and also reduced costs. 17  T-Mobile is a good example of a company effectively using cross-functional teams to serve its customers. (See the nearby  Example box .)

EXAMPLE
T-Mobile’s Team of Experts

Turnover rates for customer service workers average 27% annually, which is among the highest in the business world. Departing employees cite a lack of challenging work, inadequate recognition, and too little flexibility as some of the reasons they’ve left their jobs. T-Mobile believes it has found a solution—cross-functional customer service teams. The company has revamped its customer call center to include teams of experts called TEX teams. TEX teams work in the same physical location but usually serve a dedicated geographic region hundreds of miles away. For example, a team in Charleston serves around 120,000 customers in Philadelphia. 18

Employee-Run Mini-Businesses

Each 40-person TEX team resembles a mini-business and includes customer service representatives, tech specialists, coaches, a team lead, and a resource manager responsible for scheduling and management. The team is expected to manage its own profit and loss statements and team leaders are involved in quarterly business reviews with senior managers. "Our team leads used to look at things like handle time and schedule adherence. Now they look at their P&L—are they keeping and growing customer business? Are they reducing calls per account and cost to serve? They’re like mini-CEOs running their own businesses,” says Callie Field, the company’s executive vice president of customer care. 19

Learning and development are also an important part of the cross-functional team experience. It starts with TEX team coaches who mentor reps on the business impact of their individual decisions. For example, did a rep’s decision for a given customer positively impact the customer’s loyalty and the team’s financial performance? Reps also are able to develop their technical skills by working collaboratively with skilled tech specialists. These specialists allow reps to stay on the line when a customer is having a complex hardware or software issue resolved, which allows the rep to learn how to handle these types of issues on future calls. 20

A Team-Based Payoff

Research finds that service organizations achieve 50% more success when they encourage reps to tap into one another’s expertise. 21  T-Mobile’s cross-functional team model is no exception. Annual turnover has been reduced by 48%, while rep engagement has hit an all- time high. The company boasts some of the highest employee satisfaction rates and their customer call centers earned 24 “Best Place to Work” awards in 2019 alone. 22

Employees aren’t the only ones thrilled about T-Mobile’s TEX teams. Customers are excited about being able to speak to a team of humans instead of robots or automated phone menus. They also don’t have to worry about being transferred from rep to rep, or being put on hold, because they have a dedicated team of experts available at the same time. 23  Nielsen honored T-Mobile’s transformation of its customer service experience by awarding it the top customer service spot in the wireless industry for two years in a row. 24  The wireless carrier also snagged the industry’s highest customer service score from J.D. Power in 2020, the 19th time the company has ranked highest among its competitors. 25

YOUR CALL

Customers who call T-Mobile more than once for support may not always receive the same team member and may speak to another member of the team who is not as familiar with their account. How can the company ensure each 40-person TEX team is sharing information on the roughly 120,000 customers they are serving?

Page 568

Self-Managed Teams

Self-managed teams  are defined as groups of workers who are given administrative oversight for their task domains. It’s estimated that around 80% of the Fortune 1000 and 81% of manufacturing firms use self-managed teams. 26  Experts believe these teams increase productivity between 15 and 20% and that the autonomy they provide can lead to increased innovation. 27

The most common chores of today’s self-managed teams are work scheduling and customer interaction, and the least common are hiring and firing. Most self-managed teams also are found at the shop-floor level in factory settings, although some experts predict growth of the practice in service operations and even management ranks. Self-managed teams have been found to have a positive effect on productivity and attitudes of self-responsibility and control, although there is no significant effect on job satisfaction and organizational commitment. 28

Research provides three takeaways for creating self-managed teams: 29

· Ensure a leader quickly emerges.

· Select the right individuals to join the team.

· Provide proper training for team members.

Although these conclusions don’t qualify as a sweeping endorsement of self-managed teams, experts expect a trend toward such teams in North America because of a strong cultural bias in favor of direct participation.

Virtual Teams

Virtual teams  work together over time and distance via electronic media to combine effort and achieve common goals. Given technological advances, they are growing in popularity. There was a 159% increase in remote work between 2005 and 2017. Most recently, the number of U.S. employees working remotely grew from 3.9 million in 2015 to 4.7 million in 2020. 30  But is remote work good for business? A 2019 International Workplace Group survey of more than 15,000 businesspeople across more than 100 countries found the following: 31

· 85% of businesses reported that productivity had increased in their company because of the flexibility provided by remote work.

· 80% of employees said that when choosing between two similar employment offers, they would select the one that offered flexible working hours.

· 50% of workers worked outside of their main office headquarters for at least 2.5 days a week.

· 65% of businesses said flexible workspaces reduced both capital and operational expenditures.

Advocates say virtual teams are very flexible and efficient because they are driven by information and skills, not by time and location. People with needed information and/or skills can be team members, regardless of where or when they actually do their work. 32  Nevertheless, virtual teams have pros and cons like every other type of team.

Online collaboration. Technology not only allows people to communicate where, when, and with whom they wish, but it also allows many people and organizations to work without offices. What are the advantages and disadvantages for you personally of telecommuting and virtual work?

Rido/Shutterstock

Virtual teams and distributed workers present many potential benefits: ability to leverage diverse knowledge, skills, and experience across geography and time (you don’t have to have an SAP expert in every office); ability to share knowledge of diverse markets; and reduced commuting and travel expenses. 33  There are real estate cost savings of around $2,000 per employee as well because remote employees require limited or no office space. 34  The flexibility often afforded by virtual teams also can reduce work–life conflicts for employees, which some employers contend makes it easier for them to attract and retain talent. 35

Page 569

Virtual teams have challenges, too. It is more difficult for them than for face-to-face teams to establish team cohesion, work satisfaction, trust, cooperative behavior, and commitment to team goals. 36  Thus, virtual teams should be used with caution. It should be no surprise that building team relationships is more difficult when members are geographically distributed. Nearly 50% of companies using virtual teams said this hurdle and time zone differences are significant challenges. Members of virtual teams also reported being unable to observe the nonverbal cues of other members and experiencing a lack of collegiality. These challenges apply to virtual teams more generally, as does the difficulty of leading such teams. When virtual teams cross country borders, cultural differences, holidays, time zones, and local laws and customs also can cause problems. 37  The  Practical Action box  provides advice for overcoming virtual team challenges.

PRACTICAL ACTION
High-Performing Virtual Teams

We put together a collection of nine practices to help focus your efforts and accelerate your success as a member or leader of a virtual team.

1. Adapt your communications. Learn how the various remote workers function, including their preferences for e-mail, texts, and phone calls. Then make sure you have reliable tools to accommodate those preferences. It often is advisable to have regularly scheduled contact using technology such as telepresence robots, chat apps, and videoconferencing (such as Skype). 38  Be strategic and talk to the right people at the right times about the right topics. Don’t just blanket everybody via e-mail—focus your message.

2. Have fun. Use technology to keep distributed workers connected. Acknowledging birthdays and recognizing accomplishments are especially important for those who are not regularly in the office. Software developer Clevertech allows remote employees to spend some time during the day playing video games with each other. CEO Kuty Shalev believes games like Fortnite encourage employees to band together and solve problems, building interpersonal and work relationships within the company. 39

3. Build trust. Building trust takes effort; it doesn’t happen magically. It is fostered by having face-to-face meetings at least once a year and by getting to know each other. Team-building activities can be built into the annual meeting agenda. Sharing personal information (hobbies, family information) and displaying flexibility in dealing with technological or geographic challenges can engender trust. 40

4. Be a good partner. Often, members of virtual teams are not direct employees of your employer but are independent contractors. Nevertheless, your success and that of your team depend on them. Treat them like true partners and not hired help. You need them, and presumably they need you.

5. Encourage feedback and communication. Effective virtual teams don’t hoard information. Resources and information should flow freely, routine feedback should be provided, and communication should be transparent. Shared file sites on the cloud (on Google Docs, Dropbox, and other platforms) can serve as information hubs for all team members. 41

6. Document the work. If team members work in different time zones, some projects can receive attention around the clock as they are handed off from one zone to the next. Doing this effectively requires that both senders and receivers clearly specify what they have completed and what they need in each transfer.

7. Select individuals who can thrive. Successful remote workers tend to be organized, self-disciplined, intrinsically motivated, and independent, according to Thrive Global. 42  Consider bringing on potential hires as freelancers before extending an offer for long-term employment. This approach helps ensure they develop rapport with colleagues and succeed in a nontraditional work environment. 43

8. Use your communication skills. Because so much communication is written, virtual team members should write in easy-to-understand and to-the-point language. Responsiveness also is key in order to maintain trust, even if that response is as simple as replying “Thanks” to confirm you’ve received an e-mail. 44

9. Develop a team charter. Many of the virtual practices mentioned here can be incorporated into a written team charter, which is an outline of how a team will manage teamwork activities. We further discuss team charters in  Section 13.3  but know that they are especially important in virtual teams because these units require more structure.

Page 570

Researchers and consultants agree about one aspect of virtual teams—there is no substitute for face-to-face contact. Meeting in person is especially beneficial early in virtual team development, and team leaders are encouraged to meet even more frequently with key members. 45  In-person meetings also are important when there is a need to re-organize or re-strategize. Face-to-face interactions can be as simple as lunch, water-cooler conversations, social events, or periodic meetings. Whatever the case, such interactions enable people to get familiar with each other and build credibility, trust, and understanding. This reduces misunderstandings and makes subsequent virtual interactions more efficient and effective. It also increases job performance and reduces conflict and intentions to quit. 46

Face-to-face interactions enable people to get real-time feedback, forge meaningful and real connections, and get a better sense of what others actually think and feel. 47  Moreover, virtual teams cannot succeed without some additional and old-fashioned factors, such as team commitment, good communication, clear objectives, effective leadership, and a results-driven culture. 48  Underlying many of these, research finds, is one of the truly essential elements to effective teams of all types—trust. 49  ●

13.2 Stages of Group and Team Development

THE BIG PICTURE

Groups can evolve into teams by going through five stages of development: forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning. They also can develop if they are forced to change in response to a crisis. We’ll look at both these processes.

LO 13-2

Describe the development of groups and teams.

Tuckman’s Five-Stage Model

Managers often talk of products and organizations going through stages of development, from birth to maturity to decline. Groups and teams go through the same thing. One theory proposes five stages of development: forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning. 50  (See  Figure 13.1 .)

FIGURE 13.1  Five stages of group and team development

These stages are meant to represent the process by which new or start-up teams evolve into completing tasks. Keep the following two things in mind as you study these stages:

· These stages often aren’t of the same duration or intensity or even necessarily always in this sequence. 51

· When you join an existing team, which is likely to occur when you obtain your first job after graduation, the team is most likely operating in the performing stage. Adding a new member like yourself suggests that the team needs to revisit some of the earlier stages of group development.

Let’s consider the five stages of group development.

Stage 1: Forming—“Why Are We Here?”

The first stage,  forming , is the process of getting oriented and getting acquainted. This stage is characterized by a high degree of uncertainty as members try to break the ice and figure out who is in charge and what the group’s goals are. 52  For example, if you were to become part of a team that is to work on a class project, the question for you as an individual would be “How do I fit in here?” For the group, the question is “Why are we here?” 53

Page 571

At this point, mutual trust is low, and there is a good deal of holding back to see who takes charge and how. Conflict at this stage may actually be beneficial, leading to increased creativity. 54  Of course the group needs leadership and direction at this juncture. If a formal leader (e.g., the class instructor or a supervisor) does not exist or fails to assert his or her authority, an emergent leader will eventually step in to fill this need. 55  During this stage leaders should allow time for people to become acquainted and to socialize. As mentioned earlier, there are times when a new member joins a team that has completed the forming stage. The team leader, or a designated mentor, needs to ensure this person catches up to and is aligned with the rest of the team. This may require temporarily returning to the forming stage to discuss goals, build trust, and socialize. 56  Much of this can be accomplished through onboarding programs, which we discussed in  Chapter 9 .

Stage 2: Storming—“Why Are We Fighting over Who’s in Charge and Who Does What?”

The second stage,  storming , is characterized by the emergence of individual personalities and roles and conflicts within the group. For you as an individual, the question is “What’s my role here?” For the group, the issue is “Why are we fighting over who’s in charge and who does what?” This stage may be of short duration or painfully long, depending on the goal clarity and the commitment and maturity of the members.

This is a time of testing. Individuals test the leader’s policies and assumptions as they try to determine how they fit into the power structure. Subgroups take shape, and subtle forms of rebellion, such as procrastination, occur. Many groups stall in stage 2 because power politics may erupt into open rebellion.

In this stage, the leader should encourage members to suggest ideas, voice disagreements, and work through their conflicts about tasks and goals.

Stage 3: Norming—“Can We Agree on Roles and Work as a Team?”

In the third stage,  norming , conflicts are resolved, close relationships develop, and unity and harmony emerge. For individuals, the main issue is “What do the others expect me to do?” For the group, the issue is “Can we agree on roles and work as a team?” Note, then, that the group may now evolve into a team.

Teams set guidelines related to what members will do together and how they will do it. 57  The teams consider such matters as attendance at meetings, being late, use of cell phones and laptops during meetings, and what to do when someone misses a team assignment.

Groups that make it through stage 2 generally do so because a respected member other than the leader challenges the group to resolve its power struggles so something can be accomplished. Questions about authority are resolved through unemotional, matter-of-fact group discussion. A feeling of team spirit is experienced because members believe they have found their proper roles.  Group cohesiveness , a “we feeling” binding group members together, is the principal by-product of stage 3. 58

This stage generally does not last long. Here the leader should emphasize unity and help identify team goals and values.

Stage 4: Performing—“Can We Do the Job Properly?”

In  performing , members concentrate on solving problems and completing the assigned task. For individuals, the question here is “How can I best perform my role?” For the group/team, the issue is “Can we do the job properly?” During this stage, the leader should allow members the empowerment they need to work on tasks.

Page 572

Turning teamwork into action. This group clearly is in the performing stage of group development. Does it appear that all participants are equally engaged in dealing with the task at hand? If you were a member of this group, what would you do to motivate all members to actively participate in completing the task?

Syda Productions/Shutterstock

Stage 5: Adjourning—“Can We Help Members Transition Out?”

Some teams make it to the final stage of  adjourning , in which members prepare for disbandment. Having worked so hard to get along and get something done, many members feel a compelling sense of loss. For the individual, the question now is “What’s next?” For the team, the issue is “Can we help members transition out?”

The leader can help ease the transition by rituals celebrating “the end” and “new beginnings.” Parties, award ceremonies, graduations, or mock funerals can provide the needed punctuation at the end of a significant teamwork project. The leader can emphasize valuable lessons learned in group dynamics to prepare everyone for future group and team efforts.

Is Tuckman’s Model Accurate?

Although research does not support the notion that groups can’t perform until the performing stage, both academics and practitioners agree that groups have a life cycle. 59  Research also shows us that high-performing teams successfully navigating the process of group or team development tend to display productive energy toward getting things done. 60  Do your current teams at work or school display this productive energy? You can find out by completing  Self-Assessment 13.2 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 13.2
Assessing Your Team’s Productive Energy

The following survey was designed to assess your team’s productive energy. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 13.2 in Connect.

1. To what extent does the team display productive energy? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Based on your survey scores, what can be done to improve the level of energy being displayed by the team? Be specific.

3. What would the survey suggest that you should do next time you are the leader of a work or school project team?

Page 573

Punctuated Equilibrium

Groups don’t always follow the distinct stages of Tuckman’s model. In another type of group development, called  punctuated equilibrium , they establish periods of stable functioning until an event causes a dramatic change in norms, roles, and/or objectives. The group then establishes and maintains new norms of functioning, returning to equilibrium. (See  Figure 13.2 .) Punctuated equilibrium often occurs in the wake of unexpected change. 61  The United Kingdom’s departure from the European Union, known as “Brexit,” is a good example of punctuated equilibrium.

FIGURE 13.2  Punctuated equilibrium

Brexit Example: The United Kingdom (UK) joined the European Union (EU) in 1973 and experienced over four decades of relative equilibrium. The country voted 52% to 48% in June 2016 to leave the 28-member alliance, sparking a political earthquake (abrupt change #1). Both the UK and the EU spent roughly a year after the vote preparing for exit negotiations. Then former UK Prime Minister Theresa May triggered “Article 50”—the EU’s official mechanism for a member-state’s exit—on March 29, 2017 (abrupt change #2). The UK and EU negotiated the terms of Brexit for more than two years. During that time, they discussed a post–Brexit world, including future trade and immigration policies. Both parties approved the exit deal on January 29, 2020, and the UK officially left the EU on January 31, 2020 (abrupt change #3). The UK and EU will observe an 11-month transition phase until January 2021, when a post–Brexit Europe will re-emerge. 62  ●

Leave the EU! Pro-Brexit demonstrators protest outside the Houses of Parliament on November 23, 2016, in London, England.

Jack Taylor/Getty Images

Page 574

13.3 Building Effective Teams

THE BIG PICTURE

To build a group into a high-performance team, managers must consider matters of collaboration, trust, performance goals and feedback, motivation through mutual accountability and interdependence, team composition, roles, norms, and team processes.

LO 13-3

Discuss ways managers can build effective teams.

“What is a high-performance team?” Current research and practice suggest eight attributes: participative leadership, shared accountability, sense of common purpose, trust and open communication, clear role expectations, early conflict resolution, collaboration, and effective team processes. 63  Thus, as a future manager, the first thing you have to realize is that building a high-performance team is going to require some work. But the payoff will be a stronger, better-performing work unit. 64

The most essential considerations in building a group into an effective team are (1) collaboration, (2) trust, (3) performance goals and feedback, (4) motivation through mutual accountability and interdependency, (5) composition, (6) roles, (7) norms, and (8) effective team processes.

1. Collaboration—the Foundation of Teamwork

Collaboration  is the act of sharing information and coordinating efforts to achieve a collective outcome. As you might expect, teams are more effective when members collaborate. 65  Collaboration is the secret sauce enabling teams to produce more than the sum of their parts. 66  Unfortunately, an organization’s reward systems can undermine employees’ motivation to collaborate. 67  For example, in a recent Harvard Business Review Analytics Services survey of 1,185 health care executives, 63 percent of respondents blamed competing incentives as a key barrier to collaboration. 68

Some organizations are addressing the challenges around reward systems in order to promote greater collaboration among their ranks. Take for instance BubbleBum, an Irish manufacturer of booster seats that are sold in 27 countries. The company reinforces teamwork in its team-based structure by focusing rewards on team rather than individual performance. “If you do not achieve your priorities, you are letting your team down,” says founder Grainne Kelly. 69

What Do Highly Collaborative Teams Have in Common?

An exhaustive survey by Google was aimed at discovering what made the best of its hundreds of work teams successful. The researchers found that the company’s highest-performing teams shared two characteristic behaviors: (1) Everyone on the team spoke in about equal proportion, meaning that no one hogged the floor or held comments back, and (2) members were very good at interpreting other members’ feelings based on their tone of voice and nonverbal cues. These characteristics led to unusually high levels of collaboration and success. 70  Other influential factors included dependability of team members, clear goals, structure and clarity, work that had impact and meaning, and psychological safety (freedom from judgment). 71

Promoting Collaboration

Getting team members to collaborate is not easy. “Employees have to set aside the desire to be the person who is right in every discussion, and focus on helping the team find the right answer,” says author Mike Steib. 72  This includes utilizing what Ariel Hunsberger, head of learning and development at Slack, calls disagree and commit. This strategy allows team members to have their grievances heard and feel like they’ve been consulted before the team moves forward in a collaborative way. 73  Amazon, another proponent of disagree and commit, states on its website that its leaders are “obligated to respectfully challenge decisions when they disagree. . . . They do not compromise for the sake of social cohesion. Once a decision is determined, they commit wholly.” 74  Team leaders and managers can reinforce this behavior by structuring team communication and decision making in a way that promotes dissent. Two specific methods for achieving this are devil’s advocacy and the dialectic method, which we discussed in  Chapter 7 . (See  Figure 7.7 .)

Page 575

Delivering collaboration. Amazon employees at its Hyderabad, India, location discussing a project. Do you agree with the company’s “disagree and commit” approach?

Dhiraj Singh/Getty Images

Recent research suggests two additional ways to promote collaboration in the workplace. First, team members should learn to listen more than they talk. We often don’t listen because we’re worried about our own performance or believe our ideas are better than others’, or both. As a consequence, we get into avoidable conflicts, miss opportunities, alienate others, and diminish team effectiveness. One way to keep a conversation alive is by asking open-ended questions that start with “what” and “how” because they prompt others to provide more information about the issue at hand. Second, team members are encouraged to practice empathy. The use of empathy requires effective listening, which demonstrates that we care about what someone else is saying. This is why empathy allows individuals to understand why others may have differing perspectives and gives way to curiosity and constructive conversations instead of judgment. 75

2. Trust: “We Need to Have Reciprocal Faith in Each Other”

Trust  is defined as reciprocal faith in others’ intentions and behaviors. The word reciprocal emphasizes the give-and-take aspect of trust—that is, we tend to give what we get: Trust begets trust, distrust begets distrust. Trust is based on credibility—how believable you are based on your past acts of integrity and follow-through on your promises. 76  Four decades of research supports a positive relationship between team members’ trust and team performance. 77  Moreover, a recent study found that mutual trust between team leads and team members led to more effective communication and increased organizational citizenship behaviors. 78

Researchers believe trust has three core drivers known as the “Trust Triangle”—authenticity, logic, and empathy. If trust breaks down, you can often trace it back to one of these drivers. Let’s look at each driver. 79

· Authenticity. “I’m seeing the real you.” People tend to trust you if they believe you’re being your genuine self.

· Logic. “Your reasoning and judgment make sense.” You stand a better chance of having people trust you if they have faith in your judgment and competence.

· Empathy. “You care about me and my success.” People will trust you if they believe you really care about them.

The  Example box  discusses how leaders can build trust with others.

Page 576

EXAMPLE
Leaders Portraying the Trust Triangle

Building a culture of trust starts with the leader of the team or work unit. For the company as a whole, that leader is the CEO. As you learned from our discussion of the trust triangle, authenticity and empathy are two of the simplest ways to foster trust. 80  Consider the case of Marriott CEO Arne Sorenson, the leader of the world’s largest hotel company. Sorenson was candid, empathetic, and vulnerable during a March 2020 video to employees outlining the devastating effects the COVID-19 pandemic had on the company’s operations. As a result, Marriott was forced to furlough tens of thousands of employees. “I can tell you that I have never had a more difficult moment than this one. There is simply nothing worse than telling highly valued associates—people who are the very heart of this company—that their roles are being impacted by events completely outside of their control,” said Sorenson. 81

Arne M. Sorenson, President and Chief Executive Officer, Marriott International, Inc., attends a White House meeting to discuss the response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Shutterstock

Take Responsibility for Your Mistakes

When leaders admit to making mistakes, they are creating an opportunity to be genuine and earn respect, strengthen their teams, grow as a leader, and lead by example. This ultimately builds a culture of trust. 82  Karl Kangur, founder and CEO of content marketing solution MRR Media, is not afraid to admit his errors and even views them as learning opportunities. “I’m very open with the team about times that I’ve made mistakes. This helps me avoid making the same mistakes and shows the rest of the team that we’re all equal,” says Kangur. 83  “You have to be forgiving of mistakes and ready to transition each one into a learning experience,” agrees Adam Steele, owner and operator of link-building company Loganix. “I like to set a standard by using our own company blog to discuss the times I’ve messed up big time but, more importantly, what I’ve learned from them.”  84

Ask for Help

Some leaders view asking for help from employees as a weakness, but it is actually a strength that can enhance the logic driver of the trust triangle. This is because competent leaders know when they need the help of others in order for the company to be successful. Trust is then recognized as a two-way street, allowing employees to communicate more openly with their leaders and teammates. 85  “Asking for help from others can rally your team around shared goals, and it breeds an environment that’s conducive to productive collaboration,” says Carey Rome, CEO of Cypress Resources. Leaders also are demonstrating their trust in an employee’s abilities when they seek his or her particular expertise. That trust can then become a great motivator and push the employee to excel even further. 86  Research has shown that asking for help also increases trust and cooperation in teams because it stimulates oxytocin production. 87  Oxytocin, known as the “trust molecule,” is that warm and fuzzy feeling you get when you feel really good about someone. 88

YOUR CALL

Do you see showing vulnerability as a strength or weakness? Are there times when you feel your feelings of vulnerability should be hidden? Why or why not?

3. Performance Goals and Feedback

As an individual you no doubt prefer to have measurable goals and to have feedback about your performance. The same is true with teams. Teams are not just collections of individuals. They are individuals organized for a collective purpose. That purpose needs to be defined in terms of specific, measurable performance goals with continual feedback to tell team members how well they are doing. 89

An obvious example is the teams you see on television at Indianapolis or Daytona Beach during automobile racing. When the driver guides the race car off the track to make a pit stop, a team of people quickly jack up the car to change tires, refuel the tank, and clean the windshield—all in a matter of seconds. The performance goal is to have the car back on the track as quickly as possible. The number of seconds of elapsed time—and the driver’s place among competitors once back in the race—tells the team how well they are doing.

Page 577

4. Motivation through Mutual Accountability and Interdependence

Do you work harder when you’re alone or when you’re in a group? When clear performance goals exist, when the work is considered meaningful, when members believe their efforts matter, and when they don’t feel they are being exploited by others—this kind of culture supports teamwork. 90  Being mutually accountable to other members of the team rather than to a supervisor makes members feel mutual trust and commitment—a key part in motivating members for team effort. Mutual accountability is fostered by having team “members share accountability for the work, authority over how goals are met, discretion over resource use, and ownership of information and knowledge related to the work.” 91

Cooperation and collaboration. A crew swarms over a car driven by A. J. Allmendinger during a pit stop in the NASCAR 2014 Sprint Cup All-Star Race at Watkins Glen, New York. Cereal maker General Mills was able to cut the time workers changed a production line for a Betty Crocker product from 4.5 hours to just 12 minutes by adapting ideas in efficiency and high performance from a NASCAR pit crew working at blinding speed.

Jerry Markland/Stringer/Getty Images

Do you like it when your performance is contingent on someone else’s efforts? Your answer reflects your experience with team member interdependence.  Team member interdependence  reveals the extent to which team members rely on common task-related team inputs, such as resources, information, goals, and rewards, and the amount of interpersonal interactions needed to complete the work. 92  A study of more than 7,000 teams showed that interdependence affects team functioning, which in turn influences team performance. 93  Another study of insurance sales teams found that team interdependence optimized sales performance. 94  The key takeaway from research is the need for team leaders to monitor the quality of team member interdependence. 95

5. Team Composition

Team composition  reflects the collection of jobs, personalities, values, knowledge, experience, and skills of team members. The concept is related to our discussion of workforce diversity in  Chapter 11 , where you learned that diversity is good for business and that it must be effectively managed. 96

For example, a study examining the characteristics of effective teams at Cisco found that one of the top three such qualities was members’ conviction that their values were shared. 97  This is a feeling you’ve probably experienced as a member of a team or club built around common interests.

The most important idea to remember is that team member composition should fit the responsibilities of the team. Fit enhances effectiveness and misfit impedes it. 98  Here are four conclusions derived from research on team composition:

· Consider having a higher tolerance for uncertainty during the early stages of team development (forming and storming). This same suggestion applies to self-managed and virtual teams due to their relative lack of imposed direction and face-to-face communication. 99

· Utilize greater diversity in the way you solve problems. Teams that do this have an edge over teams with a uniform or consistent problem-solving approach. 100

· Try to avoid assigning employees to multiple teams. Organizations guilty of this tend to see a decrease in overall performance. Performance becomes even worse when the organization is handling complex tasks. 101

· Utilize public performance feedback in mixed-gender groups. It leads to the emergence of capable leaders and positive group outcomes. 102

6. Roles: How Team Members Are Expected to Behave

Roles  are socially determined expectations of how individuals should behave in a specific position. As a team member, your role is to play a part in helping the team reach its goals. Members develop their roles based on the expectations of the team, of the organization, and of themselves, and they may do different things.

Page 578

Two types of team roles are task and maintenance. (See  Table 13.1 .)

TASK ROLES

DESCRIPTION

Initiator

Suggests new goals or ideas

Information seeker/giver

Clarifies key issues

Opinion seeker/giver

Clarifies pertinent values

Elaborator

Promotes greater understanding through examples or exploration of implications

Coordinator

Pulls together ideas and suggestions

Orienter

Keeps group headed toward its stated goal(s)

Evaluator

Tests group’s accomplishments with various criteria such as logic and practicality

Energizer

Prods group to move along or to accomplish more

Procedural technician

Performs routine duties (handing out materials or rearranging seats)

Recorder

Performs a “group memory” function by documenting discussion and outcomes

MAINTENANCE ROLES

DESCRIPTION

Encourager

Fosters group solidarity by accepting and praising various points of view

Harmonizer

Mediates conflict through reconciliation or humor

Compromiser

Helps resolve conflict by meeting others halfway

Gatekeeper

Encourages all group members to participate

Standard setter

Evaluates the quality of group processes

Commentator

Records and comments on group processes/dynamics

Follower

Serves as a passive audience

TABLE 13.1  Task and Maintenance Roles

Table Summary: Table divided into two columns with two sections summarize two types of team roles (task and maintenance). Column headers are marked clockwise as: task roles, maintenance roles, and description.

Source: Adapted from discussion in K. D. Bonno and P. Shoats, “Functional Roles of Group Members,” Journal of Social Issues, Spring 1948, pp. 41–49.

Task Roles: Getting the Work Done

task role , or task-oriented role, consists of behavior that concentrates on getting the team’s tasks done. Task roles keep the team on track and get the work done. If you stand up in a team meeting and say, “What is the real issue here? We don’t seem to be getting anywhere,” you are performing a task role.

Examples include coordinators, who pull together ideas and suggestions; orienters, who keep teams headed toward their stated goals; initiators, who suggest new goals or ideas; and energizers, who prod people to move along or accomplish more are all playing task roles.

Page 579

Maintenance Roles: Keeping the Team Together

maintenance role , or relationship-oriented role, consists of behavior that fosters constructive relationships among team members. Maintenance roles foster positive working relationships among team members. If someone at a team meeting says, “Let’s hear from those who oppose this plan,” they are playing a maintenance role.

Examples are encouragers, who foster group solidarity by praising various viewpoints; standard setters, who evaluate the quality of group processes; harmonizers, who mediate conflict through reconciliation or humor; and compromisers, who help resolve conflict by meeting others “halfway.”

7. Norms: Unwritten Rules for Team Members

Norms are more encompassing than roles.  Norms  are general guidelines or rules of behavior that most group or team members follow. 103  Norms point out the boundaries between acceptable and unacceptable behavior. 104  Although some norms can be made explicit, typically they are unwritten and seldom discussed openly. Nevertheless, research shows that they have a powerful influence on group and organizational behavior. 105

Why Norms Are Enforced: Four Reasons

Norms tend to be enforced by group or team members for four reasons: 106

· To help the group survive—“Don’t do anything that will hurt us.” Norms are enforced to help the group, team, or organization survive.

Example: The manager of your team or group might compliment you because you’ve made sure the team has the right emergency equipment.

· To clarify role expectations—“You have to go along to get along.” Norms also are enforced to help clarify or simplify role expectations.

Example: At one time, new members of Congress wanting to buck the system by which important committee appointments were given to those with the most seniority were advised to “go along to get along”—go along with the rules in order to get along in their congressional careers.

· To help individuals avoid embarrassing situations—“Don’t call attention to yourself.” Norms are enforced to help group or team members avoid embarrassing themselves.

Examples: You might be ridiculed by fellow team members for dominating the discussion during a report to top management (“Be a team player, not a show-off”). Or you might be told not to discuss religion or politics with customers, whose views might differ from yours.

· To emphasize the group’s important values and identity—“We’re known for being special.” Finally, norms are enforced to emphasize the group’s, team’s, or organization’s central values or to enhance its unique identity.

Examples: Nordstrom’s department store chain emphasizes the great lengths to which it goes to provide exceptional customer service. Some colleges give an annual award to the instructor whom students vote best teacher.

Indeed, team norms are incredibly important. The  Practical Action box  details how team members can build effective norms. Keep these in mind for your current and future teams at school.

Page 580

PRACTICAL ACTION
Building Effective Team Norms

High-performing teams use the power of team norms to overcome challenges and obstacles. 107  Team norms allow a team to increase collective performance through healthy debate and clarity of purpose and roles, which in turn lead to high performance. 108  The following suggestions can help any team to build effective team norms.

Look to the Past for What Worked

Effective norms propel a team toward effective group dynamics and performance, whereas ineffective ones become an anchor. Studies show that identifying earlier team practices that worked is a good way to establish preferred norms. 109  Simply think about great teams you were part of and consider the various norms that guided their efforts. What made that team so great? Do the same for an ineffective team on which you worked. This exercise provides you with a list of practices that did and did not work. You can then rank them by their significance to the current tasks at hand. For example, Missouri’s Department of Elementary and Secondary Education encourages school district teams to rank effective past practices by importance when deciding which ones to use on new teams. 110

Break Down Norms into Behaviors

Once you have a list of norms, convert them to measurable behaviors. For example, the norm of encouraging equal participation in meetings results in the behavior of soliciting input from everyone when making a team decision. 111  Part of this norm can be first soliciting input from those who’ve spoken the least. This will provide them with a voice in case your team has members that dominate meeting discussions. 112

Accountability Is Key

Accountability plays a key role in setting normative expectations. Creating a system to police behavior can actually be fun! Imagine serving on a team that has restricted the use of phones during meetings. How might this be enforced? One team observed by Harvard Business Review mandated a $5 penalty for each time someone got distracted by his or her phone. The $5 was put in a “norm bucket.” The team used some of the resulting funds to go out for drinks at the end of the year and donated the remainder to charity. 113  One way to promote accountability is to formalize team norms: This can be done by developing a team charter, which is discussed shortly.  114

YOUR CALL

How well do you think an organization could incorporate all the suggestions listed here for creating effective team norms? What other strategies do you think contribute to the adoption of effective norms?

8. Effective Team Processes

Teams, like individuals, get things done by turning inputs into desired outputs. Studies show that high-performing teams accomplish this task by using effective team processes. 115   Team processes  are team members’ interdependent acts that transform inputs to outcomes through activities directed toward organizing taskwork to achieve collective goals. These activities can be cognitive, verbal, and behavioral. 116  There are three additional activities teams can use to improve team processes, beyond the seven just discussed.

Team charters should be written. This provides teams with written documentation regarding norms and other operational agreements.

BestPix/Shutterstock

· Create a team charter. A  team charter  outlines how a team will manage teamwork activities. It “represents an agreement among members as to how the team will work as an empowered partnership in making binding decisions and sharing accountability for delivering quality products/services that meet user/customer needs in a timely and cost-efficient way.” 117  One of your authors, Angelo Kinicki, requires teams in his classes to create charters. He does this because research shows team charters are associated with higher, sustained performance, particularly for teams that are low on team conscientiousness. 118

· Engage in team reflexivity.  Team reflexivity  is a collective process by which members reflect on the team’s objectives, strategies, methods, and processes and adapt accordingly. 119  Research shows that team reflexivity can help improve team performance, trust, and creativity. 120  It also reduces team members’ burnout because it provides them a sense of control and support. 121  One way to engage in team reflexivity is to conduct project post-mortems, which we defined in  Chapter 7  as a review of recent decisions to identify possible future improvements. Post-mortems are an effective way to improve team processes, boost team cohesiveness, provide closure, and improve morale. 122  Moreover, teams can prepare a written report documenting the post-mortem process and findings. This document can effectively serve as a basis for future team charters and norms. 123

Page 581

· Give team members a voice.  Team voice  reflects the extent to which team members feel free to express opinions, concerns, proposals, or thoughts about work-related issues. 124  Experts suggest that simple acts, such as asking others what they think during conversations, or providing dedicated speaking time to each member during a meeting, can increase team voice. 125  Research confirms this, finding that inclusive leadership promotes team voice and facilitates innovation, which leads to increased team performance. The caveat is that team voice should be decentralized and a select few should not dominate discussions. 126

Putting It All Together

Thus far in this chapter we have considered the things that make groups and teams both effective and ineffective. We hope you understand that creating and leading a high-performance team takes planning and skill. The first step in improving a team’s performance, however, involves an assessment of its effectiveness.

So how can you determine whether a team is effective? A group’s output surely is one indicator, but there are others that are more “team process oriented.” You can get an idea of these process-oriented indicators by taking  Self-Assessment 13.3 . ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 13.3
Assessing Team Effectiveness

The following survey was designed to assess the overall effectiveness of a team’s internal processes. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 13.3 in Connect.

1. How effective is the team?

2. What aspects of the team’s internal processes are most in need of positive development?

3. Based on your survey scores, what are three recommendations for improving the team’s internal processes? Be specific.

13.4 Managing Conflict

THE BIG PICTURE

Conflict, an enduring feature of the workplace, is a process in which one party perceives that its interests are being opposed or negatively affected by another party. Conflict can be negative (bad) or functional (good). Indeed, either too much or too little conflict can affect performance. This section identifies four sources of conflict in organizations and describes four ways to stimulate constructive conflict.

LO 13-4

Describe ways managers can deal successfully with conflict.

Mistakes, pressure-cooker deadlines, differing personalities, increased workloads, demands for higher productivity, and stress—all contribute to on-the-job conflict. 127  Most people envision conflict as meaning shouting and fighting, but as a manager you will encounter more subtle, nonviolent forms: opposition, criticism, arguments. Thus, a definition of conflict seems fairly mild:  Conflict  is a process in which one party perceives that its interests are being opposed or negatively affected by another party. 128

Conflict is a natural aspect of life. A place to begin our discussion of conflict is to consider the two types of conflict—dysfunctional and functional.

Page 582

The Nature of Conflict: Disagreement Is Normal

Conflict is simply disagreement, a perfectly normal state of affairs. Conflicts may take many forms: between individuals, between an individual and a group, between groups, within a group, and between an organization and its environment.

Although all of us might wish to live lives free of conflict, it is now recognized that certain kinds of conflict can actually be beneficial. Let us therefore distinguish between dysfunctional conflict (bad) and functional conflict (good).

· Dysfunctional conflict—bad for organizations. From the standpoint of the organization,  dysfunctional conflict  is conflict that hinders the organization’s performance or threatens its interests. For example, Hans Berglund, vice CEO of fertilizer company AgroPlasma, created dysfunctional conflict by using a racial slur against an African American Uber driver. Berglund’s behavior damaged AgroPlasma’s reputation and led to employees not wanting to work under his leadership. 129  As a manager, you need to do what you can to remove dysfunctional conflict, sometimes called negative conflict. In the case of Berglund, the company fired him and released a statement saying they do not share his values and ethics. 130

· Functional conflict—good for organizations. The good kind of conflict is  functional conflict , which benefits the main purposes of the organization and serves its interests. 131  This type of conflict is also called productive conflict and occurs “when team members openly discuss disagreements and divergent perspectives without fear, anxiety, or perceived threat.” 132  Studies show that functional conflict can lead to superior team problem solving and decision making, and greater organizational effectiveness. 133  For instance, Facebook’s acknowledgment that the personal data of 87 million users was improperly accessed by marketing and political consulting firms raised multiple questions for the company. Public anger and mistrust brought founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg before a wary Congress to testify about the company’s security procedures and transparency. The result was revamped internal policies, and possibly new government regulations, that will make the company a more trusted platform for its more than 2.5 billion active users worldwide. 134

Mark Zuckerberg, co-founder and CEO of Facebook, testifies in 2018 before a joint meeting of the US Senate Committee on the Judiciary and the US Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation.

Shutterstock

The ability to effectively work with others is a career readiness competency desired by employees. Do you see yourself as easy to get along with and relatively conflict free?  Self-Assessment 13.4  was designed to answer this question. It assesses the extent to which your work relationships contain dysfunctional or functional conflict.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 13.4
Interpersonal Conflict Tendencies

If your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 13.4 in Connect, you will learn how well you get along with others at work and/or school.

1. Does your score match your perception of yourself?

2. The assessment measures how well you get along with others and how they treat you; both are sources of conflict. If you were to improve the measure, what other factors do you think should be included?

Page 583

Can Too Little or Too Much Conflict Affect Performance?

It’s tempting to think that a conflict-free work group is a happy work group, as indeed it may be. But is it a productive group? In the 1970s, social scientists specializing in organizational behavior introduced the revolutionary idea that organizations could suffer from too little as well as too much conflict. Neither scenario is good.

· Too little conflict—inactivity. Work groups, departments, or organizations that experience too little conflict tend to be plagued by apathy, lack of creativity, indecision, and missed deadlines. The result is that organizational performance suffers.

· Too much conflict—warfare. Excessive conflict, on the other hand, can erode organizational performance because of political infighting, dissatisfaction, lack of teamwork, and turnover. Workplace aggression and violence are manifestations of excessive conflict. 135

Thus, it seems that a moderate level of conflict can induce creativity and initiative, 136  thereby raising performance, as shown in the diagram in  Figure 13.3 . As you might expect, however, what constitutes “moderate” will vary among managers.

FIGURE 13.3  The relationship between intensity of conflict and performance outcomes

Too little conflict or too much conflict causes performance to suffer.

Sources: Derived from L. D. Brown, Managing Conflict at Organizational Interfaces (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1983).

Four Kinds of Conflict: Personality, Envy, Intergroup, and Cross-Cultural

There are a variety of sources of conflict—so-called conflict triggers. Four of the principal ones are based on (1) personality, (2) envy, (3) intergroup dynamics, and (4) cultural differences. By understanding these, you’ll be better able to take charge and manage the conflicts rather than letting the conflicts take you by surprise and manage you.

1. Personality Conflicts: Clashes Because of Personal Dislikes or Disagreements

We’ve all had confrontations, weak or strong, with people because we disagreed with them or disliked their personalities, such as their opinions, their behavior, their looks, whatever.  Personality conflict  is defined as interpersonal opposition based on personal dislike or disagreement. Such conflicts often begin with instances of workplace incivility, or employees’ lack of regard for each other, which, if not curtailed, can diminish job satisfaction and well-being, while increasing stress, turnover, and withdrawal. 137

2. Envy-Based Conflicts: Clashes Because of What Others Have

Envy is as an unpleasant feeling of inferiority and resentment caused by comparing yourself with a person or group who possesses something you desire. 138  It is a source of conflict because it can threaten self-esteem and promotes the attitude of injustice. This motivates people to restore equity by tearing others down or elevating self-perceptions. 139  Research has found that higher feelings of competitiveness are positively correlated with workplace envy. 140  Take for example the case of Jussie Smollett, an actor famous for his role in the Fox series Empire.

Page 584

Jussie Smollett Example: Smollett, a gay African American actor, alleged in January 2019 that he was attacked on his way to a Chicago Subway store by two white men yelling racial and homophobic slurs. After an outpouring of support for the actor from celebrities and the NAACP, police learned from the perpetrators of the attack that Smollett himself had orchestrated the whole thing. The reason? Chicago Police allege that Smollett was “dissatisfied with his salary” compared to his co-stars and wanted to draw attention to himself. He “took advantage of the pain and anger of racism to promote his career,” alleged Chicago police superintendent Eddie Johnson shortly after Smollett was arrested for making a false police report. 141

As the Smollett example shows, envious employees are more likely to have low levels of organizational citizenship behaviors and high levels of counterproductive work behaviors. 142  In contrast, some research demonstrates that envy at work is not always poisonous. 143  For example, a recent study found that a moderate level of envy between employees is a “good driver for success” and promotes “healthy competition.” 144  Managers can limit the negatives associated with envy by eliminating preferential treatment of employees, explaining why some employees are rewarded and celebrated, and providing mentoring programs. 145

3. Intergroup Conflicts: Clashes among Work Groups, Teams, and Departments

The downside of collaboration, or the “we” feeling discussed earlier, is that it can translate into “we versus them.” This produces conflict among work groups, teams, and departments within an organization.

Some ways in which intergroup conflicts are expressed are as follows:

· Inconsistent goals or reward systems—when people pursue different objectives. It’s natural for people in functional organizations to be pursuing different objectives and to be rewarded accordingly, but this means that conflict is practically built into the system.

· Ambiguous jurisdictions—when job boundaries are unclear. “That’s not my job and those aren’t my responsibilities.” “Those resources belong to me because I need them as part of my job.” Unclear task responsibilities can often lead to conflict. Take for instance the case of two state troopers ticketing a woman who was driving around her neighborhood in April 2020. The troopers alleged that the driver was violating a social distancing order associated with the COVID-19 outbreak by leaving her house for a nonessential reason. The state social distancing order was meant to keep people at a distance from each other so they could not spread the virus, but the woman was driving alone. A reason for this incident occurring could be that police officers were placed in a tough spot in interpreting ambiguous, medically related guidelines. 146

· Status differences—when there are inconsistencies in power and influence. It can happen that people who are lower in status according to the organization chart actually have disproportionate power over those theoretically above them, which can lead to conflicts.

4. Cross-Cultural Conflicts: Clashes between Cultures

With cross-border mergers, joint ventures, and international alliances being common features of the global economy, there are frequent opportunities for clashes between cultures. Often success or failure, when business is being conducted across cultures, arises from dealing with differing assumptions about how to think and act.

Developing the career readiness competency of cross-cultural awareness and having an open mind will allow you to minimize multicultural conflicts. Cross-cultural awareness was defined in  Chapter 4  as the ability to operate in different cultural settings. We know for example that culture impacts the way individuals react to performance feedback. 147  (See  Table 4.8 .) This reaction can be the cause of conflict if you don’t have cultural awareness and an open mind to different cultural views. Research confirms this, demonstrating that open-minded individuals are better prepared to work in cross-cultural situations than those who are not. 148

Page 585

How to Stimulate Constructive Conflict

As a manager you are being paid not just to manage conflict but even to create some, where it’s constructive and appropriate, in order to stimulate performance. Constructive conflict, if carefully monitored, can be very productive under a number of circumstances: when your work group seems afflicted with inertia and apathy, resulting in low performance; when there’s a lack of new ideas and resistance to change; when there seem to be a lot of yes-people (expressing groupthink) in the work unit; when there’s high employee turnover; or when managers seem unduly concerned with peace, cooperation, compromise, consensus, and their own popularity rather than in achieving work objectives. 149

The following four strategies are used to stimulate constructive conflict.

1. Spur Competition among Employees

Competition is, of course, a form of conflict, but competition is often healthy in spurring people to produce higher results as long as it does not lead to extreme envy. Thus, a company will often put its salespeople in competition with one another by offering bonuses and awards for achievement—a trip to a Caribbean resort, say, for the top performer of the year.

2. Change the Organization’s Culture and Procedures

Competition also may be established by making deliberate and highly publicized moves to change the corporate culture—by announcing to employees that the organization is now going to be more innovative and reward original thinking and unorthodox ideas. Procedures, such as paperwork sign-off processes, also can be revamped. Results can be reinforced in visible ways through announcements of bonuses, raises, and promotions.

3. Bring in Outsiders for New Perspectives

Without “new blood,” organizations can become stagnant and resistant to change. This is why managers often bring in outsiders—people from a different unit of the organization, new hires from competing companies, or consultants. With their different backgrounds, attitudes, or management styles, these outsiders can bring a new perspective and can shake things up.

4. Use Programmed Conflict: Devil’s Advocacy and the Dialectic Method

Programmed conflict  is designed to elicit different opinions without inciting people’s personal feelings. Sometimes decision-making groups become so bogged down in details and procedures that nothing of substance gets done. The idea here is to get people, through role-playing, to defend or criticize ideas based on relevant facts rather than on personal feelings and preferences.

Top employee. Companies frequently stimulate constructive competition among employees to produce better performance. Top salespeople, for instance, may be rewarded with a trip to a resort. Do you think you would do well in a company that makes you compete with others to produce higher results?

wavebreakmedia/Shutterstock

The method for getting people to engage in this debate of ideas is to do disciplined role-playing, for which we discussed two proven methods in  Chapter 7 : devil’s advocacy and the dialectic method. These two methods work as follows:

· Devil’s advocacy—role-playing criticism to test whether a proposal is workable.  Devil’s advocacy  is the process of assigning someone to play the role of critic.

Periodically role-playing devil’s advocate has a beneficial side effect in that it is great training for developing analytical and communicative skills. However, it’s a good idea to rotate the job so no one person develops a negative reputation. The  Practical Action box  provides some tips on playing the devil’s advocate.

Page 586

· The dialectic method—role-playing two sides of a proposal to test whether it is workable. Requiring a bit more skill training than devil’s advocacy does, the  dialectic method  is the process of having two people or groups play opposing roles in a debate in order to better understand a proposal. After the structured debate, managers are more equipped to make an intelligent decision. 150

PRACTICAL ACTION
Playing the Devil’s Advocate

Research shows that teams effectively utilizing devil’s advocates perform better than those who don’t. 151  What happens when you are chosen as the team’s opposing viewpoint? How can you be critical of the team’s ideas without upsetting your colleagues? Here are four tips for successfully playing this important role.

1. Listen closely. You need to actively listen to someone’s idea before potentially disagreeing with it. That means paying attention and making sure the idea-sharer knows you are listening. 152  For example, repeat the idea you just heard in your own words before providing your opposing viewpoint. This is called paraphrasing. Colleagues are more receptive to feedback when they believe you are truly hearing them. 153

2. It’s not a game of gotcha. Devil’s advocacy should be framed as a way to stimulate constructive conflict, not generate resentment. The goal is not to be an adversary. Rather, it is to reduce uncertainty and inspire learning. 154  The airing of differing opinions should be heard by the rest of the team as a nonthreatening, alternate way to evaluate solutions to an issue. 155  The devil’s advocate helps bring up issues that might otherwise be ignored. Sometimes that leads to discrediting an idea, which is fine. 156

3. Stay positive. Research reveals that teams perform worse when an opposing opinion is seen as confrontational. Divergent opinions should be presented in a constructive way so they will not be taken personally or emotionally. 157  For example, try to find something meaningful about an idea and comment on that before you introduce your opposing viewpoint. Colleagues are more receptive to your point of view if they believe you’ve listened to them with an open mind. 158

4. Don’t beat a dead horse. Your goal is not to win a debate, so don’t dwell once you’ve made your point. If the team is not convinced by your argument the first two times, repeating your point again probably won’t change things. 159  What it may do is cause frustration and dysfunctional conflict with your colleagues. Let it go!

Career Readiness Competencies to Help You to Better Handle Conflict

Whatever kind of organization you work for, you’ll always benefit from knowing how to manage conflict. There are five career readiness competencies that enable you to work on disagreements and keep them from flaring into out-of-control personality conflicts: teamwork/collaboration, social intelligence, openness to change, emotional intelligence, and oral/written communication. 160  (See  Table 1.2 .) Let’s consider how to use them in the context of a student project team. Assume that your team is composed of four people and you are behind schedule in completing your final team project.

1. Teamwork/Collaboration

Establishing common ground or sharing a common goal are great ways to promote teamwork/collaboration. Given that your team is behind schedule on the project, contact your teammates and discuss what still needs to be done to get back on track. Remind them of the project deadline and see what obstacles stand between them and making the due date. By inviting others to collaborate you are offering an olive branch. This shows you’re open to their needs, willing to listen, and that you understand conflict is a two-way street.

Page 587

2. Social Intelligence

Social intelligence is the ability to connect with others in a meaningful way, to recognize and understand another person’s feelings and thoughts, and to use this information to stimulate positive relationships and beneficial interactions. One of the best ways to exercise social intelligence is to show empathy toward others. As we mentioned earlier, the use of empathy requires effective listening, which demonstrates that we care about what someone else is saying. If someone on your project team isn’t accepting of feedback, try to figure out the source of their frustration. Recognize it aloud so you validate what they’re feeling. You can show you are truly listening by using expressions such as, “Mario, I suspect you are disappointed in . . .”

3. Openness to Change

Openness to change includes being flexible when confronted with change, seeing change as a challenge, and being willing to apply new ideas, processes, or directives. Are you for instance using a method of communication that doesn’t work well for others and is slowing the project team down? Offer an example of something you’d like to do differently in the future: “Team, I know I prefer to text message instead of e-mail, but this method isn’t providing the level of detail we need in our communications. I’ll use e-mail so we are more efficient.” This creates an atmosphere for others on the team to evaluate their own ways as well.

4. Emotional Intelligence

Emotional intelligence is the ability to monitor your emotions and those of others, to discriminate among them, and to use this information to guide your thinking and behavior. For example, be aware of your own temper before meeting with someone on your project team who is not meeting deadlines. We’re humans and we can be imperfect and irrational at times. You can reflect by yourself, but it may not be a bad idea to talk with a friend or classmate who is not on the team. Taking a step back and reflecting allows a calmer you to enter the conversation, which will reduce the chances of further conflict.

5. Oral/Written Communication

Don’t tell the person what they said, how they felt, or what they did. Using language like “I felt” instead of “you said” removes blame from the conversation and does not make assumptions about the other person’s intentions. For example, instead of saying, “Brittany, you did not let others on the team speak so they couldn’t complain about your work quality,” say, “Brittany, when the conversation ended, I felt like our classmates didn’t have a chance to express their opinions of what we’ve completed thus far. This could have been a learning opportunity for us.”

Dealing with Disagreements: Five Conflict-Handling Styles

Even if you’re at the top of your game as a manager, working with groups and teams of people will now and then put you in the middle of disagreements, sometimes even destructive conflict. There are five conflict-handling styles, or techniques, you can use for handling disagreements with individuals: avoiding, obliging, dominating, compromising, and integrating. 161   Figure 13.4  shows how each of the styles can be distinguished from the others by the parties’ relative concern for others (on the y-axis) and for themselves (on the x-axis).

FIGURE 13.4  Five common conflict-handling styles

Source: From M. A. Rahim, “A Strategy for Managing Conflict in Complex Organizations,” Human Relations, 1985, p. 84.

Page 588

· Avoiding—Avoiding is ignoring or suppressing a conflict. It is appropriate for trivial issues, when emotions are high and a cooling-off period is needed, or when the cost of confrontation outweighs the benefits of resolving the conflict.

· Obliging—An obliging or accommodating manager allows the desires of the other party to prevail. This style may be appropriate when it’s possible to eventually get something in return or when the issue isn’t important to you.

· Dominating—Also known as “forcing,” dominating is simply ordering an outcome, when a manager relies on their formal authority and power to resolve a conflict. It is appropriate when an unpopular solution must be implemented and when it’s not important that others commit to your viewpoint.

· Compromising—In compromising, both parties give up something to gain something. It is appropriate when both sides have opposite goals or possess equal power.

· Integrating—In this collaborative style, the manager strives to confront the issue and cooperatively identify the problem, generating and weighing alternatives and selecting a solution. It is appropriate for complex issues plagued by misunderstanding.

Research demonstrates that when companies focus on training their employees on these conflict-handling styles, they tend to see an increase in innovativeness and productivity. 162  What type of conflict-handling style do you think you have? How can you improve your ability to resolve conflict?  Self-Assessment 13.5  can help answer these questions. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 13.5
CAREER READINESS
What Is Your Conflict-Management Style?

The following exercise is designed to determine your conflict-handling style. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 13.5 in Connect.

1. Were you surprised by the results? Why or why not? Explain.

2. Were the scores for your primary and backup conflict-handling styles relatively similar, or was there a large gap? What does this imply? Discuss.

3. Is your conflict-handling style one that can be used in many different conflict scenarios? Explain.

4. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the ability to manage conflict?

13.5 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 13.5

Describe how to develop the career readiness competency of teamwork/collaboration.

Effectively working in groups and teams requires the use of several competencies from the model of career readiness shown below. (See  Figure 13.5 .) You can improve your teamwork skills by using the competencies of oral communications, teamwork/collaboration, social intelligence, a positive approach, professionalism/work ethic, and a service to others orientation. Of these, teamwork/collaboration is most closely tied to concepts and models discussed in this chapter. Let’s explore how you can develop skills associated with this competency.

Page 589

FIGURE 13.5  Model of career readiness

McGraw-Hill Education

Become a More Effective Team Member

Teamwork requires a group of people to integrate their efforts in the pursuit of achieving a common goal. Below are four actions you can employ to become a better team member.

1. Commit to the team. “The best teams win together, learn together, adapt together, lose together, and grow together,” says executive coach Shawn Murphy. Vince Lombardi, considered one of the all-time best coaches in professional football, lived this philosophy. He said, “Individual commitment to a group effort—that is what makes a team work, a company work, a society work, a civilization work.” We all know that one player cannot do it all in team sports. Great players, such as NBA superstar LeBron James, are strategic in their approach toward teamwork. They realize that their job is to help team members raise their level of play while also inspiring and motivating them to achieve specific goals. It’s the same at school and work. Consider your school project teams as an opportunity to apply your best talents toward the goal of increasing the team’s overall grade. Commitment to a team comes down to your willingness to put the needs of others over self-interests. Yes, you may sacrifice some individual recognition in this process, but the team benefits. The key action here is the willingness to focus on the greater good of the team. 163

2. Support team members. Actor Will Smith states, “If you’re not making someone else’s life better, then you’re wasting your time. Your life will become better by making other lives better.” This sentiment is precisely what it means to be a good teammate. You can provide emotional support in the form of the time you take to listen to and discuss personal matters with others. Instrumental support might entail showing someone how to complete a task or learn a new skill. It also means putting in extra hours to help the team achieve its goals. Sharing information and providing positive feedback are other forms of support. While your goal in supporting others should not be to expect something in return, you will find that the norm of reciprocity motivates others to put in more effort to help the team or you down the line. The norm of reciprocity is a powerful social norm by which we feel obligated to return favors or assistance after people have provided favors or assistance to us. 164

Page 590

3. Bring positive emotions to the team. Leave criticism and negativity outside team meetings. They are toxic and reinforce others’ tendency to complain. In contrast, positive emotions such as happiness, gratefulness, and kindness create upward spirals of positivity in others. Showing concern and consideration for others in team meetings makes people feel welcome and truly part of the team. Studies show this fosters improved performance and creativity. 165

4. Lead by example. Demonstrate the behaviors you desire in others. If you want full commitment to team goals, commit to them yourself. If you want people to come prepared to team meetings, come overprepared. Show your colleagues that you are willing to go the extra mile to help the team achieve its goals. Like positive emotions, leadership by example creates a positive contagion motivating others to participate and increase their performance. 166

Become a More Effective Collaborator

Earlier we defined collaboration as the act of sharing information and coordinating efforts to achieve a collective outcome. Collaboration is essential for teamwork, but it isn’t the same thing as teamwork. Teamwork requires some formal structure such as a team leader, agendas for meetings, and organization. Collaboration is more spontaneous, less structured, and less hierarchical. You don’t need an agenda item that says “collaborate.” Here are some tips for becoming a more effective collaborator.

1. Listen and learn. Author Ken Blanchard said it well: “None of us is as smart as all of us.” You can’t get the best from people if you don’t encourage them to share their ideas, opinions, and beliefs. You may not agree with them, but people need to be heard. Remember that sharing different perspectives is essential for collaboration. 167  Listening is the flip side of talking. Active listening requires effort and motivation. You can improve your listening by withholding judgment, asking questions, showing respect, keeping your concentration and focus in the present moment, and remaining quiet. 168

2. Be open-minded. It’s difficult to collaborate if you aren’t open to others’ ideas. 169  You won’t get the benefit of your teammates’ experience and knowledge if you fail to consider their input. Being open also requires you to stop trying to impress others by having the best or brightest ideas. Just contribute what you can and let the team decide what ideas work best. 170  ●

Key Points

13.1 Groups versus Teams

· Groups and teams are different—a group is typically management-directed, a team self-directed. A group is defined as two or more freely interacting individuals who share collective norms, share collective goals, and have a common identity. A team is defined as two or more individuals committed to a common purpose, performance goals, and approach for which they hold themselves mutually accountable.

· Groups may be either formal, established to do something productive for the organization and headed by a leader, or informal, formed by people seeking friendship with no officially appointed leader.

· Teams are of various types, including work, project, cross-functional, self-managed, and virtual.

13.2 Stages of Group and Team Development

· A group may evolve into a team through five stages. (1) Forming is the process of getting oriented and getting acquainted. (2) Storming is characterized by the emergence of individual personalities and roles and conflicts within the group. (3) In norming, conflicts are resolved, close relationships develop, and unity and harmony emerge. (4) Performing is characterized by members concentrating on solving problems and completing the assigned task. (5) In adjourning, members prepare for disbandment.

· A group also can develop by means of punctuated equilibrium, in which it establishes periods of stable functioning until an event causes a dramatic change in norms, roles, and/or objectives. The group then establishes and maintains new norms of functioning, returning to equilibrium.

13.3 Building Effective Teams

· There are eight considerations managers must take into account in building a group into an effective team. (1) They must ensure individuals are collaborating. (2) They must establish a climate of trust. (3) They must establish measurable performance goals and have feedback about members’ performance. (4) They must motivate members by making them mutually accountable to one another. (5) They must consider team composition. (6) They must consider the role each team member must play. (7) They must consider team norms. (8) They must have effective team processes.

13.4 Managing Conflict

· Conflict is a process in which one party perceives that its interests are being opposed or negatively affected by another party. Conflict can be dysfunctional, or negative. However, constructive, or functional, conflict benefits the main purposes of the organization and serves its interests. Too little conflict can lead to inactivity; too much conflict can lead to warfare.

· Four devices for stimulating constructive conflict are (1) spurring competition among employees, (2) changing the organization’s culture and procedures, (3) bringing in outsiders for new perspectives, and (4) using programmed conflict to elicit different opinions without inciting people’s personal feelings.

· Four kinds of conflict are personality, envy, intergroup, and cross-cultural.

· There are five conflict-handling styles: avoiding, obliging, dominating, compromising, and integrating.

Page 592

13.5 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· Working in groups requires the use of several career readiness competencies, including oral communications, teamwork/collaboration, social intelligence, a positive approach, professionalism/work ethic, and service to others.

· You can become a better team member by committing to the team, supporting team members, bringing positive emotions to the team, and leading by example.

· You can become a better collaborator by listening and learning and being open-minded.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. How do groups and teams differ?

2. What’s the difference between formal groups and informal groups?

3. Describe the five types of teams.

4. What are the stages of group and team development?

5. Explain the eight most essential considerations in building a group into an effective team.

6. How do functional and dysfunctional conflict differ?

7. How would you go about stimulating constructive conflict?

8. What are devil’s advocacy and the dialectic method?

9. What five career readiness competencies can help you better handle conflict?

10. How can I become a better team member?

Management in Action

Must-See Quarantine TV

Late-night TV has been a mainstay of network television for generations. Johnny Carson entertained audiences for a few decades starting in the 1960s before being replaced by the likes of David Letterman and Jay Leno in the 1980s and 1990s. 171  Today, the three most watched hosts, Stephen Colbert, Jimmy Fallon, and Jimmy Kimmel, each bring in tens of millions of viewers and more than $400 million in ad revenue per year. 172

Late-night TV shows may have different hosts, but their live studio-audience format is largely similar. They typically start with a monologue poking fun at the day’s news and prerecorded or live skits. This is followed by celebrity interviews and musical performances. Most shows have an announcer, house band, and dozens of stage crew, writers, producers, and others that make it all happen. It takes a high-performing team to deliver a high-quality show. But what happens when a pandemic leaves studios empty, prohibits famous guests from traveling, and restricts hosts to their houses? That’s exactly what happened during the COVID-19 outbreak. 173

Let’s shine a spotlight on what many called “Quarantine TV.”

IN-HOUSE PRODUCTION, LITERALLY

Samantha Bee, host of the Emmy Award-winning late-night show Full Frontal with Samantha Bee, was filming a segment for her show when she encountered an issue she had never dealt with before. “There was literally a screeching hawk, circling up in the sky,” she recalled. Bee wasn’t filming at some exotic location overseas, she was actually on set—at her house. She asked her new makeshift production crew, her husband and three children, to please hold shooting for hawk sounds. “You have to be OK with whatever nature provides. This is really uncharted territory for any of us,” she said. 174

Bee wasn’t alone in a new world of late-night TV production due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Social-distancing and self-quarantining guidelines meant hosts had to work virtually with limited resources. Molly McNearney, the co-head writer and a producer of ABC’s Jimmy Kimmel Live, said it took three hours to shoot a six-minute monologue with host Jimmy Kimmel. “He’s used to having a teleprompter guy and a team of 140 people helping him there,” she said. 175  Instead, Kimmel and other hosts used iPhones and videoconferencing tools to record segments and celebrity interviews.

Page 593

COLLABORATING TO SERVE AN AUDIENCE IN SHOCK

Hosts may be the face of a show, but there are dozens—if not hundreds—of individuals on these late-night teams making sure it all goes as smoothly as possible. Late-night show content typically reflects daily events and what society is thinking, which writers quickly incorporate into the show’s monologue, skits, and questions for celebrity guests. This requires efficient and collaborative processes. First, producers source the most interesting and important material. After the material has been developed, writers script it in a way that draws laughs. Then different crews, such as video, audio, and makeup, act to meet taping deadlines. After all of this has been completed, editors enter the process to make sure the show meets broadcast standards.

The COVID-19 pandemic interrupted this interconnected system by shutting down lavish Hollywood and New York studios. Production crews scrambled from their homes, trying to connect virtually to meet deadlines. The Tonight Show showrunner Gavin Purcell needed to change his team’s processes in order to ensure the show could keep airing and entertaining the millions who were quarantined at home. Purcell developed new virtual norms with an understanding that the same on-set resources everyone was used to weren’t going to be there. “We’re now trying to create a normalcy, in a world where nothing is normal right now, but we’re trying to make it so that the actual production of it is a little bit more simplified and put systems in place.” 176

These production systems were incredibly important in a world that was reeling from a pandemic and looking for some late-night TV stress relief before bed. “We are a staff of planners, and even though this is something you could never plan for, those skills are coming in handy,” said Late Night with Seth Meyers showrunner Mike Shoemaker. Shoemaker, whose show was being filmed in host Meyers’ attic crawl space, needed to guide a team that was highly performing, but regressed to its more primitive days due to inexperience with virtual technology and the need for new roles. “Every day a new problem arises that literally never existed before and we problem-solve the solution for next time. Then something completely different goes wrong.” 177

Working in a virtual environment was particularly difficult for writers whose creativity is predicated on timing, banter, and constant collaboration with teammates. “If I had a joke idea or could punch up somebody else’s joke, I would just walk over to their office, say it to them, and walk back. It’s done in about 12 seconds,” said The Tonight Show writer Gerard Bradford. “Now it takes maybe five minutes, because you have to e-mail or text that person and wait for them to reply.” Virtual shows also meant no studio audiences, so writers couldn’t gauge how their jokes landed in real time. “You forget how important nonverbal communication is,” said Late Night writer Alex Baze. Writers are typically able to get performance feedback from a studio audience’s laughter, raised eyebrows, shifting in seats, etc. Without an audience, that feedback is missing, making it harder for changes to the next day’s show. “Even when it’s done, you’re like, ‘Well, I don’t know if that was good,’” said Baze. 178

All in all, production teams were able to adapt to a new way of producing content for millions of viewers. Experts, however, believe audiences were more forgiving in their content and quality critiques because it was the first time in modern history that a pandemic had made such a drastic impact on people’s daily lives. 179  Viewers may not be as understanding the next time. For example, Jimmy Fallon’s creative use of his daughters to help him with skits or Samantha Bee chopping wood in her backyard will only go so far on shows that need fresh content every night. 180  Content that doesn’t intrigue viewers will lead to decreased viewership, which means less ad revenue for the network. 181  With this in mind, late-night TV teams will need to be better prepared in case they find themselves in this situation again. Will they be?

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the perspective of late-night showrunners?

2. What are the causes of this problem?

Application of Chapter Content

1. What are some virtual best practices late-night production managers could have employed for their remote teams? Explain.

2. Use Tuckman’s Five-Stage Model to describe how the change in producing late-night TV could have caused teams to devolve.

3. Describe the disruption of late-night TV production using the concept of punctuated equilibrium ( Figure 13.2 ).

4. How did the COVID-19 pandemic impact late-night TV production groups’ ability to function as effective teams? Explain using the eight considerations of effective teams.

5. What types of conflict could stem from changes in the way production teams did their jobs? How could you effectively manage this conflict?

Page 594

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Recreational Marijuana Use: A Manager’s Quandary

This challenge examines issues that may arise when co-workers smoke marijuana together outside work. We first provide background on the legalities of using marijuana before reviewing the case.

Legalities of Using Marijuana

Eleven states and the District of Columbia have legalized recreational marijuana use as of 2020: Alaska, California, Colorado, Illinois, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, Oregon, Vermont, and Washington. Another 33 allow for medical marijuana use. Both recreational and medical marijuana use are still deemed illegal by the federal government, however. 182  As a result, some employers screen employees for marijuana use, even in states where it is permissible. This is particularly true for employers that contract with the federal government and certain positions deemed “safety-sensitive,” such as commercial drivers and heavy equipment operators. Some states that allow for marijuana use have pushed back. For example, Nevada enacted a law in 2020 protecting employees from discrimination solely on the basis of marijuana use. 183

The Case

You work in a state where it is illegal to use marijuana recreationally, and your employer has a zero-tolerance policy regarding the use of drugs. You also are a supervisor at a telephone call center and have very positive relationships with members of your work team and your manager. Blake is a member of your work team.

Blake invited you to his birthday party at his home, and you happily agreed to attend. During the party, you walked out to the backyard to get some fresh air and noticed that Blake and several other employees of your company were smoking marijuana. None of these individuals have prescriptions for medical marijuana. You have been told on several occasions by members of your own work team that these same individuals have used marijuana at other social events.

Although Blake is a member of your work team, the other smokers are not. You don’t really feel any need to tell management about these people smoking pot because you have never noticed their being impaired at work. At the same time, you feel conflicted because your employer takes a hard stand against the use of any drugs. If the company found out that you knew about their smoking, it could adversely affect your career. The company expects managers to act with honesty and integrity and to be forthright with senior management.

The following week you receive an e-mail from the vice president of human resources to evaluate Blake for a promotion to a supervisory position. Blake is one of three people being considered. You have a great relationship with the VP, but you know he takes a hard line on drug use. At the same time, you believe Blake is a good employee, but you wonder whether his smoking marijuana shows bad judgment for someone being considered for a managerial position at the company. As you close the VP’s e-mail, you begin to consider how to respond.

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

As Blake’s supervisor, what would you do?

1. I would not tell the vice president of human resources about Blake’s drug use. He’s doing a good job and I have not seen any impairment.

2. I would tell the vice president of human resources about the incident in which I observed Blake smoking marijuana, but I also would reinforce that he is a good performer. My gut feeling is that I need to honor the company’s zero-tolerance policy on drug use.

3. I would talk to Blake. I would explain my predicament and then ask him about the frequency of his drug use. If Blake promised to stop smoking marijuana, I would not tell the vice president of human resources about the incident.

4. Invent other options. Discuss.

Page 596

14

Power, Influence, and Leadership

From Becoming a Manager to Becoming a Leader

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 14-1 Describe managers’ appropriate use of power and influence.

2. LO 14-2 Identify traits and characteristics of successful leaders.

3. LO 14-3 Identify behaviors of successful leaders.

4. LO 14-4 Discuss situational leadership.

5. LO 14-5 Describe transactional and transformational leadership.

6. LO 14-6 Describe contemporary leadership perspectives and concepts.

7. LO 14-7 Explain how to develop the career readiness competency of self-awareness.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

How do leaders use their power and influence to get results? This chapter considers this question. We discuss the sources of a leader’s power and how leaders use persuasion to influence people. We then consider the following approaches to leadership: trait, behavioral, situational, full range, and contemporary perspectives. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on developing the career readiness competency of self-awareness.

Page 597

Improving Your Leadership Skills

According to one company’s chief research executive writing in  Inc. magazine, “Leadership is the art of execution. It’s the art of getting things done.” 1  This chapter introduces you to a number of insightful theories about leadership. For now, “getting things done” by leading others is a good place to begin thinking about what kind of leader you are and might become.

Here are some suggestions for improving your career readiness competency of leadership.

1. Discover your leadership style

We all develop a style of leading that is based on personal characteristics, traits, gender, interpersonal skills, and utilization of power and influence skills. 2  Identifying your leadership style is thus an ongoing process that evolves as you acquire more experience and responsibility in the workplace. You can think of this process as simply discovering what your strengths are over time and developing some flexible ways to use them in helping others achieve goals. 3  We include seven self-assessments in this chapter to help you gain an understanding about your leadership style.

2. Adopt a proactive learning orientation

This suggestion follows naturally from the first one. Becoming a leader is a process that never actually ends, which means you need to keep learning about your industry, yourself, your skills, and your strengths and weaknesses as you move through your career. 4  Take classes or courses online, network with peers and mentors, ask questions, stay open-minded, seek challenging opportunities, and look outside your industry occasionally for ideas and practices you can adapt to your own leadership toolkit. A proactive learning orientation is a career readiness competency desired by employers.

3. Recognize that there is no single best way to lead

As motivational speaker and writer Jack Canfield says, “True leaders understand that they have the opportunity and ability to respond differently to every situation. When events arise, whether they’re good or bad, leaders see these events as neutral. But they see their response to these events as crucial.” 5  You will need to adapt your leadership strategy to each situation that calls for it, or, as Tesla’s CEO Elon Musk says, “I move myself to where the biggest problem is.” 6

4. Show your followers that you value them

Delegate responsibility to those you lead and earn their respect by modeling ethical behavior. Always give credit where it is due, praise in public and criticize in private, and ask for help when you need it. Don’t be stingy with compliments and encouragement. 7  Work on building trust with your team, too, by communicating with honesty and truth, being an attentive listener and a positive thinker, and accepting the responsibility that comes with being the leader. 8

5. Practice mindfulness

You can reduce stress and worry, sharpen your focus, and make more thoughtful decisions by adopting the habit of mindfulness, which means focusing your awareness on the present and accepting your feelings and thoughts. 9  Mindfulness becomes easier through meditation, which you can practice with simple techniques for as little as 5 or 10 minutes a day. 10  Mindfulness also helps you lead others through tough times and crises by enabling you to communicate calm, purposefulness, and positivity. (See  Chapter 7  for more on mindfulness meditation.)

For Discussion One business writer suggests it’s time for business leaders to abandon an old “rule” of leadership that says “great leaders work alone.” 11  Do you agree that effective leadership should include motivating, developing, and encouraging others? Why or why not?

Page 598

14.1 The Nature of Leadership: The Role of Power and Influence

THE BIG PICTURE

Leadership skills are needed to create and communicate a company’s vision, strategies, and goals as well as to execute on these plans and goals. This section highlights the way successful managers use power and influence to achieve these ends and describes six sources of power and nine influence tactics they use to lead others. Leaders use the power of persuasion to get others to follow them. Five approaches to leadership are described in the next five sections.

LO 14.1

Describe managers’ appropriate use of power and influence.

Leadership. What is it? Is it a skill anyone can develop? How important is it to organizational success?

Leadership  is the ability to influence employees to voluntarily pursue organizational goals. 12  “Leadership” is a broad term, as this definition implies. It can describe a formal position in an organization, which usually carries a title like CEO or CFO, or an informal role, such as that played by an expert whose opinion we value in some area.

Although not everyone is suited to being a good leader, evidence shows that people can be trained to be more effective leaders. 13  In response, more companies are using management development programs to build a pipeline of leadership talent. They also provide leadership coaching to targeted employees.  Leadership coaching  is the process of enhancing the skills and abilities that a leader needs in order to help the organization achieve its goals, according to one expert. 14  It is estimated that U.S. companies spent over $15 billion on coaching in 2019. 15

Effective leadership matters! A recent study spanning 60 years and more than 18,000 firm-years showed that CEO behavior significantly impacted organizational performance. 16  Don’t take this study to mean effective leadership only matters at the top. Other research reinforces the value of fostering effective leadership at all levels of an organization.

Let’s begin our study of leadership by considering the difference between leading and managing and the role of power and influence skills.

What Is the Difference between Leading and Managing?

Bernard Bass, a leadership expert, concluded that “leaders manage and managers lead, but the two activities are not synonymous.” 17  Broadly speaking:

· Leaders inspire others, provide emotional support, and try to get employees to rally around a common goal. Leaders also play a key role in creating a vision and strategic plan for an organization.

· Managers typically perform functions associated with planning, investigating, organizing, and control, and leaders focus on influencing others. Managers, in turn, are charged with implementing the vision and plan. We can draw several conclusions from this division of labor.

Good leaders are not necessarily good managers, and good managers are not necessarily good leaders. Further, effective leadership requires effective managerial skills at some level. Consider these contrasting examples:

Laurent Potdevin Example: Laurent Potdevin resigned from his position as Lululemon’s CEO in 2018 due to managerial deficiencies that produced culture issues and HR concerns. 18  Company insiders revealed that Potdevin exhibited unprofessional behavior on a regular basis and made managerial decisions based on favoritism and personal relationships with employees as opposed to qualifications. A company spokesperson said that Potdevin “fell short of our standards of conduct” in a press release following his resignation. 19

Page 599

Pamela Nicholson Example: Pamela Nicholson served as CEO of Enterprise from 2013 to 2019. In the 32 years before she assumed the top spot, Nicholson amassed an impressive resume of management and leadership experience with the company. She was named one of Fortune magazine’s “most powerful women in business” for 13 years in a row and was voted one of Glassdoor’s highest-rated CEOs. Executive Chairman Andrew Taylor said, “She joined our company fresh out of college and rose from a management trainee behind the rental counter to our top leadership team through a combination of great management skills, keen business instincts and just plain hard work.” 20

Great leaders have strong managerial skills. Pamela Nicholson spent decades sharpening her managerial skills at Enterprise before ultimately leading the company as CEO.

Tom Gannam/AP Images

Managers conduct planning, organizing, directing, and control. Leaders inspire, encourage, and rally others to achieve great goals. Managers implement a company’s vision and strategic plan. Leaders create and articulate that vision and plan.  Table 14.1  summarizes the key characteristics of managers and leaders.

Page 603

BEING A MANAGER MEANS . . .

BEING A LEADER MEANS . . .

Planning, organizing, directing, controlling

Being visionary

Executing plans and delivering goods and services

Being inspiring, setting the tone, and articulating the vision

Managing resources

Managing people

Being conscientious

Being inspirational (charismatic)

Acting responsibly

Acting decisively

Putting customers first—responding to and acting for customers

Putting people first—responding to and acting for followers

Mistakes can happen when managers don’t appreciate people are the key resource, underlead by treating people like other resources, or fail to be held accountable

Mistakes can happen when leaders choose the wrong goal, direction, or inspiration; overlead; or fail to implement the vision

Coping with complexity—complex organizations are chaotic without good management

Coping with change—organizations need leadership to direct the constant change necessary for survival in today’s dynamic business landscape

TABLE 14.1  Characteristics of Managers and Leaders

Table Summary: Table divided into two columns summarizes the key characteristics of managers and leaders. Column headers are marked from left to right as: being a manager means and being a leader means.

Sources: Adapted from the following sources: P. Lorenzi, “Managing for the Common Good: Prosocial Leadership,” Organizational Dynamics, Vol. 33, No. 3 (2004), p. 286; J. P. Kotter, ”What Leaders Really Do,” Harvard Business Review, December 2001, pp. 85–96; the role of leadership within organizational change is discussed in J. P. Kotter, Leading Change (Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 1996); managing in the world of complexity is discussed in G. Sargut and R. G. McGrath, “Learning to Live with Complexity,” Harvard Business Review, September 2011, pp. 68–76; M. J. Mauboussin, “Embracing Complexity,” Harvard Business Review, September 2011, pp. 88–92.

Do you want to lead others or understand what makes a leader tick? Then take the following self-assessment. It provides feedback on your readiness to assume a leadership role and can help you consider how to prepare for a formal leadership position.

Page 600

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.1
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Readiness to Assume the Leadership Role

The following survey was designed to assess your readiness to assume the leadership role. Be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.1 in Connect.

1. What is your level of readiness? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Looking at the three highest- and lowest-rated items in the survey, what can you do to increase your readiness to lead? Think of specific actions you can take right now.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you are ready to lead?

Managerial Leadership: Can You Be Both a Manager and a Leader?

Absolutely. The latest thinking is that individuals are able to exhibit a broad array of the contrasting behaviors shown in  Table 14.1  (a concept called behavioral complexity). 21  Thus, in the workplace, many people are capable of engaging in  managerial leadership,  which involves both influencing followers to internalize and commit to a set of shared goals, and facilitating the group and individual work that is needed to accomplish those goals. 22  Here, the “influencing” part is leadership and the “facilitating” part is management.

Managerial leadership may be demonstrated not only by managers appointed to their positions, but also by those who exercise leadership on a daily basis but don’t carry formal management titles (such as certain co-workers on a team).

Six Sources of Power

Power  is the ability to marshal human, informational, and other resources to get something done. Defined this way, power is all about influencing others. The more influence you have, the more powerful you are, and vice versa.

To really understand leadership, we need to understand the concept of power and authority. Authority is the right to perform or command; it comes with the job. In contrast, power is the extent to which a person is able to influence others so they respond to requests.

People who pursue  personalized power —power directed at helping oneself—as a way of enhancing their own selfish ends may give the word power a bad name. However, there is another kind of power,  socialized power —power directed at helping others. Both of your authors are high on socialized power. We are motivated to write this textbook because our goal is to help you be the best you can be at work and in your personal life.

The villain/superhero dichotomy often depicted in pop culture is one way to think about power. Both villains and superheroes are characterized as having extraordinary ability to influence others. Villains use this power to further their own selfish causes (personalized power), often harming others in the process. Superheroes use this power to further the greater good (socialized power), improving the world as they go. How will you use your power?

yarruta/123RF

Within organizations there are typically six sources of power leaders may draw on: legitimate, reward, coercive, expert, referent, and informational. 23

1. Legitimate Power: Influencing Behavior Because of One’s Formal Position

Legitimate power , which all managers have, is power that results from managers’ formal positions within the organization. All managers have legitimate power over their employees, deriving from their position, whether it’s a construction boss, ad account supervisor, sales manager, or CEO. This power may be exerted both positively or negatively—as praise or as criticism, for example.

Police Department Example: All managers possess legitimate authority, but in organizations that have more rigid hierarchical structures, this authority is easier to see. Police departments tend to have clearly defined lines of authority indicating exactly which positions have authority over other positions.

Page 601

2. Reward Power: Influencing Behavior by Promising or Giving Rewards

Reward power , which all managers have, is power that results from managers’ authority to reward their subordinates. Rewards can range from praise to pay raises, from recognition to promotions.

Tallgrass Freight Company Example: Tallgrass Freight brokerage company rewards its tops sales employees and a plus-one with a trip to Las Vegas for its Club 200 celebration. To be awarded, employees must generate at least $200,000 in gross profits in a year. Said COO David Barnes, “We want to incentivize our agents for the right sort of performance,” adding “to be at this level of gross profit generation . . . means this is a truly elite group of freight agents.” 24

3. Coercive Power: Influencing Behavior by Threatening or Giving Punishment

Coercive power , which all managers have, results from managers’ authority to punish their subordinates. Punishment can range from verbal or written reprimands to demotions to terminations. In some lines of work, fines and suspensions may be used. Boards of directors also have this type of power—they can fire the company’s CEO with a vote. Coercive power has to be used judiciously, of course, since a manager who is seen as being constantly negative will produce a lot of resentment among employees.

Tapestry Example: Tapestry is a luxury fashion company that owns the Coach, Kate Spade, and Stuart Weitzman brands. In 2019 the company’s board of directors fired CEO Victor Luis and replaced him with board chairperson Jide Zeitlin. Said Zeitlin in an e-mail to the company’s employees, “Given we have not delivered on our potential, the Board decided it was time to make a change at the top and asked me to step in as CEO.” 25

4. Expert Power: Influencing Behavior Because of One’s Expertise

Expert power  is power resulting from one’s specialized information or expertise. Expertise, or special knowledge, can be mundane, such as knowing the work schedules and assignments of the people who report to you. Or it can be sophisticated, such as having computer or medical knowledge. Administrative assistants may have expert power because, for example, they have been in a job a long time and know all the necessary contacts. CEOs may have expert power because they have knowledge not shared with many others.

Dr. Anthony Fauci Example: During the COVID-19 pandemic, Dr. Anthony Fauci emerged as one of the most trusted sources of medical information in America. 26  Dr. Fauci graduated first in his class from Cornell University Medical College and has served as the director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) for more than 30 years. A Business Insider poll found that Dr. Fauci was the most trusted leader in the country during the crisis. 27

Expert power (such as that exhibited by Dr. Anthony Fauci during COVID-19) is especially important in times of crisis, because this is when we must rely on those with highly specialized knowledge to guide critical decisions.

Oliver Contreras/Alamy Stock Photo

5. Referent Power: Influencing Behavior Because of One’s Personal Attraction

Referent power  is power deriving from one’s personal attraction. As we will see later in this chapter (under the discussion of transformational leadership,  Section 14.5 ), this kind of power characterizes strong, visionary leaders who are able to persuade their followers through their charisma. Referent power may be associated with managers, but it is more likely to be characteristic of leaders.

Angela Ahrendts Example: Angela Ahrendts—former head of online retail and physical stores for Apple—has an impressive career history. In recent years, she went from being Burberry’s CEO to Apple’s highest-paid executive. Ahrendts was credited with turning Burberry around at a time when the brand was on the heels of failure. Apple hired Ahrendts in large part because of her charisma, energy, and ability to motivate people—all of which it saw as key leadership skills. 28

Page 602

6. Informational Power: Influencing Behavior Because of the Logical and/or Valuable Information One Communicates

Informational power  is power deriving from one’s access to information. Although not included as a separate source of power in the original research on power bases in organizations, later research added informational power to the typology. 29  People who are “in the know” in organizations may be seen as having informational power. People with access to information may also withhold it or release it selectively in order to demonstrate their power. 30  This latter use of informational power can be toxic, and some companies take proactive measures to avoid it.

Bridgewater Associates Example: At Bridgewater Associates—the world’s largest hedge fund—communication revolves around transparency. The company records all of its meetings and managers are punished for withholding information. Managers at the fund will not hire a new stock analyst if interview questions reveal that the candidate is likely to hide information to use as an advantage over colleagues. 31

Now that you’ve learned about the six bases of power, complete  Self-Assessment 14.2  to identify which bases you prefer to use. Answering the associated questions will help you understand how the various forms of power can both help and hurt you when trying to influence others.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.2
CAREER READINESS
What Kind of Power Do I Prefer?

If your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.2 in Connect, you will learn which bases of power you prefer to use.

1. Which of the six bases of power do you prefer to use?

2. Describe how this form of power helps you at school, at work, and in social situations.

3. Which of the six bases is your least preferred? What are the implications for you at school, at work, and in social situations?

4. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you understand how to use power when influencing others?

Common Influence Tactics

An author for Harvard Business Review recently posed two questions: “Why are self-confident blowhards so often believed? Why are experts so often ignored?” 32  The answer, according to numerous experts, lies in the ability to use specific tactics in order to influence others. 33   Influence tactics  are conscious efforts to affect and change behaviors in others. Influence tactics can be used for good (e.g., persuading co-workers to pitch in their time for a community volunteer effort) or for bad (e.g., pressuring a subordinate into keeping a boss’s unethical behavior a secret).

We previously defined leadership as “the ability to influence employees to voluntarily pursue organizational goals.” This definition reinforces the importance of developing good influence skills and the fact that employers see this as a key career readiness competency. The nine most common ways people try to get their bosses, co-workers, and subordinates to do what they want are listed in  Table 14.2 , beginning with the most frequently used.

Page 603

INFLUENCE TACTIC

DESCRIPTION

EXAMPLE

1. Rational persuasion

Trying to convince someone with reason, logic, or facts

As CEO of ACORD, Bill Pieroni helps insurance and financial services companies to make strategic choices and outperform competitors. He encourages firms to use data to develop the most successful marketing campaigns, saying “Marketing is data, is grids, is information ... Start with facts and then justify.” 34

2. Inspirational appeals

Brian Ach/Getty Images

Trying to build enthusiasm by appealing to others’ emotions, ideals, or values

When Indya Moore’s Elle magazine cover photo won the Cover of the Year award at New York Fashion Week, she used the opportunity and her acceptance speech to inspire others to be more accepting of others. Moore (pictured at left) wore earrings made of photo frames—8 frames hanging from each ear—to represent the 16 black transgender women who had been murdered in 2019. She said, “This year, sixteen known women were taken from us,” adding, “On this day that I’m celebrated and awarded for being visible, I decided to bring them with me.” 35

3. Consultation

Scott Taetsch/Getty Images

Getting others to participate in planning, decision making, and changes

“Prioritize people over tasks,” said WNBA commissioner and former Deloitte CEO Cathy Engelbert (pictured at left). Known for her collaborative style, Engelbert attributed her success to factors such as “building a team that brings you solutions instead of challenges, listening to and collaborating with them.” 36

4. Ingratiation

Getting someone in a good mood prior to making a request

A recent article referred to Boeing as “one of the biggest players in the Washington influence game.” 37  Said another, “For decades, Boeing has worked to ingratiate itself with both Democrats and Republicans in Washington.” 38  The company is known for spending millions on lobbying aimed at influencing federal aviation policy and defense contracts. Said one expert, “This is a blue chip company that lots of government officials have long been proud to be associated with.” 39

5. Personal appeals

Referring to friendship and loyalty when making a request or asking a friend to do a favor

Mallun Yen, founder of Operator Collective and former Cisco VP, recommends calling on your network of close relationships to succeed at work. She suggests encouraging this behavior in others by asking a friend, “tell me two specific things I can do to help you” and following through on your commitment. 40

6. Exchange

Making explicit or implied promises and trading favors

This type of exchange is sometimes called a quid pro quo (“this for that”). Exchanges can be a useful tool for building employee loyalty. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, after more than 3.3 million Americans filed for unemployment by March 21, 2020, some CEOs made public commitments to suspend layoffs at their companies. These included Morgan Stanley, Visa, and Citigroup. 41

7. Coalition tactics

Getting others to support your efforts to persuade someone

Many organizations partner with celebrities in order to build successful campaigns. This is an example of a coalition. In the closing moments of the musical Hamilton, Elizabeth Schuyler Hamilton sings that she is proudest of her role in founding the first private orphanage in New York City. That same charity— called Graham Windham—is still in operation and serves 4,500 children each year. The organization credited the cast’s ongoing support with reinvigorating interest in and donations toward its services. 42

8. Pressure

Demanding compliance or using intimidation or threats

CEO activism—corporate leaders taking public stands on social and political issues—is on the rise. Said Salesforce CEO Marc Benioff, “Today CEOs need to stand up not just for their shareholders, but their employees, their customers, their partners, the community, the environment, schools, everybody.” 43  In 2019 Benioff exerted pressure by announcing that Salesforce would cease to do business with companies that used its software to sell semi-automatic weapons. 44

9. Legitimating tactics

Basing a request on authority or right, organizational rules or policies, or explicit/implied support from superiors

Researchers at the University of Queensland recently studied 385 occupational health and safety (OHS) professionals to determine the influence tactics that were most effective to use when convincing organizational leaders about matters that impacted worker safety. The study found that leaders were especially resistant when OHS professionals used legitimating tactics to justify their requests by calling on law and policy. 45

TABLE 14.2  Nine Common Influence Tactics

Table Summary: Table divided into three columns summarizes the nine most common ways people try to get their bosses, co-workers and subordinates to do what they want. Column headers are marked from left to right as: influence tactic, description and example.; Table divided into three columns summarizes the continuation of nine most common ways people try to get their bosses, co-workers and subordinates to do what they want. Column headers are marked from left to right as: influence tactic, description and example.

Sources: Descriptions of these influence tactics are based on D. Kipnis, S. Schmidt, and I. Wilkinson, “Intraorganizational Influence Tactics: Exploration in Getting One’s Way,” Journal of Applied Psychology, August 1980, pp. 440–452; Table 1 in G. Yukl, C. M. Falbe, and J. Y. Youn, “Patterns of Influence Behavior for Managers,” Group & Organization Management, March 1993, pp. 5–28.

Page 604

Which Influence Tactics Do You Prefer?

When you read the list of tactics, each probably meant something to you. Which do you most commonly use? Knowing the answer can help you better choose the appropriate tactic for any given situation and thus increase the chance of achieving your desired outcome. You can enhance your self-awareness about the career readiness competency of leadership by completing  Self-Assessment 14.3 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.3
CAREER READINESS
Which Influence Tactics Do I Use?

If your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.3 in Connect, you will learn which of the nine influence tactics you use and in what order of frequency.

1. Is your rational persuasion score the highest? Regardless, give some specific examples of ways you use this tactic.

2. Which tactic is your least preferred (lowest score)? Provide examples of situations when and how you may use this tactic.

3. What might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you understand how to use these nine tactics to influence others?

How to Use the Tactics to Influence Outcomes

Research and practice provide some useful lessons about the relative effectiveness of influence tactics.

· Rely on the core. Core influence tactics—rational persuasion, consultation, collaboration, and inspirational appeals—are most effective at building commitment.

· Be authentic. Don’t try to be someone else. Be authentic to your values and beliefs.

· Consult rather than legitimate. Some employees are more apt to accept change when managers rely on a consultative strategy and are more likely to resist change when managers use a legitimating tactic.

Page 605

· “Ingratiation” is not a good long-term strategy. Ingratiation improved short-term sales goal achievement but reduced it in the long term in a study of salespeople. Glad handing may help today’s sales but not tomorrow’s.

· Be subtle. Subtle flattery and agreement with the other person’s opinion (both forms of ingratiation) were shown to increase the likelihood that executives would win recommendation to sit on boards of directors.

· Learn to influence. Research with corporate managers of a supermarket chain showed that influence tactics can be taught and learned. Managers who received 360-degree feedback on two occasions regarding their influence tactics showed an increased use of core influence tactics.

You’ll need to understand and effectively apply a range of influence tactics to be effective. But you can learn and improve influence tactics to move resisters to compliance and move those who are compliant to commitment. ●

14.2 Trait Approaches: Do Leaders Have Distinctive Traits and Personal Characteristics?

THE BIG PICTURE

Trait approaches attempt to identify distinctive characteristics that account for the effectiveness of leaders. We describe (1) positive task-oriented traits and positive/negative interpersonal attributes (narcissism, Machiavellianism, psychopathy) and (2) some results of gender studies.

LO 14-2

Identify traits and characteristics of successful leaders.

Consider a leader called one of the “most powerful women in business” by Fortune magazine, a former CIA operations officer, graduate of University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School, and one-time official in the White House Office of Management and Budget and later the Pentagon, who has led one of the world’s largest defense contractors since 2013. “Performance speaks for itself,” she says, adding, “absent performance, you really don’t have anything to say . . . Results are, at the end of the day, all that really do matter.” 46  That leader is Phebe Novakovic, CEO of General Dynamics. She seems to embody the traits of (1) dominance, (2) intelligence, (3) self-confidence, (4) high energy, and (5) task-relevant knowledge. General Dynamics stock has returned an average of 16% annually since Novakovic took the lead as CEO in 2013. 47

These are the five traits that researcher Ralph Stogdill in 1948 concluded were typical of successful leaders. 48  Stogdill is one of many contributors to  trait approaches to leadership , which attempt to identify distinctive characteristics that account for the effectiveness of leaders. 49

Positive Task-Oriented Traits and Positive/Negative Interpersonal Attributes

Traits play a central role in how we perceive leaders, and they ultimately affect leadership effectiveness. 50  This is why researchers have attempted to identify a more complete list of traits that differentiate leaders from followers.  Table 14.3  shows an expanded list of both positive and negative interpersonal attributes often found in leaders. 51  Notice the inclusion of the Big Five traits we discussed in  Chapter 11  as positive attributes.

Page 606

POSITIVE TASK-ORIENTED TRAITS

POSITIVE INTERPERSONAL ATTRIBUTES

NEGATIVE INTERPERSONAL ATTRIBUTES

· Intelligence

· Extraversion

· Narcissism

· Conscientiousness

· Agreeableness

· Machiavellianism

· Open to experience

· Emotional intelligence

· Psychopathy

· Emotional stability

· Positive affect

TABLE 14.3  Key Task-Oriented Traits and Interpersonal Attributes

Table Summary: Table divided into three columns summarizes an expanded list of both positive and negative interpersonal attributes often found in leaders. Column headers are marked from left to right as: positive task oriented tasks, positive interpersonal attributes and negative interpersonal attributes.

General Dynamics CEO Phebe Novakovik displays dominance, intelligence, self-confidence, high energy, and task-relevant knowledge—five traits that researchers suggest are common among highly successful leaders.

Brian Snyder/Newscom

We have discussed most positive interpersonal attributes elsewhere, but we need to describe the negative, or “dark side,” traits of some leaders. Known collectively as the “dark triad,” these traits are narcissism, Machiavellianism, and psychopathy. 52  Leaders who display these negative traits have a strong negative impact on employees’ job satisfaction, well-being, and mental health. 53

· Narcissism.  Narcissism  is defined as “a self-centered perspective, feelings of superiority, and a drive for personal power and glory.” 54  Narcissists have inflated views of themselves, seek to attract the admiration of others, and fantasize about being in control of everything. Although passionate and charismatic, narcissistic leaders may provoke counterproductive work behaviors in others, such as strong resentments and resistance. 55  They also tend to act more narcissistically when they perceive that someone has treated them unfairly. 56

· Machiavellianism. Inspired by the pessimistic beliefs of Niccolò Machiavelli, a philosopher and writer (The Prince) in the Italian Renaissance,  Machiavellianism  (pronounced “mah-kyah-vel-yahn-izm”) displays a cynical view of human nature and condones opportunistic and unethical ways of manipulating people, putting results over principles. This view is manifested in such expressions as “All people lie to get what they want” and “You have to cheat to get ahead.” Like narcissism, Machiavellianism is also associated with counterproductive work behaviors, especially as people begin to understand that they are being coldly manipulated. 57

· Psychopathy.  Psychopathy  (“sigh-kop-a-thee”) is characterized by lack of concern for others, impulsive behavior, and a dearth of remorse when the psychopath’s actions harm others. Not surprisingly, a person with a psychopathic personality can be a truly toxic influence in the workplace. 58

If you have a propensity for any of these, you need to know that the expression of “dark side” traits tends to result in career derailment—being demoted or fired. 59

What Do We Know about Gender and Leadership?

The increase in the number of women in the workforce has generated much interest in understanding the similarities and differences between female and male leaders.

Are Women Represented in Leadership Positions?

Women make up more than half the workforce and more than half of all college students in the United States, but they are still fighting to achieve gender parity in leadership. 60  Women are making gains at the top but are still highly underrepresented. There were 38 women CEOs leading Fortune 500 companies in 2020, a tiny number, but more than ever before. 61  Lisa Su is one example:

Page 607

Lisa Su Example: Advanced Micro Devices’ (AMD) stock was near an all-time low when Lisa Su stepped in as CEO in 2014. Since then, the company’s stock price has increased by more than 1,300% and AMD hit a record high share price in 2020. 62  Su credits her parents with providing important life lessons that she has carried into her career, including hard work, patience, and continuous learning. “My key trait is determination,” said Su, adding, “meaning there’s no problem that can’t be solved if you really put your mind to it.” On the company’s future, Su said, “What I like to always say is that the best is yet to come.” 63

Do Men and Women Vary in Terms of Leadership?

Researchers have studied gender and leadership in terms of whether women and men are equally likely to emerge as leaders, whether they engage in different leader behaviors or use different styles of leadership, and whether they vary in terms of their effectiveness as leaders. 64  In general, results are mixed—some favor female leaders and others favor male leaders—and any gender differences in these variables tend to be small. In other words, the ability to lead effectively doesn’t hinge on gender, and there is no reason to believe that the gender imbalance present in corporate leadership roles stems from one gender being “better” at leadership than another. Here is a summary of what we know: 65

· Leader emergence:

· According to a recent review of historical leadership research, women are still less likely to emerge as leaders in organizations than men. This highlights the importance of increased mentoring, leadership development, and other programs aimed at the inclusion of more women in organizations’ leadership pipelines. 66

· Leader behavior:

· A meta-analysis of 45 different studies found that female leaders used more transformational leadership behaviors than male leaders.

· A meta-analysis of 112 different studies of abusive supervision (a type of destructive leadership discussed later in the chapter) found that male leaders exhibited more abusive behaviors than female leaders.

· Leader style:

· Women are more likely to use a democratic or participative style than men, and men are more likely to use an autocratic and directive style.

· Leader effectiveness:

· Women and men are similarly effective as leaders.

· When there are more men than women in the organization and when the setting is more masculine, men tend to be rated slightly higher than women on leadership effectiveness.

· It’s not clear whether and how leader gender impacts firm performance. The popular press has promoted the idea that companies have significantly higher financial performance when females are members of the upper echelon—the CEO and the top management team (TMT). 67  But research results on TMT gender diversity and firm performance are mixed. A recent academic meta-analysis of 146 studies from 33 different countries found that “there are small but dependably positive associations of female representation in CEO positions and TMTs with long-term value creation.” 68

See the  Example box  for evidence of gender differences in leadership during a global crisis.

Page 608

EXAMPLE
Gender and Leadership During a Crisis

Less than 7% of world countries were led by women in 2020. 69  But when COVID-19 took hold in the early part of the year, it became clear that there was something unique about them: Countries with female leaders seemed to be faring much better in dealing with the pandemic than those led by men. While it’s not possible to draw firm conclusions from such a small sample, scholars and other experts quickly took note of the trend. 70  Let’s take a look at some of these leaders’ responses.

Mary Long/Shutterstock

Prime Minister Silveria Jacobs (Sint Maarten)

Prime Minister Silveria Jacobs was praised for her “straight to the point messaging” and direct, no-nonsense communication with the residents of Sint Maarten, the Dutch side of Saint Martin, an island in the Caribbean. 71  In a video address that went viral, Jacobs told the people of Sint Maarten, “Simply. Stop. Moving,” adding, “If you do not have the type of bread you like in your house, eat crackers. If you do not have bread, eat cereal, eat oats, sardines.” 72  In a separate address the prime minister said, “Together we can do this . . . Each and every one of us. These regulations are not put in place to test your faith or to push you to your limits. It is a matter of protecting your life and to get our livelihood safe, so that we can continue and return to proper economic development so that we can all thrive.” 73

Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern (New Zealand)

In mid-May of 2020, when much of the world was still under lockdown, New Zealand declared that it had “virtually eliminated” the virus after going several days without a new positive diagnosis. The country instituted a nationwide lockdown early in the pandemic that included firm restrictions on travel and the suspension of all businesses except for groceries, gas stations, hospitals, and pharmacies. Said one media outlet, “The Prime Minister of New Zealand made clear, concise statements about the situation to the nation, and was bolstered by a team of scientists and health professionals to help stop any confusion or panic about the sudden austerity.” By May, the nation of 4.8 million people had seen only 21 deaths from the virus. 74

President Tsai Ing-wen (Taiwan)

According to Johns Hopkins University data, Taiwan—with a population of 23 million—had only 7 COVID-related deaths by mid-May of 2020. 75  President Tsai Ing-wen was credited for her “calm, steady, and competent” response. 76  Said one reporter, “Tsai has demonstrated grit in leading Taiwan’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic. She has relied on science, preparedness, clear and consistent communication with the public, a strong health system, and technocratic competence to shield Taiwan from the worst effects of the virus.” 77

Prime Minister Katrín Jakobsdóttir (Iceland)

Iceland’s government—led by Prime Minister Katrin Jakobsdóttir—collaborated with deCODE biotech company to offer free COVID-19 testing to all of its citizens, regardless of whether they had symptoms. The country also used a rigorous contact-tracing program to locate and isolate those with potential exposure. Because of these early and widespread efforts, Iceland avoided many of the strict lockdown measures and business closures instituted by other countries. 78

The “Why”

Experts speculated on the reasons that female-led countries fared better amid the pandemic. One reason may be that these leaders felt less restricted by expectations of “how a leader should behave” because they likely had to fight especially hard and take nontraditional paths to get to where they are. 79  Another possibility—perhaps these leaders were more open to collaboration and outside expertise. Said University of Edinburgh Medical School Chair of Global Health Dr. Devi Sridhar, “The only way to avoid ‘groupthink’ and blind spots is to ensure representatives with diverse backgrounds and expertise are at the table when major decisions are made.” 80  A third reason may be that these responses were not due strictly to leader gender, but rather, reflected the larger societal norms and attitudes of countries that were willing to elect female leaders. Said two female scholars, “Greater involvement of women results in a broader perspective on the crisis, and paves the way for the deployment of richer and more complete solutions than if they had been imagined by a homogeneous group.” 81

YOUR CALL

Based on this example, how might increased inclusion of women in firm leadership positions benefit organizations?

Are There Social Forces Working against Women Leaders?

Women’s representation in leadership is increasing, but nowhere do their numbers approach their proportion in the overall population. As we stated above, women are less likely to emerge as organizational leaders than men, and this stems in large part from the fact that firms often fail to include women in their leadership pipelines. 82  Women managers also are less likely to get plum assignments or international experience. 83  Why do these differences in leadership opportunities persist? The social forces at play include:

· Failure to recognize gender discrimination. A recent Pew Research study revealed disparities in the extent to which women and men recognize the existence of gender discrimination in leadership. 84  For example:

Page 609

· Approximately 70% of women believed there were too few women in top executive and political leadership positions; only about 50% of men agreed.

· Approximately 70% of women believed that women have to work harder to prove themselves as worthy for leadership positions due to structural barriers and heightened expectations; only about 50% of men agreed.

· Approximately 60% of women believed that gender discrimination presented a major barrier to female leadership; only about 44% of men agreed.

· Persistence of sexist attitudes throughout women’s lives. Gender norms are internalized in us at a very young age, and research suggests our attitudes about gender are very difficult to change. A recent study for the National Bureau of Economic Research found that the strength of sexist attitudes in a woman’s state of birth continues to influence her career outcomes throughout her life, regardless of whether she moves to a state with more egalitarian attitudes about gender. 85

· Existence of increased obstacles once women reach leadership positions. A primary obstacle is that women tend to receive more scrutiny in leadership roles than men do.

· One recent study found that people responded more negatively to ethical scandals when organizations had female leaders. 86

· Other studies have shown that women are less likely to speak up in meetings due to this increased scrutiny, although onlookers often incorrectly attribute it to a lack of confidence. 87

· Results from a study using an 18-year dataset of activist investors showed that “female CEOs are more likely than male CEOs to come under threat from activist investors, and also are more likely to have simultaneous threats from multiple activist investors.” 88  An activist investor is a shareholder who owns more than 5% of a public company’s voting stock and desires to change management practices.

Are Knowledge and Skills Important?

Knowledge and skills are extremely important! A team of researchers identified four basic skills leaders need. (See  Table 14.4 .)

Page 610

WHAT LEADERS NEED

AND WHY

Cognitive abilities to identify problems and their causes in rapidly changing situations

Leaders must sometimes devise effective solutions in short time spans with limited information, and this requires strong cognitive abilities. Google CEO Sundar Pichai’s former professors remember him as a “shy, quiet, but extremely intelligent” student. 89  Pichai earned a Master’s in engineering from Stanford and an MBA from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business.

Interpersonal skills to influence and persuade others

Leaders need to work well with diverse people. Zoom has become known for its company culture focused on happiness, and many have praised CEO Eric Yuan for his role in building and maintaining this positivity. Said one reporter, Yuan “is probably one of the most likeable people you will meet in the Valley. It is no surprise that Zoom’s culture is so highly recognized these days.” 90

Business skills to maximize the use of organizational assets

Leaders increasingly need business skills as they advance up through an organization. One valuable but often-overlooked skill that most people can develop with a little effort is curiosity. 91  Ulta CEO Mary Dillon is known for exhibiting curiosity by asking questions and listening intently. Dillon makes frequent store visits to learn from associates, and she has been praised her for the way she communicates with everyone from executives to store employees. Said Tara Simon, SVP of Merchandising for the company, “I was here when Mary arrived . . . and from the moment she walked in the door, it was like she was a breath of fresh air because she’s so curious.” 92

Conceptual skills to draft an organization’s mission, vision, strategies, and implementation plans

Conceptual skills matter most for individuals in the top ranks in an organization. Entrepreneurs may have their conceptual skills tested on a regular basis. Now-billionaire CEO Sara Blakely’s father regularly asked her, “What have you failed at this week?” After repeated setbacks, she eventually came up with the line of slimming intimate wear she called Spanx. 93

TABLE 14.4  Four Basic Skills for Leaders

Source: Adapted from T. V. Mumford, M. A. Campion, and F. P. Morgeson, “Leadership Skills Strataplex: Leadership Skill Requirements across Organizational Levels,” Leadership Quarterly, 2007, pp. 154–166.

So What Do We Know about Leadership Traits?

Trait theory offers us four conclusions.

1. We cannot ignore the implications of leadership traits. Traits play a central role in the way we perceive leaders, and they do ultimately affect leadership effectiveness. 94  For instance, focus, confidence, transparency, and integrity were among the top traits listed in a survey of current business leaders, along with patience, openness, and generosity. 95  More specifically, many companies attempt to define leadership traits important for their context.

BNSF Railway Example: BNSF Railway Company recognizes the importance of leadership traits. According to the company’s website, “While many different railroads combined to form BNSF, the people who worked at those railroads shared many traits. The people who built BNSF were—and continue to be—a unique breed, blending the forward-thinking of dreamers with the pragmatism of results-oriented business leaders.” 96

2. The positive and “dark triad” traits suggest the qualities that are conducive and detrimental to success in leadership roles. According to expert scholars, narcissistic leaders often have groundbreaking ideas but fail to execute them successfully. Such execution requires the collaboration of an entire team, and narcissists’ need to control even small details can make followers miserable and unwilling to work together to achieve goals. 97

Travis Kalanick Example: Insiders have described former Uber CEO Travis Kalanick as a micromanager and control freak. 98  He also was known to be combative and unwilling to listen to others’ ideas in board meetings. Kalanick was eventually ousted from his role after a series of scandals and a whistleblower took the company from being “the world’s most valuable” to “the world’s most dysfunctional” start-up. 99

Personality tests and other trait assessments can help evaluate your strengths and weaknesses on these traits. Connect ™ contains a host of tests you can take for this purpose.

3. Organizations may want to include personality and trait assessments in their selection and evaluation processes. Among the growing number of companies using psychometric testing are Citigroup, ExxonMobil, Ford Motor Company, Procter & Gamble, Hewlett-Packard (HP), and JPMorgan Chase. 100

Petra Coach Example: Tennessee-based executive coaching firm Petra Coach recommends that firms use personality testing to facilitate teamwork. Said CEO Andy Bailey, “Knowing how each individual on a team prefers to communicate is a huge asset in business and can help individuals overcome any challenge or personal conflict.” 101

Recall from our discussion in  Chapter 9  that there are legitimate concerns about bias and accuracy associated with workplace personality testing. Organizations should stick with validated, job-related personality assessments and should use them for development purposes rather than employment decisions. 102

Page 611

4. Cross-cultural competency is an increasingly valued task-oriented trait. It’s also a career readiness competency. As more companies expand their international operations and hire more culturally diverse individuals for domestic operations in the United States, they want to enhance employees’ global mind-set. 103  A  global mind-set  is your belief in your ability to influence dissimilar others in a global context.

Coca-Cola EXAMPLE: The Coca-Cola Company sees the value of cross-cultural competency. The company tests every participant in its “high potential leader” program for cross-cultural intelligence. 104  ●

14.3 Behavioral Approaches: Do Leaders Show Distinctive Patterns of Behavior?

THE BIG PICTURE

Behavioral leadership approaches try to determine unique behaviors displayed by effective leaders. These approaches can be divided into two categories: (1) task-oriented behavior and (2) relationship-oriented behavior.

LO 14.3

Identify behaviors of successful leaders.

A leader’s traits, gender, and skills directly affect their choice of behavior. The focus of those interested in  behavioral leadership approaches  is to determine the key behaviors displayed by effective leaders. These approaches identified two categories of leader behavior:

· Task-oriented behavior.

· Relationship-oriented behavior.

Much of what we know about task-oriented and relationship-oriented leader behaviors is based on research done at The Ohio State University and University of Michigan. Both studies found that leader behaviors tend to focus on tasks and/or relationships:

 

THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

Task-oriented leader behavior

Initiating structure

Production-centered

Relationship-oriented leader behavior

Consideration

Employee-centered

Table Summary: Table divided into three columns summarizes behaviors of successful leaders. Column one notes types of leader behaviors. Column headers from column two to three are marked as: the Ohio state University and University of Michigan.

Task-Oriented Leader Behaviors

The primary purpose of  task-oriented leadership behaviors  is to ensure that human, physical, and other resources are deployed efficiently and effectively to accomplish the group’s or organization’s goals. 105  Examples of task-oriented behaviors include planning, clarifying, monitoring, and problem solving. As mentioned in the introduction at the beginning of this section, task-oriented leadership behaviors may be referred to as initiating-structure or production-centered behaviors.

The Focus of Task-Oriented Leadership: “Here’s What We Do to Get the Job Done”

Initiating-structure leadership  is leader behavior that organizes and defines—that is, “initiates the structure for”—what employees should be doing to maximize output.  Production-centered leader behaviors  emphasize the technical or task-related aspects of employees’ roles. Clearly, these are very task-oriented approaches.

Page 612

 Sonia Syngal Example: Gap, Inc., is relying on its new CEO—Sonia Syngal—to display task-oriented leadership. Said board chair and interim CEO Bob Fisher, “Sonia has all of the characteristics and experiences needed to effectively execute against the work ahead. She is an excellent operator who drives innovation and decisive action.” 106

Task-oriented leader behaviors are positively related to measures of leadership effectiveness, according to research. 107

Relationship-Oriented Leader Behavior

Relationship-oriented leadership  is primarily concerned with the leader’s interactions with his or her people. The emphasis is on enhancing employees’ skills and creating positive work relationships among co-workers and between the leader and the led. Such leaders often act as mentors, providing career advice, giving employees assignments that will broaden their skills, and empowering them to make their own decisions. 108  One of the simplest and best ways to engage relationship-leadership is to ask open questions and listen attentively. 109

The Focus of Relationship-Oriented Leadership: “The Concerns and Needs of My Employees Are Highly Important”

Consideration  is leader behavior that is concerned with group members’ needs and desires and directed at creating mutual respect or trust.  Employee-centered leader behaviors  emphasize relationships with subordinates and attention to their individual needs. These are important behaviors to use in addition to task leadership because they promote social interactions and identification with the team and leader.

Roger Ferguson, Jr. Example: TIAA CEO Roger Ferguson, Jr., believes in relationship-oriented leadership. In a recent speech, Ferguson said “Leaders who want to have a great impact also have to have empathy,” adding, “I don’t think you can inspire a follower if you don’t understand that they have human needs and you’re trying to bring them along on this journey.” 110

TIAA CEO Roger Ferguson has expressed admiration for leaders who possess not only high levels of task knowledge, but also the ability to empathize and see the humanity in their followers. To what degree do you value relationship-oriented behaviors?

Monica Schipper/Getty Images

Relationship-oriented leader behaviors are positively related to measures of leadership effectiveness, according to research. 111

The most effective leaders use different blends of task-oriented and relationship-oriented behaviors when interacting with others. To what extent do you think you do this when interacting with school or work colleagues? You can answer this question by taking  Self-Assessment 14.4 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.4
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Task- and Relationship-Oriented Leader Behavior

The following survey was designed to evaluate your own leader behavior. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.4 in Connect.

1. Do you prefer to use task or relationship leadership? Why do you think this is the case?

2. Look at the items for the two lowest scored items for initiating structure and consideration and then identify how you can increase the extent to which you display both types of leadership.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you can be both task- and relationship-oriented in your approach toward leading others?

Page 613

So What Do We Know about the Behavioral Approaches?

Two key conclusions we may take away from the behavioral approaches are the following:

1. A leader’s behavior is more important than his or her traits. It is important to train managers on the various forms of task and relationship leadership.

2. There is no type of leader behavior that is best suited for all situations. Effective leaders learn how to match their behavior to the situation at hand. We discuss how to do this in the next section. ●

14.4 Situational Approaches: Does Leadership Vary with the Situation?

THE BIG PICTURE

Effective leadership behavior depends on the situation at hand, say believers in two contingency approaches: Fiedler’s contingency leadership model and House’s path–goal leadership model.

LO 14.4

Discuss situational leadership.

Perhaps leadership is not characterized by universally important traits or behaviors. There is likely no one best style that will work in all situations. This is the point of view of proponents of the  situational approach  (or contingency approach) to leadership, who believe that effective leadership behavior depends on the situation at hand. That is, as situations change, different leader styles become appropriate.

Let’s consider two situational approaches: (1) Fiedler’s contingency leadership model and (2) House’s path–goal leadership model.

1. The Contingency Leadership Model: Fiedler’s Approach

The oldest contingency model of leadership was developed by Fred Fiedler and his associates beginning in 1954. 112  The  contingency leadership model  determines if a leader’s style is (1) task-oriented or (2) relationship-oriented and whether that style is effective for the situation at hand.

At the heart of situational leadership is the phrase “It Depends.” More specifically, this approach says the best style of leadership depends on the situation. What works in one situation doesn’t necessarily work in another.

KlaraDo/Shutterstock

Two Leadership Orientations: Tasks versus Relationships

Fiedler’s contingency model requires that leaders identify their leadership style.

· There are two leadership styles in Fiedler’s model: The two leadership styles in Fiedler’s contingency model are (1) task-oriented and (2) relationship-oriented. 113  Which do you think is your style? That is, as a leader, are you more concerned with task accomplishment or with people?

· Your leadership style is determined by your LPC score: To find out your leadership style, you would fill out a questionnaire (known as the least preferred co-worker, or LPC, scale), in which you think of the co-worker you least enjoyed working with and rate him or her according to an eight-point scale of 16 pairs of opposite characteristics (such as friendly/unfriendly, tense/relaxed, efficient/inefficient). The higher the score, the more the relationship-oriented the respondent; the lower the score, the more task-oriented. 114

Page 614

Three Dimensions of Situational Control

Once a leader identifies their leadership style, they should next evaluate the context to determine their level of situational control—how much control and influence they have in their immediate work environment.

There are three dimensions of situational control: leader-member relations, task structure, and position power.

· Leader-member relations—“Do my subordinates accept me as a leader?” This dimension, the most important component of situational control, reflects the extent to which a leader has or doesn’t have the support, loyalty, and trust of the work group.

· Task structure—“Do my subordinates perform unambiguous, easily understood tasks?” This dimension refers to the extent to which tasks are routine, unambiguous, and easily understood. The more structured the jobs, the more influence a leader has.

· Position power—“Do I have power to reward and punish?” This dimension refers to how much power a leader has to make work assignments and reward and punish. More power equals more control and influence.

For each dimension, the amount of control can be high, in which case the leader’s decisions will produce predictable results because he or she has the ability to influence work outcomes. Or it can be low, in which case the leader doesn’t have that kind of predictability or influence. By combining the three different dimensions with different high/low ratings, we have eight different leadership situations. These are represented in  Figure 14.1 .

FIGURE 14.1  Representation of Fiedler’s contingency model

Source: Adapted from F. E. Fiedler, “Situational Control and a Dynamic Theory of Leadership,” in B. King, S. Streufert, and F. E. Fiedler (eds.), Managerial Control and Organizational Democracy (New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1978), p. 114.

Page 615

Which Style Is Most Effective?

Neither leadership style is effective all the time, Fiedler’s research concludes; rather, each is better suited for certain situations.

· When is a task-oriented style best? The task-oriented style works best in either high-control or low-control situations.

High-control situation—leaders’ decisions produce predictable results because they can influence work outcomes.

Low-control situation—leaders’ decisions can’t produce predictable results because they can’t really influence outcomes.

· When is a relationship-oriented style best? The relationship-oriented style works best in situations of moderate control.

What do you do if your leadership style does not match the situation? According to Fiedler’s model it’s better to try to match leaders with suitable situations rather than try to alter their leadership styles to better fit the situations. 115  Fiedler did not believe that people could change their basic leadership style.

2. The Path–Goal Leadership Model: House’s Approach

A second situational approach, advanced by Robert House beginning in the 1970s, is the  path–goal leadership model,  which holds that the effective leader makes available to followers desirable rewards in the workplace and increases their motivation by clarifying the paths, or behaviors, that will help them achieve those goals and providing them with support. A successful leader thus “clears the path” and helps followers by tying meaningful rewards to goal accomplishment, reducing barriers, and providing support, so as to increase “the number and kinds of personal payoffs to subordinates for work-goal attainment.” 116

Numerous studies testing various predictions from House’s original path–goal theory provided mixed results. 117  As a consequence, he proposed a new model, a graphical version of which is shown in  Figure 14.2 .

FIGURE 14.2  General representation of House’s revised path–goal theory

Page 616

What Determines Leadership Effectiveness: Employee Characteristics and Environmental Factors Affect Leader Behavior

Two contingency factors, or variables—employee characteristics and environmental factors—cause some leadership behaviors to be more effective than others.

· Employee characteristics: Five employee characteristics are locus of control (described in  Chapter 11 ), task ability, need for achievement, experience, and need for path–goal clarity.

· Environmental factors: Two environmental factors are task structure (independent versus interdependent tasks) and work group dynamics.

Originally, House proposed that there were four leader behaviors, or leadership styles. The revised theory expands the number of leader behaviors from four to eight. (See  Table 14.5 .)

STYLE OF LEADER BEHAVIORS

DESCRIPTION OF BEHAVIOR TOWARD EMPLOYEES

1. Path–goal clarifying(“Here’s what’s expected of you and here’s how to do it.”)

Clarify performance goals. Provide guidance on how employees can complete tasks. Clarify performance standards and expectations. Use positive and negative rewards contingent on performance.

2. Achievement-oriented(“I’m confident you can accomplish the following great things.”)

Set challenging goals. Emphasize excellence. Demonstrate confidence in employee abilities.

3. Work facilitation(“Here’s the goal, and here’s what I can do to help you achieve it.”)

Plan, schedule, organize, and coordinate work. Provide mentoring, coaching, counseling, and feedback to assist employees in developing their skills. Eliminate roadblocks. Provide resources. Empower employees to take actions and make decisions.

4. Supportive(“I want things to be pleasant, since everyone’s about equal here.”)

Treat others as equals. Show concern for well-being and needs. Be friendly and approachable.

5. Interaction facilitation(“Let’s see how we can all work together to accomplish our goals.”)

Emphasize collaboration and teamwork. Encourage close employee relationships and sharing of minority opinions. Facilitate communication; resolve disputes.

6. Group-oriented decision making(“I want your suggestions in order to help me make decisions.”)

Pose problems rather than solutions to work group. Encourage members to participate in decision making. Provide necessary information to the group for analysis. Involve knowledgeable employees in decision making.

7. Representation and networking(“I’ve got a great bunch of people working for me, whom you’ll probably want to meet.”)

Present work group in positive light to others. Maintain positive relationships with influential others. Participate in organization-wide social functions and ceremonies. Do unconditional favors for others.

8. Value-based(“We’re destined to accomplish great things.”)

Establish a vision, display passion for it, and support its accomplishment. Communicate high performance expectations and confidence in others’ abilities to meet their goals. Give frequent positive feedback. Demonstrate self-confidence.

TABLE 14.5  Eight Leadership Styles of the Revised Path–Goal Theory

Table Summary: Table divided into two columns summarizes four leader behaviors, or leadership styles. Column headers are marked from left to right as: style of header behaviors and description of behavior toward employees.

Page 617

What Does Path–Goal Look Like in Practice?

In contrast to Fiedler’s contingency model, House’s path–goal model assumes that a leader’s style is flexible. In other words, as a leader, you should figure out the style that will work best for your particular employees and environment, and then use that style. Here are two hypothetical examples:

· Employees with an internal locus of control are more likely to prefer achievement-oriented leadership or group-oriented decision-making leadership because they believe they have control over the work environment. The same is true for employees with high task ability and experience.

· Employees with an external locus of control, however, tend to view the environment as uncontrollable, so they prefer the structure provided by supportive or path–goal clarifying leadership. The same is probably true of inexperienced employees.

What does adapting one’s leadership style to followers’ needs and the environment look like in real-life? Consider the following example.

Governor Andrew Cuomo, known as a no-nonsense and often rough leader, exemplified the idea of adapting one’s style to the situation in several uncommonly delicate speeches and appearances during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Lev Radin/Shutterstock

Andrew Cuomo Example: New York Governor Andrew Cuomo is known for his aggressive and, at times, combative leadership style. Cuomo once explained his approach to leading by saying, “There is no governor . . . no executive . . . no mayor who can succeed in this position without being strong-willed. It does not work.” He added, “You can’t be a pushover, easy-go-lucky, everybody’s-best-friend politician and be a successful executive. You can’t be both . . . I’m a chief executive who has to get stuff done. It’s what it takes to do the job.” 118  But amid the COVID-19 pandemic, Cuomo rose to national fame not because of his trademark toughness, but rather, because he displayed an uncharacteristically soft and empathetic side. Said former campaign worker Lis Smith, “Cuomo really understands what people want and need to hear right now . . . he understands there is a very human element to this crisis.” She added, “Andrew is showing a side of him that has always been there, but not necessarily in a public way, and that a lot of people really need right now. Yeah, they need an effective leader. But they also need Mr. #$%&! Rogers.” 119

During one particularly inspiring press briefing Cuomo said, “New York loves all of you. Black and white and brown and Asian and short and tall and gay and straight. New York loves everyone. That’s why I love New York. It always has, it always will. And at the end of the day, my friends, even if it is a long day, and this is a long day, love wins. Always. And it will win again through this virus.” 120

So What Do We Know about the Situational Approaches?

There have not been enough direct tests of House’s revised path–goal theory using appropriate research methods and statistical procedures to draw overall conclusions. 121  Research on transformational leadership, however, which is discussed in  Section 14.5 , is supportive of the revised model. 122

Applying situational leadership theory is not easy. In any leadership role, you will encounter many different situations, and there is no one best style for managing all of them. In addition, we all tend to rely on behaviors that have worked for us in the past even if the situation we face suggests we should change. We justify our actions by reasoning that we are doing what we are good at, but in fact we are vulnerable to our own biases about what we think works and what doesn’t.

Page 618

Although further research is needed on the new model, we can offer several important implications for managers: 123

· Use more than one leadership style. Effective leaders possess and use more than one style of leadership. Thus, you are encouraged to study the eight styles offered in path–goal theory so that you can try new leader behaviors when a situation calls for them.

· Help employees achieve their goals. Leaders should guide and coach employees in achieving their goals by clarifying the path and removing obstacles to accomplishing them. Effective coaching was found to increase employees’ performance. 124

· Alter your leadership behavior for each situation. A small set of employee characteristics (ability, experience, and need for independence) and environmental factors (task characteristics of autonomy, variety, and significance) are relevant contingency factors, and managers should modify their leadership style to fit them. The career readiness competencies of emotional and social intelligence are helpful tools for doing so.

· Provide what people and teams need to succeed. View your role as providing others with whatever they need to achieve their goals. For some it could be encouragement, and for others it could be direction and coaching. ●

PRACTICAL ACTION
Applying Situational Theories

How can you make situational theories work for you? A team of researchers proposed a general strategy that managers can use across a variety of situations. It has five steps. 125  We explain how to implement the steps by using the examples of a head coach of a sports team and a sales manager.

· Step 1: Identify important outcomes. Managers must first identify the goals they want to achieve. For example, the head coach may have a goal of winning a certain number of games or avoiding injuries to key players, whereas a sales manager’s goal might be to increase sales by 10% or reduce customers’ complaints by half.

· Step 2: Identify relevant leadership behaviors. Next managers need to identify the specific types of behaviors that may be appropriate for the situation at hand. The list in  Table 14.5  is a good starting point. A head coach in a championship game, for instance, might focus on achievement-oriented and work-facilitation behaviors. In contrast, a sales manager might find path–goal clarifying, work facilitation, and supportive behaviors more relevant for the sales team. Don’t try to use all available leadership behaviors. Rather, select the one or two that appear most helpful.

· Step 3: Identify situational conditions. Fiedler and House both identify a set of potential contingency factors to consider, but there may be other practical considerations. For example, a star quarterback on a football team may be injured, which might require the team to adopt a different strategy for winning the game. Similarly, the need to manage a virtual sales team with members from around the world will affect the types of leadership most effective in this context.

· Step 4: Match leadership to the conditions at hand. There are too many possible situational conditions for us to provide specific advice. This means you should use your knowledge about management and employee behavior to find the best match between your leadership styles and behaviors and the situation at hand. The coach whose star quarterback is injured might use supportive and values-based behaviors to instill confidence that the team can win with a different quarterback. Our sales manager also might find it useful to use the empowering leadership associated with work-facilitation behaviors and avoid directive leadership.

· Step 5: Decide how to make the match. Managers can use guidelines from either contingency theory or path–goal theory: change the person in the leadership role or change his or her behavior. It is not possible to change the head coach in a championship game. This means the head coach needs to change his or her style or behavior to meet the specific challenge. In contrast, the organization employing the sales manager might move him or her to another position because the individual is too directive and does not like to empower others. Or the sales manager could change his or her behavior, if possible

Page 619

14.5 The Full-Range Model: Using Transactional and Transformational Leadership

THE BIG PICTURE

The full-range model of leadership describes leadership along a range of behaviors, with the most effective being transactional and transformational. Transformational leadership impacts followers in four important ways.

LO 14.5

Describe transactional and transformational leadership.

We have considered the major traditional approaches to understanding leadership—the trait, behavioral, and situational approaches. But newer approaches offer something more by trying to determine what factors inspire and motivate people to perform beyond their normal levels.

One recent approach proposed by Bernard Bass and Bruce Avolio, known as  full-range leadership , suggests that leadership behavior varies along a full range of leadership styles, from passive (laissez-faire) “leadership” at one extreme, through transactional leadership, to transformational leadership at the other extreme. 126  Passive leadership is not leadership, but transactional and transformational leadership behaviors are both necessary and positive aspects of being a good leader. 127

Transactional and Transformational Leadership

Transactional Leadership

As a manager, your power stems from your ability to provide rewards (and threaten reprimands) in exchange for your subordinates doing the work. When you do this, you are performing  transactional leadership , focusing on clarifying employees’ roles and task requirements and providing rewards and punishments contingent on performance. Like task-oriented leadership, transactional leadership also encompasses setting goals and monitoring progress. 128  Melanie Perkins understands this perspective.

Canva CEO Melanie Perkins knows the value of transactional leadership—including setting clear goals and paying close attention to progress—in achieving an organization’s bigger goals.

Eóin Noonan/Getty Images

Melanie Perkins Example: Melanie Perkins is the co-founder and CEO of the online graphic design platform Canva. Perkins understands that transactional behaviors are a necessary foundation for effective leadership. In a recent interview, she said “One of the most important things is to be able to set big goals that inspire and motivate your team. I think it’s easier to attract great people when you set out to achieve something that’s crazy huge, because great people like great challenges. It’s also essential to set a clear direction for the company and frequently talk about the future. If everyone knows where you are trying to get to, I think there’s less debate about the small things that don’t matter.” 129

Transactional leadership has a positive association with leader effectiveness and group performance. 130

Transformational Leadership

Transformational leadership  transforms employees to pursue organizational goals over self-interests. Transformational leaders, in one description, “engender trust, seek to develop leadership in others, exhibit self-sacrifice, and serve as moral agents, focusing themselves and followers on objectives that transcend the more immediate needs of the work group.” 131  Whereas transactional leadership gets people to do necessary things, transformational leadership engenders exceptional things—significantly higher levels of intrinsic motivation, trust, commitment, and loyalty—that can produce significant organizational change and results. 132  Michael Dowling is a good example of a transformational leader.

Page 620

Michael Dowling Example: Northwell Health CEO Michael Dowling was recently ranked as one of the most beloved CEOs in the country according to employee ratings on Glassdoor. 133  Dowling exhibits transformational leadership in the way he inspires employees to work toward something bigger. Dowling begins developing personal relationships with followers from their very first day with the company. Said one worker about her experience at new-employee orientation, “I immediately felt connected to the organization . . . He described how each and every single job plays a major role in patient experience and the overall success of the organization. This was truly remarkable.” 134  Dowling has said of his leadership approach: “People want to belong to something and they want to identify with something and as a leader they want to believe in what you believe in . . . They have to believe in you and believe in what the purpose is that you’re trying to promote . . . and you can only do that by personal contacts. That’s why I met with employees all the time. To me it is absolutely key. Be a regular human being.” 135

Transformational leadership is influenced by two factors:

1. Individual characteristics: The personalities of such leaders tend to be more extroverted, agreeable, proactive, and open to change than nontransformational leaders. (Female leaders tend to use transformational leadership more than male leaders do.) 136

2. Organizational culture: Adaptive, flexible organizational cultures are more likely than rigid, bureaucratic cultures to foster transformational leadership.

The Best Leaders Are Both Transactional and Transformational

It’s important to note that transactional leadership is an essential prerequisite to effective leadership, and the best leaders learn to display both transactional and transformational styles of leadership to some degree. Indeed, research suggests that transformational leadership leads to superior performance when it “augments,” or adds to, transactional leadership. 137  See the  Example box  to learn about a leader who exhibits both transactional and transformational leadership.

EXAMPLE
The Superior Performance of a Leader Who Is Both Transactional and Transformational: Home Depot’s Ann-Marie Campbell

Ann-Marie Campbell ranked number 20 on Fortune’s 2019 most powerful women list. 138  She began her career with Home Depot more than 30 years ago as a cashier and now oversees 2,000+ stores and 400,000+ employees as executive vice president of U.S. stores. 139  She has been instrumental in Home Depot meeting its goal to increase annual revenues from $88 billion to $100 billion. 140

Let’s look at how Campbell uses a mix of transactional and transformational leadership.

Transactional

Campbell’s years of experience in a variety of roles at Home Depot—including store manager and regional vice president—give her unique insight into what it takes for employees and the company to be successful. She uses transactional leadership to maximize employee productivity and engagement and drive overall firm performance. For example, she went against industry norms and converted full-time store associates from variable work schedules to more desirable fixed schedules. She also led the company’s $11 billion plan to improve both associates’ and customers’ experiences, focusing on initiatives including new order management software for workers and online pickup lockers in stores. 141

Page 621

On how she approaches getting employees to perform in their roles, she said, “People want to be successful, so it is important to clearly communicate what success is.” 142

Transformational

Campbell’s leadership goes beyond transactional behaviors. Said one Home Depot district manager, “She finds a way to inspire people, to rise to the occasion and (help others) reach their goals that they didn’t think they could reach—through courageous leadership, the ability to provide clear direction and by simplifying a message.” 143  Of her path to executive leadership, Campbell said, “As you grow with any organization . . . it is no longer about you. It’s about how do you inspire and motivate others to be the best they can be, and how do you harness the collective value of your team to make it the best team.” She added, “That’s what I’ve learned as I’ve moved up through different roles, is think about the bigger organization, the broader purpose of the organization, the broader things that you’re trying to get accomplished, and focus on that and not just on individual performance. 144

YOUR CALL

What unique individual characteristics are displayed by Campbell? What other types of leader behavior has she exhibited?

Four Key Behaviors of Transformational Leaders

Whereas transactional leadership behaviors—though important—can feel dispassionate, transformational leadership behaviors excite passion, inspiring and empowering people to look beyond their own interests to the interests of the organization. Leaders who are transformational appeal to their followers’ self-concepts—their values and personal identity—to create changes in their goals, values, needs, beliefs, and aspirations.

Transformational leaders use four key kinds of behavior that affect followers. 145

1. Inspirational Motivation: “Let Me Share a Vision That Transcends Us All”

Transformational leadership motivates followers by inspiring them. This inspiration requires that leaders:

Have  charisma —a form of interpersonal attraction that inspires acceptance and support. At one time,  charismatic leadership —which was assumed to be an individual inspirational and motivational characteristic of particular leaders, much like other trait-theory characteristics—was viewed as a category of its own, but now it is considered part of transformational leadership. 146  Someone with charisma, then, is more able to persuade and influence people and to make others feel comfortable and at ease than someone without charisma. 147

Communicate a vision—a transformational leader inspires motivation by offering an agenda, a grand design, an ultimate goal—in short, a vision, “a realistic, credible, attractive future” for the organization, as leadership expert Burt Nanus calls it. 148  John Hennessy, former president of Stanford University and current chair of Google’s parent company Alphabet, believes that inspirational motivation is a critical skill for effective leadership. He concluded, “The ability to tell appropriate, compelling and inspiring stories is essential. Describing work as a journey shared among colleagues helps bring employees together in a common cause.” 149

Martin Luther King Jr. Civil rights leader Martin Luther King was an inspiration to millions of people. Here he is addressing people during the March on Washington at the Lincoln Memorial. This is where he gave his famous “I Have a Dream” speech. Do you think charismatic business leaders like King are able to be more successful than more conventional and conservative managers?

Agence France Presse/Central Press/Getty Images

Examples: Civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. had a vision—a “dream,” as he put it—of racial equality. Candy Lightner, founder of Mothers Against Drunk Driving, had a vision of getting rid of alcohol-related car crashes. Apple Computer’s Steve Jobs had a vision of developing an “insanely great” desktop computer. To recruit John Scully, who was CEO of Pepsi at the time, Jobs asked, “Do you want to sell sugared water the rest of your life, or do you want a chance to change the world?” 150

Page 622

2. Idealized Influence: “We Are Here to Do the Right Thing”

Transformational leadership inspires trust in followers. Transformational leaders:

· Express integrity by being consistent, single-minded, and persistent in pursuit of their goal.

· Display high ethical standards and act as models of desirable values.

· Make sacrifices for the greater good.

University of Virginia men’s basketball coach Tony Bennett is known for behaving with integrity and for his willingness to sacrifice personally for the good of his players and institution. These are important elements of idealized influence.

Rich Barnes/Getty Images

Coach Tony Bennett Example: The University of Virginia offered head men’s basketball coach Tony Bennett a handsome raise after his team won the 2019 national championship. But Bennett turned down the offer and asked that the money go instead to his staff. In addition, Bennett and his wife Laurel gave $500,000 to a career-development program for current and former members of the team. In a statement to the press, Bennett said, “I have more than enough, and if there are ways that this can help out the athletic department, the other programs, and coaches, by not tying up so much [in men’s basketball], that’s my desire.” 151

3. Individualized Consideration: “You Have the Opportunity Here to Grow and Excel”

Transformational leaders don’t just express concern for subordinates’ well-being. They actively encourage them to grow and excel by giving them challenging work, more responsibility, empowerment, and one-on-one mentoring.

Steve Beauchamp Example: Paylocity CEO Steve Beauchamp has a reputation for the individualized consideration that he gives to employees. Said one account manager, “Leadership is approachable and appreciative . . . makes you feel like a person and less of a number. While working one day, our CEO walked around expressed his appreciation, personally thanked everyone for working for him.” 152  Said another employee, “the CEO is always approachable and you do feel like he has the best interests of the company and his staff in mind.” 153

4. Intellectual Stimulation: “Let Me Describe the Great Challenges We Can Conquer Together”

Transformational leaders are gifted at communicating the organization’s strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats so that subordinates develop a new sense of purpose. Employees become less apt to view problems as insurmountable or “that’s not my department.” Instead they learn to view them as personal challenges that they are responsible for overcoming, to question the status quo, and to seek creative solutions.

Girls Who Code founder Reshma Saujani has displayed intellectual stimulation by showing thousands of young women that they can not only break into computer science fields, but also completely rewrite the landscape for future women in technology.

Will Glaser/The New York Times

Reshma Saujani Example: Reshma Saujani is on a mission to close the persistent gender gap in the technology sector. The Harvard and Yale graduate and former corporate lawyer founded Girls Who Code not only to teach young women coding skills (which the organization has done for nearly 100,000 girls so far), but more broadly, to fundamentally alter their belief that they need to be perfect in order to be successful. Says friend Trina DasGupta, “It’s not overstating it to say [Saujani] started a movement.” 154

Page 623

Have you worked for a transformational leader? The following self-assessment measures the extent to which a current or former manager used transformational leadership. Taking the assessment provides a good idea about the specific behaviors you need to exhibit if you want to lead in a transformational manner.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.5
Assessing Your Boss’s Transformational Leadership

Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.5 in Connect.

1. What could your manager have done to be more transformational?

2. What three behaviors can you exhibit to increase your application of transformational leadership?

So What Do We Know about Transformational Leadership?

It works! Research shows that transformational leadership is associated with many positive outcomes such as increased organizational, team, and individual performance; job satisfaction; employee identification with their leaders and with their immediate work groups; employee engagement; and intrinsic motivation. 155

There are three practical applications of transformational leadership.

1. It Can Be Used to Train Employees at Any Level

Not just top managers but employees at any level can be trained to be more transformational. 156  It is best to couple this training with developmental coaching and job challenges. 157

2. You Can Prepare and Practice Being Transformational

The simplest way to practice is to write down ideas for exhibiting the four key behaviors of transformational leadership—inspirational motivation, idealized influence, individualized consideration, and intellectual stimulation—the next time you attend a team meeting at school or work.

· You might inspire your teammates by highlighting the benefits of doing a good job, by building the team’s confidence in their ability to complete the assignment, and by telling the team you believe in them.

· You can drive idealized influence by explaining your role or commitment to working on the assignment and modeling high-performance behaviors.

· Show individualized consideration by describing the resources and support available to the team, by demonstrating a supportive attitude to everyone, and by recognizing people for their accomplishments.

· Foster intellectual stimulation by describing the team’s challenges, explaining the tasks or goals everyone needs to achieve, and highlighting why successfully completing the assignment will help the team.

3. It Should be Used for Ethical Reasons

While ethical transformational leaders enable employees to enhance their self-concepts, unethical ones select or produce obedient, dependent, and compliant followers. Without honesty and trust, even transformational leaders lose credibility—not only with employees but also with investors, customers, and the public. ●

Page 624

14.6 Contemporary Perspectives and Concepts

THE BIG PICTURE

Contemporary leadership perspectives explore relationships between leaders and followers and consider changing views about leaders’ roles. Contemporary concepts in leadership include humility, empowerment, ethics, followership, and abusive supervision.

LO 14.6

Describe contemporary leadership perspectives and concepts.

Here we turn our attention to contemporary leadership perspectives and concepts. Contemporary perspectives include (1) the leader-member exchange (LMX) model of leadership and (2) servant leadership. Contemporary concepts of study include (1) leading with humility, (2) empowering leadership, (3) ethical leadership, (4) the role of followers, and (5) abusive supervision.

Leader–Member Exchange Leadership: Having Different Relationships with Different Subordinates

Proposed by George Graen and Fred Dansereau, the  leader–member exchange (LMX) model of leadership  emphasizes that leaders have different sorts of relationships with different subordinates. 158  Two ways that LMX differs from other models of leadership are:

1. LMX focuses on relational quality in leader–follower dyads. Unlike other models we’ve described, which focus on the behaviors or traits of leaders or followers, the LMX model looks at the quality of relationships between managers and subordinates. 159

2. LMX assumes that leaders have distinctive relationships with each follower. Unlike other models, which presuppose stable relationships between leaders and followers, the LMX model assumes each manager–subordinate relationship is unique. 160

This model is one of the most researched approaches to studying leadership, and it has significant practical implications for managers and employees.

In-Group Exchange versus Out-Group Exchange

The unique relationship, which supposedly results from the leader’s attempt to delegate and assign work roles, can produce two types of leader–member exchange interactions. 161

· In-group exchange: trust and respect. In the in-group exchange, the relationship between leader and follower becomes a partnership characterized by mutual trust, respect and liking, and a sense of common fates. Subordinates may receive special assignments and special privileges.

· Out-group exchange: lack of trust and respect. In the out-group exchange, leaders are characterized as overseers who fail to create a sense of mutual trust, respect, or common fate. Subordinates receive less of the manager’s time and attention than those in the in-group exchange relationships.

What type of exchange do you have with your manager? The quality of the relationship between you and your boss matters. Not only does it predict your job satisfaction and happiness, but it also is related to turnover. You can assess the quality of the relationship with a current or former boss by completing  Self-Assessment 14.6 .

Page 625

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.6
Assessing Your Leader–Member Exchange

The following survey was designed to assess the quality of your leader–member exchange. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.6 in Connect.

1. Where do you stand on the different dimensions underlying leader–member exchange? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Do you think the quality of your leader–member exchange is impacting your job satisfaction or performance? Explain.

3. Based on your survey scores, how might you improve the quality of your relationship with your boss? Be specific.

Is the LMX Model Useful?

Yes! Consider that:

· High-quality LMX relationships engender positive outcomes. High LMX is associated with individual-level behavioral outcomes like task performance, turnover, organizational citizenship, counterproductive behavior, and attitudinal outcomes such as organizational commitment, job satisfaction, and justice. 162

· Other types of leadership encourage high-quality LMX relationships. A recent study showed that task, relationship, and transformational leadership all have their positive effects on employees via their immediate impact on the quality of an LMX. This is important because it tells us that “the effectiveness of any given leadership behavior is likely to be influenced by the followers’ perceptions of their relationship with their leader, such that followers with good relationships with their leader will respond more positively in terms of performance to a given leadership behavior, compared to followers with poor relationship with their leader.” 163

The key takeaway for you is to take ownership of bad relationships with bosses. One expert suggested two generic practices: First, “It pays to figure out what motivates your boss . . . find ways to help her talk about her successes.” Second, for bosses who like control, give “lots of information about what you’re doing and offer choices about next steps so he can make the decision.” 164

Servant Leadership

Servant Leadership: “I Want to Serve Others and the Organization, Not Myself”

The term servant leadership, coined by Robert Greenleaf in 1970, reflects not only his one-time background as a management researcher for AT&T but also his views as a lifelong philosopher and devout Quaker. 165   Servant leadership  focuses on providing increased service to others—meeting the goals of both followers and the organization—rather than to yourself. Sylvia Metayer is a good example.

Servant leaders see leadership as an act of service. The focus of servant leadership, then, is to help others–both followers and organizations–to achieve goals.

Sergey Tinyakov/123RF

Sylvia Metayer Example: Ms. Metayer is Chief Growth Officer for Sodexo, a global company with more than 470,000 workers. The company provides a wide range of integrated services, including food and reception, cleaning, energy management, grounds maintenance, and building maintenance and security. She believes strongly that a leader’s purpose is to serve others. In one interview, Metayer said, “I’m learning that to be a CEO is to be a servant. My main job is to support our employees and be a support to our clients and to our consumers.” Said Metayer, “I think the most important thing . . . is how do you make people’s work easier?” adding, “The world is changing very fast, so we have to create career paths, and we have to support the training of our people so that they’re ready for change.” 166

Page 626

Servant leadership is not a quick-fix approach to leadership. Rather, it is a long-term approach to life and work. 167  Leaders should try to adopt the ten characteristics and behaviors of servant leaders shown in  Table 14.6 .

1. Focus on listening

2. Ability to empathize with others’ feelings

3. Focus on healing suffering

4. Self-awareness of strengths and weaknesses

5. Use of persuasion rather than positional authority to influence others

6. Broad-based conceptual thinking

7. Ability to foresee future outcomes

8. Believe they are stewards of their employees and resources

9. Commitment to the growth of people

10. Drive to build community within and outside the organization

TABLE 14.6  Ten Characteristics and Behaviors of Servant Leaders

Table Summary: Table summarizes ten characteristics and behaviors of servant leaders.

Source: From L. C. Spears, “Introduction: Servant-Leadership and the Greenleaf Legacy,” in L. C. Spears (ed.), Reflections on Leadership: How Robert K. Greenleaf’s Theory of Servant-Leadership Influenced Today’s Top Management (New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1995), pp. 1–14.

Employees whose manager displays the characteristics shown in  Table 14.6  are likely to be happier, more productive, more creative, and more willing to go above and beyond their customary duties. 168  The following self-assessment measures the extent to which you possess a servant orientation. Results from the assessment will enhance your understanding of what it takes to really be a servant leader, and they provide insight into the career readiness competency of service/others orientation.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 14.7
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Servant Orientation

The following survey is designed to assess the extent to which you possess a servant orientation. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 14.7 in Connect.

1. To what extent do you possess a servant orientation? Are you surprised by the results?

2. How might you demonstrate more servant leadership in your teams at work or school? Be specific.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of service/others orientation?

Page 627

The Power of Humility

Humility is a relatively stable trait grounded in the belief that “something greater than the self exists.” 169  Although some think it is a sign of weakness or low self-esteem, nothing could be further from the truth.

Satya Nadella. The Microsoft CEO was one of Harvard Business Review’s top 10 best performing CEOs of 2019. 170  But he told Microsoft’s outgoing CEO Steve Ballmer that he would accept the top position “only if you want me to.” 171  When a journalist asked Nadella’s friends to describe him in one word, responses included “humble,” “empathetic,” “listener,” and “empowering.” 172  When Nadella built his senior leadership team, he looked specifically for people who would be empathetic, respectful of all employees regardless of their level in the company, and willing to learn from others. 173

Chesnot/Getty Images News/Getty Images

Humble leaders tend to display five key qualities that employees value: 174

1. High self-awareness.

2. Openness to feedback.

3. Appreciation of others.

4. Low self-focus.

5. Appreciation of the greater good.

An essential element of leader humility is willingness to learn. Humble leaders surround themselves with people who can help them grow. 175  Consider the following example.

Kara Goldin Example: Kara Goldin, founder and CEO of the $100 million-dollar beverage company Hint, sees intellectual humility as central to leading a successful organization. Goldin said, “I’ve always tried to be humble about what I don’t know and surround myself with people who are more knowledgeable than I am.” She also said that humility is one of the traits she’s looking for when she hires new team members. “I never hire the candidate who comes off as the ‘smartest person in the room,’” said Goldin, adding, “because someone who lacks interest in spending time around people who are more intelligent than them won’t help to make them (or their team) better at their jobs.” 176

The scientific study of humility is relatively new, but studies suggest that this trait is associated with many positive outcomes, including: 177

· Follower humility.

· Follower self-efficacy.

· Follower performance.

· Team creativity.

What can we conclude about humility in the context of managing others? We suggest that managers:

1. Shift the focus. Try to be more humble by changing the focus of your accomplishments from “me” to “we.” Share credit with others, but by all means be authentic. Don’t try to fake humility. 178

2. Ask, don’t tell. Try to spend more time asking questions and less time talking about yourself or telling people what to do. 179

3. Build humility into the culture. An organization’s culture can promote humility. Research suggests that this type of culture focuses on employee development, transparency, and tolerance for mistakes. 180

Page 628

Empowering Leadership

Empowering Leadership: “I Want My Employees to Feel They Have Control over Their Work”

Empowering leadership  represents the extent to which a leader creates perceptions of psychological empowerment in others.  Psychological empowerment  is employees’ belief that they have control over their work. Empowering leadership was found to have positive effects on performance, organizational citizenship behavior, and creativity for individuals and teams. 181  Let’s see how this process works.

Increasing employee psychological empowerment requires four kinds of behaviors—leading for (1) meaningfulness, (2) self-determination, (3) competence, and (4) progress. Let’s consider how the late Bernard Tyson, CEO of Kaiser Permanente from 2013 until he passed away in 2019, exhibited these behaviors.

Kaiser Permanente’s former CEO Bernard Tyson speaking about the company’s fight to end homelessness at the annual Afrotech conference on November 9, 2019. Tyson passed away unexpectedly only hours later and left a huge void in the hearts of those he inspired with his leadership. One of the many things Tyson was known and respected for was his empowering leadership style.

Robin L Marshall/Getty Images

· Leading for meaningfulness: inspiring and modeling desirable behaviors. Managers lead for meaningfulness by inspiring their employees and modeling desired behaviors. Example: Employees may be helped to identify their passions at work by the leader’s creating an exciting organizational vision that employees can connect with emotionally.

Said a friend of Tyson, “The son of a minister and a homemaker, Bernard never forgot where he came from and always stayed true to his values,” adding, “He embraced his opportunity to be a change maker, and he leaves behind a staggering legacy of accomplishments.” 182

· Leading for self-determination: delegating meaningful tasks. Managers can lead for employee self-determination by delegating meaningful tasks to them. Delegation is most effective when managers can truly let go.

“In the past, power was centralized in the hands of the few people who had access to information,” said Tyson in an interview. “Now that information is available everywhere, the leader’s critical question is, ‘How do I charge up the organization so that we’re maximizing the intellect of all of our people?’” 183

· Leading for competence: supporting and coaching employees. It goes without saying that employees need to have the necessary knowledge to perform their jobs. Accomplishing this goal involves managers’ supporting and coaching their employees.

Tyson mentored up-and-coming health care executives as part of his membership in the National Association of Health Services Executives. Said one writer who had observed Tyson in action, “Bernard thoughtfully put this executive through the paces before offering his support—creating an invaluable first-hand learning experience for the up-and-coming health care leader. Through education and mentoring, helping with early-career development, and providing real-world experiences, Bernard helped shape the future of health care by supporting its next generation of leaders.” 184

· Leading for progress: monitoring and rewarding employees. Managers lead for progress by monitoring and rewarding others. We discussed how to do this in  Chapter 12 .

When asked about his approach to leading an organization like Kaiser Permanente, Tyson said, “The days of a hierarchical leader being the know-all, the understand-all, and the be-all individual makes no sense in today’s environment. You have an organization made up of people with skills, talent, and intelligence.” He added, “The challenge is no longer how to instruct people in what to do. It is to set the direction and performance expectations, and then to inspire and motivate people. . . . In a complex organization like Kaiser Permanente, you manage the organized chaos with clarity about the mission, the value proposition, and the end game . . . All the incentives and resources need to be aligned to that.” 185

Page 629

Ethical Leadership

Ethical Leadership: “I Am Ready to Do the Right Thing”

Ethical leadership  represents normatively appropriate behavior that focuses on being a moral role model. Society has become increasingly cynical of CEO behavior over the past 20 years. With each corporate scandal—from Enron to Arthur Andersen and Worldcom to #MeToo—the number of CEOs forced out of their roles each year due to ethical failures has grown. A recent study by PwC consulting firm found that in 2018, ethical lapses were—for the first time—the #1 reason for CEO departures from the 2,500 largest companies across the globe, with 39% of successions occurring for this reason. 186  Ethical leadership includes communicating ethical values to others, rewarding ethical behavior, and treating followers with care and concern. 187

Amy Fuller Example: Amy Fuller, Chief Marketing and Communications Officer for Accenture, the global management consulting firm, described the importance of ethical leadership in a story about a former telecommunications industry client. Said Fuller, “His company went through month after month of difficult times as the market moved from analogue to digital systems . . . Their revenues were plummeting.” In order to try to save his company, she said, “the business owner tried to keep the problems a secret and took loans against every personal asset he could to keep making payroll.” Fuller encouraged the client to be honest with his employees. “They cried, hugged him, shared in his challenge, and all agreed to a reduction in pay,” said Fuller, adding that they “all pulled together to ride the storm and turn the company around—and they did.” 188

Here is what research tells us about ethical leadership: 189

· Ethical leadership is clearly driven by personal factors related to our beliefs and values.

· It also has a reciprocal relationship with an organization’s culture and climate. In other words, an ethical culture and climate promote ethical leadership, and ethical leadership in turn promotes an ethical culture and climate.

· Such leadership is positively related to employee job satisfaction, organizational commitment, organizational citizenship behavior, motivation, and task performance.

· It also is negatively associated with job stress, counterproductive work behavior, and intentions to quit.

Check out the  Example box  about a leader who uses both empowering and ethical leadership.

EXAMPLE
Lauren Bush Lauren’s Empowering, Values-Driven Leadership at FEED

Lauren Bush Lauren, or “LBL,” witnessed devastating poverty during her travels as an undergraduate student spokesperson for the United Nations World Food Program and decided to make it her life’s work to end world hunger. 190  She cofounded FEED to focus on food-deprived, school-aged children across the globe. 191  The company sells bags, T-shirts, and towels, and each item features a stenciled number to indicate how many meals it provides. For example, a consumer’s purchase of FEED’s original and most popular product, the burlap FEED 1 bag, feeds one school child for one year. 192

Here are the ways LBL empowers others to accomplish FEED’s mission:

1. Empowering teammates

LBL credits much of FEED’s success to the people on her team. She believes the best way to do business is to find talented people and get out of their way. She says, “The most important thing you can do when starting a business is surround yourself with smart people who know a lot more than you do in certain realms.” 193  In FEED’s early days, LBL realized the company was on the verge of bankruptcy due to shipping costs. She met with an accountant at UPS and quickly learned she knew nothing about supply chain management—so she hired the accountant to manage FEED’s supply chain. 194

Lauren Bush Lauren, founder of FEED.

Eamonn McCormack/WireImage/Getty Images

2. Empowering consumers

LBL knows that ending world hunger requires large-scale participation. FEED empowers consumers to be part of the solution by attaching tangible donations to each product they purchase. LBL designed FEED to appeal to Millennials’ desire to be involved in meaningful endeavors, saying, “What FEED does is give individuals a way to participate in very big, overwhelming world issues in a way that’s fun, creative, accessible and easy.” 195

Page 630

3. Empowering those in need

FEED’s business model strives to empower everyone in its supply chain, including its manufacturers. The company makes all its products under fair-labor conditions and partners with artisans in food-insecure countries so people in need can earn a living manufacturing FEED’s items. 196  FEED also aims to empower the children it serves. LBL describes meeting a little girl in Rwanda who was receiving a free daily meal through FEED. The girl told LBL she wanted to be the first female president of Rwanda. 197  As the company website states, “When a child is given a free, nutritious school lunch, it can break the cycle of poverty she was born into and empower her to change her own life.” 198

LBL believes the best way to succeed in a socially focused enterprise is to combine your passion with a cause you truly care about. She created FEED by blending her love of fashion and design with her passion for ending world hunger. 199  She also notes the importance of choosing partners who share your organization’s values; she has turned down opportunities to sell FEED’s products in stores whose values didn’t align with her own. 200

FEED has donated more than 100 million meals to date. Says LBL, “I have learned so much about being a leader over the last ten years of starting and growing FEED. I have made many mistakes along the way, but each has been an incredible learning opportunity. And every day, I try to lead from a place where the mission and founding intention behind FEED is my driving force and north star.” 201

YOUR CALL

How is LBL’s leadership both ethical and empowering? How do ethics and empowerment combine to make FEED so successful in accomplishing its mission?

Followers: What Do They Want, How Can They Help?

Leadership is a two-way street. That is, the quality of leadership depends on the qualities of the followers being led. 202  Leaders and followers need each other, and the quality of the relationship determines how followers respond and behave. 203

What Do Followers Want in Their Leaders?

Research shows that followers seek and admire leaders who create feelings of

· Significance. Such leaders make followers feel that what they do at work is important and meaningful.

· Community. These leaders create a sense of unity that encourages followers to treat others with respect and to work together in pursuit of organizational goals.

· Excitement. The leaders make people feel energetic and engaged at work. 204

What Do Leaders Want in Their Followers?

Followers vary, of course, in their level of compliance with a leader, with helpers (most compliant) showing deference to their leaders, independents (less compliant) distancing themselves, and rebels (least compliant) showing divergence. 205

Page 631

Leaders clearly benefit from having helpers (and, to some extent, independents). They want followers who are productive, reliable, honest, cooperative, proactive, and flexible. They do not want followers who are reluctant to take the lead on projects, fail to generate ideas, are unwilling to collaborate, withhold information, provide inaccurate feedback, or hide the truth. 206

We give some suggestions on how to be a better follower—and enhance your own career prospects—in the following  Practical Action box .

PRACTICAL ACTION
How to Be a Good Leader by Being a Good Follower

Changing business culture and the increasing power of technology have shifted the relationship between leaders and followers. Good followers today don’t simply follow. They are empowered to let leaders know when things are going in the wrong direction.

Here’s how you can become an intelligent follower. These same skills can make you a good leader, too. 207

1. See yourself as a leader in training

Leaders know what the people on their team are doing and they see how the various pieces fit together to help the organization accomplish overarching goals. Learn about what co-workers, customers, and bosses are doing, what they want, and what drives them to do their best work (or to prevent others from working well). The better you understand the people around you, the better you will be able to work with them in the present to accomplish goals, and the better you will be able to lead them in the future.

2. Choose your battles

You can’t win at everything, but you can choose where to invest your time and energy. Learn how to get along with co-workers, subordinates, and bosses who are similar to you as well as with those who are different.

3. Be brave

Don’t be afraid to tell your boss—diplomatically—when you think he or she may be wrong and to offer intelligent alternatives. Helpful feedback is always valuable. Remember, also, to be supportive when things are going well.

4. Work collaboratively

Being a good team player, meeting your goals, and letting the team take credit when appropriate can go a long way toward bringing out the best in others, including your boss when you are in a follower role. Also keep your boss informed; no one likes being caught by surprise.

5. Think critically

Develop your ability to ask the right questions, raise intelligent challenges, and maintain your own competence and motivation.

YOUR CALL

Although it’s always in your and the leader’s best interest if you become a good follower, sometimes the two of you may differ so completely in habits, dislikes, and so on that you may simply have to look for opportunities outside your present work situation. Do you think you’ve been a good follower in past jobs?

Abusive Supervision

The concepts of humility, empowerment, and ethical leadership discussed above are positive aspects of leadership. In contrast, research has also sought to better understand the impacts of destructive leader behaviors on followers and organizations. As you learned in  Chapter 3 , abusive supervision occurs when supervisors repeatedly display verbal and nonverbal hostility toward their subordinates. 208  Abusive supervision does not include physical contact between supervisors and subordinates; rather, it focuses on behaviors such as public humiliation, insults, shouting, and ignoring subordinates. 209

What Causes Supervisors to Be Abusive?

Research has identified several factors that prompt abusive supervision. 210  They include:

· Organizational culture: Factors in a supervisor’s environment may make abusive supervi sion more likely. These factors include aggressive organizational norms and abusive role models.

· Individual differences: Researchers have found significant correlations between supervisors’ individual differences and the propensity to behavior abusively toward subordinates. These factors include psychological entitlement (a person’s general belief that they deserve more than others) and Machiavellianism.

Page 632

· Early life experiences: Supervisors’ early life experiences impact the likelihood that they will abuse subordinates. Research has found that supervisors who witnessed aggression between their parents and those who were the targets of parental aggression are more likely to engage in abusive supervision.

Have you experienced or witnessed a supervisor who repeatedly treats subordinates with hostility? A boss who screams, mocks, or perhaps ignores employees on a regular basis? If so, try thinking about the abusive behavior as good lesson on what not to do as a leader.

Pavlo Syvak/123RF

What Do We Know about How Abusive Supervision Affects Employees?

Scholars have studied the negative outcomes of abusive supervision for more than 20 years. Key findings from more than 200 studies tell us the following: 211

· Abusive supervision increases negative outcomes: Subordinates of abusive supervisors are more likely to engage in deviant and counterproductive behaviors at work and are more likely to experience depression and emotional exhaustion.

· Abusive supervision decreases positive outcomes: Subordinates of abusive supervisors experience decreased job satisfaction and job performance and are less likely to engage in organizational citizenship behaviors.

What Should Organizations Do to Deal with and Prevent Abusive Supervision?

Abusive supervision consists of behaviors that are unacceptable and inappropriate, but unfortunately, not usually considered illegal on their own. Still, these behaviors clearly are damaging to employees and organizations. According to SHRM, firms should take the following steps to reduce both the occurrence and impact of abusive supervision: 212

· Implement strong and clear policies about supervisory behavior—including the types of behavior that are and are not acceptable in the organization.

· Provide training to supervisors and employees on appropriate behaviors and on how to recognize abusive supervisory behaviors.

· Establish fair processes for dealing with complaints about abusive supervision, including safe reporting channels and protections from retaliation for employees who report it.

· Use regular employee attitude surveys to help uncover unreported cases of abusive supervision and potential patterns of abuse.

In conclusion, we strongly suggest that you, as a manager, avoid behaviors that are considered abusive toward subordinates. Instead, focus on developing your ability to be humble, empowering, and ethical in your leadership. ●

14.7 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 14-7

Explain how to develop the career readiness competency of self-awareness.

This chapter demonstrated that leadership is a concept with much breadth and depth. You learned that it affects all aspects of organizational effectiveness, thus requiring the combined use of 14 career readiness competencies from the model shown below: understanding the business, critical thinking/problem solving, oral/written communication, leadership, social intelligence, networking, emotional intelligence, self-motivation, professionalism/work ethic, personal adaptability, self-awareness, service/others orientation, openness to change, and generalized self-efficacy. (See  Figure 14.3 .)

Page 633

FIGURE 14.3  Model of career readiness

McGraw-Hill Education

We obviously can’t discuss here how to develop all these competencies. To make this section more manageable, we focus on the critically important competency of self-awareness.

Becoming More Self-Aware

“Self-awareness seems to have become the latest management buzzword — and for good reason,” said one management expert in a recent article. 213  According to research, self-awareness increases creativity, decision quality, leadership effectiveness, and job satisfaction. Developing self-awareness is not just an intellectual exercise. It entails understanding who you are and what you stand for. It requires thinking about your life vision, values, personality, needs, behavioral tendencies, and social skills. You can become more self-aware by taking the following actions:

1. Take the Time to Reflect

Most of us are so busy accomplishing our daily activities or short-term goals that we leave ourselves no time to reflect and learn. 214  This pattern gets tasks done but can prevent our learning the new skills needed for more difficult assignments or promotions. You can build intentional reflection into your life by considering the following questions on a regular basis:

· What happened?

· What did I learn in general?

· What did I learn about me?

· What will I do to improve in the future? 215

Page 634

Try recording your answers in a journal. Research shows that this practice will increase your critical thinking and self-reflection. 216  You need to choose the frequency of journaling, but once a week is a minimum. One of your authors, Angelo Kinicki, has his students journal on a daily basis and then submit a weekly summary. Students find it invaluable.

2. Write Down Your Priorities

All good leaders identify what must get done and then allocate time and resources to get those goals accomplished. Self-awareness begins with identifying your top priorities. Try this process:

· Make a list of priorities for the next day, week, month, and year.

· Use the clarity you gain from this practice to identify the things that truly matter and plan to focus your efforts and resources on these things.

· Figure out how you can minimize time spent on the activities that are not consistent with your primary interests. 217

3. Learn Your Strengths and Weaknesses

There are a few activities you can use to learn your strengths and weaknesses:

· Complete self-assessments like the ones featured in this textbook and study the feedback. Remember, though, that self-assessments can be positively biased, and try some of the additional activities listed here as well.

· Ask family, friends, colleagues, and mentors for feedback. They observe you on a regular basis and can be a good source of information, especially when you let them know it’s safe to give you really honest feedback.

· If there is a particular behavior you really want to change, ask a trusted person to let you know every time you exhibit it.

4. Avoid the Dunning-Kruger Effect

Consider the following statements: “If I was just intelligent, I’d be okay. But I am fiercely intelligent, which most people find very threatening” (actress Sharon Stone). “People the world over recognize me as a great spiritual leader” (actor Steven Seagal). Most overly gifted people do not go around boasting like this. Albert Einstein, for example, never told people that he was “fiercely intelligent.”

Developed by two psychology professors—Dr. David Dunning and Dr. Justin Kruger—the  Dunning-Kruger effect  is “a cognitive bias whereby people who are incompetent at something are unable to recognize their own incompetence. And not only do they fail to recognize their incompetence, they’re also likely to feel confident that they actually are competent.” 218  Consider this effect in light of results from an online quiz asking 10,000 people how they react to constructive criticism. Only 39% said they deal with constructive criticism by considering the cause of that feedback. 219  It’s possible that the other 61% are caught up in the Dunning-Kruger effect.

The point is that this bias will detract from your ability to recognize your own weaknesses, which then prevents you from correcting them. Seeking regular feedback and focusing on a proactive learning orientation are two ways to overcome the Dunning-Kruger effect. 220  ●

Key Points

14.1 The Nature of Leadership: The Role of Power and Influence

· Leadership is the ability to influence employees to voluntarily pursue organizational goals. Power is the ability to marshal human, informational, and other resources to get something done.

· Within an organization there are typically six sources of power leaders may draw on: (1) legitimate power, (2) reward power, (3) coercive power, (4) expert power, (5) referent power, and (6) informational power.

· There are nine influence tactics for trying to get others to do something you want, ranging from most used to least used tactics as follows: rational persuasion, inspirational appeals, consultation, ingratiating tactics, personal appeals, exchange tactics, coalition tactics, pressure tactics, and legitimating tactics.

14.2 Trait Approaches: Do Leaders Have Distinctive Traits and Personal Characteristics?

· Trait approaches to leadership attempt to identify distinctive characteristics that account for the effectiveness of leaders.

· Five positive task-oriented traits are (1) intelligence, (2) consciousness, (3) openness to experience, (4) emotional stability, and (5) positive affect. Among the positive attributes are extraversion, agreeableness, and emotional intelligence. Among the negative attributes are narcissism, Machiavellianism, and psychopathy.

· Women occupy a growing but still very small number of CEO and top-management positions in the United States.

14.3 Behavioral Approaches: Do Leaders Show Distinctive Patterns of Behavior?

· Behavioral leadership approaches try to determine the unique behaviors displayed by effective leaders. Two categories are task-oriented behavior and relationship-oriented behavior.

· Task-oriented behaviors are those that ensure that people, equipment, and other resources are used in an efficient way to accomplish the mission of a group or organization.

· Relationship-oriented leadership is primarily concerned with the leader’s interaction with his or her people.

· Four basic skills for leaders are (1) cognitive abilities, (2) interpersonal skills, (3) business skills, and (4) conceptual skills.

14.4 Situational Approaches: Does Leadership Vary with the Situation?

· Proponents of the situational approach (or contingency approach) to leadership believe that effective leadership behavior depends on the situation at hand—that as situations change, different styles become effective. Two contingency approaches are the Fiedler contingency leadership model and House’s path–goal leadership model.

· The Fiedler contingency leadership model determines if a leader’s style is task-oriented or relationship-oriented and if that style is effective for the situation at hand.

· The House path–goal leadership model, in its revised form, holds that the effective leader clarifies paths through which subordinates can achieve goals and provides them with support. Two variables, employee characteristics and environmental factors, cause one or more leadership behaviors to be more effective than others.

Page 636

14.5 The Full-Range Model: Using Transactional and Transformational Leadership

· Full-range leadership describes leadership along a range of styles (from passive to transactional to transformational), with the most effective being transactional/transformational leaders.

· Transformational leadership encourages employees to pursue organizational goals over self-interests and is influenced by leaders’ individual characteristics and an organization’s culture.

· Four key behaviors of transformational leaders in affecting employees are they inspire motivation, inspire trust, encourage excellence, and stimulate employees intellectually.

14.6 Contemporary Perspectives and Concepts

· The leader–member exchange (LMX) model of leadership emphasizes that leaders have different sorts of relationships with different subordinates.

· Servant leadership focuses on providing increased service to others—meeting the goals of both followers and the organization—rather than the goals of oneself.

· Humble leaders tend to display five key qualities valued by employees: high self-awareness, openness to feedback, appreciation of others, low self-focus, and appreciation of the greater good.

· Empowering leadership represents the extent to which a leader creates perceptions of psychological empowerment in others.

· Ethical leadership represents normatively appropriate behavior that focuses on being a moral role model.

· Leaders want followers who are productive, reliable, honest, cooperative, proactive, and flexible.

· Abusive supervision represents supervisors’ sustained verbal and non-verbal hostility toward subordinates.

14.7 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· Becoming a more effective leader requires the application of 14 career readiness competencies.

· You can become more self-aware by taking the following four actions: (1) Take the time to reflect. (2) Write down your priorities. (3) Learn your strengths and weaknesses. (4) Avoid the Dunning-Kruger effect.

Understand the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. What is the difference between being a manager and being a leader?

2. What are six sources of power?

3. In brief, what are five approaches to leadership described in this chapter?

4. What are some positive task-oriented traits and positive/negative interpersonal attributes related to leadership?

5. Explain the difference between task-oriented and relationship-oriented leader behavior.

6. Briefly discuss the two types of situational leadership approaches.

7. What are key aspects of transformational leadership?

8. Explain the leader–member exchange (LMX) and servant leadership models.

9. Describe contemporary leadership concepts.

10. Explain how you can become more self-aware.

Management In Action

Adam Neumann’s Rise and Fall at WeWork

In 2001, 22-year-old Adam Neumann moved to the United States from Israel. He attended Baruch College in New York City but dropped out when he was four credits shy of a diploma, trying his hand instead at being an entrepreneur. After two failed ventures, Neumann and friend Miguel McKelvey started a business called Green Desk, renting out desks in co-working spaces for people and companies that weren’t ready to invest in their own offices. By 2010, their company WeWork was born. 221

How, exactly, did WeWork work? Essentially, the company leased office spaces in metropolitan areas like New York City and San Francisco—where flexible working space was in high demand—then split them into tiny 64 square foot sections. WeWork then sublet the sections to professionals, providing amenities such as restaurants, office equipment like copy machines, and camaraderie. Neumann sold investors on his business model by positioning WeWork as a tech and lifestyle company, but critics say it was never anything more than a glorified subleasing firm. 222  How is it possible, then, that by 2019, WeWork had more than 520 locations across the globe and a valuation of almost $50 billion (compared to its biggest competitor’s $3.7 billion valuation)?

Page 637

INSPIRING LEADERSHIP

Neumann “led with unusual exuberance and excess,” said one reporter, adding that it was the CEO’s “combination of entrepreneurial vision, personal charisma and brash risk-taking” that made WeWork the most valuable start-up in the country at one point. 223  The CEO often had outlandish goals, including an idea to create shared office spaces on Mars and to give the world’s 150 million orphans a family in WeWork. 224

Neumann seemed to believe that he had extraordinary abilities to accomplish the impossible. For example, he invested in Life Biosciences, a life-extension start-up company, because he wanted to live forever. 225  As another example, according to one insider, Neumann once said, “when countries are shooting at each other, I want them to come to me.” 226  A source close to the company described Neumann as “an intense person who thinks he is a Jesus figure,” but added that “he’s also very good at what he does . . . He was almost like a televangelist.” 227  Neumann’s ability to motivate was acknowledged even by former company executives who strongly disliked him.

TROUBLE IN THE WORKS

Still, those who spent enough time with Neumann eventually saw holes in his visionary and charismatic façade. Said one real-estate executive who dealt with WeWork, “He clearly is very smart and ambitious . . . but he starts talking about some of the more germane aspects of the city’s land-use process . . . and he has no idea what he’s talking about. Your bulls–t meter just goes off with him.” The executive added that Neumann was “the quintessential person who doesn’t know what they don’t know.” 228

Others have expressed disappointment with the lack of alignment between the vision that Neumann pitched and the reality inside the company. “From the outside,” said one former employee, “a lot of the pitch to the public and employees is all about this ‘we’ thing, but the closer you get to the core of the company, the less it exists. It’s all about ‘me’ and ‘I.’” 229

Ultimately, it was WeWork’s S-1 filing—the registration form that companies use when they are planning an initial public offering (IPO)—that alerted investors to the company’s and CEO’s troubles. For example, as a managing member of the separate private company “We Holdings, LLC” Neumann trademarked the right to the word “We.” He then reorganized WeWork under the umbrella “The We Company” and charged it—his own company—$5.9 million for the rights to use the word. 230  Neumann was also taking near zero-interest loans from WeWork, using the money to buy office buildings, then renting the spaces back to WeWork. 231

Former Twitter CEO Dick Costolo said of Neumann, “this is not the way everybody behaves.” Costolo characterized “the degree of self-dealing” inside WeWork as “egregious.” 232  But former employees said that it was nearly impossible to talk Neumann down from anything, no matter how absurd it seemed. One insider told a reporter, “one time, we asked one of the top execs . . . ‘can you bring him back to reality?’ And she said, ‘when Adam comes in and wants to do this or that, even if it’s a really bad idea, we will figure out how to do it.’” 233

NEUMANN’S OUSTER

Experts have speculated that the qualities in Neumann that fueled the company’s meteoric rise proved to also be huge liabilities for WeWork. 234  Investors rejected WeWork’s IPO and cut the company’s valuation by 75%. 235  The company ousted Neumann from his role and by the end of 2019 had cut its workforce by 20% while continuing to open new co-working spaces. 236  In April 2020, Japanese multinational conglomerate SoftBank pulled out of its offer to buy a controlling share in the struggling company. 237  As a minority shareholder, Neumann stood to gain approximately $975 million from the deal. In May 2020, Neumann announced that he was suing SoftBank, saying that the conglomerate was “secretly taking actions to undermine” WeWork. 238

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the investors’ perspective?

2. What are the causes of this problem?

3. What recommendations would you make to investors for fixing this problem?

Application of Chapter Content

1. From which sources did Neumann draw power? Which influence tactics did he use to gain followers’ and investors’ support?

2. From the perspective of trait theories, how would you evaluate Neumann? Which traits did he possess? Which traits was he lacking?

Page 638

3. Evaluate Neumann according to the full-range leadership model. Which behaviors did he exhibit? Which behaviors did he fail to exhibit?

4. Consider Neumann in light of contemporary leadership approaches and concepts. Specifically, how would you rate Neumann in terms of his humility, ethics, and followers’ behaviors?

5. Do you see issues with Neumann’s self-awareness? Would you suggest that he suffered from the Dunning-Kruger effect? Explain your answers.

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Should Starbucks have a Corporate Loitering Policy?

Starbucks launched a multimillion-dollar global brand campaign in 2014 called “Meet Me at Starbucks.” The ad focused not on coffee, but instead on the idea that Starbucks stores were a great place to socialize, whether to catch up with friends, conduct business, or hold a group meeting. 239  But in some Starbucks locations, it was only OK to hang out if you were buying something.

Up until mid-2018, Starbucks didn’t have a corporate policy on loitering. Instead, individual stores were expected to set their own rules about whether people could sit inside or use the restroom for free; at some locations, the answer was yes, but at others, it was no. 240  This was the case at a Philadelphia Starbucks where two black men were arrested for trespassing and disturbance. Business partners Donte Robinson and Rashon Nelson were waiting to meet with an associate when one of them asked to use the restroom. They hadn’t purchased anything, and the store manager called the police after the men refused to leave. A video of Robinson and Nelson being taken away in handcuffs went viral and sparked public outrage and accusations of racial profiling. 241

Starbucks CEO Kevin Johnson apologized publicly for the incident and flew to Philadelphia to meet with Robinson and Nelson in person. 242  The men settled with Starbucks for an undisclosed amount plus an offer of a free college education through the company’s partnership with Arizona State University. They also settled with the city of Philadelphia for a symbolic $1 each and a promise that the city would start a $200,000 entrepreneurship program for its public high school students. 243

The Philadelphia location did have a no-loitering policy, but the guidelines for whether police should be engaged to enforce rules varied by region and may have been difficult for managers to interpret. Johnson said that threats and serious disturbances may warrant law enforcement, but that the Philadelphia manager’s decision to call the police in this situation was “completely inappropriate.” 244  A corporate spokesperson said the manager was no longer employed by Starbucks as part of a “mutual decision.” 245  The company closed more than 8,000 of its U.S. locations for an entire day soon after the event to conduct training on racial and other unconscious biases. 246

Starbucks eventually announced that it was changing its corporate policy (or lack thereof) on loitering. In a statement, the company said, “any person who enters our spaces, including patios, cafes and restrooms, regardless of whether they make a purchase, is considered a customer.” 247  Some praised the company’s decision, but others questioned whether the decision made good business sense.

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

What would you have done if you were CEO of Starbucks?

1. I would not have instituted a corporate loitering policy. Decisions on how to manage customers and when to involve police should be made by store-level leadership, not corporate executives. Some locations are busier than others and should be able to decide whether nonpaying customers are taking up space that would otherwise go to paying customers. Managers should also have the discretion to call the police when they feel it’s appropriate. A single bad decision by one store manager shouldn’t represent the entire company, and most managers know how to apply these types of policies in a fair and nondiscriminatory fashion. The additional bias training will help prevent similar incidents from occurring in the future.

2. I think the new corporate loitering policy is a good idea. This type of leadership should come from the top of the organization and set the tone for what’s important to the company. A corporate policy would provide clearer guidance to store managers on how to handle nonpaying customers and would also protect the company from liability due to store managers making bad decisions. Starbucks should also provide clear and consistent guidelines for managers on when it’s appropriate to call law enforcement.

Page 639

3. I think that corporate loitering policies might be a good idea, provided they do not lead to excessive lost business for particular stores. For example, a good policy might state that loitering is welcomed as long as there are no paying customers waiting for a seat. If paying customers don’t have anywhere to sit, then nonpaying customers should leave to make room for them. I think all employees should participate in unconscious-bias training to ensure the policy is applied fairly and consistently.

4. Invent other options.

Page 640

15

Interpersonal and Organizational Communication

Mastering the Exchange of Information

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 15-1 Describe the communication process.

2. LO 15-2 Compare communication channels and appropriate ways for managers to use them.

3. LO 15-3 Identify barriers to communication and ways managers can overcome them.

4. LO 15-4 Discuss how managers can successfully use social media to communicate.

5. LO 15-5 Identify ways for managers to improve their listening, writing, and speaking skills.

6. LO 15-6 Review the techniques for improving the career readiness competency of networking.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

This chapter describes the process of transferring information and understanding between individuals and groups. It shows how you can use different channels and patterns of communication, both formal and informal, to your advantage. We also describe several communication barriers—physical, personal, cross-cultural, nonverbal, and gender differences—and we discuss how managers use social media to communicate more effectively. We also provide recommendations for becoming a better listener, writer, and speaker. We conclude with a Career Corner that focuses on developing the career readiness competency of networking.

Page 641

Improving Your Use of Empathy

Why should you care about using empathy? Because it can be a differentiator in finding and holding a meaningful job after graduation. Mark Lobosco, vice president of talent solutions at LinkedIn, concluded that “as we enter the 2020s, empathy will reshape the way employers hire and retain talent.” He proposed that “instead of putting shareholder value over all . . . a company’s purpose now includes investing in employees. Companies are becoming more empathetic not only to attract candidates, but also to retain their workforce amid increasing expectations of what employers owe to their people.” 1

Lobosco is telling us that empathy, which reflects the ability to feel, understand, and act on another person’s feelings and emotions, 2  is a key component of effective communication for both individuals and organizations. It’s part of the career readiness skill of emotional intelligence and represents a natural human ability everyone has, and one that you can learn and actively develop. 3

Empathy will help you gain a better and more accurate understanding of what’s really going on when you communicate with others at work—what they need, what they’re feeling, why they’re saying what they’re saying, and even what they aren’t saying. That, in turn, will help shape your response and make you a better communicator with stronger work and personal relationships. In support of these conclusions, research revealed that empathy was related with more positive perceptions of justice (recall our discussion in  Chapter 12 ), greater task performance, better communication competence, and greater prosocial behaviors (recall our discussion in  Chapter 11 ). 4

Empathy also improves your leadership skills and your ability to defuse conflict. 5  It should be easy to see that someone who conveys empathy and understanding toward others will more easily earn their respect and thus be better able to lead and direct them. And your ability to resolve conflict ultimately depends on your being able to see what matters to all the parties and what each side hopes to achieve.

Empathy can even improve your performance in job interviews by helping you understand what the interviewer needs in a new hire. In this way, you can show why you’re the right one for the job.

Here are some suggestions for developing empathy and strengthening your emotional intelligence in the process.

Practice Your Best Listening Skills

Interrupting others, or even thinking about how you’re going to respond instead of actually listening to what’s being said, prevents you from focusing on the other person and their message. Checking your phone during in-person conversations also limits your ability to focus on what is being said.

Be Mindful

You can’t use empathy if you aren’t mindful. Mindfulness enables you to ignore the negative, insecure, or irrelevant thoughts that pop into your head and distract you from listening to what someone is saying. 6  How else can you accurately assess what someone is feeling or thinking? Mindfulness can foster personal success above and beyond its influence on using empathy. Georgina Miranda, chief visionary officer for She Ventures, notes that mindfulness helped her successfully climb Mt. Everest twice. “If you can learn to tame your mind, you can learn to live fully in the present moment. And then you will have the most successful life,” said Georgina. 7

Observe Nonverbal Cues and Be Mindful of Your Own

Pay attention to the speaker’s body language, facial expression, and tone of voice. Are these giving a message that contradicts the words being spoken? Try to find out why. Watch your own nonverbal behavior, too. For instance, maintain comfortable eye contact while listening and speaking. It’s also important to be aware of any facial expressions such as frowning or body language like crossing your arms that may convey a lack of interest or frustration. 8

Practice Perspective Taking

Perspective taking amounts to taking another person’s point of view when communicating with them. 9  For example, if someone was walking toward you on the street and asked for directions to the nearest restaurant, would you give the directions from your perspective facing the person, or from the person’s perspective facing you? You should take her perspective. If the person were from out of town, as opposed to being a local, would you provide more detailed instructions? The answer is yes if you were taking this person’s perspective. If you’re having trouble understanding where someone is coming from, try asking yourself what you would do if the situation were reversed and you were in that person’s shoes. This imagined swap is the essence of empathy because it lets you perceive and feel what the other person is seeing, hearing, and feeling. Research demonstrated that perspective taking enhances our ability to understand others’ internal thoughts and feelings. 10

Know Your Audience

Whether you’re making a presentation to a group or speaking one-on-one, be sure you understand how much your audience already knows about the topic on which you’re speaking. Use that knowledge to avoid overexplaining or leaving people in the dark.

Show Genuine Interest and Be Curious

It’s hard to be empathetic if you are only concerned about yourself or what you want in a situation. Caring about others’ welfare will go a long way to improving your empathy. Connecting with someone’s thoughts and feelings also is facilitated by curiosity. For example, if a classmate comes up to you during finals week and says, “I am exhausted,” you could reply, “so am I, finals are tough. I know how you feel.” But there is a more powerful response and it involves curiosity. It begins by recognizing that you really don’t know what is making your fellow student exhausted. It could be that he is working two jobs to pay the rent and is tending to sick parents. Alternatively, it could simply be the fact the person is studying for five final exams. It would be better to allow your curiosity to ask questions, listen, and learn before trying to be empathetic. 11

For Discussion One way to put these suggestions into practice is to challenge yourself to have a substantive conversation in which you really connect with someone you consider difficult to communicate with or with whom you frequently disagree. Can you make a plan to try this? Which tips will be most helpful to you?

Page 642

15.1 The Communication Process: What It Is, How It Works

THE BIG PICTURE

Communication is the transfer of information and understanding from one person to another. The process involves sender, message, and receiver; encoding and decoding; the medium; feedback; and “noise,” or interference. Managers need to tailor their communication to the appropriate medium (rich or lean) for the appropriate situation.

LO 15-1

Describe the communication process.

Our goal in this chapter is to increase your understanding about being an effective communicator. You will learn that effective communication involves more than having good verbal or written skills, and it represents an important career readiness competency desired by employers. 12  To that end, one expert concluded that “developing effective professional communication takes time, needs practice and is a lifelong personal development exercise. 13  We begin your communication journey by defining communication and reviewing the communication process. We then discuss a contingency approach for selecting the appropriate communication medium.

Communication Defined: The Transfer of Information and Understanding

Researchers have begun to examine communication as a form of social information processing, in which receivers interpret messages by cognitively processing them. This work has led to the development of a perceptual model of communication that depicts it as a process in which receivers create meaning in their own minds. 14

You don’t have to shout to communicate.

Comstock Images/Alamy Stock Photo

Communication —the transfer of information and understanding from one person to another—is an activity that you as a manager will have to do a lot. The fact that we communicate all the time is a problem because it leads to the assumption that we are good at it. How good a communicator do you think you are? A survey of 200 U.S. employers and 4,200 graduating seniors revealed that while nearly 80% of the college students in the survey believed they were competent in both oral and written communication, only 42% of employers thought students were correct about their oral skills, and only 56% said students had good writing skills. 15  It’s results like these that reinforce the conclusion that your communication skills represent an important career readiness competency desired by employers.

Page 643

You are an efficient communicator when you can transmit your message accurately in the least amount of time. You are an effective communicator when your intended message is accurately understood by the other person. Are efficiency and effectiveness equally important? The answer will become clearer as you read this section. Let’s focus on the effectiveness aspect of communication by discussing the basics of the communication process.

How the Communication Process Works

Communication has been said to be a process consisting of “a sender transmitting a message through media to a receiver who responds.” 16  A diagram of this communication process is shown below. (See  Figure 15.1 .) Let’s take a look at its different parts.

FIGURE 15.1  The communication process

“Noise” is not just noise or loud background sounds but any disturbance that interferes with transmission—static, fadeout, distracting facial expressions, an uncomfortable meeting site, competing voices, and so on.

(male): Wolf/Fuse/Getty Images; (female): Takayuki/Shutterstock

Sender, Message, and Receiver

The  sender  is the person wanting to share information—called a message—and the  receiver  is the person for whom the message is intended, as follows.

Encoding and Decoding

Of course, the process isn’t as simple as just sender/message/receiver. If you were an old-fashioned telegraph operator using Morse code to send a message over a telegraph line, you would first have to encode the message, and the receiver would have to decode it. But the same is true when you are sending the message by voice to another person in the same room and have to decide what language to speak in and what terms to use, and when you are texting a friend and can choose your words, your abbreviations and even an emoji or two.

Encoding  is translating a message into understandable symbols or language.  Decoding  is interpreting and trying to make sense of the message. Thus, the communication process is now

Sender [Encoding] → Message → [Decoding] Receiver

Page 644

The Medium

The means by which you as a communicator send a message is important, whether it is typing a text or an e-mail, hand-scrawling a note, or communicating by voice in person or by phone or videoconference. The means is the  medium , the pathway by which a message travels:

Sender [Encoding] → Message [Medium] Message → [Decoding] Receiver

Feedback

“Flight 123, do you copy?” In the movies, that’s what you hear the flight controller say when radioing the pilot of a troubled aircraft to see whether he or she received (“copied”) the previous message. And the pilot may radio back, “Roger, Houston, I copy.” This acknowledgment is an example of  feedback , whereby the receiver expresses his or her reaction to the sender’s message.

Feedback is essential for effective communication because it enables the person sending the message to assess whether the receiver understood it in the same way the sender intended—and whether he or she agrees with it. It is an essential component of communication accuracy and can be facilitated by paraphrasing.  Paraphrasing  occurs when people restate in their own words the crux of what they heard or read. It clarifies that a message was accurately understood. If you want to ensure that someone understands something you said, ask him or her to paraphrase your message.

Noise

Unfortunately, both the efficiency and effectiveness of the communication process can be disrupted by  noise —any disturbance that interferes with the transmission or understanding of a message. For example, a recent study of 517 employees in the construction industry revealed that 65% of the sample experienced reduced performance due to noise. 17  Imagine the cost in terms of lost productivity. Let’s investigate the four key sources of noise: physical, psychological, semantic, and physiological. 18

· Physical noise. This source is literal. It includes multiple people talking at once during a meeting or social gathering. It also includes distracting sounds coming from environmental sources near the site of the communication. Examples include humming from lights; a loud ventilating system; janitorial workers cleaning; construction workers operating a jackhammer in the street; disorganized PowerPoint slides; phones ringing; and people talking in offices, cubicles, or on their phones. If you ever worked in an open office environment, you know what we mean. Open office designs have been found to contain more noise than traditional office environments where people work in separate spaces. 19

· Psychological noise. This source pertains to individual differences such as personality, attitudes, emotions, beliefs, or thoughts, which impact our ability to encode and decode messages. Introverts, for example, were found to be more negatively affected by noise than extroverts. 20  Strong emotions, such as fear, sadness, or jubilance also can interfere with your ability to process information. Our beliefs represent another interesting source of noise. We tend to “tune out” when a speaker espouses something we disagree with. Consider your belief about writing lecture notes on paper versus recording them on laptops. Could you be inadvertently adding noise to your learning experience because of this belief? Although there are pros and cons to both approaches, the consensus is that it is better to write notes in a notebook. 21

· Semantic noise. This source is caused by the words used when communicating. Noise can occur during encoding or decoding, for example, when people from different cultures stumble over each other’s languages. One of your authors—Angelo Kinicki—was consulting in Asia and found, for instance, that his suggestion that Asian managers “touch base” (a baseball reference) with their colleagues drew blank looks. We discuss cross-cultural barriers to communication later in the chapter. The COVID-19 outbreak at the Smithfield Foods meat plant in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, is a great, but sad, example of semantic noise.

Page 645

Smithfield Foods Example: The Smithfield Foods pork processing plant is the ninth largest hog-processing plant in the United States. The plant employees about 3,700 workers who are mainly immigrants and refugees from Myanmar, Ethiopia, Nepal, the Congo, and El Salvador. There are roughly 40 different languages spoken at the plant. Although English is among the top 10 languages used by employees, others are Spanish, Kunama, Swahili, Nepali, Tigrinya, Amharic, French, Oromo, and Vietnamese. Language barriers were a key factor in the spread of COVID-19 among 783 workers, resulting in two deaths. Federal investigators noted that “workers who showed symptoms were sent home with informational packets that were written only in English.” 22  Julia, the adult daughter of two plant workers, told a reporter that “my parents don’t know English. They can’t advocate for themselves.” 23  The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) also stated that language barriers impaired their ability to help. 24

Jargon is another source of semantic noise. 25   Jargon  is terminology specific to a particular profession or group. (Example: “The HR VP wants the RFP to go out ASAP.” Translation: “The vice president of human resources wants the request for proposal to go out as soon as possible.”) Buzzwords are designed to impress rather than inform. (Example: “Could our teams interface on the ad campaign that went viral, and then circle back with the boss?”) 26  Noise also occurs in nonverbal communication (discussed later in this chapter), when our physical movements and our words send different messages.

· Physiological noise. Have you ever attended a lecture when you had a bad cold and headache? If yes, you understand the impact of physiological noise. This form of noise reflects our physical symptoms at a point in time as well as any physical impairments. For example, your authors know that their ability to process a case analysis in class is impaired when we are sick. Being sick makes it very difficult to stay focused and actively listen to all the students’ comments.

This student struggles to pay attention during class due to physiological noise.

Steve Hix/Getty Images

Selecting the Right Medium for Effective Communication

All kinds of communication tools are available to managers, ranging from one-to-one face-to-face conversation all the way to use of the mass media. However, managers need to know when and how to use the right tool for the right situation—when to use e-mail or when to meet face-to-face, for example. Selecting the wrong medium, regardless of the message, can be costly to one’s career. Consider the example of Capt. Brett Crozier.

Capt. Brett Crozier Example: Captain Crozier was the commander of the USS Theodore Roosevelt when an outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic occurred aboard his ship. Crozier wrote a four-page letter to military officials about the outbreak and his displeasure with how it was being handled by the Navy. He communicated that “we are not at war. Sailors do not need to die. If we do not act now, we are failing to properly take care of our most trusted asset—our Sailors.” 27  His letter was ultimately leaked to the mainstream media.

Crozier was relieved of his duty by then-acting Secretary of the Navy, Thomas Modly. Modly told reporters, “While I do take issue with the validity of some of the points in Captain Crozer’s letter, he was absolutely correct in raising them. It was the way in which he did it . . . that was unacceptable to me.” 28  Modly and others see Crozier’s actions as disobeying the chain of command. Although many people believe that Crozier did the right thing to protect his sailors, his actions apparently violated communication norms within the military. As of our writing, we do not know who leaked the Captain’s letter. 29

Page 646

Captain Crozier speaking to the sailors on the deck of their vessel.

U.S. Navy photo by Mass Communication Specialist Seaman Alexander Williams

All media have their own advantages and disadvantages, and there are a few different criteria to consider when choosing the right medium. 30  For instance, texts and tweets require the writer to be brief and precise, and like e-mails (which generally are brief), they provide a record of the communication that in-person and phone communication don’t. They can also be sent almost without regard to time-zone differences. But unlike voice, video call, and in-person messages, written communications often fail to convey nuances of meaning through tone of voice and body language, and thus they can more easily be misinterpreted. Many a manager has discovered that a simple phone call can cut through layers of misinterpreted e-mails.

We can generally categorize differences between communication media in terms of whether a given medium is rich or lean. What does this mean?

Is a Medium Rich or Lean in Information?

Media richness  indicates how well a particular medium conveys information and promotes learning. That is, the “richer” a medium is, the better it is at conveying information. 31  The term media richness was proposed by respected organizational theorists Richard Daft and Robert Lengel as part of their contingency model for media selection. 32

Types of media can be positioned along a continuum ranging from high to low media richness, as shown in  Figure 15.2 .

FIGURE 15.2  Contingency model of media selection

Face-to-face communication, also the most personal form of communication, is the richest. It allows the receiver of the message to observe multiple cues, such as body language and tone of voice. It allows the sender to get immediate feedback, to see how well the receiver comprehended the message. At the other end of the media richness scale, impersonal written media are just the reverse—only one cue and no feedback—making them low in richness.

As you might expect, people have preferences for the type of medium they like to use, and they have different perceptions of the richness of the same medium. 33  Males and people with extroverted and agreeable personality characteristics tend to use media high in richness. Contrary to stereotypes, age has no impact on media richness preference. 34  What are your preferences?

Page 647

Matching the Appropriate Medium to the Appropriate Situation

In general, the following guidelines are useful. 35

Rich Medium: Best for Nonroutine Situations and to Avoid Oversimplification

A rich medium is more effective with nonroutine situations. Examples: In what way would you like your boss to inform you of a nonroutine change, like the introduction of a new employee benefit? Via a memo tacked on the bulletin board (a lean medium)? Or via a face-to-face meeting or phone call (a rich medium)?

The danger of using a rich medium for routine matters (such as monthly sales reports) is that it results in information overload—the delivery of more information than necessary.

Lean Medium: Best for Routine Situations and to Avoid Overloading

A lean medium is more effective in routine situations. Examples: In what manner would you as a sales manager like to get routine monthly sales reports from your 50 sales reps? Via time-consuming phone calls (a somewhat rich medium)? Or via e-mails or text messages (a somewhat lean medium)? The danger of using a lean medium for nonroutine matters (such as an announcement of a company reorganization) is that it results in information oversimplification—it doesn’t provide enough of the information the receiver needs and wants.

E-mail and social media like Facebook, LinkedIn, and Twitter vary in media richness, being leaner if they impersonally blanket a large audience and are anonymous (or posted under a screen name), and richer if they mix personal textual and video information that prompts quick conversational feedback. 36  We discuss social media in  Section 15.4 .

The  Example box  illustrates how two hospitals incorporated a contingency approach when communicating with their stakeholders during the COVID-19 pandemic. ●

EXAMPLE
Two Health Systems Use a Contingency Approach to Communication During the COVID-19 Pandemic

Orest Holubec, senior vice president/chief communication officer at Providence St. Joseph Health System, in Renton, Washington, and Catherine Harrell, chief marketing officer for Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady Health System in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, discussed with a reporter how their hospitals communicated during the pandemic.

Holubec: Providence St. Joseph Health relied upon multiple media channels when communicating with various stakeholders. The first decision was to use cable news to communicate with external stakeholders. The organization did this because it had identified the first U.S. case of the COVID-19 pandemic and it wanted to quickly reach the largest audience it could with reliable information. The hospital also employed social media to communicate with the public due to its large number of followers on this medium.

The health system expended additional effort communicating with external stakeholders. This consisted of personal appearances by the CEO on CNN and other national news channels as well as regular podcasts from the CEO.

Providence St. Joseph used a different communication strategy with its employees. It began with daily operational meetings that included internal staff from the clinical, communications, and operations side of the business. They also instituted a daily 7:30 a.m. call with about 300 employees across the seven states in which the hospital operates to obtain reliable information about what was happening in each of its hospitals. This was followed by a daily huddle meeting with 50 to 60 members of the communications team to determine how and when to communicate what was learned from these meetings to the 120,000 caregivers employed by the organization.

E-mail, SharePoint, and an app employees had on their smartphones were used to provide employees with timely and relevant information. Social media also was populated with information because many of the employees were followers.

Harrell: Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady Health System employed a very proactive and open approach toward communication. Communication with external stakeholders focused on local market media outlets at the beginning of the pandemic because of the hospital’s great working relationships with them. Physicians, for example, made daily appearances on TV stations to answer viewer-submitted questions. Social media, including blogs and infographics, also were used to answer the public’s most frequently asked questions.

Page 648

Internal communications with employees were proactive and transparent. Harrel noted that the communication goal was to “provide information to the organization before they have questions and certainly to update information in this quickly changing environment.” The chief medical officer distributed a daily e-mail update with pertinent information, including “the latest number of cases in both Louisiana and Mississippi, any procedural changes such as PPE (personal protective equipment) conservation efforts, supply chain updates, mission and HR with an emphasis on resources and resilience.” 37  The intranet was used to publicize hospital resources and to answer employees’ questions. Daily “town halls” were used to provide live dial-in opportunities for employees to communicate with management.

Finally, the CEO relied on daily operational meetings with executives and a weekly phone call for all leaders to enhance the richness of his communications. He also conducted podcasts in order to reach all employees. 38

YOUR CALL

To what extent did these two health organizations adhere to the recommendations about matching the communication medium to the situation at hand?

15.2 How Managers Fit into the Communication Process

THE BIG PICTURE

Formal communication channels follow the chain of command, which consists of three types—vertical, horizontal, and external. Informal communication channels develop outside the organization’s formal structure. One example is the grapevine. Another, face-to-face communication, builds trust and depends heavily on managers’ effective listening skills.

LO 15-2

Compare communication channels and appropriate ways for managers to use them.

If you’ve ever had a low-level job in nearly any kind of organization, you know that there is generally a hierarchy of management between you and the organization’s president, director, or CEO. If you had a suggestion that you wanted him or her to hear, you certainly had to go up through management channels. That’s formal communication. However, you may have run into that top manager in the elevator. Or in the restroom. Or in a line at the movie theatre. You could have voiced your suggestion casually then. That’s informal communication.

Formal Communication Channels: Up, Down, Sideways, and Outward

Formal communication channels  are recognized as official. The organization chart we described in  Chapter 8  indicates how official communications—memos, letters, reports, announcements—are supposed to be routed.

Formal communication is of three types: (1) vertical—meaning upward and downward, (2) horizontal—meaning laterally (sideways), and (3) external—meaning outside the organization.

1. Vertical Communication: Up and Down the Chain of Command

Vertical communication is the flow of messages up and down the hierarchy within the organization: bosses communicating with subordinates, subordinates communicating with bosses. As you might expect, the more management levels through which a message passes, the more it is prone to some distortion.

Page 649

Upward bound. How do you communicate with a manager two or three levels above you in the organization’s hierarchy? You can send a memo through channels. Or you can watch for informal opportunities like this when a manager heads for a cup of coffee.

Jacobs Stock Photography/Getty Images

· Downward communication—from top to bottom.  Downward communication  flows from a higher level to a lower level (or levels). In small organizations, top-down communication may be delivered face-to-face. In larger organizations, it’s delivered via meetings, e-mail, official memos, company publications, and town hall meetings. Downward communication became quite difficult during the COVID-19 pandemic due to the closure of offices and the fears associated with the pandemic. Fran Caradonna, CEO of the Saint Louis Brewery, which produces Schlafly beer, used companywide e-mails with the subject line “Be Well” to communicate about the state of the business and to show compassion. Cisco Systems’ CEO Chuck Robbins similarly comforted his employees through the use of weekly all-company videoconference calls. 39

· Upward communication—from bottom to top.  Upward communication  flows from a lower level to a higher level(s). Often, this type of communication is from a subordinate to his or her immediate manager, who in turn will relay it up to the next level, if necessary. It is very important to share updates via e-mail, phone, or videoconferencing with your boss if you work virtually. That said, whether or not you work virtually or physically near your boss, we recommend asking your manager how they would like to stay in touch. Some managers prefer seeing you rather than receiving an e-mail. 40  All told, effective upward communication depends on an atmosphere of trust and psychological safety. 41  Employees are less likely to pass on bad news when they don’t trust the boss.

Types of downward and upward communication are shown below. (See  Table 15.1 .)

Downward Communication

Most downward communication involves one of the following kinds of information:

· Instructions related to particular job tasks. Example (supervisor to subordinate): “The store will close Monday for inventory. All employees are expected to participate.”

· Explanations about the relationship between two or more tasks. Example: A manager may request an employee to complete a task ahead of schedule because another department needs the output before it can begin working on a critical task.

· Explanations of the organization’s policies, practices, and procedures. Example: “The human resources department sends an e-mail blast about new benefits or procedures for taking vacations.”

· A manager’s feedback about a subordinate’s performance. Example: “You missed the project deadline by two days, which impacted the team’s ability to meet the customer’s needs. Let’s discuss the reason for this.”

· Attempts to encourage a sense of mission and dedication to the organization’s goals. Example: “Manager calls team meeting to discuss how the team is contributing to company’s strategic goals.”

Upward Communication

Most upward communication involves the following kinds of information:

· Reports of progress on current projects. Example: “We are three hours behind in taking inventory. What can we do to catch up?”

· Reports of unsolved problems requiring help from people higher up in the organization. Example: “We can’t complete our tasks because we need input from another department.”

· New developments affecting the work unit. Example: “Two employees want to take vacation the same week. How would you like to handle this?”

· Suggestions for improvements. Example: “Can you help me interpret results on this spreadsheet?”

· Reports on employee attitudes and efficiency. Example: “Our customer satisfaction scores have gone down over the last year. Let’s schedule a department meeting to create a plan of action.”

TABLE 15.1  Types of Downward and Upward Communication

Table Summary: Table with two sections summarizes the types of downward and upward communication.

Sources: Adapted from D. Katz and R. Kahn, The Social Psychology of Organizations (New York: Wiley, 1966); and E. Planty and W. Machaver, “Upward Communications: A Project in Executive Development,” Personnel Vol. 28 (1952), pp. 304–318.

Page 650

2. Horizontal Communication: Within and between Work Units

Horizontal communication  flows within and between work units; its main purpose is coordination. As a manager, you will spend perhaps as much as a third of your time in this form of communication—consulting with colleagues and co-workers at the same level as you within the organization. In this kind of sideways communication, you will be sharing information, coordinating tasks, solving problems, resolving conflicts, and getting the support of your peers. Horizontal communication is encouraged through the use of meetings, committees, task forces, and matrix structures.

This form of communication is particularly important because it is essential for innovation. 42  Unfortunately, horizontal communication is impeded by four causes:

1. Specialization that makes people focus on only their jobs rather than on collaboration.

2. Competition or rivalry between workers or work units can prevent sharing of information.

3. An organizational culture that does not encourage collaboration, cooperation, or innovation.

4. Incentive systems that reward individual behavior over collaboration detract from sharing information or resources.

3. External Communication: Outside the Organization

External communication  flows between people inside and outside the organization. This form of communication is increasingly important because organizations desire to communicate with other stakeholders—customers, suppliers, shareholders, or other owners—in pursuit of their strategic goals. Small business owners in particular rely on external communication to help grow their businesses. This was particularly important for Jennifer Hyman, CEO and co-founder of Rent the Runway.

Jennifer Hyman observing operations in the Rent the Runway warehouse.

George Etheredge/The New York Times/Redux Pictures

Rent the Runway Example: Rent the Runway, located in New York, is an online service providing designer dresses and accessories for rent. The company has about 1,150 employees and $44 million in revenue. Hyman took special effort to communicate with customers and other external stakeholders during the COVID-19 pandemic to promote business. You can imagine customers’ reluctance to rent a dress during the pandemic given that the garment was recently worn by someone else. Clearly, this crisis could be deadly for this company. Hyman recognized the problem and decided to reassure customers about the safety procedures being used to clean the clothing. She relied on social media to get the message out to current and potential customers that the cleaning processes being used were based on scientific research conducted by the CDC. 43

Informal Communication Channels

Informal communication channels  develop outside the formal structure and do not follow the chain of command—they are more spontaneous, can skip management levels, and can cut across lines of authority.

Two types of informal channels are (1) the grapevine and (2) face-to-face communication.

The Grapevine

The  grapevine  is the unofficial communication system of the informal organization, a network of in-person and online gossip and rumor. Workplace gossip can be positive or negative, and it serves important functions. 44  For example, research shows that the grapevine delivers as much as 70% of all organizational communication, although only a little more than half of executives understand that the rumor mill is more active when official communication is lacking. In a recent series of interviews with 800 employees in a range of industries, 47% said that when a speech from a company leader conflicts with the grapevine, they are more likely to believe the grapevine. Written or online company communications, such as e-mails and newsletters, edged out the grapevine, but only slightly; 51% of those interviewed said they trusted a newsletter more than rumor. 45

Page 651

Managers can reduce the negative effects of the grapevine by following these four suggestions: 46

1. Rely on an open-door policy. Employees are less like to gossip when they have direct and easy access to management.

2. Provide fast and transparent information. This recommendation is important during a crisis, such as dealing with COVID-19 or during organizational change.

3. Quickly respond to gossip. Gossip is like a wildfire. Left untreated, it spreads fast and wide. Managers are encouraged to use both rich and lean communication media to correct erroneous gossip.

4. Be a role model. Don’t let employees see or hear you gossiping. It’s better to demonstrate integrity while proactively communicating with others.

Face-to-Face Communication

Despite the entrenched use of quick and efficient electronic communication in our lives, face-to-face conversation is still justifiably a major part of most people’s workday. Employees value authentic human contact with the boss and welcome the implication that their manager cares about them. Face time builds relationships and trust, shows respect for employees as individuals, and thus is highly motivating. Netflix CEO Reed Hastings doesn’t have an office at all. “I just had no need for it,” he says. “It is better for me to be meeting people all around the building.” 47

Some basic principles apply to making the most of face-to-face communication in the work environment.

1. Make time for face-to-face. Rather than hoping to catch people at random, schedule time with individual employees, and make sure you’ll both be free of distractions (including cell phones) for the few minutes your interaction will take. This is not the moment to multi-task.

2. Listen more and talk less. Listen not just to the words the other person is saying, but also to the emotional content behind the words. Make eye contact and observe body language. This will help you be empathetic, a topic discussed in the last section of this chapter. When it’s your turn to speak, be brief. If your message is specific or factual, prepare your facts and outline your thoughts ahead of time. Expect questions and be prepared with answers.

3. Be mindful and show interest. We have mentioned several times in this textbook how important it is to be mindful and stay in the moment. This is extremely important in face-to-face conversations because it enhances your listening skills while demonstrating interest. Asking questions and using nonverbal cues like nodding are good ways to stay mindful and show interest.

4. Hold employee town hall meetings. For in-person meetings with groups of employees, “town hall” meetings, often held monthly or quarterly, usually consist of a presentation by managers and an open question-and-answer session. Town hall meetings also can be held virtually. Apple CEO Tim Cook, for example, held a virtual town hall meeting in 2020 to allow employees to pose questions about the effects of the pandemic on the company. Cook told participants, “If we stay focused on doing what we do best, if we keep investing, if we manage the business wisely and make decisions collaboratively, if we take care of our teams, if our teams take care of their work, I don’t see any reason to be anything but optimistic.” 48

Meetings are probably the most frequently used mechanism for communicating formally or informally with a group of people. They can be held virtually or face-to-face, and we’re sure you have attended them in the past. How many of them produced useful results or conclusions? Probably not too many if you believe a report in Inc. magazine. Experts estimated that bad meetings cost $399 billion in the U.S. and $58 billion in the UK in 2019. 49  Let’s consider how you can improve these stats when you next attend or lead a meeting (see the  Practical Action box ). ●

Page 652

PRACTICAL ACTION
Tips for Improving Meetings

So what makes for a good meeting? One expert suggested that effective meetings should “feel like five friends having a conversation over coffee.” 50  We’re not sure about this description. Another proposed that they should produce results by having “high participation, good energy, constructive collaboration, and meaningful conversations.” 51  Now we can get behind this description. Here are some tips for making this happen.

What to Do as a Meeting Leader 52

1. It all starts with a purpose. Before you call a meeting, ask yourself what specific task or tasks you want the meeting to accomplish. Write these down in the form of an agenda with time limits for each point, leaving brief time slots for attendees’ input and discussion. Creating an agenda does more than keep you on track; it helps others know what they should prepare for the meeting, saving valuable time.

2. Invite the appropriate people. The list of attendees needs to fit the task at hand. Participants should be there for a clear purpose and should possess the necessary knowledge or expertise to participate. Don’t fall prey to inviting everybody and their sister to the meeting.

3. Pick a good day and time to meet. Surveys reveal that Mondays and Fridays are the least favorite days to meet while Tuesday and Wednesday are most preferred. Results also suggest that people prefer to meet in the morning or right before lunch. Very few like evening meetings. 53  Don’t assume these findings fit your situation. The point is to ask participants for their preferences and select the best day and time.

4. Start the meeting effectively. This can be done by:

· Provide a brief opening welcome.

· State the purpose and goals for the meeting.

· Motivate participation by noting that participants were selected because you or the organization needs their input and wisdom to achieve the goal.

· Take time for introductions if everyone does not know each other.

· Introduce ground rules or meeting norms if this is a new group.

· Review the agenda.

5. Start and end on time. Respect other people’s time commitments. Be the first in the meeting room and start when you said you would. Stick to the time limits you’ve allowed for each agenda item and keep your eye on the clock. Learn how to gently but firmly cut off unproductive discussion. (“Thanks for your contribution, Jay. Let’s quickly hear from one more person before we move on to the next point.”)

6. Put extraneous issues in a parking lot. Meetings often lead to conversations about important issues that go beyond the purpose of the meetings. Rather than being distracted by them during your meeting, put them in the metaphorical parking lot. The parking lot is a recording of these issues on a white board, flip chart, or digital notes. It is a good idea to discuss next steps for items in the parking lot at the end of your meeting.

7. Follow up. Within 24 hours of the meeting, clarify results and expectations by sending attendees a summary of decisions made, tasks to be performed, and who is to perform them and when.

What to Do as a Meeting Participant

1. Prepare but stay flexible. Respond promptly to the meeting invitation. Read the agenda (ask for one if you don’t receive it ahead of time) and be prepared with any facts or data you may be called upon to present. You should also prepare to be flexible because meetings don’t always go as planned. For example, if you have 15 minutes scheduled to present, prepare both a full presentation and a shortened one in case your time is limited.

2. Be on time. Showing up late is disrespectful and disruptive. It can also make the meeting run over time if the leader decides to wait for you.

3. Participate intelligently. Expect to contribute to the meeting, but make sure your contributions are brief, professional, and on point. Ask questions that start with “how” and “what” rather than “why.” These types of questions don’t put people on the defensive or delve into fact finding. Instead, they encourage colleagues to open up and think expansively. 54

4. Follow up. If you came away from the meeting with a to-do list, be sure you act on it in a timely way so the goals of the meeting can be achieved. You may even be able to avoid having to attend another meeting to go over the same agenda all over again.

YOUR CALL

To what extent have you used these suggestions in past meetings? Do you see any problems in following these suggestions?

Page 653

15.3 Barriers to Communication

THE BIG PICTURE

We describe several barriers to communication. Physical barriers include sound, time, and space. Personal barriers include variations in communication skills, processing and interpreting information, trustworthiness and credibility, attentional issues, and generational considerations. Cross-cultural barriers are a greater challenge as more jobs include interactions with others around the globe. Nonverbal communication can present a barrier if it conflicts with the spoken message. Finally, gender differences can present barriers but can be overcome.

LO 15-3

Identify barriers to communication and ways managers can overcome them.

If you have ever been served the wrong drink because the server couldn’t hear you in a loud restaurant, clicked on a broken web link, missed your boarding call because the airport’s public address system was full of static, or taken offense at a text you later found you misinterpreted, you’ve experienced a barrier to communication. Communication barriers produce noise (discussed in  Section 15.1 ) that interferes with how messages are transmitted or understood, and barriers can occur within any step of the communication process, as shown in  Table 15.2 .

· Sender barrier—no message gets sent. Example: If a manager has an idea but is afraid to voice it because he or she fears criticism, then obviously no message gets sent.

· Encoding barrier—the message is not expressed correctly. Example: If people have a different first language, the meaning of words can be misinterpreted.

· Medium barrier—the communication channel is blocked. Example: When a computer network is down, the network is an example of a blocked medium.

· Decoding barrier—the recipient doesn’t understand the message. Example: You pulled an all-nighter traveling back from spring break and today your brain is fuzzy and unfocused during class lectures.

· Receiver barrier—no message gets received. Example: Because you were texting during a class lecture, you weren’t listening when the professor announced a new assignment due to tomorrow.

· Feedback barrier—the recipient doesn’t respond enough. Example: You give someone driving directions, but since they only nod their heads and don’t repeat the directions back to you, you don’t really know whether you were understood.

TABLE 15.2  How Barriers Happen in Various Steps of the Communication ProcessAll it takes is one blocked step in the communication process for communication to fail. Consider the following.

Table Summary: Table summarizes six steps of the communication process (how messages are transmitted or understood, and barriers can occur within any step).

Consider the idea of fake news—a concept we discuss in detail in  Section 15.4 —and how biases related to it can surface at multiple steps of the communication process:

· Encoding—sender purposefully distorts the information that is communicated.

· Medium—news outlets fail to report important information.

· Receiver—various groups interpret the information according to personal biases rather than making an assessment of whether the information is factual.

· Feedback—receiver fails to comment on an issue because they know you have a different perspective.

Have you ever tried to communicate only to wind up feeling like the people in this photo? If so, you are not alone. Common communication barriers can make even the simplest exchanges difficult.

pathdoc/Shutterstock

Page 654

In this section we’ll look at several types of communication barriers—physical, personal, cross-cultural, nonverbal, and gender differences.

1. Physical Barriers: Sound, Time, Space

Try shouting at someone over the roar of a crowd at a concert and you know what physical communication barriers are. Physical communication barriers consist of things in your physical environment that prevent effective communication. They include:

· Technology issues such as crashed laptops or phone reception problems.

· Noise such as others talking over you or construction sounds.

· Physical distance which presents a barrier when there is either too much of it or not enough of it for the people involved in the communication.

Too much physical distance might present a communication barrier. For example, for people who prefer to work in an office and spend face-to-face time with colleagues, working from home and communicating over Zoom or other meeting platforms can make communication difficult.

Not enough physical distance might present a communication barrier. For example, for people who have trouble concentrating, open plan offices can be challenging. These floor plans can provide workspaces that are well-lit and airy, are cheap to construct, and make it easier to include others in impromptu meetings and discussions. But they can be noisy and full of distractions, and people may feel unable to escape being “on” all day because they have less privacy than they would like. 55  (Refer back to the Example box in  Chapter 2  for more on what the data say about the effectiveness of open offices.)

 

Imagine yourself working in each of these environments. How do you think the physical barriers that accompany working from home would affect your ability to communicate with coworkers? How about the physical barriers that arise in open plan offices? Which of these work environments would present more physical barriers for you, personally?

Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock; Cathy Yeulet/123RF

2. Personal Barriers: Individual Attributes That Hinder Communication

“Is it them or is it me?” How often have you wondered, when someone has shown a surprising response to something you said, how the miscommunication happened? Let’s examine five personal barriers that contribute to miscommunication.

Page 655

Variable Skills in Communicating Effectively

Merriam-Webster recently added the abbreviation “TL;DR” to its dictionary. It stands for “too long; didn’t read,” and its popularity highlights our increased desire for efficient communication. Chances are you have worked with people who are great at communicating effectively and efficiently and with people who are not so great at these things. Two important points about variable communication skills are:

· Some people are simply better communicators than others. They have the vocabulary, the writing ability, the speaking skills, the facial expressions, the eye contact, the dramatic ability, and the social skills to express themselves in a superior way. Some managers can communicate a project update in a three-sentence e-mail, while others write three paragraphs.

· Better communication skills can be learned. 56  The final section in this chapter discusses a variety of ways you can improve your communication effectiveness.

Variations in the Way We Process and Interpret Information

Because communication is a perceptual process in which people use different frames of reference and experiences to interpret the world around them, they are selective about which things have meaning to them and which do not. These frames of references are associated with individual differences such as age, political affiliation, religious affiliation, values, beliefs, and education. These differences affect what information we attend to and how we interpret it, what we think we hear, and how we respond. The point is that we all have a natural tendency, according to psychologist Carl Rogers, to judge others’ statements from our own point of view (especially if we have strong feelings about the issue). 57

Let’s consider what you can do to reduce distortions in information processing:

· Senders can avoid misinterpretation by communicating clearly. What differentiates effective communicators, according to HR and management consultant Susan Heathfield, is their understanding that ensuring the receiver’s correct interpretation of the intended message is in large part up to the sender. “The sender must present the message clearly and with enough detail so that the receiver shares meaning with the sender during and following the communication.” 58

· Receivers can avoid misinterpretation by paraphrasing. Communication barriers can occur when receivers incorrectly decode messages. One way for receivers to avoid this is to use paraphrasing—discussed in  Section 15.1 —to succinctly restate the sender’s message to ensure they have properly interpreted the meaning of the message. As a bonus, the act of paraphrasing requires you to use critical thinking—an indispensable career readiness competency.

Variations in Trustworthiness and Credibility

Without trust between you and the other person, communication is apt to be flawed. Instead of communicating, both of you will be concentrating on defensive tactics, not the meaning of the message being exchanged. Consider the impact of these issues on employees and organizations and how you can use trust to improve communications:

· Low trust damages communication. Which in turn reduces outcomes like job satisfaction, openness to change, engagement, citizenship behavior, and performance. 59

· Focus on building a trusting foundation. The solution, says leadership development expert Joseph Folkman, is to build trust first. “Trust is a critical element in effective communications. Often when leaders need to make an important presentation, they will spend a great deal of time and effort working on their delivery and making sure they have the right content,” Folkman said. He added, “. . . research reveals that they also ought to spend time on ensuring that they have . . . high levels of trust.” 60

Page 656

Attentional Issues

Do you find your mind wandering over the course of a day? Do you forget people’s names shortly after meeting them? These are signs of mindlessness.  Mindlessness  is a state of reduced attention. It is expressed in behavior that seems rigid or thoughtless. 61

Does this photo look familiar to you? For many of us, working on multiple devices at once and juggling several tasks simultaneously have become the norm. When was the last time you worked, mindfully, on just one thing at a time?

JGI/Tom Grill/Getty Images

Many of us are in a constant state of cognitive overload. Life’s dynamics put all of us into occasional states of mindlessness. Our brains simply can’t keep up with all the stimuli we receive, according to clinical psychologist Vincent Greenwood. “While we’ve never had more tools for productivity, creativity and problem-solving, we’ve never been so overwhelmed—constantly bombarded by alerts, messages and the demand to master the next new technological breakthroughs,” said Greenwood. He said our constant state of cognitive overload results in a “neural buzz experience of trying to walk up a downward moving escalator, which leaves one feeling frustrated, disempowered and worn out.” 62

Here are two things you can do to reduce the impact of attentional issues on communications:

· Try focusing on one thing at a time. One way many of us deal with modern life is by multitasking. But, warns neuroscientist Dr. Michael J. Levitin, doing so lowers the quality of each task we complete. Our brains aren’t wired to pay close attention to multiple tasks at once, and the more tasks we try to juggle, the more mindless we become.

· Take a (digital) break. Another barrier to listening, ironically, is cell phones. If we’re looking at our screens all the time, how can we really be listening to those who are right before us? 63  One way that we can safeguard our cognitive resources and ability to be mindful in communication is to take periodic breaks not only from our endless tasks, but also from our cell phones, even when we are not in direct communication with others. A recent study of 414 people found that those who took a break from tasks but remained on their phones performed worse on subsequent tasks than those who took any other type of break. “Cell phone breaks resulted in the same levels of cognitive depletion as not taking any break at all,” according to the study researchers. 64

Generational Differences

If you’ve tried to teach an older relative how to text or use Instagram Stories, you may have some appreciation for how difficult it can be for older generations to adapt to new technologies. On the other hand, U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders, age 79, maintains an active Twitter feed with more than 9 million followers. 65  Here are some key points about generational communication differences in the modern workplace:

· Younger generations are growing less likely to use e-mail. With office norms generally becoming less formal and younger generations of workers moving into the workplace, a preference has grown for platforms like Slack and Microsoft Teams over traditional e-mail. Many members of older generations still prefer to use e-mail. 66

· Oldest and youngest employees are most open to embracing new technology. A recent survey of over 3,000 workers in seven countries found that while, as expected, 18- to 24-year-old workers were most receptive to adopting new technologies at work, 55- to 74-year-old workers ranked second-highest in terms of this “digital dexterity.” Interestingly, middle-aged workers were least open to using new technologies. 67

Page 657

· Organizations should provide training and support. Regardless of whether they are dealing with new technology or new employees who need to learn existing technology, organizations should provide plenty of support and training for workers to help keep them up to date on using these communication tools.

3. Cross-Cultural Barriers

As we discussed in  Chapter 2 , culture refers to the shared practices, values, ideas, and objects that bind a collective—such as a society—and that foster a sense of order and stability in members’ lives and interactions. 68

Culture naturally affects the way we communicate with those who share our culture and those who don’t because the norms and beliefs of our cultures are so deeply ingrained in our thoughts and behaviors. Language and style differences are two ways that culture can become a communication barrier:

· Language differences. One obvious reason is that language differences often exist. For example, jokes and humor are very much linked to culture. 69  One of your authors found that good American jokes don’t necessarily get laughs in Europe, Asia, and Scandinavia. Even the United States and Great Britain, whose cultures share many elements, are often said to be “two countries divided by a common language” (an ironic observation often attributed to the British playwright George Bernard Shaw). For example, if a British supervisor tells you that your work is “quite good,” for example, don’t get too excited—it means your work is average, at best. 70

· Style differences. Communication styles can vary widely by culture and knowing what to expect gives workers a great advantage. Preparation is the key, as evidenced by the following example.

Dutch Training Example: A U.S. executive for a coffee company recently received 50 hours of language training for an assignment in the Netherlands, even though English is widely spoken there. The payoff? “I do not take the [Dutch] cultural norm of the direct and very honest communication style personally,” the executive said. “Therefore, I do not overreact to questions or communications that others may find offensive or confrontational. This has helped me build very positive relationships, as I assume positive intent regarding the content of the communication, and never get side-tracked based on the style of communication.” 71

See the  Practical Action box  for tips on improving your cross-cultural communication.

PRACTICAL ACTION
Improving Your Cross-Cultural Communication Fluency

Dr. Elizabeth Tuleja—professor of intercultural communication and global leadership at the University of Notre Dame—said, “You can know all the functional aspects of international business. But if you don’t know how to develop relationships and understand people based upon their norms and behavior and what they expect from you, then you’re not going to be as successful.” 72  This lesson is valuable whether you are working in a foreign country or domestically, because the American workforce is more culturally diverse than ever.

It’s natural for cultural differences to make us feel somewhat uncomfortable at first. But Dr. Tuleja suggests we view them as the chance to grow both ourselves and our organizations, saying, “we must be able to embrace such differences and acknowledge them as opportunities for learning and enrichment rather than forces for confusion and trouble.”

Here are suggestions for improving your cross-cultural communication abilities: 73

Prepare Yourself Ahead of Time

There are plenty of resources available to help you get better at communicating across cultures. For example, you can find podcasts, articles, books, and online learning programs on this topic. You can also talk with friends and family members who have experience with cross-cultural communication. Learn everything you can on your own, first.

Page 658

Observe

One of the best ways to learn something is to simply watch others. If you want to know how to communicate with someone from a particular culture, pay attention when two or more people from that culture communicate with one another. Observe body language; notice how close they stand to each other while communicating; and listen for things like tone, specific words, and the pace of the conversation.

Be Genuinely Curious

Have you ever avoided interacting with someone from a different culture because you were afraid of making a mistake and offending them? This is natural, but unfortunately, it causes many of us to miss out on opportunities for understanding, productive working relationships, and friendships. You should know that if you ask questions about another person’s culture with a genuine sense of curiosity and an authentic desire to learn more about them, most people will be happy to help you understand their culture better. Said communication skills expert Pellegrino Riccardi, “If someone’s genuinely curious about you, it creates a human bond, a human connection.” He added, “You can’t build trust without people being brave enough and honest enough and tuned into each other . . . cultural fluency is showing genuine interest in other people who have a different story . . . it’s no more advanced than that.” 74

Know That You Will Make (Lots of) Mistakes

The way that we communicate is deeply ingrained, and you should expect that no matter how much cultural communication training you participate in or expertise you build, you are going to continue to make mistakes. One of your authors—Denise Breaux Soignet—knows this first hand. Denise teaches both students and organizations about workplace religious inclusion and accommodation, yet when a local Imam—whom she had not yet met—walked into her classroom to spend the day talking with her students about Islam, Denise instinctively and enthusiastically stuck out her hand for a handshake as she introduced herself. The Imam graciously bowed and explained that he did not shake hands with women other than his family members and his wife. It turned out to be a great learning opportunity for the students—Denise and the Imam talked about it with the class for several minutes to explain the why behind the communication difference (because the Imam saw it as a sign of respect for women) and to demonstrate that it’s ok to make mistakes in cross-cultural communication, no matter how much knowledge and experience you have.

YOUR CALL

How can you do a better job of improving your cross-cultural communication?

4. Nonverbal Communication: How Unwritten and Unspoken Messages May Mislead

Nonverbal communication  consists of messages sent outside of the written or spoken word. We primarily express nonverbal communication through (1) eye contact, (2) facial expressions, (3) body movements and gestures, and (4) touch. 75  Some research suggests that about half of what we communicate is transmitted nonverbally. 76

1. Eye Contact

Westerners use eye contact to signal the beginning and end of a conversation, to reflect interest and attention, and to convey both honesty and respect. 77  Most people from Western cultures tend to avoid eye contact when conveying bad news or negative feedback. In many Eastern cultures, however, lowering one’s eyes is a sign of respect. 78  Incorrectly interpreting these nonverbal communications as evasive behavior could lead to unfortunate misunderstandings.

2. Facial Expressions

A search of Reddit forums on how to identify someone as an American is likely to return one answer over and over—they’re smiling. 79  You’re probably used to thinking that smiling represents warmth, happiness, or friendship, whereas frowning represents dissatisfaction or anger. But people in some cultures are less openly demonstrative than people in the United States. 80  One study showed photographs of facial expressions to thousands of people in 44 countries. Among the findings were that, in cultures with low uncertainty avoidance (see  Chapter 4 ), people judged smiling faces as indicating untrustworthiness and possibly even lower intelligence. One U.S. novelist reported in The New York Times that when she smiled too much during a visit to Hong Kong, the woman she was speaking to stepped away from her in alarm. 81

Page 659

Russia Example: In Russia, smiling for no reason isn’t common. Russian film director Yulia Melamed said she was once stopped by police because she was smiling while walking around. She added, “It’s strange for a person to walk down the street and smile. It looks alien and suspicious.” This is why, ahead of the 2018 World Cup, Russian organizations including FIFA, Russian Railways, and Moscow Metro conducted smiling training for employees so that they would seem more welcoming to foreign visitors. 82

If you were raised in the U.S. then you’ve probably internalized the belief that smiling at others is expected as part of polite communication. But did you know that in many places across the globe, people find smiling odd, distracting, and even suspicious?

Max Bukovski/Shutterstock

3. Body Movements and Gestures

Open body positions, such as leaning slightly backward, express openness, warmth, closeness, and availability for communication. Closed body positions, such as folded arms or crossed legs, can signal defensiveness. Angling your body away from the other person generally makes you look uninterested. 83  You can use these conclusions to improve communications with others.

4. Touch

Norms for touching vary significantly. For example, kissing on the cheek, patting on the shoulder, and hugging may seem appropriate in business for some people, but others find these actions offensive in a professional context. Said behavioral psychologist Denise Dudley, “I don’t want to live in a world where we outlaw hugging in the workplace . . . But we also need a world where we all feel comfortable.” 84  As with physical touch in other realms of life, there should always be mutual consent for physical affection at work. Beyond this important rule, a few general guidelines are: 85

· Observe how others behave. Take the time to learn the norms in your workplace.

· Be mindful of power dynamics. If you have power over an employee and you ask them for permission to hug or kiss on the cheek, they may feel pressured to oblige even if they are uncomfortable. A good rule is to limit this kind of affection to colleagues on the same level.

· Set your own boundaries and respect those of others. Practice how you will communicate your comfort level with physical affection. For example, “I’m so glad to see you, and I’m not a hugger,” or “thank you, but I’d prefer an elbow bump to a kiss on the cheek,” work just fine. Remember to be respectful of the physical boundaries that others set for themselves, too.

5. Gender Differences

According to scientific evidence, we can make two general statements about gender and communication differences: (1) there are some observable differences in communication across the gender spectrum and (2) most of these differences likely are the result of socialization rather than biology. 86  In other words, people of different genders do tend to have different communication styles and make different communication choices, and they do this because they’ve been conditioned to do so.

Exchange of views? Men and women have different communication styles. How effective do you think you are at communicating with the opposite sex?

Shutterstock

What does this mean for managers? Broadly, managers should be aware that communication choices may reflect gender norms and should use this understanding to enhance and improve communications in their workplaces.  Table 15.3  presents a comparison of masculine and feminine communication norms. These represent the social expectations for gendered communication that are prevalent in the United States.

COMMUNICATION CHARACTERISTIC

MASCULINE NORMS

FEMININE NORMS

Taking credit

Using “I” statements (e.g., “I did this” and “I did that”); boasting about achievements

Using “We” statements, (e.g., “We did this” and “We did that”); refraining from boasting about achievements

Displaying confidence

Hiding uncertainty about an issue

Revealing a lack of certainty about an issue

Talking patterns

Interrupting and talking over others

Waiting to speak until others are finished

Listening

Listening silently and without the need for positive overlaps such as “I agree” or “that’s right” to demonstrate listening

Using positive overlaps such as “I agree” or “That’s right” to demonstrate listening while another is speaking

Focus of talk

Reporting. Demonstrating expertise.

Building relationships. Sharing.

Making requests

Directing, such as “this needs to be done by the end of the day.”

Asking, such as “would you do this by the end of the day?”

TABLE 15.3  Gender and Communication: Masculine and Feminine Social Norms

Table Summary: Table divided into three columns summarizes comparison of masculine and feminine communication norms. Column headers are marked from left to right as: communication characteristic, masculine norms and feminine norms.

Sources: Derived from A. Nelson and C. D. Brown, The Gender Communication Handbook (San Francisco: Pfeiffer, 2012); D. Tannen, You Just Don’t Understand: Women and Men in Conversation (New York: Ballantine Books, 1990); R. Bucher, Diversity Consciousness: Opening Our Minds to People, Cultures, and Opportunities, 4th ed. (Boston: Pearson, 2015), p. 130.

Page 660

Dr. Deborah Tannen, a renowned Georgetown University Linguistics professor, recommends that everyone become aware of how differing linguistic styles affect our perceptions and judgments. A  linguistic style  is a person’s characteristic speaking patterns—pacing, pausing, directness, word choice, and use of questions, jokes, stories, apologies, and similar devices. For example, in a meeting, regardless of gender, “those who are comfortable speaking up in groups, who need little or no silence before raising their hands, or who speak out easily without waiting to be recognized are more apt to be heard,” she says. “Those who refrain from talking until it’s clear that the previous speaker is finished, who wait to be recognized, and who are inclined to link their comments to those of others will do fine at a meeting where everyone else is following the same rules but will have a hard time getting heard in a meeting with people whose styles are more like the first pattern.” 87  ●

15.4 Social Media and Management

THE BIG PICTURE

We discuss social media and their use by employees and managers. We then turn our attention to the impact of social media on managers’ and organizations’ effectiveness, including applications to recruiting, productivity, sales, innovation, and reputation management. We also consider the costs of social media use, such as the effects of cyberloafing, as well as growing concerns about security, privacy, and false information. Finally, we discuss the importance of setting effective social media policies.

LO 15-4

Discuss how managers can successfully use social media to communicate.

Social media , which use web-based and mobile technologies to generate interactive dialogue with members of a network, are woven into every aspect of our lives. We begin our exploration of these technologies by documenting their general use. We then examine the effects of social media on managerial and organizational effectiveness, review the downside of social media, discuss the key impacts of texting on management and organizational behavior, and discuss the need for organizations to develop effective social media policies.

Page 661

The Use of Social Media Has Changed the Fabric of Our Lives

The widespread use of social media is changing our personal lives, the very nature of how businesses operate, and the principles of management. Consider these three statistics: 88

· More than half of the world’s population, or nearly 3.8 billion people, used social media in 2020. That’s an increase of 9.2% from 2019.

· A survey of 529 small business owners found that 3 out of 4 invested in social media advertising in 2019. Overall, businesses spent more than $89 billion on social media advertising in 2019.

· Over 50% of new brands are discovered through public social media feeds.

These figures show the power of social media in today’s digital world, but what do you think research has to say about this phenomenon? You may not be surprised to learn that recent studies link a company’s effective use of social media to an increase in brand awareness, brand loyalty, and sales. 89  Nike is an example of an organization that has embraced social media.

Nike Example: Oregon-based Nike is one of the most well-known sports apparel and equipment manufacturers in the world. The 73,000-employee company has demonstrated in recent years that it knows how to garner attention through social media. For example, Nike organized a team of three elite runners to try to break a world record by running a marathon in under two hours. The entire race, dubbed #Breaking2, was livestreamed on Facebook and Twitter, putting the brand and its Zoom Superfly Elite shoes in front of fans worldwide. Nobody was able to break the two-hour mark, but #Breaking2 “brought [the Nike] brand back to the heart of what achievement means in sport. It is not about overpaid athletes, Instagram or fashion—it’s about pushing the body to its limits,” said Ben Davis, an editor at Econsultancy. 90

Besides the business application of social media, they affect our lives in countless other ways. Consider, for example, the 2019 and ongoing Hong Kong protests over Chinese interference in the semi-autonomous region. Clashes between police and pro-democracy activists became increasingly violent, limiting the press’s ability at times to cover potential police brutality. Instead, many Hong Kong college students braved tear gas and water cannons to tweet, livestream, and send updates from the front lines of the demonstrations. Social media became an important tool in both rallying supporters to the fight and also holding police accountable for how they treated protesters. 91

Social media also can be used to keep people connected across continents and time zones, as well as when they are close by, but conditions make physical interaction dangerous. One such time was during the COVID-19 pandemic when many states limited social events to no more than 10 people. Digital Memorial is an example of an organization that used the power of social media to keep people in touch.

Digital Memorial Example: Digital Memorial operates 14 funeral homes in Kentucky and Indiana. The firm broadcasts funerals on Facebook Live using an iPad so that family and friends can mourn the loss of a loved one virtually. This service became increasingly important when the COVID-19 pandemic hit Kentucky and limitations on social gatherings were implemented. Mourners—many of whom were just down the street—were able to use Digital Memorial’s service to watch funerals in real time while adhering to social distancing rules. “With the limited number of folks that we’re allowed to gather, it just gives a way of being a participant in the service and paying respects to a loved one,” said Digital Memorial’s Kent Johnson. 92

Page 662

What does data suggest about the use of social media?  Figure 15.3  shows the usage of various social networks across different age groups. Those between the ages of 18 and 29 use social media more than any other group, and those over 64 the least. All told, however, it appears all age groups use these platforms, underscoring the need for businesses to use social media tools to engage with stakeholders of all ages. It’s no wonder, then, that the communications capabilities of social media continue to grow and expand and that managers need to keep up with their increasing potential.

FIGURE 15.3  Age distribution at the top social networks

Source: Data obtained from “Social Media Fact Sheet,” Pew Research Center, Internet and Technology, https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/fact-sheet/social-media/ (accessed May 18, 2020).

Moreover, global businesses are using social medial platforms to reach audiences in developing countries around the world. And it’s not just a matter of mastering Facebook and Twitter. This is because some governments, including China, actively block their citizens’ access to these Western platforms. Instead, global companies need to know which social networks are most popular in different countries and adapt to those. Here is a sampling of popular social media platforms across the world: 93

· WeChat is China’s largest social media platform with over 1 billion monthly active users.

· Facebook lookalike VR is Russia’s most popular site with around 100 million monthly active users.

· Latin America favors WhatsApp, which has approximately 415 million users split across 33 countries, including Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina.

Page 663

Social Media and Managerial and Organizational Effectiveness

With their ease of use, speed, and potential to draw huge audiences, social media have increasing applications for managers’ and organizations’ effectiveness. We will look at social media use in employment recruiting, employee and employer productivity, innovation, sales, and corporate reputation.

Employment Recruiting

Social media are widely used for recruiting employees. There are four considerations we want you to be aware of with respect to this issue: networks used, research as a job applicant, screening, and legal implications. Let’s take a closer look at each of these topics.

· Networks used: More than 90% of companies today use social media for recruiting, 94  especially for recruiting “passive” job candidates—that is, those who aren’t actively looking for a new job. Although Facebook and LinkedIn have 2.6 billion and 675 million users, respectively, recruiters prefer LinkedIn. A national survey of recruiters revealed that 91% used LinkedIn versus 74% for Facebook. 95  One reason many employers prefer LinkedIn, for instance, is that the platform allows them to filter for specific skill sets that candidates may have. 96  In addition, job applicants and recruiters both like to use text messaging for recruiting purposes. 97

· Research as a job applicant: Investigating companies is part of your preparation for finding a job after graduation. How do you plan to do this? Social media networks are one key source of information you should utilize. For example, anecdotal evidence reveals that a majority of job applicants use social media to conduct research on companies of interest and would consider a new job opportunity if they heard about it through their online network. 98  Many applicants also check industry-specific hosting and social networking platforms. These include: 99

· GitHub: Online community of more than 50 million software developers. Microsoft purchased GitHub for $7.5 billion in 2018, reflecting the growing importance of industry-specific social media platforms.

· Dribbble: Tens of millions of web designers visit Dribbble to showcase projects, boost their portfolios, and share designs.

· Mediabistro: Provides a platform for media and content professionals to not only find jobs and network but also to learn new skills and develop expertise.

· Screening: Many companies use social media for more than just scouting new employees. Studies show that an increasing number of hiring managers are turning to social media to screen applicants and verify the information they provide. 100  According to a CareerBuilder survey of 1,000 hiring managers, 70% of companies checked out potential hires’ social media pages, including their sometimes unguarded profiles on Facebook and LinkedIn. Fifty-seven percent of the employers who checked a candidate’s social media page decided not to hire the applicant based on what they saw. 101  Indeed, your social media profile can make or break your ability to land your dream job. The  Practical Action box  provides some tips for managing your online presence so you don’t get stuck on the wrong end of a hiring decision.

What you post on your social media pages may be visible to the entire world. Is there anything there you wouldn’t want a prospective employer to see?

Barcin/Getty Images

· Legal implications: It’s important to note that social media can lead to hiring discrimination, which we discussed in  Chapter 9 . Social media, for instance, can reveal an applicant’s religious affiliation, age, family composition, or sexual orientation—factors recruiters should not consider for employment purposes. “Screening social media allows employers to look inside a person’s head to see who a candidate really is,” said Les Rosen, CEO of Employment Screening Resources. “But if you use it incorrectly, there’s a world of privacy and discrimination problems that could arise.” 105

Page 664

PRACTICAL ACTION
Building a Personal Social Media Brand

As you’ve learned, employers are increasingly relying on social media to hire new talent. How can you stand out in the crowd in a good way? You may want to start by referring back to  Chapter 6 ’s Manage U feature, where we discussed the development of an effective social media strategy. Here are some additional tips for managing your online brand.

1. Optimize your profile’s “curb appeal.” Make sure you list timely, accurate information about your current and recent jobs on LinkedIn or other industry-specific networking sites. It’s also important to demonstrate your increasing level of experience or broadening set of skills in your job descriptions. Remember to fill out every section of your profile with key words important to recruiters in your industry and to provide a unique headline that briefly describes what makes you so special. Finally, try and stick with layman’s terms as much as possible. For example, don’t assume that recruiters know what “KPIs” or “schema markups” are. 102

2. Participate in industry-related chat rooms and discussion groups. It is worth the effort to positively contribute to ongoing online conversations because it raises your profile and introduces your name to new connections. You can even consider starting an industry-specific blog, if you’re really an expert. Don’t feel intimidated if you are still a novice. Asking intelligent questions can help your networking efforts, even if you’re still learning the ropes.

3. Keep a positive online presence. Your overall presence on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, and other sites should not harm your professional image. “First impressions happen in the blink of an eye, and many are now taking place on social media, before you even step foot inside an interview,” says Blair Decembrele, a career expert at LinkedIn. With this in mind, delete any embarrassing old photos, tweets, or other postings. 103  When deciding what to keep and what to delete, always think, “Would I want this to appear on the evening news?”

4. Be authentic and personable. Sometimes going overboard with positivity makes you come off looking fake and unrelatable. Companies aren’t searching for perfection. They want to know the real you—your struggles and your successes. Be personal so your online community, including potential employers, become attached to you and your brand. 104  For example, if your background is in engineering, you may consider posting a “behind-the-scenes” video to Instagram showing how you approach solving a complex mechanical problem.

YOUR CALL

Think of 8 to 10 companies in an industry you’d like to work in. What kind of online brand do you think recruiters at those companies are looking for?

Employee Productivity

While overuse of and even addiction to social media exist and can cause serious problems, 106  there seems little doubt that social media tools at work, used appropriately, can make communication by and among employees more productive. In fact, recent studies show that productivity is a driving force behind the use of all forms of technology at work, including social media. The key for employees, managers, and employers is to harness the speed and reach of social media to enhance individual performance. 107

Research finds that social media can lead to higher performance, increased job satisfaction, and greater creativity and collaboration. 108  Employees who work remotely can especially benefit from social media’s capabilities. Here are two specific benefits for remote workers:

· Promoting Productivity from Afar: Customized scheduling, organizing, networking, document sharing, messaging, and other digital communication options help relieve remote workers of the need to commute, attend routine meetings, and be distracted by colleagues. 109

· Staying Organized Virtually: Digital productivity tools that control e-mail, organize links and contacts, prioritize tasks, and even edit prose can help remote workers stay focused and organized so they can meet deadlines and enjoy work–life balance. 110

Page 665

At the same time, managers need to remember that employees don’t have to be in touch all the time, no matter how easy it is. There is plenty of evidence that everyone should unplug from e-mail and social media on a regular basis, if not during every evening, weekend, vacation, and holiday. 111  UK credit-card processing price comparison website Cardswitcher is a good example of an organization dedicated to making sure their employees unplug.

Cardswitcher Example: Stephen Hart, CEO of Cardswitcher, was concerned that his employees’ extended use of technology after hours was leading to burnout and a lack of work–life balance. With this in mind, Cardswitcher decided in 2018 to prevent e-mails from being sent by employees after work hours. “We’ve noticed a marked improvement in productivity, attendance and well-being in our workplace,” said Hart a year after implementing the restrictions. Hart also is “pretty convinced that the change has benefited our business in other, less obvious, ways.” 112

How often do you use social media while at work? Do you think it is helping or hindering your performance? You can find out by completing  Self-Assessment 15.1 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 15.1
CAREER READINESS
To What Extent Are You Effectively Using Online Social Networking at Work?

The following survey was designed to assess how well you are using social networking in your job. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned SelfAssessment 15.1 in Connect.

1. To what extent are social media helping or hurting your performance at work?

2. Based on your survey scores, what can you do to more effectively use social media at work? Be specific.

3. What things might you say during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of new media literacy?

Employer Productivity

Companies of all sizes and in all industries believe in the benefits of social media, including their ability to keep employees engaged and satisfied, and therefore productive. Swiss pharmaceutical giant Novartis, for example, uses social media games to teach employees about its products, reaching 600 workers around the world and logging a 12% jump in employee satisfaction as a result. French personal care company L’Oréal is another example of a company harnessing the power of social media. 113

L’Oréal Example: L’Oréal had a recruiting problem. The world’s largest cosmetic company attempted to use employee testimonials shared on social media to attract new talent, but their strategy didn’t work because trust in their brand was falling. People didn’t want to hear about how great L’Oréal was from strangers. What the company discovered was that people using social media to identify great places to work would trust the recommendations of friends and family. With this in mind, the company created two Instagram hashtags. The first, #LifeatLoreal, was meant for corporate communications so both current and prospective employees could find out what was happening across the organization. These included fun events and a showcasing of the company’s culture. The second hashtag was #LorealCommunity. This focused on employees sharing how they interacted with colleagues inside and outside of work. Between the two hashtags, L’Oréal was able to show off what a great place it was to work and gathered the interest of 200,000 viewers, who then shared these hashtags with family and friends.

Page 666

The essence of social media is connectivity. If used effectively, social media enable businesses to:

· Connect with key stakeholders. The use of social media allows you to connect in real time and over distances with many customers, suppliers, employees, potential talent, and other key stakeholders.

· Connect with varied sources of expertise inside the organization. We’ve seen such connectivity demonstrated in virtual teams, redefining conventional organizational boundaries and drawing on different sources of talent, knowledge, and experience throughout the organization.

· Connect with varied sources of expertise outside the organization. Social media can cross organizational boundaries and connect with outsiders to help in problem solving. An example is crowdsourcing, as we’ll see below. A variant is crowdfunding, raising money via online sources.

On the other hand, if not managed effectively, social media can create many legal, financial, and human resource risks. 114  For instance, almost 97% of fantasy football players spend time on their fantasy football team during the workday, to the tune of 7 hours a week. That’s almost the equivalent of losing an entire workday! 115  In fact, the price tag for productivity lost to fantasy football was $9 billion in 2019. 116

Innovation in Social Media: Crowdsourcing

If you are looking for an innovative solution to a problem, you might conclude that the more people you have thinking about the problem, the more potential ideas will be generated. That’s the idea behind  crowdsourcing , using the Internet and social media to enlist a group outside the organization for help solving a problem. The strategy has drawn a lot of attention, especially for its use in fundraising (crowdfunding) on such sites as Kickstarter, but it has a mixed record of success. 117

Some crowdsourcing efforts are organized as competitions, with individuals volunteering to solve a problem by a certain deadline to win a prize. The LEGO Ideas platform is a good example.

LEGO Example: LEGO is famous for its interlocking plastic bricks, but did you know that the Danish company was a first mover in the crowdsourcing space? The toymaker introduced the LEGO Ideas platform in 2008 as a way for users to come up with new ideas for LEGO sets. Consumers take pictures of an innovative LEGO set and send it in. Any idea that receives over 10,000 votes from other LEGO users is reviewed by LEGO. If LEGO accepts the idea, the user gets to work with the company to make their idea a reality and also receives 1% of the model’s sales. More consumer-submitted LEGO ideas passed the 10,000-vote threshold than ever before in 2020, providing the company with 26 models to consider. Keep in mind that there’s more to the LEGO Ideas platform than new idea generation—it provides an opportunity for the company to validate demand for ideas before moving forward with mass production. 118

Innovative rock stars. The popular Beatles “Yellow Submarine” Lego model originated from the Lego Ideas platform.

Splash News/Newscom

Researchers have studied crowdsourcing and found that it can boost product quality, speed up processes, and increase creativity, but it isn’t suitable for all situations. One such situation is when a firm is working on a proprietary or secretive project that should not be revealed to the public. 119  Here is some additional research-based advice for developing effective crowdsourcing programs: 120

Page 667

· Link crowdsourcing efforts to incentives in order to motivate participants. (Think back to LEGO’s offer to provide winners with royalties on sales of their models.)

· Promote your own ideas first and invite public comment. This opens the conversation and gives potential collaborators needed insight into the organization and its needs.

· Publicly respond to contributors so that their ideas are validated. This also encourages others to come forward because they feel confident their ideas will be heard.

Sales and Brand Recognition

Is it logical to expect that an “effective” social media presence generates customers and brand recognition? Yes, for the following reasons:

1. Social media can increase product/service awareness and generate customer inquiries.

2. Social media can enhance relationships with customers.

3. Social media can increase the ability to reach customers on a global scale.

4. For small or local businesses, social media can foster co-promotion of local businesses and the image of small businesses in the area. 121

5. Social media can foster consumers’ conversations about brands. 122

Dove’s “Project #ShowUs” is a good example of an effective, consumer-led social media campaign.

Dove Example: Personal care company Dove wanted to improve its brand awareness by shattering beauty stereotypes. The company’s 2019 #ShowUs campaign included over 5,000 images created by women and nonbinary individuals (those who do not exclusively identify as male or female) from over 39 countries. The pictures included no enhancements or modifications, in line with a public rebellion against fake images, anorexic-looking models, and airbrushed celebrities. Women were able to become part of the collection by sharing their images through the #ShowUs hashtag, and the Dove logo was conspicuously placed to keep the organization at the top of consumers’ minds. 123

The true you. Have you ever felt intimidated by online pictures of celebrities? These images are often enhanced or modified. Dove’s #ShowUs campaign highlighted the beauty of just being you. The campaign also kept the company’s name within view.

Nicky J Sims/Getty Images

Page 668

Don’t assume that the mere use of social media automatically results in more sales and brand recognition. Research suggests that social media won’t create positive outcomes unless two conditions are present. 124  First, the company must possess both competence in social media skills and technology and commitment in the form of dedicated resources. Second, a successful social media strategy requires consumers or customers with social media skills. A PR specialist writing in Forbes suggests companies should also make sure their messages are relevant, timely, and surprising, and marketers should track their results to learn what works. 125  GoPro is an example of an organization with a strong social media strategy.

GoPro Example: GoPro manufacturers the world’s most versatile camera, yet its social media strategy may be equally adaptable. The company has a presence on Facebook (10.7 million followers), Instagram (16.2 million followers), and Twitter (2.23 million followers), but it doesn’t post the same content across all its social media accounts. Instead, the camera maker has identified what each platform is most effective for and tailored a strategy to enhance their presence on each. Facebook is used to promote the GoPro brand, connect with new customers, and enhance GoPro’s relationship with existing ones. The company showcases the quality of their cameras on Instagram by promoting user-generated posts and holding contests. Twitter, on the other hand, is primarily used for product announcements. GoPro’s diversified social media strategy allows it to create value, promote products, and interact with its customers. 126

Corporate Reputation

Some companies have been very successful at using social media to build and protect their reputations online. Research suggests that this is an effective strategy. 127  For example, recent studies showed that the effective use of social media wasn’t just beneficial for increasing brand awareness, it also was vital for restoring a company’s reputation after a crisis. A case in point involves an African American guest staying at a Portland Hilton-branded hotel in 2018. The guest was wrongly accused of trespassing by hotel security and removed from the property. The guest posted the entire incident online and it quickly went viral, causing an uproar over racial bias at hotels. Hilton quickly responded on Twitter by apologizing to the guest and letting him—and the world—know that the employees involved had been fired. 128

As the Hilton example shows, one of the biggest dangers that managers face is negative comments about the organization posted by disgruntled customers or even employees. Some tips for defusing these and limiting the harm they can do are:

1. Create and enforce a social media policy for employees. We’ll discuss social media policies in more detail shortly. At a minimum, your policy should limit what employees can say on the organization’s web pages and ensure that all posted content meets the highest ethical standards. 129

2. Appoint experienced managers to monitor your social media presence and respond quickly and appropriately to negative posts. A great deal of damage can occur online in a short time, and all of it in the public eye. Take for instance Dolce & Gabbana’s recent rollout of its fall sneakers. The Italian luxury fashion house’s first mistake was posting the new shoes on Instagram with the statement “I’m thin & gorgeous.” Instagrammers took offense and complained that the post shamed people for not having an ideal body type. Co-founder Stefano Gabbana decided to address the matter by calling customers who complained “fat and ugly.” As you might expect, the company’s decision not to have an experienced social media manager handle the situation made things much worse. 130

3. Acknowledge there is a problem. Gracefully accepting that someone has a genuine issue with the organization, its product or service, or its posts—even if the problem is a misunderstanding on his or her part—can go a long way toward defusing bad feelings. If the organization is in error, the appropriate manager should say so and apologize. 131

Page 669

4. Don’t delete the comment (with exceptions). You won’t make a problem go away by deleting a negative post; in fact, you may make things worse. If the person who left the original post, or another viewer, figures out you deleted it, they may get even more upset, repost the comment, and call you out for deleting it. Deleting comments also can make you look careless or guilty. An exception might entail deleting a post if it contains threatening or profane language, or if the person is harassing or spamming your page. 132

5. Take the conversation offline if necessary. If a customer refuses to be satisfied, take the conversation to a private sphere such as phone or e-mail. Not only will this keep it out of the public eye and prevent further damage to the brand, but the individualized attention may also reduce the customer’s ire. 133

A company’s reputation is affected by posts made by current and former employees. Sites like  Glassdoor.com , for instance, allow people to publicly (and anonymously) rate their employers on criteria like salary, benefits, work–life balance, career advancement possibilities, and even the quality of the employment interview. Firms that are confident they have happy employees can encourage them to spread the buzz about office parties, outings, and incentives and rewards on corporate websites, social media, and blogs, building the company’s image as a good place to work. This recommendation was confirmed by findings from a study of 2,300 employees in 15 different countries. Over a third of surveyed employees indicated they were sharing praise or positive comments about their employer on social media. 134

Downsides of Social Media

It’s fair to say the digital age and rise of social media have introduced almost as many difficulties as efficiencies into people’s lives. Some of these problems relate to cyberloafing, microaggressions, security breaches, privacy concerns, and false information.

Cyberloafing

Lost productivity due to  cyberloafing—using the Internet at work for personal use—is a primary concern for employers in their adoption of social media. Studies have found that employees cyberloaf for many reasons including boredom, habits or addiction, and social norms. 135  Here are some eye-opening facts about this phenomenon: 136

· Experts suggest cyberloafing costs businesses up to $85 billion per year in lost productivity.

· A recent study of over more than 1,000 U.S. office workers found that almost 60% of them couldn’t make it through the day without checking social media.

· In a survey of almost 200 professionals, 97% of males and 85% of females felt as if cyberloafing was acceptable in the workplace.

Indeed, cyberloafing can have terrible consequences for businesses. Many firms have developed social media policies to address this, which we’ll discuss in the next section. Here are some other ways in which businesses have been able to reduce cyberloafing: 137

· Group social media breaks: Groups that take designated social media breaks know when their time starts and ends. Kliff Kingsbury, the coach of the NFL’s Arizona Cardinals, is a believer in these breaks. He provides his team with breaks dedicated to checking cell phone messages and social media every 30 minutes or so. Afterwards, Kingsbury continues his meetings and drills with the team fresh and refocused.

· Monitoring software: Some companies install programs that either limit employees’ online access or monitor what they’re doing. One such example is Keylogger, which can record an employee’s every keystroke as well as take note of every website visited and e-mail sent. Though studies have found monitoring software to be generally effective at controlling cyberloafing, it can also lead to a decrease in employee loyalty. 138

Page 670

· Meaningful work: Often times, cyberloafing is an employee’s way of saying they aren’t engaged in their job. You may recall that we discussed in  Chapter 11  how meaningful work increases employee engagement and productivity. 139  With this in mind, managers may need to turn their attention from cyberloafing to the work itself. “People who find their work engaging are more diligent and productive,” says Dr. Carolyn Goerner, founder of consulting firm Practical Paradigms. “So perhaps the best way to combat cyberloafing is to make sure employees’ jobs are motivating.” 140

Phubbing and FOMO

Microaggressions , or acts of unconscious bias, include a number of seemingly tiny but repeated actions, like interrupting others, mispronouncing or mistaking someone’s name, and avoiding eye contact. 141  One particular form of microaggression is called phubbing, for phone snubbing or ignoring those present in order to pay attention to a mobile phone. A study by professors at Baylor University found that employees who were phubbed by their manager felt they could no longer trust that manager to keep promises or treat them fairly. This led to negative effects on their psychological preparedness to work, job satisfaction, and job performance. 142  The Baylor study shows how damaging phubbing can be in the workplace, which means it’s important for you to understand what leads to it. Here are some research-based findings:

· Low levels of self-esteem and satisfaction with life can lead to phubbing. 143

· Phubbing tends to be more common among younger people, who are more intimately connected to their phones, and among men, who view interruptions as less onerous than women. 144

· Even if unused, a cell phone on the table can make people feel less connected to those they are with. 145

Phubbing doesn’t have to recur, however. The phubbed should calmly explain how they feel, and phubbers should use empathy to understand the harm their microaggression is doing to their communications and their relationships. 146

Researchers have found that the urge to phub others springs from the fear of missing out— FOMO —or of being out of touch with something happening in our social network. 147  FOMO is exacerbated by our habits, such as paying attention to our phones during sleep hours. One study, for example, found that 40% of students reported waking at night to answer phone calls, and 47% woke to answer text messages. Psychologists demonstrated that “people of all generations seem to have succumbed to the phenomenon.” 148

Among the many consequences of FOMO are fatigue, stress, and anxiety. 149  A study on college students who had their cell phones taken away is a good example of the anxiety brought about by FOMO.

FOMO Example: Researchers examined 163 college students’ anxiety levels after giving up their phones for one hour. Light users of smartphones experienced no increases in anxiety, while moderate users showed signs of increased anxiety after 25 minutes without a phone. These levels of anxiety stayed steady for the remaining time of the hour-long study. Heavy users, in contrast, revealed heightened anxiety after 10 phone-free minutes, and their level of anxiety increased over time. 150

Psychologist Adam Alter offers some advice for those suffering from FOMO. He notes that “there is no silver bullet solution, and going cold turkey is nearly impossible. It’s really about sustainable use. The best thing we can do is to section off parts of our lives from technology to keep them sacred and tech-free.” 151  An example is leaving your phone outside your bedroom at night or turning it off when eating with others.

Page 671

Security: Guarding against Cyberthreats

Security  is defined as a system of safeguards for protecting information technology against disasters, system failures, and unauthorized access that result in damage or loss. Security is a continuing challenge, with computer and cell-phone users constantly having to deal with threats ranging from malicious software (malware) that tries to trick people into yielding passwords and personal information to viruses that can destroy or corrupt data. 152  Here are some key statistics on cyberthreats: 153

· Cybercriminals steal around $1.5 trillion a year.

· Hackers target someone every 39 seconds, with seniors over age 60 as their preferred targets.

· Between 45 and 50% of stolen personal information can be traced back to social media hacks.

· More than four in five consumers believe cybercrime is, in fact, a crime and should be prosecuted as such. However, 42% find it acceptable to commit “morally questionable online behaviors in certain circumstances,” 154  which may help explain why employees are often called the weakest link in a company’s defense against a security threat.

Citing cyberattacks on major companies like Equifax, Verizon, and Target, Harvard Business Review noted that “attackers didn’t need to break down a wall of ones and zeros, or sabotage a piece of sophisticated hardware; instead they simply needed to take advantage of predictably poor user behavior.” 155  Password recklessness is an example of such behavior. In fact, more than three-quarters of Millennials, for example, use the same password in more than 50 different places. 156  A motivating strategy called “social proof” can help nudge employees toward safer online behavior at work by showing or informing them of how others act in the same circumstances and then giving them the tools and education they need to follow suit. 157

The key to protecting digital communication systems against fraud, hackers, identity theft, and other threats is prevention.  Table 15.4  presents some ways to protect yourself. 158

· Don’t use passwords that can be easily guessed. Use weird combinations of letters, numbers, and punctuation, and mix uppercase and lowercase, along with special characters such as !, #, and %.

· Don’t use the same password for multiple sites. Avoid using the same password at different sites, because if hackers or scammers obtain one account, they potentially have your entire online life.

· Don’t reveal sensitive information on social networking sites. Even people who set their profiles to Facebook’s strictest privacy settings may find sensitive information leaked all over the web.

· Consider moving sensitive information to a cloud server. The odds are pretty good that a major cloud provider, such as Google or Microsoft, will do a better job than you at securing your information against various risks.

· Make sure to encrypt. Encryption is a process that encodes a message or file so it can only be read by those with a key to decrypt the information. 159  There are many free tools to do this including LastPass and VeraCrypt. Some Windows and Mac operating systems also have built-in encryption. 160

· Keep antivirus software updated. The antivirus software on your computer won’t protect you forever. Visit the antivirus software maker’s website and enable the automatic update features.

TABLE 15.4  Protecting against Security and Privacy Breaches on the Internet

Table Summary: Table summarizes six ways to protect yourself.

Phishing, malware, and smishing are just a few of the ways hackers can access your data. Has a cybercriminal ever attempted to steal your information?

Joe Prachatree/Shutterstock

Page 672

Privacy: Keeping Things to Yourself

Privacy  is the right of people not to reveal information about themselves. Threats to privacy can range from name migration, as when a company sells its customer list to another company, to online snooping, to government prying and spying. The results of a 2019 Pew survey demonstrate how concerning this issue is. The survey found that over 80% of Americans feel as if they have little control over their data. 161  And they have every right to be worried as a privacy breach can be disastrous. Take for instance a potentially devastating violation of privacy,  identity theft , in which thieves hijack your name and identity and use your good credit rating to get cash or buy things. A data breach at Capital One Bank is a good example of how devastating this issue can be.

Capital One Bank Example: Capital One Bank is one of the top-10 largest U.S. financial institutions with more than $373 billion in assets. 162  The bank was a victim of one of the worse hacks of 2019 when intruders stole the personal information of over 100 million account holders in the United States and Canada. Hackers were able to secure all the ingredients necessary for identity theft, including customer social security numbers, birth dates, and account numbers, as well as other personal information. Although the FBI was able to apprehend the perpetrators, the damage to the bank’s credibility was already done. “Capital One, once a ‘darling’ of digital transformation for its innovation in financial services, must now go about the long road to regain customers’ trust—all thanks to a breach, which in large part, was certainly avoidable,” said Hims Pawar, a principal solutions architect at database management firm Delphix. 163

You can bolster your privacy by being aware of three issues: the role of users, privacy at work, and the responsibility of websites. Let’s take a closer look.

· The role of users: The recent misuse of Facebook users’ personal data indicates nothing posted online is ever truly private. 164  In some cases, Internet users are their own worst enemies, posting compromising images and information about themselves on social networking sites that may be available to, say, potential employers. Others, like the co-founder of Dolce & Gabbana mentioned previously whose critical remarks to a customer went viral, disastrously fail to think before they post. It has wisely been said that if you wouldn’t want to see something on the front page of the newspaper or the evening news, don’t post it. Many of the cautions we discussed in  Table 15.4  apply here, too.

Page 673

· Privacy at work: As for privacy at work, “Generally in the workplace, there isn’t a right to privacy,” according to Melissa Ventrone, a privacy attorney. 165  Monitoring of electronic communications is widespread. In most circumstances, employers are permitted to monitor—that is, read—their employees’ e-mail and track their Internet use, and a majority of employers in a recent Gartner survey said they did so. 166  An employee’s inappropriate use of the Internet can be devastating. A recent CareerBuilder survey of more than 1,000 HR professionals, for instance, found that a third of employers “have found content online that caused them to reprimand or fire an employee.” 167

· Responsibility of websites: Social media sites have a role to play in protecting our privacy. The New York Times recently analyzed 150 privacy policies from popular websites, such as Facebook and Google, and found them to be an “incomprehensible disaster.” 168  Experts believe these sites should be communicating their privacy policies to users in a plain, straightforward way. Research supports this, finding that when sites develop simple privacy statements, users are more prone to trust them with their data. 169

False Information: What’s the Story with Fake News?

The widespread use of social media has led to an increase of false information being spread about individuals and businesses. Let’s consider the two types of false information: misinformation and disinformation.  Misinformation  is information that is “false but not created with the intention of causing harm.” This may be an honest mistake, such as mistyping a figure in a news article and later updating the report with the correct information. On the other hand,  disinformation  is information that is false and deliberately misleading. 170  An important type of disinformation is fake news, or false information intentionally published under the guise of being authentic news. 171  Let’s discuss the history of fake news, its impact, and what can be done about it.

History of Fake News

Contrary to popular belief, fake news is not a new term coined by Donald Trump. It actually dates back to the 16th century. Back then, it was referred to as false news and described newspapers that didn’t print the truth. The term evolved into fake news and was used more generally by the 19th century. 172  The 2016 presidential election brought fake news to center stage when Donald Trump used the term to describe what he said were false news reports adverse to his campaign. 173

The Impact of Fake News

Today, many individuals see fake news as a threat to democracy, free debate, and the entire Western order, largely because it’s accelerated by social media. 174  In fact, a recent survey of 803 social media users found that 86% saw fake news stories on their social media newsfeeds. 175  A father whose son was murdered is a heartbreaking example of the devastating effects of fake news.

David Wheeler Example: David Wheeler lost his 6-year-old son in the 2012 Sandy Hook massacre. Since then many conspiracy theorists have wrongly accused Wheeler of falsifying his child’s murder as part of a political campaign. Not only has he had to deal with the grief of losing his son, he also has received death threats due to the false information that has spread about him on social media. “It has been incredibly painful to have to live through this, to have to face this kind of thing for the offense of speaking publicly,” said Wheeler. 176

Fake news, however, isn’t just political and has crossed into the commercial space, putting companies on edge. A survey of 588 large companies across 13 countries, for instance, found that 84% felt threatened by false rumors started on social media. 177  Metro Bank serves as a good example of the devastating effects of fake news.

Page 674

Metro Bank Example: Metro Bank has more than 70 locations in the United Kingdom and around 2,700 employees. The bank became a victim of false rumors in 2019 when news spread on Twitter and WhatsApp saying that the bank was on the verge of collapse. In fact, Metro Bank was not in bad shape and was forced to take to social media to reassure customers of its financial health. The damage, however, was already done. Many of the bank’s customers started emptying their accounts, and its shares dropped 11%. 178

Another recent study shows how quickly commercially oriented fake news can spread. The study examined 126,000 Twitter stories tweeted by 3 million people. It found that false news reached more people than the truth—and it reached them six times faster. Researchers believe the creativity of the rumors, and the emotional reactions of recipients, had a lot to do with the results. 179  “Fake news today is like a modern-day tech suicide bomber in the worlds of communication, reputation and branding. It only takes one well-planned success to hurt a lot of people or an organization,” said Mike Paul, president of public relations firm Reputation Doctor. 180

Fake news! How can you tell fact from fiction in a digital world?

Georgejmclittle/Shutterstock

What Can Be Done about Fake News

Many tech companies have banded together to push back against fake news, especially during times of crisis. Facebook, Twitter, and Google are examples of organizations that fought fake news during the COVID-19 pandemic.

COVID-19 Fake News Example: Fake news was spreading faster than COVID-19 when the pandemic hit in 2020. Some sites advertised fake treatments for the virus, for instance, while others posted misinformation about death counts. Companies like Facebook, Twitter, and Google banded together in response and targeted myths, falsehoods, and scams on their platforms. “We’re helping millions of people stay connected while also jointly combating fraud and misinformation about the virus, elevating authoritative content on our platforms, and sharing critical updates in coordination with government health care agencies around the world,” the group said in a rare joint statement. 181

You, too, can join the ranks of companies pushing back against fake news by better discerning online fact from fiction. The  Practical Action box  provides you with some guidance.

PRACTICAL ACTION
Defending Against Fake News

Fake news, as we’ve discussed, can be devastating for both people and organizations. You need to ensure you are able to steer clear of disinformation not just for political reasons, but so you make the right decisions about everything. Here are six tips to assist you. 182

1. Don’t Fall for the Algorithm: Twitter, Facebook, Reddit, and other social media companies use algorithms to post customized advertisements for users. Many of these are actually fake news meant to hold users’ attention by providing biased information. If you do decide to click on these advertisements, make sure you verify the material provided by checking another well-known source.

2. Visit Trusted Sources, but Still Double Check: It’s important to visit trusted news apps and websites directly, but what can be trusted nowadays? Keep in mind that what you believe is a trusted site may at times be biased. For example, someone who gets their news from Fox News may believe a person who prefers MSNBC is consuming biased news, and vice versa. Although trusted sources may be in the eye of the beholder, we encourage you to find multiple sources to confirm something that your preferred news outlet reports.

Page 675

3. Beware of Non-Political Biases: Not all fake news takes advantage of political biases; some focus on the decision-making biases we discussed in  Chapter 7 . For example, fake news sites are known to take advantage of the confirmation bias, which we defined as the tendency to seek information that supports our point of view while also discounting any disconfirming information. Research has found that these sites use short, simple statements that lack evidence, but lend credence to what some users are thinking. Fake news sites also benefit from the  illusory truth effect , which is when our brain equates repetition with trust. For example, many politicians repeat slogans as a way to make something that sounds familiar seem true. This tactic isn’t new. It was used by Adolf Hitler in his political manifesto, Mein Kampf, in 1925, saying, “Slogans should be persistently repeated until the very last individual has come to grasp the idea.” 183

4. Check the Math: Untrustworthy websites often times use erroneous statistics to make bogus claims. Take for example a website that says a certain ethnic population is responsible for thousands of murders in the United States. A simple check of a trusted government site, such as an FBI database, will help you make sure the murder rates match up and whether they make sense. We encourage you to use trusted sites to verify the figures presented by those you are not familiar with.

5. Use Your Contacts: Check in with someone who is more knowledgeable about a subject if you come across information on the Internet you aren’t sure about. This includes medical advice, legal questions, and a whole host of other issues. Social media is a great place to find tips and tricks for many things, but if you need to make an important decision, consult an expert.

6. Know the Difference between Opinions and Facts: You can be very passionate about your opinions, but that doesn’t mean they are facts. Facts can either be proven or disproven by objective evidence such as research. On the other hand, someone is stating an opinion when expressing their own belief or values. If you sometimes have trouble discerning between the two, you aren’t alone. A recent Pew Research Center survey of 5,035 U.S. adults provided respondents with 10 statements—five factual and five opinion-based. The survey results demonstrated that 40% of the respondents could not correctly identify which were facts and which were opinions. 184  With this in mind, it’s important to vet the information that is put in front of you and make sure it has been objectively verified.

YOUR CALL

Think back to the career readiness competencies we discussed in  Chapter 1 . (See  Table 1.2 .) Can any of them assist you in defending against fake news? Explain.

Managerial Considerations in Creating Social Media Policies

The purpose of a social media policy at work is not to completely close off employees’ access to personal e-mails and texts or even shopping websites. Many employees already feel guilty if they need to deal with personal messages at work but say they would quit their job if their ability to do at least some personal tasks during the workday were restricted. 185  And while as much as half of social media use during work hours may be taking place for nonwork reasons, research finds that many employees do use social media for constructive work purposes. This includes making and nurturing professional connections and seeking solutions to problems from those both inside and outside the organization. 186

Social Media Policy

social media policy  describes the who, how, when, and for what purposes of social media use, and the consequences for noncompliance. Research demonstrates that such a policy can not only clarify expectations and relieve guilt, but also prevent impulsive or abusive posts and messages that can damage an organization’s or an individual’s reputation. 187  The essential elements of an effective social media policy are outlined in  Table 15.5 .

Page 676

Applies the same standards across all posts and platforms. Employees should understand that they represent their company wherever they post, not only on professional networks like LinkedIn but also on sites more generally used for personal expression such as Twitter and Instagram. The same standards should thus apply everywhere.

Identifies sites employees may use at work. Depending on the company’s goals, it may want to limit employees’ social media use during the workday to specific sites.

Informs employees of terms of use and conditions of the platforms they’ll be using. Violations of terms can limit the employee’s future access to the site.

Identifies who may speak for the company and for what purpose. If the employer maintains a corporate Facebook page or Twitter feed, for example, only specified employees should be empowered to post there.

Clarifies the distinction between personal and work-related posts. Remind employees that their personal posts can affect their professional life.

Requires professional behavior online. Managers and employees alike should be cautioned against cyberbullying and the unfair or discriminatory use of any information about others they may find online.

Upholds confidentiality. Internal complaints and conflicts should never be aired online where partners, clients, and competitors can read about them. Proprietary information should never be disclosed in any forum, including on the internet. Employees who are in doubt about whether a post violates confidentiality should contact the company’s social media team before posting.

Discourages anonymous posts. If the content of a post or message meets the highest standards of professionalism and respect for others, it should not need to be anonymous. At the same time, employees should be encouraged to clarify when they are speaking on behalf of the company and when they are not.

Specifies the consequences of violations. Employees should understand what is at risk if they violate the company’s social media policy and whether they will be disciplined, receive training, or even be dismissed.

TABLE 15.5  Seven Elements of an Effective Social Media Policy

Table Summary: Table summarizes the seven essential elements of an effective social media policy.

Sources: D. Ku, “5 Terrific Examples of Company Social Media Policies for Employees,” Post Beyond, January 2, 2020, https://www.postbeyond.com/blog/5-terrific-examples-of-company-social-media-policies-for-employees/; J. Bouman, “Need Social Media Policy Examples? Here Are 7 Terrific Social Policies to Inspire Yours,” Everyone Social, March 15, 2019, https://everyonesocial.com/blog/need-sample-social-media-policies-here-are-7-to-inspire-yours/; K. Keeler, “10 Must-Haves for an Effective Government Social Media Policy,” Government Social Media Organization, May 8, 2017, https://gsmo.org/10-must-haves-for-an-effective-government-social-media-policy/.

The  Example box  describes selected elements of several companies’ current social media policies.

EXAMPLE
A Variety of Social Media Policies

Here are selected provisions from some prominent companies’ social media policies. 188

At IBM, employees may say in their posts that they work for the company, but they must make it clear they speak for themselves and not the organization. They are also not permitted to use IBM logos or trademarks unless authorized by the company. 189  IBM does not state what disciplinary action may result as a consequence of violating its social media policy.

Best Buy’s policy can be summed up with the phrase, “Protect the brand. Protect yourself.” The company’s guidelines are split into two sections: “What You Should Do” and “What You Should Never Disclose.” Best Buy also believes that an employee’s responsibility to the organization doesn’t end when their shift ends. For this reason, its policy “applies to both company-sponsored social media and personal use as it relates to Best Buy.” 190  Violating the electronic retailer’s social media policy can lead to termination. 191

Page 677

Intel believes its employees should be respectful toward both the company and its competitors. “Play nice. Anything you publish [about competitors] must be true and not misleading, and all claims must be substantiated and approved.” 192

Walmart asks its associates to “consider using company established channels for job-specific issues.” 193  The world’s largest private employer 194  encourages team members to utilize Walmart’s “Open Door Process” or  WalmartOne.com  instead of posting anything on Facebook or Instagram. Walmart also asks employees not to respond to customer inquiries or comments directed at the company on social media without explicit approval. 195

The Washington Post wants its employees to remember that “Washington Post journalists are always Washington Post journalists.” They are advised to refrain from “writing, tweeting or posting anything—including photographs or video—that could objectively be perceived as reflecting political, racial, sexist, religious or other bias or favoritism.” 196  The Post extended its social media policy in 2017 to prohibit employees from “disparaging the products and services of the Post’s advertisers, subscribers, competitors, business partners or vendors.” Editorial employees, however, are exempt from this prohibition in order to safeguard their independence. 197

Clothing retailer GAP strikes a conversational tone about the serious issue of privacy. “Don’t even think about it . . . Talking about financial information, sales trends, strategies, forecasts, legal issues, future promotional activities. Giving out personal information about customers or employees. Posting confidential or non-public information . . . There’s no winner in that game.” 198

YOUR CALL

Best Buy, Washington Post, and other organizations believe that what employees post on their personal social media accounts can expose them to disciplinary action. Do you agree with this position? Why or why not?

Assessing an Organization’s Social Media Readiness

Consider the social media readiness of an organization to which you belong.  Self-Assessment 15.2  helps you assess leadership’s attitude toward social media, such as

· How supportive management is of creating communities.

· How well the culture fosters collaboration and knowledge sharing.

· How widely social media is used to collaborate.

With this knowledge you can determine how well your own attitudes fit with those of the organization, and it may even unveil opportunities for you to improve the organization’s readiness. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 15.2
Assessing Social Media Readiness

Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 15.2 in Connect.

1. To what extent is the organization ready for capitalizing on social media?

2. Based on the results, what recommendations would you make to management about improving the value of social media within the company? Be specific.

Page 678

15.5 Improving Communication Effectiveness

THE BIG PICTURE

We describe how you can be a more effective listener, as in communicating nondefensively, employing empathy, and engaging in active listening. We offer tips for becoming a more effective writer. Finally, we discuss how to be an effective speaker through three steps.

LO 15-5

Identify ways for managers to improve their listening, writing, and speaking skills.

Recent research suggests managers spend almost all of their time communicating and that poor communication likely costs organizations more than $30 billion annually. 199  It’s no surprise, then, that written and verbal communications skills are among the top career readiness competencies desired by employers. 200

How would you assess your communication skills? Do you think you are better than most? Do you know when it’s time to stop talking during a job interview? An applicant for the job of vice president at water utility Aqua America did not, and spent 25 minutes answering the CEO’s first interview question. The CEO told The Wall Street Journal, “I felt like I was being filibustered. . . . There should be no need for verbal diarrhea.” 201  The candidate wasn’t hired. You can check out your communication skills by completing the following self-assessment. If your score is lower than you prefer, seek out ideas for improving your skills.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 15.3
CAREER READINESS
Assessing My Communication Competence

This scale measures your communication competence. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 15.3 in Connect.

1. Are you surprised by the results? Explain.

2. Based on your scores, what are your top three strengths and your three biggest weaknesses?

3. How might you use your strengths more effectively in your role as a student?

4. What might you say or do during an interview to demonstrate that you possess the career readiness competency of oral/written communication?

Let’s see how you can be more effective at the essential communication skills.

Nondefensive Communication

Using evaluative or judgmental comments such as “Your work is terrible” or “You’re always late for meetings” spurs defensiveness, and once defensiveness enters the conversation, constructive communication shuts down. 202   Defensive communication  can include either aggressive, attacking, angry communication or passive, withdrawing communication. Abusive supervision, which was discussed in  Chapter 14 , is likely to foster defensiveness among employees. The better alternative is  nondefensive communication—communication that is assertive, direct, and powerful. Let’s discuss three ways that you can avoid defensive communication and foster nondefensive communication:

Page 679

· Avoid defensiveness triggers. You may be surprised to learn that defensiveness is often triggered by nothing more than a poor choice of words or nonverbal posture during interactions. In the language of behavior modification, these triggers are antecedents of defensiveness. For example, using absolutes like “always” or “never” is very likely to create a defensive response. Try to avoid using absolutes because they are rarely true. You can instead increase your communication competence by avoiding defensive antecedents and employing the positive antecedents of nondefensive communication shown in  Table 15.6 .

TOWARD DEFENSIVENESS

TOWARD NONDEFENSIVENESS

STYLE

EXAMPLE

STYLE

EXAMPLE

Evaluative

“Your work is sloppy.”

Descriptive

“Your work was two days late.”

Controlling

“You need to . . .”

Problem solving

“What do you think are the causes of the missed deadline?”

Strategizing

“I’d like you to agree with me during the meeting so that we can overcome any challenges.”

Straightforward

“Vote your conscience at the meeting. You can agree or disagree with my proposal.”

Neutral

“Don’t worry about missing the deadline, it’s no big deal.”

Empathetic

“I sense you are disappointed about missing the deadline. Let’s figure out how we can get back on schedule.”

Superior

“Listen to me, I’ve worked here 20 years.”

Equal

“Let’s figure out the causes of the missed deadline together.”

Certain

“We tried this idea in the past. It just doesn’t work.”

Honest and open

Using I-messages: “I am angry about the way you spoke to the customer because our department looked unresponsive.”

TABLE 15.6  Antecedents of Defensive and Nondefensive Communication

Table Summary: Table divided into two columns summarizes the positive antecedents of nondefensive communication. Column headers are marked from left to right as: toward defensiveness and toward non-defensiveness. Column one, toward defensiveness is further divided into two subcolumns as style and example. Column two, toward non-defensiveness is further divided into two subcolumns as style and example.

Sources: Based on J. R. Gibb, “Defensive Communication,” Journal of Communication, 1961, pp. 141–148; and “Reach Out: Effective Communication,” Sunday Business Post, April 14, 2013.

· Allow emotions to settle. Communicating nondefensively begins with making sure your emotions are in check. Don’t have important conversations when you are emotional.

· Manage your intentions. Other actions include framing your message into terms that acknowledge the receiver’s point of view, freeing yourself of prejudice and bias, asking good questions and actively listening to responses, and being honest about your intentions. Your communications will be more effective and nondefensive when you communicate with the intention of helping others. 203

Given that we want you to learn how to promote nondefensive communication, we encourage you to complete  Self-Assessment 15.4 . It assesses whether a current or past work environment is supportive of nondefensive communication.

SELF-ASSESSMENT 15.4
Does Your Organization Have a Supportive or Defensive Communication Climate?

The following survey was designed to assess the supportive and defensive communication climate of your organization. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 15.4 in Connect.

1. Where does the work environment stand in terms of having a supportive or defensive communication climate?

2. Based on your survey scores, what advice would you give to management in order to promote a more supportive communication climate? Be specific.

3. Considering your project teams at school, what can you do to create a more supportive communication climate in these teams?

Page 680

Using Empathy

Although researchers propose multiple types of empathy, the general consensus is that, as described in the Manage U feature at the start of the chapter,  empathy  is the ability to recognize and understand another person’s feelings and thoughts. 204  It is a reflective technique that fosters open communication. Empathy is beneficial throughout our lives, not only in our professional careers.

Students at Maury Elementary School in Washington, D.C., participating in an empathy-building program. Throughout the course of a school year, students develop empathy by observing a baby’s growth and development and learning to recognize and identify its feelings.

Sarah L. Voisin/Getty Images

Example: In Danish schools, students spend one hour per week on “Klassens tid,” or time with their classes, which centers on learning empathy. During this hour, students come together and discuss problems they are facing in life, and the other students and teacher work to listen attentively, understand others’ perspectives, and devise thoughtful solutions. The focus of the lessons is not to excel above other students, but rather, to help the students see how they can help one another. 205

Empathy works for managers because it is not the same thing as uncritically accepting others’ words and behavior; rather, it relies on a conscious effort to understand the emotional impact of our own words and behavior on others. 206

Psychologist Paul Ekman’s research shows that your ability to be empathetic depends on using three distinct types of empathy: cognitive empathy, emotional empathy, and compassionate empathy.

· Cognitive empathy. Having cognitive empathy means you can “identify how another person feels and consider what they may be thinking.”

· Emotional empathy. Emotional empathy is the ability to “physically feel what another feels.”

· Compassionate empathy. With compassionate empathy we “not only grasp a person’s predicament and feel their feelings, but we’re moved to help in some way.” Ekman says this form of empathy is dependent on first mastering your cognitive and emotional empathy. 207

Research shows that mindfulness, the ability to stay in the moment in a nonjudgmental way, is positively associated with empathy. 208  If you want to be more empathetic, then strive to be mindful when communicating with others. Medical students, for example, are being trained to do this. Medical students in the United States are increasingly being trained to use empathy when talking with patients, and the admissions test for medical school will now include questions designed to test applicants’ existing understanding of psychology and human behavior. “Empathy is a cognitive attribute” rather than a trait, according to Dr. Mohammadreza Hojat, a research professor of psychiatry at Jefferson Medical College. 209  This means that empathy is something that we can learn to do better. 210

Being an Effective Listener

“The greatest communication secret is listening. It may sound counterintuitive, but in order to lead, one must listen first,” says best-selling author Jean Ginzburg. 211  Sir Richard Branson, entrepreneurial founder of the Virgin Group, agrees. The lesson he learned from his father was “Listen more than you speak. Nobody learned anything by hearing themselves speak.” 212

Actively listening, truly listening, requires more than just hearing, which is merely the physical component.  Active listening  is the process of actively decoding and interpreting verbal messages. Active listening requires full attention and processing of information, which hearing does not. We think that three points about active listening are worth noting here:

Page 681

· Listening is an important communication skill. There is general consensus that listening is a cornerstone skill of communication competence. In studies that support this conclusion, active listening made receivers feel more understood. It also led people to conclude that their conversations were more helpful, sensitive, and supportive. 213  Clearly, active listening yields positive outcomes.

· Most of us don’t listen as well as we think we do. Unfortunately, many of us think we are good listeners when evidence suggests just the opposite. Said Cornell professor Judi Brownell, “most managers certainly believe they listen more effectively than they do.” 214  It takes effort to actively listen, and you won’t be a better listener unless you are motivated to become one.

· You can learn to be a better listener. The good news is, if you are motivated to do so, you can become a better listener. 215  Said writer Kate Murphy, “Like a sport or playing a musical instrument—the more you do it the better you get at it.” 216

We studied the advice of radio journalists and podcasters—professionals who make a living by listening and having conversations with others—to devise recommendations for becoming a better listener. Don’t worry—you won’t read any of the old “make eye contact, nod your head, and smile” advice here. Said award-winning journalist Celeste Headlee—whose TED talk “10 ways to have a better conversation” has over 18 million views, “There is no reason to learn how to show you’re paying attention if you are in fact paying attention.” 217  We focus instead on changing your mindset and using conversational skills that will actually make your conversations more interesting, and therefore, increase the likelihood that you will want to listen. Here are five recommendations for improving your listening skills.

1. Focus on the Other Person

In order to truly listen to another person and ensure that they feel heard, you should focus on them instead of yourself. This is easier said than done, as so often we listen with the intent to respond rather than with the intent to hear. We also tend to want to relate others’ stories to our own (e.g., saying “I know exactly how you feel because that happened to me, too” and then proceeding to tell our own story).

Said Emmy-winning journalist Faith Salie, “We think we’re building a bridge of sharing . . . but most of the time, we’re really putting up scaffolding over someone else’s story and clambering all over it.” 218  During the COVID-19 pandemic, Salie said one of the most important things she learned from watching her child’s Zoom class was, “When in doubt, mute yourself.” 219

2. Ask Open-Ended Questions

The quality of a conversation often boils down to the quality of the questions being asked. And while asking questions isn’t exactly listening, you will be much more engaged in a conversation—and therefore much more apt to listen intently—if you ask good questions. Journalists, whether they are writing for a newspaper or speaking into a microphone, begin questions with “who,” “what,” “when,” “where,” “why,” or “how.”

An important part of being a good listener is asking questions that generate rich, interesting, and useful responses. Peppers Pizzeria continues to thrive and improve because servers are taught to ask the kinds of questions that get customers talking openly and honestly about their dining experiences.

Courtesy of Peppers PizzeriaI

Peppers Pizzeria Example: At Peppers Pizzeria in Thibodaux, LA, owner Grady Verrett trains staff to use open-ended questions. Specifically, servers aren’t allowed to ask customers “was everything ok?” when they bring out the check at the end of the meal. This, according to Verrett, is likely to generate a one-word polite response that provides no valuable information for improving the business. Instead, servers are trained to ask things like “what’s one thing about your meal that could have been better,” or “tell me what you thought of the amount of pepperoni on your pizza” in order to generate useful feedback for the restaurant and show customers that their opinions matter. (How do we know all of this? Because one of your authors—Denise Breaux Soignet—was a server at Peppers during graduate school!)

Page 682

These types of questions elicit information beyond “yes” or “no” and help get to the most important information contained in a story. 220  Here are examples of closed-ended and open-ended questions:

· Closed-ended questions: “Are you having trouble with this task?” and “Can I trust you to be kinder to your employees?”

· Open-ended questions: “What do you think would be the best way for you to improve your skills at this task?” and “When do you feel most frustrated with your employees?”

3. Approach Conversations with Curiosity

According to Amanda Ripley, seasoned journalist for The Washington Post and The Atlantic, approaching conversations with genuine curiosity, rather than with the intent of getting others to believe what we believe, makes others feel truly heard. This, in turn, leads to richer, more meaningful, and more trusting conversations. Said Ripley, “Listening allows people to coexist. People will put up with a lot of difference if they feel heard.” She added, “People will open up to different ideas and opinions . . . people need to feel heard or else everything goes to hell, one way or another, because people pull to extremes—they stop listening, they demonize each other, they can’t see any shared humanity.”

Here are examples of noncurious and curious questions: 221

· Noncurious questions: “Did you miss the project deadline because you prioritized the wrong things?” and “What’s your preferred way to communicate with your teammates, because clearly what we’re using isn’t working.”

· Curious questions: “Would you describe the absolute biggest roadblock during this project and why it was such a game-changer for you?” and “If you could build your perfect team-communication tool, what would it look like?”

4. Avoid the Tendency to Judge

One reason listening is so difficult is that when another person speaks, particularly on something about which we feel passionate, we become emotionally invested in our own strong views on the subject and want to compartmentalize what they are saying as either “right” or “wrong.” If you’ve ever had a conversation with a polarizing relative at the Thanksgiving dinner table, you’ve likely experienced this first hand. One way that you can help yourself to listen more openly and be less judgmental is to ask nonjudgmental questions. The language of nonjudgmental questions—words like “curious,” “opinion,” “thoughts,” and “feelings”—helps you to understand someone’s point of view better while avoiding the need to protect something you believe. The language of judgmental questions—words like “good,” “bad,” “right,” and “wrong,”—sets you up for defensiveness, and thus, poor listening. Here are examples of judgmental and nonjudgmental questions: 222

· Judgmental questions: “What do you have against participative management?” and “Why is it so bad for me to ask you to be on time?”

· Nonjudgmental questions: “How has your management style changed and evolved over time as you’ve worked with different people?” and “How do you feel about how time-oriented we are here?”

5. Be Mindful and Fully Present

This advice may seem obvious but given the pace of our modern work lives and our tendency to multitask, we think it bears repeating. With every distraction you add to the mix, your ability to listen decreases. 223  As we said at different points earlier in the chapter, communication requires trust and a feeling of being heard, and we can’t accomplish either of these things if we are looking at our phone or typing an e-mail while someone is talking to us.

Try focusing on the other person, asking open-ended questions, being curious, avoiding judgment, and being mindful in conversations with others. This will make you more involved and interested in the subject matter.

Image Source/Stockbyte/Getty Images

Do you think you are an effective listener? Effective listening is an essential skill associated with the career readiness competencies of social and emotional intelligence. If you want to increase these competencies, feedback regarding your listening habits will be valuable. You can get this feedback by completing  Self-Assessment 15.5 .

Page 683

SELF-ASSESSMENT 15.5
CAREER READINESS
Assessing Your Listening Style

The following survey was designed to assess the overall strength of your listening skills. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 15.5 in Connect.

1. Is your listening style detached, passive, or involved? Based on your survey scores, what can you do to become more of an involved listener? Be specific.

2. Think of two ways you can practice better listening in your teams at work or school. Be specific.

3. What can you say or do during an interview to display your listening skills?

Being an Effective Writer

Writing is an essential career readiness and management skill, all the more so because messaging platforms have replaced the telephone in so much of business communication. Taking a business writing class can be a major advantage. (Indeed, as a manager, you may have to identify employees who need writing training.) Following are some tips for writing business communications more effectively.

Start with Your Purpose

Rather than building up to the point, if you are delivering routine or positive news you should start by telling your purpose and stating what you expect of the reader. Along the same lines, when e-mailing, make sure the subject line clearly expresses your reason for writing. For instance, “Who is available Thursday afternoon?” does not inform the reader of your topic as well as “Davis project meeting moved to Thursday 3 p.m.” does.

Write Simply, Concisely, and Directly

Short and sweet is the key. 224  Keep your words simple and use short words, sentences, and phrases. Be direct instead of vague and use active rather than passive voice. (Directness, active voice: “Please call a meeting for Wednesday.” Vagueness, passive voice: “It is suggested that a meeting be called for Wednesday.”)

Know Your Audience

Send your message to all who need the information it contains, but only to those people. Resist the urge to include everyone, and be especially careful, in responding to messages, to think before you click “Reply All.” If you are feeling emotional as you write, don’t click “Send” at all but instead save your draft, take a break of at least a few hours, and go back to it later. Your feelings may have changed and your communication, and your relationships, will likely be better for it.

Don’t Show Ignorance of the Basics

Texting has made many people more relaxed about spelling and grammar rules. Although this is fine among friends, as a manager you’ll need to create a more favorable impression in your writing. Besides using spelling and grammar checkers, proofread your writing before sending it on. Check people’s names and titles in particular and be especially aware that auto-correct features can make incorrect assumptions about what you meant to say.

Page 684

Being an Effective Speaker

The ability to talk to a room full of people—to make an oral presentation—is one of the greatest skills you can have. And in case you think you won’t ever have this skill, “Public speaking is a skill anyone can build,” according to communications expert Carmine Gallo. “I’ve interviewed young business professionals in their 20s and 30s whose careers are soaring and who get promoted much faster than their peers largely because of their ability to deliver presentations more effectively,” said Gallo, adding, “Here’s the key. They work at it.” 225

Would you prefer to give a public speech or be chased by a zombie? If you’re like many of the people who responded to a recent survey, then you’re probably more comfortable with the living dead. Fear of public speaking is no joke—but you can increase your level of comfort and skill by following the four suggestions we present. You can do this!

Daniel Villeneuve/123RF; sararoom/123RF

Still, we acknowledge that public speaking can be scary. More than 31% of Americans are either “afraid” or “very afraid” of public speaking, according to the 2019 Chapman University survey of American fears (for comparison, this fear ranked higher than being murdered, inability to pay off college debt, snakes, spiders, zombies, and clowns). 226  But 70% of more than 2,000 working U.S. professionals in a recent survey agreed that the ability to make a skillful presentation was “critical” to their careers. And even more said they would like to be better at it. 227

However you feel or think you feel about public speaking, there is no doubt you’ll have to call upon your presentation skills during your career. Here are four broad suggestions for improving your speaking skills:

1. Check out the TED model. You can find some good models in the many TED talks available online. 228  These resources provide ideas for how to conceptualize and structure your presentation based on the outcome(s) you’d like to achieve with it.

2. Ask questions to help yourself prepare. You can do away with a great deal of anxiety about speaking in public by knowing what and how to prepare. For instance, ask ahead of time:

· Who will the audience be?

· How much time will you be allowed?

· What technology might be available for incorporating audio or visual material?

· Who else may be speaking?

· Will there be a question-and-answer session afterward?

Page 685

3. Arrive early and check the room to be sure promised equipment is in place and working.

4. Follow Dale Carnegie’s classic advice about structuring your presentation: (1) Tell them what you’re going to say. (2) Say it. (3) Tell them what you said. 229

· Tell them what you’re going to say. The introduction should take 5 to 15% of your speaking time, and it should prepare the audience for the rest of the presentation. Avoid jokes and such tired phrases as “I’m honored to be with you here today. . . .” Because everything in your speech should be relevant, be bold and go right to the point with a “grabber” such as a personal story that attracts listeners’ attention and prepares them to follow you closely. 230  The art of storytelling has become recognized as a key skill for modern leaders because it is an authentic way to strengthen connections. 231  By sharing a story first, you let the audience know that you are human, and this builds trust and reciprocity between you. 232  For example:

“Good afternoon. You may not have thought much about identity theft, and neither did I until my identity was stolen—twice. Today I’ll describe how our supposedly private credit, health, employment, and other records are vulnerable to theft and how you can protect yourself.”

Predictor for success. Enjoying public speaking and being good at it are the top predictors of success and upward mobility. How might you develop these skills?

Hill Street Studios/Blend Images/Alamy Stock Photo

· Say it. The main body of the speech takes up 75 to 95% of your time. The most important thing to realize is that your audience won’t remember more than a few points anyway. Choose them carefully and cover them as succinctly as possible. Here are two more suggestions:

· Do your homework. Speak about what you know best, understand your audience’s point of view and preconceptions, and check and recheck your facts. These preparatory steps enhance your confidence and ensure you have credibility with your listeners.

· Pay attention to transitions. When you practice this part of your presentation, be particularly attentive to transitions during the main body of the speech. Listening differs from reading in that the listener has only one chance to get your meaning. Thus, be sure you constantly provide your listeners with guidelines and transitional phrases so they can see where you’re going. Example:

“There are five ways the security of your supposedly private files can be compromised. The first way is . . . The second way happens when . . .”

· Tell them what you said. The end might take 5 to 10% of your time. Many professional speakers consider the conclusion to be as important as the introduction, so don’t drop the ball here. You need a solid, strong, persuasive wrap-up.

Use some sort of signal phrase that cues your listeners that you are heading into your wind-up. Examples:

“Let’s review the main points . . .”

“In conclusion, what CAN you do to protect against unauthorized invasion of your private files? I point out five main steps. One . . .”

Give some thought to the last thing you will say. It should be strongly upbeat, a call to action, a thought for the day, a little story, a quotation. Examples:

“I want to leave you with one last thought . . .”

“Finally, let me close by sharing something that happened to me . . .”

Then say, “Thank you,” and stop. ●

Page 686

15.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 15-6

Review the techniques for improving the career readiness competency of networking.

Communication is a career readiness competency that requires the application of 12 competencies from the model of career readiness shown below (see  Figure 15.4 ). You can improve your communication skills by recognizing the need to also develop the following competencies: new media literacy, oral/written communication, teamwork/collaboration, leadership, social intelligence, networking, emotional intelligence, self-motivation, positive approach, career management, self-awareness, and generalized self-efficacy.

FIGURE 15.4  Model of career readiness

McGraw-Hill Education

We are going to focus on the competency of networking because it plays a key role in getting a job after graduation and requires good communication skills. 233  Networking is the ability to build and maintain a strong, broad professional network of relationships. It typically requires developing and using contacts from one context in another.

Improve Your Face-to-Face Networking Skills

We’re sure you’ve heard the phrase, “It’s not what you know, it’s who you know.” A recent survey of 1,535 U.S. adults partially supported this conclusion. Results showed that 31%, 11%, and 23% found their jobs via networking, online job boards, and other ways such as applying in person, respectively. 234  Unfortunately, many of us dislike networking and even view it as “insincere and manipulative, even slightly unethical,” according to The Wall Street Journal. 235  Networking is not meant to be manipulative, nor is it all about you. Two writers for the HelpGuide summed it up nicely. They noted:

Page 687

Networking is also about helping others. As human beings, we are wired to connect with others. Without these connections, you can become isolated and experience loneliness and even depression. So the real goal of networking should be to re-invigorate your existing relationships and develop new ones. 236

We’d like to assist you in developing the career readiness competency of networking by providing the following recommendations. Put them to work now as opposed to waiting until you are in the job market.

Create a Positive Mindset

A negative attitude about networking is a roadblock to developing this competency. Pursue a more positive attitude by eliminating the thought that networking is a game. Networking is more enjoyable when it is driven by your authentic intention to develop genuine relationships, rather than by your desire to land a job. Strive to view networking as a vehicle to make more friends and connect with people with similar interests. This mindset is more likely to take you further with the relationship because it creates shared bonding rather than the pursuit of self-interests. 237

Identify Your Career Goals

Before doing any networking, you need to be clear about your goals and plans. Establish a 5- to 10-year career goal and then develop a high-level action plan for accomplishing it. Say, for example, that your 5-year goal is to be employed in a job in which you supervise at least five employees and make $150,000. Now write down what goals you need to meet in years 1–4 to meet this overall goal. Try to identify a few people who can kickstart or accelerate the achievement of this goal. They can be people you know or second-degree acquaintances of people you know. These individuals should become targets of your networking. If you don’t know anyone, then your task is to find social outlets where you can meet these types of people.

Network with a Purpose

Have a purpose for attending networking events. Do you want to reconnect with friends and acquaintances, or do you want to meet new people? What type of people do you want to meet? We encourage you to look for people with common interests who can help you and people whom you can help. 238  Research shows that networkers tend to spend the majority of their time with people they already know, so we encourage you to avoid putting pressure on yourself to meet strangers. In support of this conclusion, The Wall Street Journal reported that “a wealth of research suggests that your less-cultivated business acquaintances, or ‘weak ties,’ have more information, opportunities and potential introductions to share with you than either your close contacts or total strangers.” 239

Build Personal Connections

The key is to draw people into meaningful conversations. People will remember more about you if the conversation is meaningful and has some degree of emotionality. For example, you probably won’t be remembered if you lead with: So where do you work? Where are you from? Do live nearby? You’ll get a more positive response by asking insightful or interesting questions. One consultant suggested using questions such as, “Have you been working on anything exciting recently?” or “Any exciting plans this summer?” 240  To create emotionality in the conversation, you might ask, “What was the highlight of your day?” or “What’s keeping you awake at night?” 241  By asking good questions you not only create a positive first impression, but you might cause the other person to learn something that helps them grow.

Page 688

Be Mindful

It’s worth emphasizing the need to be mindful when communicating with others. For example, you might think it’s fine to interrupt a conversation with someone to answer your phone, but others might think differently. Try your best to avoid phubbing and FOMO. Maintain eye contact with those with whom you are conversing and avoid the tendency to let wandering eyes survey the room for the next person you want to meet. That’s an easy way to send the message that the person in front of you is not important.

Follow Up

Be sure to follow up with those individuals you found particularly interesting or would like to see again. Use whatever medium of communication you deem relevant. While texting and e-mail are fast, we have had very positive experiences when we’ve written a handwritten note of appreciation. 242  ●

Key Points

15.1 The Communication Process: What It Is, How It Works

· Communication is the transfer of information and understanding from one person to another. The process involves sender, message, and receiver; encoding and decoding; the medium; feedback; and dealing with “noise.”

· The sender is the person wanting to share information. The information is called a message. The receiver is the person for whom the message is intended. Encoding is translating a message into understandable symbols or language. Decoding is interpreting and trying to make sense of the message. The medium is the pathway by which a message travels. Feedback is the process in which a receiver expresses his or her reaction to the sender’s message.

· The entire communication process can be disrupted at any point by noise, defined as any disturbance that interferes with the transmission or understanding of a message. The four key sources of noise are physical, psychological, semantic, and physiological.

· For effective communication, a manager must select the right medium. This choice is based on matching media richness with the situation at hand.

15.2 How Managers Fit into the Communication Process

· Communication channels may be formal or informal.

· Formal communication channels follow the chain of command and are recognized as official. Formal communication is of three types: (1) Vertical communication is the flow of messages up and down the organizational hierarchy. (2) Horizontal communication flows within and between work units; its main purpose is coordination. (3) External communication flows between people inside and outside the organization.

· Informal communication channels develop outside the formal structure and do not follow the chain of command. Two aspects of informal channels are the grapevine and face-to-face communication. The grapevine is the unofficial communication system of the informal organization.

15.3 Barriers to Communication

· Barriers to communication are of five types: (1) physical barriers, (2) personal barriers, (3) cross-cultural barriers, (4) nonverbal barriers, and (5) gender differences.

· Five personal barriers are (1) variable skills in communicating effectively, (2) information processing and interpretation, (3) variations in trustworthiness and credibility, (4) attentional issues, and (5) generational considerations.

· Cross-cultural, nonverbal, and gender barriers also impact communication.

15.4 Social Media and Management

· Social media contribute heavily to employee and employer productivity. They are widely used in employment recruiting and have applications in employee and employer productivity, organizational innovation (via crowdsourcing), in sales, and in reputation management.

· Social media have costs as well. These include cyberloafing, phubbing and FOMO, security threats, privacy issues, and the spread of false information.

· One type of false information is fake news, or false information intentionally published under the guise of being authentic news.

· Managers should engage employees in the creation of fair and effective social media policy to ensure social media tools are consistently put to constructive work purposes.

Page 690

15.5 Improving Communication Effectiveness

· Nondefensive communication is essential for effective communication.

· Three types of empathy are cognitive, emotional, and compassionate.

· You can improve active listening by (1) focusing on the other person, (2) asking open-ended questions, (3) approaching conversations with curiosity, (4) avoiding the tendency to judge, and (5) being fully present.

· To become an effective writer, start with your purpose. Write simply, concisely, and directly. Know your audience and follow basic spelling and grammar rules for appropriately formal communication.

· To become an effective speaker, study successful models, know your subject, and prepare and rehearse ahead of time. For the presentation itself, follow three simple rules. Tell people what you’re going to say. Say it. Tell them what you said.

15.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· Becoming a more effective communicator requires the application of 12 career readiness competencies. They are new media literacy, oral/written communication, teamwork/collaboration, leadership, social intelligence, networking, emotional intelligence, self-motivation, positive approach, career management, self-awareness, and generalized self-efficacy.

· You can develop your networking competency by following six recommendations: (1) Create a positive mindset. (2) Identify your career goals. (3) Network with a purpose. (4) Build personal connections. (5) Be mindful. (6) Follow up.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. Explain the communications process.

2. What are some common sources of noise in communication?

3. Explain the differences between formal and informal communication channels.

4. What are the five types of barriers to communication and examples of each?

5. Explain how social media can contribute to employee productivity.

6. How does social media make employers more productive?

7. What are some of the costs of social media in organizations?

8. What should managers know about creating a social media policy?

9. How can I become a more effective listener?

10. How can I use networking to improve my job prospects?

Management in Action

Fyre and Fury

Imagine “a world of surreal experiences and inspired curiosity that touches the sweet spot between imagination and possibility . . . a place where the tropical sun shines all day, and our celebrations ignite the night.” 243  This is a snippet from the marketing campaign for Fyre Fest, a luxury concert event that 20-something socialite/entrepreneur Billy McFarland and rapper Ja Rule conceptualized when they discovered the beautiful Bahamas’ Exuma Islands in October 2016. McFarland had no experience producing live music festivals, but he had plenty of connections, knew how to raise money, and understood the power of messaging. 244

Fyre Festival took off on social media less than two months later when Kendall Jenner, Bella Hadid, Emily Ratajkowski, and other influencers simultaneously Instagrammed the event’s first advertisement. The video featured crystal-blue waters, yachts, and supermodels “frolicking and dancing on a beach.” 245  Ticket packages ranged from $1,500 to $400,000 and included promises of luxury beach villas, treasure hunts, white-glove concierge services, and the finest gourmet food and drinks from famed restaurateur Stephen Starr—all on the private Exuma island of Fyre Cay that once belonged to the late drug lord Pablo Escobar. The social media campaign was a massive success, and thousands of adventurous concertgoers quickly cashed in on the chance to be part of the extravaganza. What they got was anything but. 246

Page 691

FYRE FESTIVAL GOES DOWN IN FLAMES

On Thursday, April 27, 2017, throngs of excited festivalgoers began arriving in the Exumas. Organizers had arranged first-class transportation between the airport and the festival and a white-glove service to deliver attendees’ luggage straight to their reserved luxury villas. Instead, attendees rode on packed school buses to an unfinished, gravel-covered development plot speckled with emergency-relief tents. There was nary a villa, concierge, shower, or gourmet meal in sight. 247  There were no celebrity sightings and no musicians because McFarland and his team, seeing disaster ahead, had already secretly alerted them to stay away. McFarland had sent no such messages to the rest of the attendees, who arrived to dashed dreams. 248

Event staff told attendees, “It’s every man for himself,” as they rushed to grab tents in a free-for-all. 249  “They had no way to communicate with anybody,” said one attendee, who remembers McFarland standing atop a table frantically yelling instructions at the crowd. 250  Another recalls “everyone you spoke to had a different answer and no one knew who was in charge . . . there were no [phone] chargers or electricity outlets . . . and there was barely service.” 251  Attendees who weren’t lucky enough to find hotel rooms on the island or transportation back to the airport slept on soaking wet mattresses and dined on sliced bread and cheese. They found their luggage piled inside a giant shipping container and searched for their bags in the darkness with cell phone lights. The event was a complete and utter disaster.

Thousands of ticketholders eventually made their way off the island in a mass exodus marked by hunger, exhaustion, bewilderment, and anger. The only direct communication they received from the organizers was a single e-mail saying, “The festival is being postponed until we can further assess if and when we are able to create the high-quality experience we envisioned.” 252  Fyre organizers took to social media in the days that followed, blaming the weather and the Exumas’ poor infrastructure for the fiasco. 253  In reality, McFarland had tried to plan an unprecedented event on an undeveloped construction lot. He failed his team, vendors, attendees, and the people of the Bahamas.

WHERE DID THINGS GO WRONG?

A big event starts with a big idea—a concept for a theme, audience, and experience. A fairly standard process is then used to plan the event. Organizers first calculate a realistic idea of their financial resources, aligning all subsequent decisions with this budget. Second comes logistics, which include searching for a venue; ensuring that the venue provides a safe and suitable infrastructure; securing any necessary additions, upgrades, and permits; contracting with vendors (caterers, service staff, security, sanitation companies); and booking talent (musicians, performers). Third, and only after logistics are in place, organizers develop and distribute marketing materials and use those to sell admission. The process requires experience, expertise, and a constant flow of communication among various stakeholders. 254  McFarland did things his own way. He began by paying models and influencers hundreds of thousands of dollars to advertise a fantasy; sold tickets to said fantasy; and repeatedly ignored information indicating that he didn’t have the time, money, or expertise to pull it off.

The island of Fyre Cay didn’t exist, nor did the lavish villas people had booked through the festival’s website, and McFarland had repeatedly failed to find production firms that would execute the event on his terms. One executive recalls a familiar scene: “They [production companies] would say ‘It’s going to cost, like, $5 million to stage this thing,’ and the Fyre guys would say, ‘No, it’ll cost $300,000.’ There was a complete detachment from reality.” 255  Six weeks before the event, “Nothing had been done. . . . Festival vendors weren’t in place, no stage had been rented, transportation had not been arranged,” according to former Fyre talent producer Chloe Gordon. Planners warned McFarland and his team that they didn’t have the money to put on the event they had advertised and should instead roll tickets over to a 2018 event and begin planning it immediately. Gordon recalls a Fyre executive responding, “Let’s just do it and be legends, man.” She quit a week later. 256

Rumors began to circulate among entertainment industry professionals in the weeks before the festival, and on April 2, The Wall Street Journal reported growing concerns about the event. Vendors, contractors, and artists were severing ties when they didn’t receive payment, and ticketholders were still in the dark about logistics. 257  Maude Etkin, an interior designer and ticketholder from Manhattan, says Fyre hadn’t responded to e-mails for weeks. 258  Through it all, McFarland continued to promote Fyre Festival as a top-notch experience through his website and social media platforms, hanging onto his fantasy until the bitter end.

TRIAL BY FYRE

Class-action lawsuits against McFarland and the Fyre organization quickly surfaced, with vendors, employees, and attendees citing fraud, breach of contract, and negligent misrepresentation. McFarland took a plea deal in March 2018, admitting to two counts of wire fraud and forfeiting $27 million. He was sentenced to six years in federal prison and has since been ordered to pay millions to compensate unpaid lenders and slighted festivalgoers. 259  Fyre media is, in turn, seeking to recoup damages through at least 14 lawsuits of its own against performers who failed to show up for the event and influencers who the organization alleges provided misleading information to ticketholders through social media. 260  In May 2020, Kendall Jenner—one of the aforementioned influencers—agreed to pay $90,000 for, among other things, leading followers to believe that Kanye West was performing at the festival.

Page 692

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from an event-planning perspective?

2. What were the causes of this problem?

3. What recommendations would you make to someone trying to execute a similar idea in the future?

Application of Chapter Content

1. What kinds of vertical and horizontal communication errors did McFarland make while attempting to plan the festival?

2. What do you see as the biggest barriers to communication in this situation?

3. How did McFarland’s background and lack of experience affect the way he processed the messages he received during planning?

4. Would you say McFarland was ultimately effective or ineffective at using social media? Explain.

5. Do you think McFarland could have successfully executed this event if he had been a better communicator? What, specifically, would have to change?

Legal/Ethical Challenge

The Cost of Speaking Out against Your Employer

The COVID-19 pandemic put immense stress on the U.S. health care system. Some of America’s largest cities, such as New York, Chicago, and New Orleans, were hardest hit and faced a lack of supplies and personnel. Kenia Barkai worked at Detroit Medical Center’s Sinai-Grace Hospital as a nurse. She first mentioned to hospital management in February 2020 that there was a lack of staffing and protective equipment at the hospital, putting workers and patients at risk. 261  Barkai also told her boss that she was tasked with treating both COVID-19 and non-COVID-19 patients. This meant she may inadvertently have spread the virus. Barkai’s complaints, however, fell on deaf ears. 262

Sinai-Grace saw a surge of COVID-19 patients in March 2020, leading to worsening conditions. Barkai continued her complaints, this time telling management she was going to report her work conditions to state regulators. A few days later, the 11-year veteran posted a seven-second video to Facebook. The video showed Barkai putting on gear and saying, “I have my gloves, my hair covering, my mask, my gown and I’m ready to rock and roll. I’m going in,” before treating a COVID-19 patient. 263  Barkai’s post was picked up by local Detroit news and broadcast. The hospital fired her a few days later, citing a violation of their social media policy. 264

Barkai’s firing led Sinai-Grace nurses to organize a sit-in and motivated others to speak up. Physicians and nurses told news outlets horrifying stories of a hospital that looked like a “third world country in a war zone.” 265  “We’ve had patients die in hallway beds because the nurse didn’t find they didn’t have a pulse until it was too late,” said one physician. “Each nurse has so many patients that by the time they come to check on their next one, there is a chance that patient may not have a pulse anymore.” Two ER workers said that another patient’s breathing tube disconnected from a ventilator and hospital staff were so busy that the patient died before anyone could reconnect it. 266

A vindicated Barkai filed a whistleblower lawsuit against Sinai-Grace Hospital alleging the hospital retaliated against her for speaking up. “[The hospital] can’t retaliate against a nurse whose sole goal was to advise the authorities of inappropriate actions that were jeopardizing patient care,” said Jim Rasor, Barkai’s attorney. 267  On the other hand, the hospital’s social media policy bans posts that interfere with work or “create potential harm to others,” such as patients and staff. Posts that release confidential information also are banned. 268

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

Assume you were an administrator at Sinai-Grace Hospital when Barkai’s video went live. Would you have fired her?

1. No. Barkai did not reveal any confidential information in her video and stated her opinion about the hospital’s working conditions on her own personal Facebook feed. She should be reinstated and compensated for wrongful termination.

2. Yes. Barkai’s video caused additional harm to a hospital in the middle of a devastating pandemic. She should have followed protocol by placing a complaint with regulators instead of going public.

3. Invent other options.

PART 6 • CONTROLLING

Page 694

16

Control Systems and Quality Management

Techniques for Enhancing Organizational Effectiveness

Kapook2981/iStock/Getty Images

After reading this chapter, you should be able to:

1. LO 16-1 Describe control as a managerial function.

2. LO 16-2 Describe the steps in the control process and types of control.

3. LO 16-3 Discuss ways that managers can control an organization.

4. LO 16-4 Explain the total quality management process.

5. LO 16-5 Discuss contemporary control issues.

6. LO 16-6 Discuss the process for managing career readiness and review six tips for managing your career.

FORECAST

What’s Ahead in This Chapter

The final management function, control, is monitoring performance, comparing it with goals, and taking corrective action as needed. We identify six reasons for the need of management control, explain the steps in the control process, and describe three types of control managers use. Next, we discuss ways that managers can control an organization using the balanced scorecard. We then turn our focus to total quality management (TQM). Finally, we explain two contemporary control tools before concluding with a Career Corner that focuses on the career readiness competency of career management.

Page 695

Mentors Can Help You Control Your Career

Mentoring is the process of forming and maintaining intensive and lasting developmental relationships between a variety of developers (people who provide career and psychosocial support) and a junior person (the protege). 1  Mentors are experienced, knowledgeable, and trusted people willing to coach you throughout the passages of your career. You may find your mentor through networking or a personal introduction. This person will usually be someone active in your field or industry and familiar with the issues professionals in it face.

Having a mentor is a uniquely valuable career development opportunity, but it also offers a way for you to benchmark, or compare, yourself to someone more experienced and discover the skills or topics you need to work on in order to measure up. As this chapter shows, organizations frequently use benchmarking strategies to make course corrections to their own performance and to develop their employees.

Because of their status in the organization or industry, mentors are, by definition, busy people. You may meet with your mentor regularly or only a few times, but you want to be both respectful and get the most from the opportunity. Here are a few strategies for making the collaboration successful for both of you. 2

Set Goals

Identify specific goals you want to achieve in the relationship—and in each meeting or conversation—and let your mentor know what they are so you can work toward them together. You’ve learned in this course that goals are motivating; they also give you a way to measure your progress and correct course as needed. Being a protege is an active process and your mentor is not going to do your work for you. You need to take charge of your learning.

Come Prepared

Do your homework before meeting with your mentor and come to the meeting with an agenda in hand. This makes it more likely you will stay on task and optimize your time together. If you want advice on writing a report, send a draft beforehand and be ready to discuss it. If your mentor recommends an action, take that step before checking in to discuss what happened as a result. Ask lots of questions, but first make sure you truly can’t answer or research them on your own and that they draw on your mentor’s unique knowledge and experience.

Stay Open-Minded

You can feel free to disagree with your mentor but bring solid information and good ideas to any debate and respectfully evaluate your mentor’s input. Be ready to accept your mentor’s feedback even if it’s sometimes critical. Such individual coaching can be the most valuable part of your experience as a protege because it gives you the tools you need to grow. Finally, remember to fight off the Dunning-Kruger effect we discussed in  Chapter 14 .

Respect Your Mentor’s Time

Commit to the relationship, because it’s up to you, not your mentor, to make it work. Show up for all meetings and start and end on time to avoid taking advantage of your mentor’s generosity. Limit contacts between sessions for the same reason. Ask what’s acceptable if, for instance, you want to e-mail a brief question for a quick yes–no answer. Always say thank you.

Know When It’s Not Working

Sometimes a mentoring relationship doesn’t work out because the mentor can’t provide the right kind of help or doesn’t have the time to commit. If that’s the case, and if you’re sure you’ve done all you could to make the collaboration succeed, it’s time to gracefully let your mentor know you are ready to step out on your own. Don’t forget, however, to show gratitude for all that they have offered you. Later, analyze what you believe you really need in a mentor and try looking for a closer match.

For Discussion A mentoring relationship is a two-way street. When you reach out to a potential mentor, what can you offer in return for the coaching and expertise? Make a list of ideas, considering what your age, cultural background, goals, and outside interests might contribute to the collaboration.

Page 696

16.1 Control: When Managers Monitor Performance

THE BIG PICTURE

Controlling is monitoring performance, comparing it with goals, and taking corrective action. This section describes six reasons control is needed.

LO 16-1

Describe control as a managerial function.

Control is making something happen the way it was planned to happen.  Controlling  is defined as monitoring performance, comparing it with goals, and taking corrective action as needed. Controlling is the fourth management function, along with planning, organizing, and leading, and its purpose is plain: to make sure that performance meets objectives.

· Planning is setting goals and deciding how to achieve them.

· Organizing is arranging tasks, people, and other resources to accomplish the work.

· Leading is motivating people to work hard to achieve the organization’s goals.

· Controlling is concerned with seeing that the right things happen at the right time in the right way.

All these functions affect one another and in turn affect an organization’s performance and productivity.  (See  Figure 16.1 .)

FIGURE 16.1 Controlling for effective performance

What you as a manager do to get things done, with controlling shown in relation to the three other management functions. (These are not lockstep; all four functions happen concurrently.)

Lack of control mechanisms can lead to problems for both managers and companies, especially during already challenging times. For example, in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, businesses started losing revenue and shedding millions of jobs. This led to what the chairman of the Federal Reserve called the worst economy in history. 3  More importantly, the virus killed hundreds of thousands of people around the world. Could greater control have helped avoid or reduce the consequences of COVID-19? Of course. Control can save lives!

There are six reasons control is needed. Let’s examine each using the COVID-19 pandemic as an example.

Page 697

1. To adapt to change and uncertainty. Markets shift. Consumer tastes change. New competitors appear. Technologies are reborn. New materials are invented. Government regulations are altered. All organizations must deal with these kinds of environmental changes and uncertainties. Control systems can help managers anticipate, monitor, and react to these changes.

Virtual learning. Millions of Americans are pursuing an online education. Do you believe online classes provide an equivalent experience to in-person?

Rido/Shutterstock

Higher Education Example: Around one-third of college students were enrolled in online classes in early 2020 before the COVID-19 pandemic hit the United States. In a matter of weeks, almost all college campuses went virtual, leading to the biggest mass migration to online education in history. 4  Colleges, many of which were gradually building their online programs for years, were—for the most part—able to quickly adapt. According to experts, most institutions had at least one person in the administration who had planned for online education as a way to keep things going in case of a fire or other natural disaster. 5  “[Coronavirus] is online education’s moment,” said Chip Paucek, the CEO of 2U Inc., an online education company. 6

2. To discover irregularities and errors. Small problems can mushroom into big ones. Cost overruns, manufacturing defects, employee turnover, bookkeeping errors, and customer dissatisfaction are all matters that may be tolerable in the short run. But in the long run, they can bring about even the downfall of an organization.

Meeting the challenge. A Ford Motor Company assemblyman puts together a ventilator at the automaker’s Rawsonville plant in Michigan. The plant was converted into a ventilator factory as hospitals faced shortages of these life-saving devices.

Carlos Osorio/AP Images

Death Count Example: Pennsylvania’s COVID-19 related death count almost doubled over a span of two days because the state began adding “probable deaths” to its count. These deaths were presumed to be caused by COVID-19 but weren’t confirmed with a test. A few days later, the state abruptly changed course and removed hundreds of deaths from its official count because it did not have enough information on them. These errors in the state’s counting methodology led to mass confusion among coroners. “There’s a discrepancy in the numbers . . . accuracy is important,” said Charles Kiessling Jr., president of the Pennsylvania Coroners Association. 7  Without accurate numbers, the state risked a miscount of deaths, a misunderstanding of how the virus was spreading, and overburdening hospital staff. 8

3. To reduce costs, increase productivity, or add value. Control systems can reduce labor costs, eliminate waste, increase output, and increase product delivery cycles. In addition, controls can help add value to a product so that customers will be more inclined to choose them over rival products.

Ford and General Electric Example: The Ford Motor Company made B-24 bombers in 1941 during World War II—and in 2020 the company declared war on COVID-19. Ford teamed up with General Electric (GE) to expand production of desperately needed ventilators to keep ailing COVID-19 patients alive. The automaker was able to produce 50,000 ventilators within 100 days by using GE’s expertise and opening its automobile production line to ventilator production. “Our deep understanding of the health care industry with Ford’s supply chain and production expertise will help meet the unprecedented demand for medical equipment,” said GE Healthcare President and CEO Kieran Murphy. 9

Page 698

4. To detect opportunities and increase innovation. Hot-selling products. Competitive prices on materials. Changing population trends. New overseas markets. Controls can help alert managers to innovative opportunities that might have otherwise gone unnoticed. 10

Amazon Example: The COVID-19 pandemic provided an opportunity for organizations like Amazon to further their use of robots on manufacturing floors. The online retailer utilized more than 200,000 mobile robots to deliver shelves of products to workers packing items for shipment. The robots eliminated the need for Amazon workers to walk among rows of shelves to find products, keeping them safe during a time when social distancing was important. 11

5. To provide performance feedback. Can you improve without feedback? When a company becomes larger or when it merges with another company, it may find it has several product lines, materials-purchasing policies, customer bases, and worker needs that conflict with each other. Controls help managers coordinate these various elements by providing feedback. 12  Research demonstrates that feedback also has a control function for individuals and teams, and the quality of this feedback affects employee attitudes and performance. 13

Performance Feedback Example: As more and more employees were forced to work from home due to self-quarantine orders, companies needed to find a way to effectively provide performance feedback. For example, the CEO of a 1,000-person tech company messaged or called his direct reports at least once a day in order to keep the lines of communication open. A simple “Checking to see if you need anything from me” went a long way in making sure the CEO had a finger on the pulse of his team. Other managers had 15-minute morning check-ins to regroup on overnight developments and plan the day. Unsurprisingly, a recent study found that these behaviors made employees feel better connected and engaged. 14

6. To decentralize decision making and facilitate teamwork. Controls allow top management to decentralize decision making at lower levels within the organization and to encourage employees to work together in teams. Studies have found that organizations who effectively utilized control enjoyed greater creativity, responsiveness, and performance. 15

Health Care Example: The COVID-19 pandemic unleashed a never-before-seen global health crisis requiring hospitals to provide team-based care. “This is not like anything anybody in health care has experienced ever . . . teamwork, being able to innovate, problem solve and move forward, are more critical in this moment than they’ve ever been,” said Dr. Jessica Dudley, the chief clinical officer at Press Ganey. Doctors, nurses, advance practice providers, and others used technology such as virtual web chats or Zoom calls to break down silos, quickly hold critical thinking sessions, and diagnose patients. Hospitals also utilized health information exchanges so that doctors could safely and efficiently access patient health care records no matter where the patient came from. 16

Page 699

The six reasons control is needed are summarized below.  (See  Figure 16.2 .) 

FIGURE 16.2 Six reasons control is needed

16.2 The Control Process and Types of Control

THE BIG PICTURE

This section describes the four steps in the control process and three types of controls.

LO 16-2

Describe the steps in the control process and types of control.

Control systems ensure that different business activities are furthering the achievement of company goals. Following the steps in the control process assists managers in determining whether an organization’s current course of action is working or whether a change in plans or activities is needed. This section reviews the steps in the control process and discusses three different types of controls.

Steps in the Control Process

Control systems may be altered to fit specific situations, but generally they follow the same steps. The four  control process steps  are (1) establish standards; (2) measure performance; (3) compare performance to standards; and (4) take corrective action, if necessary. (See  Figure 16.3 .)

FIGURE 16.3  Steps in the control process

Paying attention to the feedback is particularly important because of its dynamic nature.

Page 700

1. Establish Standards: “What Is the Outcome We Want?”

control standard , or performance standard or simply standard, is the desired performance level for a given goal. Standards may be narrow or broad, and they can be set for almost anything, although they are best measured when they can be made quantifiable.

Nonprofit institutions might have standards for level of charitable contributions, number of students or volunteers retained, or degree of legal compliance. For-profit organizations might have standards of financial performance, employee hiring, manufacturing defects, percentage increase in market share, percentage reduction in costs, number of customer complaints, and return on investment. Service organizations may look at number of customers, clients, or patients served; time spent with each; and resulting level of satisfaction. More subjective standards also can be set, such as level of employee satisfaction. However, they may have to be expressed more quantifiably in terms of, say, reduced absenteeism and sick days and increased job applications.

One technique for establishing standards is to use the balanced scorecard, as we explain later in this chapter.

2. Measure Performance: “What Is the Actual Outcome We Got?”

The second step in the control process is to measure performance, such as by number of products sold, units produced, time to completion, profit margin, or cost per item sold. 17

This is harder than you think. Consider the example of measuring the length of a marathon. Kimberly Nickel thought she ran a personal best of 4 hours 37 minutes in the PNC Milwaukee Marathon. She proudly posted a selfie on Facebook showing the medal she received. Later that day, however, she received a note from race organizers indicating that “the 26.2 mile course had been laid out incorrectly, making it about 0.8 miles too short and disqualifying the race as an official or certified marathon.” 18  Nickel sadly took down the posted photos.

Performance data are usually obtained from five sources: (1) employee behavior and deliverables, (2) peer input or observations, (3) customer feedback, (4) managerial evaluations, and (5) output from a production process.

What’s in my food? A typical nutrition facts label includes servings and nutritional content such as calories, fat, and other information. How closely do you read these labels as you browse the grocery store?

Food and Drug Administration

3. Compare Performance to Standards: “How Do the Desired and Actual Outcomes Differ?”

The third step in the control process is to compare measured performance against the standards established. Most managers are delighted with performance that exceeds standards, which becomes an occasion for handing out bonuses, promotions, and perhaps offices with a view. For performance that is below standards, they need to ask: Is the deviation from performance significant? The greater the difference between desired and actual performance, the greater the need for action.

How much deviation is acceptable? That depends on the range of variation built into the standards in step 1. In voting for political candidates, for instance, there is supposed to be no range of variation; as the expression goes, “every vote counts.” In political polling, however, a range of 3 to 4% error is considered an acceptable range of variation. Food products are not immune from variation either. Think about your favorite snack bar that advertises 200 calories on its nutritional label. Would you be surprised to find out it actually contains 240 calories? It very well may! In fact, the Food and Drug Administration allows food products to deviate as much as 20% from what is printed on the label. 19

Employees and managers use control charts to monitor the amount of variation in a work process.  Control charts  are a visual statistical tool used for quality control purposes. They help managers set upper and lower quality limits on a process and then monitor (control) performance in order to keep it within these limits, correcting course if results stray above the upper or below the lower limit over time. 20  Let’s examine the steps in developing and using a control chart:

Page 701

1. Managers construct control charts by first looking at historical data for the process they want to measure. Examples include the number of tax returns completed by a CPA firm per week, tons of steel produced by a manufacturer per day, or dollar volume of charitable contributions solicited by a nonprofit during a month-long fund drive.

2. Historical information is then used to establish the normal or desired performance and its allowable upper and lower limits. (See  Figure 16.4 .) Each of these flows has a separate horizontal line on the chart, which also functions as a timeline. 21  Some managers may even group multiple streams of data into one control chart instead of having different ones — this is called a group control chart. 22

FIGURE 16.4  Sample control chart for completing assigned readings

3. When a process goes “out of control”—that is, when it exceeds either the upper or the lower limit—management takes note and investigates. Some variations may be routine or expected, such as a rise in the volume of toy orders before the holiday shopping season or an uptick in charitable donations following a natural disaster. But other variations, such as a sudden drop in production because a machine has broken down or a large number of employees are out ill, will show up on a control chart as deviations and indicate an “out of control” situation that requires attention.

· Applying control charts to studying: Let’s assume that your experience reveals that in order to complete the assigned reading for all your courses before finals, you need to read 55 pages a night for the next two weeks. Fifty-five pages a night is your desired performance, and depending on how efficiently you can make up for lost time, you might set 35 pages as your acceptable lower limit and 75 as your upper limit. We created the control chart by drawing three horizontal lines with your upper limit on top, your lower limit on the bottom, and your desired rate of 55 pages a night in the middle (see  Figure 16.4 ). The timeline of two weeks is shown at the bottom of the chart. To put it to use, simply mark the number of pages you read each night as a point on the chart, and then connect the dots. Looking at  Figure 16.4 , you can see that the student exhibited acceptable performance from Monday through Thursday of the first week. Friday’s reading was below acceptable limits, which the student made up for by exceeding the upper limit of 75 pages a day on Saturday and Sunday. This was followed by a substandard performance on Monday and then reading levels within acceptable limits the rest of the week.

Page 702

Control and space flight. The Juno space probe was built by Lockheed Martin and is operated by NASA.

Courtesy NASA/JPL-Caltech

The range of variation is often incorporated into computer systems to assist with  management by exception , a control principle that states that managers should be informed of a situation only if data show a significant deviation from standards.

4. Take Corrective Action, If Necessary: “What Changes Should We Make to Obtain Desirable Outcomes?”

This step concerns feedback—modifying, if necessary, the control process according to the results or effects. This might be a dynamic process that will produce different effects every time you put the system to use. There are three possibilities here: (1) Make no changes. (2) Recognize and reinforce positive performance. (3) Take action to correct negative performance.

When performance meets or exceeds the standards set, managers should give rewards, ranging from giving a verbal “Job well done” to more substantial payoffs such as raises, bonuses, and promotions to reinforce good behavior.

When performance falls significantly short of the standard, managers should carefully examine the reasons and take the appropriate action. Sometimes the standards themselves were unrealistic, owing to changing conditions, in which case the standards need to be altered. Sometimes employees haven’t been given the resources for achieving the standards. And sometimes the employees may need more attention from management as a way of signaling that their efforts have been insufficient in fulfilling their part of the job bargain. The  Example box  discusses how UPS uses control to ensure it’s operating effectively.

Page 703

EXAMPLE
UPS Uses the Control Process to Ensure Success

Helping younger drivers train for successful careers has been a priority for UPS. The carrier is the biggest shipping company on the planet with more than 129,000 delivery drivers around the world. 23  UPS designed a high-tech training center called Integrad around research showing how people learn from video games and smartphones. 24

A UPS driver in Washington, DC inventories and organizes packages in the back of his delivery truck.

Paul J. Richards/Getty Images

Integrad’s curriculum consists of a five- to nine-day experiential learning course enhanced by virtual-reality simulations so drivers can practice delivery methods without ever leaving the building. UPS says, “The intent of the simulations [is] to help students identify potential hazards by visualizing other vehicles, pedestrians, traffic signs and signals, the basis of what a driver needs to drive defensively.” Drivers also have an opportunity to practice delivery methods in a realistic setting on an outside course called “Clarkville, USA.” The course mimics a small town “arrayed with small houses, street signs and even a dog bowl to alert drivers of the presence of a dog.” 25

Integrad operates 12 sites in 10 different U.S. states, in addition to locations in Germany and the United Kingdom. The program has so far trained more than 12,000 drivers in “safe work methods, safe driving methods, customer service methods, training in using the handheld computer (DIAD—acronym for Delivery Information Acquisition Device) for recording delivery information, proper package selection, and UPS history.” 26

UPS utilizes the control process after drivers have completed the Integrad program to ensure the program’s learning objectives continue to be met. The company establishes standards for routine tasks, such as number of pickups and deliveries in an hour. It then measures drivers’ performance and compares it with the standards, taking corrective action, if necessary. Consider this example from its Louisville, Kentucky, operations.

Establishing Standards

UPS establishes standards for its drivers that project the number of miles driven, deliveries, and pickups. A typical day for a UPS driver might include driving 60 miles to make 120 or more deliveries. 27

Measuring Performance

UPS managers get a constant stream of feedback about drivers’ performance from the DIAD device and from two onboard computer systems. On-Road Integrated Optimization and Navigation (ORION) optimizes the drivers’ routes, and telematics relay information about how often drivers back up and whether they are wearing seat belts. “Everything the driver does is being measured,” says the company’s business manager in Louisville. 28

Comparing Performance to Standards

UPS managers compare a driver’s performance (miles driven and number of pickups and deliveries) with the standards that were set for his or her particular route. A range of variation may be allowed to take into account issues like winter or summer driving, or traffic conditions that slow productivity.

Taking Corrective Action

If a driver fails to perform to the standards set, UPS can take corrective actions ranging from mentoring and development to termination. 29

YOUR CALL

The UPS controls were devised by industrial engineers based on experience. Do you think the same kinds of controls could be established for, say, filling out tax forms for H&R Block?

Types of Controls

There are three types of control: feedforward, concurrent, and feedback. You’ll notice that the major difference between each is timing. Let’s consider how they work and their association with the steps in the control process.

Feedforward Control

Feedforward control  focuses on preventing future problems. It does this by first collecting information about past performance in order to establish new standards. Plans are then made to avoid pitfalls or roadblocks prior to starting a task or project. This practice essentially helps people learn from mistakes and make better decisions. 30  A recent study confirmed the benefits of effective feedforward control, showing it improved organizational performance and maximized profits. 31  Southwest Airlines is an example of a company that believes in the power of feedforward control. The airlines’ top two HR executives told a radio host that employees at the company who make a mistake on the customer’s behalf are coached or retrained instead of being punished. 32

Page 704

Concurrent Control

Concurrent control  entails collecting performance information in real time. This enables managers to measure performance and determine if employee behavior and organizational processes conform to regulations and standards. Corrective action can then be taken immediately when performance is not meeting expectations. For instance, trucking companies use GPS tracking to track their fleet’s location and speed, as well as to receive safety alerts. The real-time information gathered also can be used to optimize future routes and reduce fuel consumption. 33

Technology is typically used for concurrent control. Word-processing software is a good example. It immediately lets us know when we misspell words or use incorrect grammar. Corporate online monitoring of our e-mail and Internet use is another example of concurrent control.

Where’s my truck? GPS technology allows organizations to receive real time details on the status of their fleet.

Alexander Kirch/Shutterstock

Feedback Control

This form of control is extensively used by supervisors and managers.  Feedback control  amounts to collecting performance information after a task or project is done. This information then is used to correct or improve future performance. Classic examples include receiving test scores a week after taking a test, receiving customer feedback after purchasing a product, receiving student ratings of teaching performance weeks after teaching a class, rating the quality of a movie after watching it, and participating in a performance review at work.

The problem with feedback control is that it often occurs too late. For instance, if an instructor is doing a bad job in the classroom, he or she needs to make changes right away. Learning 10 weeks later that his or her performance was ineffective does not help current students. The same is true when it comes to customer satisfaction and quality. On the positive side, many people want feedback, and late is better than never.

Health insurer Cigna recognized the limitations of providing feedback in annual performance reviews. The company now focuses on “frequent, simpler, and less time intensive” performance reviews that can be done at any time of the year. The new system also allows for feedback from the entire team, not just supervisors. 34  ●

Page 705

16.3 What Should Managers Control?

THE BIG PICTURE

Managers are encouraged to control four different aspects of organizational effectiveness: financial performance, customer consideration, internal business processes, and employee outcomes associated with innovation and learning. These aspects of organizational performance are captured in the balanced scorecard. A strategy map is a visual representation of the relationship among the four key components of organizational performance.

LO 16-3

Discuss ways that managers can control an organization.

By now you know that managers are responsible for delivering results associated with organizational effectiveness or performance. Their jobs depend on it! But how do managers know what results to focus on given the many different activities, projects, and goals that are pursued on an ongoing basis? It’s not an easy decision and the consequences of controlling the wrong outcomes can be very costly. Consider the following examples involving Walmart and United Airlines.

Walmart and United Airlines Examples: Walmart’s biggest expense is its labor costs, which made it an easy target for managers to cut when the retailer tried to increase profits in 2018. While this decision seemed reasonable given market conditions, the results of this decision paint a different picture. A recent congressional study found that Walmart’s sole focus on cutting costs had significant negative implications for taxpayers who had to pay for more government-funded, low-income support programs to subsidize Walmart employees who lost their jobs or had their hours reduced. Unfortunately, the decision also reduced Walmart’s resilience in the long term, which hurt shareholder value. 35  United Airlines had to cancel thousands of flights due to the COVID-19 pandemic but was unable to provide excellent customer service by refunding passengers who were impacted by the canceled flights. Instead of refunding billions in airfare, which United officials claimed would have plunged the company into bankruptcy, the airline issued “electronic travel certificates,” or gift certificates, for future travel. This caused an uproar among United’s passengers and led to the Department of Transportation threatening regulatory action against the airline. 36

These examples bring us back to the major question addressed in this section: What should managers control? Answering this question requires planning, strategic thinking, and effective control mechanisms. It also entails careful consideration of an organization’s stakeholders, which we discussed in  Chapter 3  and Learning Module 1. We answer the question of “what should managers control” by discussing a framework called the balanced scorecard.

The balanced scorecard is based on an approach to organizational effectiveness that requires organizational leaders to balance the interests of shareholders, customers, society/environment, and employees. 37  Let’s take a look at the logic and structure of the balanced scorecard and how its application results in creating a strategy map.

The Balanced Scorecard: A Comprehensive Approach to Managerial Control

As we learned from Walmart and United Airlines, simply measuring and controlling financial performance, such as sales figures and labor costs, or operational matters, such as customer satisfaction, is not enough. 38  Successful companies go beyond these traditional measures and seek an integrated approach to control that answers these four questions:

1. What does success look like to our shareholders?

2. How do we appear to our customers?

3. What must we do extremely well?

4. Are we equipped for continued value and improvement?

Page 706

Harvard professors Robert Kaplan and David Norton sought to answer these questions by developing the balanced scorecard. Kaplan and Norton’s  balanced scorecard  provides top managers a fast but comprehensive view of the organization via four indicators: (1) financial metrics, (2) customer metrics, (3) internal-business process metrics, and (4) metrics associated with innovation and learning.

“Think of the balanced scorecard as the dials and indicators in an airplane cockpit,” write Kaplan and Norton. For a pilot, “reliance on one instrument can be fatal. Similarly, the complexity of managing an organization today requires that managers be able to view performance in several areas simultaneously.” 39  It is not enough, say Kaplan and Norton, to simply measure financial performance, such as sales figures and return on investment. Operational matters, such as customer satisfaction, are equally important. 40

The balanced scorecard establishes goals and performance measures according to four “perspectives,” or areas—financial, customer, internal-business processes, and innovation and learning. (See  Figure 16.5 .)

FIGURE 16.5  The balanced scorecard: Four perspectives

Source: Adapted from R. S. Kaplan and D. P. Norton, “The Balanced Scorecard—Measures That Drive Performance,” Harvard Business Review, January–February 1992, pp. 71–79.

The balanced scorecard is rooted in the saying, “What you measure is what you get.” Kaplan and Norton thus recommended that companies should establish, measure, and control quantifiable goals for each perspective that support the organization’s vision and strategies. Research confirms the power of the balanced scorecard, demonstrating that businesses that utilize it are more likely to be innovative, gain competitive advantage, and perform better. 41  Let’s now consider each of the scorecard’s four perspectives.

Page 707

Financial Perspective: “What Does Success Look Like to Our Shareholders?”

Corporate financial strategies and goals generally fall into two buckets: revenue growth and productivity growth. Revenue growth goals might focus on increasing revenue from both new and existing customers. Game publisher Electronic Arts (EA), for instance, used to rely on one-time sales of video games. The company is now adding additional streams of revenue by offering in-game purchases of items that enhance player performance and personalize game play. Today, 35% of players in EA’s two most valuable franchises, Madden and FIFA, spend money on in-game purchases. 42

Productivity metrics like revenue per employee or total output produced divided by number of employees are common organization-level goals. We also can measure productivity in terms of costs. For example, Macy’s is closing 125 underperforming stores in an attempt to decrease costs and improve profitability. “We will focus our resources on the healthy parts of our business, directly address the unhealthy parts of the business and explore new revenue streams,” said Jeff Gennette, the company’s chairman and COO. 43

There are many elements associated with the financial perspective. We will focus on three: budgets, financial statements, and financial ratios.

Budgets

budget  is a formal financial projection. It states an organization’s planned activities for a given period of time in quantitative terms, such as dollars, hours, or number of products. Budgets are prepared not only for the organization as a whole but also for the divisions and departments within it. Most organizations use budgets to provide a yardstick against which managers can judge how well they are controlling monetary expenditures. Some firms also use budgets to signal company priorities and changing trends. 44  Various software tools and apps are available to help you manage personal or freelance budgeting, such as Quicken, Mint, and CountAbout. 45

Hail to the spreadsheet. Professionals often use software, such as Microsoft Excel, to perform budgeting activities.

Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock

There are many different kinds of budgets, but we will focus on incremental budgeting as it’s the most widely used type. 46   Incremental budgeting  allocates increased or decreased funds to a department by using the last budget period as a reference point; only incremental changes in the budget request are reviewed. One difficulty is that incremental budgets tend to lock departments into stable spending arrangements; they are not flexible in meeting environmental demands. Another difficulty is that a department may engage in many activities—some more important than others—but it’s not easy to sort out how well managers performed at the various activities. Thus, the department activities and the yearly budget increases take on lives of their own.

In general, we can identify two types of incremental budgets: fixed and variable.

· Fixed budgets: Also known as a static budget, a  fixed budget  allocates resources on the basis of a single estimate of costs. That is, there is only one set of expenses; the budget does not allow for adjustment over time. For example, you might have a budget of $50,000 for buying equipment in a given year—no matter how much you may need equipment exceeding that amount.

Page 708

· Variable budgets: Also known as a flexible budget, a  variable budget  allows the allocation of resources to vary in proportion with various levels of activity. That is, the budget can be adjusted over time to accommodate pertinent changes in the environment. For example, you might have a budget that allows you to hire temporary workers or lease temporary equipment if production exceeds certain levels. As a freelancer, you might set up your budget to allow for the unexpected, like the purchase of a second monitor for your laptop if you accept an assignment that requires it.

Financial Statements

financial statement  is a summary of some aspect of an organization’s financial status. Research demonstrates that the information contained in such a statement is essential in helping managers maintain financial control over the organization. 47

There are three basic types of financial statements: the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. We’ll look at each statement individually.

· The balance sheet: A  balance sheet  summarizes an organization’s overall financial worth—that is, assets and liabilities—at a specific point in time.

Assets are the resources that an organization controls; they consist of current assets and fixed assets. Current assets are cash and other assets that are readily convertible to cash within one year’s time. Examples are inventory, sales for which payment has not been received (accounts receivable), and U.S. Treasury bills or money market mutual funds. Fixed assets are property, buildings, equipment, and the like that have a useful life that exceeds one year but that are usually harder to convert to cash. Liabilities are claims, or debts, by suppliers, lenders, and other nonowners of the organization against a company’s assets. ExxonMobil is a good example of an organization that keeps a close eye on its assets and liabilities.

ExxonMobil Example: Oil giant ExxonMobil spent decades ensuring it had a healthy balance sheet in case of a catastrophe. That catastrophe came in 2020 when oil prices plummeted due to a combination of COVID-19 and oversupply. The company’s previous focus on balancing its assets and liabilities paid off during a time of uncertainty, allowing it to continue investing in strategic projects and paying shareholders. “Exxon remains committed to satisfying the needs of its large retail investor base in paying dividends, and it won’t shy away from tapping its balance sheet to come up with cash if needed in the short term,” said CEO Darren Woods. 48

· The income statement: The balance sheet depicts the organization’s overall financial worth at a specific point in time. By contrast, the  income statement  summarizes an organization’s financial results—revenues and expenses—over a specified period of time, such as a quarter or a year.

You will need to understand an income statement if you end up self-employed or start a business. We created a sample profit and loss statement for a two-person operation consisting of an owner and one employee (see  Table 16.1 ). The company is doing quite well with $196,776.21 of net income, computed by subtracting total expenses from gross profit. You also can see the types of expenses that confront any small business. You have expenses for insurance, payroll and payroll taxes, accounting, auto, rent, supplies, and other expenses.

LACI, THE COMPUTER DOCTORPROFIT & LOSSJANUARY 1 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2021

Income:

 

Jan 1–Dec 31, 2021

Sales

 

520,615.00  

Services Income

 

  32,320.00  

Total Income:

 

552,935.00  

Parts and Materials

 54,218.00  

 

Gross Profit

 

498,717.00  

Expenses:

 

 

Bank Service Charges

 

180.00  

Charitable Donations

 

2,300.00  

Dues and Subscriptions

 

1,750.35  

Insurance:

 

 

General Liability Insurance

2,035.00  

 

Workman’s Compensation Insurance

  1,018.00  

 

Total Insurance Expense

 

3,053.00  

Payroll Taxes:

 

 

Payroll 941

14,826.22  

 

Federal Unemployment Tax

215.00  

 

State Unemployment Tax

      312.00  

 

Total Payroll Taxes

 

15,353.22  

Payroll:

 

 

Officer Wages

190,000.00  

 

Salary and Wages

  52,329.21  

 

Total Payroll:

 

242,329.21  

Accounting and Legal

 

1,803.50  

Automobile Expenses:

 

 

Maintenance

323.00  

 

Gas

1,318.49  

 

License

    782.20  

 

Total Automobile Expenses:

 

2,423.69  

Office Rent

 

24,000.00  

Office supplies

 

2,016.48  

Repairs and Maintenance

 

218.60  

Telephone and Internet

 

2,472.18  

Utilities

 

    3,040.56  

TOTAL EXPENSE

 

300,940.79  

NET INCOME

 

197,776.21  

TABLE 16.1  Sample Profit and Loss Statements

Table Summary: Table summarizes the sample profit and loss statement from January 1 through December 31, 2021 for LACI the computer doctor.

· The statement of cash flows: The  statement of cash flows  reports the cash generated and used over a specific period of time. Generally, this period of time matches the company’s income statement. 49

Page 709

Have you ever heard the saying “cash is king”? Stakeholders are often interested in how much actual cash an organization is generating because it shows how solvent the company is. This is what differentiates the statement of cash flows from an income statement—the latter often includes noncash revenues or expenses, which can be misleading. For example, a firm that has significant revenue, but does not actually receive the revenue in time to pay its expenses, will face problems. 50  Because companies generate and use cash in different ways, the statement of cash flows is separated into three sections: operating activities (cash generated from a company’s core business as opposed to investments and borrowing), investment activities (cash generated from investments), and financing activities (cash generated from owners or debtors). J. Crew is a good example of what happens when a firm runs out of cash.

A J. Crew factory store at the Arundel Mills Outlet Mall in Maryland.

melissamn/Shutterstock

J. Crew Example: Department stores were already experiencing a shortage of cash and taking on debt due to decreasing revenues before the COVID-19 pandemic hit in 2020. J. Crew, which brought its preppy style to U.S. malls in the 1990s, was no exception. The company closed around 500 stores in March 2020 as shopping malls shut down due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This meant the already cash-strapped company didn’t have the funds to pay its loan payments, rent, or employee payroll, forcing it into bankruptcy in May 2020. Raya Sokolyanska, a vice president at Moody’s, believes the COVID-19’s disruption of the retail sector was particularly hard felt because of the need for retailers to unload unsold inventory to raise cash. “J. Crew’s bankruptcy will be the first in a wave of defaults among retailers” with weak financials, said Sokolyanska. 51

Page 710

Financial Ratios

Financial statements provide data on a firm, but often times managers need a simple way to measure progress against internal goals, competitors, or the overall industry. This can be done with  financial ratios , which are indicators determined from a company’s financial information and used for comparison purposes.52 Some of the most common ratios measure a company’s liquidity, turnover, and profitability.  Table 16.2  lists an example of a ratio for each of these categories, what the ratio measures, and how to calculate it.

RATIO

CATEGORY

WHAT IS MEASURED

FORMULA

Current Ratio

Liquidity

A company’s ability to pay short term obligations due within a year.

Current AssetsCurrent Liabilities

Asset Turnover Ratio

Turnover

The efficiency in which a company uses assets to generate revenue.

SalesAverage Total Assets

Return on Investment Ratio

Profitability

The amount of return on a particular investment relative to its cost.

Net IncomeCost of Investment

TABLE 16.2  Popular Financial Ratios

Table Summary: Table divided into four columns summarizes the popular financial ratios. Column headers are marked from left to right as: ratio, category, what is measured and formula.

Sources: W. Kenton, “Current Ratio,” Investopedia, April 28, 2020, https://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/currentratio.asp; A. Hayes, “Asset Turnover Ratio,” Investopedia, April 28, 2020, https://www.investopedia.com/terms/a/assetturnover.asp; J. Chen, “Return on Investment (ROI),” Investopedia, April 27, 2020, https://www.investopedia.com/terms/r/returnoninvestment.asp.

Customer Perspective: “How Do We Appear to Our Customers?”

Many companies rightfully view customers as one of their most important stakeholders—why wouldn’t they? After all, customers generate the revenue needed to achieve financial performance. A company without any customers has no income. The balanced scorecard translates this belief into measures such as customer satisfaction/loyalty and retention. Let’s examine each in a bit more detail.

Customer Satisfaction

Companies would not exist without satisfied customers.  Customer satisfaction  is the measure of how products or services provided by a firm meet customer expectations. As you might expect, losing a dissatisfied customer means losing revenue, but did you know that replacing that customer is an even greater challenge? In fact, studies show that it is six to seven times more expensive to acquire a new customer than it is to keep a current one.53 Being creative is one research-proven way to keep customers satisfied. A study of airline customer service agents, for instance, found that employees who energetically and creatively tried to solve passenger problems increased customer satisfaction—even when the solution wasn’t what the passenger wanted. 54  Alaska Airlines is a good example of an airline promoting creative problem solving. The airline empowers its customer service agents to offer refunds, rewards, and even cash, to make things right for customers instead of escalating the problem to management. 55

Page 711

Customer Retention

Whereas customer satisfaction measures how customers are feeling,  customer retention  refers to the actions companies take to reduce customer defections. In other words, the goal of customer retention programs is to keep customers loyal because loyal customers tend to be repeat buyers and they tell others good things about a company’s products and services. 56  Effective customer retention programs focus on three techniques. Let’s explore each using the Ritz-Carlton hotel chain as an example. 57

Impeccable service. Doormen at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in New York open doors for a guest.

Keith Bedford/Redux Pictures

· Set customer expectations: Organizations should set customer expectations early and a bit lower than what they can actually provide. This eliminates uncertainty about the level of expected service and ensures they will always meet commitments.

Example: The Ritz-Carlton lists its “Gold Standards” on its website so guests are aware of its pledge to “provide the finest personal service and facilities for guests who will always enjoy a warm, relaxed, yet refined ambiance.”

· Go the extra mile: Going above and beyond customer expectations helps companies build strong relationships and long-term loyalty. In fact, 60% of customers are willing to pay more for a better experience, showing it’s well worth it to go that extra mile. 58

Example: Ritz-Carlton employees, from housekeeping to management, can spend up to $2,000 per guest, per day, to resolve problems without asking their supervisor for permission.

· Make it personal: Personalized service improves the customer experience and strengthens an organization’s bond with its clientele. An Access Development survey, for instance, found that 70% of businesses created a more personalized experience in order to improve client retention in 2018. 59

Example: Ritz-Carlton employees give guests a warm, sincere greeting using their name; fulfill their needs; and provide a fond farewell, again addressing guests by their name.

Internal Business Perspective: “What Must We Do Extremely Well?”

Whereas the customer perspective represents the revenue side of the financial equation, the internal business perspective portrays the cost side. This perspective captures critical organizational activities that allow organizations to effectively meet their financial objectives and customers’ expectations while creating value for society and the communities that they serve. 60  The balanced scorecard measures these activities by looking at metrics such as productivity, efficiency, quality, and safety.

Productivity

Productivity can be applied at any level, whether for you as an individual, for the work unit you’re managing, or for the organization you work for. Productivity is defined by the formula of outputs divided by inputs for a specified period of time. Outputs are all the goods and services produced. Inputs are not only labor but also capital, materials, and energy. That is,

Productivity=OutputsInputsorGoods+ServicesLabour+Capital+Materials+Energy

Page 712

There are two tools managers can use to set standards or goals for productivity.

· Benchmarking: A process by which a company compares its performance with others, as we discussed in  Chapter 6 . Companies use internal benchmarks to set performance standards, competitive benchmarking to assess themselves against their competitors, and strategic benchmarking when they are ready to look outside their industry. The J.D. Powers Company is a good example of a company that assists the automotive industry and its customers with benchmarking. The firm provides data on how well competing automobiles satisfy buyers in several areas including initial quality, dependability, overall performance and appeal, and sales and service. 61

· Best practices:  Best practices  refers to “a set of guidelines, ethics or ideas that have been shown to produce optimal results.” 62  Companies often develop best practices internally through managers’ and employees’ positive experiences on the job, and they sometimes adopt the strategies with which other companies have succeeded in similar situations. For example, teams were found to have higher performance levels when they established a process of regularly meeting to discuss work processes or best practices. 63

Efficiency

As we discussed in  Chapter 1 , efficiency means to use resources—people, money, raw materials, and the like—wisely and cost effectively. Good managers aren’t only concerned with efficiency though; they also need to ensure they are being effective. This means managers achieve results by making the right decisions and successfully carrying them out (think back to the definition of management: the pursuit of organizational goals efficiently and effectively). The National Marrow Donor Program is a good example of an organization that is focused on improving both its efficiency and effectiveness.

National Marrow Donor Program Example: Seven in 10 people in the United States who need a life-saving bone marrow or cord blood transplant do not have a suitable donor within their families. That’s where the “Be the Match Registry,” run by the nonprofit National Marrow Donor Program (NMDP) comes into play, with more than 16 million registered potential donors. When NMDP recently resolved to double its annual transplant rate, its managers realized the organization needed a new strategic plan. After consulting with other nonprofits and health care organizations, it chose the balanced scorecard approach for its ability to incorporate powerful quality management strategies as well improve internal processes. Improvements that have already been made at NMDP include reduced time to find matches, increased global brand awareness and donor recruitment, earlier referrals from physicians, and lower medical costs for patients and families. 64

Quality

High-quality products and services are vital to an organization’s success. This is especially true in crowded markets such as technology. Quality is one reason Apple, for instance, can price its iPhone higher than any other mobile device in the industry. This is because the company has established a history of delivering market-leading products. 65  In fact, a 2019 survey of more than 2,000 smartphone customers found that over 90% of iPhone users intended to buy another one when the time came for an upgrade. 66

In  Section 16.4 , we’ll discuss how organizations can use total quality management techniques to ensure they are effectively managing the quality of their products and services. For now, it’s important to know that quality contributes to increasing customer loyalty, building a strong reputation, and managing costs. 67

Safety

As we discussed in Learning Module 1, organizations have a responsibility for the safety of the communities in which they serve. 68  Part of this responsibility is related to not harming the community (i.e., making sure your factory does not poison a town’s drinking water), which is a direct measure of community safety. Other times, the impact is indirect, such as making sure your employees, many of whom come from local communities, are safe. Phoenix Sintered Metals is a good example of an organization committed to its employees’ safety.

Safety first. The Phoenix Sintered Metals Safety Committee at the company’s headquarters in Brockway, Pennsylvania.

Courtesy of Phoenix Sintered Metals

Page 713

Phoenix Sintered Metals Example: Family-owned Phoenix Sintered Metals is a Pennsylvania manufacturer of metal parts. The company is “committed to continuous improvement” in its occupational health and safety policies and procedures. To this end, Terry Fustine, Phoenix’s safety coordinator, took advantage of a program offered by Pennsylvania’s Occupational Health and Safety Administration (PA OSHA). The program provides for free occupational safety and health consultation services, including a walkthrough of facilities. During the initial walkthrough, PA OSHA consultants identified issues associated with housekeeping, labeling, machine guarding, electrical, safety orientation, and other hazards. The company corrected these issues, explained the safety concerns to employees, and enhanced their safety training and departmental audits. Phoenix also improved its written safety and health program policy manual. The company’s focus on safety contributed to a 66% drop in recordable injuries and led to its acceptance into Pennsylvania’s “Safety and Health Achievement Recognition Program,” singling Phoenix Sintered Metals out among its peers as a model for workplace safety. And for those in the company worried about the bottom line—all of the changes were made at minimal cost. 69

Innovation and Learning Perspective: “Are We Equipped for Continued Value and Improvement?”

Learning and development of employees are the foundation for all other goals in the balanced scorecard. The idea here is that capable and motivated employees, who possess the resources and motivation needed to get the job done, will provide higher-quality products and services in a more efficient manner. Making this happen requires a commitment to invest in progressive human resource practices (recall our discussion in  Chapter 9 ) and technology. Typical metrics in this perspective are employee attitudes ( Chapter 11 ), turnover ( Chapter 11 ), organizational culture ( Chapter 8 ), and resource capabilities. Let’s consider each of these measures.

Employee Attitudes

As we discussed in  Chapter 11 , employee attitudes are incredibly important and influence workers’ behavior. Successful managers aren’t satisfied with just “happy” employees, they strive to increase employee engagement, job satisfaction, and commitment. As we discussed many times in this textbook, there is an abundance of research demonstrating that these attitudes can increase performance and customer outcomes while reducing turnover and absenteeism. 70

Employee Turnover

Every organization experiences some turnover, which, as we saw in  Chapter 9 , is when an employee abandons, resigns, retires, or is terminated from a job. Recent studies demonstrate that job satisfaction and organizational commitment are the strongest predictors of turnover. 71  There is, however, a difference between functional and dysfunctional turnover. Let’s dig a bit deeper into the differences. 72

Page 714

· Functional turnover: This turnover occurs when underperformers leave a firm. Functional turnover is common in large accounting, consulting, and laws firms employing an “up or out” philosophy. Those who are unable to progress are in effect let go. Take for example tenure at universities. Professors who are trying to obtain tenure (“tenure-line faculty”) have a certain number of years to do so based on their research, teaching, and service to the institution. Those who are not able to achieve tenure are eventually let go.

· Dysfunctional turnover: This is the opposite of functional turnover and occurs when a company’s best performers leave. A variety of reasons can contribute to dysfunctional turnover, but a common cause is low potential for advancement. For example, if a company is in the habit of filling its management positions with external candidates instead of looking at high-performing internal ones, employees are likely to seek opportunities for advancement at other firms.

Successful companies don’t just measure an overall turnover rate. They need to figure out if the employees they couldn’t retain were high or low performers. This will determine if the turnover was functional or dysfunctional. 73  Let’s think of an employee named Ava and assume she just resigned from her sales manager position. HR may take a look at Ava’s personnel file and examine her last performance appraisal. If Ava earned high marks, the turnover is most likely dysfunctional. Another way to make this determination is to ask Ava’s manager if they would rehire her. If the answer is yes, you have dysfunctional turnover.

Exit interviews also can assist in better understanding the reasons for turnover. These are formal conversations that take place between a departing employee and HR, or another manager, to determine the reason why the person is leaving. 74  Let’s return to our example of Ava. HR can utilize an exit interview to determine if she left because she was dissatisfied, or because her spouse got a job in another state and they needed to move.

Resource Capabilities

Managers need to ensure employees have the resources they need to be successful. This includes investing in employee learning and development and in technology that supports achievement of the organization’s goals. Let’s look at how a dairy farm used Slack to keep their employees connected and safe during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Wickstrom Dairies Example: California-based Wickstrom Dairies has 28 employees and 2,500 cows that need 200,000 pounds of feed a day. Wickstrom employees typically have in-person pre-shift meetings to find out what their assignments are, what happened overnight with sick animals, and the status of any equipment repairs. All this changed when COVID-19 hit. The cows weren’t worried, but Wickstrom’s employees needed to stay connected. The company facilitated this by investing in Slack, an online office communications tool. Employees utilized Slack to keep each other informed about what needed to be done around the farm and also posted updates on animals and equipment—all while keeping social distancing in place. “Slack has made everybody’s job easier. And safer. Our cows are vitally important, but our people rank higher,” said Aaron Wickstrom, the dairy company’s co-owner. 75

Organizational Culture

We discussed organizational culture in  Chapter 8 , but here we want to specifically reiterate the importance of people-focused cultures. As you may recall from  Chapter 2 , people-focused organizations are guided by the Theory Y view that people are essentially good, trustworthy, and productive, and that they flourish when they are empowered to act independently in an atmosphere that respects their diversity and values their well-being. CarMax, the nation’s largest used car retailer, is a good example of a company with a people-focused culture.

Page 715

CarMax Example: CarMax operates more than 200 stores in 41 states. The company focuses on increasing collaboration as well as respect and support for its employees. “Our associates’ dedication and drive to not only support the customer, but also each other, is what makes CarMax a great place to work,” said Diane Cafritz, the company’s chief human resources officer. Employees are encouraged to cross-train and explore opportunities outside their own departments in order to better their skills and abilities. CarMax employees also are encouraged to share their time, talents, and resources to volunteer in the local communities they serve in order to increase their own well-being. CarMax has earned top accolades for its people-focused approach, including 15 years as one of Fortune’s “100 Best Companies to Work For.” 76

A Carmax associate at the company’s Plano, Texas location talks with a customer about the value of his used truck.

LM Otero/AP Images

To what extent is/was your current or past employer committed to the people, technology, and organizational culture needed to support its strategy? You can find out by completing  Self-Assessment 16.1 .

SELF-ASSESSMENT 16.1
Assessing the Innovation and Learning Perspective of the Balanced Scorecard

The survey was designed to assess the innovation and learning perspective of the balanced scorecard. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 16.1 in Connect.

1. Where does the company stand in terms of commitment to innovation and learning? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Use the three highest and lowest scores to identify the strengths and weaknesses of this company’s commitment to innovation and learning.

3. Based on your answer to question 2, provide three suggestions for what management could do to improve its commitment to innovation and learning.

Strategy Mapping: Visual Representation of the Path to Organizational Effectiveness

Have you ever worked for a company that failed to effectively communicate its vision and strategic plan? If yes, then you know how it feels to be disengaged because you don’t know how your work contributes to organizational effectiveness. Kaplan and Norton recognized this common problem and developed a tool called a strategy map.

strategy map  is a “visual representation of a company’s critical objectives and the crucial relationships among them that drive organizational performance.” Maps show relationships among a company’s strategic goals. This helps employees understand how their work contributes to their employer’s overall success. 77  They also provide insight into how an organization creates value for its key constituents. For example, a map informs others about the knowledge, skills, and systems that employees should possess (innovation and learning perspective) to innovate and build internal capabilities (internal business perspective) that deliver value to customers (customer perspective), which eventually creates higher shareholder value (financial perspective). Research confirms the value of strategy mapping, demonstrating that its effective use substantially improves the implementation success of balanced scorecards. These maps also have been found to facilitate strategy formation, performance measurement system development, and strategy evaluation and communication. 78

Page 716

We created an illustrative strategy map in  Figure 16.6 . Starting with learning and growth, the arrows in the diagram show the logic that connects goals to internal processes, to customers, to financial goals, and finally to the long-term goal of providing shareholder value. For example, you can see that organizational culture affects the internal process goals related to innovation, operational improvements, and good corporate citizenship. This causal structure provides a strategic road map of how the company plans to achieve organizational effectiveness.

FIGURE 16.6  Sample strategy map for Keurig Dr. Pepper

Sources: This map was based on information in “Corporate Social Responsibility,” Dr. Pepper Snapple Group, https://www.drpeppersnapplegroup.com/company/environmental-sustainability (accessed May 21, 2020); J. Natsu, “Keurig Dr Pepper Plans to ‘Drink Well, Do Good’ with Major New Commitments,” Environmental Leader, June 6, 2019, https://www.environmentalleader.com/2019/06/180124/; “Corporate Responsibility Report 2018, Keurig Dr Pepper, 2018, https://www.keurigdrpepper.com/content/dam/keurig-brand-sites/kdp/files/KDP-CR-Report-2018.pdf; “Keurig Dr Pepper Reports Strong 4th Quarter and Full Year 2018 Results,” Keurig Dr Pepper, February, 28, 2019, https://investors.keurigdrpepper.com/2019-02-28-Keurig-Dr-Pepper-Reports-Strong-4th-Quarter-and-Full-Year-2018-Results.

Page 717

You can also detect which of the four perspectives is most important by counting the number of goals in each perspective. For this sample map, there are four, five, eight, and four goals for the financial, customer, internal processes, and learning and growth perspectives, respectively. You also can see that internal process goals affect eight other goals—count the number of arrows coming from internal process goals. All told, the beauty of a strategy map is that it enables leaders to present a strategic road map to employees on one page. It also provides a clear statement about the criteria used to assess organizational effectiveness.

There is one final benefit to strategy maps. They serve as the starting point for any organization that wants to implement goal cascading or management by objectives. For example, one of your authors, Angelo Kinicki, has worked with several organizations that cascaded a top-level strategy map like the one shown in  Figure 16.6  down three to four organizational levels. 79  ●

16.4 Total Quality Management

THE BIG PICTURE

Total quality management (TQM) is dedicated to continuous quality improvement, training, and customer satisfaction. Two core principles are people orientation and improvement orientation. Some techniques for improving quality are employee involvement, benchmarking, outsourcing, reduced cycle time, and statistical process control.

LO 16-4

Explain the total quality management process.

Adventist Health White Memorial (AHWM), a 353-bed, nonprofit, faith-based teaching hospital in Los Angeles was one of six 2019 winners of the coveted Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award. 80  This award is “given by the President of the United States to businesses and to education, health care, and nonprofit organizations that apply and are judged to be outstanding in seven areas of performance excellence.” The seven areas are leadership; strategy; customers; measurement, analysis, and knowledge management; workforce; operations; and results. 81

AHWM counts reliability as a key goal and more than meets it. The hospital has sustained near or perfect performance when it comes to treating heart attack patients since 2013. It also has had zero emergency department returns after outpatient surgery since 2014, placing it in the top national decile. AHWM doesn’t rest on its stellar performance and continuously studies the changing market to determine what patients may need in the future. To this end, the hospital uses surveys, focus groups of key stakeholders, and other mechanisms to identify the types of services that provide value and differentiate it from competitors. 82

Another source of pride for AHWM is its process efficiency and effectiveness. For example, the hospital has reduced its emergency department length of stay from over 250 minutes in 2015 to around 150 minutes in 2018, a level very close to the national top quartile. AHWM was able to accomplish this by using a real-time electronic dashboard that monitors each phase of a patient’s stay in the emergency department. This allows caregivers to deliver timely, patient-centered care. 83

How can organizations be more like AHWM? This is what we’ll be discussing in this section. We’ll start with an overview of what we mean by quality before discussing total quality management and its core principles. The focus will then turn to tools, techniques, and standards that organizations can utilize to uphold a high standard of quality.

Page 718

Quality Control and Quality Assurance

Quality  refers to the total ability of a product or service to meet customer needs. Quality is seen as one of the most important ways of adding value to products and services, thereby distinguishing them from those of competitors. Two traditional strategies for ensuring quality are quality control and quality assurance.

Quality Control

Quality control  is defined as the strategy for minimizing errors by managing each stage of production. Quality control techniques were developed in the 1930s at Bell Telephone Labs by Walter Shewhart, who used statistical sampling to locate errors by testing just some (rather than all) of the items in a particular production run.

Quality Assurance

Developed in the 1960s,  quality assurance  focuses on the performance of workers, urging employees to strive for “zero defects.” Quality assurance has been less successful because often employees have no control over the design of the work process.

Deming Management: The Contributions of W. Edwards Deming to Improved Quality

Now that you have a better understanding of quality, let’s see how we got to the standards we have today. In the early 20th century, Frederick Taylor’s scientific management philosophy, designed to maximize worker productivity, had been widely instituted. But by the 1950s, scientific management had led to organizations that were rigid and unresponsive to both employees and customers. W. Edwards Deming’s challenge, known as  Deming management , proposed ideas for making organizations more responsive, more democratic, and less wasteful. These included the following principles.

1. Quality Should Be Aimed at the Needs of the Consumer

“The consumer is the most important part of the production line,” Deming wrote. 84  Thus, the efforts of individual workers in providing the product or service should be directed toward meeting the needs and expectations of the ultimate user.

2. Companies Should Aim at Improving the System, Not Blaming Workers

Deming suggested that U.S. managers were more concerned with blaming problems on individual workers rather than on the organization’s structure, culture, technology, work rules, and management—that is, “the system.” By treating employees well, listening to their views and suggestions, Deming felt managers could bring about improvements in products and services.

3. Improved Quality Leads to Increased Market Share, Increased Company Prospects, and Increased Employment

When companies work to improve the quality of goods and services, they produce less waste, experience fewer delays, and are more efficient. Lower prices and superior quality lead to greater market share, which in turn leads to improved business prospects and consequently increased employment.

4. Quality Can Be Improved on the Basis of Hard Data, Using the PDCA Cycle

Deming suggested that quality could be improved by acting on the basis of hard data. The process for doing this came to be known as the  PDCA cycle , a Plan-Do-Check-Act cycle using observed data for continuous improvement of operations. (See  Figure 16.7 .) Like the steps in the control process in  Figure 16.3 , step 3 (“Check”) is a feedback step, in which performance is compared to goals. Feedback is instrumental to control.

Page 719

FIGURE 16.7  The PDCA cycle: Plan-Do-Check-Act

The four steps continuously follow each other, resulting in continuous improvement.

Source: From W. Edwards Deming, Out of the Crisis, Plan Do Study Act Cycle, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2000, p. 88.

Core TQM Principles: Deliver Customer Value and Strive for Continuous Improvement

Total quality management (TQM)  is defined as a comprehensive approach—led by top management and supported throughout the organization—dedicated to continuous quality improvement, training, and customer satisfaction. There are four components to TQM:

1. Make continuous improvement a priority.

2. Get every employee involved.

3. Listen to and learn from customers and employees.

4. Use accurate standards to identify and eliminate problems.

These may be summarized as  two core principles of TQM —namely, (1) people orientation—everyone involved with the organization should focus on delivering value to customers—and (2) improvement orientation—everyone should work on continuously improving the work processes. 85  Let’s look at these further.

1. People Orientation—Focusing Everyone on Delivering Customer Value

Organizations adopting TQM value people as their most important resource—both those who create a product or service and those who receive it. Thus, not only are employees given more decision-making power, so are suppliers and customers.

Toyota’s manufacturing plant in Georgetown, Kentucky.

John Sommers II/Getty Images

This people orientation operates under the following assumptions.

· Delivering customer value is most important. The purpose of TQM is to focus people, resources, and work processes to deliver products or services that create value for customers. Toyota is a long-time practitioner of TQM. The company’s Lexus plant in Georgetown, Kentucky, its largest vehicle manufacturing plant worldwide, produces more than half a million cars a year and more than 600,000 engines. 86  The 750 employees who worked on the first Lexus line to be built in the United States received more than 150,000 hours of special sensory training so they could “rely on sight, sound and touch to know that the craftsmanship of the car is of the highest standard,” said Mike Bridge, Lexus assistant general manager. “A machine can’t make those judgments, and that’s why we take so much time to train before a new model goes into production.” 87

Page 720

· People will focus on quality if given empowerment. TQM assumes that employees (and often suppliers and customers) will concentrate on making quality improvements if given the decision-making power to do so. The reasoning here is that the people actually involved with the product or service are in the best position to detect opportunities for quality improvements. In support of this conclusion, research shows lack of employee involvement as the biggest obstacle to successful TQM implementation. 88

· TQM requires training, teamwork, and cross-functional efforts. Employees and suppliers need to be well trained, and they must work in teams. Teamwork is considered important because many quality problems are spread across functional areas. For example, if cell phone design specialists conferred with marketing specialists (as well as customers and suppliers), they would find that the challenge of using a cell phone for older people is pushing 11 tiny buttons to call a phone number. The  Example box  discusses how Hyundai is utilizing TQM to compete in the luxury car market.

EXAMPLE
Hyundai’s Genesis Takes on the Luxury Car Market

The Hyundai Motor Co. is well known for its economical automobiles, but it took the luxury car market by storm when it introduced its Genesis brand in 2016. The South Korean carmaker’s luxury line of vehicles supplanted Audi, BMW, Lexus, and Mercedes-Benz to top Consumer Reports’ 2020 annual ranking of automotive brands. 89  How did a company that manufactures no-frills compact vehicles outdo established German and Japanese luxury brands? The answer lies in Hyundai’s ability to create a high-quality vehicle that earns high marks from its owners. 90

Things weren’t always smooth sailing for the Genesis. It was first introduced to the market under the Hyundai label in 2008. Poor quality resulted in sales dropping from 264,000 to 90,000 vehicles two years later. 91  These results caught the attention of Hyundai’s chairman, Chung Mong Koo. Mong Koo is known for demanding unwavering obedience from his employees. “His orders and initiatives are carried out swiftly, meticulously and without question,” according to Fortune. 92  Mong Koo sent a memo telling factory managers that poor quality would no longer be tolerated and reinforced this directive by visiting factories himself, looking for quality-control problems. For example, he asked a factory worker to open an engine hood during one of these visits and quickly saw that all the bolts inside were different colors. After the factory manager was publicly reprimanded, all the bolts were properly painted black. 93

Mong Koo also increased the size of Hyundai’s quality-control department from 100 to 1,000 people. He asked this expanded team to thoroughly inspect each and every vehicle, down to the bolts. This was not their only mandate, however. Quality-control engineers were expected to solicit feedback from employees on how to improve quality. 94  A leader who demanded obedience from all had made an important exception—quality issues can and should be questioned by everyone in the organization. 95

Hyundai’s change in quality-control protocol seems to be producing results. Genesis was rated the most dependable brand in the 2020 J.D. Power Vehicle Dependability Study. The study is based on responses from nearly 37,000 purchasers and ranks brands by the number of problems found by original owners of the cars in 2019. Genesis received the lowest number of 89 problems per 100 vehicles, compared to the industry average of 134. Lexus took second place with a score of 100. 96

YOUR CALL

Genesis and South Korean automaker Kia are part of the same manufacturing group, but Kia came in second to Genesis in the J.D. Power Initial Quality Study. What can Kia do to catch up? Is it a coincidence that South Korean automakers have topped the quality rankings?

Page 721

2. Improvement Orientation—Focusing Everyone on Continuously Improving Work Processes

Although big schemes, grand designs, and crash programs have their place, the lesson of the quality movement from overseas is that the way to success is through continuous, small improvements.  Continuous improvement  is defined as ongoing, small, incremental improvements in all parts of an organization—all products, services, functional areas, and work processes. Kia Motors, the Korean car maker that has sold autos in the United States for about 20 years, has worked hard to establish a reputation for quality. Its Global Command and Control Center monitors live feeds from all its assembly plants in real time from South Korea, and production is limited to 7 million cars a year to ensure that quality remains high. Said one industry analyst about Kia’s parent firm Hyundai, “All the people I meet at Hyundai are hell-bent on making sure quality is getting better all the time. This special mind-set . . . says that ‘we will be best at what we do, wherever we go and whatever it takes.’” 97

This improvement orientation focuses on increasing operational performance and makes the following assumptions. 98

· It’s less expensive to do it right the first time. TQM assumes that it’s better to do things right the first time than to do costly reworking. To be sure, creating high-quality products and services requires a costly investment in training, equipment, and tools, for example. But it is less expensive than dealing with poor quality and the poor customer relationships that result.

· It’s better to make small improvements all the time. This is the assumption that continuous improvement must be an everyday matter, that no improvement is too small, and that there must be an ongoing effort to make things better a little bit at a time all the time. For example, BMW relies on data-driven improvements to help reduce lead times and lower costs. The automaker links the large quantity of sensor and process data from production and logistics to quickly and easily make even the smallest of changes. “Smart Data Analytics is setting new standards for our production system” and “speeds up continuous improvement,” said Christian Patron, head of BMW’s Innovation and Digitalization in Production System. 99

· Accurate standards must be followed to eliminate small variations. TQM emphasizes the collection of accurate data throughout every stage of the work process. It also stresses the use of accurate standards (such as benchmarking) to evaluate progress and eliminate small variations, which are the source of many quality defects.

Page 722

· There must be strong commitment from top management. Employees and suppliers won’t focus on making small, incremental improvements unless managers go beyond lip service to support high-quality work, as do the top managers at Ritz-Carlton, Amazon, and Ace Hardware.

A modern Kia car factory production line in Slovakia.

Shutterstock

Kaizen  is a Japanese philosophy of small continuous improvement that seeks to involve everyone at every level of the organization in the process of identifying opportunities and implementing and testing solutions. 100  It offers advantages for large and small companies alike, whether manufacturers or service firms, as the  Example box  shows.

EXAMPLE
Kaizen in Action

Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Group used to tailor-make each piece of its equipment for use in chemical and environmental plants. Today, the company’s use of Kaizen methods has led to the development of a standardized product that fulfills the needs of all its clients. This standardized product means a reduction in engineering and design costs, a decrease in design errors, and a reduction in cost to the customer of 5 to 10%. 101

Wagamama, a trendy UK restaurant chain with locations in the United States, saw early adoption of technology as the improvement identified by Kaizen principles. The company was years ahead of its competition in building customer-focused digital solutions. For example, its Wagamamago app (described as “Uber for diners”) allows customers to walk in, order, eat, and simply go. The app is estimated to save guests an average of 12 minutes at every meal and is the first of its kind in the industry. 102

Boeing utilizes Kaizen principles in the building of its 737 aircraft at its Renton production facility near Seattle, Washington. 103  The company solicits feedback from its assembly workers on ways to improve efficiency during repeated Kaizen meetings. These meetings also address environmental considerations, such as the reduction of greenhouse gases during aircraft production. 104  Kaizen principles have greatly improved Boeing’s aircraft production speed, which is important since it fiercely competes on this dimension with rival Airbus.

YOUR CALL

Some recommended tips for implementing Kaizen methods include actively looking for unconventional ideas, thinking about how to do something instead of why it can’t be done, and avoiding both excuses and perfection. 105  Do you think this is good advice for Mitsubishi, Wagamama, and Boeing? Why or why not?

Applying TQM to Services

Manufacturing industries provide tangible products (think jars of baby food); service industries provide intangible products (think child care services). Manufactured products can be stored (such as dental floss in a warehouse); services generally need to be consumed immediately (such as dental hygiene services). Services tend to require a good deal of people effort (although some services can be provided by machines, such as vending machines and ATMs). Finally, services are generally provided at locations and times convenient for customers; that is, customers are much more involved in the delivery of services than they are in the delivery of manufactured products.

One clear prerequisite for providing excellent service is effective training. Supermarket industry leader Publix, for instance, provides training in three venues: on-the-job from experts or managers, through in-store computers, and via offsite peer-led workshops. Publix’s training program covers the basics, such as how to use a particular knife to cut meat, to food safety and first aid, to more abstract skills such as a course in “Exploring Leadership Styles.” 106  The  Example box  describes how Nordstrom and Trader Joe’s are striving for service excellence.

Page 723

EXAMPLE
Service Excellence

A customer experience study conducted in 2019 found that 72% of consumers are willing to switch companies due to just one bad experience. 107  So how can companies keep a loyal customer following? Consider the practices used by two companies known for providing great customer service: Nordstrom and Trader Joe’s.

NORDSTROM

Nordstrom operates more than 100 stores in the United States and Canada. 108  Nordstrom’s “superior customer service is . . . [a] factor that positions it more defensively against competition at the mall and online,” according to Yahoo Finance. 109

Nordstrom’s competitive advantage starts with using employee empowerment to elicit employees’ creativity. The entirety of the department store’s employee handbook fits on a single 5 × 8 card and has one rule: “Use best judgement in all situations.” This idea makes it clear that empowerment is not just a benefit of working at Nordstrom, it’s your job. With this in mind, the company asks its employees to come up with creative solutions to issues that couldn’t be fully covered by a predetermined set of policies. For example, a Nordstrom employee found that a customer had left her luggage and flight itinerary in the parking lot of a Connecticut store. The employee hopped in his car, drove her luggage to JFK, and reached her before her flight. There is no rule that can foresee that kind of issue. 110

Nordstrom also uses its newly enhanced supply chain management to deliver quality customer experiences. The company’s re-imagined supply chain puts customers at the center, allowing them to get exactly what they need, when they need it. To accomplish this the retailer connected its inventory across stores and facilities within a market so customers had easy access to a larger selection of products. Nordstrom also is using robotics and automation to house aisles worth of products in a compact space, allowing for quick retrieval. The company hopes that its new technology “will continue to get our customers the right product at the right place at the right time as well as reduce out of stocks, extended fulfillment and shipping delays.” 111

TRADER JOE’S

Trader Joe’s operates more than 500 grocery stores nationwide and made a name for itself selling hipster-yuppie snacks like wild salmon jerky and $2 wines. 112  The chain was ranked first in the supermarket category of the 2019 American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI) Retail Report and stays competitive by quickly reacting to its customers’ needs. 113  Managers are called captains (employees are the crew) and spend most of their days on the retail floor, wearing Hawaiian shirts and interacting with customers. If a customer asks about a product, the captain or crew member instantly brings the product, opens it, and indulges in a taste test with the customer to see whether they like it. Trader Joe’s also refunds the price of any product customers are not satisfied with, even if it has been opened. 114

A Trader Joe’s cashier assisting a customer.

Dorothy Alexander/Alamy Stock Photo

Allowing captains to spend their time on the retail floor also allows them to learn about customer needs and quickly react to them instead of asking customers to send their feedback to a call center. For example, a Trader Joe’s in Nevada decided to stock up on a customer’s favorite soy ice-cream cookie. Another location in Phoenix decided to open earlier than the company standard hour of 9 am so its local community could shop at a time that was convenient for them. 115

YOUR CALL

Do you think Nordstrom’s and Trader Joe’s approaches to customer service can compete with online shopping? Why or why not?

Perhaps you’re beginning to see how judging the quality of services is a different animal from judging the quality of manufactured goods, because it comes down to meeting the customer’s satisfaction, which may be a matter of perception. (After all, some hotel guests, restaurant diners, and supermarket patrons, for example, are more easily satisfied than others.)

Some people view college students as customers. Do you? For those schools that care about the quality of what they offer, it is important to assess student satisfaction with the college or university as a whole. If you are curious about your level of satisfaction with your college or university, then complete  Self-Assessment 16.3 .

Page 724

SELF-ASSESSMENT 16.2
Assessing Your Satisfaction with Your College or University Experience

The following survey was designed to assess the extent to which you are satisfied with your college experience. Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned  Self-Assessment 16.3  in Connect.

1. What is your level of satisfaction? Are you surprised by the results?

2. Based on your scores, identify three things that your college or university might do to improve student satisfaction. Be specific.

3. Are students really customers? Explain your rationale.

Some TQM Tools, Techniques, and Standards

Several tools and techniques are available for improving quality. We described benchmarking in  Chapter 10 . Here we describe outsourcing, reduced cycle time, statistical process control, Six Sigma, and quality standards ISO 9000 and ISO 14000.

Outsourcing: Let Outsiders Handle It

Outsourcing  (discussed in detail in  Chapter 4 ) is the subcontracting of services and operations to an outside vendor. Usually, this is done to reduce costs or increase productivity. 116  For example, outsourcing short-term and project work to freelance or contract workers in the so-called gig economy saves companies many employee-related expenses. Research has some key findings on outsourcing: 117

· Outsourcing generally enhances firm performance.

· Most outsourcing is of IT-related functions.

· The number of tasks outsourced depends on what an organization is trying to accomplish. Companies seeking access to expertise typically outsource a limited number of tasks whereas companies seeking operational efficiency outsource more tasks.

Outsourcing also is being done by many state and local governments, which, under the banner known as privatization, have subcontracted traditional government services such as fire protection, correctional services, and medical services. Overall, around 300,000 U.S. jobs get outsourced each year. 118

Reduced Cycle Time: Increasing the Speed of Work Processes

Another TQM technique is the emphasis on increasing the speed with which an organization’s operations and processes can be performed. This is known as  reduced cycle time , or reduction in steps in a work process, such as fewer authorization steps required to grant a contract to a supplier. The point is to improve the organization’s performance by eliminating wasteful motions, barriers between departments, unnecessary procedural steps, and the like. 119

Microsoft Example: Microsoft’s finance group was able to consolidate and simplify various reports, tools, and content into an automated, role-based personalized report. The group also was able to use bots in finance operations, credit and collections, management reporting, and taxes. Microsoft reduced the time spent compiling and validating data by 20% as a result of these actions, saving over 150,000 hours of work each quarter. 120

Statistical Process Control: Taking Periodic Random Samples

As the pages of this book were being printed, instruments called densitometers and colorimeters were used to measure ink density and trueness of color, taking samples of printed pages at fixed intervals. This is an ongoing check for quality control.

Page 725

All kinds of products require periodic inspection during their manufacture: hamburger meat, breakfast cereal, flashlight batteries, wine, and so on. The tool often used for this is  statistical process control , a statistical technique that uses periodic random samples from production runs to see if quality is being maintained within a standard range of acceptability. If quality is not acceptable, production is stopped to allow corrective measures. 121

Statistical process control is the technique that McDonald’s uses, for example, to make sure that the quality of its burgers is always the same, no matter where in the world they are served. Companies such as Intel and Motorola use statistical process control to ensure the reliability and quality of their products. Not all organizations are users of statistical process control. A recent study, for example, found that almost 30% of organizations did not use this technique because of a lack of resources or simply because they didn’t understand it. 122

Six Sigma and Lean Six Sigma: Data-Driven Ways to Eliminate Defects

Sigma is the Greek letter statisticians use to define a standard deviation. In the quality-improvement process known as Six Sigma, the higher the sigma, the fewer the deviations from the norm—that is, the fewer the defects. Developed by Motorola in 1985, Six Sigma has since been embraced by Citibank, the U.S. Army, Dow Chemical, and other organizations. 123  There are two variations, Six Sigma and Lean Six Sigma.

· Six Sigma  Six Sigma  is a rigorous statistical analysis process that reduces defects in manufacturing and service-related processes. By testing thousands of variables and eliminating guesswork, a company using the technique attempts to improve quality and reduce waste to the point where errors nearly vanish. In everything from product design to manufacturing to billing, the attainment of Six Sigma means there are no more than 3.4 defects per million products or procedures. 124

Six Sigma also may be thought of as a philosophy to reduce variation in your company’s business and make customer-focused, data-driven decisions. The method preaches the use of Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, and Control (DMAIC). Team leaders may be awarded a Six Sigma “black belt” for applying DMAIC.

· Lean Six Sigma More recently, companies are using an approach known as  Lean Six Sigma , which focuses on problem solving and performance improvement—speed with excellence—of a well-defined project. 125  Data sharing company Convergency is a good example of an organization harnessing the power of Lean Six Sigma.

Convergency Example: Convergency is a cloud-based system provider for pharmaceutical companies. The company’s business intelligence portal has been used for instant data sharing from clinical trials on the COVID-19 pandemic. Part of what Convergency offers is a team of Lean Six Sigma experts who help labs and other health care operations accelerate data processing by up to 70% to save time and expense. One of the company’s clients in Japan, for instance, reported cutting costs by more than 50%. 126

Six Sigma and Lean Six Sigma may not be perfect because they cannot compensate for human error or control events outside a company. 127  Still, they let managers approach problems with the assumption that there’s a data-oriented, tangible way to approach problem solving.

ISO 9000 and ISO 14000: Meeting Standards of Independent Auditors

If you’re a sales representative for Du Pont, a U.S. chemical company, how will your overseas clients know your products have the quality they are expecting? If you’re a purchasing agent for an Ohio-based tire company, how can you tell whether the synthetic rubber you’re buying overseas is adequate?

At one time, buyers and sellers simply had to rely on a supplier’s past reputation or personal assurances. In 1987, the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), based in Geneva, Switzerland, created a set of quality-focused procedures and standards. Let’s focus on two: ISO 9000 and ISO 14000. There are two such standards:

Page 726

· ISO 9000 The  ISO 9000 series  consists of quality-control procedures companies must install—from purchasing to manufacturing to inventory to shipping—that can be audited by independent quality-control experts, or “registrars.” The goal is to reduce flaws in manufacturing and improve productivity by adopting eight “big picture” quality management principles:

· Customer focus.

· Leadership.

· Involvement of people.

· Process approach.

· System approach to management.

· Continual improvement.

· Factual approach to decision making.

· Mutually beneficial supplier relationships. 128

Companies must document their ISO 9000 procedures and train their employees to use them. The ISO 9000 series of standards was expanded to include ISO 9001:2015. “ISO 9001 is the only standard within the ISO 9000 family that an organization can become certified against, because it is the standard that defines the requirements of having a Quality Management System.” 129  Member organizations in 170 countries contribute to the development of ISO standards. 130

· ISO 14000 The  ISO 14000 series  extends the concept, identifying standards for environmental performance. ISO 14000 dictates standards for documenting a company’s management of pollution, efficient use of raw materials, and reduction of the firm’s impact on the environment. An organization can earn ISO 14001:2015 certification, which means it has an environmental management system that meets stringent ISO standards. 131

Takeaways from TQM Research

TQM principles have been used by thousands of organizations through the years. Although companies do not always use the tools, techniques, and processes as suggested by experts, a team of researchers concluded that the vast majority of TQM adopters follow its general principles, which in turn fosters improved operational performance. 132  Researchers also identified four key inhibitors to successfully implementing TQM: (1) the failure to provide evidence supporting previous improvement activities, (2) the lack of a champion who is responsible for leading the implementation, (3) the inability to measure or track results of the program, and (4) the failure to develop a culture of quality or continuous learning. 133  Managers need to overcome these roadblocks for TQM to deliver its intended benefits. ●

SELF-ASSESSMENT 16.3
To What Extent Is Your Organization Committed to Total Quality Management?

This self-assessment is designed to gauge the extent to which the organization you have in mind is committed to total quality management (TQM).

Please be prepared to answer these questions if your instructor has assigned Self-Assessment 16.4 in Connect.

1. Which of the five dimensions is most and least important to the organization? Are you surprised by this conclusion? Explain.

2. Based on the three lowest-rated items in the survey, what advice would you give to senior leaders in the company?

3. Considering all of the questions in the survey, which three do you think are most important in terms of fostering TQM in a company? Why?

Page 727

16.5 Contemporary Control Issues

THE BIG PICTURE

This section describes two contemporary control issues: artificial intelligence and employee tracking and monitoring.

LO 16-5

Discuss contemporary control issues.

At this juncture in your learning experience regarding principles of management you know that every function of management has been influenced by technology. As such, you shouldn’t be surprised to find out that the control function is similarly impacted.

In this section we discuss two important technological advancements that have made an impact on how managers control organizations. We’ll start with a focus on the rise of artificial intelligence (AI) as part of the control function by analyzing three areas in which AI is having its greatest impact. Then, we’ll turn our attention to how technology is assisting organizations to track and monitor their workforce.

Using Artificial Intelligence to Control

In  Chapter 7  we discussed the many ways in which AI can benefit organizations. One of these ways is enhancing control functions. With this in mind, let’s go back to our discussion of the Deloitte Insights survey of AI in  Chapter 7 . The survey of 1,100 companies showed that 44% of firms use AI for product enhancement; 42% use it for internal process automation; and 24% use it for labor cost reduction. (See again  Figure 7.5 .) You’ll recall from our discussion of the balanced scorecard in  Section 16.3  that there is a link between these findings and the scorecard’s internal business perspective. The survey shows that companies are engaging in three AI-powered activities related to internal business control: reducing errors and defects, increasing productivity, and enhancing supply chain management. Let’s examine each more closely.

Reducing Errors and Defects

From exploding phones, to faulty automobile airbags, to arthritis drug recalls, product recalls in the first two decades of the 2000s have cost over $50 billion, according to a study by Allianz. 134  Even worse, many production errors have proven to be deadly. Take, for instance, officials acknowledging in April 2020 that “sloppy laboratory practices” at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) led to contamination that rendered the nation’s first COVID-19 tests useless. “C.D.C. did not manufacture its test consistent with its own protocol,” said a spokeswoman for the Food and Drug Administration. 135

AI can be used to minimize these sorts of mishaps. Companies like GE, Intel, Bosch, and Microsoft are focusing on so-called “smart manufacturing,” which can reduce product defects, shorten unplanned downtimes, and improve manufacturing transition times. German conglomerate Siemens is a good example of an organization using smart manufacturing.

A Siemens employee works on a turbine at a company factory.

Ulrich Baumgarten/Getty Images

Siemens Example: Industrial manufacturer Siemens has around 385,000 employees worldwide and needs effective control practices to ensure it continues to generate profit like it did in 2019 when the company made more than $6 billion in profit. 136  To this end, the company aims to monitor, record, and analyze all aspects of manufacturing, from design to delivery, to find problems and solutions they did not even know existed. The German government has dubbed these collective practices “Industry 4.0.” Siemens’ ability to improve its gas turbines emissions is a good example of Industry 4.0 practices. The company’s latest gas turbines have over 500 sensors that continuously monitor temperature, pressure, stress, and other variables. All this information is fed into their AI system that is learning how to continuously adjust fuel valves to create optimal conditions for combustion (more combustion results in less unwanted emissions). “Even after experts had done their best to optimize the turbine’s nitrous oxide emissions,” said Dr. Norbert Gaus, Head of Research in Digitalization and Automation at Siemens Corporate Technology, “our AI system was able to reduce emissions by an additional ten to fifteen percent.” 137

Page 728

Increasing Productivity

We previously noted that productivity is an important metric of an organization’s internal business processes. Today, AI practices are enhancing productivity metrics in a wide variety of industries. Take, for instance, a recent PwC survey of 500 executives finding that 54% believe AI solutions implemented in their businesses have already increased productivity. 138  Accenture believes AI has even more in store for us, projecting that by 2035 it will increase productivity by more than 40%. Experts believe AI can improve productivity in two key ways. Let’s look at each using Italian train operator Trenitalia’s innovative maintenance practices—which have saved the company around $140 million annually—as an example. 139

· Make decisions faster and with more confidence: AI can automate and prioritize routine decision-making processes, leading to more efficient and effective decisions. Trenitalia wanted to minimize unnecessary downtime for repairs that hurt productivity and wasted resources on maintenance costs. “Every year we spend €330 million [$362 million] on parts and on repairing parts which are subject to continual wear and tear,” said Enrico Grigliatti, the company’s chief financial officer. Trenitalia utilized AI to perform all required preventive maintenance interventions at exactly the right time, ensuring optimal asset utilization and minimal unplanned downtime.

· Access real-time, actionable insights from data: AI can understand patterns in big data that humans cannot. It can then predict future opportunities and recommend actions to capitalize on these opportunities. Trenitalia owns and operates around 2,000 electro-trains, 2,000 locomotives, and 30,000 coaches and wagons. Around 40% of the maintenance needs of this fleet is corrective, meaning the issues are unforeseen. This can cause expenditures and delays that infuriate executives and passengers alike. Trenitalia remedied this by installing 6 million sensors on its trains to gather information on operating performance. The train operator uses predictive AI to extrapolate and analyze this large amount of data to make operations and maintenance decisions to maximize efficiency and increase safety.

Enhancing Supply Chain Management

The  supply chain  is the sequence of suppliers that contribute to creating and delivering a product, from raw materials to production to final buyers. Supply chains are a major cost center for most companies, and the way firms structure the distribution of their products can have enormous financial impact. Companies are therefore paying closer attention to the sourcing, shipping, and warehousing of their products and the ingredients and component parts they require. AI has the ability to significantly increase efficiency all over the supply chain. McKinsey estimates that firms could save between $1.3 to $2 trillion a year using AI in supply chain and manufacturing. Let’s focus on how AI can optimize different areas of the supply chain using two examples. 140

Thawing the supply chain. Frozen food stored at a Lineage Logistics facility in Heywood, United Kingdom.

Molly Darlington/Newscom

Lineage Logistics Example: Lineage Logistics transports and cold stores 20 to 30 billion pounds of food for grocery stores and restaurants. The company’s clientele includes Walmart, Tyson, and McDonald’s. Lineage developed an AI algorithm to optimize its pallet transportation practices. The algorithm forecasts when orders arrive and leave its warehouse, allowing employees to put the right pallets in the right position. Items that stay in the warehouse longer are put in the back, while items that move more quickly are placed toward the front. Instead of moving pallets around like a game of Tetris, AI shows the company how to be smarter about where items are placed. As a result, Lineage has increasing its efficiency by 20%.

Page 729

Infinera Example: Telecom manufacturer Infinera uses machine learning to analyze production times and assist sales associates by providing more accurate delivery dates. The company’s AI system doesn’t just look at traditional manufacturing and shipping schedules to estimate when products will arrive. It integrates historical delivery information with customer feedback, weather reports, and logistics. This allows it to accurately predict the entire production process, from the moment a product starts on the production line to the time it is delivered to a customer’s doorstep.

Employee Tracking and Monitoring

Another way technology is helping managers control organizations is through tracking and monitoring employees. Measuring employee performance with surveillance is not new. For example, since 2017 U.S. companies have been required by law to monitor their long-haul drivers with electronic logging devices (ELDs). These ELDs evaluate a truck driver’s location and speed to track how they space sleeping and driving. 141

Trucking companies aren’t the only industry monitoring employees. Gartner surveyed 239 large corporations and found that about half use some type of monitoring techniques to keep an eye on their workforce. These include analyzing texts of e-mails and social media messages, as well as gathering biometric data. Moreover, Gartner projects that by 2021 over 80% of companies will use some sort of employee monitoring technology. 142  Some of these technologies, however, are helping companies monitor workers in controversial ways. Let’s examine the advantages and disadvantages of employee tracking and monitoring.

Advantages of Employee Tracking and Monitoring

There are numerous benefits to monitoring and tracking employees. Monitoring can help uncover problems such as harassment or employee theft; reduce incidents of employees wasting company time; and highlight bottlenecks where employees spend more time than expected in their work processes. Moreover, employee monitoring and tracking can make sure that safety practices are being followed, which is one of the reasons why trucking companies use those ELDs we discussed earlier. 143  The  Example box  profiles a company effectively using tracking technology in the workplace.

EXAMPLE
Microchipping Employees

Wisconsin-based Three Square Market provides self-service mini-markets to hospitals, hotels, and company breakrooms. These mini-markets are essentially unattended retail environments where employees can purchase products from open shelves, coolers, or freezers, using a self-checkout kiosk. Three Square Market boasts that employers who install their markets into breakrooms will enjoy increased employee satisfaction, productivity, and retention. 144

Chipped up. Three Square Market CEO Todd Westby using his hand, which has a chip inside it, to access the office. Would you agree to have your employer insert a chip inside your body?

MEGA/Newscom

YOUR BADGE IS INSIDE YOU

As interesting as Three Square Market’s self-service mini-markets may be, their practice of microchipping their employees at their corporate offices may be even more intriguing. Fifty of the company’s then 80 corporate employees volunteered in 2017 to have a chip—the size of a large grain of rice—injected into their hand. The chips allow employees to access company offices and computers with a simple wave of their hand, as well as buy food and drinks in the company cafeteria without exchanging money. The encrypted chip also stores personal and health information in case an emergency occurs at work. Some company employees actually use their chips 10 to 15 time a day, saving them at least 20 minutes. 145

Page 730

THE CHIP ISN’T JUST FOR EMPLOYEE CONVENIENCE

Three Square Market’s employees may benefit from the convenience provided by the chip, but it also has practical uses for the company. For example, managers can track who has access to secure areas of the office without being worried that someone may lose their badge. The company foots the $300 bill to have the chip inserted due to all the benefits provided to both employer and employees. 146  Employees can of course have them removed when they end their employment with Three Square Market. Today, an additional 30 employees have gotten the chip, meaning 80 of around 250 employees, or nearly a third, are taking advantage of this technology. “You get used to it; it’s easy,” said Patrick McMullan, the company’s president. As far as McMullan knows, only two of his employees have ever had their chips removed—and that was when they left the company. 147

YOUR CALL

Three Square Market claims it does not use its chip to monitor employees, but do you see privacy issues associated with being able to track your employees all the time—including when they are not at work? Why or why not?

Disadvantages of Employee Tracking and Monitoring

As you can imagine, employee tracking and monitoring programs have created concerns about employee privacy. Some employers believe that these types of programs may make it difficult to retain employees because they create an intrusive environment that signals a lack of trust. Moreover, the additional data generated by tracking and monitoring devices means more information can be misused if it lands in the wrong hands. 148

Though the very concept of employee monitoring and tracking may have negative connotations, research shows that these programs may be acceptable to employees and bring about positive outcomes if properly implemented. 149  Here are two recommendations to ensure tracking and monitoring programs work out in everyone’s favor: 150

· Communicate employee expectations: Autonomy is a valued workplace commodity, but that does not mean that managers cannot set and enforce acceptable uses for their employees’ technology and time. These expectations should be communicated clearly and consistently.

· Apply tracking and monitoring appropriately: Programs should be designated as technology meant to support and protect employees, not oversee them. For example, in a large call center where hundreds of employees are on the receiving end of thousands of calls, user activity monitoring can assist in making sure employees have the resources they need and are not feeling overwhelmed. With this in mind, companies should ensure that workforce monitoring software is visible and transparent, so employees understand that it’s for their benefit.

A Gartner survey has some good news for employers considering the use of workplace tracking and monitoring programs. The 2018 survey found that 30% of employees were comfortable with their employer monitoring their e-mail, compared to only 10% in 2015. Even more important, when an employer explained the reasons for the monitoring, the percentage of employees reporting comfort with it increased to 50%. 151  PwC is an example of an organization that is planning to use workplace tracking and monitoring in a way that may give employees comfort when returning to work after the COVID-19 pandemic.

Retracing your steps. More and more firms are engaging in contact tracing in an effort to contain COVID-19. Are you able to recall every person you came into contact with in the past week?

Redkey USB/Shutterstock

PwC Example: Accounting and consulting firm PwC has developed an app that tracks how close employees get to each other by monitoring their smartphones’ Bluetooth and wi-fi signals. The app allows the firm to do contact tracing—the process of identifying people who may have been exposed to the virus. For example, if an employee tests positive for COVID-19, HR can identify employees whose phones came close to the infected person’s phone in prior weeks. Those who may have been exposed to the virus are then contacted and asked to stay home. David Sapin, a principal at PwC who developed the app, says those worried about privacy can rest assured that it only monitors people when they are on company property. 152  ●

Page 731

16.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

LO 16-6

Discuss the process for managing career readiness and review six tips for managing your career.

We’ve all heard stories of successful people who did not follow a structured or intentional path to their careers, but they are the exception, not the rule. Most successful people do not sit back and wait for opportunities to present themselves. They are more likely to pursue a proactive approach to career management.

Control plays a critical role in the career readiness competency of career management, which represents the proactive management of your career and the seeking of opportunities for professional development. We look at  Figure 16.8  to discuss this relationship. You will learn that managing your career entails using many of the ideas discussed in previous Career Corner features.

FIGURE 16.8  Process for managing career readiness

Page 732

Both the control process and the process for managing career readiness begin with identifying what you want to accomplish. In so doing, recognize that a job and a career are not the same thing. Jobs are something we do to earn money, they tend to be temporary, and they are in service of someone or something else. Some people are perfectly happy with a job. In contrast, your career belongs to you and lasts a lifetime. You own it, manage it, nurture it, and create it to fit your values and needs. 153  Careers are what we do in pursuit of our own needs and fulfillment rather than someone else’s. This distinction underscores the importance of using the career readiness competencies of ownership/accepting responsibility, self-motivation, self-awareness, and openness to change to manage your career.

Many college students do not have a clear vision for their career. They are more focused on getting a decent job after graduation. If this is true for you, then we suggest starting the career management process by focusing on finding a job that fits your values, needs, and financial objectives. Regardless of whether you are pursuing your dream job or not, you still need to be concerned about your career readiness because employers want people with these skills. So how do you proceed?

Using the process shown in  Figure 16.8 , start by identifying a small set of career readiness competencies from the categories of core, knowledge, soft skills, attitudes, and other characteristics shown in  Table 1.2  and discussed throughout this textbook. This decision gets you started on creating a development plan. Next, consult the Career Corner sections in this textbook to design small developmental experiments. Finally, engage the control process by monitoring, evaluating, and rewarding your progress.

Here are six more generic tips for managing your career. They go far beyond having a good resume. 154

1. Make Every Day Count

Every action you display at work is a paint stroke on the canvas of your brand. If you want people to perceive you as a motivated, skilled, passionate, and career-ready employee, then act that way. Improving your self-management skills, which were discussed in the Career Corner for  Chapter 12 , is a good starting point. We then recommend that you brush up on your time management skills. They are essential for handling the workload and competing priorities you will experience in your first job. 155  We want to warn you about a one-time management mistake that can affect your long-term success. People who focus on completing easy, short-term tasks were found to be less successful in the long term. The short-term sense of accomplishment leads people to ignore the critically more important and difficult activities that produce long-term success. 156

2. Stay Informed and Network

It’s really important to stay abreast of changes in your field and industry. Look for new trends, changing regulations, best practices, and applications of new technology. You can do this by:

· Becoming active in professional organizations.

· Attending workshops or training programs.

· Enrolling in online or face-to-face college classes. 157

Network by using the suggestions presented in the Career Corner for  Chapter 15 .

3. Promote Yourself

The goal of self-promotion is to inform others about your value and potential impact on organizational goals. Don’t confuse this with grandstanding or overtly boasting about your greatness. Use humility. You also should not assume that your good work will always be recognized and publicized, or you’ll be disappointed. Here are some suggestions for effective self-promotion: 158

Page 733

· Discuss your accomplishments and the specific actions you took to make them happen. Focus on facts and figures rather than personality to avoid a perception of self-interest.

· Discuss the benefits your actions had on your team, department, or division. This forces you to take a “big picture” perspective, which also minimizes the impression of self-interest.

· Discuss how others contributed to the accomplishments. Using “we” instead of “I” is a good way of sharing the limelight. This reinforces that you are a team player, which is another career readiness competency.

4. Roll with Change and Disruption

Careers rarely follow an organized trajectory. It’s more likely your career will have tributaries, roundabouts, and personal diversions. Data from a 2019 Bureau of Labor Statistics survey suggests that on average people change jobs 12 times during their careers. 159  These changes are either voluntary, such as moving on for a better opportunity, or involuntary, such as being fired or laid off. If you move voluntarily, congratulations! You now have the opportunity to reinvent yourself. If the departure is not by choice, you’ll likely feel disappointed, angry, or humiliated. Give yourself time to recover as research shows that job loss is one of the most stressful life events we experience. 160  It’s essential to learn from the situation and put bitterness behind you. No recruiter wants to hear job applicants bad-mouth previous employers.

5. Small Things Matter during Interviews

The best resume, experience, and career readiness will not withstand interpersonal blunders that occur during the recruitment process. CareerBuilder’s national survey of 2,600 recruiters identified the following deal-breakers:

· Don’t lie. Period. Two-thirds of recruiters will disqualify you from contention if you do.

· Be a team player and go into your interview with confidence, not arrogance. Almost 60% of recruiters viewed arrogance in a negative light. Why would they want to hire you if you already think you’re too good for the job?

· Dress professionally by knowing what is appropriate for the environment you’ll be working in. Dressing too casually for an interview can be a deal-breaker for nearly half of recruiters. 161

6. Use Technology for Self-Development and Creating Good Habits

Our careers aren’t only based on what we do while working but also can be impacted by what we do with our time outside the workplace. Nowadays, technology plays a critical role in our personal lives and can lead to some bad habits. Take for instance the amount of time we spend on our phones instead of doing other tasks. American adults spent around 3.5 hours a day on their smartphone in 2019, which was an increase of 20 minutes from the year before. 162  Not all uses of technology are problematic though. There are ways that you can use it to positively impact your self-development and create good habits. Here are a few: 163

· Listen to podcasts: These are an excellent way for those seeking advice on self-improvement, but who don’t enjoy reading or have the time, to get some great tips. Podcasts have become popular lately because they are accessible from anywhere, on any device, and many are free. Your authors, for example, recorded free podcasts for professors seeking to improve their students’ classroom experience.

Page 734

· Utilize productivity apps: Time-tracking apps help you find your work habits and patterns so you can improve them. Apps like Toggl, Hours, and Qbserve also include task management tools. These allow you to keep to-do lists, share tasks with others, and even stay off sites that will distract you.

· Master new skills: The Internet provides us with many opportunities for personal development. One website, Skillshare, provides different classes to help you master new skills. Whether you are trying to learn a new language, how to make sound financial investments, or photography, Skillshare has free lessons that are utilized by thousands of users.

· Exercise: Keeping your physical health in shape is an important part of self-development. Exercising improves your memory, concentration, self-esteem, and helps you keep that positive attitude. There are hundreds of fitness apps available, many for free, that are designed for those with a tight schedule and limited time to exercise. One example is the Johnson & Johnson Official 7-Minute Workout. The app has a seven-minute workout that you can do anywhere, shows you how to do each move, and counts down from 30 seconds as you do them. 164

Epilogue: Suggestions for Future Success and Happiness

THE BIG PICTURE

As we end the book, this section describes some life lessons to take away.

We have come to the end of the book, our last chance to offer some suggestions to take with you that we hope will benefit you in the coming years. Following are some life lessons pulled from various sources that can make you a “keeper” in an organization and help you be successful.

· Adopt a proactive approach to life-long learning. Life in general is not going to become less complex. This requires all of us to continue to grow and develop if we want to be active, positive contributors to our families, work environments, communities, and society at large. Keep challenging yourself and don’t accept mediocrity.

· Find your passion and follow it. Laura Green worked as a marketing manager for a rapidly growing company and then worked at her father’s firm, LendingOne. Green eventually concluded that none of what she did really made her happy. Her father told her to follow her passion in order to feel fulfilled. “Well, I’ve always loved dogs,” she replied. “I want to do something with animals.” Green ended up creating Hound & Co., a marketplace for dog products. Today, this is her full-time job. 165  Find something that inspires you, that you love to do, and do it vigorously.

· Encourage self-discovery, and be realistic. To stay ahead of the pack, you need to develop self-awareness, have an active mind, and be willing to grow and change. Legendary designer Diane von Furstenberg recalls the lesson she learned from early mistakes that reduced her control over her business and diluted her brand: “Your worst moments are your best souvenirs.” 166

· Every situation is different, so be flexible. No principle, no theory will apply under all circumstances. Industries, cultures, supervisors, employees, and customers will vary. It’s not a sign of weakness to be willing to change something that isn’t working or to try something new. 167  The COVID-19 pandemic, for instance, taught us a lot about trying new things. “It’s a fantastic [post-COVID-19] world that we are going to have the opportunity to change. This is a new beginning for so many things that we can do moving forward . . . you never know where the exact great idea is going to come from. . . . And that is exciting,” says Joele Frank, managing partner of public relations firm Joele Frank Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher. 168

Page 735

· Focus on career readiness. Today we live and work in a team universe. Try getting feedback on your interpersonal skills from friends, colleagues, and team members, and develop a plan for improvement. Even nonverbal communication is a people skill. Ryan Chan, CEO of UpKeep Maintenance Management, is always on the prowl to add unique talent his fast-moving technology startup. “I strive to hire gritty, resourceful people who are willing to go the extra mile to stand out from the crowd,” says Chan. 169

· Learn how to develop leadership skills. Every company should invest in the leadership development of its managers if it is to improve the quality of its future leaders. But you also can work to develop your own leadership skills. For instance, offer to help others, take the initiative when action is needed (sometimes called being a self-starter), and don’t be afraid to ask for more responsibility to demonstrate what you’re capable of. 170  Another life lesson: If you set the bar high, even if you don’t reach it, you end up in a pretty good place—that is, achieving a pretty high mark.

· Treat people as if they matter, because they do. If you treat employees, colleagues, and customers with dignity, they respond accordingly. Brian Mitchell played in the National Football League for 14 years. He was extremely aggressive on the football field, but a different man in his career as a television and radio host. “Always remember the Golden Rule and treat people the way you want to be treated,” says Mitchell. He believes that if you treat people with respect and courtesy when they want something from you, they are more likely to treat you in the same manner when you ask for something from them. 171

· Draw employees and peers into your management process. The old top-down, command-and-control model of organization is moving toward a flattened, networked kind of structure. Managers now work more often with peers, where lines of authority aren’t always clear or don’t exist, so that one’s persuasive powers become key. Power has devolved to front-line employees who are closest to the customer and to small, focused, self-managed teams that have latitude to pursue new ideas. Ask them what they think are the best ways to get things done. 172

· Keep your cool, and take yourself lightly. The more unflappable you appear in difficult circumstances, the more you’ll be admired by your bosses and co-workers. Having a sense of humor helps. The renowned British physicist and author Stephen Hawking spent his career looking for the answers to impenetrable questions like, “Where did the universe come from?” and “How will it end?” Yet he was famously witty and relished the opportunity to appear as himself on popular TV shows like The Simpsons, Star Trek: The Next Generation, and The Big Bang Theory, appearances that he said made him more famous than his complex theories about the universe. 173

· Go with the flow, and stay positive. Life has its ebbs and flows. You’ll have good times and bad. During this journey, don’t focus too heavily on negative events and thoughts. Negative thoughts rob you of positive energy and your ability to perform at your best. In contrast, a positive approach toward life is more likely to help you flourish. 174

We wish you the very best of luck. Follow your dreams and enjoy the journey!

Angelo Kinicki  Denise Breaux Soignet

Key Points

16.1 Control: When Managers Monitor Performance

· Controlling is defined as monitoring performance, comparing it with goals, and taking corrective action as needed.

· There are six reasons that control is needed: (1) to adapt to change and uncertainty; (2) to discover irregularities and errors; (3) to reduce costs, increase productivity, or add value; (4) to detect opportunities and increase innovation; (5) to provide performance feedback; and (6) to decentralize decision making and facilitate teamwork.

16.2 The Control Process and Types of Control

· There are four control process steps. (1) The first step is to set standards. A control standard is the desired performance level for a given goal. (2) The second step is to measure performance, based on written reports, oral reports, and personal observation. (3) The third step is to compare measured performance against the standards established. (4) The fourth step is to take corrective action, if necessary, if there is negative performance.

· There are three types of control: feedforward, concurrent, and feedback.

16.3 What Should Managers Control?

· Kaplan and Norton’s balanced scorecard provides top managers a fast but comprehensive view of the organization via four perspectives: (1) financial, (2) customer, (3) internal-business process, and (4) innovation and learning.

· The financial perspective includes budgets, financial statements, and financial ratios.

· The customer perspective includes customer satisfaction and retention.

· The internal-business perspective considers productivity, efficiency, quality, and safety.

· The innovation and learning perspective looks at employee attitudes, turnover, resource capabilities, and organizational culture.

· The strategy map, a visual representation of the four perspectives of the balanced scorecard, enables managers to communicate their goals so that everyone in the company can understand how their jobs are linked to the overall objectives of the organization.

16.4 Total Quality Management

· Quality refers to the total ability of a product or service to meet customer needs.

· Among the principles of Deming management are (1) quality should be aimed at the needs of the consumer; (2) companies should aim at improving the system, not blaming workers; (3) improved quality leads to increased market share, increased company prospects, and increased employment; and (4) quality can be improved on the basis of hard data, using the PDCA, or Plan-Do-Check-Act, cycle.

· Total quality management (TQM) is defined as a comprehensive approach—led by top management and supported throughout the organization—dedicated to continuous quality improvement (such as through Kaizen), training, and customer satisfaction. The two core principles of TQM are people orientation and improvement orientation.

· In the people orientation, everyone involved with the organization is asked to focus on delivering value to customers, focusing on quality. TQM requires training, teamwork, and cross-functional efforts.

· Several techniques are available for improving quality. (1) Outsourcing is the subcontracting of services and operations to an outside vendor. (2) Reduced cycle time consists of reducing the number of steps in a work process. (3) Statistical process control is a statistical technique that uses periodic random samples from production runs to see if quality is being maintained within a standard range of acceptability. (4) Six Sigma is a rigorous statistical analysis process that reduces defects in manufacturing and service-related processes. (5) ISO 9000 consists of quality-control procedures companies must install—from purchasing to manufacturing to inventory to shipping—that can be audited by independent quality-control experts, or “registrars.” ISO 14000 extends the concept to environmental performance.

Page 737

16.5 Contemporary Control Issues

· Two contemporary control issues include artificial Intelligence (AI) and employee tracking and monitoring.

· AI can be used to reduce errors and defects, increase productivity, and enhance supply chain management.

· Employee tracking and monitoring has both advantages and disadvantages. Advantages include uncovering problems, reducing instances of employees wasting time, highlighting bottlenecks, and enforcing safety practices. Disadvantages include privacy concerns, employee retainment issues, and data vulnerability.

16.6 Career Corner: Managing Your Career Readiness

· Developing the competency of career management requires the application of four additional career readiness competencies: ownership/accepting responsibility, self-motivation, self-awareness, and openness to change.

· Six generic tips help you manage your career: (1) Make every day count. (2) Stay informed and network. (3) Promote yourself. (4) Roll with change and disruption. (5) Small things matter during interviews. (6) Use technology for self-development and creating good habits.

Understanding the Chapter: What Do I Know?

1. What is control and what are six reasons control is needed?

2. Explain the steps in the control process.

3. Describe the three types of control.

4. Explain the four perspectives of the balanced scorecard.

5. What is a strategy map?

6. Discuss total quality management and its two core principles.

7. Explain the following TQM tools and techniques: outsourcing, reduced cycle time, the ISO 9000 series, the ISO 14000 series, statistical process control, and Six Sigma and Lean Six Sigma.

8. How can artificial intelligence enhance the control process?

9. What are the advantages and disadvantages to employee tracking and monitoring?

10. What are some ways you can manage your career?

Management in Action

The U.S. Shale Boom . . . and Bust

Who produces most of the world’s oil? Your first guess may be somewhere in the Middle East. Indeed, that area of the planet has long been the center of the global oil market and derives much of its revenue from the export of crude oil. 175  Pointing to Saudi Arabia, Iraq, or Iran would therefore be a good guess, but you would be wrong. The United States is now the world’s largest crude-oil producer, beating out Saudi Arabia, Russia, and other countries. This is in large part due to U.S. shale’s boom in crude oil production since 2014. Shale drove American daily oil output from 8.8 million barrels in 2014 to a record 12.2 million barrels in 2019. As a result, the United States is now king of “black gold.” 176

Things are not well in the kingdom though. Fuel demand in 2020 plunged by 30%, or 30 million barrels a day, as the COVID-19 pandemic grounded air travel, decreased vehicle usage, and led to a worldwide recession. As a result, oil fields from Texas to North Dakota had to shut off their drills, causing tens of thousands of U.S. oil workers to lose their livelihood. The future of the U.S. oil industry looks grim with experts predicting over a thousand bankruptcies by the end of 2021. 177  Will U.S. shale survive the great oil crash of 2020?

Page 738

WHAT IS SHALE OIL ANYWAY?

Before we continue any further, it’s important to gain a better understanding of shale oil, which is crude oil that lies between layers of shale rock. It’s produced by drilling into the shale rock and pumping water, sand, and chemicals into it—a process known as “fracking.” The oil is located thousands of feet deep into the rock, making it quite labor intensive and costly to get to. In fact, some experts put the cost of the entire process at around $60 a barrel. This means that when oil prices dip below $60, many shale oil companies lose money if they continue to operate. 178

On the other hand, conventional oil is quite cheap to produce because it is closer to the earth’s surface and does not require complex fracking techniques. This is the primary way in which the world’s other top producers get to their oil. Saudi Arabia, for instance, is able to produce conventional oil for under $10 a barrel, making it more resilient during price slumps. 179

A FRACTURED CONTROL SYSTEM

The formula for success in the U.S. shale industry was simple. First, as long as oil prices remained high, there was enough profit to keep shale exploration and production going. This was the case between 2011 and 2014 when oil prices averaged $90 a barrel. Second, smaller shale companies needed low-interest bank financing in order to stay afloat. And the banks delivered to the tune of almost $250 billion in 2014 alone. 180

Things started to change in 2016 as there was an oversupply of oil in the world markets, decreasing the price of oil to around $26 a barrel. The Federal Reserve also increased interest rates that same year, which meant banks were unwilling to lend to shale companies at the same low rates. This one-two punch resulted in shale companies having negative income statements and balance sheets filled with debt. Dozens of companies declared bankruptcy in 2016, but those that were able to withstand the storm saw light at the end of the tunnel when oil prices went back up between 2017 and 2019. 181

The lesson from the 2016 crisis was that shale companies couldn’t simply rely on market supply and demand to stay afloat. They needed to find ways to reduce their break-even point in order to stay competitive. Companies such as Occidental Petroleum Corp. and CrownQuest Operating were able to reduce their costs to around $30 a barrel, but that meant they didn’t have enough cash to pay shareholders. And even $30 a barrel wasn’t enough when the COVID-19 pandemic hit. The virus sent oil prices to below $0 a barrel because there was such oversupply of the commodity in the market that producers couldn’t afford to store it. 182  U.S. shale seemed to hit a wall—fluctuating oil prices were causing havoc on operations while costs couldn’t be reduced any further.

DRILLING FOR DATA

Advancements in technology may provide hope for an industry on life support. Keep in mind that oil companies haven’t typically shied away from technology. French and Italian oil companies Total and Eni, for instance, are owners of some of the “Top 500 most powerful supercomputers of 2019.” 183  The problem is that much of the industry’s data are never used. “A lot of data are collected, but a lot of it is very isolated,” said Binu Mathew, head of product management at Baker Hughes. “Only a small percentage of it is actually being analysed.” 184

If oil companies could do a better job controlling their operations in real time they could have competitive advantage, especially during challenging times. This is where AI and data analytics come into the picture. According to Mark Mills, a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute, “Bringing analytics to bear on the complexities of shale geology, geophysics, stimulation, and operations to optimize the production process would potentially double the number of effective stages, thereby doubling output per well and cutting the cost of oil in half.” Oil companies can use AI and analytics to find the best drilling locations, optimize how and where they steer their drill bits, find the best ways to rupture the shale, and ensure efficient truck and rail logistics. 185

Shell is a good example of a company using AI and data analytics to its advantage. The company partnered with Hewlett-Packard to develop fiber optic cables that provide sensors throughout the ground. The data from these sensors is then transferred to Amazon Web Services cloud-based servers for its AI to extract and analyze. The results provide engineers with a more accurate idea of what lies below the ground. This is important because drilling in the wrong place can cost companies upwards of $100 million. Another oil giant, Chevron, is such a believer in the power of AI and data analytics that it is installing around 1 million sensors in a new oilfield it is launching in Kazakhstan in 2022. Experts believe that Shell and Chevron’s digital practices can help improve their oil production costs by 6 to 8%. 186

Machines are another important part of the equation. Drilling is a continuous process and machines are subject to working long hours under severe temperatures and conditions. AI can help ensure that these machines are working efficiently. For example, some companies fit their machines with sensors that collect performance data. AI then compares the data to aggregated data, ensuring that parts are replaced on time and unplanned disruptions are minimized. 187

An Accenture and Microsoft survey of oil companies found that 86 to 90% believed “an increase in their analytic capabilities . . . would increase the value of their business.” The companies surveyed also expected to increase their investment in AI and data analytics an average of 8.5% in the next few years. 188  Technology-based control practices show that there may be hope yet for U.S. shale.

Page 739

FOR DISCUSSION

Problem-Solving Perspective

1. What is the underlying problem in this case from the perspective of U.S. shale companies?

2. What are the causes of the problem?

3. How can effective control practices assist in solving the problem?

Application of Chapter Content

1. Why is control necessary for U.S. shale companies? Explain.

2. Utilize the steps in the control process to show how shale companies can ensure that their business activities are leading to goal achievement.

3. Would implementing analytics and cloud-based control mechanisms allow for feedforward, concurrent, or feedback control? Explain.

4. Create a balanced scorecard to give a view of U.S. shale. Utilize all four perspectives.

5. How can U.S. shale exhibit the two core principles of total quality management? Explain.

6. What are some disadvantages to U.S. shale’s use of AI? Discuss.

Legal/Ethical Challenge

Using GPS to Track Employees

More companies are using GPS apps to track the whereabouts of their employees for productivity and safety-related reasons. A 2019 study of 1,585 employees showed that nearly a third of them were tracked via GPS by their employers. 189

Employee tracking is growing in both the commercial and government sectors. For example, the city of Park Hills, Missouri, installed GPS devices in 2018 on city-owned vehicles, including some police cruisers. The city administrator believed the tracking devices would lead to “better-spent drive time, improvement of the safety of city employees, improvement of job performance, [and] improvement of services provided to the community.” The system is not very expensive. The GPS devices were provided for free with the city signing a two-year contract and paying a $200 monthly subscription fee. 190

GPS tracking can apply after an employee’s shift is over. If a worker takes an employer-owned vehicle home at night or over the weekend, it might continue sending its location. Tracking devices on mobile phones also may continue broadcasting an employee’s location during time off. 191  One in 10 employees responded to a QuickBooks survey saying that they were, in fact, being tracked 24 hours a day, confirming concerns of around-the-clock tracking. 192

Employees out in the field may not be the only ones being tracked in the future. Amazon was granted patents for the design of warehouse tracking wristbands in 2018. The company currently has its warehouse “pickers” stand in front of shelves and move items into bins, tracking each product with a handheld barcode scanner. Amazon says the wristbands will speed up the fulfillment process by freeing up employees’ hands from scanners and their eyes from computer screens. This isn’t the only information the company can track though. Any wearable can collect personal information about an employee, even unintentionally. 193  Convergys, a customer call center in North Carolina, reportedly lectures employees on “how using the bathroom too often is the same thing as stealing from the company.” The company clocks its employees’ bathroom visits—from the moment they leave their cubicles to the time they return—and sends this information to their supervisors for approval. 194

The legal landscape around tracking employees is “very vague,” said Lew Maltby, the president of the National Workrights Institute. Federal privacy laws do not explicitly bar businesses from using GPS to track their employees. With this in mind, an employee’s chances of success in court will depend on different factors, including whether or not consent was given to be tracked and whether the device being tracked belongs to them or the company. “It’s essentially whatever shocks the judge,” said Maltby. 195

SOLVING THE CHALLENGE

What would you do if you were the CEO of a company and your managers proposed an employee GPS tracking system?

1. The company needs to use all means to ensure employee productivity and safety. Employees need to provide consent, as a condition of employment, to being tracked when using company vehicles and/or electronic devices at any time of the day. If you are in possession of company property, the company needs to know what you are up to. Let’s implement the tracking system.

2. The company should not be tracking employees, on or off the clock, as this is an invasion of privacy. The last thing we need to do is play “Big Brother” and demoralize our workforce. Let’s find other ways to ensure productivity and safety.

Page 740

3. Employee productivity and safety is important but needs to be balanced with privacy concerns. Employees should consent to being tracked while on the clock, but once they’ve clocked out the tracking system should be disabled. Let’s implement a limited tracking system.

4. Invent other options.